Published:
23 May 2013
Category: Product Catalogues
Shopping Cart
You currently have no products eligible for checkout.
Distributor Selection
Select the distributor you would like to use for your shopping cart.
Distributor
First combined HPM and Legrand catalogue just released!
PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS AND INFORMATION NETWORKS CATALOguE 20 12 HPM Legrand Australia Building 4, Nexus Industry Park Lyn Parade, Prestons 2170 % : 1300 369 777 www.legrand.com.au www.hpm.com.au HPM Legrand New Zealand 106-124 Target Road glenfield, Auckland 0627 % : 0800 476 009 www.legrand.co.nz www.hpm.co.nz 20 12 CA TAL O g UE INCLUDINg :
OThER hPM LEgRAND BRANDS AND CATALOguES INCLuDE: WE ARE ONE Welcome to the first edition of the combined HPM and Legrand product catalogue. Uniting the HPM and Legrand catalogues in one book makes it easier for you to find all the products you need from energy distribution and emergency lighting, to cable management, switches and outlets. hPM Legrand is growing. In 2012 the new hPM Legrand head Office opens in Prestons, Sydney. This state-of- the-art purpose built facility houses manufacturing, R&D, warehousing and office facilities and demons- trates the commitment of Legrand to the Australian and New Zealand markets. We are dedicated to developing new technologies, driving innovation and lifting the profile of the electrical industry. Demonstrated by releasing hundreds of new products into the market in the past year including the next generation of the iconic Excel range: Excel Life. This rapid pace of new product development will continue with a further 3 Excel Life product launches planned for 2012, as well as a bolstered industrial offer, continued home automation innovations and more energy-saving LED lighting solutions. Technology is moving and spreading rapidly; we are eager to capitalise on any new technology that can help simplify and expedite business for you. Look out for our free Arteor and Linea Colour Selector iPhone and iPad apps, the first of their kind in the industry, as well as a product selector. They provide easy-to-use solutions for selecting products when consulting with your customers. I thank you sincerely for your support. Your feedback helps us to develop better products and services, so please continue to speak regularly with our team. I wish you great prosperity in your business. giuseppe Parola CEO hPM Legrand
TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION INDEXES CATALOGUE NUMBER INDEXES PACKAGING HOW TO USE THIS BOOK This catalogue is split into 2 distinct parts according to product brand. Look for the energy efficient icon to help reduce energy consumption on your next project. The ‘Table of Contents’ for both Legrand and HPM outline the contents for each brand. The coloured bars correspond to the colour of the section catalogue for easier navigation. The Section Indexes are found at the beginning of each section, or chapter, and give an extra level of detail about what products are contained within the section. These contain an alphanumeric listing of catalogue numbers, pack quantities and page numbers. These Indexes start with numeric catalogue numbers then proceed to those catalogue numbers beginning with letters. Products with catalogue numbers prefixed with an ‘R’ or ‘D’ are display packaged products. ‘D’ prefixed products are supplied in blister or clamshell packaging. ‘R’ prefixed products are supplied in sleeves or bags. (E.g. D102 is a double adaptor in a blister pack and R2935 is a 35mm extra heavy duty lead in a sleeve). VOLTAGE RATINGS The nominal supply system in Australia and New Zealand is 230/400V but many supply authorities in Australia continue to supply 240/415V. Becase of this situation HPM test to ensure all single phase products are suitable for use at 240V. All electronic products are rated 230-240V. Switches marked 240V are also suitable for 230V; other accessories without switches are suitable for 230V or 240V. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Bold pack quantities: Minimum quantities to be ordered. Red catalogue numbers: New products catalogue number index 51 - 1 52 - 1 53 - 1 54 - 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 57 - 1 89 - 1 91 - 1 93 - 1 94 - 1 95 - 1 96 - 1 97 - 1 98 - 1 99 - 1 035 14 286 1 51 371 1 52 - 1 53 - 1 54 286 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 57 - 1 58 - 1 59 - 1 60 371 1 62 - 1 64 291 1 65 - 1 67 371 1 70 - 1 73 294 3 75 - 1 79 284 1 80 - 1 82 288 1 83 - 1 84 - 1 85 - 1 86 - 1 87 - 1 89 289 1 036 52 280 1 53 - 1 56 - 1 037 05 92 1 21 95 1 30 - 1 40 - 1 44 - 1 52 - 1 53 - 1 55 - 1 038 28 84 1 29 - 41 371 1 42 - 1 44 - 1 039 20 83 1 21 - 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 28 - 5 30 - 1 31 - 1 32 - 1 33 - 1 34 - 5 39 - 5 40 - 1 41 - 1 43 - 1 44 - 5 56 84 1 57 - 1 58 - 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 040 68 88 1 69 - 1 70 - 1 73 - 1 74 - 1 75 - 1 76 - 1 77 - 1 78 - 1 79 - 1 83 89 1 85 - 041 14 88 1 16 - 1 17 - 1 23 - 1 24 - 1 26 - 4 29 109 1 31 88 5 32 109 1 33 88 1 47 - 4 48 - 2 49 - 1 58 - 10 83 88 1 85 - 1 042 25 120 1 37 - 1 41 - 1 043 01 31 1 02 - 1 05 - 1 07 - 1 10 - 1 14 - 1 21 - 2 22 - 2 25 - 2 27 - 2 30 - 2 34 - 2 38 - 2 043 42 31 3 45 - 3 47 - 3 50 - 3 54 - 3 58 - 3 62 - 3 65 - 3 67 - 3 70 - 3 74 - 3 78 - 3 044 09 97 1 16 144 10 39 78 1 42 - 2 47 - 1 046 31 46 1 34 - 1 36 - 1 38 - 1 45 - 1 46 - 1 48 - 1 65 48 1 67 - 1 72 - 1 73 - 1 74 - 1 81 - 1 91 99 1 94 - 1 047 61 90 1 64 95 1 66 - 1 99 - 3 058 00 58 5 06 - 10 08 - 10 10 60 10 11 - 10 12 - 10 13 - 10 14 - 10 18 58 10 20 41 10 21 60 10 22 - 10 24 - 10 28 58 5 38 - 3 48 - 2 059 326 154 1 063 68 74 1 69 - 1 70 - 1 72 - 1 74 - 10 76 - 10 77 - 1 78 - 1 79 - 1 80 - 1 81 - 1 82 - 1 064 60 74 1 61 - 1 62 - 1 64 - 1 66 - 5 68 - 5 69 - 1 70 - 1 71 - 1 72 - 1 73 - 1 74 - 1 80 - 1 81 - 1 82 - 1 84 - 1 86 - 1 88 - 1 89 - 1 90 - 1 91 - 1 92 - 1 93 - 1 100 – 143 258 20 429R - 1 430 194 1 711 258 50 712 - 50 010 00 013 01 108 10 02 - 10 04 - 10 06 - 5 08 - 1 016 56 108 20 019 55 112 1 61 - 20 66 - 1 69 - 1 026 00 371 1 01 - 1 02 - 1 04 - 1 11 - 1 12 - 1 21 - 1 22 - 1 27 280 1 31 - 1 33 371 1 45 - 1 033 82 74 10 84 - 10 86 - 10 87 - 10 88 - 10 89 - 10 90 - 10 91 - 10 92 - 10 034 29 74 5 31 - 5 33 - 5 34 - 5 35 - 5 36 - 5 37 - 5 38 - 5 39 - 5 47 - 1 49 - 1 67 - 1 69 - 1 70 93 1 71 90 1 72 - 1 73 - 1 75 46 1 76 - 1 77 - 1 78 93 1 79 46 1 80 - 1 81 93 1 82 - 1 95 156 1 97 - 1 98 - 1 048 67 110 1 68 - 1 71 - 4 73 - 4 77 - 1 79 - 1 80 - 1 81 - 5 82 - 5 83 - 4 84 - 10 85 - 5 86 - 5 88 - 5 049 05 85 20 06 - 20 11 108 20 12 - 10 14 - 10 26 - 20 37 - 10 38 - 50 39 - 10 40 - 3 41 - 10 42 - 10 43 - 10 44 - 30 45 - 10 88 - 20 89 - 40 90 - 20 91 - 20 050 00 057 90 58 10 96 - 1 11 Section Section Section Page Page Page Residential Commercial Industrial Contents Residential Index 2 - 3 Industrial Index 140 Commercial Index 119 14 15 16 Architectural Metal Range Hospitality TV, Data & Communication 120 - 124 125 - 130 131 - 138 See Legrand® section for Energy Distribution Excel Life™ Wiring Accessories Cable Management Emergency Lighting Systems VDI Structured Cabling Systems 1 Switchboards & Enclosures 8 Plugs, Bases & Sockets 7 Installation Accessories 6 Switch Mechanisms 2 Excel Range 3 Linea Range 4 Weatherproof 5 Standard Range 5 - 9 10 - 37 38 - 45 46 - 51 52 - 73 74 - 78 79 - 84 85 - 89 10 Smart Wired 9 Safety & Security 11 Ventilation & Air Movement 90 - 91 92 - 99 100 - 105 12 Garden Lighting 106 - 111 13 Retail Products 112 - 118 17 Quantum Industrial Switchgear 142 - 145 See Legrand® catalogue for Energy Distribution Cable Management Warning Devices IEC Industrial Plugs & Sockets Industrial Boxes & Enclosures Cable Marking Systems Terminal Blocks The following are trademarks of Legrand Australia Pty Ltd HPM, HPM and the Plug Device, QUANTUM, AQUA WEATHERPROOF, HARMONY, ELECTRESAFE, LINEA, MOONGLOW, PLUGBOSS, HOLIDAY TIMER, HOLIDAY SET 'N' GO, ISET, HALOSCAPE, AIRBOSS BY HPM, SOLA SCAPE. Transformers & Power Supplies Arteor™ Wiring Accessories & Home Automation Soliroc™ Weatherproof Wiring Accessories See Legrand® section for Arteor™ Wiring Accessories & Home Automation Excel Life™ Wiring Accessories P. 49 Isolating switches: Vistop 63A to 160A DPX-IS 250 to 1600 DPX-I 125 to 1600 P. 59 Fuse and cartidges P. 110 Modular distribution blocks P. 124 Atlantic metal and stainless steel cabinets IP66 P. 134 Modular chassis P. 136 Cabstop P. 135 Enclosure ventilation P. 176 Transcab™ and Lina™ slotted duct P. 178 Starfix ferrules and crimping tools P. 82 Voltage surge protectors P. 90 Time switches P. 130 Marina polyester cabinets and enclosures IP66 P. 180 Marking systems CAB 3™, Memocab™, Duplix™ P. 77 RCBOs, RCDs P. 88 Modular power contactors 1 3 2 4 A1 A2 P. 256 Arteor™ Audio and video sockets P. 259 Arteor™ Plates P. 284 Temperature control P. 288 Sound distribution P. 286 Energy management P. 318 Soluflex™ floor system P. 309 DLPlus mini trunking P. 308 Floor duct P. 308 Mini-columns P. 324 Heavy duty buzzers 041303-1649m.eps P. 325 Flashing and rotating lights P. 356 AXIOM wireless testing systems Wireless Area Controlle r Send Rcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Se tup AXIOM P. 358Test switches P. 361 Lipso safety lighting pilots P. 363 Sensors P. 192 IP66/67 Combined units 059846-66330m.eps P. 192 IP66/67 Refrigerated container units 202224 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 P. 48 Energy metering 0328 00-2943 7m.eps A B P. 292 Door entry systems P. 325 Blinking lights NEW P. 108 Supply busbars, entry terminals Protection and switching Distribution cabinets, enclosures and connection Industrial enclosures and equipment Controlling and signalling transformers, terminals , crimping tools and marking systems IEC Industrial plugs and sockets Lexic Din-rail equipment P. 119 Metal and plastic industrial boxes IP65/55 P. 121 Plexo and junction boxes P. 112 Plexo³ weatherproof enclosures P. 150 Transformers and power supplies AC or DC P. 162 Viking 3 terminal blocks P. 74 MCBs from 1 to 63A, DX-H DX-E, DE 6000 P. 108 Modular boxes IP30 IK10 P. 109 Distribution boards 24P to 84P Arteor™ BUS/SCS automation systems Excel Life™ wiring accessories and Soliroc™ weatherproof wiring accessories Arteor™ wiring accessories wireless Zigbee™ wireless switches Cable management VDI structured cabling and warning devices Emergency lighting, computerised testing systems and lighting management sensors P. 301 Floor boxes P. 238 Arteor™ Switches P. 202 Excel Life™ switches P. 212 Excel Life™ powerpoints P. 220 Excel Life™ cover plates P. 224 Soliroc™ weatherproof wiring accessories P. 216 Excel Life™ Data, audio, video sockets P. 268 Arteor™ Lighting control and automation mechanisms P. 264 Arteor™ Touch plates P. 279 Key covers ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF P. 278 Lighting control and automation mechanisms P. 324 Industrial bells P. 324 Electro- mechanical sirens P. 330 Exit signs P. 338 Emergency lighting luminaires P. 188 Industrial plugs and sockets 053706-66339m.eps 053646-20908m.eps P. 191 IP 66/67 industrial plugs and sockets 053827-66324m.eps NEW NEW NEW P. 76 DX-D MCBs up to 63A D curve 006468-4793m.eps P. 308 Pop-up floor boxes PROT ECTI ON INDUS TRY WIRING ACCESSOR IES COMM ERCIAL P. 18 MCCBs: DPX 125 to 1600 P. 2 Air circuit breakers: DMX3 10000 P. 322 VDI structured cabling Quantum industrial plugs in HPM section P. 251 Arteor™ Standard socket outlets P. 104 XL3 160 cabinets and equipment 2 3 Residential Index About Reliable and easy to install products for residential dwellings and many com- mercial projects. Section 1 Switchboards & Enclosures Section 2 Excel Range Section 3 Linea Range Section 4 Weatherproof Section 5 Standard Range Section 6 Switch Mechanisms Section 7 Installation Accessories Page Page Page Page Page Page Page MCBs - Miniature circuit breakers 5 Excel TV, data and communication 11 Linea Range switches 39 Excel Weatherproof switches 47 Standard Range switches 53 Switch mechanisms 75 Mounting blocks 80 RCDs (RCCBs) 6 Excel Commercial and hospitality 14 Linea Range powerpoints 39 Aqua Range switches 47 Standard Range powerpoints 55 DUO switch mechanisms 76 Fireboxes 81 RCBOs 6 Excel Range switches 14 Dimmers and fan controllers 40 Aqua Range industrial isolating switches 48 Dimmers and fan controllers 59 Spring return switch mechanism (bell press) 76 Wall boxes 81 Changeover switches 7 Excel Range permanent connection units 16 Linea Range outlets 40 Standard Range outlets 60 Mounting clips 82 Surge Protection Devices (SPDs) 7 Linea Range grids and plates 41 Light sensitive switches 49 Standard Range plates 60 KeyLock assemblies 76 Mounting brackets 83 Standard Range powerpoints 7 Excel Range powerpoints 20 Linea Range mounting accessories 41 Aqua Range powerpoints 49 Circuit identification and plain caps 61 KeyTag mechanisms 76 Render brackets 83 Main switches for surface mounting 7 Dimmers and fan controllers 24 Light fitting and accessories 50 Push button mechanisms 76 Shrouds 83 Cover plates and grids with cover plates 26 Wall boxes 42 Utility boxes and enclosures 50 Identification products 61 Indicating light mechanisms 77 Junction boxes 83 Time switches 8 Shrouds 42 Conduit entry fittings for weatherproof boxes 51 Standard Range technical pages 62 Dimmer mechanisms 78 Insulated and earth connectors 84 Plug-in circuit breakers 8 Circuit identification and plain caps 28 Paint covers 42 Fan control mechanisms 78 Cable clips and screws 84 Enclosures 8 Colour options for Linea Range 42 Dimmer knob 78 Colour options for Excel Range 29 Linea technical pages 44 Rotary switch mechanisms 78 Excel technical pages 30 Mechanism accessories 78 Section 8 Plugs, Bases & Sockets Section 9 Safety & Security Section 10 Smart Wired Section 11 Ventilation & Air Movement Section 12 Garden Lighting Section 13 Retail Products Page Page Page Page Page Page Plug tops 86 Movement sensors (PIR’s) 91 Home Networks Kits and Modules 93 Exhaust fans and mounting kits 101 Halogen lighting 107 Cordline switch 113 Plug bases 86 Smoke alarms 91 Vent-Axia low voltage exhaust fans 102 12V garden lights 107 Timers 113 Extension sockets 88 Electresafe™ RCD power centres 91 Smart Wired technical pages 96 12V garden light accessories 107 Door chimes 113 Ceiling roses 88 Halogen Lighting 91 Fanlights 103 LED garden lights 109 Extension leads 114 Battenholders 88 Safety and security products reference 91 Hand dryer 103 Solar garden lights 111 Double adaptors 115 Lampholders 88 Heat lamps 103 Fluorescent accessories 111 Surge protected adaptors 115 Lampholder accessories 89 Instant heat 103 Starter sockets 111 Powerboards 116 AirBoss ceiling sweep fans 104 Surge protected powerboards 116 AirBoss accessories 104 Heavy duty powerboards 117 Flexible ducting and finishing accessories 105 Nursery plugs 117 Travel plugs 118 Lamp and light fittings 118 Moonglow night lights 118 Connectors and terminal block 118 Fuse Wire 118 2 3 1 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Protection and switching P. 2 DMX3 air circuit breakers P. 3 DMX3 electronic protection units P. 3 DMX3-I trip-free switches P. 4 DMX3 auxiliaries and equipment ACBs Energy metering Isolating switches: - Vistop - DPX-IS P. 20 DPX 250 ER P. 37 Tripping curves P. 38 Selectivity tables P. 52 DPX-IS 250 160A to 250A P. 62 HRC blade type cartridge fuses P. 61 HRC cartridge fuses P. 48 Electrical energy metering on Din rail P. 54 DPX-IS 630 400A to 630A P. 64 Technical characteristics P. 18 DPX 125 P. 19 DPX 160 P. 31 Dimensions P. 46 Electrical energy metering on door P. 56 DPX-IS 1600 800A to 1600A P. 50 Vistop 63A to 160A P. 57 Proximity switches 63A to 160A P. 49 DX-IS Isolating switches P. 60 Domestic cartridge fuses P. 67 DC fuses, isolating switches NEW MCCBs Proximity switches, fuse isolating switches, cartridge fuses DC circuit protection P. 30 Residual current relay coils P. 29 DPX auxiliaries P. 59 SP fuse carriers P. 27 DPX 1250 DPX 1600 fixed and draw-out version DMX³ ACBs (P. 2) P. 24 DPX 630 fixed version P. 22 DPX 250 fixed version Legrand HPM Legrand HPM Legrand HPM HPM Legrand Customer Service : 1300 369 777 All Legrand products can be found in the first section. All HPM products are listed in the second section after the cardboard tab.
Protection and switching Distribution cabinets, enclosures and connection Industrial enclosures and equipment Controlling and signalling transformers, terminals , crimping tools and marking systems IEC Industrial plugs and sockets Lexic Din-rail equipment P. 119 Metal and plastic industrial boxes IP65/55 P. 121 Plexo and junction boxes P. 150 Transformers and power supplies AC or DC P. 162 Viking 3 terminal blocks P. 74 MCBs from 1 to 63A, DX-H DX-E, DE 6000 P. 108 Modular boxes IP30 IK10 Arteor™ BUS/SCS automation systems Excel Life™ wiring accessories and Soliroc™ weatherproof wiring accessories Arteor™ wiring accessories wireless Zigbee™ wireless switches Cable management VDI structured cabling and warning devices Emergency lighting, computerised testing systems and lighting management sensors P. 301 Floor boxes P. 238 Arteor™ Switches P. 202 Excel Life™ switches P. 212 Excel Life™ powerpoints P. 279 Key covers ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF P. 278 Lighting control and automation mechanisms P. 324 Electro- mechanical sirens P. 330 Exit signs P. 338 Emergency lighting luminaires P. 188 Industrial plugs and sockets 053706-66339m.eps 053646-20908m.eps P. 191 IP 66/67 industrial plugs and sockets 053827-66324m.eps NEW NEW NEW P. 76 DX-D MCBs up to 63A D curve 006468-4793m.eps P. 308 Pop-up floor boxes PROTECTION INDUSTRY WIRING ACCESSORIES COMMERCIAL P. 18 MCCBs: DPX 125 to 1600 P. 2 Air circuit breakers: DMX 3 10000 P. 322 VDI structured cabling P. 251 Arteor™ Standard socket outlets P. 104 XL 3 160 cabinets and equipment
P. 49 Isolating switches: Vistop 63A to 160A DPX-IS 250 to 1600 DPX-I 125 to 1600 P. 59 Fuse and cartidges P. 110 Modular distribution blocks P. 124 Atlantic metal and stainless steel cabinets IP66 P. 134 Modular chassis P. 136 Cabstop P. 135 Enclosure ventilation P. 176 Transcab™ and Lina™ slotted duct P. 178 Starfix ferrules and crimping tools P. 82 Voltage surge protectors P. 90 Time switches P. 130 Marina polyester cabinets and enclosures IP66 P. 180 Marking systems CAB 3™, Memocab™, Duplix™ P. 77 RCBOs, RCDs P. 88 Modular power contactors 1 3 2 4 A1 A2 P. 256 Arteor™ Audio and video sockets P. 259 Arteor™ Plates P. 284 Temperature control P. 288 Sound distribution P. 286 Energy management P. 318 Soluflex™ floor system P. 309 DLPlus mini trunking P. 308 Floor duct P. 308 Mini-columns P. 324 Heavy duty buzzers 041303-1649m.eps P. 325 Flashing and rotating lights P. 356 AXIOM wireless testing systems Wireless Area Controller Send Rcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM P. 358Test switches P. 361 Lipso safety lighting pilots P. 363 Sensors P. 192 IP66/67 Combined units 059846-66330m.eps P. 192 IP66/67 Refrigerated container units 20 22 24 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 P. 48 Energy metering 032800-29437m.eps A B P. 292 Door entry systems P. 325 Blinking lights NEW P. 108 Supply busbars, entry terminals P. 112 Plexo³ weatherproof enclosures P. 109 Distribution boards 24P to 84P P. 220 Excel Life™ cover plates P. 224 Soliroc™ weatherproof wiring accessories P. 216 Excel Life™ Data, audio, video sockets P. 268 Arteor™ Lighting control and automation mechanisms P. 264 Arteor™ Touch plates P. 324 Industrial bells Quantum industrial plugs in HPM section For HPM switches and sockets see HPM section
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Catalogue number index 49 - 1 51 - 1 52 - 1 53 - 1 54 - 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 57 - 1 89 - 1 91 - 1 93 - 1 94 - 1 95 - 1 96 - 1 97 - 1 98 - 1 99 - 1 035 14 286 1 51 371 1 52 - 1 53 - 1 54 286 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 57 - 1 58 - 1 59 - 1 60 371 1 62 - 1 64 291 1 65 - 1 67 371 1 70 - 1 73 294 3 75 - 1 79 284 1 80 - 1 82 288 1 83 - 1 84 - 1 85 - 1 86 - 1 87 - 1 89 289 1 036 52 280 1 53 - 1 56 - 1 037 05 92 1 21 95 1 30 - 1 40 - 1 44 - 1 52 - 1 53 - 1 55 - 1 038 28 84 1 29 - 41 371 1 42 - 1 44 - 1 039 20 83 1 21 - 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 28 - 5 30 - 1 31 - 1 32 - 1 33 - 1 34 - 5 39 - 5 40 - 1 41 - 1 43 - 1 44 - 5 56 84 1 57 - 1 58 - 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 040 68 88 1 69 - 1 70 - 1 73 - 1 74 - 1 75 - 1 76 - 1 77 - 1 78 - 1 79 - 1 85 - 041 14 88 1 16 - 1 17 - 1 23 - 1 24 - 1 26 - 4 29 - 1 31 - 5 32 - 1 33 - 1 47 - 4 48 - 2 49 - 1 58 - 10 83 89 1 85 - 1 042 25 120 1 37 - 1 41 - 1 043 01 31 1 02 - 1 05 - 1 07 - 1 10 - 1 14 - 1 21 - 2 22 - 2 25 - 2 27 - 2 30 - 2 34 - 2 38 - 2 043 42 31 3 45 - 3 47 - 3 50 - 3 54 - 3 58 - 3 62 - 3 65 - 3 67 - 3 70 - 3 74 - 3 78 - 3 044 09 97 1 16 150 10 39 78 1 42 - 2 47 - 1 046 31 46 1 34 - 1 36 - 1 38 - 1 45 - 1 46 - 1 48 - 1 65 48 1 67 - 1 72 - 1 73 - 1 74 - 1 81 - 1 91 99 1 94 - 1 047 61 90 1 64 95 1 66 - 1 058 00 58 5 06 - 10 08 - 10 10 60 10 11 - 10 12 - 10 13 - 10 14 - 10 18 58 10 20 41 10 21 60 10 22 - 10 24 - 10 28 58 5 38 - 3 48 - 2 059 326 154 1 063 68 74 1 69 - 1 70 - 1 72 - 1 74 - 10 76 - 10 77 - 1 78 - 1 79 - 1 80 - 1 81 - 1 82 - 1 064 60 74 1 61 - 1 62 - 1 64 - 1 66 - 5 68 - 5 69 - 1 70 - 1 71 - 1 72 - 1 73 - 1 74 - 1 80 - 1 81 - 1 82 - 1 84 - 1 86 - 1 88 - 1 89 - 1 90 - 1 91 - 1 92 - 1 93 - 1 100 – 143 258 20 429R - 1 430 194 1 711 258 50 712 - 50 010 00 013 01 108 10 02 - 10 04 - 10 06 - 5 08 - 1 016 56 108 20 019 55 112 1 61 - 20 66 - 1 69 - 1 026 00 371 1 01 - 1 02 - 1 04 - 1 11 - 1 12 - 1 21 - 1 22 - 1 27 280 1 31 - 1 33 371 1 45 - 1 033 82 74 10 84 - 10 86 - 10 87 - 10 88 - 10 89 - 10 90 - 10 91 - 10 92 - 10 034 29 74 5 31 - 5 33 - 5 34 - 5 35 - 5 36 - 5 37 - 5 38 - 5 39 - 5 47 - 1 67 - 1 69 - 1 70 93 1 71 90 1 72 - 1 73 - 1 75 46 1 76 - 1 77 - 1 78 93 1 79 46 1 80 - 1 81 93 1 82 - 1 97 - 1 048 67 110 1 68 - 1 71 - 4 73 - 4 77 - 1 79 - 1 80 - 1 81 - 5 82 - 5 83 - 4 84 - 10 85 - 5 86 - 5 88 - 5 049 05 85 20 06 - 20 11 108 20 12 - 10 14 - 10 26 - 20 37 - 10 38 - 50 39 - 10 40 - 3 41 - 10 42 - 10 43 - 10 44 - 30 45 - 10 88 - 20 89 - 40 90 - 20 91 - 20 050 00 057 90 58 10 96 - 1 99 - 3
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack 94 - 1 95 - 1 96 - 1 97 - 1 065 55 74 1 56 - 1 57 - 1 59 - 1 61 - 1 63 - 1 64 - 1 65 - 1 66 - 1 67 - 1 68 - 1 69 - 1 79 76 1 81 - 1 83 - 1 84 - 1 85 - 1 86 - 1 87 - 1 88 - 1 89 - 1 066 29 76 1 31 - 1 33 - 1 34 - 1 35 - 1 36 - 1 37 - 1 38 - 1 39 - 1 49 - 1 51 - 1 53 - 1 54 - 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 57 - 1 58 - 1 59 - 1 60 - 1 61 - 1 62 - 1 69 - 1 71 - 1 73 - 1 74 - 1 75 - 1 76 - 1 77 - 1 78 - 1 79 - 1 068 52 74 1 53 - 1 54 - 1 56 - 1 58 - 1 60 - 1 61 - 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 64 - 1 65 - 1 66 - 1 83 - 1 84 - 1 85 - 1 069 12 74 1 13 - 1 14 - 1 16 - 1 18 - 1 20 - 1 21 - 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 24 - 1 25 - 1 26 - 1 32 - 1 33 - 1 34 - 1 36 - 1 38 - 1 40 - 1 41 - 1 42 - 1 43 - 1 44 - 1 45 - 1 46 - 1 92 - 1 93 - 1 94 - 1 96 - 1 98 - 1 069 36 57 1 38 - 1 40 - 1 41 - 1 42 - 1 43 - 1 44 - 1 45 - 1 46 - 1 92 - 1 93 - 1 94 - 1 96 - 1 98 - 1 070 00 74 1 01 - 1 02 - 1 03 - 1 04 - 1 05 - 1 06 - 1 073 50 78 1 51 - 1 53 - 1 54 - 1 61 - 1 65 - 1 66 - 1 68 - 1 81 85 1 82 - 1 074 02 76 1 29 - 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 078 79 76 1 84 - 1 85 - 1 86 - 1 87 - 1 88 - 1 89 - 1 90 - 1 089 09 77 1 10 - 1 11 - 1 16 - 1 17 - 1 28 - 1 93 - 1 94 - 1 95 - 1 96 - 1 090 00 77 1 12 - 1 13 - 1 14 - 1 097 99 106 10 100 00 102 02 60 10 05 - 10 06 - 10 10 - 10 12 - 10 16 - 10 20 - 10 25 - 10 30 - 10 50 - 10 63 - 10 96 - 10 103 06 60 10 104 11 312 20 12 - 20 33 315 8 22 313 20 42 314 10 73 315 48 105 21 312 20 22 313 20 24 314 8 82 313 24 84 312 16 106 01 312 10 02 313 10 06 314 5 07 315 5 21 312 10 22 313 10 23 315 5 35 314 5 36 315 5 83 - 10 90 308 5 91 316 20 92 - 20 107 02 313 20 03 314 10 06 315 10 22 312 10 33 315 5 35 313 5 36 - 5 38 315 5 67 312 10 71 - 5 72 - 5 85 313 10 89 314 5 90 315 5 108 01 312 10 02 313 10 04 315 10 113 02 60 10 04 - 10 06 - 10 10 - 10 116 06 60 10 10 - 10 16 - 10 123 00 61 10 01 - 10 02 - 10 04 - 10 06 - 10 08 60 10 10 61 10 12 60 10 16 61 10 20 60 10 126 16 60 10 20 - 10 25 - 10 130 01 61 10 02 - 10 04 - 10 06 - 10 08 - 10 10 - 10 12 - 10 16 - 10 20 - 10 25 - 10 32 43 10 92 - 10 95 61 10 133 00 61 10 01 - 10 02 - 10 04 - 10 06 - 10 08 - 10 10 - 10 12 - 10 16 - 10 20 - 10 25 - 10 32 60 10 94 61 10 140 02 42 10 04 - 10 06 - 10 08 61 10 10 - 10 12 - 10 16 - 10 20 - 10 25 - 10 32 - 10 40 - 10 45 42 10 50 - 10 143 00 61 10 02 - 10 04 - 10 06 - 10 10 - 10 16 - 10 20 - 10 25 - 10 32 - 10 40 - 10 50 - 10 146 01 46 1 10 - 1 13 - 1 15 - 1 16 - 1 17 - 1 18 - 1 20 - 1 21 - 1 22 - 1 24 - 1 25 - 1 26 - 1 28 - 1 61 - 1 65 - 1 66 - 1 67 - 1 150 00 150 16 43 10 20 - 10 25 61 10 32 - 10 40 - 10 50 - 10 63 - 10 80 - 10 96 - 10 97 - 10 153 00 61 10 16 - 10 20 - 10 25 - 10 32 - 10 40 - 10 50 - 10 63 - 10 80 - 10 96 - 10 97 - 10 160 00 63 3 01 - 3 04 - 1 05 - 1 25 62 3 30 - 3 35 - 3 40 - 3 45 - 3 50 - 3 162 00 63 3 04 - 1 163 04 62 10 18 - 10
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack 20 - 10 22 - 10 25 - 10 30 - 10 35 - 10 40 - 10 45 - 10 50 - 10 55 - 10 165 00 63 3 02 - 3 03 - 1 166 35 44 3 40 - 3 45 - 3 50 - 3 55 - 3 168 04 62 1 35 - 3 40 - 3 45 - 3 50 - 3 55 - 3 60 - 3 170 00 63 3 02 - 1 03 - 1 50 62 3 55 - 3 60 - 3 65 - 3 171 50 62 3 55 - 3 60 - 3 65 - 3 173 04 62 1 50 - 3 55 - 3 60 - 3 65 - 3 175 00 63 3 02 - 1 03 - 1 60 62 3 65 - 3 70 - 3 75 - 3 176 60 62 3 65 - 3 70 - 3 75 - 3 178 04 62 1 60 - 3 65 - 3 70 - 3 75 - 3 180 25 62 3 30 - 3 75 - 3 80 - 3 181 04 62 1 25 - 3 30 - 3 199 02 63 5 09 - 10 15 - 10 16 - 10 17 - 10 18 - 2 20 - 10 21 - 10 22 - 10 23 - 10 200 00 200 04 104 1 05 - 1 06 - 1 10 - 1 14 - 1 15 - 1 16 - 1 20 - 1 21 - 1 35 - 1 50 106 1 70 - 1 93 - 1 94 - 10 201 00 104 1 30 106 1 60 - 1 202 54 106 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 74 - 1 75 - 1 76 - 1 84 - 1 85 - 1 86 - 1 91 - 1 92 - 1 93 - 1 94 - 1 215 01 59 5 04 - 1 216 01 59 3 04 - 1 36 - 1 96 - 5 225 12 50 1/10 15 - 1/10 16 - 1/10 18 - 1/10 20 - 1/10 22 - 1/10 25 - 1/10 27 - 1/10 34 - 1/10 39 - 1/10 44 - 1/10 46 - 1/10 51 - 1/10 53 - 1/10 54 - 1/10 56 - 1/10 226 15 57 1 17 - 1 25 - 1 27 - 1 33 - 1 34 - 1 35 - 1 37 - 1 227 04 50 1/100 07 - 1/100 22 - 1/50 32 - 1/10 98 - 50 251 23 19 1 24 - 1 25 - 1 27 - 1 49 19 1 50 - 1 51 - 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 64 - 1 65 - 1 70 - 1 71 - 1 72 - 1 73 - 1 98 50 1 252 24 20 1 25 - 1 26 - 1 34 - 1 35 - 1 36 - 1 44 - 1 45 - 1 46 - 1 54 - 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 96 50 1 98 - 1 253 98 50 1 254 01 22 1 02 - 1 03 - 1 04 - 1 05 - 1 07 - 1 09 - 1 10 - 1 11 - 1 13 - 1 15 - 1 16 - 1 17 - 1 255 21 24 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 2 4 - 1 36 - 1 37 - 1 38 - 1 39 - 1 40 - 1 43 - 1 44 - 1 58 - 1 59 - 1 60 - 1 86 50 1 88 - 1 256 02 24 1 03 - 1 06 - 1 07 - 1 10 - 1 11 - 1 14 - 1 15 - 1 26 25 1 27 - 1 28 - 1 30 - 1 31 - 1 32 - 1 35 - 1 36 - 1 39 - 1 40 - 1 43 - 1 44 - 1 47 - 1 48 - 1 257 02 27 1 03 - 1 04 - 1 06 - 1 07 - 1 08 - 1 10 - 1 11 - 1 12 - 1 14 - 1 15 - 1 16 - 1 26 - 1 27 - 1 28 - 1 30 - 1 31 - 1 32 - 1 34 - 1 35 - 1 36 - 1 38 - 1 39 - 1 40 - 1 96 50 1 98 - 1 258 02 27 1 03 - 1 04 - 1 09 - 1 10 - 1 11 - 1 16 - 1 17 - 1 18 - 1 23 - 1 24 - 1 25 - 1 260 02 18 1 20 19 1 53 22 1 57 - 1 60 25 1 61 - 1 64 - 1 63 - 1 65 - 1 67 - 1 88 30 1 92 - 1 93 - 1 94 - 1 95 - 1 96 - 1 97 - 1 98 - 1 261 23 28 1 24 - 1 25 - 1 26 - 1 27 - 1 30 23 1 34 - 1 40 26 1 44 - 1 45 281 1 54 28 1 59 - 1 60 29 1 64 - 1 67 - 1 70 - 1 71 - 1 73 - 1 75 - 1 80 - 1 81 - 1 83 - 1 85 - 1 90 - 1 93 5 1 94 29 1 262 00 21 1 07 21 1 08 - 1 09 - 1 10 21 1 11 - 1 15 19 1 16 - 1 17 - 1 18 - 1 19 - 1 21 23 1 22 - 1 25 28 1 26 - 1 28 - 1 30 26 1 33 - 1 35 - 1 39 52 1 40 26 1 41 - 1 44 - 1 45 54 1 48 - 1 49 - 1 50 - 1 51 52 1 60 28 1 61 - 1 64 56 1 65 - 1 66 - 1 67 56 1 68 - 1 69 - 1 70 - 1 73 - 1
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack 74 - 1 75 18 1 76 - 1 77 20 1 79 23 1 80 56 1 81 - 1 82 - 1 83 28 1 84 - 1 87 52 1 88 20 1 92 28 1 93 - 1 94 - 1 99 52 1 263 00 18 1 50 54 1 51 - 1 52 - 1 53 - 1 80 28 1 81 - 1 82 - 1 83 - 1 264 01 19 1 02 20 1 05 28 1 08 23 1 09 25 1 10 28 1 265 10 52 1 27 23 1 74 28 1 75 - 1 76 - 1 80 - 1 82 - 1 83 - 1 84 - 1 85 - 1 91 56 1 92 - 1 93 - 1 94 - 1 97 - 1 98 - 1 266 02 52 1 03 - 1 07 - 1 12 - 1 13 - 1 17 - 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 27 - 1 60 54 1 61 - 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 64 - 1 65 - 1 66 - 1 67 - 1 68 - 1 69 - 1 70 - 1 71 - 1 86 54 1 97 - 1 273 22 52 1 286 21 2 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 24 - 1 25 - 1 26 - 1 27 - 1 28 - 1 29 - 1 31 - 1 32 - 1 33 - 1 34 - 1 35 - 1 36 - 1 37 - 1 38 - 1 41 - 1 42 - 1 43 - 1 44 - 1 45 - 1 46 - 1 47 - 1 48 - 1 51 - 1 52 - 1 53 - 1 54 - 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 57 - 1 58 - 1 61 - 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 64 - 1 65 - 1 66 - 1 67 - 1 68 - 1 71 - 1 72 - 1 73 - 1 74 - 1 75 - 1 76 - 1 77 - 1 78 - 1 83 3 1 84 - 1 85 - 1 86 - 1 87 - 1 88 - 1 93 - 1 94 - 1 95 - 1 96 - 1 97 - 1 98 - 1 287 21 2 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 24 - 1 25 - 1 26 - 1 27 - 1 31 - 1 32 - 1 33 - 1 34 - 1 35 - 1 36 - 1 37 - 1 38 - 1 41 - 1 42 - 1 43 - 1 44 - 1 45 - 1 46 - 1 47 - 1 48 - 1 51 - 1 52 - 1 53 - 1 54 - 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 57 - 1 58 - 1 61 - 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 64 - 1 65 - 1 66 - 1 68 - 1 71 - 1 72 - 1 73 - 1 74 - 1 75 - 1 76 - 1 77 - 1 78 - 1 83 3 1 84 - 1 85 - 1 86 - 1 87 - 1 88 - 1 93 - 1 94 - 1 95 - 1 96 - 1 97 - 1 98 - 1 288 00 3 1 01 - 1 02 - 1 05 - 1 06 - 1 07 - 1 08 - 1 09 - 1 10 - 1 11 - 1 12 - 1 288 48 4 1 14 - 1 15 - 1 16 - 1 20 - 1 21 - 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 25 - 1 26 - 1 28 - 1 30 - 1 31 - 1 32 - 1 33 - 1 34 - 1 35 - 1 36 - 1 37 - 1 38 - 1 41 - 1 42 - 1 43 - 1 44 - 1 45 - 1 48 - 1 49 - 1 50 - 1 51 - 1 52 - 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 57 - 1 58 - 1 59 - 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 64 5 1 65 - 1 79 4 1 82 - 1 83 - 1 84 5 1 85 - 1 86 - 1 87 - 1 88 - 1 89 - 1 90 - 1 91 - 1 92 - 1 93 - 1 94 - 1 95 - 1 96 - 1 97 - 1 289 02 4 1 03 - 1 04 - 1 05 - 1 09 - 1 10 - 1 11 - 1 12 - 1 20 5 1 21 - 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 24 - 1 25 - 1 41 - 1 65 - 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 57 - 1 58 - 1 61 - 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 64 - 1 65 - 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 57 - 1 58 - 1 61 - 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 64 - 1 65 - 1 300 00 300 89 316 15 92 308 54 93 - 36 98 309 132 99 - 90 301 91 309 10 93 - 10 94 - 10 302 28 309 10 41 - 10 43 - 10 44 - 10 55 316 120 86 - 10 88 - 10 303 79 309 10 88 - 10 305 58 316 10 61 - 5 307 29 308 1 42 - 1 78 - 1 79 - 1 308 67 316 44 310 65 308 1 66 - 1 312 05 309 10 06 - 10 14 - 10 316 64 316 5 317 54 316 2 55 - 2 328 00 308 20 01 - 5 02 - 5 03 - 10 05 - 1 07 - 10 18 - 1 335 51 322 1 54 - 2 61 323 1 64 - 2 90 322 1 91 - 10 336 64 316 10 65 - 5 66 - 5 67 - 5 68 - 10 337 74 316 10 340 30 122 20 31 - 20 32 - 20 33 - 20 34 - 10 342 11 122 10
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack 60 - 1 61 - 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 64 - 1 65 - 1 66 - 1 68 - 1 69 - 1 70 - 1 71 - 1 72 - 1 73 - 1 75 - 1 358 00 121 1 01 - 1 02 - 1 08 - 1 10 121 5 11 - 5 12 - 5 13 - 5 14 - 5 15 - 5 16 - 5 359 00 118 1 01 118 1 31 118 1 50 118 1 51 - 1 60 - 1 61 - 1 70 - 1 71 - 1 80 - 1 81 - 1 90 - 1 91 - 1 360 49 134 1 52 - 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 57 - 1 58 - 1 59 - 1 60 - 1 61 - 1 64 - 1 67 - 1 69 - 1 70 - 1 71 - 1 361 01 134 1 02 - 1 03 - 1 05 - 1 06 - 1 09 - 1 10 - 1 362 00 176 30 01 - 28 02 - 28 03 - 20 05 - 28 06 - 24 07 - 24 08 - 20 11 - 16 12 - 16 13 - 16 16 - 12 17 - 12 25 - 8 42 131 1 44 - 1 50 130 1 51 - 1 52 - 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 61 - 1 63 - 1 64 - 1 71 - 1 72 - 1 75 - 1 76 - 1 81 - 1 83 - 1 84 - 1 85 - 1 86 - 1 87 - 1 91 - 1 92 - 1 93 - 1 94 - 1 95 - 1 96 - 1 97 - 1 363 59 134 1 60 - 1 61 - 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 64 - 1 65 - 1 69 - 1 95 135 1 364 01 128 1 06 129 1 07 119 1 08 131 1 09 - 1 36 - 1 37 - 1 39 - 1 94 136 1 95 - 1 96 - 1 97 - 1 98 131 1 365 13 131 1 38 135 10 40 - 10 42 - 10 45 - 10 74 - 1 78 - 1 79 - 1 80 135 20 81 - 20 82 106 1 97 135 1 366 36 176 10 37 - 1 38 - 1 39 - 1 40 - 20 42 - 100 45 - 50 367 10 176 10 45 135 1 90 118 5 91 - 5 92 - 5 93 - 1 94 - 5 95 - 5 96 - 5 368 04 135 10 05 - 10 06 - 10 16 - 10 18 - 10 20 - 10 22 - 10 26 - 10 43 - 10 44 - 10 371 00 162 60 01 - 50 02 - 40 03 - 30 04 - 20 05 - 20 07 - 60 08 - 60 09 - 25 20 - 60 21 - 50 30 - 60 31 - 50 51 - 50 52 - 50 53 - 20 54 - 20 55 - 60 56 - 60 60 - 60 61 - 50 62 - 40 63 - 30 64 - 20 65 - 20 66 - 10 67 - 60 68 - 60 69 - 25 70 - 60 71 - 50 72 - 40 73 - 30 74 - 10 75 - 10 76 - 10 77 - 50 78 - 40 79 - 50 80 - 20 81 - 21 82 - 20 83 - 20 84 - 20 85 - 20 86 - 20 87 - 20 88 - 20 92 - 25 372 00 - 60 01 - 50 02 - 50 03 - 40 04 - 10 07 - 60 08 - 50 09 - 50 10 - 40 11 - 30 12 - 40 20 - 60 21 - 50 40 - 60 41 - 60 42 - 60 43 - 50 44 - 50 46 - 60 47 - 60 54 - 60 55 - 60 56 - 60 60 - 60 61 - 50 62 - 50 63 - 40 64 - 10 67 - 60 68 - 50 69 - 50 70 - 60 71 - 50 72 - 25 73 - 20 74 - 15 79 - 30 80 - 20 81 - 20 82 - 20 83 - 20 84 - 20 85 - 20 86 - 20 373 85 - 1 374 02 166 10 04 - 10 07 - 10 375 01 166 20 02 - 50 04 - 20 05 - 50 07 - 20 08 - 20 10 - 50 11 - 20 12 - 10 13 - 20 15 167 10/50 16 - 10/50 17 - 10/50 18 - 10/50 21 - 20 22 - 20 24 - 10/50 25 - 10/50 27 - 10 30 - 10 31 - 10 32 - 4 34 - 10 35 - 50 40 - 10 42 - 10 44 - 10 46 167 10 47 - 10 50 - 100 51 - 20 52 - 20 53 - 20 54 - 20 55 - 20 56 - 20 57 - 10 60 - 20 61 - 10 13 - 10 15 - 10 17 - 10 19 - 10 348 04 135 1 17 - 1 47 - 1 50 135 1 51 - 1 350 00 350 07 121 1 13 - 1 17 - 1 22 - 1 28 - 1 33 - 1 44 121 1 47 - 1 58 122 1 352 00 129 1 01 - 1 02 - 1 03 - 1 05 - 1 06 - 1 11 - 1 13 - 1 14 - 1 15 - 1 40 - 1 41 - 1 42 - 1 45 - 1 46 - 1 47 - 1 53 - 1 353 06 135 1 07 - 1 08 - 1 356 00 118 1 02 - 1 03 - 1 04 - 1 05 - 1 07 - 1 08 - 1 10 - 1 12 - 1 14 - 1 15 - 1 17 - 1 18 - 1 19 - 1 50 118 1 53 - 1 56 - 1
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack 92 - 10 93 - 10 94 - 1 99 - 1 381 00 180 1000 01 - 1000 02 - 1000 03 - 1000 04 - 1000 05 - 1000 06 - 1000 07 - 1000 08 - 1000 09 - 1000 10 - 300 11 - 300 12 - 300 13 - 300 14 - 300 15 - 300 16 - 300 17 - 300 18 - 300 19 - 300 20 - 300 21 - 300 22 - 300 23 - 300 24 - 300 25 - 300 26 - 300 27 - 300 28 - 300 29 - 300 30 - 300 31 - 300 32 - 300 33 - 300 34 - 300 35 - 300 40 - 300 41 - 300 42 - 300 43 - 300 44 - 300 45 - 300 46 - 300 382 00 181 1 01 - 1 02 - 1 03 - 1 04 - 1 10 180 1200 11 - 1200 12 - 1200 13 - 1200 14 - 1200 15 - 1200 16 - 1200 17 - 1200 18 - 1200 19 - 1200 20 - 1200 21 - 1200 22 - 1200 23 - 1200 24 - 1200 25 - 1200 26 - 1200 27 - 1200 28 - 1200 29 - 1200 30 - 800 31 - 800 32 - 800 33 - 800 34 - 800 35 - 800 36 - 800 37 - 800 38 - 800 39 - 800 70 - 300 71 - 300 72 - 300 73 - 300 74 - 300 75 - 300 76 - 300 80 - 300 81 - 300 82 - 300 83 - 300 84 - 300 85 - 300 86 - 300 90 - 300 91 - 300 92 - 300 93 - 300 94 - 300 95 - 300 96 - 300 383 00 180 300 01 - 300 02 - 300 03 - 300 04 - 300 05 - 300 06 - 300 07 - 300 08 - 300 09 - 300 10 - 300 11 - 300 12 - 300 13 - 300 14 - 300 15 - 300 16 - 300 17 - 300 18 - 300 19 - 300 20 - 300 21 - 300 22 - 300 23 - 300 24 - 300 25 - 300 30 - 300 31 - 300 32 - 300 33 - 300 34 - 300 35 - 300 36 - 300 37 - 300 38 - 300 39 - 300 40 - 300 41 - 300 42 - 300 43 - 300 44 - 300 45 - 300 46 - 300 47 - 300 48 - 300 49 - 300 50 - 300 51 - 300 52 - 300 53 - 300 54 - 300 55 - 300 60 - 300 61 - 300 62 - 300 63 - 300 64 - 300 65 - 300 66 - 300 67 - 300 68 - 300 69 - 300 70 - 300 71 - 300 72 - 300 73 - 300 74 - 300 75 - 300 76 - 300 77 - 300 78 - 300 79 - 300 80 - 300 81 - 300 82 - 300 83 - 300 84 - 300 85 - 300 92 181 100 94 - 10 95 - 10 96 - 10 97 - 10 384 00 184 800 01 - 800 02 - 800 03 - 800 04 - 800 05 - 800 06 - 800 07 - 800 08 - 800 09 - 800 10 - 600 11 - 600 12 - 600 13 - 600 14 - 600 15 - 600 16 - 600 17 - 600 18 - 600 19 - 600 20 - 600 21 - 600 22 - 600 23 - 600 24 - 600 25 - 600 26 - 600 27 - 600 28 - 600 29 - 600 30 - 600 31 - 600 32 - 600 33 - 600 34 - 600 35 - 600 40 - 600 41 - 600 42 - 600 43 - 600 44 - 600 45 - 600 46 - 600 50 - 100 52 - 100 54 - 100 55 - 100 56 - 100 60 - 100 62 - 100 64 - 100 65 - 100 66 - 100 90 181 100 91 - 50 92 - 50 89 - 600 378 01 183 600 02 - 600 03 - 600 04 - 600 05 - 600 06 - 600 07 - 600 08 - 600 09 - 600 10 - 600 32 - 240 33 - 240 34 - 240 35 - 240 36 - 240 37 - 240 38 - 240 39 - 240 40 - 240 41 - 240 42 - 240 43 - 240 44 - 240 45 - 240 46 - 240 47 - 240 48 - 240 49 - 240 50 - 240 51 - 240 379 10 182 500 11 - 500 20 - 1000 21 - 1000 22 - 500 30 182 1000 31 182 1000 32 182 500 33 - 500 34 - 200 35 - 100 36 - 1000 37 - 1000 38 - 500 40 - 500 41 - 500 42 - 200 43 - 200 44 - 10 54 183 240 55 - 240 56 - 240 57 - 240 58 - 240 59 - 240 60 - 240 89 182 10 90 - 10 91 - 1 62 - 10 63 - 10 65 - 10 66 - 10 67 - 10 68 - 10 69 - 10 75 - 50 76 - 20 77 - 10 82 167 20 85 - 20 86 166 50 87 - 50 88 - 20 89 - 20 90 - 20 95 - 10 96 - 10 376 06 178 1 08 - 1 09 - 1 10 - 1 39 - 1 41 - 3000 42 - 3000 43 - 3000 44 - 3000 45 - 2500 46 179 10 47 - 10 48 - 10 50 178 500 60 - 500 61 - 480 62 - 480 63 - 1000 64 - 1000 66 - 1000 67 - 250 68 - 250 69 - 100 70 - 100 71 - 50 77 - 50 78 - 30 87 - 100/500 88 - 100/500 89 - 100/500 90 - 100/500 92 - 1 97 - 1 377 80 183 600 81 - 600 82 - 600 83 - 600 84 - 600 85 - 600 86 - 600 87 - 600 88 - 600
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack 36 - 1 37 - 1 38 - 1 43 - 1 44 - 1 49 248 1 50 249 1 52 - 1 56 - 1 57 - 1 62 - 10 64 - 12 65 - 12 69 - 12 70 - 1 74 - 25 85 - 1 414 16 248 1 18 - 1 19 - 1 39 - 1 62 - 1 415 20 248 1 23 - 1 25 - 1 26 - 1 32 - 1 33 - 1 36 - 1 39 - 1 45 - 1 428 40 150 1 41 - 1 42 - 1 43 - 1 44 - 1 99 - 5 442 31 150 1 32 - 1 33 - 1 34 - 1 35 - 1 36 - 1 37 - 1 38 - 1 39 - 1 40 - 1 61 - 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 64 - 1 65 - 1 66 - 1 67 - 1 68 - 1 69 - 1 70 - 1 71 - 1 60 - 1 61 - 1 75 - 1 76 - 1 80 - 1 81 - 1 85 - 1 86 - 1 90 - 1 91 - 1 516 36 322 5 37 - 5 38 - 5 39 - 5 90 - 5 517 72 322 5 73 - 5 74 - 5 75 - 5 520 02 153 1 22 - 1 29 - 1 42 - 1 49 - 1 62 - 1 79 - 1 82 - 1 89 - 1 521 72 153 1 73 - 1 74 - 1 522 03 153 1 04 - 1 19 - 1 20 - 1 23 - 1 24 - 1 29 - 1 40 - 1 43 - 1 44 - 1 49 - 1 63 - 1 64 - 1 83 - 1 84 - 1 89 - 1 90 - 1 527 02 153 1 18 - 1 42 - 1 62 - 1 79 - 1 82 - 1 528 72 153 1 73 - 1 96 184 1 97 - 100 98 - 100 99 - 600 386 00 128 1 05 - 1 06 - 1 09 - 1 13 - 1 14 - 1 21 - 1 23 - 1 24 - 1 28 - 1 29 - 1 30 - 1 390 10 173 5 11 - 5 13 - 5 14 - 5 15 - 5 17 - 5 18 - 5 20 - 10 21 - 10 46 - 5 47 - 5 394 49 130 10 395 00 175 10 01 - 10 02 - 10 05 - 10 06 - 10 07 - 10 08 - 10 09 - 10 10 - 10 11 - 10 12 - 10 15 - 10 16 - 10 17 - 10 18 - 10 19 - 10 20 - 10 21 - 10 22 - 10 23 - 10 24 - 10 36 - 10 98 175 10 400 00 413 08 249 1 12 - 1 26 - 1 27 - 1 74 - 1 529 03 153 1 04 - 1 19 - 1 20 - 1 26 155 1 36 - 1 40 - 1 43 153 1 44 - 1 46 155 1 49 153 1 63 - 1 64 - 1 79 - 1 83 - 1 84 - 1 86 155 1 90 153 1 530 06 154 1 10 - 1 11 - 1 46 - 1 50 - 1 51 - 1 56 - 1 60 - 1 61 - 1 76 - 1 80 - 1 81 - 1 86 - 1 90 - 1 91 - 1 538 89 154 1 550 00 555 53 188 10 73 - 10 573 54 188 5 574 34 188 10 575 14 188 10 84 - 5 576 11 188 10 12 - 10 581 34 188 10 582 14 188 10 84 - 5 591 14 154 1 15 - 1 592 27 154 1 60 155 1 72 - 1 73 - 1 74 - 1 450 00 470 01 155 1 02 - 1 03 - 1 04 - 1 06 - 1 20 - 1 21 - 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 24 - 1 25 - 1 26 - 1 28 - 1 29 - 1 477 22 130 10 488 01 363 1 03 - 1 05 - 1 06 - 1 07 - 1 10 - 1 11 - 1 13 - 1 14 276 1 20 367 1 21 367 22 - 1 23 - 1 24 - 1 25 - 1 28 - 1 30 - 1 31 376 1 32 375 1 33 294 1 37 375 1 40 370 1 41 - 1 42 - 1 43 - 1 44 - 1 45 - 1 47 - 1 50 365 1 68 370 10 72 367 1 73 - 1 74 363 1 75 - 1 80 372 1 81 - 1 82 - 1 492 00 281 10 01 - 10 02 - 10 03 - 10 04 - 10 05 - 10 06 - 10 07 - 10 08 - 10 09 - 10 10 - 5 11 - 5 12 - 5 13 - 5 14 - 5 15 - 5 16 - 5 17 - 5 18 - 5 19 - 5 20 - 5 21 - 5 22 - 10 31 392 1 32 - 1 34 281 1 37 - 1 49 291 1 80 281 1 90 - 1 495 32 77 1 52 99 1 55 - 1 60 - 1 83 78 1 86 - 1 497 50 97 1 52 - 1 54 - 1 56 - 1 498 32 97 1 499 26 99 1 83 98 1 86 - 1 500 00 511 06 154 1 10 - 1 11 - 1 25 - 1 26 - 1 30 - 1 31 - 1 45 - 1 46 - 1 50 - 1 51 - 1 55 - 1 56 - 1
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack 61 - 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 64 - 1 65 - 1 66 - 1 67 - 1 593 26 154 1 27 - 1 36 - 1 37 - 1 46 - 1 47 - 1 76 - 1 86 - 1 87 - 1 594 27 154 1 28 - 1 37 - 1 38 - 1 47 - 1 48 - 1 77 - 1 78 - 1 87 - 1 88 - 1 595 02 154 1 03 - 1 12 - 1 13 - 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 32 - 1 33 - 1 42 - 1 43 - 1 44 - 1 45 - 1 596 51 155 1 52 - 1 53 - 1 55 - 1 57 - 1 58 - 1 59 - 1 61 - 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 65 - 1 67 - 1 68 - 1 69 - 1 70 - 1 81 - 1 95 - 1 600 00 608 241 18 1 242 - 1 243 - 1 244 - 1 245 - 1 246 - 1 634 31 293 1 32 - 1 33 - 1 34 - 1 35 292 1 38 293 1 39 - 1 42 371 1 650 00 675 18 284 1 700 00 741 66 241 750 00 750 07 243 10 767 10 250 5 11 - 10 778 11 224 1 12 - 1 13 - 1 14 - 1 21 - 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 25 - 1 27 - 1 28 - 1 41 - 1 50 - 1 51 - 1 52 - 1 53 - 1 66 - 1 67 - 1 68 - 1 74 - 1 75 - 1 80A - 1 81 - 1 83 226 1 84A 224 1 85 - 1 86 - 1 87 - 1 90 226 1 91 224 1 92 226 1 93 - 1 94 - 1 95 - 1 96 - 1 788 03 309 1 800 00 800 41 296 50 42 - 40 43 - 20 51 361 1 52 226 40 53 - 20 67 - 1 12 - 1 51 279 1 67 296 1 77 - 1 801 08 226 100 41 296 100 42 226 40 43 - 20 51 - 100 802 51 226 10 59 309 1 819 42 226 50 72 - 20 850 00 882 30 372 1 31 376 1 32 - 1 35 372 1 883 01 286 1 892 43 227 10 79 288 2 86 227 10 893 12 232 36 227 30 46 - 50 70 - 20 71 - 10 72 - 10 73 - 10 74 - 10 75 - 10 79 288 2 896 06 304 1 11 - 1 16 - 1 20 305 1 21 - 1 25 - 1 26 - 1 30 - 1 31 - 1 32 - 1 34 302 1 39 - 1 83 - 1 84 - 1 85 - 1 86 - 1 87 - 1 88 - 1 900 00 921 00 96 5 22 95 1 27 118 5 37 - 5 950 00 980 01 137 25 03 - 25 05 - 10 06 - 5 07 - 3 08 - 2 09 - 2 41 - 50 43 - 50 45 - 50 46 - 25 47 - 25 0000 00 0002 80 228 1 0540 00 0540 00 306 1 01 - 1 02 - 1 03 - 1 05 - 1 06 - 1 07 - 1 08 - 1 10 - 1 11 - 1 12 - 1 13 - 1 15 - 1 16 - 1 17 - 1 18 - 1 20 - 1 21 - 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 26 - 1 28 - 1 31 - 1 33 - 1 88 - 1 0893 00 0893 12 296 20 1000 00 100 652 178 1000 653 - 1000 2000 00 2000 57 349 1 74 - 1 2003 55 349 1 2004 50 343 1 72 - 1 73 - 1 76 - 1 2010 24 268 1/5 58 356 1 2013 20 352 1 22 - 1 87S - 1 89S - 1 2015 10 349 1 25 - 1 26 - 1 29 - 1 59 343 5 2018 48 349 1 2019 17 349 1 87 343 1 2027 26 348 1 53 339 1 2040 08 263 1 10 339 1 11 - 1 12 - 1 13 339 1 14 - 1 15 - 1 16 - 1 17 - 1 18 - 1 19 - 1 20 - 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 41 337 1 42 - 1 43 - 1 44 - 1 45 - 1 46 - 1 47 - 1 2043 06 338 - 2046 07 338 1 39 109 1 2220 23 343 1 24 351 1 25 343 1 26 - 1 27 - 1 28 - 1 29 - 1 30 - 1 75 339 1 76 - 1 77 - 1 83 259 1 2223 22 338 1 43 356 1 2224 23 339 1 26 - 1 29 - 1 32 - 1 35 - 1 39 - 1 42 - 1 45 - 1 73 - 1 76 - 1 79 - 1 82 - 1 85 - 1 88 - 1 91 - 1 94 - 1 99 - 1 2225 28 338 1 49 352 1 59 343 1 70 - 1 71 - 1 72 - 1 73 - 1 74 - 1 75 - 1 76 - 1 80 339 1 81 - 1 2226 94 349 1 2230 09 339 1 10 - 1
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack 19 356 1 36 348 1 37 - 1 39 - 1 46 349 1 2231 21 258 1 33 339 1 35 - 1 37 - 1 39 - 1 41 - 1 43 - 1 45 - 1 47 - 1 52 349 1/5 53 - 85 356 1 2267 60 339 1 4000 00 4130 91 156 1 92 - 1 93 - 1 4131 05 155 1 07 - 1 08 - 1 4141 51 67 1 60 - 1 81 - 1 90 - 1 91 - 1 4142 21 67 1 23 - 1 61 - 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 81 - 1 82 - 1 83 - 1 4146 25 67 10 26 - 10 27 - 10 28 - 10 29 - 10 30 - 10 81 - 1 82 - 1 4148 00 67 40 01 - 30 02 - 20 03 - 20 04 - 10 4447 00 67 10 4063 07 67 10 5000 00 5719 07 252 10 10 267 10 17 238 10 19 - 10 20 258 1 27 238 10 29 - 10 36 - 10 37 - 10 38 - 10 39 - 10 46 - 10 47 - 10 48 - 10 49 - 10 57 252 10 67 238 10 69 - 10 77 - 10 79 - 10 86 - 10 87 10 88 - 10 89 - 10 96 - 10 97 - 10 98 - 10 99 - 10 5720 00 241 10 01 - 10|5 02 - 10 03 - 10|5 10 238 10 11 - 10|5 15 241 5 16 - 5 30 - 10 31 - 10|5 32 - 10|5 33 - 10 42 238 10|5 44 - 10 47 - 10 48 - 10 51 240 1 52 242 1 53 - 1 54 247 5 55 243 1 56 241 5 57 247 5 67 - 5 74 - 5 5721 53 246 1 63 252 10 71 - 10 5722 01 244 5 71 256 1 72 - 1 73 - 1 74 - 1 75 - 1 77 255 1 80 - 10 81 256 1 82 - 1 83 255 1 84 - 1 85 256 1 88 - 1 89 - 1 90 255 10 91 - 5 5728 00 252 10 01 - 5 02 253 10 03 - 10 10 252 10 12 - 10 13 - 10 14 253 10 15 - 10 24 253 10 30 253 10 31 - 10 35 - 10 37 255 10 38 - 10 41 258 10 42 - 10 43 - 10 70 257 1 76 254 1 77 - 1 5730 00 241 10 01 - 10 02 - 10 50 - 10 51 - 5 52 - 5 53 - 10|5 70 238 10 71 - 5 73 - 10|5 76 - 10 77 - 10|5 80 241 5 86 258 10 96 - 5 5731 00 241 10 01 - 10 02 - 10 50 - 10 51 - 5 52 - 5 53 - 10|5 70 328 10 71 - 5 73 - 10|5 76 - 10 77 - 10|5 80 241 5 86 258 10 96 - 5 5732 19 244 10 20 - 10 21 243 1 22 245 10 23 - 10 24 - 10 25 - 10 34 - 10 35 - 10 36 - 10 37 - 10 72 256 1 73 - 1 74 - 1 84 245 10 85 - 10 86 - 10 87 - 10 94 - 10 95 - 10 96 - 10 97 - 10 5733 82 245 10 83 - 10 84 - 10 85 - 10 5734 55 240 1 93 246 1 5736 55 240 1 5737 19 244 10 20 - 10 22 245 10 23 - 10 24 - 10 25 - 10 34 - 10 35 - 10 36 - 10 37 - 10 50 270 1 51 - 1 52 - 1 53 - 1 54 - 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 57 - 1 58 - 1 59 - 1 60 - 1 43 258 5 60 251 1 61 - 1 70 257 1 76 254 1 77 - 1 5724 52 243 10 53 - 10 54 - 10 55 - 10 56 - 10 57 - 10 5725 00 241 10 01 - 10|5 02 - 10 03 - 10 | 5 15 241 5 16 - 5 30 - 10 31 - 10|5 32 - 10|5 33 - 10 42 238 10|5 44 - 10 47 - 10 48 - 10 51 240 1 54 247 5 56 241 5 57 247 5 67 - 5 74 - 5 5726 53 246 1 63 252 10 71 - 10 5727 01 244 5 02 - 5 03 - 1 04 247 10|5 17 244 1 18 - 1 19 - 10 20 - 10 22 247 5 23 - 5 24 - 5 25 - 5 26 243 1 27 243 1 30 246 1 32 243 10 33 - 10 50 250 1 51 - 1 52 - 1 59 246 10 63 244 1 70 255 10 02 - 5 03 - 1 04 247 10|5 07 - 10 08 - 10 17 244 1 18 - 1 19 - 10 20 - 10 21 243 1 22 - 1 23 - 10 24 247 5 25 - 5 26 243 1 27 - 1 30 246 1 31 - 1 32 243 10 33 - 10 47 247 10 48 - 10 50 250 1 51 - 1 52 - 1 59 246 10 63 244 1 70 255 10 71 256 1 72 - 1 73 - 1 74 - 1 75 255 1 77 - 1 80 - 10 81 256 1 82 - 1 83 255 1 84 - 1 85 256 1 88 - 1 89 - 1 90 255 10 91 - 5 5723 00 307 10 01 252 5 02 307 10 03 - 10 10 252 10 12 307 10 13 - 10 14 - 10 15 - 10 24 253 10 30 253 10 31 - 10 35 - 10 37 307 10 38 - 10 41 307 10 42 - 10
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack 61 - 1 64 - 1 65 - 1 66 - 1 67 - 1 68 - 1 69 - 1 70 - 1 71 - 1 72 256 1 73 - 1 74 249 1 84 245 10 85 - 10 86 - 10 87 - 10 90 270 1 91 - 1 92 - 1 93 - 1 94 245 10 95 - 10 96 - 10 97 - 10 5738 12 271 1 13 - 1 22 375 1 23 - 1 24 - 1 25 - 1 26 271 1 27 - 1 32 - 1 33 - 1 34 375 1 35 - 1 36 - 1 37 - 1 38 - 1 39 - 1 40 271 1 41 - 1 42 375 1 43 - 1 48 - 1 49 - 1 56 269 1 57 - 1 58 - 1 60 - 1 62 375 1 64 - 1 66 - 1 70 268 1 72 269 1 73 - 1 74 - 1 75 - 1 82 245 10 83 - 10 84 - 10 85 - 10 5739 02 369 1 03 - 1 16 291 1 17 - 1 18 284 1 19 - 1 20 - 1 21 - 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 24 - 1 25 - 1 26 288 1 27 - 1 28 - 1 29 - 1 30 - 1 32 288 1 33 - 1 36 294 1 37 - 1 38 - 1 39 - 1 40 - 1 41 - 1 48 - 1 49 - 1 50 292 1 51 - 1 52 - 1 53 - 1 60 369 1 62 291 1 63 - 1 64 369 5 65 288 5 66 - 5 67 - 5 74 369 1 75 - 76 288 1 77 - 1 78 - 1 81 - 1 82 - 1 85 286 1 86 292 1 91 286 1 92 291 1 93 371 1 5740 00 240 1 01 - 1 03 - 1 32 293 1 33 - 1 38 293 1 39 - 1 40 292 1 41 - 1 42 - 1 44 289 1 45 - 5 50 240 1 51 - 1 53 - 1 61 242 1 62 - 1 82 243 1 87 246 1 88 - 1 89 - 1 90 - 1 91 - 1 92 - 10 93 - 1 5743 00 240 1 01 - 1 03 - 1 50 240 1 51 - 1 53 - 1 60 279 5 61 - 5 62 - 5 63 - 5 65 - 5 67 - 5 68 - 5 69 - 5 70 - 5 71 - 5 72 - 5 73 - 5 74 - 5 75 - 5 76 - 5 77 - 5 78 - 5 79 - 5 80 - 5 81 - 5 82 - 5 83 - 5 84 - 5 85 - 5 86 - 5 87 - 5 88 - 5 89 - 5 90 - 5 91 - 5 92 - 5 93 - 5 5745 01 256 1 51 - 1 87 246 1 88 - 1 89 - 1 90 - 1 91 - 1 92 - 10 93 - 1 5750 10 259 10 11 - 5 12 - 5 5752 30 259 10 31 - 10 32 - 10 50 - 10 51 - 10 52 - 10 53 260 1 54 - 1 55 262 1 56 - 1 73 260 1 74 - 1 75 262 1 76 - 1 5754 10 258 10 11 - 10 12 - 10 30 234 10 31 - 10 32 - 10 33 261 10 34 - 10 35 262 10 36 - 10 5755 00 259 10 01 - 5 02 - 5 10 259 5 11 - 5 12 - 5 13 261 5 14 - 5 15 262 5 16 - 5 20 259 5 21 - 5 22 - 5 23 261 5 24 - 5 26 262 5 5756 00 259 10 01 - 10 02 - 10 03 261 10 04 - 10 05 262 10 06 - 1 20 267 10 21 - 10 22 - 10 30 - 10 31 - 10 32 - 10 33 261 1 34 - 1 35 262 1 36 267 1 53 261 1 54 - 1 55 262 1 56 - 1 5760 03 296 10 20 - 5 21 - 10 5762 30 262 10 31 260 10 32 - 10 33 263 10 34 - 10 35 261 10 36 - 10 37 263 10 38 260 10 39 237 10 50 262 5 51 260 5 52 - 5 53 263 5 54 - 5 55 261 5 56 - 5 57 263 5 58 260 5 59 237 5 5764 20 262 1 21 260 1 22 - 1 23 263 1 24 - 1 25 261 1 26 - 1 27 263 1 28 260 5 29 262 1 30 - 1 31 260 1 32 - 1 33 263 1 34 - 1 35 261 1 36 - 1 37 263 1 38 260 5 39 262 1 40 - 1 41 260 1 42 - 1 43 263 1 44 - 1 45 261 1 46 - 1 47 263 11 48 260 5 49 262 1 50 - 1 51 260 1 52 - 1 53 263 1 54 - 1 55 261 1 56 - 1 57 263 1 58 260 5 59 262 1 70 - 10 71 260 10 72 - 10 73 263 10 74 - 10 75 261 10 76 - 10 77 263 10 78 235 10 79 262 10 80 - 1 83 261 1 84 - 1 86 262 1 87 263 1 5765 10 262 1 13 261 1 14 - 1 16 262 1 17 263 1 20 262 1 23 261 1 24 - 1 26 262 1 37 263 1 6000 00 6019 74 112 6 76 - 6 78 - 6 81 - 1 82 - 1 83 - 1 6022 10 109 1 11 - 1 12 - 1 13 - 1 14 - 1 15 - 1 6027 80 77 1 82 - 1 83 - 1 84 - 1 85 - 1
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack 86 - 1 6047 74 91 1 75 - 1 77 - 1 78 - 1 6064 00 77 1 01 - 1 02 - 1 03 - 1 04 - 1 05 - 1 10 - 1 11 - 1 12 - 1 13 - 1 14 - 1 15 - 1 6082 41 21 1 42 - 1 43 - 1 44 - 1 45 - 1 46 - 1 6360 95 176 8 96 - 20 6361 00 176 30 01 - 28 02 - 28 03 - 20 05 - 28 06 - 24 07 - 24 08 - 20 09 - 12 11 - 16 12 - 16 13 - 16 14 - 12 15 - 12 16 - 12 17 - 12 18 - 10 19 - 1 20 - 12 21 - 8 22 - 8 23 - 6 24 - 8 25 - 8 77 - 25 78 - 25 6362 00 176 30 01 - 28 02 - 28 06 - 24 07 - 24 08 - 20 12 - 16 13 - 16 17 - 12 6481 61 316 1 6489 22 243 10 6491 01 309 32 03 - 20 04 - 18 07 - 12 6499 14 98 1 15 - 1 17 - 1 18 - 1 6503 00 240 1 31 - 1 32 - 1 49 - 1 50 - 1 90 306 10 91 - 10 6609 01 361 1 02 - 1 03 - 1 04 - 1 05 - 1 06 - 1 07 - 1 11 - 1 12 - 1 13 - 1 14 - 1 15 - 1 16 - 1 17 - 1 41 - 10 42 - 1 44 - 1 45 - 1 49 - 1 6640 50 352 1 51 - 1 53 - 1 58 - 1 59 - 1 6820 20 348 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 24 268 1 30 267 1 42 338 1 43 - 1 58 271 1 59 - 1 83 358 1 73 - 74 - 1 75 - 1 76 - 1 77 - 1 78 - 1 79 - 1 6844 00 334 1 01 - 1 02 - 1 03 - 1 04 - 1 05 - 1 06 - 1 07 - 1 08 - 1 09 - 1 10 - 1 11 - 1 12 - 1 20 334 1 21 - 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 30 262 1 50 256 1 51 - 1 52 - 1 53 - 1 57 - 1 59 - 1 6846 50 336 1 51 - 1 52 - 1 53 - 1 54 - 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 57 - 1 58 - 1 59 - 1 60 - 1 61 - 1 62 - 1 64 - 1 65 - 1 66 - 1 67 - 1 68 - 1 69 - 1 70 - 1 71 - 1 72 - 1 74 - 1 75 - 1 76 - 1 77 - 1 80 - 1 81 - 1 82 - 1 84 - 1 85 - 1 86 - 1 87 - 1 89 334 1 6843 74 343 1 6848 50 346 1 52 - 1 53 - 1 54 - 1 55 - 1 60 - 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 64 - 1 70 - 1 71 - 1 74 - 1 79 - 1 80 - 1 6849 00 343 1 01 - 1 02 - 1 03 - 1 05 - 1 06 - 1 07 - 1 08 - 1 10 - 1 11 - 1 12 - 1 13 - 1 15 - 1 16 - 1 17 - 1 18 - 1 24 - 1 25 - 1 26 - 1 25 341 1 52 - 1 54 - 1 55 - 1 56 - 1 57 - 1 58 - 1 59 - 1 60 - 1 62 - 1 64 - 1 65 - 1 67 - 1 68 - 1 69 - 1 70 - 1 71 - 1 72 - 1 73 - 1 74 - 1 75 - 1 76 - 1 77 - 1 78 - 1 79 - 1 81 - 1 83 - 1 84 - 1 85 - 1 86 - 1 88 - 1 89 - 1 92 - 1 93 - 1 94 - 1 95 - 1 96 - 1 6862 00 330 1 01 - 1 03 - 1 04 - 1 06 - 1 07 - 1 08 - 1 09 - 1 11 - 1 12 - 1 14 - 1 15 - 1 16 - 1 17 332 1 18 - 1 19 - 1 20 - 1 21 - 1 22 - 1 27 - 1 28 - 1 29 - 1 30 - 1 31 - 1 32 - 1 33 - 1 35 - 1 36 - 1 38 - 1 58 - 1 30000 00 30729 245 80000 00 81906 41 245 84000 10 244 20 - 30 245 40 - 50 - 60 244 84 - 1 85 - 1 86 - 1 6821 20 348 1 22 - 1 23 - 1 42 351 1 43 - 1 58 352 1 6822 06 334 1 08 - 1 13 352 1 15 - 1 16 - 1 17 - 1 18 - 1 20 348 1/5 22 - 1 23 267 1 42 338 43 339 44 351 1 46 - 1 48 267 1 49 338 1 50 348 1 52 - 1 53 - 1 54 349 1/5 55 - 1/5 56 267 1/5 57 349 1 58 352 1 61 339 1 62 - 1 63 - 1 64 - 1 65 - 1 67 - 1 68 - 1 72 343 1 87 - 1 89 - 1 90 - 1 91 - 1 92 - 1 93 - 1 94 - 1 95 274 1 98 356 1 99 - 1 6823 45 348 1 47 - 1 48 - 1 55 338 1 69 - 1 70 356 1 71 - 1 72 - 1
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack 61 - 84037 00 244 22 - 30 - 40 - 84060 00 244 30 - 40 - 72 245 84090 00 244 30 - 40 - 85 245 84120 00 - 30 - 40 - 600000 649104 243 18 682020 269 682022 - 682120 - 682122 - 682220 - 682222 - 684420 259 684422 - 684870 - 684871 - 684874 - 684878 - AE AE32DIFF - 1 AR 400 AR400LMMGN 242 10 AR400LMWE - 10 AR400TMMGN - 10 AR400TMWE - 10 AR 450 AR450PMMGN 242 10 AR450PMWE - 10 AR450SMMGN - 10 AR450SMWE - 10 AR 469 AR769P16MMGN 175 10 AR769P16MWE - 10 AR 770 AR770/1GOMGN 239 10 AR770/1GOWE - 10 AR770/1HMGN - 10 AR770/1HWE - 10 AR770/1MGN - 10 AR770/1WE - 10 AR770/202MMGN - 10 AR770/202MWE - 10 AR770/2GOMGN - 10 AR770/2GOWE - 10 AR770/2HMGN - 10 AR770/2HWE - 10 AR770/2MGN - 10 AR770/2WE - 10 AR770/35MMGN - 10 AR770/35MOVENMGN - 10 AR770/35MOVENWE - 10 AR770/35MWE - 10 AR770/3GOMGN - 10 AR770/3GOWE - 10 AR770/3HMGN - 10 AR770/3HWE - 10 AR770/3MGN - 10 AR770/3WE - 10 AR770/4GOMGN - 10 AR770/4GOWE - 10 AR770/4HMGN - 10 AR770/4HWE - 10 AR770/4MGN - 10 AR770/4WE - 10 AR770/5GOMGN - 10 AR770/5GOWE - 10 AR770/5HMGN - 10 AR770/5HWE - 100 AR770/5MGN - 10 AR770/5WE - 10 AR770/6GOMGN - 10 AR770/6GOWE - - AR770/6HMGN - 10 AR770/6HWE - 10 AR770/6MGN - 10 AR770/6WE - 10 AR770IMMGN - 10 AR770IMWE - 10 AR770MFANMGN - 10 AR770MFANWE - 10 AR770MHEATMGN - 10 AR770MHEATWE - 10 AR770MLIGHTMGN - 10 AR770MLIGHTWE - 10 AR770MMGN - 10 A R770MONOFFMGN - 10 AR770MONOFFWE - 10 AR770MWASTEMGN - 10 AR770MWASTEWE - 10 AR770MWE - 10 AR770MZONE1MGN - AR770MZONE1WE - AR770MZONE2MGN - 10 AR770MZONE2WE - 10 AR770MZONE3MGN - 10 AR770MZONE3WE - 10 AR770MZONE4MGN - 10 AR770MZONE4WE - 10 AR770XMMGN - 10 AR770XMWE - 10 AR 777 AR777AMGN 251 10 AR777AWE - 10 AR777MGN - 10 AR777WE - 10 AR777XWE - 10 AR777XMGN - 10 AR 787 AR787/15AMWE 251 10 AR787/15AMMGN - 10 AR787AMWE - 10 AR787AMMGN - 10 AR787ARMWE - 10 AR787ARMMGN - 10 AR787WE - 10 AR787MGN - 10 AR 870 AR870IMMGN - 10 AR870IMWE - 10 AR870MMGN - 10 AR870MWE - 10 C C26A 351 1 EA143 EA143/2W 221 10 EA143/3W - 10 EA143/2H - 10 EA143/3H - 10 EA143/4H - 10 EA503 EA503/2W 221 10 EA503/3W - 10 EA503/2H - 10 EA503/3H - 10 EA503/4H - 10 EC20 EC20A/4KTWE 218 10 EC510 EC510WE 217 6 EC511 EC511WE 217 4 EC520 EC520WE 217 6 EC521 EC521WE 217 6 EC524 EC524WE 217 6 EC570 EC570WE 217 4 EC571 EC571WE 217 4 EC572 EC572WE 217 4 EC573 EC573WE 217 4 EC770 EC770/1WE 203 10 EC770/2WE - 10 EC770/3WE - 10 EC770/4WE - 10 EC770/5WE - 10 EC770/6WE - 10 EC770/40DPWE - 10 EC770/40WE - 10 EC770/1IPWE 203 10 EC770/2IPWE - 10 EC770/1HIPWE - 10 EC770/2HIPWE - 10 EC770/40WE - 10 EC770/40WE - 10 EC770/0GPLWE 218 10 EC770/1GPLWE - 10 EC770/2GPLWE - 10 EC770/3GPLWE - 10 EC770/4GPLWE 219 10 EC770/5GPLWE - 10 EC770/6GPLWE - 10 EC777 EC777WE 213 10 EC777XWE - 10 EC777RWE - 10 EC777/15WE - 10 EC777/15XWE - 10 EC787 EC787WE 213 10 EC787XWE - 10 EC787/15WE - 10 EC787/2XWE - 10 EC787DPWE - 10 EC787/15DPWE - 10 EC787/15XWE - 10 EC787/20WE - 10 EC787/25WE - 10 EC787/32WE - 10 EC910 EC910J35WE 217 6 EC910GPLWE 219 10 EC914 EC914WE 203 6 EC915 EC915WE 218 4 EC918 EC914WE 218 6 EC919 EC919WE 203 10 EC920 EC920WE 203 10 EC920HDMIWE 217 4 EC920LJWE - 8 EC920MSVIDWE - 10 EC920VGAWE - 10 EC923 EC923TWE 211 6 EC924 EC924WE 218 8 EC925 EC925WE 218 8 ED20 ED20A/4KTWE 218 10 ED20A/4KTUG - 10 ED770 ED770/1WE 202 10 ED770/1UG - 10 ED770/2WE - 10 ED770/2UG - 10 ED770/3WE - 10 ED770/3UG - 10 ED770/4WE - 10 ED770/4UG - 10 ED770/5WE - 10 ED770/5UG - 10 ED770/6WE - 10 ED770/6UG - 10 ED770/40DPWE - 10 ED770/40DPUG - 10 ED770/40WE - 10 ED770/40UG - 10 ED770/11PWE - 10 ED770/11UG - 10 ED770/21PWE - 10 ED770/21UG - 10 ED770/1HIPWE - 10 ED770/1HIPUG - 10 ED770/2HIPWE - 10 ED770/2HIPUG - 10 ED770/0GPLWE 218 10 ED770/0GPLUG - 10 ED770/1GPLWE - 10 ED770/1GPLUG - 10 ED770/2GPLWE - 10 ED770/2GPLUG - 10 ED770/3GPLWE - 10 ED770/3GPLUG - 10 ED770/4GPLWE - 10 ED770/4GPLUG - 10 ED770/5GPLWE - 10 ED770/5GPLUG - 10 ED770/1PLWE 220 ED770/2PLWE - ED770/3PLWE - ED770/4PLWE - ED770/5PLWE - ED770/6PLWE - ED770/1PLUG - ED770/2PLUG - ED770/3PLUG - ED770/4PLUG - ED770/5PLUG - ED770/6PLUG - ED770/1PLMS - ED770/2PLMS - ED770/3PLMS - ED770/4PLMS - ED770/5PLMS - ED770/6PLMS - ED770/1PLIC - ED770/2PLIC - ED770/3PLIC - ED770/4PLIC - ED770/5PLIC - ED770/6PLIC - ED770/1PLMA - ED770/2PLMA - ED770/3PLMA - ED770/4PLMA - ED770/5PLMA - ED770/6PLMA - ED770/1PLDI - ED770/2PLDI - ED770/3PLDI - ED770/4PLDI - ED770/5PLDI - ED770/6PLDI - ED777 ED777WE 212 10 ED777UG - 10 ED777XWE - 10 ED777XUG - 10 ED777/15WE - 10 ED777/15UG - 10 ED7774WE - 10 ED7774UG - 10 ED777RWE - 10 ED777RUG - 10 ED777PLMS 220 ED777XPLMS - ED777PLIC -
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Page No Page No Page No Page No Page No Pack Pack Pack Pack Pack Cat. No. Page No Pack ED777XPLIC - ED777PLMA - ED777XPLMA - ED777PLDI - ED777XPLDI - ED787 ED787WE 212 10 ED787UG - 10 ED787XWE - 10 ED787XUG - 10 ED787/2XWE - 10 ED787/2XUG - 10 ED787/15WE - 10 ED787/15UG - 10 ED787/20WE - 10 ED787/20UG - 10 ED787/25WE - 10 ED787/25UG - 10 ED787/32WE - 10 ED787/32UG - 10 ED787DPWE - 10 ED787DPUG - 10 ED787RWE - 10 ED787RUG - 10 ED787PLMS 220 ED787PLIC - ED787PLMA - ED787PLDI - ED920 ED920PLWE 220 ED920PLUG - ED920PLMS - ED920PLIC - ED920PLMA - ED920PLDI - EM250 EM250TRWE 209 10 EM250TRUG - 10 EM400 EM400TRWE 209 10 EM400TRUG - 10 EM450 EM450UPWE 209 10 EM450UPUG - 10 EM450A3PWE - 10 EM450A3UP - 10 EM770UG - 10 EM770UG - 10 EM770UG - 10 EM700 EM700TRWE 209 10 EM700TRUG - 10 EM770 EM770WE 203 10 EM770UG - 10 EM770AIRCONWE - 10 EM770AIRCONUG - 10 EM770EXHWE - 10 EM770EXHUG - 10 EM770FANWE - 10 EM770FANUG - 10 EM770HEATWE - 10 EM770HEATUG - 10 EM770LIGHTWE - 10 EM770LIGHTWE - 10 EM770SENSORWE 204 10 EM770USENSORUG - 10 EM770WASTEWE - 10 EM770WASTEUG - 10 EM770BPASSWE - 10 EM770BPASSUG - 10 EM770ZONE1WE - 10 EM770ZONE1UG - 10 EM770ZONE2WE - 10 EM770ZONE2UG - 10 EM770ZONE3WE - 10 EM770ZONE3UG - 10 EM770ZONE4WE - 10 EM770ZONE4UG - 10 EM770IMWE - 10 EM770IMUG - 10 EM770DPWE - 10 EM770ZDPUG - 10 EM770/20DPWE - 10 EM770/20DPUG - 10 EM770/20WE - 10 EM770/20UG - 10 EM770/-20RDWE - 10 EM770/-20RDUG - 10 EM770/20ACWE - 10 EM770/20ACUG - 10 EM770/25WE - 10 EM770/25UG - 10 EM770/32WE - 10 EM770/32UG - 10 EM770/32HOTPWE - 10 EM770/32HOTPUG - 10 EM770/32OVENWE - 10 EM770/32OVENUG - 10 EM770DU0WE - 10 EM770DU0UG - 10 EM770XWE - 10 EM770XUG - 10 EM770XDOORWE - 10 EM770XDOORUG - 10 EM770XPRESSWE 205 10 EM770XPRESSUG - 10 EM770XRESETWE - 10 EM770XRESETUG - 10 EM770/20KT - 10 EM770LEDWE 214 10 EM770LEDUG - 10 EM787 EM787WE 213 10 EM787AWE - 10 EM787ARWE - 10 EM787A/15WE - 10 EM787U/20WE - 10 EM787U/25WE - 10 EM787U/32WE - 10 EM800 EM800SLAVEWE 203 10 EM800SLAVEUE - 10 EM802 EM802TDWE 211 10 EM802TDUG - 10 EM803 EM803PEWE 203 10 EM803PEUG - 10 EM803SURGEWE 213 10 EM803SURGEUG - 10 EM803LEDWE 214 10 EM803LEDUG - 10 EM820 EM820KLIOWE 205 10 EM820KLIOUG - 10 EM820KLIWE - 10 EM820KLIUG - 10 EM820KLOWE - 10 EM820KLOUG - 10 EM910 EM910RPWE 221 10 EM2000 EM2000ERC 209 10 E EMIRWE 203 10 EMIRUG - 10 EAIRREMOTE - 10 EMRSWE - 10 EMRSUG - 10 ECUSBWE 217 10 EAKEYFOB 218 10 ECKFSWE - 10 EDKFSWE - 10 ECCWGPLWE 219 10 ECFRAME 221 10 EAP EAPP 221 50 EAPWDSCREW - 1 EAPWD5GKIT - 10 EAPWD6GKIT - 10 ECC ECCWPLWE 220 ECCW2WPLWE - ECCW3WPLWE - ECCW2HPLWE - ECCW3HPLWE - ECCW4HPLWE - EDA EDA7701GPLWE 219 10 EDA7701GPLUG - 10 EDA7702GPLWE - 10 EDA7702GPLUG - 10 EDA7703GPLWE - 10 EDA7703GPLUG - 10 EDA7704GPLWE - 10 EDA7704GPLUG - 10 EDC EDCWPLMS 220 EDCWPLIC - EDCWPLMA - EDCWPLDI - EMC EMCCWE 221 10 EMCCUG - 10 EMCLIDWE - 10 EMCLIDUG - 10 EMF EMFFFOXWE 216 10 EMFFFOXUG - 10 EMFFWE - 10 EMFFUG - 10 EMI EMIDWE 221 10 EMIDUG - 10 EMP EMPAPS1WE 214 10 EMPAPS1UG - 10 EMPAPS2WE - 10 EMPAPS2UG - 10 EMPAWE - 10 EMPAUG - 10 EMPS1WE - 10 EMPS1UG - 10 EMPS2WE - 10 EMPS2UG - 10 EMPFWE 216 10 EMPFUG - 10 EMR EMRJ11C3WE 216 10 EMRJ11C3BL - 10 EMRJ11C3BU - 10 EMRJ11C3GR - 10 EMRJ11C3RD - 10 EMRJ45C5EWE - 10 EMRJ45C5EBL - 10 EMRJ45C5EBU - 10 EMRJ45C5EGR - 10 EMRJ45C5ERD - 10 EMRJ45C5EYE - 10 EMRJ45C6WE - 10 EMRJ45C6BL - 10 EMRJ45C6BU - 10 EMRJ45C6GR - 10 EMRJ45C6RD - 10 EMRJ45C6YE - 10 EMRCARDWE 217 10 EMRCARDUG - 10 EMRCAWEWE - 10 EMRCAWEUG - 10 EMRCAYEWE - 10 EMRCAYEUG - 10 EMS EMSPWE 216 10 EMSPUG - 10 ESC ESCWPLWE 220 ES770 ES770/0GPLWE 219 10 ES770/1GPLWE - 10 ES770/2GPLWE - 10 ES770/3GPLWE - 10 ES770/4GPLWE - 10 ES770/5GPLWE - 10 ES770/6GPLWE - 10 ES777 AR777WE 213 10 ES787 AR787WE 213 10 DPX DPX125LK 19 1 DPX250ERLK - 1 HPM HPM0800L-24 85 1 HPM0800L-36 - 1 HPM0800L2425F - 1 HPM0800L3625F - 1 HPM1000L-48 - 1 HPM1000L-60 - 1 HPM1000L4825F - 1 HPM1000L6025F - 1 HPM1200L-72 - 1 HPM1200L-84 - 1 HPM1200L7225F - 1 HPM1200L8425F - 1
Notes
Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Protection and switching P. 2 DMX 3 air circuit breakers ACBs Energy metering Isolating switches: - Vistop - DPX-IS P. 18 DPX 125 P. 46 Electrical energy metering on door P. 57 Proximity switches 63A to 160A P. 49 DX-IS Isolating switches P. 60 Domestic cartridge fuses P. 67 DC fuses, isolating switches NEW MCCBs Proximity switches, fuse isolating switches, cartridge fuses DC circuit protection P. 29 DPX auxiliaries DMX³ ACBs (P. 2)
1 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list P. 2 DMX 3 air circuit breakers P. 3 DMX 3 electronic protection units P. 3 DMX 3 -I trip-free switches P. 4 DMX 3 auxiliaries and equipment P. 20 DPX 250 ER P. 37 Tripping curves P. 38 Selectivity tables P. 52 DPX-IS 250 160A to 250A P. 62 HRC blade type cartridge fuses P. 61 HRC cartridge fuses P. 48 Electrical energy metering on Din rail P. 54 DPX-IS 630 400A to 630A P. 64 Technical characteristics P. 19 DPX 160 P. 31 Dimensions P. 46 Electrical energy metering on door P. 56 DPX-IS 1600 800A to 1600A P. 50 Vistop 63A to 160A P. 57 Proximity switches 63A to 160A P. 49 DX-IS Isolating switches P. 60 Domestic cartridge fuses P. 67 DC fuses, isolating switches P. 30 Residual current relay coils P. 59 SP fuse carriers P. 27 DPX 1250 DPX 1600 fixed and draw-out version P. 24 DPX 630 fixed version P. 22 DPX 250 fixed version
2 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DMX 3 2500 and 4000 Air circuit breakers from 800 to 4000 A Air circuit breakers equipped with: - electronic protection unit (to be ordered together for factory assembly). Please ask for DMX 3 order form (mandatory). - auxiliary contacts Dimensions (p. 6 to 9) Electrical characteristics (p. 10 to 13) Pack Cat.No. Fixed version Supplied with rear terminals for horizontal connection DMX 3 - N 2500 Frame 1 Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (415 VA) 3P 4P In (A) 1 286 21 286 31 800 1 286 22 286 32 1000 1 286 23 286 33 1250 1 286 24 286 34 1600 1 286 25 286 35 2000 1 286 26 286 36 2500 DMX 3 - H 2500 Frame 1 Breaking capacity Icu 65 kA (415 VA) 3P 4P In (A) 1 286 41 286 51 800 1 286 42 286 52 1000 1 286 43 286 53 1250 1 286 44 286 54 1600 1 286 45 286 55 2000 1 286 46 286 56 2500 DMX 3 - L 2500 Frame 2 Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA (415 VA) 3P 4P In (A) 1 286 61 286 71 800 1 286 62 286 72 1000 1 286 63 286 73 1250 1 286 64 286 74 1600 1 286 65 286 75 2000 1 286 66 286 76 2500 DMX 3 - N 4000 Frame 2 Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (415 VA) 3P 4P In (A) 1 286 27 286 37 3200 1 286 28 286 38 4000 DMX 3 - H 4000 Frame 2 Breaking capacity Icu 65 kA (415 VA) 3P 4P In (A) 1 286 47 286 57 3200 1 286 48 286 58 4000 DMX 3 - L 4000 Frame 2 Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA (415 VA) 3P 4P In (A) 1 286 67 286 77 3200 1 286 68 286 78 4000 Pack Cat.No. Draw-out version Supplied with a base equipped with flat rear terminals and lockable safety shutters DMX 3 - N 2500 Frame 1 Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (415 VA) 3P 4P In (A) 1 287 21 287 31 800 1 287 22 287 32 1000 1 287 23 287 33 1250 1 287 24 287 34 1600 1 287 25 287 35 2000 1 287 26 287 36 2500 DMX 3 - H 2500 Frame 1 Breaking capacity Icu 65 kA (415 VA) 3P 4P In (A) 1 287 41 287 51 800 1 287 42 287 52 1000 1 287 43 287 53 1250 1 287 44 287 54 1600 1 287 45 287 55 2000 1 287 46 287 56 2500 DMX 3 - L 2500 Frame 2 Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA (415 VA) 3P 4P In (A) 1 287 61 287 71 800 1 287 62 287 72 1000 1 287 63 287 73 1250 1 287 64 287 74 1600 1 287 65 287 75 2000 1 287 66 287 76 2500 DMX 3 - N 4000 Frame 2 Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (415 VA) 3P 4P In (A) 1 287 27 287 37 3200 1 287 28 287 38 4000 DMX 3 - H 4000 Frame 2 Breaking capacity Icu 65 kA (415 VA) 3P 4P In (A) 1 287 47 287 57 3200 1 287 48 287 58 4000 DMX 3 - L 4000 Frame 2 Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA (415 VA) 3P 4P In (A) 1 287 67 287 77 3200 1 287 68 287 78 4000 286 56 + 288 02 286 74 + 288 02 287 56 + 288 02 NEW
3 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DMX 3 -I Trip free switches from 1250 to 4000 A Trip free switches equipped with: - rear terminals - auxiliary contacts Dimensions (p. 6 to 9) Technical characteristics (p. 10 to 13) Pack Cat.Nos Fixed version Frame 1 DMX 3 -I 2500 3P 4P In (A) 1 286 83 286 93 1250 1 286 84 286 94 1600 1 286 85 286 95 2000 1 286 86 286 96 2500 Frame 2 DMX 3 -I 4000 3P 4P In (A) 1 286 87 286 97 3200 1 286 88 286 98 4000 Draw-out version Supplied with a base equipped with flat rear terminals and lockable safety shutters Frame 1 DMX 3 -I 2500 3P 4P In (A) 1 287 83 287 93 1250 1 287 84 287 94 1600 1 287 85 287 95 2000 1 287 86 287 96 2500 Frame 2 DMX 3 -I 4000 3P 4P In (A) 1 287 87 287 97 3200 1 287 88 287 98 4000 DMX 3 2500 and 4000 Electronic protection units DMX 3 2500 and 4000 circuit breakers can be equipped with MP4 electronic protection units (to be ordered together for factory assembly) enabling very precise adjustments of the protection conditions, while maintaining total discrimination with downstream devices Integrated LCD screen for displaying: current values, fault adjustment and log MP4 protection units are equipped with batteries for powering in case of mains fault or when the breaker is open or not connected Settings and curves (p. 10 to 11) Pack Cat.Nos Electronic protection unit MP4 LI 1 288 00 Electronic protection unit with LCD screen with Im, Ir, tr adjustments on the front Electronic protection units MP4 LSI 1 288 01 Electronic protection unit with LCD screen with Im, tm, Ir, tr and Ii adjustments on the front Electronic protection unit MP4 LSIg 1 288 02 Electronic protection unit with LCD screen with Im, tm, Ir, tr, Ii, Ig and tg adjustments on the front Accessories for electronic protection units 1 288 05 (1) Communication option for DMX 3 electronic protection units 1 288 06 12 V DC external power supply for DMX 3 electronic protection units 1 288 07 (1) Earth leakage module for DMX 3 electronic protection units (needs an external coil Cat.No 288 11) 1 288 11 (1) External coil for electronic earth leakage module Cat.No 288 07 1 288 12 (1) Module programmable output Im tr Ir t(s) I(A) Ir Im Ii tm tr t(s) I(A) Ir Im li tm tg lg tr t(s) I(A) t(s) I(A) 288 02 286 96 287 96 (1) Optional accessories, to be ordered when ordering electronic protection unit and DMX 3 air circuit breakers for factory assembly NEW NEW
4 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DMX 3 2500 and 4000 Auxiliaries and accessories Pack Cat. No. Control and signalling auxiliaries Shunt trip When energised the circuit breaker will be tripped 1 288 48 24 VA/= 1 288 49 48 VA/= 1 288 50 110 VA/= 1 288 51 230 VA/= 1 288 52 415 VA Undervoltage releases When the coil is de-energised, the circuit breaker will be tripped 1 288 55 24 VA/= 1 288 56 48 VA/= 1 288 57 110 VA/= 1 288 58 230 VA/= 1 288 59 415 VA Delayed undervoltage releases 1 288 62 110 VA/= 1 288 63 230 VA/= Motor operators To motorise a DMX, it is necessary to attach, to the motor operators, a release coil (undervoltage or trip on energising) and a closing coil The motor operator is delivered with a spring charge contact 1 288 34 24 VA/= 1 288 35 48 VA/= 1 288 36 110 VA/= 1 288 37 230 VA/= 1 288 38 415 VA Closing coils Enables remote closing of the circuit breaker if the closing spring is charged 1 288 41 24 VA/= 1 288 42 48 VA/= 1 288 43 110 VA/= 1 288 44 230 VA/= 1 288 45 415 VA Signalling contact for auxiliaries 1 288 16 Signalling contact for shunt trips, undervoltage releases and closing coils Accessories 1 288 25 Rating mis-insertion device Prevents the insertion of a draw-out circuit breaker in an incompatible base 1 288 23 Operations counter Counts total number of operation cycles of the device 1 288 14 Contact "ready to close" with charged springs 1 288 15 Set of additional signalling contacts 1 288 22 Door sealing IP 40 1 288 79 Lifting plate 288 51 288 58 288 37 288 44 288 32 + 288 33 288 15 Pack Cat. No. Locking Key locking in "open" position 1 288 30 Profalux lock (key included) - to be fitted on the frame Cat.No 288 28 1 288 31 Ronis lock (key included) - to be fitted on the frame Cat.No 288 28 1 288 28 2 hole support frame for Ronis or Profalux locks Cat. No. 288 30/31 Key locking in the draw-out position Mounting of the lock on the base 3 positions : inserted/test/draw-out 1 288 32 Profalux lock (key included) 1 288 33 Ronis lock (key included) Door locking Prevents opening of the door with the circuit breaker closed 1 288 20 Left-hand and right-hand side mounting Padlocks in "open" position 1 288 21 Padlocking system for ACB (padlock not supplied) 1 288 26 Padlocking system for shutters (padlock not supplied) Equipment for conversion of a fixed device into draw-out device 3P 4P Bases for draw-out device 1 289 02 289 03 For DMX 3 /DMX 3 -I frame 1 1 289 04 289 05 For DMX 3 /DMX 3 -I frame 2 Transformation kit for draw-out version 1 289 09 289 10 For DMX 3 /DMX 3 -I frame 1 1 289 11 289 12 For DMX 3 /DMX 3 -I frame 2 NEW
5 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DMX 3 2500 and 4000 Equipment for ATS (Auto Transfer Switch) Pack Cat. No. Automation control unit For setting the conditions for supply inversion, generator on/off, status acquisition for DMX and DPX circuit-breakers, open/closed Power supply: 230 VA and 12-24-48 V= Connection by plug-in terminals 1 261 93 Standard unit 1 261 94 Communicating unit, enabling data transmission (RS 485 port) 261 93 288 64 Equipment for ATS The mechanical interlock is set up using cables and can interlock 2 or 3 devices, which may be different type in a vertical or horizontal configuration The interlock unit is mounted on the right-hand side of the device Supplied complete with cable set (cable length to be specified according to every configuration) 1 288 64 Interlock for DMX 3 frame 1 1 288 65 Interlock for DMX 3 frame 2 Cable interlock 1 289 20 Type 1 (2600 mm) 1 289 21 Type 2 (3000 mm) 1 289 22 Type 3 (3600 mm) 1 289 23 Type 4 (4000 mm) 1 289 24 Type 5 (4600 mm) 1 289 25 Type 6 (5600 mm) DMX 3 2500 and 4000 Rear terminals Pack Cat. No. Rear terminals 3P 4P For DMX 3 frame 1 fixed version 1 288 84 288 85 For flat connection with bars To be fixed onto horizontal rear terminals of the circuit breaker 1 288 82 288 83 For vertical connection with bars Those terminals are used in order to transform a flat connection into a vertical one To be fixed onto Cat.No 288 84/85 according to the number of poles For DMX 3 frame 1 draw-out version 1 288 96 288 97 For vertical or horizontal connection with bars To be fixed onto plate rear terminals of the circuit breaker For DMX 3 frame 2 fixed version 1 288 92 288 93 For flat connection with bars To be fixed onto horizontal rear terminals of the circuit breaker For DMX 3 frame 2 draw-out version 1 288 94 288 95 For vertical or horizontal connection with bars To be fixed onto plate rear terminals of the circuit breaker Spreaders for DMX 3 frame 1 fixed version To be fixed onto horizontal rear terminals 3P 4P of the circuit breaker 1 288 86 288 87 For flat connection with bars 1 288 88 288 89 For vertical connection with bars 1 288 90 288 91 For horizontal connection with bars 288 84 288 94 288 82 288 96 288 91 xxx xx Dimensions (p. 6 - 9) Technical characteristics (p. 9) NEW NEW For details on cable interlock and ATS (Auto Transfer Switch), please consult us
6 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DMX 3 2500 and DMX 3 -I 2500 - frame 1 Dimensions Rear terminals fixed version 800 - 2500 A Rear terminals for vertical connection with bars Cat. Nos 288 82/83 Rear terminals for flat connection with bars Cat. Nos 288 84/85 n Fixed version - frame 1 3P: 136,5 4P: 246 3P: 130,5 4P: 130,5 3P: 273 - 4P: 358 261 3P=4P= 107,5 3P: 215 - 4P: 300 132223.5 59 35 115 414 357 90 20 74 82 14 30 ø 11 85 85 85 85 85 15 20 30 ø 11 85 85 85 85 85 15 20 60 50 70 40 Ø 9 x 4 R 1 Ø 11 x 2 50 36 58 30 20 60 85 85 40 50 70 Ø 9 48.5 60 50 70 40 Ø 9 x 4 Ø 11 x 4 48.5 30 8 8
7 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list n Fixed version - frame 1 (continued) Spreaders for flat connection with bars Cat.No 288 86 Spreaders for vertical connection with bars Cat.No 288 88 Spreaders for horizontal connection with bars Cat.No 288 90 Cat.No 288 87 Cat.No 288 89 Cat.No 288 91 35 49.5 308 116.5 116.5 50 70 50 70 M 8 393 190 106 106 106 50 70 50 70 M 8 34 70 40 17.5 Ø 13 70 13 20 40 16.5 Ø 11 20 20 20 52.5 70 4070 Ø 13 Ø 11 Ø 11 16.5 16.5 40 70 40 70 20 83 n Draw-out version - frame 1 3P= 4P: 158 3P: 316 - 4P: 401 465 417 30 226 80 80 74 51 116 113 76 350 111 116.5 116.5 41.5 41.5 80 Ø 9 115 151 473 50 106 106 106 41.5 41.5 3P: 220 - 4P: 305 170 80 110 48 3 P rear view 4 P rear view Rear terminals for vertical or horizontal connection with bars Cat. No. 288 96/97 50 70 50 70 Ø 9 x 4 50 R 1 20 58 36 30 Ø 11 x 2
8 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DMX 3 2500 , DMX 3 -I 2500 , DMX 3 4000 and DMX 3 -I 4000 - frame 2 Dimensions Rear terminals fixed version 3200 - 4000 A 3P version 4P version Rear terminals for flat connection with bars Cat. No 288 92 Cat. Nos 288 92/93 Cat. No 288 93 n Fixed version - frame 2 OK C MAN AUT c h a r g e d 3P=4P=198 3P=4P=175 3P=350 / 4P=4803P=396 / 4P=526 357 90 414 115 30 30 14 7482 36 223.5 132 59 21 35 15 130 130 Ø 11 21 35 35 15 130 130 100 130 Ø 11 70 30 10 10 10 25 35 35 15 15 14 70 15 100 100 100 50 Ø 10 Ø 11 70 70 100 51 130 130 100 Ø 10 70 70 100 51 130 130 130 100 Ø 10
9 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DMX 3 2500 and 4000 Automation control units for ATS (Auto Transfer Switch) n Functions Standard unit Cat.No 261 93 Used to adjust and manage the source inversion operating conditions (DMX 3 ): - Remote control (opening/closing) of MCBs - Microprocessor output from unit (positive safety) - Programmable I/O - Voltage reading: 3-phase phase-neutral phase-phase - Control (on/off) of generator set - Indication of the state of the MCBs (open/closed/tripped) - Source inversion blocked in the event of: • Tripping of 1 or 2 devices • If a draw-out ACB is not inserted in its base, as the open/close command of the unit is inoperative Communicating unit Cat.No 261 94 All the standard functions, plus: - Maximum voltage reading - Reading of phase rotation direction - Frequency reading - Communication: data transmission via the RS 485 port (Modbus protocol) n Technical characteristics Power supply: 187 to 264 VA 9 to 65 V = Frequency: 45 to 65 Hz Un: 80 to 690 VA Control relay (1 and 4): 1 NO - 12 A - 250 VA 1 NO - 5 A - 250 VA 1 NO/NC - 5 A - 250 VA Cable cross-section: 0.2 to 2.5 mm 2 Dimensions (width x height x depth): 144 x 144 x 90 mm Protection: IP 20 at the rear IP 41 at the front IP 54 at the front with protective screen Operating temperature: - 20 °C to + 60 °C Operating ranges Main/secondary minimum voltage range 70-98 % Un Main/secondary voltage absence range 60-85 % Un Main/secondary minimum voltage delay 0.1-900 s Main/secondary voltage absence delay 0.1-30 s Generator operating delay 0-900 s Main to secondary switching delay 0.1-90 s Main line presence delay 1-3600 s Secondary to main switching delay 0.1-90 s Generator set stopping delay 1-3600 s 138 138 V V MAIN LINE V PRESENCE L1 L2 L3 SECONDARY LINE V PRESENCE L1 L2 L3 ALARMPOWER CLOSED/OPEN CLOSED/OPENORDER CLOSED/OPENORDER NOT INSERTED TRIPPED CLOSED/OPEN NOT INSERTED TRIPPED LOAD MAN SEC MAIN RESET SET AUT 144 144 Dimensions and panel board faceplate cut-out n Draw-out version - frame 2 OK C MAN AUT c h a r g e d 3P=4P=207 3P=414 / 4P=544 117 53 350 465 74 98.5 228.5 417 30 100 100 78 113 224 448 170 80 48 159 318 170 80 48 77 77 130 130 130 473 70 100 70 100 M10 77 77 130 130 473 70 100 70 100 M10 3 P rear view 3 P top view 4 P rear view 4 P top view Rear terminals for vertical or horizontal connection with bars Cat. No. 288 94/95 70 60 35 35 35 16 30 10 70 100 100 Ø 10.5 (4x) Ø 1
10 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list • Long time delay protection against overloads Ir from 0.4 to 1 x In (6 + 6 steps) on two selectors (0.4 ÷ 0.9, by steps of 0.1 and 0.0 ÷ 0.1, by steps of 0.02) • Long delay protection operation time tr - at 6 x Ir (4 + 4 steps) tr = 5-10-20-30 s (MEM ON) 30-20-10-5 s (MEM OFF) • Short time delay protection against short circuits Im from 1.5 to 10 Ir (9 steps) Im = 1.5-2-2.5-3-4-5-6-8-10 x Ir • Neutral protection: IN = I-II-III-IV x Ir (0-50-100-100 %) • Long time delay protection against overloads Ir from 0.4 to 1 x In (6 + 6 steps) on two selectors (0.4 ÷ 0.9, by steps of 0.1 and 0.0 ÷ 0.1, by steps of 0.02) • Long delay protection operation time tr - at 6 x Ir (4 + 4 steps) tr = 5-10-20-30 s (MEM ON) 30-20-10-5 s (MEM OFF) • Short time delay protection against short circuits Im from 1.5 to 10 x Ir (9 steps) Im = 1.5-2-2.5-3-4-5-6-8-10 x Ir • Short time delay protection operation time tm from 0 to 0.3 s (4 + 4 steps) tm = 0-0.1-0.2-0.3 s (t=cost), 0.3-0.2- 0.1-0.01 s (I2t=cost) • Instantaneous protection against very high short circuits Ii from 2 to Icw x In ( 9 steps) Ii=2-3-4-6-8-10-12-15-Icw x In • Neutral protection: IN = I-II-III-IV x Ir (0-50-100-100 %) n Settings of the electronic protection units MP4 LI Ir, Im, tr adjustment on front panel Im tr Ir t(s) I(A) Ir Im Ii tm tr t(s) I(A) Ir Im li tm tg lg tr t(s) I(A) t(s) I(A) MP4 LSI Ir, tr, Im, tm, li adjustment on front panel MP4 LSIg Ir, tr, li, Ig, tg, Im, tm, adjustment on front panel • Long time delay protection against overloads Ir from 0.4 to 1 x In (6 +6 steps) on two selectors (0.4 ÷ 0.9, by steps of 0.1 and 0.0 ÷ 0.1, by steps of 0.02) • Long delay protection operation time tr - at 6 x Ir (4 + 4 steps) tr = 5-10-20-30 s (MEM ON) 30-20-10-5 s (MEM OFF) • Short time delay protection against short circuits Im from 1.5 to 10 x Ir (9 steps) Im = 1.5-2-2.5-3-4-5-6-8-10 x Ir • Short time delay protection operation time tm from 0 to 0.3 s (4 + 4 steps) tm = 0-0.1-0.2-0.3 s (t=constant), 0.3-0.2- 0.t01 s (I2t=constant) • Instantaneous protection against very high short circuits Ii from 2 to Icw x In ( 9 steps) Ii = 2-3-4-6-8-10-12-15-Icw x In • Earth fault current Ig from 0.2 to 1 x In ( 9 steps) • Time delay on earth fault tripping tg from 0.1 to 1 x In ( 4 steps) • Neutral protection: IN = I-II-III-IV x Ir (0-50-100-100 %) DMX 3 2500 and DMX 3 4000 Electronic protection units n Selectivity in three-phase network 400 V ± DMX 3 /DPX (1) All breaking capacityT: total selectivity, up to downstream circuit breaker breaking capacity according to IEC 60947-2 T: total selectivity, up to downstream circuit breaker breaking capacity according to IEC 60947-2 Icu of downstream circuit breaker ≤ Icu of upstream circuit breaker T: total selectivity, up to downstream circuit breaker breaking capacity according to IEC 60947-2 Upstream Downstream DMX 3 2500 DMX 3 4000 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A DPX 125 (1) T T T T T T T T DPX 160 (1) T T T T T T T T DPX 250 ER (1) T T T T T T T T DPX 250 (1) TM and elec. T T T T T T T T DPX 630 (1) TM and elec. T T T T T T T T DPX 1600 (1) thermal magnetic 630 A T T T T T T T T 800 A T T T T T T T 1000 A T T T T T T 1250 A T T T T T DPX 1600 (1) electronic 630 A T T T T T T 800 A T T T T T T 1000 A T T T T T 1250 A T T T T T 1600 A T T T T DMX 3 /DMX 3 DMX 3 /DX Upstream Downstream DMX 3 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A DMX 3 800 A T T T T T T T 1000 A T T T T T T 1250 A T T T T T 1600 A T T T T 2000 A T T T 2500 A T T 3200 A T 4000 A DMX 3 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A DX T T T T T T T T DX-H T T T T T T T T DX-D T T T T T T T T DX-L T T T T T T T T
11 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list n Tripping curves for MP4 protection units n Ground fault tripping curve for MP4 LSIg protection unit Im = 1,5Ir (±20%) I 2 t = K Im =10Ir (±20%) Tr= 30s (±20%) Tr = 20s (±20%) Tr = 10s (±20%) Tr = 5s (±20%) If = 3200A If = 2000A If = 800A If = 1000A If = 2500A If = 4000A If = 1600A If = 1250A 0.5 0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 10 2 10 3 10 4 t(s) 70 50 40 30 20 20 10 10 2 3 4 5 2 1 3 4 5 10 2 16x10 2 I/Ir I/In I/In 10 4 10 3 10 2 10 1 1 10 -1 10 -2 10 -3 10 -2 10 -1 1 10 10 2 Ig/In t(s) l 2 t = Cost t = Cost 0.2... In 0.1... I s Ir = long time setting current Tr = long time delay Im = short time setting current Tm = short time delay If = instantaneous intervention current n Pass-through specific energy characteristic 10 10 10 9 10 8 10 7 10 6 10 5 10 4 10 3 1 2 3 4 5 10 20 30 40 50 100 Icc (kA) I 2 t(A 2 s) L H N DMX 3 2500 and 4000
12 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list pour exemple : xxxxxxx xxxxxxxx n Technical characteristics DMX 3 2500 DMX 3 2500 and 4000 Technical characteristics DMX 3 acording to IEC 60947-2 DMX³ 2500 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 N H L N H L N H L N H L N H L N H L Number of poles 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P Rating In (A) 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12 12 12 12 12 Rated operational voltage (50/60Hz) Ue (V) 690 690 690 690 690 690 Frame 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) 230 V A 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 415 V A 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 500 V A 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 50 65 100 600 V A 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 690 V A 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 Service breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Short-circuit making capacity Icm (kA) 230 V A 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 415 V A 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 500 V A 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 105 143 220 600 V A 105 132 165 105 132 165 105 132 165 105 132 165 105 132 165 105 132 165 690 V A 105 121 143 105 121 143 105 121 143 105 121 143 105 121 143 105 121 143 Short time withstand current Icw (kA) for t = 1s 230 V A 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 415 V A 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 500 V A 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 50 65 85 600 V A 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 50 60 75 690 V A 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 50 55 65 Category of use B B B B B B Isolation behavior YES YES YES YES YES YES Endurance (cycles) mechanical 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 electrical 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 DMX 3 - I acording to IEC 60947-3 DMX 3 -I 2500 DMX 3 -I 4000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 Number of poles 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P 3P - 4P Rating In (A) 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200 4000 Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12 12 12 12 12 Rated operational voltage (50/60Hz) Ue (V) 690 690 690 690 690 690 Frame 1 1 1 1 2 2 Short-circuit making capacity Icm (kA) 230 V A 105 105 105 105 105 105 415 V A 105 105 105 105 105 105 500 V A 105 105 105 105 105 105 600 V A 88 88 88 88 88 88 690 V A 63 63 63 63 63 63 Short time withstand current Icw (kA) for t = 1s 230 V A 50 50 50 50 50 50 415 V A 50 50 50 50 50 50 500 V A 50 50 50 50 50 50 600 V A 42 42 42 42 42 42 690 V A 36 36 36 36 36 36 Isolation behavior YES YES YES YES YES YES Endurance (cycles) mechanical 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000electrical 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 DMX 3 - I 2500 and 4000 DMX 3 acording to IEC 60947-2 DMX 3 4000 3200 4000 N H L N H L Number of poles 3P - 4P 3P - 4P Rating In (A) 3200 4000 Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1000 1000 Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12 Rated operational voltage (50/60Hz) Ue (V) 690 690 Frame 2 2 Ultimate breaking capacity Icu (kA) 230 V A 50 65 100 50 65 100 415 V A 50 65 100 50 65 100 500 V A 50 65 100 50 65 100 600 V A 50 60 75 50 60 75 690 V A 50 55 65 50 55 65 Service breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 100 100 100 100 100 100 Short-circuit making capacity Icm (kA) 230 V A 105 143 220 105 143 220 415 V A 105 143 220 105 143 220 500 V A 105 143 220 105 143 220 600 V A 105 132 165 105 132 165 690 V A 105 121 143 105 121 143 Short time withstand current Icw (kA) for t = 1s 230 V A 50 65 85 50 65 85 415 V A 50 65 85 50 65 85 500 V A 50 65 85 50 65 85 600 V A 50 60 75 50 60 75 690 V A 50 55 65 50 55 65 Category of use B B Isolation behavior YES YES Endurance (cycles) mechanical 10000 10000 electrical 5000 5000 DMX 3 4000
13 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list n Temperature derating Fixed version Temperature 40°C 50°C 60°C 65°C 70°C Imax (A) Ir / In Imax (A) Ir / In Imax (A) Ir / In Imax (A) Ir / In Imax (A) Ir / In DMX³ 2500 800 1 800 1 800 1 800 1 800 1 1000 1 1000 1 1000 1 1000 1 1000 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 2000 1 2000 1 1960 0.98 1920 0.96 1880 0.94 2500 1 2450 0.98 2350 0.94 2250 0.9 2150 0.86 DMX³ 4000 3200 1 3200 1 3200 1 3136 0.98 3008 0.94 4000 1 3920 0.98 3680 0.92 3440 0.86 3120 0.78 Temperature 40°C 50°C 60°C 65°C 70°C Imax (A) Ir / In Imax (A) Ir / In Imax (A) Ir / In Imax (A) Ir / In Imax (A) Ir / In DMX³ 2500 800 1 800 1 800 1 800 1 800 1 1000 1 1000 1 1000 1 1000 1 1000 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1250 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 1600 1 2000 1 2000 1 1960 0.98 1920 0.96 1875 0.94 2500 1 2400 0.96 2250 0.9 2100 0.84 1950 0.78 DMX³ 4000 3200 1 3200 1 3200 1 3072 0.96 2880 0.9 4000 1 3760 0.94 3440 0.86 3200 0.8 2960 0.74 Draw-out version Note: The tables presenting the minimum recommended dimensions of connection plates and bars per pole should be used solely as a general guideline for selecting products. Due to extensive variety of switchgear constructions shapes and conditions that can affect the behavior of the apparatus, the solution used must always be verified In (A) Vertical bars (mm) Horizontal bars (mm) 630 50 x 10 60 x 10 800 60 x 10 60 x 10 1000 80 x 10 80 x 10 1250 80 x 10 2 x 60 x 10 1600 2 x 60 x 10 2 x 80 x 10 2000 2 x 80 x 10 3 x 80 x 10 2500 3 x 80 x 10 3 x 80 x 10 3200 3 x 100 x 10 3 x 100 x 10 4000 4 x 100 x 10 5 x 100 x 10 n Minimum recommended dimension of busbars per pole n Derating at different altitudes Air circuit breaker DMX³ 2500 and DMX³ 4000 Altitude H (m) 2000 3000 4000 5000 Rated current (at 40°C) In (A) In 0.98 x In 0.94 x In 0.90 x In Rated voltage Ue (V) 690 600 500 440 Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1000 900 750 600
14 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list MCCBs: DPX Characteristics Controlling and protecting circuits up to 1 600 A Connection (2 options) Via front terminals Connect directly on plate (bar or cable with lug) or via cage terminal (cables) or on a base (for plug-in or draw-out versions) Mounting DPX 125, 160 and 250 ER are mounted on 2 rail. They can also be installed on special plates Via rear terminals Connect bars or cables with lugs to the rear terminals mounted directly on the devices (fixed version) or on bases (for plug-in or draw-out versions) Connection via cables Connection via bars Connection via bars The DPX system from 16 to 1 600 A Simple, set criteria for selecting a DPX Type of release [thermal magnetic or electronic] and breaking capacity [16, 25, 36, 50, 70 and 100 kA] Size of unit: 125, 160, 250 ER, 250, 630, 1 250, 1 600 Version: fixed, plug-in or draw-out [from 250 A] A perfect fit: in the new XL3 cabinets and enclosures Auxiliaries that are common to the whole range DPX can also be used with earth leakage modules Legrand Advantages 1. device = 1 catalogue number 2. Single installation principle irrespective of the device rating or version3. Mounted under faceplate in standard or optimised distribution solutions For products above 2500A please consult us.
15 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Notes
16 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DEVICES DPX 125 DPX 160 DPX 250 ER DPX 250 DPX 250 DPX 630 DPX 630 DPX 1250 DPX 1600 Electronic trip Electronic trip Electronic trip Type of MCCB DPX-E DPX DPX DPX DPX DPX DPX DPX DPX DPX DPX-H 16 kA 25 kA 36 kA 25 kA 36 kA 50 kA 25 kA 36 kA 50 kA 50 kA 70 kA Number of poles 1P 3P - 3P + N/2 - 4P 3P - 3P + N/2 - 4P 3P - 3P + N/2 - 4P 3P - 4P Nominal rating (A) 16 - 125 16 - 125 63 - 160 63 - 160 40 - 160 100 - 250 800 - 1600 Breaking capacity (kA) (EN 60947-2 and IEC 60947-2) 400 V ± - 16 25 36 25 36 50 25 36 50 50 70 230 V± 16 22 35 40 40 50 65 40 50 65 80 100 Breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 50 100 50 75 100 75 50 100 75 50 100 75 Characteristics of use Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Maximum rated operating voltage Ue (V) 230 V ± 500 V ± - 250 V= 500 V ± - 250 V= 500 VV ± - 250 V= 690 V ± - 250 V= 690 V ± 690 VV ± - 250 V= 690 V ± 690 V ± - 250 V= 690 V ± Category of use A A A A A A A: In 630 A A B B: In 200 to 400 A Thermal-magnetic adjustment Thermal 0.7 to 1 In 0.64 to 1 In 0.64 to 1 In 0.64 to 1 In - 0.8 to 1 In - 0.8 to 1 In - Magnetic fixed fixed fixed 3.5 to 10 In - 5 to 10 In - 5 to 10 In - Electronic protection adjustment S1 - - - - Ir: 0.4 to 1 In - Ir: 0.4 to 1 In - Ir: 0.4 to 1 In - - - - Im: 1.5 / 10 Ir - Im: 1.5 / 10 Ir - Im: 1.5 / 10 Ir S2 - - - - Ir: 0.4 to 1 In - Ir: 0.4 to 1 In - Ir: 0.4 to 1 In Tr: 5 to 30 s Tr: 5 to 30 s Tr: 5 to 30 s - - - - Im: 1.5 / 10 Ir - Im: 1.5 / 10 Ir - Im: 1.5 / 10 In Tm: 0.01 to 0.3 s Tm: 0.01 to 0.3 s Tm: 0.01 to 0.3 s Maximum cable cross-section Rigid cable 70 mm 2 95 mm 2 185 mm 2 185 mm 2 185 mm 2 300 mm 2 or 2 x 240 mm 2 300 mm 2 or 2 x 240 mm 2 2 or 4 x 240 mm 2 2 or 4 x 240 mm 2 Flexible cable 50 mm 2 70 mm 2 150 mm 2 150 mm 2 150 mm 2 240 mm 2 or 2 x 185 mm 2 240 mm 2 or 2 x 185 mm 2 2 or 4 x 185 mm 2 2 or 4 x 185 mm 2 Copper bar and lug width 12 mm (1) 18 mm (1) 22 mm (1) 25 mm 25 mm 32 mm 32 mm 50 mm 50 mm Tightening torque 6 Nm 10 Nm 10 Nm 15 Nm 15 Nm 15 Nm 15 Nm 20 Nm 20 Nm Nominal current (In) at 40 °C (A) In (A) 16 25 40 63 100 125 40 63 100 160 100 160 250 40 63 100 160 250 40 100 160 250 250 320 400 500 630 250 400 630 800 1000 1250 800 1250 1600 Phase 16 25 40 63 100 125 40 63 100 160 100 160 250 40 63 100 160 250 40 100 160 250 250 320 400 500 630 250 400 630 800 1000 1250 800 1250 1600 N 16 25 40 63 100 125 40 63 100 160 100 160 250 40 63 100 160 250 0 - 50 - 100 % of phase value 320 400 500 630 0 - 50 - 100 % of phase value 800 1000 1250 0 - 50 - 100 % of phase value N/2 - - - - - 63 - - - 100 - - 160 40 63 63 100 160 250 250 250 320 500 500 630 Magnetic threshold (Im) (A) (2) Fixed Adjustable In (A) 16 25 40 63 100 125 40 63 100 160 100 160 250 63 100 160 250 250 400 630 800 1000 1250 Phase 480 625 800 950 1250 1250 400 630 1000 1600 1000 1600 2500 220 - 350 - 560 - 900 - 1250 - 2000 - 3150 - 4000 - 5000 - 6250 - 630 1000 1600 2500 2500 4000 6300 8000 10000 12500 N 480 625 800 950 1250 1250 400 630 1000 1600 1000 1600 2500 220 - 350 - 560 - 900 - 1250 - 2000 - 3150 - 4000 - 5000 - 6250 - 630 1000 1600 2500 2500 4000 6300 8000 10000 12500 N/2 950 1000 1600 220 - 220 - 350 - 560 - 800 - 1250 - 2000 - 630 630 1000 1600 1600 2500 4000 DPX TM MCCBs Electrical characteristics (1) Copper bar only (2) Trip current for 50/60 Hz. For direct current, multiply by 1.5
17 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DEVICES DPX 125 DPX 160 DPX 250 ER DPX 250 DPX 250 DPX 630 DPX 630 DPX 1250 DPX 1600 Electronic trip Electronic trip Electronic trip Type of MCCB DPX-E DPX DPX DPX DPX DPX DPX DPX DPX DPX DPX-H 16 kA 25 kA 36 kA 25 kA 36 kA 50 kA 25 kA 36 kA 50 kA 50 kA 70 kA Number of poles 1P 3P - 3P + N/2 - 4P 3P - 3P + N/2 - 4P 3P - 3P + N/2 - 4P 3P - 4P Nominal rating (A) 16 - 125 16 - 125 63 - 160 63 - 160 40 - 160 100 - 250 800 - 1600 Breaking capacity (kA) (EN 60947-2 and IEC 60947-2) 400 V ± - 16 25 36 25 36 50 25 36 50 50 70 230 V± 16 22 35 40 40 50 65 40 50 65 80 100 Breaking capacity Ics (% Icu) 50 100 50 75 100 75 50 100 75 50 100 75 Characteristics of use Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Maximum rated operating voltage Ue (V) 230 V ± 500 V ± - 250 V= 500 V ± - 250 V= 500 VV ± - 250 V= 690 V ± - 250 V= 690 V ± 690 VV ± - 250 V= 690 V ± 690 V ± - 250 V= 690 V ± Category of use A A A A A A A: In 630 A A B B: In 200 to 400 A Thermal-magnetic adjustment Thermal 0.7 to 1 In 0.64 to 1 In 0.64 to 1 In 0.64 to 1 In - 0.8 to 1 In - 0.8 to 1 In - Magnetic fixed fixed fixed 3.5 to 10 In - 5 to 10 In - 5 to 10 In - Electronic protection adjustment S1 - - - - Ir: 0.4 to 1 In - Ir: 0.4 to 1 In - Ir: 0.4 to 1 In - - - - Im: 1.5 / 10 Ir - Im: 1.5 / 10 Ir - Im: 1.5 / 10 Ir S2 - - - - Ir: 0.4 to 1 In - Ir: 0.4 to 1 In - Ir: 0.4 to 1 In Tr: 5 to 30 s Tr: 5 to 30 s Tr: 5 to 30 s - - - - Im: 1.5 / 10 Ir - Im: 1.5 / 10 Ir - Im: 1.5 / 10 In Tm: 0.01 to 0.3 s Tm: 0.01 to 0.3 s Tm: 0.01 to 0.3 s Maximum cable cross-section Rigid cable 70 mm 2 95 mm 2 185 mm 2 185 mm 2 185 mm 2 300 mm 2 or 2 x 240 mm 2 300 mm 2 or 2 x 240 mm 2 2 or 4 x 240 mm 2 2 or 4 x 240 mm 2 Flexible cable 50 mm 2 70 mm 2 150 mm 2 150 mm 2 150 mm 2 240 mm 2 or 2 x 185 mm 2 240 mm 2 or 2 x 185 mm 2 2 or 4 x 185 mm 2 2 or 4 x 185 mm 2 Copper bar and lug width 12 mm (1) 18 mm (1) 22 mm (1) 25 mm 25 mm 32 mm 32 mm 50 mm 50 mm Tightening torque 6 Nm 10 Nm 10 Nm 15 Nm 15 Nm 15 Nm 15 Nm 20 Nm 20 Nm Nominal current (In) at 40 °C (A) In (A) 16 25 40 63 100 125 40 63 100 160 100 160 250 40 63 100 160 250 40 100 160 250 250 320 400 500 630 250 400 630 800 1000 1250 800 1250 1600 Phase 16 25 40 63 100 125 40 63 100 160 100 160 250 40 63 100 160 250 40 100 160 250 250 320 400 500 630 250 400 630 800 1000 1250 800 1250 1600 N 16 25 40 63 100 125 40 63 100 160 100 160 250 40 63 100 160 250 0 - 50 - 100 % of phase value 320 400 500 630 0 - 50 - 100 % of phase value 800 1000 1250 0 - 50 - 100 % of phase value N/2 - - - - - 63 - - - 100 - - 160 40 63 63 100 160 250 250 250 320 500 500 630 Magnetic threshold (Im) (A) (2) Fixed Adjustable In (A) 16 25 40 63 100 125 40 63 100 160 100 160 250 63 100 160 250 250 400 630 800 1000 1250 Phase 480 625 800 950 1250 1250 400 630 1000 1600 1000 1600 2500 220 - 350 - 560 - 900 - 1250 - 2000 - 3150 - 4000 - 5000 - 6250 - 630 1000 1600 2500 2500 4000 6300 8000 10000 12500 N 480 625 800 950 1250 1250 400 630 1000 1600 1000 1600 2500 220 - 350 - 560 - 900 - 1250 - 2000 - 3150 - 4000 - 5000 - 6250 - 630 1000 1600 2500 2500 4000 6300 8000 10000 12500 N/2 950 1000 1600 220 - 220 - 350 - 560 - 800 - 1250 - 2000 - 630 630 1000 1600 1600 2500 4000 DPX TM MCCBs Electrical characteristics DPX 36 kA DPX-H 70 kA 3P - 3P + N/2 - 4P 40 - 250 36 70 60 100 100 75 DPX 36 kA DPX-H 70 kA 3P - 4P 40 - 250 36 70 60 100 100 75 DPX 36 kA DPX-H 70 kA 3P - 4P 250 - 630 320 - 630 36 70 60 100 100 75 DPX 36 kA DPX-H 70 kA 3P - 3P + N/2 - 4P 250 - 630 400 - 630 36 70 60 100 100 75 DPX 36 kA DPX-H 70 kA 3P - 4P 800 - 1250 50 70 80 100 100 75
18 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM 125 Thermal magnetic MCCBs from 16 to 125 A 250 38 250 45 + 260 13 MCCBs for switching, control isolation and protection of low voltage electrical lines Can be fitted with auxiliaries (p. 29) Can be used with earth leakage modules or with residual current relays (p. 30) Supplied complete with: - cage terminals 70 mm 2 max. - terminal shields Conform to IEC 60947-2 Can be mounted on rail 2 Pack Cat. No. DPX-E 125 - fixed version Thermal release adjustable from 0.7 to 1 In and sealable Fixed magnetic at 10 In in factory Breaking capacity Icu 16 kA (230 V±) 1P In 1 250 00 16 A 1 250 01 20 A 1 250 02 25 A 1 250 03 32 A 1 250 04 40 A 1 250 05 50 A 1 250 06 63 A 1 250 07 80 A 1 250 08 100 A 1 250 09 125 A DPX 125 - fixed version Breaking capacity Icu 25 kA (400 V ± ) 3P 4P In 1 250 36 250 44 16 A 1 250 37 250 45 25 A 1 250 38 250 46 40 A 1 250 39 250 47 63 A 1 250 40 250 48 100 A 1 250 41 250 49 125 A Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 V ± ) 3P 4P In 1 250 50 250 58 16 A 1 250 51 250 59 25 A 1 250 52 250 60 40 A 1 250 53 250 61 63 A 1 250 54 250 62 100 A 1 250 55 250 63 125 A Pack Cat. No. Electronic earth leakage modules Can be fitted onto DPX/DPX-I 125 Adjustable, sealable sensitivity: 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A Adjustable, tripping: 0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 s Test push-button Reset push-button Remote earth fault signalling contact Switch for mechanical tests (installation insulation test) 230-500 V ± Mounted side by side (at right-hand side) 3P 4P In 1 260 02 260 03 63 A 1 260 12 260 13 125 A Dimensions (p. 31) Electrical characteristics (p. 16 - 17 and 37 - 45) 250 59 262 01 Rotary handles Direct on DPX 1 262 01 Standard (grey) Vari-depth handle IP 55 Comprising: connection rod, bracket, drilling template, fixing accessories, door lock mechanism 1 262 75 Standard (grey) 1 262 76 For emergency use (red/yellow) Accessories 3P Sealable terminal shields 1 262 05 Set of 2 Rear terminals Used to connect fixed version with front terminals into fixed version with rear terminal 1 263 00 Set of upstream or downstream rear terminals
19 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM 160 Thermal magnetic MCCBs from 40 to 160 A 251 33 + 260 21 251 25 251 72 262 11 MCCBs for switching, control isolation and protection of low voltage electrical lines Can be fitted with auxiliaries (p. 29) Can be used with earth leakage modules or with residual current relays (p. 30) Supplied complete with: - connection plates for bars - upstream and downstream connection devices for lugs - terminal shields Conform to IEC 60947-2 Can be mounted on rail 2 Pack Cat. No. Fixed version Thermal adjustable from 0.64 to 1 In and sealable Fixed magnetic at 10 In in factory Breaking capacity Icu 25 kA (400 V ± ) 3P In 1 251 23 63 A 1 251 24 100 A 1 251 25 160 A 3P + N/2 In 1 251 27 160 A Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 V ± ) 3P 4P In 1 251 49 251 57 63 A 1 251 50 251 58 100 A 1 251 51 251 59 160 A Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 V ± ) 3P 4P In 1 251 62 251 70 40 A 1 251 63 251 71 63 A 1 251 64 251 72 100 A 1 251 65 251 73 160 A Dimensions (p. 32) Electrical characteristics (p. 16 - 17 and 37 - 45) ATS Mounting plate 1 264 01 For mechanical interlocking of 2 DPX of the same size for use in normal or automatic modes Accessories 3P 4P Sealable terminal shields 1 262 15 262 16 Set of 2 Cage terminals Set of 4 1 262 18 For cable without lug 95 mm 2 (rigid) or 70 mm 2 (flexible) 1 262 19 For cable without lug 120 mm 2 (rigid) or 95 mm 2 (flexible) Adaptator for lug 1 262 17 Set of 4 (upstream or downstream) Supplied with insulated shield Rear terminals Used to connect a fixed version with front terminals into fixed version with 3P rear terminals 1 263 10 Set of upstream and downstream rear terminals Mounting accessories and common accessories (p. 21 ) Electronic earth leakage modules Can be fitted onto DPX/DPX-I 160 Adjustable, sealable sensitivity: 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A Adjustable, tripping: 0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 s Test push-button Reset push-button Remote earth fault signalling contact Switch for mechanical tests (installation insulation test) 230-500 V ± 3P 4P Mounted side by side (at right-hand side) 1 260 20 260 21 160 A Pack Cat. No. Rotary handles Direct on DPX 1 262 11 Standard (grey) Vari-depth handle IP 55 Comprising: connecting rod, bracket, drilling template, fixing accessories, door lock mechanism 1 262 77 Standard (grey)
20 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM 250 ER Thermal magnetic MCCBs from 100 to 250 A 252 55 262 11 MCCBs for switching, control isolation and protection of low voltage electrical lines Can be fitted with auxiliaries (p. 29) Can be used with earth leakage modules or with residual current relays (p. 30) Supplied complete with: - connection plates for bars - upstream and downstream connection devices for lugs (max. width 20 mm) - terminal shields Can be mounted on rail 2 Conform to IEC 60947-2 Dimensions (p. 33) Electrical characteristics (p. 16 - 17 and p. 37 - 45) Pack Cat. No. Fixed version Thermal adjustable from 0.64 to 1 In and sealable Fixed magnetic at 10 In in factory Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 V ± ) 3P 4P In 1 252 24 252 34 100 A 1 252 25 252 35 160 A 1 252 26 252 36 250 A Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 V ± ) 3P 4P In 1 252 44 252 54 100 A 1 252 45 252 55 160 A 1 252 46 252 56 250 A Supply invertor type Mounting plate 1 264 02 For mechanical interlocking of 2 DPX of the same size for use in normal or automatic modes Rotary handles Direct on DPX 1 262 11 Standard (grey) Vari-depth handle IP 55 Comprising: connecting rod, bracket, drilling template, fixing accessories, door lock mechanism 1 262 77 Standard (grey) Accessories 3P Sealable terminal shields 1 262 85 Set of 2 Cage terminals 1 262 88 (1) Set of 4 For cable without lug 185 mm 2 (rigid) or 150 mm 2 (flexible) for DPX 250 ER and DPX-IS 250 3P Spreaders 1 262 90 Set of incoming or outgoing spreaders Rear terminals Used to convert the fixed version with front terminals to the fixed version with rear terminals 1 265 10 Set of upstream and downstream rear terminals (1) Can not be mounted on side by side mounted earth leakage modules 160 A DPX TM 125, 160 and 250 ER Connection Cat. No. 048 68 n Connection DPX front terminalsConnection with cables Connection with bars n Mounting of distribution terminal DPX 125 160 250 ER max. Ø 12 18 18 DPX 125 160 250 ER D 12 18 18 47 56 16 26.5 10.5 6.5 12.5 60 80 25 30 17 6.5 10 Ø 10 n Distribution terminal 160 A 250 A Cat. No. 048 67
21 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list 21 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Pack Cat. No. High Current Chassis 1 608 241 12 way 630A DPX125 320 x 370 x 54mm 1 608 242 18 way 630A DPX125 396 x 370 x 54mm 1 608 243 24 way 630A DPX125 473 x 370 x 54mm 1 608 244 12 way 630A DPX250ER 345 x 470 x 54mm 1 608 245 18 way 630A DPX250ER 435 x 470 x 54mm 1 608 246 24 way 630A DPX250ER 526 x 470 x 54mm 630A, 24-way high current chassis 630A, 24-way high current chassis fitted with DPX 250 ER MCCB’s High current chassis For DPX 125 & DPX 250 ER, 630A, 415V, 50Hz rated chassis tested at 36KA for 1s (76.6KA peak) in accordance with AS 3439-1:2002 clause 8.2.3 DPX TM 125, 160 and 250 ER Mounting accessories 048 67 262 08 048 68 252 25 + DPX250ERLK 262 00 Pack Cat. No. Fixing plates For fixing devices on Din rail 1 262 08 For DPX 125 1 262 09 For DPX 160/250 ER Padlocks For locking in "off" position 1 262 00 For DPX 125 1 262 10 For DPX 160 and DPX 250 ER 1 DPX125LK For locking MCCB in “on” or “off” position 1 DPX250ERLK For locking MCCB in “on” or “off” position Insulated shields Insulated shields Used to isolated the connection between each pole 1 262 07 Set of 3 Distribution terminals 1 048 67 160 A - 6 outputs 25 mm 2 flexible - Isc peak 30 k Can be fitted directly onto downstream terminal of DPX 165/160, Vistop 100/160 A and DX H 125 A 1 048 68 250 A - 4 outputs 35 mm 2 flexible and 2 outputs 25 mm 2 flexible- Isc peak 36 k Can be fitted directly onto downstream terminal of DPX 250/250 ER and DX-IS 250
22 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM 250 Thermal magnetic and electronic release MCCBs from 40 to 250 A 253 49 253 52 260 53 Moulded case MCCBs for switching, control isolation and protection of low voltage electrical lines Can be fitted with auxiliaries (p. 29) Can be used with earth leakage modules or with residual current relays (p. 30) Supplied complete with: - connection plates for bars - upstream and downstream connection devices for lugs (width max. 20 mm) - terminal shields Conform to IEC 60947-2 Sealable adjustment Dimensions (p. 34) Electrical characteristics (p. 16 - 17 and 37 - 45) Pack Cat. No. DPX 250 thermal magnetic Thermal adjustable from 0.64 to 1 In Magnetic adjustable from 3.5 to 10 In DPX 250 36 kA Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 V ± ) 3P 4P In 1 253 28 253 45 40 A 1 253 29 253 46 63 A 1 253 30 253 47 100 A 1 253 31 253 48 160 A 1 253 32 253 49 250 A DPX-H 250 70 kA Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 V ± ) 3P In 1 253 52 40 A 1 253 53 63 A 1 253 54 100 A 1 253 55 160 A 1 253 56 250 A Im Ir t I Pack Cat. No. DPX 250 electronic release S1 Adjustment of Ir and Im (p. 37) Instantaneous protection If = 4 kA Indicator lamp Minimum current for indicator lamp operation (30 % of In) - green: normal - fixed red: I ≥ 0.9 Ir - flushing red: I ≥ 1.05 Ir Connector for test unit Dynamic selectivity 4P version: adjustment of neutral on front panel DPX 250 36 kA Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 V ± ) 3P 4P In 1 254 01 254 07 40 A 1 254 03 254 09 100 A 1 254 04 254 10 160 A 1 254 05 254 11 250 A DPX-H 250 70 kA 3P Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 V ± ) 1 254 13 1 254 15 1 254 16 1 254 17 Electronic earth leakage modules Can be fitted onto DPX 250 Adjustable, sealable sensitivity: 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A Adjustable, time delay: 0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 s Test push-buttons Reset push-button Remote earth fault signalling contact Switch for mechanical tests (installation insulation test) Mounted underneath LED version Monitors the isolation state of the installation via a series of LEDs 4P In 1 260 53 160 A 1 260 57 250 A ATS (Auto Transfer Switch) An ATS is composed of one plate with interlock for 2 devices 1 264 08 Plate for MCCB or trip-free switch fixed version Im If Ir t I
23 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM 250 Equipment and accessories 262 22 262 79 261 30 Motor-driven handles Front operated 1 261 30 24 V ± / = 1 261 34 230 V ± Pack Cat. No. Rotary handles Direct on DPX 1 262 22 Standard (grey) Vari-depth handle IP 55 Comprising: connection rod, bracket, self-adhesive drilling template, mounting accessories and door lock mechanism 1 262 79 Standard (black) Pack Cat. No. Accessories Insulated shields 1 262 30 Set of 3 3P Sealable terminal shields 1 262 26 Set of 2 long terminal shields 1 262 28 Set of 2 short terminal shields Padlock 1 262 21 For locking in "open" position Cage terminals 1 262 35 Set of 4 terminals for cable 185 mm 2 max. or 150 mm 2 max. (flexible) 3P Spreaders 1 262 33 Set of spreaders incoming or outgoing Distribution terminal 250 A 1 048 68 250 A - 4 outputs 35 mm 2 flexible and 2 outputs 25 mm 2 flexible - Isc peak 36 k Can be fitted directly onto downstream terminal of DPX 250/250 ER and DPX-IS 250 1 265 27 Rear orientated terminals 1 264 08 Metal plate for mechanical interlock
24 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM 630 Thermal magnetic and electronic release MCCBs from 250 to 630 A 255 38 255 40 256 07 Green indicator lamp (only S1): normal operation minimum current for indicator lamp operation (30 % of In)Fixed red indicator lamp: ≥ 0.9 Ir Flushing red indicator lamp: I ≥ 1.05 Ir connector for test unit Dimensions (p. 35) Electrical characteristics (p. 16 - 17 and 37 - 45) Moulded case MCCBs for switching, control isolation and protection of low voltage electrical lines Can be fitted with auxiliaries (p. 29) Can be used with earth leakage modules or with residual current relays (p. 30) Supplied complete with: - connection plates for bars - terminal shields Conform to IEC 60947-2 - Sealable adjustment Pack Cat. No. DPX 630 electronic release S1 Adjustment of Ir, Im, (p. 37) Instantaneous protection If = 5 kA Green indicator lamp Connector for test unit Dynamic selectivity 4P version: ajustement of neutral on front panel DPX 630 36 kA Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 V ± ) 3P 4P In 1 256 02 256 06 400 A 1 256 03 256 07 630 A DPX-H 630 70 kA Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 V ± ) In 1 256 10 256 14 400 A 1 256 11 256 15 630 A Pack Cat. No. DPX 630 thermal magnetic Thermal adjustable from 0.8 to 1 In Magnetic adjustable from 5 to 10 In DPX 630 36 kA Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 V ± ) 3P 4P In 1 255 21 255 36 250 A 1 255 22 255 37 320 A 1 255 23 255 38 400 A 1 255 25 255 39 500 A 1 255 24 255 40 630 A DPX-H 630 70 kA Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 V ± ) 3P 4P In 1 255 43 255 58 400 A 1 255 45 255 59 500 A 1 255 44 255 60 630 A Im Ir t I Im If Ir t I
25 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM 630 Thermal magnetic and electronic release MCCBs from 250 to 630 A (continued) DPX TM 630 Pack Cat.No. DPX 630 electronic release S2 Adjustment of Ir, Im, Tr, Tm (opposite) Instantaneous protection If = 5 kA Green indicator lamp Connector for test unit Logic and dynamic selectivity 4P version: adjustement of neutral on front panel DPX 630 36 kA Breaking capacity Icu 36 kA (400 V±) 3P 4P In 1 256 26 256 30 250 A 1 256 27 256 31 400 A 1 256 28 256 32 630 A DPX-H 630 70 kA Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 V±) In 1 256 35 256 39 400 A 1 256 36 256 40 630 A DPX-L 630 100 kA Breaking capacity Icu 100 kA (400 V±) In 1 256 43 256 47 400 A 1 256 44 256 48 630 A 260 63 256 35 Im Tm Tr Ir t I Earth leakage modules Can be fitted onto DPX/DPX-I 630 Adjustable, sealable sensitivity: 0.03 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A Adjustable, time delay: 0 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 s Test push-button Reset push-button Remote earth fault signalling contact Switch for mechanical tests (installation insulation test) Mounted underneath 230-500 V ± Standard 3P 4P In 1 260 60 260 61 400 A 1 260 64 260 65 630 A LED version Monitors the isolation state of the installation via a series of LEDs 4P In 1 260 63 400 A 1 260 67 630 A If Im Ir t I • Long delay protection against overloads with an adjustable threshold based on the rms value of the current: Ir = 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.95 - 1 x In (8 steps) Tr = 5 s (fixed at 6 tr) • Short delay protection against short-circuits with an adjustable Im threshold: Im = 1.5 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 8 - 10 x Ir (8 steps) Tm = 0.05 s (fixed) • Instantaneous protection if with fixed threshold: If = 5 kA S2 - Adjustment of Ir, Tr, Im, Tm If Im Tm Tr Ir t I • Long delay protection against overloads with an adjustable threshold based on the rms value of the current: Ir = 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.9 - 0.95 - 1 x In (8 steps) Tr = 5 - 10 - 20 - 30 s (at 6 Ir) (4 steps) • Short delay protection against short-circuits with an adjustable Im threshold: Im = 1.5 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 8 - 10 x Ir (8 steps) Tm = 0 - 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 s (4 steps) Tm = 0.01 - 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 s at 12 x Ir (I2 t constant) (4 steps) • Instantaneous protection against short-circuits with fixed threshold: If = 5 kA n Performance data S1 - Adjustment of Ir, Im
26 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM 630 Equipment and accessories 262 51 262 48 262 50 Rotary handles Vari-depth handle IP 55 Comprising: connection rod, bracket, self-adhesive drilling template, mounting accessories and door lock mechanism 1 262 81 Standard (grey) Accessories Insulated shields 1 262 30 Set of 3 3P 4P Sealable terminal shields 1 262 44 262 45 Set of 2 Padlock 1 262 40 For locking in "OPEN" position 1 DPX630LK For locking MCCB in “on” or “off” position 1 DPX630LK For locking in “on” or “off” position Cage terminals 1 262 50 Set of 4 terminals for cable 300 mm 2 max. (rigid) or 240 mm 2 max. (flexible) 1 262 51 Set of 4 high-capacity terminals for cable 2 x 240 mm 2 (rigid) or 2 x 185 mm 2 (flexible) 3P 4P Spreaders 1 262 48 262 49 Set of incoming or outgoing spreaders Motor-driven handles Front operated 1 261 40 24 V ± / = 1 261 44 230 V ± Rotary handles Direct on DPX 1 262 41 Standard (grey) Pack Cat. No. Supply invertor type Factory assembled A supply invertor type is composed of one plate with interlock for 2 devices 1 264 09 Plate for MCCB or trip-free switch fixed version Control solutions for industry • Motor protection circuit breakers • Switch disconnectors • Contactors • Motor Protection relays • Electromechanical starters • Control and signalling units • Limit, micro and foot switches • Rotary cam switches • Rotary cam switches • Motor contractors • Time Relays • Protection relays • Level control relays • Earth leakage relays • Metering instruments and current transformers • Soft starters • AC motor drives • Automatic power factor controllers • Automatic battery chargers • Automatic transfer switch controllers • Programmable logic relays • Switching power supplies
27 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM 1250 - 1600 Thermal magnetic and electronic release MCCBs from 800 to 1600 A 258 04 257 08 Pack Cat.No. DPX 1250 thermal magnetic Thermal adjustable from 0.8 to 1 In Magnetic adjustable from: 5 to 10 In DPX 1250 50 kA Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 V±) 3P 4P In 1 258 02 258 09 (1) 800 A 1 258 03 258 10 (1) 1000 A 1 258 04 258 11 (1) 1250 A DPX-H 1250 70 kA Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 V±) In 1 258 16 258 23 (1) 800 A 1 258 17 258 24 (1) 1000 A 1 258 18 258 25 (1) 1250 A Dimensions (p. 36) Electrical characteristics (p. 16 - 17 and 37 - 45) Moulded case MCBs for switching, control isolation and protection of low voltage electrical lines Can be fitted with auxiliaries (integrated terminal blocks) Can be used with earth leakage modules or with residual current relays (p. 30) Supplied complete with: - connection plates for bars - terminal shields Conform to IEC 60947-2 Fixed version - Sealable adjustment (1) Neutral without protection (2) Neutral settings 0 - 0.5 - 1 N (0 - 50% - 100% Neutral) Im Ir t I Pack Cat.No. DPX 1600 electronic release S1 Adjustment of Ir, Im Instantaneous protection If = 20 kA Indicator lamp Minimum current for indicator lamp operation (30 % In): green: normal; fixed red: I ≥ 0.9 Ir; flashing red: I ≥ 1.05 Ir Connector for test unit Dynamic selectivity DPX 1600 50 kA Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 V±) 3P 4P In 1 257 02 257 06 (2) 800 A 1 257 03 257 07 (2) 1250 A 1 257 04 257 08 (2) 1600 A DPX-H 1600 70 kA Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 V±) In 1 257 10 257 14 (2) 800 A 1 257 11 257 15 (2) 1250 A 1 257 12 257 16 (2) 1600 A DPX 1600 electronic release S2 Adjustment of Ir, Im, Tr, Tm Instantaneous protection If = 20 kA Indicator lamp Minimum current for indicator lamp operation (30 % In): green: normal; fixed red: I ≥ 0.9 Ir; flashing red: I ≥ 1.05 Ir Connector for test unit Logic and dynamic selectivity DPX 1600 50 kA Breaking capacity Icu 50 kA (400 V±) 3P 4P In 1 257 26 257 30 (2) 800 A 1 257 27 257 31 (2) 1250 A 1 257 28 257 32 (2) 1600 A DPX-H 1600 70 kA Breaking capacity Icu 70 kA (400 V±) In 1 257 34 257 38 (2) 800 A 1 257 35 257 39 (2) 1250 A 1 257 36 257 40 (2) 1600 A Im Tm Tr Ir t I For DPX-L 1250 100 kA and Sg electronic release version, please consult us Im If Ir t I
28 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM 1250 - 1600 Equipment and accessories 265 84 (supplied assembled) 262 60 262 70 262 67 + 262 68 Pack Cat.No. Draw-out version A DPX draw-out version is a plug-in DPX fitted with a "Debro-lift" mechanism which can be used to withdraw the DPX while keeping it on its base Draw-out base Base for DPX 1600 supplied with "Debro-lift" assembled a rigid slide and 3P 4P handle for drawing-out 1 265 82 265 83 Front terminals 1 265 84 265 85 Rear terminals Key lock for "Debro-lift" mechanism Enable locking of DPX in drawn-out position 1 265 76 One key Ronis for DPX only 1 265 80 Two key Ronis (one key supplied) for motorised DPX or with rotary handle Accessories for "Debro-lift" mechanism 1 265 75 Isolated handle for drawing-out 1 265 74 Signalling contact (plugged-in/drawn-out) ATS (Auto Transfer Switch) Auto Transfer Switch is composed of one plate with interlock for 2 devices 1 264 10 Plate for MCCBs or trip-free switch fixed version 1 264 05 Plate for MCCBs or trip-free switch plug-in and draw-out version Rotary handles Direct on DPX 1 262 61 Standard (black) Vari-depth handle IP 55 Comprising: connection rod, bracket, self-adhesive drilling template, mounting accessories and door lock mechanism 1 262 83 Standard (black) 1 262 84 For emergency use (red/yellow) Locking accessories 1 262 92 Eurolocks for vari-depth handle 1 262 93 Profalux for vari-depth handle 1 262 94 Ronis for vari-depth handle 1 262 25 Eurolocks for direct handle Pack Cat.No. Motor-driven handles Factory assembled Front operated 1 261 54 230 V± Customer assembled Front operated 1 261 24 24 V±/= 1 261 25 48 V±/= 1 261 26 110 V±/= 1 261 23 230 V±/= for ratings up to 1250 A (In ≤ 1250 A) 1 261 27 230 V±/= for 1600 A (In ≤ 1600 A) Locking accessory 1 261 59 Ronis locking accessory Accessories Insulated shields Used to isolate the connections between each pole 1 262 66 Set of 3 3P 4P Sealable terminal shields 1 262 64 262 65 Set of 2 Padlock 1 262 60 For locking in "open" position Cage terminals 1 262 69 Set of 1 terminal for cables without lug 2 x 240 mm 2 for rigid cable or 2 x 185 mm 2 for flexible cable 1 262 70 Set of 1 high-capacity terminal for cables without lug 4 x 240 mm 2 for rigid cable 4 x 185 mm 2 for flexible cable Extended front terminals Set of 4 1 262 67 Short terminals for 630 - 1250 A (2 bars max. per pole) 1 262 68 Long terminals for 1600 A (3 bars max. per pole) 3P 4P Spreaders 1 262 73 262 74 Set of incoming or outgoing spreaders Rear terminals Used to convert the fixed version with front terminals to the fixed version with rear terminals Set of incoming or outgoing rear terminals 1 263 80 263 82 Short terminals 1 263 81 263 83 Long terminals
29 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM auxiliaries DPX TM auxiliaries 261 85 Pack Cat. No. Auxiliary contact or fault signal 1 261 60 For signalling the state of the contacts or opening of the MCCB on a fault For DPX/DPX-I/DPX-IS Changeover switch 3 A - 240 V ± Releases Allow remote tripping of a DPX Shunt releases For DPX-IS and DPX Shunt inrush power 300 VA 1 261 64 Coil voltage 24 V ± / = 1 261 67 Coil voltage 230 V ± / = For For DPX 160, DPX 125 250ER Undervoltage releases DPX-IS DPX-IS 800, For DPX-IS/DPX-I and DPX 250, 630 1000, 1250, 1600 Undervoltage power consumption 5 VA 1 261 70 261 80 Coil voltage 24 V = 1 261 71 261 81 Coil voltage 24 V ± 1 261 73 261 83 Coil voltage 230 V ± Time-lag (ms) undervoltage releases Allow remote tripping of a DPX Prevent false tripping in the event of AC supply microbreaks Require a time-lag module connected to the undervoltage releases below 1 261 90 Time-lag modules 230 V ± 3 1 261 75 Undervoltage releases For DPX/DPX-I 125, DPX -IS 250,630 1 261 85 Undervoltage releases For DPX/DPX-I 160, 250ER, and DPX -IS 1600 Number of modules 261 94 Automatic transfer switch controller 1 261 94 Automatic transfer switch controller, with RS485 ports and real time clock Size: 144 x 144 mm Weight: 0.900 kg Auxiliary contact or fault signalA single Cat. No. 261 60 auxiliary contact or fault signal Under-voltage releases Shunt releases Time-lag under-voltage releases Max. number of contacts per DPX-IS device Auxiliary contact Shunt release Device AC EBAC FS or undervoltage release Without DPX-IS 250 1 2 – – release Without DPX-IS 630 2 2 – – release With DPX-IS 1600 3 – 1 1 release AC = auxiliary contact EBAC = "early" auxiliary contact FS = break on trip contact Max. number of contacts per DPX device Device Auxiliary contact Shunt release AC FS or undervoltage release DPX 125 1 1 1 DPX 160 1 1 1 DPX 250 ER 1 1 1
30 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Residual current relay and coils Residual current relay and coils 260 88 260 98 Add residual current protection to DPX trip-free switches and DPX MCCBs equipped with release Coils For use with residual current relay Cat. No. 260 88 1 coil per DPX 1 260 92 Coil Ø35 mm 1 260 93 Coil Ø80 mm 1 260 94 Coil Ø110 mm 1 260 95 Coil Ø140 mm 1 260 96 Coil Ø210 mm 1 260 97 Coil Ø150 mm - open 1 260 98 Coil Ø300 mm - open Viking 3 disconnector block for measurement 1 connection With its accessories, allows intervention (measurement, maintenance, etc.) on a current, voltage and power measuring circuit by keeping the current transformer secondary circuit closed Colour Nominal Capacity Pitch cross Rigid Flexible (mm) section wire wire (mm 2 ) (mm 2 ) (mm 2 ) 25 371 92 Grey 4 0.25 to 4 0.25 to 4 8 260 93 coil for use with relay Number of modules n Residual current relay Cat. No. 260 88 60 35 44 6 35 45 90 88 n Coils Cat. No. 260 92/93/94/95/96 Cat. No. 260 97 6 22 L E 5.5 B D C 5 23 H M A B A M DL C 34 45 79 E H Cat. No. 260 98 310 368400 30 58 57 21 Cat. No. A B C D E H L M 260 92 35 75 85 42 92 36 43 56 260 93 80 108 132 67 125 36 65 56 260 94 110 148 170 86 165 36 84 56 260 95 140 177 206 104 200 36 102 56 260 96 210 270 295 150 290 44 145 64 260 97 150 225 259 133 245 275 95 113 Pack Cat. No. Residual current relay Detects fault currents, and, when used with a shunt trip or an undervoltage release, it gives the trip command to a MCCB or a switch • Comprises: - a tinged, sealable window - an auxiliary contact - a green Led indicating energisation - 3 yellow Leds indicating respectively the max. phase earth insulation current: 20, 40 and 60 % - a red Led indicating Fixed: exceeding of the insulation fault current value Flashing: breaking of one of the connections between coils and relays • For use with coils: - Ø35 and 80 mm Adjustable sensitivity: 0.03, 0.05, 0.075, 0.1, 0.15, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20, 30 A - Ø110 to 210 mm Adjustable sensitivity: 0.3, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20, 30 A - Ø150 mm Adjustable sensitivity: 0.5, 0.75, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20, 30 A - Ø300 mm Adjustable sensitivity: 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 7.5, 10, 15, 20, 30 A • Adjustable trip: 0, 0.15, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2.5, 5 seconds • Supply voltage: 230/240 V - 50/60 Hz 1 260 88 Residual current relay to clip on rail 2 2
31 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM 125 Fixed version, front terminals with earth leakage module mounted side by side (1) n Dimensions Fixed version, front terminals Fixed version, rear terminals Rotary handle-direct on DPX (1) Dimensions of 3-pole earth leakage modules are the same as 4-pole earth leakage modules (2) 70 mm without mechanical system Rotary handle-vari-depth on doorMounting with flexible seal 45 120 25.4 12 101 M4 97 74 32 8 8 101 37.8 45 101 120 25.4 12 75.6 81 39 45 45 101 120 101 10 25.4 M8 M4 25.4 75.6 101 97 74 8 25.4 25.4 25.4 202 12.7 113.7 120 103 8 45 101 37.8 25.4 101 10 97 74 Terminal shields A 8 74 48 60 75.5 25.4 12.7 80 103 20 80 20 11.2 40.2 M4 70 7 103 M4 8 74 62.5 0.8/2 358.5 max. 173.5 min. (2) A DPX 125 170 DPX 125 + earth leakage module mounted underneath 260
32 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM 160 Fixed version, front terminals with earth leakage module mounted side by side (1) 135 45 15 30 30 120 240 120 150 95 60 X Y Y = = 45 8 74 8 97 86 132 M4 = = n Dimensions Fixed version, front terminals Fixed version, rear terminals 48 95 150 45 90 120 30 30 30 30 30 97 74 8 Rotary handle direct on DPX (1) Dimensions of 3-pole earth leakage modules are the same as 4-pole earth leakage modules (2) 70 mm without mechanical system Rotary handle-vari-depth on doorMounting with flexible seal Terminal shields 150 45 30 M4 23 90 97 23 8 74 8 18 max. 150 45 120 45 30 80 30 75.5 15 35 1.5 max. 60 38.5 11.25 115 8 74 48 M4 62.5 0.8/2 115 8 74 358.5 max. 141.5 min. (2) M4 5 70 A DPX 160 278 DPX 160 + earth leakage module mounted underneath 393
33 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM 250 ER (1) Dimensions of 3-pole earth leakage modules are the same as 4-pole earth leakage modules (2) 70 mm without mechanical system n Dimensions Fixed version, front terminals Fixed version, front terminals with earth leakage module mounted side by side (1) 250 A 160 A 45 53.5 115 145 176 38.5 69 270 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 20 max. 15 150 215.5 Terminal shields Rotary handle-direct on DPX Rotary handle-vari-depth on doorMounting flexible seal 30 30 120 90 145 176 115 38.5 45 53.5 69 M4 10 max. 30 8 18 Ømax. 18 30 30 30 45 74 97 18 11.5 1.6 20 max. 135 45 15 30 30 120 240 120 176 95 60 X Y Y = = 115 76.5 M 4 A 97 74 62.5 0.8/2 115 8 74 358.5 max. 141.5 min. (2) M4 5 70 80 30 75.5 15 35 1.5 max 60 38.5 11.25 115 8 74 48 M4 A DPX 250 ER 296
34 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM 250 n Dimensions Fixed version, front terminals Fixed version with earth leakage module mounted underneath (1) Front terminals Rear terminals Plug-in version, rear terminals Draw-out version, rear terminals Draw-out version, front terminals Plug-in version, front terminals Rotary handle-vari-depth on doorMounting with flexible seal Rotary handle-direct on DPX Terminal shields (1) Dimensions of 3-pole earth leakage modules are the same as 4-pole earth leakage modules (2) 75 mm without mechanical system A 200 94 170 10 25 35 35 35 11 17 138.5 105 36 4 min. M5 27 100 105 173.5 140 70 17.5 35 35 35 52.5 140 24 52.5 100 94 308 35 70 17.5 M5 11 36 105 138.5 10 278 10 27 281.5 138.5 105 4 min. 105 20 35 35 341.5 140 186.5 4 min. 4 32.5 153 35 35 35 94 245.5 200 90 66.5 33 Ø9 105 (3P) 140 (4P) 124.5 192.75 449.5 5 20 52.35 34 313 144.75 353.5 Ø9 Y 35 35 35 X 187 32.5 34 45.5 34 34 155 24.75 94 66.5 90 99.5 105 20 35 35 341.5 140 186.5 4 min. 4 32.5 153 35 35 35 94 245.5 200 90 66.5 33 Ø9 90 99.5 155 24.75 94 34 34 45.5 187 108.75 173.5 66.5 47.5 47.5 93.5 93.5 35 M12 M12 35 35 35 35 Ø9 90 99.5 155 24.75 94 34 34 45.5 187 108.75 173.5 66.5 81 37 10 35 19 35 26 Ø9 81 37 10 35 19 35 35 26 62.5 18.5 132 105 0.8/2 348 max. 131 min. (2) 25 94 100 50 58 40 2.5 maxi. A DPX 250 330 DPX 250 + earth leakage module 438
35 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM 630 Draw-out version, rear terminalsRear terminal with threaded rod A DPX 630 390 DPX 630 + earth leakage 542 module Plug-in version, front terminals Plug-in version, rear terminals Draw-out version, front terminals 183 260 220 32 94 94 15 max. 15 max. M5 27 144 105 4 min. 50 17 70 140 32 70 100 100 87 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 183 32 94 70 100 21.75 412 372 87 43.5 43.5 43.5 27 Ø6 orM5 17 50 105 144 4 min. 105 4 min. 372 144 398 302 220 94 140 32 29 100 100 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 183 153 192 70 4 min. 94 130 Ø14 X 153 X 192 4 min. 130 220 58 40 29 40 103 64 15 129 43.5 43.5 M16 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 265 140 183 70 94 94 100 100 43.5 43.5 43.5 34 X Y 187 29 34 45.5 34 5 265 302 398 265 130 130 183 155 94 24.7 14 34 187 43.5 43.5 43.5 M 16 45.5 34 130 220 155 94 103 58 24.7 34 187 29 8 43.5 43.5 15 45.5 34 130 220 155 94 124 59 24.7 Flat rear terminal Rotary handle-vari-depth handle on doorMounting with flexible seal Rotary handle-direct on DPX n Dimensions Fixed version, front terminals Fixed version with earth leakage module mounted underneath Front terminals Rear terminals 62.5 18.5 132 105 0.8/2 348 max. 131 min. (1) 47 94 100 50 58 40 2.5 max. A (1) 75 mm without mechanical system Terminal shields
36 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM 1250 - DPX TM 1600 Fixed version, rear terminals Rotary handle-direct on DPX Rotary handle-vari-depth handle on doorMounting with flexible seal n Dimensions Fixed version, front terminals Draw-out version, rear terminals Terminal shields 480 278 25 max. 215 298 13 min. M8 5 140 20 70 210 50 70 70 M10 25 100 M12 280 149 Y X X 280 35 70 70 70 140 320 169 94 298 158 Y Y 280 (4P) 210 (3P) 100 94 105 169 320 X Y Y 90 40 13 23 145.5 273 M8 118 13 32 14 68 238 2.5 max. 140 3 145.5 12 273 12.5 6 56 94 3 188 98 163 X 238 2.5 max. 6 32 40 140 12.5 364 34.5 325 299 256 325 360 253 218.5 70 70 70 70 70 364 34.5 325 299 256 325 360 253 218.5 70 70 70 70 70 125 62.5 125 66.5 67.5 49 2.5 max. 27 132 62.5 140 0.8/2 359.5 max. 142.5 min. (1) (1) 75 mm without mechanical system Vertical Horizontal
37 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM Reading DPX characteristic curves and adjustment ranges I: actual current Ir: thermal protection against overloads (setting: Ir = x In) Im: magnetic protection against short-circuits (setting: Im = x In or Im = x Ir) As the abscissa of the curves represents the ratio I/Ir, modifying the setting of Ir will not change the graphical representation of the thermal trip. However, the magnetic setting can be read directly (between 3.5 and 10 in the example). Tripping curve for a DPX thermal-magnetic trip I: actual current Ir: long delay protection against overloads (setting: Ir = x In) Tr: long delay protection operation time (fixed value: 5 to 30 s) Im: short delay protection against short-circuits (setting: Im = x Ir, between 1.5 and 10 Ir in the example) Tm: short delay protection operation time (setting: 0 to 0.3 s) I 2 t constant (adjustable via Tm) If: fixed threshold instantaneous protection (4 to 20 kA depending on model) Tripping curve for a DPX electronic release S2, adjustable Ir, Im, Tr and Tm I: actual current Ir: long delay protection against overloads (setting: Ir = x In) Tr: long delay protection operation time (fixed value: 5 s at 6 Ir) Im: short delay protection against short-circuits (setting: Im = x Ir, between 1.5 and 10 Ir in the example) Tm: short delay protection operation time (fixed value: 0.1 s) If: fixed threshold instantaneous protection (4 to 20 kA depending on model) Tripping curve for a DPX electronic release S1, adjustable Ir and Im 10 000 1 000 100 10 1 0.01 0.001 0.1 t (s) 1 3 2 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 Thermal realease zonewhen cold Thermal realease zone when hot Adjustable magneticrealease zone I/Ir Im I 2 t = K Tr = 30 s 20 % Tr = 20 s 20 % Tr = 10 s 20 % Tr = 5 s 20 % 1 3 2 4 5 10 0.2 10 10 20 30 20 304050 I/Ir 0.001 10 000 1 000 100 10 0.01 0.1 t (s) 1 Im Tm Isf = 250 A Isf = 160 A Isf = 100 A Isf = 40 A Isf = 630 A Isf = 400 A Isf = 250 A Isf = 160 A I/In I/In 10 20 30 40 50 70 1 3 2 4 56 10 0.2 I/In I/In I/Ir 0.001 10 000 1 000 100 10 Tr = 5 s 0.01 0.1 t (s) 1 Im Isf = 250 A Isf = 630 A Isf = 400 A Isf = 160 A Isf = 250 A Isf = 160 A Isf = 100 A Isf = 40 A 10 20 30 Adjustment for DPX electronic release Setting DPX 250 / 630 / 1600 S1 DPX 250 / 630 / 1600 S2 Ir overload trip threshold (long delay) 0.4 - 0.5 - 0.6 - 0.7 - 0.8 - 0.9 - 0.95 - 1) x In Tr long delay trip time fixed: 5 s (to 6 Ir) 5 - 10 - 20 - 30 s (to 6 Ir) Im short-circuit trip threshold (short delay) (1.5 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 8 - 10) x Ir (1) Tm Short delay trip time fixed: 0.05 s 0 - 0.1 - 0.2 - 0.3 s Adjustment for thermal-magnetic DPX DPX 160 Setting DPX 125 DPX 250 ER DPX 250 DPX 630 DPX 1250 Ir overload trip threshold 0.7 to 1 In 0.64 to 1 In 0.64 to 1 In 0.8 to 1 In 0.8 to 1 In (thermal) Im short-circuit fixed: 10 In trip threshold (100 and fixed: 10 In 3.5 to 10 In 5 to 10 In 5 to 10 In (magnetic) 125 rating) (1) 7.9 Ir for DPX 630 In 630 A
38 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Selectivity table DPX TM / DPX TM thermal-magnetic n Limits of selectivity (three phase circuit at 400 V) (1) Selectivity low Upstream MCCB DPX DPX 125 (16 kA) DPX 160 (25 kA) DPX 250ER (25 kA) DPX 250 DPX 630 DPX 1250 DPX 125 (25 kA) DPX 160 (36 kA) DPX 250ER (36 kA) DPX-H 250 DPX-H 630 DPX-H 1250 Downstream MCCB DPX 125 (36 kA) DPX 160 (50 kA) DPX 250ER (50 kA) In (A) 40 63 100 125 63 100 160 250 63 100 160 250 250 320 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 DPX Ist. (kA) 0.8 0.95 1.25 1.25 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 8 6 7.5 DPX 125 (16 kA) 16 0.8 1 1.2 1.2 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 6 6 6 6 8 T T T 25 0.8 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 6 6 6 6 8 T T T 40 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 6 6 6 6 8 T T T 63 1.2 1.2 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 6 6 6 6 8 T T T 100 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 4 4 4 6 8 T T T 125 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 4 4 4 6 8 T T T DPX 125 (25 kA) 16 0.8 1 1.2 1.2 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 6 6 6 6 8 16 16 16 25 0.8 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 6 6 6 6 8 16 16 16 40 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 6 6 6 6 8 16 16 16 63 1.2 1.2 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 6 6 6 6 8 16 16 16 100 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 4 4 4 6 8 16 16 16 125 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 4 4 4 6 8 16 16 16 DPX 125 (36 kA) 16 0.8 1 1.2 1.2 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 6 6 6 6 8 16 16 16 25 0.8 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 6 6 6 6 8 16 16 16 40 1 1.2 1.2 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 6 6 6 6 8 16 16 16 63 1.2 1.2 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 6 6 6 6 8 16 16 16 100 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 4 4 4 6 8 16 16 16 125 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 4 4 4 6 8 16 16 16 DPX 160 DPX 250ER (25 kA) 63 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 100 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 160 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 250 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 DPX 160 DPX 250ER (36 kA) 63 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 100 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 160 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 250 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 DPX 160 DPX 250ER (50 kA) 40 0.63 1 1.6 2.5 0,63 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 63 1 1.6 2.5 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 100 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 160 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 250 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 DPX 250 (36 kA) 40 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 63 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 100 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 160 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 250 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 DPX 250 S1/S2 (36 kA) 40 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 100 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 160 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 250 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 DPX-H/L 250 (70/100 kA) 40 0,63 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 63 1 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 100 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 160 2.5 2.5 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 250 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 DPX-H/L 250 S1/S2 (70/100 kA) 40 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 100 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 160 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 250 3.2 4 5 6.3 16 16 16 DPX 630 (36 kA) 250 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 10 10 320 4 5 6.3 10 10 10 400 5 6.3 10 6 7.5 500 6.3 10 6 7.5 630 10 6 7.5 DPX-H/L 630 (70/100 kA) 250 3.2 4 5 6.3 10 10 10 320 4 5 6.3 10 10 10 400 5 6.3 10 6 7.5 500 6.3 10 6 7.5 630 10 6 7.5 DPX 630 S1/S2 (36 kA) (1) 250 6.3 8 6 8 400 6.3 8 6 8 630 8 6 8 DPX-H/L 630 S1/S2 (70/100 kA) (1) 400 6.3 8 6 8 630 8 6 8 DPX 1250 (50 kA) 800 7.5 7.5 1000 7.5 1250 DPX-H 1250 (70 kA) 800 7.5 7.5 1000 7.5 1250
39 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Notes
40 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM / DPX TM electronic S1/S2 selectivity table n Limits of selectivity low (three-phase circuit at 400 V) (1) Selectivity low Upstream MCCB electronic SEL: LOW DPX DPX 250 S1/S2 (36 kA) DPX 600 S1/S2 (36 kA) DPX/DPX-H 1600 S1 (50/70 kA) DPX/DPX-H 1600 S2 (50/70 kA) DPX/DPX-H 1600 S1,S2 (50/70 kA) Downstream MCCB DPX-H 250 S1/S2 (70 kA) DPX-H 630 S1/S2 (70 kA) DPX In (A) 40 100 160 250 250 400 630 800 800 1250 1600 Ist. (kA) 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 5 5 5 10 10 15 20 DPX 125 (16 kA) 16 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 T T T T 25 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 T T T T 40 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 T T T T 63 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 T T T T 100 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 T T T T 125 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 T T T T DPX 125 (25 kA) 16 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 T T T T 25 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 T T T T 40 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 T T T T 63 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 T T T T 100 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 T T T T 125 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 T T T T DPX 125 (36 kA) 16 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 25 T T T 25 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 25 T T T 40 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 25 T T T 63 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 25 T T T 100 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 25 T T T 125 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 25 T T T DPX 160 DPX 250ER (25 kA) 63 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 20 T T T 100 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 20 T T T 160 3.5 6 6 6 20 T T T 250 6 6 20 T T T DPX 160 DPX 250ER (36 kA) 63 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 20 T T T 100 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 20 T T T 160 3.5 6 6 6 20 T T T 250 3.5 3.5 6 6 20 T T T DPX 160 DPX 250ER (50 kA) 40 3.5 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 20 T T T 63 3.5 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 20 T T T 100 3.5 3.5 6 6 6 20 T T T 160 3.5 6 6 6 20 T T T 250 6 6 20 T T T DPX 250 (36 kA) 40 3.5 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 20 T T T 63 3.5 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 20 T T T 100 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 20 T T T 160 3.5 8 8 8 20 T T T 250 6 6 20 T T T DPX 250 S1/S2 (36 kA) 40 1 1.6 2.5 8 8 8 20 T T T 100 1.6 2.5 6 8 8 20 T T T 160 2.5 6 8 8 20 T T T 250 6 6 20 T T T DPX-H 250 (70 kA) 40 3.5 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 20 30 30 36 63 3.5 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 20 30 30 36 100 3.5 3.5 8 8 8 20 30 30 36 160 3.5 8 8 8 20 30 30 36 250 6 6 20 30 30 36 DPX-H 250 S1/S2 (70 kA) 40 1 1.6 2.5 8 8 8 20 30 30 36 100 1.6 2.5 6 6 6 20 30 30 36 160 2.5 6 6 6 20 30 30 36 250 6 6 20 30 30 36 DPX 630 (36 kA) 250 6 6 15 20 20 T 400 6 15 20 20 T 500 10 20 20 T 630 10 20 20 T DPX-H 630 (70 kA) 250 6 6 15 20 20 36 320 6 6 15 20 20 36 400 6 15 20 20 36 500 10 20 20 36 630 10 20 20 36 DPX 630 S1/S2 (36 kA) (1) 250 5 5 15 20 20 T 400 5 15 20 20 T 630 15 20 20 T DPX-H 630 S1/S2 (70 kA) (1) 400 5 15 20 20 36 630 15 20 20 36 DPX 1250 (50 kA) 800 20 20 1000 20 20 1250 20 DPX-H 1250 (70 kA) 500 15 20 20 20 630 15 20 20 20 800 20 20 1000 20 20 1250 20 DPX/DPX-H 1600 S1 (50/70 kA) (1) 800 15 20 DPX/DPX-H 1600 S2 (50/70 kA) (1) 800 15 20 DPX/DPX-H 1600 S1/S2 (50/70 kA) (1) 1250 20 1600
41 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list n Limits of selectivity high (three phase circuit at 400 V) (1) Selectivity low For S2 tripping unit possibility of logic selectivity (total selectivity) Upstream MCCB electronic SEL: HIGH DPX DPX 250 S1/S2 (36 kA) DPX 630 S1/S2 (36 kA) DPX/DPX-H 1600 S1 (50/70 kA) DPX/DPX-H 1600 S2 (50/70 kA) DPX/DPX-H 1600 S1,S2 (50/70 kA) Downstream MCCB DPX-H 250 S1/S2 (70 kA) DPX-H 630 S1/S2 (70 kA) DPX In (A) 40 100 160 250 250 400 630 800 800 1250 1600 Ist. (kA) 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 5 5 5 10 10 15 20 DPX 125 (16 kA) 16 T T T T T T T T T T T 25 T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T 63 T T T T T T T T T T 100 T T T T T T T T T 125 T T T T T T T T T DPX 125 (25 kA) 16 T T T T T T T T T T T 25 T T T T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T T T 63 T T T T T T T T T T 100 T T T T T T T T T 125 T T T T T T T T T DPX 125 (36 kA) 16 25 25 25 25 T T T T T T T 25 25 25 25 25 T T T T T T T 40 25 25 25 T T T T T T T 63 25 25 25 T T T T T T T 100 25 25 T T T T T T T 125 25 25 T T T T T T T DPX 160 DPX 250ER (25 kA) 63 25 25 25 T T T T T T T 100 25 25 T T T T T T T 160 25 T T T T T T T 250 T T T T T T DPX 160 DPX 250ER (36 kA) 63 25 25 25 T T T T T T T 100 25 25 T T T T T T T 160 25 T T T T T T T 250 T T T T T T DPX 160 DPX 250ER (50 kA) 40 25 25 25 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 63 25 25 25 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 100 25 25 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 160 25 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 250 36 36 36 36 36 36 DPX 250 (36 kA) 40 36 36 36 T T T T T T T 63 36 36 36 T T T T T T T 100 36 36 T T T T T T T 160 36 T T T T T T T 250 T T T T T T DPX 250 S1/S2 (36 kA) 40 T T T T T T T T T T 100 T T T T T T T T T 160 T T T T T T T T 250 T T T T T T DPX-H 250 (70 kA) 40 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 63 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 100 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 160 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 250 36 36 36 36 36 36 DPX-H 250 S1/S2 (70 kA) 40 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 100 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 160 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 250 36 36 36 36 36 36 DPX 630 (36 kA) 250 T T T T 400 T T T T 500 T T T T 630 T T T T DPX-H 630 (70 kA) 250 25 25 36 36 36 36 320 25 25 36 36 36 36 400 25 36 36 36 36 500 25 36 36 36 36 630 36 36 36 36 DPX-H 630 S1/S2 (36 kA) (1) 250 T T (1) T (1) T (1) 400 T T (1) T (1) T (1) 630 T T (1) T (1) T (1) DPX 630 S1/S2 (70 kA) (1) 400 25 36 36 (1) 36 (1) 36 (1) 630 36 36 (1) 36 (1) 36 (1) DPX 1250 (50 kA) 800 36 36 1000 36 36 1250 36 DPX-H 1250 (70 kA) 500 36 36 36 36 630 36 36 36 36 800 36 36 1000 36 36 1250 36 DPX/DPX-H 1600 S1 (50/70 kA) (1) 800 36 36 DPX/DPX-H 1600 S2 (50/70 kA) (1) 800 36 (1) 36 (1) DPX/DPX-H 1600 S1/S2 (50/70 kA) (1) 1250 36 (1) 1600
42 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Upstream MCBs DPX 125 (16 kA) DPX 160 (25 kA) DPX 250 ER (25 kA) DPX 250 (36 kA) DPX-H 250 (70 kA) DPX 630 (36 kA) DPX-H 630 (70 kA) DPX 1250/1600 (50 kA) DPX-H 1250/1600 (70 kA) DPX 125 (25 kA) DPX 160 (36 kA) DPX 250 ER (36 kA) DPX 125 (36 kA) DPX 160 (50 kA) DPX 250 ER (50 kA) Downstream MCBs In 16 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 100 A 125 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 40 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A LR 6000DX 6000 6 kADX 6000 10 kADX-H 10000 25 kA (1) B and C curves 1 A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 2 A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 3 A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 4 A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 6 A 6000 6000 6000 6000 T T T T T T T T 6000 6000 T T T T T T T T T 10 A 5000 5000 5000 5000 7500 7500 7500 7000 T T T T 5000 5000 T T T T T T T T T 16 A 4000 4000 4000 6000 6000 6000 6000 T T T T 4000 4000 T T T T T T T T T 20 A 3000 3000 3000 5000 5000 5000 5000 T 8000 T T 4000 4000 8000 T T T T T T T T 25 A 3000 3000 4500 4000 4500 4500 8500 6000 8500 T 3000 3000 6000 T T T T T T T T 32 A 2000 4000 4000 4000 4000 7000 5000 7000 T 2000 5000 T T T T T T T T 40 A 2000 3000 3000 3000 3000 6000 4000 6000 T 5000 T T T T T T T T 50 A 3000 3000 3000 3000 5500 4000 5500 7000 4000 8000 T T T T T T T 63 A 3000 3000 3000 3000 5000 3000 5000 6000 4000 8000 T T T T T T T 80 A 2000 2000 2000 5000 2500 5000 6000 8000 T T T T T T T 100 A 4000 4000 5000 7500 T T T T T T T 125 A 2000 2000 3000 3000 8000 T T T T T T DX-D 6000 1 A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 2 A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 3 A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 6 A 6000 6000 T T T T T T T T 6000 T T T T T T T T T 10 A 5000 5000 7500 7500 7500 7500 T T T T 5000 T T T T T T T T T 16 A 4000 4000 6000 6000 6000 6000 T 6000 T T 4000 T T T T T T T T T 20 A 3000 3000 5000 5000 5000 5000 T 6000 T T 4000 8000 T T T T T T T T 25 A 3000 3000 4500 4500 4500 4500 8500 5500 8500 T 3000 6000 T T T T T T T T 32 A 2000 4000 4000 4000 4000 7000 4500 7000 T 2000 5000 T T T T T T T T 40 A 2000 3000 3000 3000 3000 6000 4500 6000 T 2000 5000 T T T T T T T T 50 A 3000 3000 3000 3000 5500 3500 5500 T 4000 8000 T T T T T T T 63 A 3000 3000 3000 3000 5000 3500 5000 6000 4000 8000 T T T T T T T 80 A 1500 4000 4000 5000 7000 T T T T T T T 100 A 3000 3000 4000 6500 T T T T T T T 125 A 1500 1500 2000 2000 7000 T T T T T T DX-L 50 kAC curve 10 A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 16 A T T T T T T 40000 T T T T T T T T 20 A 20000 20000 T 22000 T T 33000 T T T T T T T T 25 A 15000 15000 T 18000 T T 28000 T T T T T T T T 32 A 10000 10000 20000 13000 T T 20000 T T T T T T T T 40 A 7000 7000 17000 8000 20000 20000 13000 T T T T T T T T 50 A 3000 3000 8000 4000 10000 20000 8000 20000 T T T T T T T 63 A 3000 3000 8000 4000 10000 15000 8000 20000 T T T T T T T MCCBs/MCBs selectivity tables n Upstream fuse MCCBs gG type downstream 250 A 400 A 1000 A DPX 125 7500 DPX 160 10000 DPX 250 ER 10000 DPX 250 10000 DPX 630 50000 T: total selectivity, up to downstream circuit breaker breaking capacity according to IEC 60947-2 (1) For breaking capacity of DX-H MCBs, according to IEC 60947-2 (see p. 75)
43 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Upstream MCBs DPX 125 (16 kA) DPX 160 (25 kA) DPX 250 ER (25 kA) DPX 250 (36 kA) DPX-H 250 (70 kA) DPX 630 (36 kA) DPX-H 630 (70 kA) DPX 1250/1600 (50 kA) DPX-H 1250/1600 (70 kA) DPX 125 (25 kA) DPX 160 (36 kA) DPX 250 ER (36 kA) DPX 125 (36 kA) DPX 160 (50 kA) DPX 250 ER (50 kA) Downstream MCBs In 16 A 25 A 40 A 63 A 100 A 125 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 40 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A LR 6000DX 6000 6 kADX 6000 10 kADX-H 10000 25 kA (1) B and C curves 1 A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 2 A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 3 A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 4 A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 6 A 6000 6000 6000 6000 T T T T T T T T 6000 6000 T T T T T T T T T 10 A 5000 5000 5000 5000 7500 7500 7500 7000 T T T T 5000 5000 T T T T T T T T T 16 A 4000 4000 4000 6000 6000 6000 6000 T T T T 4000 4000 T T T T T T T T T 20 A 3000 3000 3000 5000 5000 5000 5000 T 8000 T T 4000 4000 8000 T T T T T T T T 25 A 3000 3000 4500 4000 4500 4500 8500 6000 8500 T 3000 3000 6000 T T T T T T T T 32 A 2000 4000 4000 4000 4000 7000 5000 7000 T 2000 5000 T T T T T T T T 40 A 2000 3000 3000 3000 3000 6000 4000 6000 T 5000 T T T T T T T T 50 A 3000 3000 3000 3000 5500 4000 5500 7000 4000 8000 T T T T T T T 63 A 3000 3000 3000 3000 5000 3000 5000 6000 4000 8000 T T T T T T T 80 A 2000 2000 2000 5000 2500 5000 6000 8000 T T T T T T T 100 A 4000 4000 5000 7500 T T T T T T T 125 A 2000 2000 3000 3000 8000 T T T T T T DX-D 6000 1 A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 2 A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 3 A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 6 A 6000 6000 T T T T T T T T 6000 T T T T T T T T T 10 A 5000 5000 7500 7500 7500 7500 T T T T 5000 T T T T T T T T T 16 A 4000 4000 6000 6000 6000 6000 T 6000 T T 4000 T T T T T T T T T 20 A 3000 3000 5000 5000 5000 5000 T 6000 T T 4000 8000 T T T T T T T T 25 A 3000 3000 4500 4500 4500 4500 8500 5500 8500 T 3000 6000 T T T T T T T T 32 A 2000 4000 4000 4000 4000 7000 4500 7000 T 2000 5000 T T T T T T T T 40 A 2000 3000 3000 3000 3000 6000 4500 6000 T 2000 5000 T T T T T T T T 50 A 3000 3000 3000 3000 5500 3500 5500 T 4000 8000 T T T T T T T 63 A 3000 3000 3000 3000 5000 3500 5000 6000 4000 8000 T T T T T T T 80 A 1500 4000 4000 5000 7000 T T T T T T T 100 A 3000 3000 4000 6500 T T T T T T T 125 A 1500 1500 2000 2000 7000 T T T T T T DX-L 50 kAC curve 10 A T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 16 A T T T T T T 40000 T T T T T T T T 20 A 20000 20000 T 22000 T T 33000 T T T T T T T T 25 A 15000 15000 T 18000 T T 28000 T T T T T T T T 32 A 10000 10000 20000 13000 T T 20000 T T T T T T T T 40 A 7000 7000 17000 8000 20000 20000 13000 T T T T T T T T 50 A 3000 3000 8000 4000 10000 20000 8000 20000 T T T T T T T 63 A 3000 3000 8000 4000 10000 15000 8000 20000 T T T T T T T
44 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list MCBs/MCCBs upstream DX-H 10000 - 25 kA B and C curves DX-L DPX-E 125 DPX 125 DPX/ DPX-H 160 DPX 250 ER DPX/H/L 250 DPX/H/L 630 DPX/H/L 630 electronic DPX/H/L 1250 DPX/H/L 1600 MCBs downstream 2 to 32 A 40 to 125 A 10 to 32 A 40 to 63 A 16 to 125 A 16 to 125 A 25 to 160 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 160 A 250 A 250 to 400 A 160 & 400 A 630 A 500 to 1250 A 800 to 1600 A DX 6000 - 10 kAB and C curves 1 to 20 A 25 (1) 12.5 50 25 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 A 25 (1) 12.5 50 25 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 20 20 32 A 12.5 25 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 15 15 40 A 12.5 25 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 20 20 20 20 15 15 50 A 25 16 25 20 25 25 20 20 20 15 15 15 15 12.5 12.5 63 A 16 25 15 20 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 12.5 12.5 80 A 20 25 20 20 20 20 20 20 15 100 A 20 25 20 20 20 20 20 20 15 125 A 25 15 15 15 15 15 15 10 DX-H 10000 - 25 kAB and C curvesDX 6000 - 15 kAD curve 1 to 16 A 50 25 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 20 A 50 25 16 25 20 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 A 25 16 25 15 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 20 20 32 A 25 16 25 20 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 15 15 40 A 25 16 25 20 25 25 25 25 25 20 20 20 20 15 15 50 A 25 16 25 15 25 25 20 20 20 15 15 15 15 12.5 12.5 63 A 16 25 25 25 20 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 12.5 12.5 DX-L - 50 kAC curve 10 to 63 A 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 MCBs/MCCBs upstream DX-H 10000 - 25 kA B and C curves DX-L DPX-E 125 DPX 125 DPX/ DPX-H 160 DPX 250 ER DPX/H/L 250 DPX/H/L 630 electronic DPX/H/L 1250 DPX/H/L 1600 MCBs downstream 2 to 32 A 40 to 63 A 80 to 125 A 10 to 32 A 40 to 63 A 16 to 125 A 16 to 125 A 25 to 160 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 160 A 250 A 250 to 400 A 160 & 400 A 630 A 500 to 1250 A 800 to 1600 A DX 6000 - 10 kAB and C curves 1 to 20 A 50 25 20 50 25 22 35 35 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 32 & 40 A 25 20 25 22 35 35 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 A 25 16 25 25 36 36 36 36 36 30 30 30 25 25 25 63 A 16 25 15 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 25 25 25 80 A 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 20 100 A 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 20 125 A 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 20 DX-H 10000 - 25 kAB and C curvesDX 6000 - 15 kAD curve 1 to 40 A 50 25 22 35 35 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 A 25 16 25 25 36 36 36 36 36 30 30 30 25 25 25 63 A 16 25 25 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 25 25 25 DX-L - 50 kAC curve 10 to 63 A 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 Back up between MCCBs and MCBs (in kA) TT or TN neutral earthing systems: For a 230/400 V supply in order to determine the breaking capacity of a 2 P MCB used as L + N (230 V) downstream a 2 P or 4 P circuit breaker use values indicated in the table for 230/240 V n In 3 phases networks + N 400/415 V according to IEC 60947-2 n In 3 phases networks + N 230/240 V according to IEC 60947-2 (1) The breaking capacity value of DX-H 25 A and 32 A is 25 kA, only when DX-H MCB is backed-up by an upstream DX-L or DPX MCCB (3 back-up levels) In any other situation the breaking capacity values of DX-H are 20 kA for DX-H 25 A and 15 kA for DX-H 32 A (see p. 75)
45 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list MCBs/MCCBs upstream DX-H 10000 - 25 kA B and C curves DX-L DPX-E 125 DPX 125 DPX/ DPX-H 160 DPX 250 ER DPX/H/L 250 DPX/H/L 630 DPX/H/L 630 electronic DPX/H/L 1250 DPX/H/L 1600 MCBs downstream 2 to 32 A 40 to 125 A 10 to 32 A 40 to 63 A 16 to 125 A 16 to 125 A 25 to 160 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 160 A 250 A 250 to 400 A 160 & 400 A 630 A 500 to 1250 A 800 to 1600 A DX 6000 - 10 kAB and C curves 1 to 20 A 25 (1) 12.5 50 25 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 A 25 (1) 12.5 50 25 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 20 20 32 A 12.5 25 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 15 15 40 A 12.5 25 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 20 20 20 20 15 15 50 A 25 16 25 20 25 25 20 20 20 15 15 15 15 12.5 12.5 63 A 16 25 15 20 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 12.5 12.5 80 A 20 25 20 20 20 20 20 20 15 100 A 20 25 20 20 20 20 20 20 15 125 A 25 15 15 15 15 15 15 10 DX-H 10000 - 25 kAB and C curvesDX 6000 - 15 kAD curve 1 to 16 A 50 25 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 20 A 50 25 16 25 20 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 A 25 16 25 15 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 20 20 32 A 25 16 25 20 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 15 15 40 A 25 16 25 20 25 25 25 25 25 20 20 20 20 15 15 50 A 25 16 25 15 25 25 20 20 20 15 15 15 15 12.5 12.5 63 A 16 25 25 25 20 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 12.5 12.5 DX-L - 50 kAC curve 10 to 63 A 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 MCBs/MCCBs upstream DX-H 10000 - 25 kA B and C curves DX-L DPX-E 125 DPX 125 DPX/ DPX-H 160 DPX 250 ER DPX/H/L 250 DPX/H/L 630 electronic DPX/H/L 1250 DPX/H/L 1600 MCBs downstream 2 to 32 A 40 to 63 A 80 to 125 A 10 to 32 A 40 to 63 A 16 to 125 A 16 to 125 A 25 to 160 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 160 A 250 A 250 to 400 A 160 & 400 A 630 A 500 to 1250 A 800 to 1600 A DX 6000 - 10 kAB and C curves 1 to 20 A 50 25 20 50 25 22 35 35 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 32 & 40 A 25 20 25 22 35 35 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 A 25 16 25 25 36 36 36 36 36 30 30 30 25 25 25 63 A 16 25 15 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 25 25 25 80 A 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 20 100 A 16 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 20 125 A 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 20 DX-H 10000 - 25 kAB and C curvesDX 6000 - 15 kAD curve 1 to 40 A 50 25 22 35 35 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 A 25 16 25 25 36 36 36 36 36 30 30 30 25 25 25 63 A 16 25 25 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 25 25 25 DX-L - 50 kAC curve 10 to 63 A 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 n In 3 phases networks (+ N) 400/415 V according to IEC 60947-2 n In 3 phases networks (+ N) 230/240 V according to IEC 60947-2 Fuses upstream gG type MCBs downstream 20 to 32 A 63 to 160 A 1 A to 100 100 DX 40 A 6000 - 10 kA C and D curves 50 A to 100 125 A 2 A to 100 100 DX-H 40 A 10000 - 25 kA B and C curves 50 A to 100 63 A 10 A to 100 100 40 A DX-L - 50 kA C curve 50 A to 100 63 A Fuses upstream gG type MCBs downstream 20 to 50 A 63 to 160 A 1 A to 100 100 DX 40 A 6000 - 10 kA C and D curves 50 A to 100 125 A 2 A to 100 100 DX-H 40 A 10000 - 25 kA B and C curves 50 A to 100 63 A 10 A to 100 100 40 A DX-L - 50 kA C curve 50 A to 100 63 A
46 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Electrical energy metering on door 146 61 047 79 146 65 Pack Cat. No. Analogue metering devices - panel mounting Ammeters Measure the intensity in amperes (A) of the current Connected via a 0 - 5 A output current transformer (CT) To be fitted with a measuring dial appropriate for the current to be measured 1 146 01 Square barrel 68 x 68 mm Measuring dial for ammeters Supplied by set of 2 (1 for round barrel, 1 for square barrel) 1 146 10 0 - 50 A 1 146 13 0 - 100 A 1 146 15 0 - 200 A 1 146 16 0 - 250 A 1 146 17 0 - 300 A 1 146 18 0 - 400 A 1 146 20 0 - 600 A 1 146 21 0 - 800 A 1 146 22 0 - 1000 A 1 146 66 0 - 1250 A 1 146 24 0 - 1500 A 1 146 25 0 - 2000 A 1 146 26 0 - 2500 A 1 146 28 0 - 4000 A Voltmeters Measure the voltage in volts (V) AC ou DC Scale: 0 - 500 V 1 146 61 Square barrel 68 x 68 mm Digital central measuring units Enables via a 0 - 5 A output current transformer (CT), measuring electrical values for low voltage applications Multi-function centrals For measuring: current and voltage per phase, frequency, power factor, active and reactive energy… Adapts to 3-phase balanced or unbalanced supplies with or without neutral Max. measurement: 8000 A 220 V 1 146 65 Standard 1 146 67 Communicating Modbus/JBUS Data speed transmission: 1200 to 9600 Bauds Pack Cat. No. Current transformers (CT) Used with ammeters, electricity meters and central measuring units Supply a current of 0 to 5 A to the secondary which is proportional to the primary current Can be fixed on plate, on rail 4 EN 60715, on bars Secondary joining with terminals for lugs, cage terminals Precision class: 1 % Single phase CT for bar 16 x 12.5 mm and cable Ø21 mm Transformation ratio Power (VA) 1 046 31 50/5 1.25 1 046 34 100/5 2.5 1 046 36 200/5 5.5 Single phase CT for bar 20.5 x 12.5 and 30 x 10.5 mm and cable Ø23 mm 1 047 75 300/5 11 Single phase CT for bar 40.5 x 10.5 mm and cable Ø35 mm 1 046 38 400/5 12 Single phase CT for bar 65 x 32 mm 1 047 76 600/5 12 1 047 77 800/5 15 1 047 78 1000/5 20 Single phase CT for bar 84 x 34 mm 1 047 79 1250/5 15 Single phase CT for bar 127 x 38 mm 1 046 45 1500/5 15 1 046 46 2000/5 20 Single phase CT for bar 127 x 54 mm 1 047 80 2500/5 50 1 046 48 4000/5 50
47 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Electrical energy metering on door Opening Opening Fixing center for cable for bar for fixing on Ø max. (mm) width x th. (mm) plate (mm) Single phase CT CT 50/5 100/5 Ø21 16 x 12.5 on rail EN 50022 200/5 20.5 x 12.5 CT 300/5 Ø23 25.5 x 11.5 50 x 45 30.5 x 10.5 CT 400/5 Ø35 40.5 x 10.5 54 x 45 CT 600/5 800/5 - 65 x 32 fix on bar 1000/5 CT 1250/5 - 84 x 34 fix on bar CT 1500/5 CT 2000/5 - 127 x 38 fix on bar CT 2500/5 - 127 x 54 fix on bar 4000/5 n Current transformer Degree of protection: IP 20Frequency: 50/60 HzDimensions n Analogue metering devices Frequency: 50/60 Hz Precision class: 1.5 % Operating temperature: - 10° C to + 40° C Storage temperature: - 20° C to + 80° C Consumption: ammeter: 1.1 VA voltmeter: 3 VA Connection capacity: 2 x 2.5 mm2 with screws or Conform to IEC 60051, VDE 0410, BS 89, EN 60051-1, cenelec HD 223 n Digital central measuring units • Precision class: voltage: ± 0.5 % current: ± 0.5 % power: ± 1.5 % power factor: ± 2 % frequency: ± 0.15 Hz Active energy: class 2 Reactive energy: class 3 Output: Energy pulse duration = 100 ms via volt free contact: - for 5 A, 1 pulse/Wh - from 20 to 150 A, 1 pulse/10 Wh - from 200 to 1600 A, 1 pulse/100 Wh - from 2000 to 8000 A, 1 pulse/kWh Breaking capacity 110 V ± / = - 50 mA 4-wire connection - 3 CT: • Consumption: voltage: 0.5 VA / phase current: 0.75 VA / phase• Auxiliary power supply: single-phase voltage 230 V (196 to 253 V) frequency 50 Hz (47 to 63 Hz) self consumption 6 VA - 3.5 W E C D A E A B Dimensions (mm) A B C D E 96x96 90x90 64.5 20 92x92 E 400 0 C D A E A B Input Output Supply 2 5 8 11 1 4 7 3 12 13 20 21 L1 L2 L3 N Dimensions (mm) A B C D E 72 66.5 44 12 68 ± 0,7 Cat. No. 146 01/61
48 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Electrical energy metering on rail 4 046 74 046 72 046 81 Measure the electrical energy consumed by a single phase or 3-phase circuit downstream of the metering of energy distributor Provide a clear display of the consumption in kWh Class I precision for energy active for Cat. No. 046 73 and 046 74 in accordance with IEC 62053-21/23 Class II precision for energy active for Cat. No. 046 81 and 046 72 in accordance with IEC 62053-21/23 (with a sealable box) 3-phase meters Display: LCD screen 8 digits, 1 unit: 0.01 kWh With pulse transmitter to feed back remote electrical energy consumption measurements via volt-free contact Partial counting with reset Number Direct connection of modules 1 046 73 Up to 63 A per phase 4 Power supply: - 230 V ± - 50/60 Hz (3 phase) - 400 V ± - 50/60 Hz (3 phase + N) Programmable pulse output: 1 x 200 ms pulse every 1 kWh (default value) Connection via a 0 - 5 A current transformer (CT) 1 046 74 Power supply: 4 - 230 V ± - 50/60 Hz (3 phase + N) - 400 V ± - 50/60 Hz (3 phase + N) Programmable pulse output: 1 x 200 ms pulse every 1 kWh (default value) Current transformation ratio: 50/5 to 8000/5 Pack Cat. No. Single phase meters Direct connection Power supply: 230 V ± - 50/60 Hz Number Without pulse transmitter of modules 1 046 81 Up to 32 A 2 Display: LCD screens 6 digits including 1 decimal place 1 unit = 0.1 kWh Partial counting with reset With pulse transmitter 1 046 72 Up to 63 A 2 Display: LCD screen 6 digits including 1 decimal place 1 unit: 0.1 kWh Partial counting with reset With pulse transmitter to feed back remote electronical energy consumption pulse output: 1 imp/10 Wh Dimensions (p. 100) 046 65 Pack Cat. No. Central measuring units Multi-function centrals Measure via a 0 - 5 A output current transformer (CT), electrical values for low voltage applications: For measuring current per phase, phase-to-phase voltage, frequency, power factor, instantaneous power (active, reactive, apparent), active and reactive energy Adapt to 3-phase balanced or unbalanced supplies with or without neutral 220 V - max. measurement: 8000 A 1 046 65 Standard 1 046 67 Communicating Modbus/JBUS Data speed transmission: 1200 to 9600 Bauds n Multi-function central unit Technical characteristicsDisplay: 3 green LED displays with manual selection: - Current per phase - Phase-to-phase voltage - Phase voltage - Instantaneous power: active, reactive and apparent - Frequency and power factor (inductive/capacitive indication) - Active energy Unit of measurement: display according to the CT ratios Automatic change of rating Energy metering: totalising 9 digits in kWh, resolution 10 WhInput: Voltage measurement consumption 1 VA per phase Current measurement consumption 0.5 VA per phaseAuxiliary power supply: Voltage 230 V single phase (+/- 10%) Frequency 50 Hz (47 to 63 Hz) Consumption 6 VA - 3.5 WOutput: Energy pulse: duration 100 ms Via volt free contactConnection 3 or 4-wire connection - 3 CT
49 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Rating (A) Devices 3 P 125 DPX-I 125 250 98 160 DPX-I 160 251 98 250 DPX-I 250 ER 252 98 250 DPX-I 250 253 98 400 DPX-I 630 255 86 630 DPX-I 630 255 88 800 DPX-I 1 600 257 94 1 250 DPX-I 1 600 257 96 1 600 DPX-I 1 600 257 98 DX-IS n Isolation with positive contact indication from 16 to 125 A n Tripping version (common DX auxiliaries) n Red handle: main device n Faulty contact indicator n Fixing on rail 2 VISTOP n Isolation with visible contact indication from 63 to 160 A n Fixing on 2 rail or on plate n External reversible side handle or front handle DPX-IS n Isolation with visible contact indication from 160 to 1 600 A n Fixing on 2 rail or on plate up to 250 A. Above 250 A, fix on plate n Tripping version (common DPX auxiliaries) Isolating switches Selection chart Without release Rating (A) Front handle Right-hand Left-hand side handle side handle 3 P 4 P 3 P 4 P 3 P 4 P 160 266 02 266 12 266 22 250 266 03 266 07 266 13 266 17 266 23 266 27 400 266 60 266 62 266 64 266 66 266 68 266 70 630 266 61 266 63 266 65 266 67 266 69 266 71 800 265 91 265 95 with release 1 000 265 92 265 96 with release 1 250 265 93 265 97 with release 1 600 265 94 265 98 with release DPX-IS VISIBLE LOAD BREAK SWITCHES Without release Rating (A) 1 P 2 P 3 P 4 P 16 043 01 043 21 20 043 02 043 22 043 42 043 62 32 043 05 043 25 043 45 043 65 40 043 07 043 27 043 47 043 67 63 043 10 043 30 043 50 043 70 100 043 14 043 34 043 54 043 74 125 043 38 043 58 043 78 DX-IS ISOLATING SWITCHES DPX-I TRIP-FREE SWITCHES VISTOP VISIBLE LOAD BREAK SWITCHES Black handle Rating (A) Front handle Side handle 3 P 4 P 3 P 4 P 63 225 12 225 15 225 16 225 18 100 225 20 225 22 225 25 225 27 125 225 34 225 39 225 44 225 46 160 225 51 225 53 225 54 225 56
50 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Vistop TM accessories for load break isolating switches Up to 160A Vistop TM isolating switches 63 to 160A Safety isolating switches with visible breaking of load and positive action of the contacts Double breaking of the phases by self-cleaning snap open/close action contacts Label holders for identification of the circuits Connection via cage terminals tightened by Allen key (except 63 A ; by PZ 2 screws) Screw-fixing or fixing on EN 50022 rail 4 (only on rail for 63 A Vistop) Two versions for mounting on faceplate: • With left or right external side handle with seal to maintain the IP protection (up to IP 55), mounting accessories, self-adhesive drilling template, adjustable extension rod (30 to 170 mm) • With direct or external front handle with Cat. No. 227 32 to be ordered separately Possibility of attaching a 2-pole - 16 A auxiliary isolating switch Cat. No. 227 22, or one or two N/C + N/O auxiliary Cat. No. 227 04/07 Pack Cat. No. 63 to 160A Front Side 63 A No of 17.5 mm handle handle modules 1 225 12 225 16 3-pole 7 1 225 15 225 18 4-pole 7 100 A 1 225 20 225 25 3-pole 7.5 1 225 22 225 27 4-pole 9 125 A 1 225 34 225 44 3-pole 7.5 1 225 39 225 46 4-pole 9 160 A 1 225 51 225 54 3-pole 7.5 1 225 53 225 56 4-pole 9 Pack Cat. No. Auxiliary contacts Set of 2 auxiliary switches for on/off signalling 5A/250V 1 227 04 Single pole auxiliary from 63A to 160A (1NO + 1NC) 1 227 07 Additional contact from 63A to 160A (2NO + 2NC) Door interlock facilities Extension shaft door interlock 1 227 32 For 63/100/125A /160 Vistop Sealable terminal shields 1 227 98 Set of 2 separate, sealable terminal shields Clip on upstream and/or downstream of Vistop 100 to 160 A 1 227 22 2P 16A Contact (Switch module) for Vistop 100/125/160A 225 18 225 15 DPX-I 125 to 1 600 A Trip-free switches Conform to IEC 60947-3 Category of use AC 23 A Can be associated to earth leakage modules or to corresponding DPX residual current relays Mount on rail 2 up to DPX 250 ER Connection identical to corresponding DPX Pack Cat.No DPX-I 125 3P In 1 250 98 125 A DPX-I 250 ER 3P In 1 251 98 160 A DPX-I 250 ER 3P In 1 252 96 160 A 1 252 98 250 A DPX-I 250 3P In 1 253 98 250 A DPX-I 630 3P In 1 255 86 400 A 1 255 88 630 A DPX-I 1 600 3P In 1 257 96 1 250 A 1 257 98 1 600 A 250 98 255 88
51 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list 63 66 45 83 C2 C1 32 50 C1 C1 C1 C 8 22,5 24 22 44 6 60 16 022525-35471c.eps Vistop TM 63 to 160 A Isolating switch 2 rail mounting Conform to standards NF C 63-130, NF EN 60947-3, IEC 60947-3, BS EN 60947-3, VDE 0660, NBN EN 60947-3,CNOMO E03 - 15-611 R, Veritas approvedVersion with red handle/yellow front plate conforms to standards NF C 79-130, VDE 0113, IEC 60204-I, EN 60204Glass fibre reinforced insulating casing, self-extinguishing at 960° C (IEC NF EN 60695-2-1)Handle can be padlocked in open position using 1-3 padlocks Ø 6 mmVistop TM 63 to 160 A - visible contact indication Accept auxiliary contacts N/C + N/O (cat. No 227 04/07) 1 or 2 (side handle) Front handle Side handle Front handle External side handle 63 A 100 A, 125 A, 160 A 63 A 100 A, 125 A, 160 A 3 and 4-pole 3P 4 P 3 and 4-pole 3 P 4 P C 125 133 160 125 133 160 C 1 17.7 26.7 17.7 26.7 C 2 90 91 90 91 Electrical characteristics Thermal rating (Ith) 63 A 100 A 125 A 160 A Terminals cage cage cage cage Connec- Cu(flexible) 4 to 35 2 4 to 50 mm 2 tion Cu (rigid) 4 to 50 2 4 to 70 mm 2 Insulating voltage (Ui) 690 V ± 800 V ± 800 V ± 800 V ± Impulse resistant voltage (U imp) 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV AC 22 A 400 V 63 A (35 kW) 100 A (55 kW) 125 A (70 kW) 160 A (88 kW) AC 23 A (1) 500 V 63 A (44 kW) 100 A (69 kW) 125 A (87 kW) 160 A (110 kW) 690 V 40 A (38 kW) 100 A (96 kW) 125 A (120 kW) 125 A (120 kW) DC 22 A/250 V (1) (2) 63 125 125 16 A DC 23 A/250 V (1) (2) 63 125 125 10 A Breaking capacity (Icu) (kA peak) 15 15 15 15 1 s resistant current (kA rms) (Icw) 2,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 Icc with fuses 100 100 100 80 (kA rms) Fuse rupture 63 A 100 A (gG) 125 A (gG) 160 A (gG) capacity 63 A (aM) (3) 125 A (aM) (3) 125 A (aM) Short circuit capacity (kA prospective peak) 7 12 12 12 (Icm) Mechanical endurance 30 000 30 000 30 000 30 000 (No of operations) IP 2x B Index of Protection (IP 3x C under IP 2x B (IP 3x C under frontplate) from 10 mm 2 frontplates) (1) Test conditions accordance with IEC 60947-3 AC = alternating current. DC = direct current. A = for frequent switching AC 22 A/DC 22 A : resistive motor breaking AC 23 A/DC 23 A : inductive motor breaking (2) N° of breaking contacts: 2(3) 100 A (aM) with blade type cartridge fuses(4) Values correspond to the device mounted on Vistop 100 - 125 - 160 A(5) Early break type of “AC” n Example of mounting with Vistop 100 to 160 A Isolating switch Vistop Front external handle Cat.No 227 32 Padlock Cat.No 227 97 (1) Test according to IEC 60947-3 AC 22 A / DC 22 A: resistive motor breaking AC 23 A / DC 23 A: inductive motor breaking (2) 32 A (20 kW) for AC 22 A 20 A (14 kW) for AC 23 A (3) No of breaking contacts: 2(4) 100 A (aM) with blade type cartridge fuses 63 45 78 83 C2 2 2 4 4 6 6 0 7 4 9 8 C C 1 0 2 2 5 1 2 -5 9 2 5 3 c .e p s
52 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM -IS 250 isolating switches 160 to 250 A 266 07 262 39 266 17 Isolating switches for on-load circuit breaking by visible isolation and positive action of the contacts Padlock integrated in the handle Connection with cage terminals Supplied with terminal shields Conform to IEC 60947-3 Category of use AC 23 A Accept the same electrical auxiliaries as the DPX (p. 29) Accessories Cage terminals 1 262 88 (1) Set of 4 For cable 185 mm 2 (rigid) or 150 mm 2 (flexible) for DPX 250 ER and DPX-IS 250 Spreaders 1 273 22 Set of upstream and downstream spreaders Rear terminals 3P 4P Used to convert the fixed version with front terminals to the fixed version with rear terminals 1 265 10 Set of upstream and downstream terminals Terminal shields 1 262 87 Set of 2 1 262 99 Rail height spacer fits on Din Rail used to mount on the same row DX and DPX/DPX-IS Pack Cat. No. DPX-IS without release 3P 4P Front handle 1 266 02 160 A 1 266 03 266 07 250 A Right-hand side handle 1 266 12 160 A 1 266 13 266 17 250 A Left-hand side handle 1 266 22 160 A 1 266 23 266 27 250 A Mounting on rail 4 Rail 4 fixing plate 1 262 39 For mounting DPX-IS 250 Pack Cat. No. Rotary handles Vari-depth handle IP 55 Comprising: connecting rod, bracket, self-adhesive drilling template, fixing accessories (seal to maintain the IP protection up to IP 55, door lock mechanism) 1 266 86 For front and side handle device (1) Can not be mounted on side by side mounted earth leakage modules 160 A
53 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM -IS 250 isolating switches n Electrical characteristics Right lateral handle n Dimensions Front handle n Mounting Mounted on rail with plate Rating 160 A 250 A Connection Cu flexible 150 mm 2 Cu rigid / Alu 185 mm 2 Copper bar Width max. 28 mm Nominal rating (Ue) 690 V ± - 250 V = Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 800 V ± Rated impulse withstand 8 kV ± voltage (Uimp) AC 23 A 400 V ± 160 A 250 A 690 V ± 160 A 160 A AC 22 A 690 V ± 160 A 250 A Short-circuit making capacity (kA efficient) 40 kA (Icm) I admissible ls (Icw) 12 kA efficient I admissible with fuse (Icc) 100 kA efficient Max. rating of fuse gG 160 A 250 A aM 160 A 160 A Rated closing capacity on short circuit (kA peak) 40 kA (Icm) Endurance mechanical 25000 operations electrical 2500 operations (AC 23 - 400 V ± ) Index of protection IP 20 front panel Mounted on rail Din With terminal shields Left lateral handle 72.5 105 70 40.5 11.5 35 45 74 8.5 1 75 76.5 42 27 195 138 35 129 258 138 60 140 195 55 72.5 85.5 74 40.5 11.5 105 70 35 45 42 160 195 35 28 max. 35 35 35 74 18 18 Ø18 max. 10 max. 10 max. 8 1-6 40.4 45 M4 11.5 17.5 35 35 138 77 90° 74 8 1.5 32 42 45 M4 77 50 min. 300 max. 11.5 Plate 262 39 Spacer 262 99 Distribution terminal 048 68 162 74 8 195 227 35 17.5 35 35 45 35 35 35 132 42 77 138 M4 107 90° 162 74 8 195 227 35 17.5 35 35 45 35 35 35 132 42 77 138 M4 107 90°
54 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX TM -IS 630 isolating switches 400 to 630 A 266 62 266 70 262 50 Isolating switches for on-load circuit breaking by visible isolation and positive action of the contacts Padlock integrated in the handle Supplied with terminal shields, and cage terminals Conform to IEC 60947-3 Category of use AC 23 A Accept the same electrical auxiliaries as the DPX (p. 29) Pack Cat. No. DPX-IS without release 3P 4P Front handle 1 266 60 266 62 400 A 1 266 61 266 63 630 A Right-hand side handle 1 266 64 266 66 400 A 1 266 65 266 67 630 A Left-hand side handle 1 266 68 266 70 400 A 1 266 69 266 71 630 A Rotary handles Comprising: connecting rod, bracket, self-adhesive drilling template, fixing accessories (seal to maintain the IP protection up to IP 55, door lock mechanism) 1 266 86 For front and side handle device Pack Cat. No. Accessories Cage terminals 1 262 50 Set of 4 terminals for cable 300 mm 2 max.(rigid) or 240 mm 2 max.(flexible) 3P 4P Spreaders 1 262 48 262 49 Set of incoming or outgoing spreaders Rear terminals Used to convert the fixed version with front terminals to the fixed version with rear 1 263 50 263 51 Set of incoming and outgoing swivel rear terminals 1 263 52 263 53 Set of incoming and outgoing flat rear terminals Sealable terminal shields 1 262 45 Set of 2 Padlock For locking mechanism in open position 1 266 97 Ronis
55 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX-IS TM 630 Technical characteristics Rating 400 A 630 A Terminals cage Cu flexible 1 x 240 or 2 x 185 mm 2 Connection Cu rigid 1 x 240 or 2 x 185 mm 2 Copper bar Width max 32 mm Nominal Rating (Ue) 690 V ac Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 800 V ac Rated impulse withstand 8 kV ac voltage (Uimp) 400 V ac 400 A 630 A AC 23 A 500 V ac 400 A 630 A 690 V ac 400 A 630 A AC 22 A 690 V ac 400 A 630 A I admissible ls (Icw) 20 kA RMS I admissible with fuse 100 kA (kA efficient) (Icc) Max. rating of fuse gG 400 A 630 A Max. rating of fuse aM 400 A 630 A Short-circuit making capacity (kA efficient) 40 kA (Icm) Mechanical endurance 15 000 operations Electrical endurance 1 500 operations (AC 23 400 V ac) Index of protection IP 20 front panel Dimensions Front handle Right lateral handle Front handle with terminal shields 2 6 2 4 2 -5 8 0 9 4 c .e p s 200 65. 3 2 6 5 1 8 3 .2 8 1 .8 1 0 5 1 1 6 3 8 .7 1 1 42 94 165. 3 330. 6 1 3 0 .5 8 7 4 3 .5 1 0 8 .2 Left lateral handle 26242-58092c.eps 297.4 49 5 M 06 1 83 1 00 2 265 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 26.4 105 17 0 9 23 1 24 181 43.5 48.1 0 26242-58093c.eps 297.4 49 5 M 06 1 83 1 00 2 265 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 26.4 105 17 0 9 23 1 24 181 43.5 48.1 0 26242-58091c.eps 5 M 83 1 00 2 265 43.5 43.5 43.5 43.5 26.4 105 38.2 24 17 6 6 28 28 .x a m 5 1 11 0 9 43.5 48.1 32 max. Ø 25 max. 0
56 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DPX-IS 1 600 isolating switches DPX-IS 1 600 isolating switches 800 to 1 600 A 265 98 262 65 Isolating switches for on-load circuit breaking by visible isolation and positive action of the contacts Connection with cage terminals Padlock integrated in the handle Supplied with terminal shields Conform to IEC 60947-3 Category of use AC 23 A Pack Cat. No. DPX-IS with release Supplied without shunt release Can be associated with a residual current relay with separate coil 3 P 4 P Front handle 1 265 91 800 A 1 265 92 1 000 A 1 265 93 265 97 1 250 A 1 265 94 265 98 1 600 A Connection accessories Cage terminals 1 262 69 Set of 1 terminal for cables 2 x 240 mm 2 max. (rigid) or 2 x 185 mm 2 max. (flexible) 1 262 70 Set of terminal for cables 4 x 240 mm 2 max. (rigid) or 4 x 185 mm 2 max. (flexible) Spreaders For increasing the distance between each 3 P 4 P pole to be connected 1 262 73 262 74 Set of upstream or downstream spreaders Rear terminals Set of 6 (or 8) rear terminals, upstream or downstream 1 263 80 263 82 Short terminals 1 263 81 Long terminals Extended front terminals 1 262 67 Short terminals 1 262 68 Long terminals Common auxiliaries to DPX (p. 29) Mounting accessories 3 P 4 P Sealable terminal shields 1 262 64 262 65 Set of 2 short terminal shields Insulation shields Used to isolate the connections between each pole 1 262 66 Set of 3 insulation shields n Electrical characteristics Rating 800 A 1 000 A 1 250 A 1 600 A Cu flexible 2 x 185 mm 2 or 4 x 185 mm 2 Connection Cu rigide 2 x 240 mm 2 or 4 x 240 mm 2 Alu 2 x 240 mm 2 or 4 x 240 mm 2 Copper bar 50 mm or 80 mm Nominal rating (Ue) 690 V± Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 690 V± Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 8 kV± 400 V± 800 A 1 000 A 1 250 A 1 600 A AC 23 A 500 V± 800 A 1 000 A 1 250 A 1 600 A 690 V± 800 A 1 000 A 1 250 A 1 600 A DC 23 A 250 V± 800 A 1 000 A 1 250 A 1 600 A I admissible is for 1s (Icw) 20 kA RMS I admissible with fuse (Icc) 100 kA RMS Max. rating of fuse 800 A 1 000 A 1 250 A 1 600 A Short-circuit making capacity (kA peak) (Icm) 40 kA Mechanical endurance 10 000 Electrical endurance (AC 23 A - 400 V ± ) 3 000 3 000 2 000 2 000 Index of protection IP 20 front panel n Dimensions 3P Without handle extension 205100 140 149 191.3 238.7 210 105 105 With handle extension 74 60 320 278 148 85 130 190 35 35 205100 140 149 191.3 207 210 105 105 94 50 205100 140 149 191,3 207 210 105 105
57 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Proximity switching 63 to 160 A Proximity switching 63 to 160 A IP65 n Full load switch units 63 to 160 A Electrical characteristicsIdentical to corresponding Vistop isolating switch 226 37 226 17 For on-load circuit breaking, isolation and locking in 0 position equipment located remotely Applications: • breaking of CMV (controlled mechanical ventilation) motors, fixed or moving machines, air-conditioners) Can also be used as a: • general switch • emergency stop Pack Cat. No. Full load switch units 63 to 160 A Comprising: - IP 65 plastic box with transparent hinged cover equipped with a Vistop with side red handle, yellow front plate with N/C + N/O auxiliary contact - earth terminal (Viking 3) 63 A - IK 07 Supplied with 2 cable glands 29P - ISO 32 1 226 15 3P cage terminals 50 mm 2 1 226 17 4P 50 mm 2 flexible 50 mm 2 70 mm 2 rigid 100 A - IK 07 Supplied with 2 cable glands 36P - ISO 50 1 226 25 3P cage terminals 50 mm 2 1 226 27 4P 50 mm 2 flexible 50 mm 2 70 mm 2 rigid 125 A - IK 07 Supplied with 2 cable glands 36P - ISO 50 1 226 33 3P cage terminals 50 mm 2 1 226 34 4P 50 mm 2 flexible 50 mm 2 70 mm 2 rigid 160 A - IK 07 Supplied with 2 cable glands 36P - ISO 50 1 226 35 3P cage terminals 50 mm 2 1 226 37 4P 50 mm 2 flexible 50 mm 2 70 mm 2 rigid E B C A D Switch units Cat. No. Characteristics 63 A 226 15/17 Vistop 63 A 100 A 226 25/27 Vistop 100 A 125 A 226 33/34 Vistop 125 A 160 A 226 35/37 Vistop 160 A Dimensions Cat. No. A B C D E 226 15/17 63 A 290 190 263 95 102 226 25/27/33/34 100/125 A 332 262 316 132 132 226 35/37 160 A 382 292 346 132 132
58 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Isolating fuse carriers 005790n Blow-out indi- cator Dimensions (p. 100) Conform to standard IEC 60269-2/2.1 and to NF C 63-210. Isolators conform to IEC 60947-3. Icc: - 20 kA with 8.5 x 31.5 cartridge fuse - 100 kA with 10 x 38 cartridge fuse Fuse not supplied Pack Cat. No. Modular fuse carriers Cartridge dimensions Voltage Number (mm) of 17.5 mm modules Single pole 10 058 06 (1) 8.5 x 32 400 V ± 1 10 058 08 10 x 38 500 V ± 1 Single pole + neutral 10 058 18 10 x 38 500 V ± 1 Double pole 5 058 28 10 x 38 500 V ± 2 3-pole 3 058 38 10 x 38 500 V ± 3 3-pole + neutral 2 058 48 10 x 38 500 V ± 4 Accessories 10 057 90 Blow-out indicator 250 V ± 1 057 96 Early break N/O + N/C contact auxiliary 5 A - 250 V ± (0.5 mod.) 3 057 99 Padlock support suitable for ø4mm padlocks picto loupe-65765j.eps 058 06 058 28 (1) Previously 8.5 x 31.5 FUSE CARRIERS Practical and completely safe Each fuse carrier is designed to take: - a blow-out indicator - a padlock Cartridge totally visible Class II insulation along the entire length of the carrier 21143j.eps
59 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list SP fuse carriers With protected terminals 216 01 215 04 Conform to IEC 60269-2 Veritas approved Height under front plate : 44 mm 3 rail mounting or panel mounting IP2X - IP2XC under front plate Pack Cat. No. SP 51 for HRC fuses 14 x 51 Connection No of 17.5 mm modules 5 215 01 Single pole 1 x 35 mm 2 1.5 or 1 215 04 Triple pole 2 x 16 mm 2 4.5 SP 58 for HRC fuses 22 x 58 3 216 01 Single pole 1 x 50 mm 2 2 or 1 216 04 Triple pole 2 x 25 mm 2 6 With 5 A - 250 V ± changeover micro-switch Signalling and cut-out functions Supplied with 3 x 2.8 mm clips 1 216 36 Triple pole 1 x 50 mm 2 6 or 2 x 25 mm 2 Accessory Link handle for association of single pole units 5 216 96 SP 51 or SP 58 Length 300 mm Can be cut to required length HRC cartridge fuses 021696-5068n.eps SP 51 and SP 58 Choice of equipment Maximum cartridge Type Rated current rating 400 V± 500 V± 690 V± gG aM gG aM gG aM SP 51 50 A 50 50 50 40 25 25 SP 58 100 A (125 A in 400 V) 125 125 100 100 50 50 In mm J L N U U U V V V V W W multi. 2 P 3 P 4 P 1 P 2 P 3 P 4 P 1 P multi. SP 51 99 20.7 9 26.5 53 79.5 26.5 53 79.5 106 87 90 SP 58 114 27 9 36 72 108 36 72 108 144 101 109 In mm A B B 1 B 2 C E G H H J 1 P multi. 1 P SP 51 106 54.5 45 35 51.5 55 53 81 84 96 --- SP 58 140 74 65 45 66 59 53 87 90 111 021605-26220c.eps J H G A C B B 1 B 2 A C B B 2 B 1 ø4.4 44 E W N L L ø 4.4 U V V These values are standardised according to IEC 60269-2/2-1 They can be reduced under certain specific applications This coefficient is to be applied on the nominal rating of the base (IEC 60439-1) • Uninterrupted usage: it may be necessary to upgrade the bases by one size Index of protection: IP 2X - IP 2XC - under casingEquipment deratingRecommended for equipment exposed to high temperatures:• Ambient temperature over 35° C: derate fuse by one rating per 10° C (UTE C 20-051 IEC 60943)• Side-by-side equipment in simultaneous function 2 - 3 devices 0.9 x ln 4 - 5 devices 0.8 x ln 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 devices 0.7 x ln ≥ 10 devices 0.6 x ln SP fuse carriers With protected terminals
60 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Domestic cartridge fuses Cylindrical - without indicator Rating Voltage ± Rupture Protected (Amps) (Volts) capacity section (Amps) (mm2) Copper 6.3 x 23 10 103 06 (1) 6 230 6 000 1.5 8.5 x 23 10 113 02 2 10 113 04 4 10 113 06 6 230 6 000 1.5 10 113 10 10 10.3 x 25.8 10 116 06 (2) 6 10 116 10 (2) 10 230 6 000 2.5 10 116 16 (2) 16 8.5 x 31.5 10 123 01 1 10 123 02 2 10 123 04 4 10 123 06 6 10 123 08 8 400 20 000 2.5 10 123 10 10 10 123 12 12 10 123 16 16 10 123 20 20 10.3 x 31.5 10 126 16 16 10 126 20 20 400 20 000 4 10 126 25 25 10.3 x 38 10 133 32 32 400 20 000 6 Neutral links 10 123 00 8.5 x 31.5 10 133 00 10 x 38 Pack Cat. No. Miniature type 5 x 20 Instant reaction fuse - Ceramic bodyConform to IEC 60127 - NF EN 60127 - VDE 0820-1 High rupture capacity (A)For use with dimmers, Viking terminals and emergency lighting units Rating Voltage ± Rupture (Amps) (Volts) capacity (Amps) 10 102 02 0.2 10 102 05 0.5 10 102 06 0.63 10 102 10 1.0 10 102 12 1.25 10 102 16 1.6 10 102 20 2.0 250 1500 10 102 25 2.5 10 102 30 3.15 10 102 50 5.0 10 102 63 6.3 10 102 96 (1) 10.0 250 500 102 63 103 06 (1) Overrating not described by standards (2) Conform to BS 1361 (1971) Domestic fuse carriers Dimensions (p. 100) With label-holders With insulated carrier class II O, padlockable Coupling via supply busbars Shielded terminals capacity 2 x 10 mm² Indicator to signal blown fuse with Cat. No. 057 90 Pack Cat. No. For domestic cylindrical cartridge fuses Conform to NF C 61-203 and IEC 60269-3/3.1 Fuse not supplied Single pole For Cartridge Number domestic dimensions of 17.5 mm cartridges (mm) modules 10 058 10 10 A - 230 V ± 8.5 x 23 1 10 058 11 16 A 10.3 x 25.8 1 10 058 12 20 A - 400 V ± 8.5 x 31.5 1 10 058 13 25 A 10.3 x 31.5 1 10 058 14 32 A 10.3 x 38 1 Single pole + neutral 10 058 21 16 A - 230 V ± 10.3 x 25.8 1 10 058 24 32 A- 400 V ± 10.3 x 38 1 10 058 20 10A - 230 V ± 8.5 x 23 1 10 058 22 20A - 400 V ± 8.5 x 31.5 1 For miniature cylindrical cartridge fuses To protect sensitive equipment: transformers, electronic equipment, etc. Conform to standard IEC 60127-6 Fuse not supplied (see opposite) Single pole Cartridge Voltage Number dimensions of 17.5 mm (mm) modules 5 058 00 5 x 20 250 V ± 1 058 14 058 21 058 24 058 11 picto loupe-65765j.eps
61 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list HRC cartridge fuses Technical data and dimensions (p. 64 - 65) 133 08 143 10 153 96 120 04 140 12 150 50 picto loupe-65765j.eps Neutral links 10 123 00 8 x 32 (previously 8.5 x 31.5) 10 133 00 10 x 38 10 143 00 14 x 51 10 153 00 22 x 58 (1) Overrating described by standards (2) Overrating not described by standards Pack Cat. No. Cylindrical type gG Conform to EN 60269-1, IEC 60269-1, and 2 Veritas approved 8 x 32 (previously 8.5 x 31.5) Without Rating Voltage ± Rupture capacity indicator (Amps) (Volts) (Amps) 10 123 01 1 10 123 02 2 10 123 04 4 10 123 06 6 400 20000 10/100 123 10 10 10 10 10/100 123 16 16 Without indicator 10 x 38 HRC 10 133 94 0.5 10 133 01 1 10 133 02 2 10 133 04 4 10 133 06 6 10 133 08 8 500 100000 10 133 10 10 10 133 16 16 10 133 20 20 10 133 25 25 Without striker 14 x 51 HRC 10 143 02 2 10 143 04 4 10 143 06 6 10 143 10 10 10 143 16 16 10 143 20 20 500 100000 10 143 25 2 10 143 32 32 10 143 40 40 10 143 50 (1) 50 Without striker 22 x 58 HRC 10 153 16 16 10 153 20 20 10 153 25 25 10 153 32 32 10 153 40 40 100000 10 153 50 50 500 10 153 63 63 10 153 80 80 10 153 96 100 10 153 97 (1) 125 400 Pack Cat. No. Cylindrical type aM (motor rated) Conform to EN 60269-1, IEC 60269-1 and 2 Veritas approved Rating Voltage ± Rupture capacity (Amps) (Volts) (Amps) Without indicator 10 x 38 HRC 10 130 95 0.50 10 130 01 1 10 130 02 2 10 130 04 4 10 130 06 6 10 130 08 8 500 100000 10 130 10 10 10 130 12 12 10 130 16 16 10 130 20 (2) 20 400 10 130 25 (2) 25 400 Without striker 14 x 51 HRC 10 140 08 8 10 140 10 10 10 140 12 12 500 100000 10 140 16 16 10 140 20 20 10 140 25 25 10 140 32 32 10 140 40 40 10 140 50 (1) 50 400 Without striker 22 x 58 HRC 10 150 25 25 10 150 32 32 10 150 40 40 10 150 50 50 500 100000 10 150 63 63 10 150 80 80 10 150 96 100 10 150 97 125 400 Isolating fuse carriers 8.5 x 32 and 10 x 38 (p. 58)
62 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list HRC blade type cartridge fuses gG/aM type 168 35 171 60 (with striker) Pack Cat. No. Type gG (IEC) / gL (VDE) Conform to EN 60269-1 IEC 60269-1, 2 and VDE 0636-1 Veritas approved Fully insulated end plate and handle lugs Rating Voltage ± Rupture capacity With With (Amps) (Volts) (Amps) indicator striker Size 00 10 163 18 25 10 163 20 32 10 163 22 35 10 163 25 40 10 163 30 50 500 120000 10 163 35 63 10 163 40 80 10 163 45 100 10 163 50 125 10 163 55 160 Size 0 3 168 35 63 3 168 40 80 3 168 45 100 500 120000 3 168 50 125 3 168 55 160 3 168 60 (1) 200 Size 1 3 173 50 125 3 173 55 160 500 120000 3 173 60 200 3 173 65 250 Size 2 3 178 60 200 3 178 65 250 500 120000 3 178 70 315 3 178 75 400 Size 3 3 181 25 500 500 120000 3 181 30 630 Pack Cat. No. Type aM (motor rated) Conform to EN 60269-1 IEC 60269-1, 2 and VDE 0636-1 Veritas approved Fully insulated end plate and handle lugs Rating Voltage ± Rupture capacity With With (Amps) (Volts) (Amps) indicator striker Size 00 3 160 25 40 3 160 30 50 3 160 35 63 500 120000 3 160 40 80 3 160 45 100 3 160 50 125 400 Size 0 3 166 35 63 3 166 40 80 3 166 45 100 500 120000 3 166 50 125 3 166 55 160 Size 1 3 170 50 171 50 125 3 170 55 171 55 160 500 120000 3 170 60 171 60 200 3 170 65 171 65 250 Size 2 3 175 60 176 60 200 3 175 65 176 65 250 500 120000 3 175 70 176 70 315 3 175 75 176 75 400 Size 3 3 180 25 180 75 500 500 120000 3 180 30 180 80 630 Neutral blades 10 163 04 Size 00 1 168 04 Size 0 1 173 04 Size 1 1 178 04 Size 2 1 181 04 Size 3 Technical data and dimensions (p. 64) 178 65 (1) Overrating not described by standards
63 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Blade type cartridge fuses Bases 160 05 160 00 199 16 Terminal shield 199 22 175 02 base + cartridge size 2 Cat. No. 178 70 + handle 199 02 Technical data and dimensions (p. 64) picto loupe-65765j.eps Pack Cat. No. Bases for blade type DIN fuses Screw mounting Number of Size pole Amps 3 160 00 00 1 P 100 A 1 160 04 00 3 P 100 A 3 162 00 00 1 P 125/160 A 1 162 04 00 3 P 125/160 A DIN rail mounting 3 160 01 00 1 P 100 A 1 160 05 00 3 P 100 A DIN rail or screw mounting 3 165 00 0 1 P 160 A 3 165 02 0 1 P 160 A 1 165 03 0 3 P 160 A 3 170 00 1 1 P 250 A 1 170 02 1 1 P 250 A 1 170 03 1 3 P 250 A 3 175 00 2 1 P 400 A 1 175 02 2 1 P 400 A 1 175 03 2 3 P 400 A Pack Cat No. Accessories 5 199 02 Handle for all sizes Separation dividers 10 199 09 Size 00 (for cat. No 160 01 and cat. No 162 00) 10 199 15 Size 0 10 199 16 Size 1 10 199 17 Size 2 2 199 18 Size 3Terminal shieldsFor fuse bases 10 199 20 Size 00 10 199 21 Size 0 10 199 22 Size 1 10 199 23 Size 2
64 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Cartridge fuses n HRC cylindrical n Blade type Note: Force of striker at the beginning of stroke 1.9 kg and 1 kg at the end according to NF C 63-213 n Bases for blade type Size 0 to 3Single pole Cat. No. 160 01 - 162 00 A B C D L E K N H C B G F A D 2 D 1 M J I Size (mm) A B C D 8 x 32 8.5 31.5 6.3 - 10 x 38 10.3 38 10 - 14 x 51 14.3 51 13 7.5 22 x 58 22.2 58 16 7.5 Size (mm) 00 0 1 2 3 A 78 125 135 150 150 B 44 62 64 64 61 C 52 67 74 74 75 D1 30 36 47 50 70 D2 - 39 47 50 64 E 46 46 52 60 75 F - 14 14 14 14 G 2.5 2.5 3 3 2.5 H 15 15 21 28 36 I 6 6 6 6 6 J - 14.5 16 19 23 K - 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 L 59 59 64 72 88 M 10 10 10 10 10 N 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 18 R L M S H O P G I N J K D C F B A Q E 36 100 120 84 57 Ø7.5 Ø15.5 39 10 57.5 M8 37.5 20 25 100 Ø7.5 Ø15.5 68 25 84 57 120 57.5 37.5 51.5 20 6 10 M8 102 25 A B B C D Triple pole Cat. No. 160 05 - 162 04 n Removable handle Size 0 to 3 (continued)Single pole with micro-switch Size 0 - 1 - 2Triple pole Sizes 0 to 3Single pole without micro-switch 124 83 23 Size (mm) 0 1 2 3 A 171 200 225 250 B 150 175 200 210 C 47 59 67 82 D 20 25 30 41 E - 30 30 30 F 25 25 25 25 G 125 150 170 158 H 75 80 80 83 I 23 28 32 35 J 68 68 83 92 K 24 35 35 35 L 43 46 58 68 M 28 38 39 40 N 11.5 13.5 13.5 14 O 14 20 20 20 P 7.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 Q 8 10 10 12 R 96 107 121 110 S 180 224 240 266 Size (mm) 0 1 2 3 A 171 200 225 250 B 150 175 200 210 C 63 72 78 91 D 20 25 30 41 E - 30 30 30 F 25 25 25 25 G 125 150 170 158 H 75 80 80 83 I 23 28 32 35 J 68 68 83 92 K 24 35 35 35 L 43 46 58 68 M 28 38 39 40 N 11.5 13.5 13.5 14 O 14 20 20 20 P 7.5 10.5 10.5 10.5 Q 8 10 10 12 R 75 85 90 94 S 198 215 229 242 Size (mm) 0 1 2 A 171 200 225 B 48 62.5 68 C 144 180 204 D 67 81 93
65 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Selection between cartridge fuses (according to IEC 60269-2-1) Upstream Downstream rating maximum rating determined according to class gG cartridge fuse and voltage to obtain selection (A) aM gG 2 4 1 1 6 2 2 8 2 2 10 2 4 12 2 4 16 4 6 20 6 10 25 8 16 32 10 20 35 12 20 40 12 25 50 16 32 63 20 40 80 25 50 100 36 63 125 40 80 160 63 100 200 80 125 250 125 160 315 125 200 400 160 250 500 200 315 630 250 400 Upstream Downstream rating maximum rating determined according to class aM cartridge fuse and voltage to obtain selection (A) aM gG 2 1 1 4 2 4 6 2 6 8 4 8 10 6 10 12 6 12 16 10 16 20 12 20 25 12 25 32 20 32 36 20 32 40 25 32 50 25 40 63 40 50 80 50 63 100 63 80 125 80 100 160 100 125 200 125 160 250 160 160 315 200 200 400 250 250 500 315 315 630 400 400 Selection charts n How to select a protection system ? Depending on the type of failure, overload or short-circuit, use 2 series of data 1. Overloads: use the operating zone curves of the different protection devices. On the same row, the operating zones should not overlap 2. Short-circuits: use the ∫i 2 t tables. The total ∫i 2 t of the protection system the furthest downstream must be less than the upstream protection pre-arc ∫i 2 t n Motor protection n Example of good selection (1) 400 V max. Motor three-phase Cartridges 230 V 400 V 500 V 10 x 38 14 x 51 22 x 58 S. 00 S. 0 S. 1 S. 2 S. 3 ratings ratings ratings ratings ratings ratings ratings ratings kW Hp In A kW Hp In A kW Hp In A gG aM gG aM gG aM gG aM gG aM gG aM gG aM gG aM 0.37 0.5 1.03 0.75 1 1.5 4 2 4 2 0.37 0.5 1.8 0.75 1 2 1.5 2 2.6 6 4 6 4 0.75 1 3.5 1.5 2 3.5 2.2 3 3.8 8 4 8 4 1.1 1.5 4.4 2.2 3 5 3.7 5 5.9 12 6 12 6 1.8 2.5 7 3 4 6.6 4 5.5 6.5 16 8 16 8 16 2.2 3 8.7 4 5.5 8.5 5.5 7.5 9 20 10 20 10 20 3 4 11.5 5.5 7.5 11.5 7.5 10 12 25 12 25 12 25 25 4 5.5 14.3 7.5 10 15.5 11 15 18.4 20 (1) 32 20 32 20 32 20 5.5 7.5 20 11 15 22 15 20 23 20 (1) 50 25 50 25 50 25 7.5 10 27 15 20 30 18.5 25 28.5 32 50 32 50 32 10 13.5 35 18.5 25 37 25 34 39.4 40 63 40 63 40 63 11 15 39 22 30 44 30 40 45 50 (1) 80 50 80 50 80 15 20 52 25 34 51 40 54 60 100 63 100 63 100 63 18.5 25 64 30 40 60 45 60 65 80 125 80 125 80 125 22 30 75 37 50 72 51 70 75 80 125 80 125 80 125 25 35 85 45 60 85 63 109 89 100 160 100 160 100 160 30 40 103 55 75 105 80 110 112 125 (1) 125 200 125 200 125 200 45 60 147 75 100 138 110 150 156 160 250 160 250 55 75 182 90 125 170 132 180 187 200 315 200 75 100 239 110 150 205 160 220 220 250 400 250 80 160 260 132 180 245 220 300 310 315 90 125 295 160 218 300 315 110 150 356 200 270 370 250 340 360 400 132 180 425 250 340 475 335 450 472 500 160 218 520 315 430 584 450 610 608 630
66 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Blade cartridge fuses gG and aM types n Rupture capacity curves gG type aM type n gG (1) type limitation curve Total maximum thermal stress for critical currentPre-arc thermal stress for critical current n Consumption in watts when hot, at rated current Cartridge fuses Fuse gG aM ratings (A) Size 00 Size 0 to 4 Size 00 Size 0 to 4 25 2.1 1.3 32 3 1.8 35 3 40 3.3 4.2 2.5 50 4.5 5.5 3 63 6 6.5 3.6 3.9 80 7 8.5 5.2 5.5 100 7.5 9.5 6 6.5 125 13 12 7 8.5 160 15 15 11.5 200 19 13.5 250 23 17 315 24 24 400 33 28 500 36 34 630 45 41 10 000 1 000 100 10 0.1 0.01 10 000 1 000 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 1 10 100 1 000 10 000 100 000 Time in seconds Current in Amps 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 1 25 10 000 000 1 000 000 100 000 10 000 1 000 100 25 35 63 100 160 250 400 630 32 40 50 80 125 200 315 500 Ther mal stress in A 2 s Rating in Amps 10 000 000 1 000 000 100 000 10 000 1 000 100 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 Ther mal stress in A 2 s Rating in Amps 100 30 10 3 1 0.3 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 630 500 400 315 250 200160 125 100 80 63 50 40 32 25 Limited cur rents at peak kA Prospective short-circuit at kA rms 2.5 Ief f (1) For aM cartridge fuses, see technical data sheets in the Legrand e-catalogue n Thermal stresses ( ∫ I 2 dt) gG type (for 500 V ± ) aM type for 500 V ± - except 1250 A for 400 V 10 000 1 000 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 10 000 1 000 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 1 10 100 1 000 10 000 100 000 25 32 35 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 Times in seconds Current in Amps The gG or aM types protect the conductors of electrical circuits in the event of overbad or short-circuitgG cartridge fuses:The selectivity ratio is 1.6 instead of 2The breaking capacity of 120000 A provides full protection in the most critical situationsaM cartridge fuses:These cartridge fuses must be combined with a low-overload thermal protection deviceThe breaking capacity of 100000 A from size 10 x 38 upwards provides full protection in the most critical situationsCylindrical industrial cartridge fuses can be used to protect DC circuits supplied at up to 48 V max.
67 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Plexo3 weatherproof enclosures (p. 112) Pack Cat. no. Type 2 Voltage Surge Protectors DC protection for photovoltaic installations connected to low voltage network Conforming to UTE guide C 61-740-51 Protection in common mode and residual current mode (Y mode) Consist of a base and plug-in replacement modules with status indicator Red: plug-in modules needs replacing Surge Protectors Imax (U=) Protected poles 1 4141 60 25 kA 600 2 1 4141 51 40 kA 1000 2 Plug-in replacement modules 1 4141 90 for 25kA VSP cat no 414160 1 4141 91 Ground part for cat no 414160 1 4141 81 for 40kA VSP cat no 414151 DC Fuse Carriers Category of use DC20B according to EN60947-3 Breaking capacity 50kA according to EN60269-1 1000V= fuse carriers for 10x38 cylindrical fuses Rating Protected poles Modules (A) 1 4146 81 20 1 1 1 4146 82 20 2 2 DC Fuses Comform to IEC 60269-6 (gPV) Isc max: 50kA L/R= 1ms Cylindrical fuses 1000V= 10x38 mm Rating (A) 10 4146 25 5 10 4146 26 8 10 4146 27 10 10 4146 28 12 10 4146 29 15 10 4146 30 20 Viking 3 terminal blocks 1000 V = Screw junction Blocks for DC applications To be mounted on symetric DIN rail, 15mm deep, according to the EN 60715 Ui (V=) : 1000V, pollution 2 level according to the IEC 60664-1 Black colour 1 junction - 1 input / 1 output Nominal cross-section Pitch (mm) (mm²) 40 4148 00 4 8 30 4148 01 6 10 20 4148 02 10 12 20 4148 03 16 15 10 4148 04 (1) 35 22 Pack Cat. no. DC Isolating Switches Category of use DC 21B according to EN 60947-3 Double break contacts Visible contact indication For auxiliaries please contact us Use spacing modules Cat.No 4 063 07 between 2 consecutive devices 800 V= isolating switches Rating (A) Poles protected Modules 1 4142 21 16 2 4 1 4142 23 25 2 4 DC rotary Isolating Switches Category of use DC 21B according to EN 60947-3 Double break contacts Visible contact indication 600V= Rotative Isolating Switches Rating (A) Poles protected Modules 1 4142 61 16 2 4 1 4142 62 25 2 4 1 4142 63 32 2 4 1000V= Rotative Isolating Switches 1 4142 81 32 2 7 1 4142 82 63 2 9 1 4142 83 125 2 9 Accessories 1 4447 Insulated shield 10 4063 07 Spacing module DC circuit protection DC fuses and voltage surge protectors DC circuit protection DC isolating switches Mounting on DIN rail 4 Mounting on DIN rail 4 4141 50 4146 82 4142 21
68 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list NEW Single module RCBO (P. 77) Lexic Din-rail equipment Voltage surge protectors, fuse carriers and fuses Contactors and time switches P. 74 DX-E; DX 6000 MCBs from 1 to 63A P. 82 Voltage surge protection NEW P. 88 Modular power contactors 1 3 2 4 A1 A2 P. 95 AlphaRex Astro digital time switches Protection: - DX - DX-E - DX-H - DX-D - RCD - RCBO P. 77 DX RCBO RCD
69 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list P. 79 Technical characteristics P. 75 DX-H 10000 MCBs from 1 to 63A P. 78 Auxiliaries P. 86 Technical characteristics P. 76 DX-D MCBs from 6 to 63A P. 90 AlphaRex digital time switches P. 95 Electro-mechanical Din time switches P. 91 MicroRex digital time switches P. 92 EcoRex digital time switches P. 96 Electro-mechanical surface mounting time switches P. 93 AlphaRex 4 channel digital time switches P. 99 Hour counter 20 22 24 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
70 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list RCDs Lexic DIN-Rail equipment: the distribution board the way you want it Complete and innovative functions for commercial buildings with the freedom to organise the distribution board as you please. THEY HAVE SPECIFIED AND INSTALLED LEGRAND PRODUCTS: UNSW Living Apartment Village: Kensington Sydney | NSW Koniambo Mines: New Caledonia STAHL Building DOF: Bandiana, Wodonga | NSW Main Roads Dept (Traffic Signal): SE | QLD Hogs Breath: Coolongatta | QLD KFC Building: North Albury | VIC Goodman Fielder Bakery: Wacol | QLD FOR PROTECTION OF PEOPLE (See p. 77) - AC type- Ratings: 25A to 80A- Sensitivity: 30, 100 and 300 mA- 2P and 4P MCBs FOR PROTECTION OF THE INSTALLATION (See p. 74) - B and C curves- Ratings: 1A to 125A - 1P, 2P, 3P, 4P- Breaking capacity: AS/NZS 60898-1 10 000 A 6 000 A DISTRIBUTION CABINETS flush-mounting distribution cabinets (See p. 102 and HPM Section) - From 12 to 48 modules- Supplied complete (door + chassis + flush-mounting box) - Reversible door- Easy to install- Large lateral and rear space for wiring- Common accessories for all range DISTRIBUTION Supply busbars (See p. 108) Single and three-phase up to 63 ADistribution terminal blocks (See p. 110)
71 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list ISOLATION SWITCHESVistop TM 63 to 160 A(See p. 49) MCBs AND RESIDUAL current PROTECTION DEVICES (See p. 74)DX-E, DX, DX-H, DX-D, different breaking capacities for maximum protection VOLTAGE SURGE PROTECTORS (See p. 82)Efficient protection against lightning effects DISTRIBUTION BOARDS This symbol indicates energy saving product SWITCHES AND REMOTE CONTROL POWER CONTACTORS (See p. 88)Can control loads up to 63 A PROGRAMMABLE TIME SWITCHES (See p. 90)For switching ON and OFF an electric circuit for pre-programmed periods LIGHT SENSITIVE SWITCHES (See p. 95)Automatic control of different loads, based on lighting conditions (nightfall/daybreak) PROTECTION (See p. 109)
72 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DX-series miniature circuit breakers Designation DX-E 6000 /6kA DX 6000 /6kA DX 6000 /6kA DX-H 10000 /10kA DX-D 6000 - 10KA Number of poles 1P 2P 3P 4P 1P 2P 3P and 4P 1P 2P 3P, 4P 1P 2P 3P and 4P Rated current in at 30° C (A)Ratings 1/2/3/6/10/13/ 16/20/25/32 40/50/63 1/2/3/6/10/13/ 16/20/25/32 40/50/63 1/2/3/6/10/13/ 16/20/25/32 40/50/63 1/2/3/6/10/13/ 16/20/25/32 40/50/63 1/2/3/6/10 16/20/25/32 40/50/63 1/2/3/6/10 16/20/25/32 40/50/63 1/2/3/6/10 16/20/25/32 40/50/63 1/2/3/6/10 13/16/20/25 32/40/50/63 80/100/125 1/2/3/6/10 13/16/20/25 32/40/50/63 80/100/125 1/2/3/6/10 13/16/20/25 32/40/50/63 80/100/125 1/2/3/6/10/ 13/16/20/25 32/40/50/63 1/2/3/6/10 16/20/25/32 40/50/63 80/100/125 1/2/3/6/10 16/20/25 32/40/50/63 80/100/125 Type of curve B or C B or C B or C B or C B or C B or C B or C B or C C B or C D D D Nominal voltage (with standard tolerance) 230/400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V 230/400 V 400 V Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Operating voltage (50/60 Hz) +/- 10% 240/415 V 415 V 415 V 415 V 240/415 V 415 V 415 V 240/415 V 415 V 415 V 240/415 V 415 V 415 V Breaking capacity with 127/230 V supplyIcn 50/60 Hzacc. to AS/NZ560898.1 with 240/415 V supply 6000 A 6000 A 6000 A 6000 A 6 000 A 6 000 A 6 000 A 10 000 A 10 000 A 10 000 A 6 000 A 6 000 A 6 000 A 6000 A 6000 A 6000 A 6000 A 6 000 A 6 000 A 6 000 A 10 000 A 10 000 A 10 000 A 6 000 A 6 000 A 6 000 A Breaking capacityIcu 50/60 Hz with 127/230 V supplyacc. to AS 60947-2 with 240/415 V supply 6 kA 6 kA 6 kA 6 kA 10 kA Curve B: 25 kA Curve C: In ≤ 32 A: 25 kAIn 32 A: 20 kA Curve B: 25 kA Curve C: In ≤ 32 A: 25 kAIn 32 A: 20 kA 25 kA In ≤ 40 A: 50 kAIn 40 A: 25 kA In ≤ 40 A: 50 kA In 50/63 A: 25 kA In 63 A: 16 kA In ≤ 32 A: 25 kAIn ≤ 63 A: 20 kAIn 63 A: 16 kA In ≤ 32 A: 25 kAIn ≤ 63 A: 20 kAIn 63 A: 16 kA In ≤ 32 A: 25 kAIn ≤ 63 A: 20 kAIn 63 A: 16 kA 6 kA 6 kA 6 kA 6 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA In ≤ 20 A: 25 kA In 25 A: 20 kA In 32 A: 15 kA In 32 A: 12,5 kA In ≤ 20 A: 30 kA In 25 A: 25 kA In 32/40 A: 20 kA In 40 A: 15 kA In ≤ 20 A: 25 kA In 25 A: 20 kA In 32/40 A: 15 kA In 40 A: 12,5 kA In ≤ 32 A: 15 kAIn 32 A: 10 kA In ≤ 32 A: 15 kAIn 32 A: 10 kA In ≤ 32 A: 15 kAIn 32 A: 10 kA Standard breaking capacity Ics acc. toAS 60947-2 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 75% 75% 75% 75% 80% 75% Rated insulation voltage Ui (degree of pollution 2) 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V Rated impulse withstand current Uimp (kV) 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV Endurance mechanical (operating cycles) electrical 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 Dieletric strength between 0 and 2000 m 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V Remote control - - - - yes yes yes yes yes yes yes ≤ 63 A: yes ≤ 63 A: yes Add-on module - - - - - yes yes - yes yes yes yes Operating temperature -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C
73 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list DX-series miniature circuit breakers Designation DX-E 6000 /6kA DX 6000 /6kA DX 6000 /6kA DX-H 10000 /10kA DX-D 6000 - 10KA Number of poles 1P 2P 3P 4P 1P 2P 3P and 4P 1P 2P 3P, 4P 1P 2P 3P and 4P Rated current in at 30° C (A)Ratings 1/2/3/6/10/13/ 16/20/25/32 40/50/63 1/2/3/6/10/13/ 16/20/25/32 40/50/63 1/2/3/6/10/13/ 16/20/25/32 40/50/63 1/2/3/6/10/13/ 16/20/25/32 40/50/63 1/2/3/6/10 16/20/25/32 40/50/63 1/2/3/6/10 16/20/25/32 40/50/63 1/2/3/6/10 16/20/25/32 40/50/63 1/2/3/6/10 13/16/20/25 32/40/50/63 80/100/125 1/2/3/6/10 13/16/20/25 32/40/50/63 80/100/125 1/2/3/6/10 13/16/20/25 32/40/50/63 80/100/125 1/2/3/6/10/ 13/16/20/25 32/40/50/63 1/2/3/6/10 16/20/25/32 40/50/63 80/100/125 1/2/3/6/10 16/20/25 32/40/50/63 80/100/125 Type of curve B or C B or C B or C B or C B or C B or C B or C B or C C B or C D D D Nominal voltage (with standard tolerance) 230/400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V 230/400 V 400 V Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Operating voltage (50/60 Hz) +/- 10% 240/415 V 415 V 415 V 415 V 240/415 V 415 V 415 V 240/415 V 415 V 415 V 240/415 V 415 V 415 V Breaking capacity with 127/230 V supplyIcn 50/60 Hzacc. to AS/NZ560898.1 with 240/415 V supply 6000 A 6000 A 6000 A 6000 A 6 000 A 6 000 A 6 000 A 10 000 A 10 000 A 10 000 A 6 000 A 6 000 A 6 000 A 6000 A 6000 A 6000 A 6000 A 6 000 A 6 000 A 6 000 A 10 000 A 10 000 A 10 000 A 6 000 A 6 000 A 6 000 A Breaking capacityIcu 50/60 Hz with 127/230 V supplyacc. to AS 60947-2 with 240/415 V supply 6 kA 6 kA 6 kA 6 kA 10 kA Curve B: 25 kA Curve C: In ≤ 32 A: 25 kAIn 32 A: 20 kA Curve B: 25 kA Curve C: In ≤ 32 A: 25 kAIn 32 A: 20 kA 25 kA In ≤ 40 A: 50 kAIn 40 A: 25 kA In ≤ 40 A: 50 kA In 50/63 A: 25 kA In 63 A: 16 kA In ≤ 32 A: 25 kAIn ≤ 63 A: 20 kAIn 63 A: 16 kA In ≤ 32 A: 25 kAIn ≤ 63 A: 20 kAIn 63 A: 16 kA In ≤ 32 A: 25 kAIn ≤ 63 A: 20 kAIn 63 A: 16 kA 6 kA 6 kA 6 kA 6 kA 10 kA 10 kA 10 kA In ≤ 20 A: 25 kA In 25 A: 20 kA In 32 A: 15 kA In 32 A: 12,5 kA In ≤ 20 A: 30 kA In 25 A: 25 kA In 32/40 A: 20 kA In 40 A: 15 kA In ≤ 20 A: 25 kA In 25 A: 20 kA In 32/40 A: 15 kA In 40 A: 12,5 kA In ≤ 32 A: 15 kAIn 32 A: 10 kA In ≤ 32 A: 15 kAIn 32 A: 10 kA In ≤ 32 A: 15 kAIn 32 A: 10 kA Standard breaking capacity Ics acc. toAS 60947-2 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 75% 75% 75% 75% 80% 75% Rated insulation voltage Ui (degree of pollution 2) 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V Rated impulse withstand current Uimp (kV) 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV Endurance mechanical (operating cycles) electrical 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 20 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 Dieletric strength between 0 and 2000 m 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V 2 500 V Remote control - - - - yes yes yes yes yes yes yes ≤ 63 A: yes ≤ 63 A: yes Add-on module - - - - - yes yes - yes yes yes yes Operating temperature -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C -25° C to + 70° C
74 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list MCBs DX TM 6 000 Thermal magnetic MCBs from 1 to 63A C curve MCBs DX-E TM 6 000 - 6kA Thermal magnetic MCBs from 6 to 63A C curve Pack Cat. No. Single pole - 230/400 V ± Nominal Number C rating of 17.5 mm curve (A) modules 1 063 68 1 1 1 063 69 2 1 1 063 70 3 1 1 063 72 6 1 10 063 74 10 1 10 063 76 16 1 1 063 77 20 1 1 063 78 25 1 1 063 79 32 1 1 063 80 40 1 1 063 81 50 1 1 063 82 63 1 Double pole - 230/400 V ± Nominal Number C rating of 17.5 mm curve (A) modules 1 064 60 1 2 1 064 61 2 2 1 064 62 3 2 1 064 64 6 2 5 064 66 10 2 5 064 68 16 2 1 064 69 20 2 1 064 70 25 2 1 064 71 32 2 1 064 72 40 2 1 064 73 50 2 1 064 74 63 2 3-pole - 400 V ± Nominal Number C rating of 17.5 mm curve (A) modules 1 064 80 1 3 1 064 81 2 3 1 064 82 3 3 1 064 84 6 3 1 064 86 10 3 1 064 88 16 3 1 064 89 20 3 1 064 90 25 3 1 064 91 32 3 1 064 92 40 3 1 064 93 50 3 1 064 94 63 3 4-pole - 400 V ± Nominal Number C rating of 17.5 mm curve (A) modules 1 065 55 1 4 1 065 56 2 4 1 065 57 3 4 1 065 59 6 4 1 065 61 10 4 1 065 63 16 4 1 065 64 20 4 1 065 65 25 4 1 065 66 32 4 1 065 67 40 4 1 065 68 50 4 1 065 69 63 4 Technical characteristics (p. 79 - 81) Approval No: N19929 Approval No: N19929 picto loupe-65765j.eps 063 76 064 68 034 53 034 33 033 86 Technical characteristics (p. 79 - 81) picto loupe-65765j.eps Breaking capacity according to AS/NZS 60898-1 Icn (o-co cycle): 6000A Do not accept add-on modules. Breaking capacity according to AS/NZS 60898-1 Icn (o-co cycle): 6000A Pack Cat. No. Single pole - 230/400 V ± Nominal Number C rating of 17.5 mm curve (A) modules 10 033 82 6 1 10 033 84 10 1 10 033 86 16 1 10 033 87 20 1 10 033 88 25 1 10 033 89 32 1 10 033 90 40 1 10 033 91 50 1 10 033 92 63 1 Double pole - 230/400 V ± Nominal Number C rating of 17.5 mm curve (A) modules 5 034 29 6 2 5 034 31 10 2 5 034 33 16 2 5 034 34 20 2 5 034 35 25 2 5 034 36 32 2 5 034 37 40 2 5 034 38 50 2 5 034 39 63 2 3 pole - 400 V ± Nominal Number C rating of 17.5 mm curve (A) modules 1 034 47 6 3 1 034 49 10 3 1 034 51 16 3 1 034 52 20 3 1 034 53 25 3 1 034 54 32 3 1 034 55 40 3 1 034 56 50 3 1 034 57 63 3 4 pole - 400 V ± Nominal Number C rating of 17.5 mm curve (A) modules 1 034 89 6 4 1 034 91 10 4 1 034 93 16 4 1 034 94 20 4 1 034 95 25 4 1 034 96 32 4 1 034 97 40 4 1 034 98 50 4 1 034 99 63 4
75 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list MCBs DX-H 10 000 Thermal magnetic MCBs high breaking capacity from 1 to 63A C curve 068 60 069 20 Technical characteristics (p. 79 - 81) Breaking capacity according to AS/NZS 60898-1Icn (o-co cycle): 10KA Pack Cat. No. Single pole - 230/400 V ± Nominal Number C rating of 17.5 mm curve (A) modules 1 068 52 1 1 1 068 53 2 1 1 068 54 3 1 1 068 56 6 1 1 068 58 10 1 1 068 60 16 1 1 068 61 20 1 1 068 62 25 1 1 068 63 32 1 1 068 64 40 1 1 068 65 50 1 1 068 66 63 1 1 063 83 80 1,5 1 063 84 100 1,5 1 063 85 125 1,5 Double pole - 230/400 V ± Nominal Number C rating of 17.5 mm curve (A) modules 1 069 12 1 2 1 069 13 2 2 1 069 14 3 2 1 069 16 6 2 1 069 18 10 2 1 069 20 16 2 1 069 21 20 2 1 069 22 25 2 1 069 23 32 2 1 069 24 40 2 1 069 25 50 2 1 069 26 63 2 070 00 069 46 Approval No: N19929 picto loupe-65765j.eps Pack Cat. No. 3-pole - 400 V ± Nominal Number C rating of 17.5 mm curve (A) modules 1 069 32 1 3 1 069 33 2 3 1 069 34 3 3 1 069 36 6 3 1 069 38 10 3 1 069 40 16 3 1 069 41 20 3 1 069 42 25 3 1 069 43 32 3 1 069 44 40 3 1 069 45 50 3 1 069 46 63 3 1 064 95 80 4,5 1 064 96 100 4,5 1 064 97 125 4,5 4-pole - 400 V ± Nominal Number C rating of 17.5 mm curve (A) modules 1 069 92 1 4 1 069 93 2 4 1 069 94 3 4 1 069 96 6 4 1 069 98 10 4 1 070 00 16 4 1 070 01 20 4 1 070 02 25 4 1 070 03 32 4 1 070 04 40 4 1 070 05 50 4 1 070 06 63 4 Auxiliaries/accessories (p. 78)
76 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Add on Modules DX TM MCBs up to 125A MCBs DX-D 6 000 - 10kA Thermal magnetic MCBs up to 63 A D curve Approval No: 19930 25216j.eps 074 02 066 36 Technical characteristics (p. 79 - 81) Nominal Number D rating 17.5 mm curve (A) modules 1 065 79 6 1 1 065 81 10 1 1 065 83 16 1 1 065 84 20 1 1 065 85 25 1 1 065 86 32 1 1 065 87 40 1 1 065 88 50 1 1 065 89 63 1 Double pole - 230/400 V ± Nominal Number D rating 17.5 mm curve (A) modules 1 066 29 6 2 1 066 31 10 2 1 066 33 16 2 1 066 34 20 2 1 066 35 25 2 1 066 36 32 2 1 066 37 40 2 1 066 38 50 2 1 066 39 63 2 3-pole - 400 V ± Nominal Number D rating 17.5 mm curve (A) modules 1 066 49 6 3 1 066 51 10 3 1 066 53 16 3 1 066 54 20 3 1 066 55 25 3 1 066 56 32 3 1 066 57 40 3 1 066 58 50 3 1 066 59 63 3 1 066 60 80 4.5 1 066 61 100 4.5 1 066 62 125 4.5 4-pole - 400 V ± Nominal Number D rating 17.5 mm curve (A) modules 1 066 69 6 4 1 066 71 10 4 1 066 73 16 4 1 066 74 20 4 1 066 75 25 4 1 066 76 32 4 1 066 77 40 4 1 066 78 50 4 1 066 79 63 4 Approval No: N19929 066 71 picto loupe-65765j.eps sdxsym4-25322s.eps 1 3 5 2 4 6 T sdxsym5-25323s.eps 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8 T sdxsym3-25321s.eps 1 3 2 4 T Breaking capacity according to AS/NZS 60898-1 Icn (o-co cycle): 10KA Pack Cat. No. Single pole - 230/400 V ± Conform to AS/NZS 61009-1RCD add-on module type ACMounted on the right-hand side of the MCBs DX, DX-H and DX-D 6 kA Pack Cat. No. Type AC Double pole - 230/400 V ± Maximum Number rating of 17.5 mm Sensitivity (A) modules 1 074 02 30mA 63 2 3-pole - 400 V ± Maximum Number rating of 17.5 mm Sensitivity (A) modules 1 074 29 30mA 63 3 4-pole - 400 V ± Maximum Number rating of 17.5 mm Sensitivity (A) modules 1 074 55 30mA 32 3 1 074 56 30mA 63 3 Above 63A Please consult us
77 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list picto loupe-65765j.eps RCDs DX TM Residual current devices Type AC RCBO DX TM 6 000 RCBO up to 45 A - type AC Residual current devices - type AC Conform to AS/NZS61008-1 Pack Cat. No. Type AC 2 - pole - 230V ± Nominal rating Number Sensitivity (A) of modules 1 089 09 30mA 25 2 1 089 10 30mA 40 2 1 089 11 30mA 63 2 1 089 16 100mA 40 2 1 089 17 100mA 63 2 1 089 28 300mA 40 2 4 - pole - 400V ± Neutral on right-hand side Nominal rating Number Sensitivity (A) of modules 1 089 93 30mA 25 4 1 089 94 30mA 40 4 1 089 95 30mA 63 4 1 089 96 30mA 80 4 1 090 00 100mA 40 4 1 090 12 300mA 40 4 1 090 13 300mA 63 4 1 090 14 300mA 80 4 Approval No: 19931 Approval No: 19931 25216j.eps 25216j.eps 6064 12 6027 86 078 86 089 28 090 12 (1) Single pole with solid unswitched neutral“A” type of RCD/RCBO See HPM Catalogue section 1 Pack Cat. No. Type AC Single pole + neutral - 230V ± Neutral on right hand side Breaking capacity 6000A AS/NZS61009-1 Nominal rating Number Sensitivity (A) of modules 1 078 79 10mA 16 2 1 078 84 30mA 10 2 1 078 86 30mA 16 2 1 078 87 30mA 20 2 1 078 88 30mA 25 2 1 078 89 30mA 32 2 1 078 90 30mA 40 2 Type AC Single pole + neutral - 230V ± (1) Breaking capacity 10000 A - AS/NZS61009-1 Black Blue AC type ? 30 mA neutral neutral Nominal Number leads leads rating (A) of modules 1 6064 00 6064 10 10 1 1 6064 01 6064 11 16 1 1 6064 02 6064 12 20 1 1 6064 03 6064 13 25 1 1 6064 04 6064 14 32 1 1 6064 05 6064 15 45 1 Dimensions (p. 100) Type A Single module RCBO Breaking capacity 6kA AS/NZS 61009 Nominal rating Number Sensitivity (A) of modules 1 602780 30mA 6 1 1 602782 30mA 10 1 1 602783 30mA 16 1 1 602784 30mA 20 1 1 602785 30mA 25 1 1 602786 30mA 30 1
78 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Auxiliaries and accessories DX™ For MCBs, RCDs, RCBOs and isolating switches Auxiliaries and accessories DX™ For MCBs, RCDs, RCBOs and isolating switches 073 50 073 54 073 61 073 68 Pack Cat. No. Accessories Padlocking 2 044 42 Support for Ø 4 mm or Ø 6 mm padlock for DX, DX-H, MCBs and 2 P RCDs Terminal shields 1 044 39 Single pole for DX MCBs from 80 A to 125 A 1 044 47 Insulating shields for DX MCBs and DX-H 004442-5321o.eps 004439-43208n.eps Pack Cat. No. Auxiliaries for MCBs, RCBOs Up to 125 A and Residual current devicesClip on the left-hand side of the MCB (maximum 3) Number Signalling auxiliaries of 17.5 mm modules 1 073 50 Auxiliary changeover 0.5 switch. 6 A - 250 V ± Indicates the position of the switches 1 073 51 Fault signalling changeover switch. 6 A - 250 V ± Indicates tripping of the MCB at a fault 1 073 53 Auxiliary changeover 6 A - 250 V switch which can be modified to a fault signalling switch 1 073 54 Auxiliary changeover 6 A - 250 V 1 switch + fault signalling switch, can be modified to 2 auxiliary changeover switchesCommand auxiliariesShunt tripEnable the MCB to be tripped from a remote location 1 073 61 110 to 415 V ± 1 110 to 125 V = Minimum voltage trips. Time delay adjustable from 0 to 300 ms 1 073 65 24 V = 1 1 073 66 48 V = 1 1 073 68 230 V ± 1 Auxilliary common to: DX / DX-H / RCD’S / RCBO’S / DX-IS
79 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Performance of MCBs and auxiliaries Icn 1: Breaking capacity on 1 pole for multi-pole MCBs in the event of a short-circuit to earth Ui: rated insulation voltage Breaking capacity in the event of a short-circuit to earth and insulation voltage DX DX DX-H DX-L Single pole B and C curves B and C curves C curve + Neutral D curve 63 A DX D curve 80 to 125 A Icn 1 4500 A 6 kA 10 kA 25 kA Ui 250 V 500 V 500 V 500 V Connection cross-section for screw terminals (in mm 2 ) Release curves of MCBs 1 1.31.45 3 4 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 x In (rating) Thermal release for an ambient temperature = 30 °C Magnetic (high overvoltage: fast release) D C B D C B Z Thermal (low overvoltage: slow release) 2 0.01 s 1 h t (time) Curves Magnetic threshold setting Z (1) 2.4 to 3,6 In B 3 to 5 In C 5 to 10 In D 10 to 14 In (10 to 20 depending on standard) MA (1) 12 to 14 In Technical characteristics of DX auxiliaries - Max. connection cross-section: 2.5 mm 2 - Operating temperature: - 5 to + 50° C Current shunt releases Min. and max. voltage: from 0.7 to 1.1 Un Tripping time: to 20 ms Power consumption: at 1.1 x 48 V = 121 VA at 1.1 x 415 V = 127 VA Impedance: 12 to 48 V = 23 Ω 110 to 415 V = 1640 Ω nominal voltage (Un) - 12 to 48 V ± and = - 110 to 415 V ± 110 to 125 V = Fitted with automatic breaking contact Consumption U min. U max. 12 to 48 V 522 mA 2610 mA 110 to 415 V 69 mA 259 mA (1) Please consult us Copper cable rigid flexible • DX single pole + neutral with or without add-on modules 16 10 • DX, add-on modules ≤ 63 A DX-L add-on modules 32 25 • DX-H, add-on modules 80, 100, 125 A, DX-L 70 50 • Auxiliaries 2.5 2.5 Undervoltage releases Pull-in voltage: ≥ 0.55 Un Tripping time: from 100 to 400 ms ± 10% (adjustable) Power consumption: 24 V= 0.1 VA 48 V= 0.2 VA 230 VA 1 VA nominal voltage (Un) 24 V = 48 V = 230 V ± n Mechanical characteristics Endurance: 20 000 mechanical switching operations 10 000 on load switching operations at In x cos ϕ 0·9 In ≤ 63 A In ≥ 80 A Connection cross-sections (in mm 2 ) 25 mm 2 flexible cables 35 mm 2 rigid cables 50 mm 2 flexible cable 70 mm 2 rigid cable Applied connection torque 2·5 Nm 3 Nm Derating according to ambient temperature (In A) In at 30° C 0° C 10° C 20° C 30° C 40° C 50° C 60° C 1 1·1 1·07 1·03 1 0·97 0·93 0·90 2 2·2 2·1 2·06 2 1·94 1·86 1·80 3 3·3 3·2 3·1 3 2·9 2·8 2·6 4 4·4 4·2 4·1 4 3·9 3·8 3·6 6 6·6 6·4 6·2 6 5·8 5·5 5·4 10 11 10·7 10·3 10 9·7 9·3 9·0 16 18 17·3 16·6 16 15·4 14·7 14·1 20 22·4 21·6 20·8 20 19·2 18·4 17·6 25 28·3 27·2 26 25 24 22·7 21·7 32 36·2 34·9 33·3 32 30·7 29·1 27·8 40 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 50 57·5 55 52·5 50 47·5 45 42·5 63 73·1 69·9 66·1 63 59·8 56·1 52·9 80 91 88 84 80 76 72 69 100 114 110 105 100 95 90 86 125 142 137 131 125 119 113 108 Ambient temperature
80 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Performance of MCBs and auxiliaries (continued) (1) As a % of Icu Protection of DC circuits Lexic DX and DX-H MCBs (1P/2P/3P/4P - In ≤ 63 A) designed for use in 230/400 V ± supplies, can also be used in DC circuits In this case, the following deratings and precautions must be taken into account1 - Protection against short-circuitsMax. magnetic tripping threshold: multiplied by 1.4 Example: For a C curve MCB for which the AC tripping threshold is between 5 and 10 In, the DC tripping threshold will be between 7 and 14 In2 - Protection against overloadsThe time/current thermal tripping curve is the same as for AC3 - Operating voltageMax. operating voltage: 80 V per pole (60 V for single-pole + N MCBs) For voltages higher than this value, several poles must be wired in series Example: for a 110 V voltage, use a 2-pole MCB and connect the 2 poles in series DX voltage single-pole 2P 3P 4P Acc. to ≤ 48 V 6 kA 6 kA IEC 60947.2 Icu 110 V 6 kA 6 kA 230 V 10 kA ≤ 48 V 100 % 100 % Ics (1) 110 V 100 % 100 % 230 V 100 % DX-H voltage single-pole 2P 3P 4P Acc. to ≤ 48 V 10 kA 10 kA IEC 60947.2 Icu 110 V 10 kA 10 kA 230 V 15 kA ≤ 48 V 100 % 100 % Ics (1) 110 V 100 % 100 % 230 V 100 % Example: circuit earthed via the negative polarity / U = 110 V= / Isc = 10 kA / In = 32 A Protect the positive polarity using an MCB capable of breaking 10 kA at 110 V (DX-H 2P 32 A with 2 poles on the positive polarity) For isolation, use a DX-H 3P 32 A with 2 poles on the positive polarity and one pole on the negative polarity DX-H LEXIC voltage single-pole 2P 3P 4P Acc. to ≤ 48 V 10 kA 10 kA IEC 60947.2 Icu 110 V 10 kA 10 kA 230 V 15 kA DX LEXIC voltage single-pole 2P 3P 4P Acc. to ≤ 48 V 6 kA 6 kA IEC 60947.2 Icu 110 V 6 kA 6 kA 230 V 10 kA DX LEXIC voltage single-pole 2P 3P 4P Acc. to ≤ 48 V 6 kA 6 kA IEC 60947.2 Icu 110 V 6 kA 6 kA 230 V 10 kA 4 - Breaking capacity4000 A for a single pole MCB at max. voltage (80 V= per pole) At other voltages, the breaking capacities are as follows: 5 - Distribution of breaking polesTo choose the MCB and determine the pole distribution necessary for breaking on each of the polarities, it is necessary to know how the installation is earthed• Supply with one polarity earthed:Place all the poles necessary for breaking on the other polarity If isolation is required, an additional pole must be added on the earthed polarity • Network earthed via a middle point:Place on each polarity the number of poles necessary for max. Isc breaking at half voltage Example: circuit earthed via a middle point / U = 230 V= / Isxc = 6 kA / In = 10 A Protect each polarity using an MCB capable of breaking 6 kA at half voltage, i.e. 115 V (DX 4P 10 A with 2 poles on each polarity) • Isolated earth supply:Distribute the poles necessary for breaking over the 2 polarities to provide protection in the event of a double earth fault (particularly if there are a number of circuits in parallel) Example: isolated earth circuit / U = 48 V= / Isc = 4,5 kA / In = 40 A Protect the installation with an MCB capable of breaking 4.5 kA at 48 V and protect each polarity (DX MCB 2P 40 A with one pole on each polarity) + - + - + - + -
81 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Performance of MCBs and auxiliaries (continued) RCD tripping curves • Average RCD operating curves 2P and 4P RCDs: withstand to short-circuits Caution: it is advisable to provide overload protection for the RCD DX RCBOs residual current breaking capacity I m according to EN 61009-1 Add-on modules - DX 6000 , DX-H, D curve 6000 A RCBOs- P + N 3000 A - 2P (4 modules) 6000 A - 4P 10 to 32 A (4 modules) 4500 A - 4P 40 to 63 A (7 modules) 6000 A Downstream RCD Upstream cartridge fuse gG Upstream MCB ≤ 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A DX (B/C) DX-H (B/C) DX-L DPX 125 1P+N 2,3,4P ≤ 63 A 80 125 A 2P/ 4P 16 A 100 kA 50 kA 15 kA 10 kA 6 kA 10 kA 20 kA (1) 12.5 kA 50 kA 25 kA 25 A 100 kA 50 kA 15 kA 10 kA 6 kA 10 kA 20 kA (1) 12.5 kA 50 kA 25 kA 40 A 100 kA 50 kA 15 kA 10 kA 6 kA 10 kA 15 kA (1) 12.5 kA 50 kA 25 kA 63 A 100 kA 50 kA 15 kA 10 kA 10 kA 12.5 kA (1) 12.5 kA 50 kA 25 kA 80 A 100 kA 50 kA 15 kA 10 kA 12.5 kA (1) 12.5 kA 25 kA 100 A 100 kA 50 kA 15 kA 10 kA 12.5 kA (1) 12.5 kA 25 kA (1) Same nominal rating for both, MCB and RCD 10 4 10 3 10 2 10 1 10 0 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.5 10mA 30mA 300mA 1A t(s) I (mA) 1 A, AC or Hpitype selective (s) A or AC type instantaneous Hpi type n Technical information • Maximum voltage: 240 V - 415 V ± ~10 % • Maximum voltage: 80 V = per pole • Insulation voltage: 500 V ± • Dielectric: 2 500 V ± In A 1 2 3 4 6 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 Type B 2·1 2·1 2·4 2·5 1·1 1·1 1·5 1·7 2·4 3·1 4 4·5 5·5 - - - Type C 2·1 2·1 2·4 2·5 1·1 1·1 1·5 1·7 2·4 3·1 4 4·5 5·5 8·8 7·8 15·6 Type D 2·1 2·1 2·4 2·5 1·1 1·1 1·5 1·7 2·4 3·1 4 4·5 5·5 8·8 7·8 15·6 Power dissipated in W per pole at In n Technical information Derating of MCBs according to the number of adjacent MCBs Number of adjacent MCBs from 1 to 3 from 4 to 6 from 7 to 9 over 10 Coefficient 1 0·8 0·7 0·6 n MCB supplementary data (6 kA and 10 kA) Terminal depth : 14 mmTerminals protected to IP 20Maximum terminal torque : 3 Nm (recommended : 2·5 Nm)Average weight per pole : 0·160 kgSupply : can be supplied from the top or bottomPadlockable in either ON or OFF positionOperation with DC volt supply : up to a maximum of 80 V DC per pole – for voltages above 80 V DC use multipole devices wired IN SERIES (e.g. two pole 160 V= maximum)Positive contact indication in accordance with the IEE 16th Edition Wiring Regulations
82 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Select your V.S.P. and its associated protection VSP - Voltage Surge Protection STEP 1 Define the type of building STEP 2 Define the risk level and the network type STEP 3 + 4 Optimize protection against lightning effects (V.S.P cascading) and Protect the installation against short-circuits and overloads LEVEL 1 MAIN BOARD LEVEL 2 DISTRIBUTION BOARD RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS AND SMALL OFFICES RISK LEVEL NETWORK TYPE V.S.P + ASSOCIATED PROTECTION Icc ≤ 6 kA V.S.P + ASSOCIATED PROTECTION Icc ≤ 6 kA Very high 1P+N 2 x 039 10 + 064 72 + 039 41 + 064 69 3P 3 x 039 10 + 064 92 3 x 039 40 + 064 89 INDIVIDUAL HOUSES 3P+N 4 x 039 10 + 065 67 039 43 + 065 64 AND High 1P+N 039 31 + 064 69 + 039 41 + 064 69 3P 039 32 + 064 89 3 x 039 40 + 064 89 BLOCKS OF FLATS 3P+N 039 33 + 065 64 039 43 + 065 64 AND Medium 1P+N 039 41 + 064 69 + 039 41 + 064 69 3P 3 x 039 40 + 064 89 3 x 039 40 + 064 89 SMALL OFFICES 3P+N 039 43 + 065 64 039 43 + 065 64 OFFICES AND INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS RISK LEVEL NETWORK TYPE V.S.P + ASSOCIATED PROTECTION Icc ≤ 50 kA V.S.P + ASSOCIATED PROTECTION Icc ≤ 25 kA Very high 1P+N - + 039 31 + 069 21 3P 030 22 + 3 x 173 65 (T1) (IT earthing system: 3 x 030 00 + 3 x 173 65 (T1)) 039 32 + 069 41 OFFICE BUILDINGS 3P+N 030 23 + 3 x 173 65 (T1) (IT+N earthing system: 4 x 030 00 + 4 x 173 65 (T1)) 039 33 + 070 01 AND High 1P+N - + 039 31 + 069 21 3P 039 22 + 071 33 039 32 + 069 41 3P+N 039 23 + 071 48 039 33 + 070 01 Medium 1P+N - + 039 31 + 069 21 INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS 3P 039 22 + 071 33 039 32 + 069 41 3P+N 039 23 + 071 48 039 33 + 070 01 OFFICE
83 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list 039 33 039 21 Technical characteristics (p. 86 - 87) Dimension (p. 100) 039 34 Pack Cat. No. Main board protection High protection - H - Class I + II Imax = 70 kA Earthing systems: TT, TN, IT Consist of a base and a plug-in replacement module provided with a status indicator • Green: surge protector operational • Orange: module needs replacing Can be equipped with auxiliary contacts for remote monitoring purpose (p. 108) Number of Associated Number of poles protection modules 1 039 20 (1) 1P 40A - C curve 1 1 039 21 (1) 2P 40A - C curve 2 1 039 22 (1) 3P 40A - C curve 3 1 039 23 (1) 4P 40A - C curve 4 Distribution board protection For electrical equipment located at more than 30 m from the main distribution board Consist of a base and a plug-in replacement module provided with a status indicator • Green: surge protector operational • Orange: module needs replacing Can be equipped with auxiliary contacts for remote monitoring purpose (p. 108) Increased protection - I - Class II - Imax= 40 kA Earthing systems: TT, TN, IT Number of Associated Number poles protection of modules 1 039 30 (1) 1P 20A - C curve 1 1 039 31 (1) 2P 20A - C curve 2 1 039 32 (1) 3P 20A - C curve 3 1 039 33 (1) 4P 20A - C curve 4 Standard protection - S - Class II - Imax= 15 kA Earthing systems: TT, TN Number of Associated Number poles protection of modules 1 039 40 (1) 1P 20A - C curve 1 1 039 41 (1) 2P 20A - C curve 2 1 039 43 (1) 4P 20A - C curve 4 Replacement modules for type 2 V.S.P. 5 039 28 For V.S.P. Cat. No. 039 20/21/22/23 5 039 34 For V.S.P. Cat. No. 039 30/31/32/33 5 039 44 For V.S.P. Cat. No. 039 40/41/43 5 039 39 For V.S.P. Cat. No. 039 35/36/38 (old model voltage surge protector) Type 2 voltage surge protectors (V.S.P.) for main boards, distribution boards and consumer units Conform to standards IEC 61643-1 and EN 61643-11 3 different impulse discharge ratings For 230/400 VA - 50/60 Hz networks picto loupe-65765j.eps (1) Associated protection: MCBs DX, DX-H, DX-L or equivalent ranges according to required breaking capacity Select your V.S.P. and its associated protection For a complete protection all incoming lines (entering into the buildings) should be protected with V.S.Ps. n Define the risk level (STEP 2) Irrespective of the requirements in the standards, the use of a voltage surge protector is strongly recommended in most cases (continuity of service, cost of equipment, etc.). Voltage surge protectors can be chosen for any type of installation based on the risk levels, which are defined as follows:Risk level: - Very high risk: installation equipped with external lightning conductors (L.P.S.), with a metal structure higher than surrounding buildings (or any object that can act as a lightning conductor), an installation that is isolated and located at a high point, or an installation that has been subject to previous lightning strikes IEC 60364: V.S.P. compulsory at the origin of the installation (main board) with L.P.S. (lightning protection system) - High risk: installation with overhead power supply, in a mountainous area, isolated, at the end of a line, near a body of water, trees, etc. IEC 60364: V.S.P. compulsory with overhead lines in AQ2 areas (see p. 163) - Medium risk: other types of installation (installations in urban areas, in low, flat areas and low and medium height mountainous areas, underground power supplies, etc.) n Optimize protection (STEP 3) Protection of an installation against transient overvoltages can only generally be guaranteed with several levels of voltage surge protectors used together in cascade. In addition to the energy aspect explained below, 2 or 3 levels of voltage surge protectors are in fact usually necessary in order to limit overvoltages connected with the fact that lightning is a high frequency phenomenon. In order to limit overvoltages as much as possible, a voltage surge protector must always be installed as close as possible to the equipment to be protected. However, proximity protection (Level 3) on its own can only protect the equipment connected to it downstream, and above all, it cannot adequately limit the energy. To do this, a voltage surge protector is necessary at the head of the installation (Level 1) to shunt the majority of the energy to earth. Likewise, a voltage surge protector on its own at the head of the installation (Level 1) cannot protect the whole installation and the equipment connected to it, due to the fact that it allows residual energy to pass and that lightning is a high frequency phenomenon. For these reasons, depending on the scale of the installation and the types of risk (exposure and sensitivity of equipment, criticality of continuity of service), circuit protection (Level 2) is necessary in addition to protection of the head of the installation n Protect the installation against short-circuit and overloads (STEP 3) The supply circuit of the VSP must always be protected against short- circuits and overloads by its associated protection device in accordance with discrimination rules.Select the associated MCB (DX, DX-H or DX-L) with the short-circuit rating adapted to your installation requirements V.S.P. Cat. No. 039 10/20/21/22/23 039 30/31/32/33/40/41/43 Icc 2P 3P 4P 2P 3P 4P ≤ 10 kA 064 72 064 92 065 67 064 69 064 89 065 64 ≤ 15 kA 069 24 069 44 070 04 069 21 069 41 070 01 ≤ 25 kA 071 18 071 33 071 48 069 21 069 41 070 01 ≤ 50 kA 071 18 071 33 071 48 Not allowed Not allowed Not allowed Voltage surge protectors
84 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Voltage surge protectors Voltage surge protectors For telephone lines and accessories for low voltage V.S.P. Pack Cat. No. Voltage surge protector for telephone lines and data networks Recommended for complete protection of installations already equipped with low voltage V.S.P. on power lines (standard IEC 60364) For protection of: telephone, fax, modem, etc., connected to the incoming telephone line, against overvoltages of atmospheric origin Connected in series with the telephone line Provided with a status indicator • green: surge protector operational • orange: surge protector needs replacing Conform to standards EN 61643-21 and IEC 61643-21 Imax: 10 kA and In: 5 kA (8/20) Un Up (V) (V) 1 038 28 Analogue (RTC and ADSL) 170 260 1 038 29 Digital (signal lines, current loops) 48 100 038 28 038 29 Dimensions (p. 100) Technical characteristics (p. 86 - 87) n Protection against lightning effects Lightning directly or indirectly generates the following effects:• thermal (blow-outs, fire)• electrodynamic (loosening of terminals)• rise in earth voltage (risk of electrocution)• overvoltages of several thousand volts and destructive induced currents (damage to electrical and electronic equipment, interruption of operation)Protection against the effects of lightning is based essentially on:• catching and discharging the current to earth• the use of voltage surge protectors• the passive protection of the installationPassive protection (poor, good) designates the part of the protection provided by the structure and the configuration of the installation itself (neutral earthing system, area, level of equipotentiality, etc.) n Voltage surge protectors and regulation Voltage surge protector enable:• protect sensitive devices against direct and indirect effects of lightning• to limit harmful consequences on person security• to insure the continuity of work1 - Product standards EN 61643-11 and IEC 61643-1Characterize voltage surge protectors in two main levels (types): 2 - Installation standards: IEC 60364 (or equivalent electric national standards)According to articles 443 and 534, the use of VSPs is required in new or renovated buildings in the following cases:• buildings equipped with lightning conductors: type 1 VSPs • buildings with overhead power supply in class AQ2 geographic zones (see map below: red zones): type 2 VSPs with In ≥ 5 kA• buildings with medical services or equipped with safety systems (fire, etc.) in class AQ2 geographic zones: type 2 VSPs with In ≥ 5 kAThe use of VSPs is also strongly recommended in mountain areas, close to reaches of water or dominating structures (buildings, trees, etc.), in the cases of line end installations or installations located less than 50m from buildings equipped with lightning conductors (2) When VSPs are present on the power circuit, it is strongly advised to install a VSP on the communication circuits (telephone or data lines…) (2) Lightning conductors: external protection of buildings against direct lightning impacts n Choice of the level lightning protection Signalling auxiliaries for low voltage V.S.P. With changeover microswitch 2 A - 250 V ± Mounted onto the base of the surge protector (except Cat. No. 039 10) 1 039 56 For 2-pole module V.S.P. 1 039 57 For 3-pole module V.S.P. 1 039 58 For 4-pole module V.S.P. Decoupling inductors for low voltage V.S.P. Enable coordination between 2 V.S.P. in the same board, when minimum distance to insure proper V.S.P. coordination can not be respected For multipole voltage surge protectors, each conductor (including the neutral conductor) must be equipped with one decoupling inductor Number of modules 1 039 62 Module for circuit 35 A - 500 V ± 2 1 039 63 Module for circuit 63 A - 500 V ± 4 EN 61643-11 Type 1 (T1) Type 2 (T2) IEC 61643-1 Class I (T1) Class II (T2) VDE 0675-6 (1) Class B Class C Type of wave 10/350 µs 8/20 µs Main characteristics Iimp (10/350) In (8/20) In, Imax (1) German standard VDE replaced by European standard EN 61643-11 039 63
85 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list STOP&GO automatic resetting for DX TM STOP&GO automatic resetting for DX TM Temporarily electrical disturbances and other external events can cause unwanted tripping of different devices protecting electrical installation STOP&GO verifies automatically the state of the installation, before resetting and launches a visual and audible alarm signal in case of permanent fault detection (short-circuit or residual current)After verifying the state of the installation, STOP&GO automatic resets the associated protection device in order to immediatly re-establish power supply and avoid unwanted consequencesSTOP&GO does not protect the installation against lightning strikes For an efficient protection against lightning, use voltage surge protectors (p. 82) The Autotest version is specially suitable for installations equipped with residual current protection devices (RCD's and RCBOs) STOP&GO periodically does an automatic test of the functionning of residual current protection devices. The manual test is no longer needed Alarm Heating Swimming pool Refrigerator Access control Freezer Aquarium Watering Mains fault due to temporarily electrical disturbances Electrical devices are not powered anymore STOP&GO automatic resets the associated protection device in order to immediatly re-establish power supply Installation without STOP&GO Installation with STOP&GO 073 81 08911 (p. 77) Pack Cat. No. STOP&GO automatic resetting Clip on the left-hand side of devices Gives automatically an order of resetting of the associated device, following an unwanted tripping, caused by a temporary anomaly (such as lightning strikes) Verifies automatically the state of the installation, before resetting Visual and audible alarm signal in case of permanent fault detection (short-circuit or residual current) Compatible with the following devices: - RCDs: 2P - 2 modules - RCBOs: 2P - 2 modules - RCBOs: 2P - 4 modules - MCBs: 2P ≤ 63 A - 2 modules Number Standard of modules 1 073 81 Control voltage: 230 VA 3 Autotest Periodical test of the associated RCD 1 073 82 Control voltage: 230 VA 3 Voltage surge protectors (p. 82)
86 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Voltage surge protectors (continued) n Technical characteristics Voltage surge protectors for power lines Networks: 230/400 VA - 50/60 Hz Degree of protection: IP 20 Operating temperature: -10° C to +40° C Storage temperature: -20° C to +70° C Voltage surge protectors for telephone lines Degree of protection: IP 20 Operating temperature: -10° C to +40° C Storage temperature: -20° C to +70° C n Installation Voltage surge protectors cascading (multi-level protection)Beyond the standards requirements:• the cost of the consequences of equipment unavailability,• the nature of the equipment to be protected (IT, electronics, etc.),• the situation of the buildings (proximity or not of a building equipped with a lightning conductor),• the power supply network…,are all situations that justify the installation of VSPs.However, the efficiency of protection against overvoltages cannot be optimally ensured with a single VSP.This is why Legrand recommends combining several VSPs in cascade with different protection levels, from the first panel as far as the device to be protected (proximity protection of sensitive devices).An installation will be all the more efficient if, beyond Class I and II VSPs, it comprises proximity VSPs (Class III) on sockets supplying sensitive devices (IT, electronic, etc.). Associated protectionThe supply circuit of the VSP must be protected against short-circuits and overloads by its associated disconnector (MCB) in accordance with discrimination rules. TT earthing systems, and V.S.P.: V.S.P. always installed downstream a residual current device (RCD) For the voltage surge protector to perform it’s function as well as possible, it must be installed: • in parallel • keeping as short a connection length as possible between the phase-neutral terminal block and the PE or PEN terminal block • in accordance with EMC (electromagnetic compatibility) rules: avoid the loops of conductors, fix the cables against metal conductive parts Type 2 V.S.P. (class II) High protection (H) Increased protection (I) Standard protection (S) Cat. No. 039 20/21/22/23 039 30/31/32/33 039 40/41/43 Neutral earthing system TT - TN - IT TT - TN - IT TT - TN Max. steady state voltage (Uc) 440 VA 440 VA 320 VA Max. dis- charge current Iimp (10/350) 10 kA - - Imax (8/20) 70 kA 40 kA 15 kA Nominal discharge current In (8/20) 20 kA 15 kA 5 kA Protection level (Up) at In at 5 kA 2 kV; 20 kA 1.5 kV; 5 kA 1.8 kV; 15 kA 1.3 kV; 5 kA 1.4 kV; 15 kA 1.2 kV; 5 kA U t 440 V 440 V 440 V Associated protection DX, DX-H, DX-L C curve 40 A 20 A 20 A Max. terminal capacity rigid conductor 25 mm 2 flexible conductor 16 mm 2 Analog 038 28 Digital 038 29 Minimum voltage (Un) 170 V 48 V Protection level (Up) 260 V 100 V Nominal current (In) 5 kA Max. terminal capacity flexible/rigid 0.5 to 2.5 mm 2 Main board Secondary board Without lightning conductor: type 2 V.S.P. H protection Type 2 V.S.P. I or S protection Proximity protection With lightning conductor: type 1 V.S.P.(mandatory) H, I or S protection P = Mosaic or Céliane or similar
87 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Voltage surge protectors (continued) Connection principles (continued) Recommended cross-sections for conductors linking voltage surge protectors Minimum distances between voltage surge protectors Installation of V.S.P. in the same board with decoupling inductorsWhen distances cannot be respected please use decoupling inductors, installed as follows PE L N CatNo. 039 62 or 63 2nd level(type 2 V.S.P.) 1st level 1 - Voltage surge protector in TN system 2 - Voltage surge protector in TT system 3 - Voltage surge protector in IT system n Installation for telephone lines Protection of a telephone line• Upstream the communication distribution box • Downstream the communication distribution box - Analogue or digital - Digital Type 2 V.S.P. Cross section mm 2 H level 16 I level 10 S level 6 Type 1 V.S.P. Cross section mm 2 H level 16 I level 16 S level 16 Upstream V.S.P. Downstream V.S.P. Distance (m) S level type 1 E (S) type 2 8 (10) H level type 2 S (P) type 2 8 (10) I level type 2 S (P) type 2 4 (6) S level type 2 P type 2 2
88 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Power contactors From 16 A to 63 A 040 78 Dimensions (p. 100) Conform to IEC/EN 61095 Space for power supply busbar on top (up to 25 A) Pack Cat. No. Power contactors with 24 V ± coil 2-pole - 250 V ± Type Number I max of contact of modules 1 041 14 16 A N/C + N/O 1 1 041 16 25 A 2 N/O 1 4-pole - 400 V ± 1 041 17 25 A 4 N/O 2 Pack Cat. No. Power contactors with 230 V ± coil (continued) 2-pole - 250 V ± Type Number I max of contact of modules 1 041 29 25 A 2 N/C 1 4-pole - 400 V ± 5 041 31 25 A 4 N/O 2 1 041 32 25 A 4 N/C 2 1 041 33 25 A 2 N/O + 2 N/C 2 Power contactors with 230 V ± coil and handle Manual override for test and repair function, carried out via the handle Permanent "ON" or "OFF" without automatic closing of the contactor 2-pole - 250 V ± Type Number I max of contact of modules 4 041 47 25 A 2 N/O 1 1 040 68 (1) 40 A 2 N/O 2 1 040 75 (1) 63 A 2 N/O 2 1 040 76 (1) 63 A 2 N/C 2 3-pole - 400 V ± 1 040 69 (1) 40 A 3 N/O 3 1 040 77 (1) 63 A 3 N/O 3 4-pole - 400 V ± 2 041 48 25 A 4 N/O 2 1 040 70 (1) 40 A 4 N/O 3 1 040 78 (1) 63 A 4 N/O 3 1 040 79 63 A 4 N/C 3 Power contactors with 24 V ± coil and handle Manual override for test and repair function, carried out via the handle Permanent "ON" or "OFF" without automatic reset 2-pole - 250 V ± Type Number I max of contact of modules 1 041 23 25 A 2 N/O 1 1 040 73 (1) 63 A 2 N/O 2 4-pole - 400 V ± 1 041 24 25 A 4 N/O 2 1 040 74 (1) 63 A 4 N/O 3 Low noise power contactors with 230 V ± coil 2-pole - 250 V ± Type Number I max of contact of modules 1 041 49 25 A 2 N/O 1 Power contactors with 230 V ± coil 2-pole - 250 V ± Type Number I max of contact of modules 4 041 26 16 A N/C + N/O 1 10 041 58 25 A 2 N/O 1 24V 24V 24V 24V 24V 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V 230V 041 16 041 23 041 24 041 31 041 47 (1) Handle can be accessed once the blanking plate has been removed
89 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Power contactors From 16 A to 63 A Power contactors From 16 A to 63 A (continued) • RecommendationsDerating of contactors mounted in modular boxes if the internal temperature is 40 °C Install a spacing unit every two contactors (Cat. No. 044 40 or 044 41)• Max. connection cross-section in mm 2 Cross reference list old range / new range Old range Cat. No. New range Cat. No. Designation 040 33 041 14 16 A - 24 V - N/C + N/O 040 41 041 16 (1) / 041 23 (2) 25 A - 24 V - 2 N/O 040 43 041 17 (1) / 041 24 (2) 25 A - 24 V - 4 N/O 040 38 041 26 16 A - 230 V - N/C + N/O 040 49 041 58 (1) / 041 47 (2) 25 A - 230 V - 2 N/O 040 52 041 49 25 A - 230 V - 2 N/O low noise 040 50 041 29 25 A - 230 V - 2 N/C 040 53 041 31 (1) / 041 48 (2) 25 A - 230 V - 4 N/O 040 54 041 32 25 A - 230 V - 4 N/C 040 55 041 33 25 A - 230 V - 2 N/C + 2 N/O 040 85 041 85 Auxiliary changeover switch for 1 module 16 and 25 A contactors 041 83 Auxiliary changeover switch for 2 modules 25 A contactors 040 85 Auxiliary changeover switch for 40 A and 63 A contactors Contactor rating 40 °C 50 °C 60 °C 70 °C Ie = 16 A 16 A 14 A 12 A 10 A Ie = 25 A 25 A 22 A 20 A 18 A Ie = 40 A 40 A 36 A 32 A 29 A Ie = 63 A 63 A 57 A 50 A 45 A n Technical characteristics • rated impulsive resistant current (Uimp): 4 kV • mechanical life in cycles of operations: 10 6 cycles • temperature: - operation: - 25° C to + 40° C- storage: - 40° C to +70° C Protection of contactors against short-circuits conforming to IEC EN 61095, conditional short-circuit current Iq = 6 kA MCB or gG fuse, rating: • ≤ 16 A for 16 A rating • ≤ 25 A for 25 A rating • ≤ 40 A for 40 A rating • ≤ 63 A for 63 A rating • Control coil consumption 040 85 Pack Cat. No. Signalling auxiliaries for contactors Auxiliary changeover switch Used to signal the position status of the contacts on the product to which it is connected For 1 module contactors 16 A to 25 A Maximum 2 auxiliary devices per contactor Fitted on left-hand side of contactor Changeover Number I max. Voltage switch of modules 1 041 85 5 A 250 V ± N/C + N/O 0.5 For 2 module contactors 25 A Maximum 2 auxiliary devices per contactor Fitted on left-hand side of contactor Changeover Number I max. Voltage switch of modules 1 041 83 5 A 250 V ± N/C + N/O 0.5 For 40 and 63 A contactors Maximum 1 auxiliary device per contactor Fitted on left-hand side of contactor Changeover Number I max. Voltage switch of modules 1 040 85 5 A 250 V ± N/C + N/O 0.5 041 85 041 83 Power contactors 16 A and 25 A Control voltage 24 VA 230 VA low noise 230 VA Nominal current 16 - 25 A 25 A 25 A 16 - 25 A 16 - 25 A Type of contact N/O + N/C 2 N/C 4 N/O 2 N/O N/O + N/C 2 N/O 2 N/C 2 N/O + 2 N/C 4 N/O 4 N/C Number of modules 1 2 1 1 2 Holding 200 mA 300 mA 6 mA 20 mA 20 mA Inrush 970 mA 300 mA 55 mA 90 mA 200 mA Power contactors 40 A, 63 A Control voltage 24 VA 230 VA Nominal current 40 and 63 A 40 and 63 A 40 and 63 A 40 and 63 A Type of contact 2 N/O 4 N/O 2 N/O 2 N/C 3 N/O 4 N/O 4 N/C Number of modules 2 3 2 3 Holding 250 mA 270 mA 15 mA 30 mA Inrush 1750 mA 1500 mA 150 mA 200 mA Type of conductor Ratings ≤ 25 A Ratings 40 and 63 A Rigid 1 x 6 2 or 2 x 2.5 2 1 x 25 2 or 2 x 10 2 Flexible 1 x 6 2 or 2 x 2.5 2 1 x 25 2 or 2 x 10 2 Flexible with single ferrule 1 x 6 2 1 x 16 2 Flexible with double ferrule 2 x 4 2 2 x 16 2 (1) Without handle (2) With handle
90 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Programmable time switches DIN rail mounting Programmable time switches Multiple function - daily/weekly 047 73 047 61 AlphaRex SeriesAccording to VDE 631-1 and 631-2-7, IEC 60 730-1 and 60 730-2-7, EN 60 730-1 and 60 730-2-7 Ideal for school bells Fast programming with selection of pre-set groups of days and individual selection of days Easy programming with PC using Legrand software and data key Program consists of ON and OFF time with assignment to certain days Backup possible on data key With additional functions: - holiday program - random function - pulse function (only 1 channel) with pulse duration of 1sec up to 59 min, 59 sec. and 84 start times - hour counter for max. 65 535 hours. Background lighting for display and buttons Running reserve of 6 years for date and time Programs are stored in a EEPROM Programs are shown as a weekly matrix on the display Automatic summer-/wintertime change (daylight saving) Precision +/– 0,2 sec/day Manual switching Lead sealable cover, even with inserted data key Pack Cat. No. AlphaRex D21 1 047 61 Weekly time switch, 1 channels 230 V, 50/60 Hz 1 changeover (SPDT) 250 V/50 Hz, 16 A~ cos = 1 56 programs min. switching time: 1 min. switching stem: 1 min. AlphaRex D22 1 047 71 Weekly time switch, 2 channels 230 V, 50/60 Hz 2 changeover (SOPDT)250 V/50 Hz, 16 A~ cos = 1 56 programs (28 per channel) min. switching time: 1 min. switching stem: 1 min. 1 047 72 Data key Transfer data into time switch PC programmable Can also be used as a backup 1 047 73 USB-adapter To read and write data keys on a PC Software and key 04772 included Connection via USB-port System requirements: Windows®2000, Windows®ME, Windows®XP and Windows®98 second Edition, 0 MB free disc space Serial adapter on demand n Technical data Type Alpha Rex D21 Alpha Rex D22 No. of modules (17.5 mm) 2 No. of channels 1 2 running reserve 6 years switching step 1 min min. switching time 1 min accuracy 0,2 sec/day switching capacity n resistive 230 V~cos • =1 16 A~ n incandescent lamps 230 V 8 A~ n inductive 230 V~cos • =0,6 10 A~ contact 1 SPDT 2 SPDT programs1) 56 pulse start times 84 min.1 sec max. 59 min, pulse duration 59 sec operating temperature – 20° C +55° C protection IP20 (1) A program consists of an ON and an OFF time and the assigned days. n Wiring Diagram Easy ProgrammingThe data key makes work even more convenient. You can set up the program easily on your PC and then save it on your data key. With the Legrand software and the adapter it is a piece of cake. Created programs can easily be saved, edited, managed and used. AlphaRex D21 AlphaRex D22 Dimensions (p. 100)
91 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Digital time switch DIN rail mounting Digital weekly time switch DIN rail mounting 6047 74 According to EN 60730-1 and EN 60730-2-7Digital weekly DIN rail mounting time switch 1 program consists of 1 ON and 1 OFF time and the allocation of any day of the week or a combination of days and the selected channel (2 channel version).Additional features: - manual override (ON/OFF): permanent ON or OFF - automatic override (ON/OFF): actual program will be inversed (ON- OFF, OFF- ON) till next programmed ON time - automatic changing of summer/winter time - running reserve of 6 years Pack Cat. No. MicroRex D21 Plus 1 channel 1 6047 74 230V 50/60Hz 1 6047 75 24V AC/DC MicroRex D22 Plus 2 channel 1 6047 77 230V 50/60Hz 1 6047 78 24V AC/DC n Technical characteristics Type D21 D22 plus Channels 1 2 Running reserve 6 years Min. switching time 1 min Accuracy +/-1 s/d Switching capacity Res. cos = 1 16A Incad. lamps 5A Ind. cos = 0,6 8A Contact changeover (SPDT) 16A Max. programs 28 14 channel Operation temp. -20° C - +55° C Storage temp. -20° C - +60° C Protection IP20 example: 1. prog.: ON 07:00h OFF 08:15h Mon-Fri CH1 2. prog.: ON 16:00h OFF 20:15h Mon-Sun CH2 3. prog.: ON 10:00h OFF 15:15h Fri CH1+2 Wiring Diagram MicroRex D21 Plus MicroRex D22 Plus Dimensions
92 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Programmable time switches Standard - daily/weekly 037 05 D11 time switch - EcoRex D11Conform to EN 60730-1 and EN 60730-2-7 Supply voltage: 120-230 V +10% –15% 50/60 Hz Working reserve: 6 years clock Accuracy: ±1second per day LCD digital display Mount on DIN rail EN 50022¥ Programmable for 1 minute minimum Programming possibilities: Capability of 28 programs 1 program consists of 1 “on” and 1 “off” time and the allocation of any day of the week or a combination of days Combination of days: Mon – Fri (1-5), Mon – Sun (1-7)Any days of the week free programmable example: 1. Prog. on 7:00 off 8:15 Mon – Fri 2. Prog. on 16:00 off 20:15 Mon – Sun 3. Prog. on 10:00 off 16:15 Fri (5) Manual advance/override (ON/OFF)Automatic summer/winter setting Pack Cat. No. D11 – 1 module - Single channel 1 037 05 1 channel 16 A – 250 V cos ϕ = 1 Digital time switches For rail Technical Data Cat. No. 037 05 Supply voltage 120/230V + 10% /- 15% Frequency 50/60 Hz Switching capacity: cos ϕ = 1 cos ϕ = 0·6 16A 13A Contact 1 changeover switch Min. prog. time 1 minute Accuracy ± 1 second / day at 25° C Working reserve 6 years IP rating IP 20 Operating temp. -10° C + 55° C DimensionsSingle channel D11 Wiring diagramSingle channel D11 1 2 5 4 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 12 24 ON OFF Dimensions (p. 100)
93 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Transfer data from: PC to AlphaRex AlphaRex to AlphaRex AlphaRex to PC PRE-PROGRAMMABLE TIME SWITCHES Easy to program Store and transfer data easily using a PC and datakey Data Key: - transfer data- portable storage device- can also be safely stored in the AlphaRex- secure back up Data key 047 81 can be used only with AlphaRex DY64 Programmable time switches Rex - digital annual AlphaRex DY64 047 70 According to VDE 631-1 and 631-2-7, IEC 60 730-1 and 60 730-2-7, EN 60 730-1 and 60 730-2-7n with text based programming concept n Selectable languages: English, German, French, Italian, Spanish and Dutch n fast programming due to selection of pre-set groups of days Mo-Su, and individual selection of days n easy programming with PC using Legrand software and data key n a program consists of an ON and OFF time and their assignment to certain days n Backup on data key possible n 84 programs per channel possible: - 28 weekly/astronomical programs - 28 yearly programs - 28 exceptional programs n shortest possible program: 1sec n background lighting for display and buttons n running reserve of 5 years for date and time n programs are stored in a EEPROM n programs are shown as a weekly matrix on the display n automatic summer-/wintertime change (daylight saving) n Precision +/– 0,2 sec/day or according to frequency n manual override switches (ON/OFF/AUTO) for every channel on the frontside n manual switching n lead sealable cover, even with inserted data key n Calculation of sunrise and sunset by programming date, time and local coordinates. n No light sensor needed! n The switching ON and OFF times (astro function) can be adjusted asymetricaly for +/- 120 minutes. n The control input enables the activation of the time switch irrespective to the program. (only for channel 1) n Possible to create a cyclical repetitive program. (only for channel 1) Pack Cat. No. AlphaRex DY64 Annual time switch, 4 channels 1 047 70 120/230V, 50/60Hz Accessories 1 047 81 Data key for DY64 CAUTION: 047 81 only used with 047 70 1 047 82 Replacement battery 1 6047 78 24V AC/DC Dimensions (p. 100)
94 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Rex-digital time switches AlphaRex DY64 The AlphaRex DY64 offers 3 different types of programming: Weekly Program This menu item is provided for the simple input of programs which are to be repeated weekly (such as switching of lights and boilers). A weekly program consists of an ON time, an OFF time and the associated ON and OFF days. n MON TO SUN: the days of the week are already assigned and you only need to set the ON and OFF times. This is used where the same program is to be executed on every day of the week. n INDIVIDUAL: you can assign the ON and OFF times to any desired days. This is used where the same program is to be executed only on certain days of the week or different programs are to be executed on the various days. Yearly Program This menu item permits the input of (additional) annual programs which are to be executed only during a specified period. These programs and the weekly programs of the same channel are ORed together as described above. The period during which a program is to be executed is defined by entering a start date and an end date. n The option EVERY YEAR should be selected if the addition- al program is to be executed during the same period of each year (e.g. Christmas, national holidays, birthdays, etc.). n The option ONCE should be selected if the additional program is to be executed only during a single period (e.g. vacation period), but the start and end dates of this period are different in each year. Exceptional Program The weekly and annual programs defined for a channel are not executed as long as an extra pro-gram is active. However, other exception programs will be executed while an exception program is active. The various exception programs are ORed together as described above. (see OR function 3a) n The option EVERY YEAR should be selected if the exception program is to be activated for the same period in each year (e.g. Christmas, national holidays, birthdays, etc.). n The option ONCE should be selected if the exception program is to be activated only during a single period (e.g. vacation period), but the start and end dates of this period are different in each year. n Option MON TO SUN: the exception program is active from 00:00 hours on the start date to 24:00 hours on the end date. During this period, the output of the related channel switches only as defined in the exception program. n Option INDIVIDUAL: the exception program is active from 00:00 hours on the start date to 24:00 hours on the end date. During this period, the output of the related channel switches only as defined in the exception program. n Option PROG ON: the exception program is active from the ON time on the start date to OFF time on the end date. During this period, the output of the channel is permanently on. n Option PROG OFF: the exception program is active from the ON time on the start date to OFF time on the end date. During this period, the output of the channel is permanently off.Cycle function for channel 1 Instead of its STANDARD function, the output of channel 1 can be switched on and off cyclically. The available parameters are the PERIOD and the SWITCH ON time within this period. Type Alpha Rex No. of pitch units of 17.5 mm 6 Number of channels 4 Power reserve 5 years Switching increment 1 sec Shortest switching time 1 sec Accuracy 0,2 s/day/ or frequency Switching capacity n Ohmic 230 V~cos ϕ =1 n Filament lamp 230 V n Inductive 230 V~cos ϕ =0,6 16 A~ 8 A~ 10 A~ Switch output 4 SPDT Programs 1) 3 x 4 x 28 (336) Control input with delay-time 0 min – 23h 59min Operating temperature 20 ° C + 55 ° C Type of protection IP20 n Technical data Dimensions (mm) 3 4 L N S ON AUTO OFF ON AUTO OFF ON AUTO OFF ON AUTO OFF 1 2 3 4 2 1 4 2 1 4 2 1 4 2 1 4 Ch1 120V/230V~50/60Hz 047 70 120V/230V 50/60HzR6a -20T M ˜ M ˜ 107,7 66 83 + 3 4 L N S ON AUTO OFF ON AUTO OFF ON AUTO OFF ON AUTO OFF 1 2 3 4 2 1 4 2 1 4 2 1 4 2 1 4 Ch1 120V/230V~50/60Hz 047 70 120V/230V 50/60HzR6a -20T + M ˜ M ˜ 0:10:00 0:10:00 0:10:00 0:04:00 0:04:00 0:04:00 15:00:00 15:10:00 15:20:00 15:30:00 15:32:00 Program channel 1,or control signal “S” Channel 1 relay
95 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Programmable time switches AlphaRex Astro According to VDE 631-1 and 631-2-7, IEC 60 730-1 and 60 730-2-7, EN 60 730-1 and 60 730-2-7 n with text based programming concept n fast programming due to selection of pre-set groups of days Mon-Sun, Mon-Fri, Sat-Sun and individual selection of days n easy programming with PC using Legrand software and data key n a program consists of an ON and OFF time and their assignment to certain days n Backup on data key possible n with additional functions: - holiday program - hour counter for max. 65 535 hours. n background lighting for display and buttons n running reserve of 6 years for date and time n programs are stored in a EEPROM n programs are shown as a weekly matrix on the display n automatic summer-/wintertime change (daylight saving) n Precision +/– 0,2 sec/day Manual switching n lead sealable cover, even with inserted data key n Calculation of sunrise and sunset by programming date, time and local coordinates. n No light sensor needed! n To save energy, a switching off at night is programmable. n The switching On and OFF times can be adjusted asymetricaly for +/- 120 minutes. n The control input enables the activation of the time switch irrespective to the program. (NOT D22 Astro!) Pack Cat. No. AlphaRex D21 Astro weekly time switch, 1 channel 1 047 64 230V, 50/60Hz 1 047 66 24V, 50/60Hz AlphaRex D22 Astro weekly time switch, 2 channel 1 047 67 230V, 50/60Hz 1 047 69 24V, 50/60Hz Microlux D Light sensitive weekly time switch 1 037 21 230 V, 50/60Hz running reserve: 100H Supplied with photoelectric call in plexo weather proof box 047 64 037 21 Remark: The AlphaRex Astro can be programmed using the datakey 04772 and the programming software (see page 90) Programmable time switches Electro-mechanical 037 55 037 44 037 40 Dimension (p. 100) Programmed via captive segment 1-module device: min. 1 segment 3-module device: min. 2 segments Power supply: 230 V ± - 50/60 Hz 3-position override switch "ON-AUTO-OFF" on front panel Manual changeover to summer/winter time 1 outlet 16 A - 250 V ± - µ cos ϕ = 1 Pack Cat. No. Daily programme 1 segment = 15 minutes Accuracy: ± 5 minutes Vertical dial Minimum switching time: 15 mn Number N/O contact of modules 1 037 30 Without working reserve 1 1 037 40 With 100 h working reserve 1 Horizontal dial Minimum switching time: 45 minutes Changeover switch 1 037 52 Without working reserve 3 1 037 53 With 100 h working reserve 3 Weekly programme 1 segment = 2 hours Accuracy: ± 30 minutes Vertical dial Minimum switching time: 2 h Number N/O contact of modules 1 037 44 With 100 h working reserve 1 Horizontal dial Minimum switching time: 4 h Changeover switch 1 037 55 With 100 h working reserve 3 Dimensions (p.96) Technical characteristics (p. 96) Totalising hour counter on door (p. 99)
96 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Electro-mechanical time switches For DIN rail - Technical data Wiring diagram MicroRex Type T11 QT11 QW11 Cat. No. 037 30 037 40 037 44 Supply voltage 230 V~ +10% –15% Frequency 50 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Switching capacity for 16 A cos ϕ = 1 Contact On/off Working reserve None 100 hours 100 hours Min. switching 15 minutes 15 minutes 2 hours time Interval 15 minutes 15 minutes 2 hours Operating temp. –10° C + 55° C MicroRex Type T31 QT31 QW31 Cat. No. 037 52 037 53 037 55 Supply voltage 230 V +10% –15% Frequency 50 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Switching 16 A capacity for cos ϕ = 1 Contact Changeover switch Working reserve None 100 hours 100 hours Min. switching 15 minutes 2 hours time Interval 30 minutes 4 hours Operating temp. –10° C + 55° C U 1 U 2 1 4 2 Max. 90 53 C 003752 44 45 60 4 4 45 6 0 ma x. 86 1 7 ·5 C 003730 234 5 M ~ 003730 3 4 U 1 U 2 Wiring diagram U 1 U 2 M ~ 003752 1 4 2 Dimensions Dimensions REX ASTRONOMICAL TIME SWITCHES Comfort and safety: - The time switch calculates the daily times of sunset and sunrise. At sunset the AstroRex will switch the lights ON and at sunrise the AstroRex will turn the lights OFF. Energy saving: - program an OFF and an ON time at night Typical applications: - shop window illumination- billboard illumination- private and public buildings Easy control Easy Control of lights based on the of sunrise and sunset, with no need of installing a light sensor!
97 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Analogue time switches Electro-mechanical surface mounting Technical data Analogue time switches Electro-mechanical surface mounting Conform to EN 60730-1 and EN 60730-2-7Supply voltage: 230 V~+10% –15%3 position changeover switchWith 72 x 72 mm display to DIN EN 50022 Part C Pack Cat. No. Maxirex TM With manual override 24 hour - 1 channel Programmable for 20 minutes at 10 minute intervals Accuracy: ±5 minutes per day 1 497 50 Without working reserve – 50 Hz - T 1 497 54 With 100 hr working reserve – 50/60 Hz - QT 7 day - 1 channel Programmable for 2 hours at 1 hour intervals Accuracy: ±30 minutes per day 1 497 52 Without working reserve – 50 Hz - W 1 497 56 With 100 hr working reserve – 50/60 Hz - QW 497 54 1 044 09 Fixing accessory for maxirex time switch Adaptor forrail EN 50022 4 1 498 32 Frame for panel mounting MaxiRex EconoRex Type T QT W QW BTAP Cat. No. 497 50 497 54 497 52 497 56 499 81 499 81 Supply voltage 230 V+10% –15% Frequency 50 Hz 50/60 Hz 50 Hz 50/60 Hz 50 Hz Switching capacity: cos ϕ = 1 16 A 16 A cos ϕ = 0·6 10 A 8 A incand. lamp 1 000 W 1 000 W 0499 81 Contact 1 c/o 1 c/o SPDT 1 c/o SPDT 1499 81 1 n/o Working reserve None 100 hrs None 100 hrs None Min. switching 10 mins 1 hrs 15 mins time Interval 20 mins 2 hr 15 mins IP rating IP 20 IP 40 Storage temp. –10° C + 60° C Operating temp. 0° C + 55° C 4 4 ·5 3 4 2 0 4 ·5 7 2 6 9 3 3 ·5 72 110 66 65 c 0 4 9 7 5 4 Dimensions MaxiRex n Mounting of time switches • Panel Mounting • On din rail with accessory 044 09 498 32
98 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list 20A Analogue time switch Analogue for DIN-Rail mounting and wall mounting 20A Analogue time switch For DIN-Rail mounting and wall mounting According to UL 9/7, IEC 60730-1, EN 60730-1, VDE 0631 part 1, IEC 60730-2-7, EN 60730-2-7, VDE 0631 part 2-7. Robust analogue daily and weekly time switch for DIN-Rail mounting, wall mounting and for installation in plastic box (4 terminal version)• with manual switch (on/Automatic)• hands can be moved clockwise and counter-clockwise Pack Cat. No. 20A MaxiRex 4 time switch 24 hour - without working reserve 1 6499 18 4T (230V – 50Hz) without enclosure 1 6499 17 4TB (230V – 50Hz) – with IP53 enclosure 24 hour - with 500 hr working reserve 1 6499 15 4QT (230V – 50/60Hz) without plastic box 1 6499 14 4QTB (230V – 50Hz) – with IP53 enclosure 6499 18 6499 17 Type MaxiRex4 No. of channels 1 Switching capacity Cos ϕ = 1 20 A~ incandescent 4 A~ ind. Cos ϕ = 0,6 10 A~ Minimum setting unit 10 min for daily 1 h for weekly Minimum setting interval 20 min for daily 2 h for weekly Operating temperature -10° + 50° Protection modus IP 53 (with plastic box) n Contacts for MaxiRex n Contacts for EconoRex n Dimensions of programmable time switches n Analogue time switches Cat. No. 6499 14 M U1 U2 4 1 9 6 3 12 144.5 150.6 120 171.2 100.6 51 70 49 119.5 n Cover for 649 918 & 649 915 M 1 4 2 U1 U2 649 949 Econorex M TM 24 hour - 1 channel Programmable for 15 minutes minimum at 15 minute intervals with retained ‘pull out’ segments Easily programmed, easily read by user Just set actual time to pointer and pull out segments for switch time 1 499 83 Panel mounting (72 x 72mm) MT, No working reserve 1 499 86 Panel mounting (72 x 72mm) MQT, W/100H working reserve
99 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Time switches and hour counters Time switches and hour counters 499 26 Pack Cat. No. Totalising hour counters (Panel mount) 48 x 48 mm AC current - design : 0...99999.99 hr DC current - design : 0...999999.9 hr IP 40 Panel flush mounting Voltage supply: 1 495 52 24 V ± - 50 Hz 1 495 55 240 V ± - 50 Hz 1 495 60 12-36 VDC Defrosting time switch Time switch for short periods for control of defrosting, regularly repeated switching of pumps, feed conveyors, sprinkler systems, periodic lubrication of machines 16 A - 250 V± µ - cos ϕ = 1 IP 30 24 hour programme The timer can repeat one or two settable short programmes within 24 hours Shortest switching sequence 2.5 hours - up to 9 times 1 switching step = 1 segment = 30 min. With two changeover contacts Without working reserve Voltage supply 230 V ± - 50 Hz 1 499 26 KKT - Defrosting time from 10 to 60 minutes per contact n Characteristics of hour counters Materials - front panel : transparent synthetic material Type : 48 x 48 mm Mounting : flush-mounting Range: A.C. : 0…99999.99 hr/D.C. : 0…999999.9 hr Accuracy : A.C.:1/100 e h/D.C.: 1/10 e h Reset : none Size of numerals : 4 mm Consumption : A.C. : 2 VA/D.C. : 0.65 W Index of protection : IP 40 Operating temperature : – 25 ° C to + 80 ° C Weight: 110 g Terminal connections : 2 x 1.5 mm 2 n Dimensions Cat. No. 499 26Contacts M L N 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 1 48.5 32 6 Ø 50 45 45 h 0000123 495 55 Totalising hour counters (Din mounting) Count the operating hours of a machine or an electrical device to determine its exact operating timeCounter with numerical display Capacity: 5 digits + 2 decimal places (1 unit = 1 hr) Precision: 1/100th hour Number Consumption: 0.2 VA of modules 1 046 94 230 V ± - 50 Hz 2 1 046 91 24 V ± - 50 Hz 2
100 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list LEXIC modular din-rail equipment dimensions 45 A E D G C F B
101 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Notes
102 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Distribution cabinets, enclosures and connection P. 108 Modular boxes Distribution cabinets and consumer units Weatherproof enclosures XL³ 160 XL³ 160 Cabinets (P. 104-105) P. 104 XL 3 160 surface mounting metal cabinets NEW NEW P. 112 Plexo 3 weatherproof distribution cabinets NEW
103 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list P. 110 Modular distribution blocks P. 108 Supply busbars, entry terminals P. 109 Distribution boards 24P to 84P P. 105 XL 3 160 flush-mounting metal cabinets P. 106 XL 3 160 doors, equipment
104 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Pack Cat.No. Fully modular cabinets No of No of Height Width Depth rows modules (mm) (mm) (mm) 1 200 04 4 96 750 575 147 1 200 05 5 120 900 575 147 1 200 06 6 144 1050 575 147 XL 3 160 metal "Ready to use" distribution cabinets Accessories Cable entry plates 1 200 20 Additional adjustable plate Cable fixing support 1 200 35 Holds cable in place on entry to cabinet Wall mounting lugs 1 201 00 Set of 4 metal lugs for IP 43 cabinets and enclosures Plate with knock-out entries 1 200 21 2 x Ø4 to 32 mm and 22 x Ø4 to 20 mm Fireproof to 750 °C/5 s in accordance with IEC 60695-2-1 for installation in public buildings. Removable chassis with rails 2 fitted Brass bar for protective conductors fitted: 36 holes 1.5 to 10 mm 2 and 2 x 35 mm 2 holes. Capacity 24 modules per row. RAL 7035 Supplied complete with rails and faceplates. Doors to be ordered separately For creating assemblies certified in accordance with IEC EN 60439-1 IP 43 – IK 08 with seal and door IP 40 – IK 08 with door IP 30 – IK 07 without door Removable side panels. Removable, separable top and bottom panels for inserting adjustable cable gland plate 200 06 200 150200 150 200 150200 150 150 200 150200 150 150 150 200 45 Dimensions (p. 107) XL 3 160 CABINETS Ready to use fully modular cabinets Fast installation: cabinets are supplied complete with rails, faceplates and adjustable cable entry plate. Surface or flush-mounting versions metal or insulated cabinets Can be equipped with curved or flat metallic and glass doors XL 3 160 cabinet 144 poles Mounting principle
105 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list XL 3 160 flush-mounting "Ready to use" distribution cabinets Pack Cat.No. Fully modular cabinets No of No of Front panel Box rows modules Height Width Height Width (mm) (mm) 1 200 14 4 96 845 670 790 617 1 200 15 5 120 995 670 940 617 1 200 16 6 144 1145 670 1090 617 Fireproof to 750 °C/5 s in accordance with IEC 60695-2-1 for installation in public buildings Supplied complete: - metal flush-mounting box, - removable chassis with rails fitted, - brass bar for protective conductors fitted: 36 holes 1.5 to 10 mm 2 , 2 x 35 mm 2 holes, - finishing frame and plastic faceplates Flush-mounting depth: 100 mm min. Capacity: 24 modules per row RAL 7035 Doors to be ordered separately (p. 106) Can take DPX 125 units IP 40 – IK 08 with door IP 30 – IK 04 without door 200 150200 150 200 150200 150 150 200 150200 150 150 150 200 13 + door 202 83 Doors and equipment (p. 106) Fixing accessory 1 200 10 For hollow partition Dimensions (p. 107) Notes
106 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list XL 3 160 Doors, equipment, wiring, connection of protective conductor 202 55 202 73 202 83 Connection of protective conductors Additional brass bar 1 373 00 Length 416 mm, 12 x 6.5 mm cross-section Fits directly on the supports integrated in XL 3 160 cabinet or on rail 2 with wire guides Cat.No 200 94 or on the support end stop Cat.No 375 12 - 36 holes Ø5.3 mm (1.5 to 10 mm 2 ) - 2 holes Ø9 mm (35 mm 2 ) Support for IP 2X terminal block 1 200 50 Set of 2 supports Fit directly at the back of cabinets (horizontal or vertical position) Takes 12 x 2 flat bar Cat.No 048 19 Equipotential link conductor 1 373 85 Length 350 mm Cross-section 6 mm 2 , ensures equipotential continuity when fitting auxiliaries on door (Osmoz signalling units 50 V) Wiring Wire guide 10 200 94 For horizontal wiring Fits directly on the rails 2 Takes brass bar Cat.No 373 00 and 12 x 4 bar with clamps Cat.No 373 02 1 200 93 For vertical wiring Fits directly on cabinet chassis - Set of 2 Ducting support 1 200 70 For direct vertical mounting of Lina 25 ducting Fits directly on cabinet chassis - Set of 2 Finishing strip 1 201 60 For a perfect finish at the join between DLP trunkink and XL 3 cabinet or enclosures RAL 7035 200 93 373 00 Pack Cat.No Doors Supplied with handle with interchangeable barrels (to be ordered separately) Curved Faceplate/door distance: metal - 57 mm Metal For cabinet/enclosure Height (mm): 1 202 54 750 1 202 55 900 1 202 56 1050 Flat Metal Glass Faceplate/door distance: metal - 38 mm ; glass - 34 mm 1 202 74 (1) 202 84 (1) 750 1 202 75 (1) 202 85 (1) 900 1 202 76 (1) 202 86 (1) 1050 Equipment for doors Key barrels for metal or transparent doors Supplied with a set of 2 keys 1 202 91 Type 405 1 202 92 Type 455 1 202 93 Type 1242 E 1 202 94 Type 2433 A Seal for IP 43 protection 1 201 30 Supplied ready to use length 5.5 m for cabinets (width 660 and 910 mm), enclosures and cable sleeves Self-adhesive document holders for plan Open - RAL 7035 External dim. Internal dim. Height Width Height Width Depth (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 20 365 80 235 340 200 310 18 20 365 81 165 260 130 230 18 Closed - RAL 9002 1 365 82 Rigid plastic - IP 50 Internal dim.: 324 x 120 x 18 mm Transparent 10 097 99 Flexible plastic - A4 - 305 x 220 mm (1) Not suitable for Vistop with front handle For curved glass doors, please consult us
107 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list XL 3 160 metal "Ready to use" distribution cabinets n Installation principle Side panels can be removed separately Removable chassis n Dimensions 575 H 170 147 A With flat door 190 147 57 With curved door (metal) Vertical wire guide Cat.No 200 93 Fixing cables and wiring Cat.No 200 35 Support for Lina 25 ducting Cat.No 200 70 Cat. No. H (mm) 200 04 750 200 05 900 200 06 1050 XL 3 160 flush-mounting "Ready to use" distribution cabinets n Installation principle n Dimensions Removable chassis 670 100 40 B A Fixing cables fitted Vertical wire guide Cat.No 200 93 Cat. No. A (mm) B (mm) 200 14 790 845 200 15 940 995 200 16 1090 1145 A (mm) Metal 38 Glass 34
108 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Pack Cat No. Self-extinguishing: resistance to incandescent wire 750°C distribution boxes IP30 - IK05 White RAL 9010Cover directly clip shut and sealable Capacity in modules Dimensions (mm) of 17.5 mm Height x Width xDepth 10 013 01 1 140 x 30 x 72 10 013 02 2 140 x 50 x 72 10 013 04 4 160 x 90 x 74 5 013 06 (1) 6 160 x 128 x 74 1 013 08 (2) (8 + 1) 180 x 190 x 83 Modular boxes - IP30 Surface mount - Din rail 013 08 013 04 (1) Supplied with Earth connector IP 2x 4x holes 1.5- 16mm 2 (2) Supplies with Earth connector IP 2x 8x holes 1.5- 16mm 2 Supply busbars entry terminals Standard distribution Clip-on blanking plate (pole fillers) 6.5 modules separable by single or half modules (1 module = 17.5 mm) 20 016 56 White RAL 9010 n Technical characteristics Max. Length Cross Permissible current: Busbars number in number section 1 central 2 power types of devices of 17.5 mm (mm 2 ) power supply point connected modules supply point Single pole or 1 row 13 13 Single pole + neutral Meter 57 57 16 2 80 100 1 row 6 12 10 2 63 90 Double pole Meter 28 56 16 2 80 100 Double pole 1 row 6 12 10 2 63 90 balanced on 3-phases Meter 28 56 16 2 80 100 1 row 4 12 10 2 63 90 Triple pole Meter 19 57 16 2 80 100 1 row 3 12 10 2 63 90 Four pole Meter 14 56 16 2 80 100 049 44 049 26 049 05 049 14 Pack Cat. No. Prong-type supply busbars Universal single pole + neutral Reversible: blue for neutral, black for live Max. Max number of Length devices connected 20 049 26 1 row 13 10 049 37 Meter 57 Double pole 50 049 38 (1) 1 row 6 10 049 39 Meter 28 Double pole balanced on 3 phases 3 049 40 (1) 1 row 6 10 049 41 Meter 28 Triple pole 40 049 42 (1) 1 row 4 10 049 43 Meter 19 Four pole 30 049 44 1 row 3 10 049 45 Meter 14 Protection Protection of prongs 20 049 88 12 modules Can be cut to length Protection of supply busbar ends 40 049 89 For single pole/single pole + neutral 20 049 90 For double pole length 1 m and triple pole 20 049 91 For four-pole Entry terminals 20 049 05 For universal single pole + neutral or single pole supply busbars Cross section: 4 to 25 mm 2 - IP 2X 20 049 06 For all supply busbars Cross section: 6 to 35 mm 2 n Standard distribution Cat. No. 013 01/02/04/06/08 Cat.No 013 08 with cover Distribution box with 1 to 9 modules per row A B 47.5 D C E F 103 001301-26323c.eps Cat. No. A B C D E F 013 01 30 72 140 120 10 7 013 02 50 72 140 115 25 7 013 04 90 74 160 130 45 7 013 06 128 74 160 125 80 7 013 08 190 83 180 130 120 14.5 (1) Filled with end protection Fork-type supply busbars Single pole 20 049 11 1 row 12 10 049 12 Meter 57 Double pole 10 049 14 Meter 28
109 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Distribution Boards IP55 and accessories Pack Cat. No. Distribtution Boards 250 A Distribution Boards with 250A chassis for 17.5mm module MCB’s – Escutcheon included Grey RAL7035Without Main Switch 1 HPM0800L - 24 24 pole 1 HPM0800L - 36 36 pole 1 HPM1000L - 48 48 pole 1 HPM1000L - 60 60 pole 1 HPM1200L - 72 72 pole 1 HPM1200L - 84 84 poleWith 250A Main Switch 1 HPM0800L2425F 24 pole 1 HPM0800L3625F 36 pole 1 HPM1000L4825F 48 pole 1 HPM1000L6025F 60 pole 1 HPM1200L7225F 72 pole 1 HPM1200L8425F 84 pole For orange colour, please add O at end of part no. Chassis – 3 Pole (red, white, blue) 250A Chassis for 17.5mm module MCB’s – 20kA 0.1s 1 6022 10 24 Pole 1 6022 11 36 Pole 1 6022 12 48 Pole 1 6022 13 60 Pole 1 6022 14 72 Pole 1 6022 15 84 Pole Main Switch 1 2046 39 3 Pole 250A Emergency Lighting Test Switch 1 6820 84 Modular E/L test switch (contactor not included) 1 04129 Modular contactor 2pn/c 25A 1 04132 Modular contactor 4pn/c 25A External Dimensions No Poles Distribution Board Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Without Main Switch Cat. No With Main Switch Cat. No With Main Switch Cat. No (orange) 800 600 200 24 HPM0800L - 24 HPM0800L2425F HPM0800L2425FO 800 600 200 36 HPM0800L - 36 HPM0800L3625F HPM0800L3625FO 1 000 600 200 48 HPM1000L - 48 HPM1000L4825F HPM1000L4825FO 1 000 600 200 60 HPM1000L - 60 HPM1000L6025F HPM1000L6025FO 1 200 600 200 72 HPM1200L - 72 HPM1200L7225F HPM1200L7225FO 1 200 600 200 84 HPM1200L - 84 HPM1200L8425F HPM1200L8425FO H D W For other pole capacity and 400A Distribution Boards Please consult us Ample space: - space for additional din rail equipment - extra space for cabling - full accessibility from top and bottom Ready to use: - equipped with standard 250A main switch Chassis: - type tested up to 250A (for 400A please consult us) - complete solutions from 24 poles to 84 poles Designed and manufactured in Australia DISTRIBUTION BOARDS Spacious design Legrand Distribution Boards are spacious and expandable for control wiring. They are designed to suit Commercial and Industrial.
110 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Modular distribution blocks 40 to 250 A 048 77 Standard distribution Connection with or without Starfix ferrules Self-extinguishing, according to EN 60695-2-11: 960° C on active part supports Distribution terminals 1 048 67 160 A - 6 outputs 25 mm 2 flexible - Isc peak 30 k Can be fitted directly onto downstream terminal of DPX 125/160, Vistop 100/160 A and DX H 125 A 1 048 68 250 A - 4 outputs 35 mm 2 flexible and 2 outputs 25 mm 2 flexible - Isc peak 36 k Can be fitted directly onto downstream terminal of DPX 250/250 ER and DPX-IS 250 Technical characteristics (p. 111) (1) With short ferrule supplied for flexible connection 25 mm 2 048 68 Modular distribution blocks Mounting on rail 4 Fitted with Lexic label holder Can be joined together Possibility of forming a four pole distribution block by adding modules Single pole Rating Isc peak Number (A) (kÂ) of modules 4 048 71 125 35 2 4 048 83 160 27 2 4 048 73 250 60 2 Pack Cat. No. Monobloc modular distribution blocks Mounting on rail 4 or on plate with 2 screws Supplied with insulated back plate and transparent protective front cover. Each bar can be labelled using CAB 3. Possible to add IP 2X terminal block (except Cat.No 048 77) Double pole Equipped with 2 bars Isc Rating peak Icw Number (A) (kÂ) (kA) of modules 5 048 81 40 20 3 6 10 048 80 100 20 4.5 4 5 048 82 125 18 4.5 8 Four pole Equipped with 4 bars 5 048 85 40 20 3 6 10 048 84 100 20 4.5 4 5 048 86 125 20 4.5 6 5 048 88 (1) 125 14.5 4.2 8 1 048 79 (1) 160 27 8.4 10 1 048 77 250 42 14.4 9 048 88 n Section for connecting rigid or flexible conductors (with Starfix ferrules) Distribution Blocks Cat. No. Connections per bar Rigid conductors Flexible conductors with ferrules Num- ber Ø (mm) Section (mm 2 ) Section (mm 2 ) Starfix ferrules Cat. No. 048 67 6 8.5 6 to 25 376 68 to 71 048 68 4 10 6 to 35 376 68 to 77 2 8.9 6 to 25 376 68 to 71 048 71 12 5.3 16 to 50 1.5 to 10 376 64 to 69 4 10 1.5 to 10 16 to 35 376 70 to 77 376 70 to 77 048 73 4 6 70 to 150 2.5 to 10 376 66 to 69 6 8.5 2.5 to 16 10 to 25 376 69 to 77 1 - 10 to 35 70 to 120 - 048 80 5 5.3 2.5 to 10 1.5 to 10 376 64 to 69 2 7.5 10 to 25 6 to 16 376 68 to 70/77 048 81 11 4.3 1.5 to 4 0.75 to 4 376 62 to 67 2 6 6 to 16 4 to 10 376 67/68/69 048 82 11 5.3 2.5 to 10 1.5 to 10 376 64 to 69 2 7.5 10 to 25 6 to 16 376 68 to 70/77 2 9 10 to 35 10 to 25 376 69/72/71 048 83 7 5.3 35 to 70 1.5 to 10 376 64 to 69 2 7.5 2.5 to 10 6 to 16 376 68/69/77 3 8.9 6 to 25 10 to 25 376 69/72 1 - 10 to 35 25 to 50 376 71 to 77/78 048 84 5 5.3 2.5 to 10 1.5 to 10 376 64 to 69 2 7.5 10 to 25 6 to 16 376 68 to 70/77 048 85 11 4.3 1.5 to 4 0.75 to 4 376 62 to 67 2 6 6 to 16 4 to 10 376 67/68/69 048 86 7 5.3 2.5 to 10 1.5 to 10 376 64 to 69 2 7.5 10 to 25 6 to 16 376 68 to 70/77 2 9 10 to 35 10 to 25 376 69/77 048 88 11 5.3 2.5 to 10 1.5 to 10 376 64 to 69 4 8.5 10 to 35 6 to 25 376 68 to 71 048 79 1 35 to 70 35 to 70 376 77/78 8 5.3 2.5 to 10 1.5 to 10 376 64 to 69 4 7.5 10 to 25 6 to 16 376 68 to 70/77 2 8.5 10 to 35 10 to 25 376 69/77 048 77 6 6 2.5 to 16 2.5 to 10 376 66 to 69 2 7.5 10 to 25 6 to 16 376 68 to 70/77 2 8.5 10 to 35 10 to 25 376 69 to 77 1 10 16 to 50 16 to 35 376 70 to 72/77 1 - 50 to 120 50 to 120 376 78 Modular distribution blocks 40 to 250 A
111 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Modular distribution blocks 40 to 250 A (continued) n Monobloc modular distribution blocks Double pole 40 - 100 - 125 A, Cat. No. 048 81/80/82 Four pole 40 - 100 - 125 A, Cat. No. 048 85/84/86/88 44 50 w 49 39 23 44 50 w 88.5 86 23 Four pole 160 A, Cat.No 048 79 44 50 96.8 91.5 23 w Four pole 250 A, Cat.No 048 77Self-extinguishing 960 ° C according to EN 60695-2-11 n Use of IP 2X terminal blocks Modular Derating distribution blocks Voltage Rating 048 80 400 V 80 A 048 81 400 V 40 A 048 82 400 V 100 A 048 84 400 V 80 A 048 85 400 V 40 A 048 86 400 V 100 A 048 88 400 V 100 A 048 79 400 V 100 A Cat. No. Width (mm) 048 80 70 048 81 105 048 82 140 048 84 70 048 85 105 048 86 105 048 88 140 048 77 160 048 79 179 Conform to EN 60947-1 Insulating voltage according to EN 60947-1 / IEC 60664-1: 500 VImpulse voltage (Uimp): 8 kV - Degree of pollution: 3Use in DC: without derating Self-extinguishing 960 ° C on active parts supports W 134.5 75 70.5 85 75 150 25 10 5.5 45 n Distribution terminals , Cat. No. 048 67/68 160 A 250 A n Modular distribution blocks Single pole 125 - 160 - 250 A, Cat. No. 048 71/83/73 Connection 144 44 7 60 104.5 45 101.5 125 A 160 A 250 A Cat.No 048 71 Cat.No 048 83 Cat.No 3 Torque 3.5 Nm 10 Nm 36 Torque 3.5 Nm 36 Torque 24 Nm
112 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Self-extinguishing: resistance to incandescent wire 650°C Conform to EN 60439-3 Weatherproof cabinets - IP 65 - IK 09 - Class II Door and cabinet fully reversible Removable chassis and faceplates from 2-row versions up 2-position rail for modular products and moulded cases Spacing between rails 150 mm Lockable door handle, sealable cover and faceplate Shock-resistant polystyrene material Box colour light grey L750A, cover colour dark grey R746A Supplied with IP2X Earth and Neutral terminal blocks Spare blanking plate included as a standard for 12-24-36 modules 6019 74 Pack Cat. No. Enclosures 4 to 8 module Number of rows Number of modules 6 6019 74 1 4 6 6019 76 1 6 6 6019 78 1 8 Enclosures 12 modules per row Number of rows No. of 5-module blanking plates 1 6019 81 1 1 1 6019 82 2 2 1 6019 83 3 2 Pack Cat. No. Accessories Key lock 1 019 66 N° 850 Fixing lugs 1 019 69 Set of 4 wall mounting lugs Blanking plates 20 019 61 5, separable into modules or 1/2 module, Grey R746A Direct piercing end caps 1 019 55 Pack consisting of 2 Ø32 mm ISO end caps, 5 Ø25 mm ISO end caps and 10 Ø20 mm ISO end caps 6019 82 Cabinets 12, 24 and 36 modules n Number of knockouts on each side n Dimensions Cabinets 4, 6 and 8 modules A 48,5 78 C D B E B E A 48,5 89 D C Cat. No. Dimensions (mm) A B C D E 6019 74 115.6 128 200 120 - 6019 76 115.6 164 200 120 70 6019 78 115.6 200 200 120 106 Cat. No. Dimensions (mm) A B C D E 6019 81 141 340 282 180 180 6019 82 161 340 432 330 180 6019 83 161 340 622 480 180 Cat. No. Top/bottom Left/right Ø20 mm Ø25 mm Ø32 mm Ø20 mm Ø25 mm Ø32 mm 6019 74 2 1 - 2 - - 6019 76 4 1 - 2 - - 6019 78 6 1 - 2 - - 6019 81 7 2 2 - - 2 6019 82 13 2 2 - - 3 6019 83 13 2 2 - - 4 n Direct piercing end caps Cat.No Type Number of end caps per pack Ø Min. (mm) Max. (mm) 019 55 ISO 20 10 4 13 ISO 25 5 9 18 ISO 32 2 12 25 Plexo³ enclosures Plexo³ enclosures
113 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Notes
114 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list IP66 Atlantic steel enclosure (P. 128) Atlantic – IP66 Stainless steel enclosure (P. 129) Industrial enclosures and equipment Heat regulation P. 119 Atlantic industrial metal boxes P. 124 Atlantic and Marina selection chart P. 130 Marina polyester cabinets and enclosures IP66 - IK10 P. 135 Enclosure heating and ventilation Industrial boxes Cabinets: - Atlantic - Marina Enclosures: - Marina Cable glands and flexible conduits P. 137 Plastic cable glands IP 68
115 P. 121 Plastic industrial boxes P. 121 Plexo and junction boxes P. 129 Atlantic stainless steel cabinets IP 66 - IK 10 P. 128 Atlantic metal cabinets IP 66 - IK 10 P. 136 Cabstop P. 134 Modular chassis and internal door P. 135 Locking accessories Modular Chassis (P. 134) A B
116 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Solutions for industrial applications Specific products and systems, reliable and fully adapted for the most demanding industrial environments. THEY HAVE SPECIFIED AND INSTALLED LEGRAND PRODUCTS: Sydney Airport: Mascot | NSW District Courts: Sydney | NSW Westfield Shopping Centres: Sydney | NSW UNSW Living Apartment Village: Kensignton | NSW Koniambo Mines: New CaledoniaSTAHL Building DOF: Bandiana | NSW Main Roads Dept (traffic signal): SE | QLD Hogs Breath : Coolangatta | QLD KFC Bulding : NTH Albury | VIC Atlantic stainless steel cabinet equipped with Hypra industrial sockets 116
117 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES ATLANTIC, MARINA 3 materials available covering all industrial applications and environments HYPRA RANGE (See p. 190) For reinforced safety in any situation ANTI-VIBRATION MECHANICALLY TIGHTENED CABLE GLAND (See p. 137) INDUSTRIAL SOCKETS AND COMBINED UNITS (IEC) PLASTIC CABLE GLAND TRANSFORMERS AND POWER SUPPLIES ENCLOSURES EQUIPMENT VIKING 3 CONNECTION (See p. 163) The innovator in screwor automatic springconnection terminal blocks STARFIX CRIMPING TOOLS (See p. 178) Ferrules for cable sizes 0.25mm 2 to 6mm 2 TRANSFORMERS (See p. 150) Compact size transformers: more free space inside enclosures. MARKING SYSTEMS (See p. 180) Memocab, CAB 3, Duplix, marking systems for easy identification of circuits inside enclosures SLOTTED DUCT (See p. 176) A wide range to suit all applications For Quantum Range – AS/NZS plug and socket configuration See HPM catalogue section 18
118 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Atlantic industrial metal and stainless steel boxes EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS METAL BOXES (1) EQUIPMENTS RAL 7035 Stainless steel 304 L Plain plates Symetrical rails Depth: 7.5 mm Symetrical rails Depth: 15 mm Shapes H (mm) W (mm) D (mm) 150 150 80 356 00 356 50 356 60 367 90 200 200 80 356 03 356 62 367 91 150 150 120 356 60 367 90 200 200 120 356 04 356 53 356 62 367 91 300 300 120 356 08 356 65 367 92 400 400 120 356 12 356 68 367 93 150 200 80 356 02 356 61 367 91 150 300 120 356 05 356 63 367 92 200 300 120 356 07 356 64 367 92 200 400 120 356 10 356 56 356 66 367 93 200 500 120 356 14 356 69 367 94 300 500 120 356 15 356 70 367 94 200 600 120 356 17 356 71 367 95 300 600 120 356 18 356 72 367 95 400 600 120 356 19 356 73 367 95 (1) Associated products: wall-mounting lugs Cat.No 364 07 hinges Cat.No 358 07 and double bar lock Cat.No 358 08 (p. 269) Industrial plastic boxes INTERNAL DIMENSIONS PLASTIC BOXES (1) EQUIPMENTS IP 55 - IK 07 Low depth IP 55 - IK 08 Increased depth Metal mounting plates Opaque cover RAL 7035 Transparent cover RAL 7035 Opaque cover RAL 7035 Shapes H (mm) W (mm) D (mm) 80 80 45 921 27 105 105 55 921 37 / 921 38 (4) 130 130 74 359 30 359 31 358 10 130 75 74 359 00 359 01 155 110 74 359 40 359 41 358 11 180 140 86 359 50 359 51 358 12 220 170 86 359 60 359 61 358 13 270 170 86 359 70 359 71 358 14 310 240 124 359 80 359 81 358 15 220 170 140 921 22 (3) 358 13 359 265 154 350 58 (2) 265 174 154 350 43 310 240 160 350 54 360 270 124 359 91 358 16 (1) Supplied with fixing screws Ø4 mm (3) 4 locks (2) Hinges, 2 locks (4) 921 37 = Pre-cut knockout 921 38 = Undrilled P H L P H L
119 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Atlantic industrial metal boxes IP 66 - IK 10 - Nema 4 Pack Cat.No Accessories for boxes IP 66 - IK 10 - Nema 4 Hinges 1 358 07 Set of 2 hinges moulded zamak, nickel-coated IP 66 maintained Galvanized steel Height x Width of box (mm): 1 356 60 150 x 150 1 356 62 200 x 200 1 356 65 300 x 300 1 356 68 400 x 400 1 356 61 150 x 200 1 356 63 150 x 300 1 356 64 200 x 300 1 356 66 200 x 400 1 356 69 200 x 500 1 356 70 300 x 500 1 356 71 200 x 600 1 356 72 300 x 600 1 356 73 400 x 600 1 356 75 400 x 800 Symmetrical rails Zinc steel Box Rail Rail width (mm) dimensions (mm) depth (mm) 5 367 90 150 130 7.5 5 367 91 200 180 7.5 5 367 92 300 280 7.5 5 367 93 400 380 7.5 5 367 94 500 480 15 5 367 95 600 580 15 5 367 96 400 800 15 Wall-mounting lugs 1 364 07 Set of 4 stainless steel lugs for horizontal or vertical installation on box Double bar lock 1 358 08 For boxes equipped with hinges Consisting of: lock, key and 4 blanking plates Metal boxes: IP 66 maintained with screws, IP 51 with blanking plates Stainless steel boxes: IP 66 maintained with blanking plates Take key barrels and other knockouts (p. 135) Pack Cat.No Metal RAL 7035 IP 66 according to standards IEC EN 60529 IK 10 according to standards IEC EN 62262 Nema 4 Reversible boxes, 2 fixing methods: - Direct fixing - Fixing via stainless steel lugs Cat.No 364 07 Captive screws Solid galvanized steel plates Anti-corrosion paint finish Supplied with 2 drilled vertical uprights (3 uprights for width 800 mm) for fixing rails and plain plates Textured paint finish RAL 7035 Square version Height x Width x Depth (mm) 1 356 00 150 x 150 x 80 1 356 03 200 x 200 x 80 1 356 04 200 x 200 x 120 1 356 08 300 x 300 x 120 1 356 12 400 x 400 x 120 Rectangular version 1 356 02 150 x 200 x 80 1 356 05 150 x 300 x 120 1 356 07 200 x 300 x 120 1 356 10 200 x 400 x 120 1 356 14 200 x 500 x 120 1 356 15 300 x 500 x 120 1 356 17 200 x 600 x 120 1 356 18 300 x 600 x 120 1 356 19 400 x 600 x 120 1 356 22 400 x 800 x 120 356 08 356 56 with hinges Cat.No 358 07 356 15 with plate Cat.No 356 70 and wall mounting lugs Cat.No 364 07 304 L stainless steel IP 66 according to standards IEC EN 60529 IK 10 according to standards IEC EN 62262 Nema 4 Reversible boxes, 2 fixing methods: - Direct fixing - Fixing via stainless steel lugs Cat.No 364 07 Captive screws Solid galvanized steel plates Anti-corrosion paint finish Stainless steel screws Supplied with pins for fixing rails and plain plates Square version Height x Width x Depth (mm) 1 356 50 150 x 150 x 80 1 356 53 200 x 200 x 120 Rectangular version 1 356 56 200 x 400 x 120 Technical characteristics (p. 120) Atlantic industrial metal equipment IP 66 - IK 10 - Nema 4 RAL 7035 boxes, other dimensions, grid plates, please consult us RAL 7035 356 08 with double bar lock Cat.No 358 08 and hinges Cat.No 358 07
120 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Atlantic industrial metal boxes Technical specifications U S T Q F H R V W 12 12 8 25 mm fixing U R V W ST 5 5 4 x Ø 7 G K L X P Y Z Plain Plates Rail H : 15 Rail H : 7.5 E E D B C A K / N J J U S T K M M J J R V W G L X P Y Z Plain Plates Rail H : 15 Rail H : 7,5 D B C A U R V W ST 5 5 4 x Ø 6,6 Q F H 12 12 10 n Characteristics of metal boxes IP 66 - IK 10 - Nema 4 IP 66 to standard IEC 60529 (NFC 20-010) IK 10 to standard IEC 62262 = NF EN 50102 (NFC 20-015) - Nema 4 n Dimensions of metal boxes n Dimensions of 304L Stainless Steel boxes Cat. No. H W D Q A B C D E F G J K M N X Y Z R S T U V W 356 00 150 150 80 76 88 88 107 107 - 90 90 - 114 - - 61 55 47,5 90 170 200 90 170 200 356 02 150 200 80 76 88 138 107 157 - 90 140 - 164 - - 61 55 47,5 90 220 250 140 170 200 356 05 150 300 120 116 88 238 107 257 - 90 240 - 264 - - 101 95 87,5 90 320 350 240 170 200 356 03 200 200 80 76 138 138 157 157 - 140 140 - 164 - - 61 55 47,5 140 220 250 140 220 350 356 04 200 200 120 116 138 138 157 157 - 140 140 - 164 - - 101 95 87,5 140 220 250 140 220 250 356 07 200 300 120 116 138 238 157 257 - 140 240 - 264 - - 101 95 87,5 140 320 350 240 220 250 356 10 200 400 120 116 138 338 157 357 - 140 340 - 364 - - 101 95 87,5 140 420 450 340 220 250 356 14 200 500 120 116 138 438 157 457 - 140 440 - 464 - - 101 95 87,5 140 520 550 440 220 250 356 08 300 300 120 116 238 238 257 257 - 240 240 - 264 - - 101 95 87,5 140 320 350 240 320 350 356 15 300 500 120 116 238 438 257 457 - 240 440 - 464 - - 101 95 87,5 240 520 550 440 320 350 356 12 400 400 120 116 338 338 357 357 - 340 340 - 364 - - 101 95 87,5 340 420 450 340 420 450 356 17 200 600 120 116 138 538 157 - 278,5 140 540 - 564 - - 101 95 87,5 140 620 650 540 220 250 356 18 300 600 120 116 238 538 257 - 278,5 240 540 - 564 - - 101 95 87,5 240 620 650 540 320 350 356 19 400 600 120 116 338 538 357 - 278,5 340 540 - 564 - - 101 95 87,5 340 620 650 540 420 450 356 22 400 800 120 116 338 738 357 - 378,5 340 740 - 764 - - 101 95 87,5 340 820 850 740 420 450 356 50 (1) 150 150 80 76 88 88 107 107 - 90 90 57 - - 114 70 64 56,5 90 170 200 90 170 200 356 53 (2) 200 200 120 116 138 138 157 157 - 140 140 - - 50 164 110 104 96,5 140 220 250 140 220 250 356 56 (2) 200 400 120 116 138 338 157 357 - 140 340 - - 50 364 110 104 96,5 140 420 450 340 220 250 (1) 4 pins, (2) 6 pins External Dimensions Useful surface of cover fixing (mm) Wall mounting Accessories Wall mounting dimensions Slots for pins Cat. No. 356 50 Cat. No. 356 53 Cat. No. 356 56
121 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list IP66 plastic boxes IP55 plastic boxes 359 40 358 01 359 41 IP 55 – IK 07 RAL 7035 Material: polypropylene box and polycarbonate transparent cover – halogen free Temperature rating: –25° C to +40° C Self-extinguishing 750° C Conform to EN 60695 2-1 Detachable clip-on cover retainer except 310 x 240 and 360 x 270 boxes Complete dimensions available on request Sealable cover with 1/4 turn fixings IP 66 – IK 08 RAL 7016 – halogen free Temperature rating: -25° C to + 80° C Self-extinguishing 750° C NF EN 60695 2-1 Detachable clip-on cover retainer except 310 x 240 and 360 x 270 boxes Sealable cover with 1/4 turn fixing Undrilled with smooth sides Pack Cat. No. Weatherproof boxes class II Opaque coverNormal internal dimensions H x W x D 1 350 07 130 x 75 x 74 mm 1 350 13 (1) 130 x 130 x 74 mm 1 350 17 (1) 155 x 110 x 74 mm 1 350 22 (1) 180 x 140 x 86 mm 1 350 28 (1) 220 x 170 x 86 mm 1 350 33 (2) 270 x 170 x 86 mm 1 350 44 (2) 310 x 240 x 124 mm 1 350 47 (2) 360 x 270 x 124 mm Accessories (Suitable for IP55/IP66) Metal mounting plates - 1.5mm thick 5 358 10 130 x 130 mm 5 358 11 155 x 110 mm 5 358 12 180 x 140 mm 5 358 13 220 x 170 mm 5 358 14 270 x 170 mm 5 358 15 310 x 240 mm 5 358 16 360 x 270 mm Set of 2 hinges UV protected polyamide in dark grey (RAL 7016) 1 358 00 For box 130 x 130 mm to 270 x 170 mm 1 358 01 For box 310 x 240 mm to 360 x 270 mm 1 358 02 Set of 4 wall lugs New model only Not suited for Cat. No. 359 00, 359 01 and 350 07 (1) Accepts Cat. No. 358 00 hinges, (2) Accepts Cat. No. 358 01 hinges, (3) With or without pre-cut knock-outs, (4) 4 Locks 350 44 with hinges Cat. No. 358 01 358 02 horizontal or vertical position with set of 4 mounting legs 350 13 Weatherproof boxes class II With fixing slots for easy alignment Undrilled with smooth sides Plain Cover Transparent Cover Normal internal dimensions H x W x D 1 359 00 (1) 359 01 130 x 75 x 74 mm 1 359 30 (1) 359 31 (1) 130 x 130 x 74 mm 1 359 40 (1) 359 41 (1) 155 x 110 x 74 mm 1 359 50 (1) 359 51 (1) 180 x 140 x 86 mm 1 359 60 (1) 220 x 170 x 86 mm 1 921 22 (4) 220 x 170 x 140 mm 1 359 70 (1) 359 71 (1) 270 x 170 x 86 mm 1 359 80 (2) 359 81 (2) 310 x 240 x 124 mm 1 359 90 (2) 359 91 (2) 360 x 270 x 124 mm 1 350 58 359 x 265 x 154 mm (IP 55 - IK 08) 1 350 54 310 x 240 x 160 mm (IP 55 - IK 08) 1 350 43 265 x 174 x 154 mm (IP 55 - IK 08) Pack Cat. No. Plexo junction boxes 2 or 4 internal points for Ø 5 mm screws Possible to fit cover partially while cables are installedClip-on cover Square weatherproof box 5 921 27 80 x 80 x 45mm (internal dimensions) With pre-cut knock-outsRound weatherproof box 5 921 00 60 x 40 (internal dimensions) With glands1/4 turn cover Square weatherproof box IP55 – IK 07105 x 105 x 55mm (internal dimensions) 5 921 37 With pre-cut knock-outs 5 921 38 Undrilled 921 00 Material: Polystyrene box and polypropylene cover, halogen free. Temperature rating: 25ºC to 40ºC. Self-extinguishing 650ºC.
122 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Adaptable boxes Technical specifications Boxes IP 55 - IK 07 and IP 66 - IK 08 D A N K J G B M L R E F C I H (1 ) (1 ) (1) Fixing for accessories (1 ) Boxes depth 124 mm IP 55 - IK 07 Cat. No. 921 22 A O B N C K D E I M L P Boxes Cat. No. A B C D E F G H I J K L M N R 359 00/01 350 07 140 85 81 56 18 67 70 - 65 120 - - 51 106 - 359 30/31 350 13 150 150 81 56 18 67 54 70 120 103 102 87 106 106 84 359 40/41 350 17 175 130 81 56 18 67 79 50 100 128 112 88 86 131 64 359 50/51 350 22 200 160 94 69 18 80 104 50 130 153 137 112 116 156 94 359 60 350 28 240 190 94 69 18 80 144 80 160 193 175 142 146 196 124 359 70/71 350 33 290 190 94 69 18 80 194 80 160 243 226 142 146 246 122 359 80/81 350 44 332 262 132 97 27 116 220 160 222 276 248 198 200 260 150 359 90/91 350 47 382 292 132 97 27 116 270 190 252 326 298 228 230 310 150 Usable area Mounting points Mounting acces- sories (screw ø 4mm) A IP 55 - IK 08 Cat. No. 350 58 C E D I H B K L Ø 4 .5 Boxes Cat. No. A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) E (mm) H (mm) I (mm) K (mm) L (mm) 350 58 367 273 165 62 92 3.8 148.5 340 246 9.0 1.80 Internal volume Mounting Points Usable area (dm²) Weight (kg) Mounting Plates Mounting Points Connectors and terminal strips 342 19/17 340 33 Pack Cat. No. Black Nominal connection (mm²) Diameter Ø (mm) I max. (A) 10 342 11 2.5 2.5 24 10 342 13 6 3.5 41 10 342 15 10 4.5 57 10 342 17 16 5.5 76 10 342 19 25 7 101 Nybloc TM terminal strips 12 sections with captive screws Supplied with screws open Polypropylène – 25° to + 100° C (temperature) Ambiant temperature – 25° C to + 55° C Pack Cat. No. Non-shear line taps Hexagonal head Capacity per tap height (mm²) Width of slot (mm) Overall max. cable diam. (mm) 20 340 30 2 x 6 3.3 27 20 340 31 2 x 10 4.5 37 20 340 32 2 x 18 5.8 41 20 340 33 2 x 30 7.4 49 10 340 34 2 x 50 9.5 59
123 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Notes
124 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Cabinets and equipment Atlantic, Atlantic stainless steel, Marina EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS ATLANTIC CABINETS (p. 128) MARINA CABINETS (p. 130) EQUIPMENT METAL IK 10 STAINLESS STEEL IP 66-IK 10 POLYESTER - IP 66 - IK 10 Plain plates Insulated modular chassis Internal doors (+Cat.No 363 69 for mounting on Atlantic metal cabinets) Roofs Plinths IP 55 Cabstop plate Direct mounting on Atlantic cabinet opening (5) 304 L 316 L RAL 7035 equipped with plain plates IP 55 RAL 7035 RAL 7035 with glass door Shapes H (mm) W (mm) D (mm) 300 200 160 386 00 352 00 supplied with plain plate 352 40 supplied with plain plate 362 50 360 49 (M) 400 300 200 386 05 352 01 352 41 362 51 362 71 360 52 361 01 363 59 364 94 500 400 200 386 09 352 02 352 42 362 52 362 72 360 55 361 02 363 60 364 95 600 400 200 386 13 352 03 360 56 363 61 364 95 500 400 250 386 10 360 55 363 60 364 95 600 400 250 386 14 352 05 352 45 362 55 362 75 360 56 361 03 363 61 364 95 700 500 250 386 21 352 06 352 46 362 56 362 76 360 58 361 05 363 62 362 93 (M) 364 96 800 600 250 386 23 360 59 363 63 364 97 1000 800 250 386 28 360 61 363 64 364 97 800 600 300 386 24 352 11 352 47 362 61 362 81 360 59 361 06 363 63 362 94 (M) 362 91 (M) 364 97 1000 800 300 386 29 352 13 352 53 362 63 362 83 360 61 361 09 363 64 362 95 (M) 362 92 364 97 1200 800 300 386 30 352 14 362 64 362 84 360 64 361 10 363 65 362 95 (M) 362 92 364 97 800 600 400 355 28 (7) 360 59 363 63 364 97 1000 800 400 355 29 (7) 360 61 363 64 362 97 362 96 364 97 1200 800 400 355 96 (7) 360 64 363 65 (3) 362 97 362 96 364 97 1400 800 400 352 15 362 85 360 67 / 349 59 362 97 362 96 364 97 1600 800 400 362 86 349 50 362 97 362 96 364 97 1800 800 400 362 87 344 18 362 97 362 96 364 97 300 300 200 386 02 360 69 364 94 400 400 200 386 06 360 70 364 95 500 500 250 386 11 360 71 364 96 600 600 250 386 19 360 57 364 97 800 800 300 386 25 360 60 364 97 W H D (1) Without cable entries plate - (2) 2 doors - (3) Usable area: 800 x 640 mm - (4) Crosspieces to be cut (2 m height) can be used for cabinets width 1000 and 1200 (see p. 294) - (5) Use kit Cat.No 364 98 (p. 278) for direct mounting on Marina cabinets - (6) 2 doors version, IP 55 - (7) IP66 Enclosure(A) For Atlantic - (M) For Marina
125 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Cabinets and equipment Atlantic, Atlantic stainless steel, Marina EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS ATLANTIC CABINETS (p. 128) MARINA CABINETS (p. 130) EQUIPMENT METAL IK 10 STAINLESS STEEL IP 66-IK 10 POLYESTER - IP 66 - IK 10 Plain plates Insulated modular chassis Internal doors (+Cat.No 363 69 for mounting on Atlantic metal cabinets) Roofs Plinths IP 55 Cabstop plate Direct mounting on Atlantic cabinet opening (5) 304 L 316 L RAL 7035 equipped with plain plates IP 55 RAL 7035 RAL 7035 with glass door Shapes H (mm) W (mm) D (mm) 300 200 160 386 00 352 00 supplied with plain plate 352 40 supplied with plain plate 362 50 360 49 (M) 400 300 200 386 05 352 01 352 41 362 51 362 71 360 52 361 01 363 59 364 94 500 400 200 386 09 352 02 352 42 362 52 362 72 360 55 361 02 363 60 364 95 600 400 200 386 13 352 03 360 56 363 61 364 95 500 400 250 386 10 360 55 363 60 364 95 600 400 250 386 14 352 05 352 45 362 55 362 75 360 56 361 03 363 61 364 95 700 500 250 386 21 352 06 352 46 362 56 362 76 360 58 361 05 363 62 362 93 (M) 364 96 800 600 250 386 23 360 59 363 63 364 97 1000 800 250 386 28 360 61 363 64 364 97 800 600 300 386 24 352 11 352 47 362 61 362 81 360 59 361 06 363 63 362 94 (M) 362 91 (M) 364 97 1000 800 300 386 29 352 13 352 53 362 63 362 83 360 61 361 09 363 64 362 95 (M) 362 92 364 97 1200 800 300 386 30 352 14 362 64 362 84 360 64 361 10 363 65 362 95 (M) 362 92 364 97 800 600 400 355 28 (7) 360 59 363 63 364 97 1000 800 400 355 29 (7) 360 61 363 64 362 97 362 96 364 97 1200 800 400 355 96 (7) 360 64 363 65 (3) 362 97 362 96 364 97 1400 800 400 352 15 362 85 360 67 / 349 59 362 97 362 96 364 97 1600 800 400 362 86 349 50 362 97 362 96 364 97 1800 800 400 362 87 344 18 362 97 362 96 364 97 300 300 200 386 02 360 69 364 94 400 400 200 386 06 360 70 364 95 500 500 250 386 11 360 71 364 96 600 600 250 386 19 360 57 364 97 800 800 300 386 25 360 60 364 97 ASSOCIATED PRODUCTS Kit Cat.No 364 98 for mounting Cabstop plate on plain surface Document pockets Cable Glands Locking accessories 19" wall mounting chassis Floor fixing with stands Heat regulation (1) Without cable entries plate - (2) 2 doors - (3) Usable area: 800 x 640 mm - (4) Crosspieces to be cut (2 m height) can be used for cabinets width 1000 and 1200 (see p. 294) - (5) Use kit Cat.No 364 98 (p. 278) for direct mounting on Marina cabinets - (6) 2 doors version, IP 55 - (7) IP66 Enclosure(A) For Atlantic - (M) For Marina
126 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS WHEN SELECTING ENCLOSURES 1. Physical enclosure size – ample room to accommodate equipment – allow 30% space for future equipment – features for mounting equipment – for quick and easy enclosure selection see pages 18 - 19 2. IP Rating - the degree of protection required– protection of equipment against ingress of solid foreign objects (including dust) – protection of equipment against harmful ingress of water – refer to IP Chart on page 171 3. Application and place of installation – Indoor or outdoor (thermal or U.V. light considerations) – Non corrosive or corrosive atmosphere (corrosive agents present) 4. Type of material and finish – steel coated with polyester – 316 Stainless Steel – non-metallic – thermoplastics, glass and polyester resin – colour RAL 7035 5. Method of mounting/fixing – free standing or wall mounting 6. Access for installation and maintenance – front and rear 7. Cable entry – gland plates – custom punched holes or Cabstop® 8. Accessories – mounting plate – door locking requirements – keyed locks etc. – plinths – free standing requirements – climate control – vents, fans, etc. 9. Custom design requirements or modifications – cutouts (for push buttons, equipment or cable entry) – viewing windows – non standard sizes – special mounting arrangements Steel with polyester RAL 7035 – IP66: - suitable for service areas and industrial sites where there are not specific restrictions or excessive corrosion. Stainless steel – IP66: - suitable for the most demanding environments. Available in 2 grades: 304L and 316L. 316L is designed for agressive environments (curing, offshore etc.). Reinforced glass polyester resin RAL 7035 – IP66: - suitable for corrosive environments (coastal and petrochemical). ENCLOSURES Weatherproof enclosures for all environments
127 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Cabinets and Enclosures: the right material for your environment n Selection guide Excellent •• Very good •• Good • Environment Indoors Outdoors Climates Materials Dry Humid Humid + Aggressive Rural Urban Industrial Tropical Marine Cold Very Cold Tempered Hot and Dry Equatorial Atlantic Altis Coated Steel ••• ••• • ••• •• ••• (1) •• ••• ••• Stainless steel 304L ••• ••• •• ••• ••• ••• ••• •• ••• ••• ••• ••• •• Stainless steel 316L ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• Marina Polyester ••• ••• •• ••• ••• ••• •• ••• •• • ••• ••• ••• (1) Special treatment on request n Reinforced glass polyester resin – self-extinguishing acc. to EN 60695-2-11 – excellent UV resistance – excellent corrosion resistance – excellent resistance to saline mist – highly scratch resistant – highly resistant to fuels, oils and grease – temperature: - 40° C to + 80° C in steady state, + 100° C at peak Following degreasing and the application of a bonding primer, polyester resin enclosures can be painted using polyurethane paint.Physical properties– specific weight - density: 8 – expansion coefficient: 16 µm/° C – specific heat: 500 J/kg° C – electric resistance: 0.75 µΩ mm2 – thermal conductance: 15 W/m° C – surface state (brushing): Acc. to NF E 05-015, polygrain 180; 0.25 Ra 0.35 µm and 2.5 Rt 4 µm. – only the low carbon content ( 0.03%) of stainless steels 304 L and 316 L makes it possible to achieve excellent resistance to intercristalline corrosion. 304 L, resistant to chemical agents: – nitric acid up to 52% at all temperatures and 98% when cold – diluted organic acids when cold – alkaline solutions (except when hot and above 50%) – saline solutions other than chlorides, sulphurs and sulphates – fresh water and natural atmosphere with low resistance to chloride – food products (except mustards and white wines) 316 L, resistant to chemical agents: – phosphoric acids all concentrations up to 40° C – sulphuric acids less than 10% and greater than 80% at 20° C – sulphonic mixtures up to 70° C – sulphurous solutions and vapours, even boiling – saline solutions without chlorides – alkaline solutions all concentrations below 100° C – fresh water and natural atmospheres (marine) – organic, food and pharmaceutical products Country-specific designation 304 L 316 L France AFNOR Z3 CN 18-10 Z3 CND 17-11-02 NFEN X 2 CNI 19-11 X 2 CNI Mo 17-12-2 Germany DIN X 2 CNI 19-11 (W.Nr 1-4 306 X 2 CNI Mo 17-13-2 (W.Nr 1-4-404) USA AISI 304L 316L n Steel coated with polyester RAL 7035 For industrial environments subject neither to specific restrictions nor excessive corrosion. Enclosure hinges and axes treated with Dacromet. Coating resistance following tests Mechanical characteristics: – adhesion (grid and adhesive tape) EN ISO 2409: Class 0 to 1 – persoz hardness EN ISO 1522: 320’’ – bending on cylindrical mandrel EN ISO 1519: 6 mm, no cracks – ericksen embossing EN ISO 1520: 8 mm – shock resistance EN ISO 6272: 1 kg - 50 cm Climatic conditions: – saline mist ISO 9227 acc. to NSS test, EN 60068-2-11 acc. to Kq test: 1000 hrs – sulphur dioxide SO2: 500 hrs – heat 100° C for 168 hrs: excellent polish retention – heat 150° C for 3 hrs: excellent polish retention – cold: - 40° C Coating process Main stages of the process: – phosphatisation: the layer of iron phosphate improves the coating’s adherence properties. – neutralisation – application of a layer of pure polyester 60 microns thick via electrostatic dusting n Stainless steel For very harsh environments IP 66 supporting e.g. jet-washing Surface state (brushing) (acc. to EN ISO 4287) polygrain 180 - Ra between 0.25 and 0.35 µm - Rt between 2.5 and 4 µm Corrosion resistance 304 L 316 L Saline mist 1000 hrs 2000 hrs Sulphur dioxide (SO 2 ) 1000 hrs 2000 hrs
128 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Steel enclosures with windows Please consult us Enclosures Door usable space Locking H x W Height Width Area position (mm) O (mm) P (mm) (dm 2 ) Q (mm) 300 x 200 251 148 3.4 (1) 300 x 300 251 248 5.9 (1) 400 x 300 351 248 6.4 (1) 400 x 400 351 348 11.4 (1) 500 x 400 425 300 12.4 (1) 500 x 500 425 400 16.7 (1) 600 x 400 525 300 19.1 350 (2) 600 x 500 525 400 21.1 400 (2) 600 x 600 525 500 25.6 350 (2) 700 x 500 625 400 24.5 400 (2) 800 x 600 725 500 35.8 500 (2) 1200 x 800 1125 700 78.4 (1) Atlantic metal cabinets IP 55 - IK 10 - equipped with plain plates n Doors: dimensions, usable area n Usable depth P Q O n Fixing dimensions Enclosures Back of enclosures depth (mm) W (mm) X (mm) 150 130 115 160 140 125 200 180 165 250 230 215 300 280 265 X W 20 23 Ø 9 51 22 17 70 17 25 9 8.5 37.5 64 27.5 18 8. 5 12. 4 49 M 8 Cat.No 364 04 Cat.No 364 01 (1) Central lock(2) Top and bottom lock Cabinets Vertical Mounting Horizontal Mounting Overall Overall lugs centres lugs centres 364 01 364 04 H W R S (1) E T (1) U F V Y V Y (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 300 200 375 150 225 250 275 169 430 330 402 302 400 300 475 250 325 350 375 269 530 430 502 402 400 400 475 350 325 350 475 369 530 530 502 502 500 400 575 350 425 450 475 369 630 530 602 502 500 500 575 450 425 450 575 469 630 630 602 602 600 400 675 350 525 550 475 369 730 530 702 502 600 500 675 450 525 550 575 569 730 630 702 602 700 500 775 450 625 650 575 469 830 630 802 602 800 600 875 550 725 750 675 569 930 730 902 702 1000 800 1075 750 925 950 875 769 1130 930 1102 902 1200 800 1275 750 1125 1150 875 769 1330 930 1302 902 Y U S R T V E Direct wallfixing on stands(without lug) Ø9 F Atlantic metal cabinets IP 55 - IK 10 - equipped with plain plates IP 55 - IK 10 according to IEC EN 60529 Opening one way With galvanized plain mounting plate Supplied with one double bar lock up to 500 x 500 x 250 mm and 2 double bar lock from 600 x 400 x 150 mm Without cable entries plate Plain plates on top and bottom Easy mounting of the plate mounting plain RAL 7035 60 µ thick textured polyester coating Pack Cat.No Metal cabinets Dimensions (mm) Weight Number of Height x Width x Depth (kg) closing points 1 386 00 300 x 200 x 160 4.5 1 1 386 05 400 x 300 x 200 10.3 1 1 386 06 400 x 400 x 200 16.5 1 1 386 09 500 x 400 x 200 16.4 1 1 386 13 600 x 400 x 200 18.2 2 1 386 14 600 x 400 x 250 19.1 2 1 386 21 700 x 500 x 250 25 2 1 386 23 800 x 600 x 250 33 2 1 386 24 800 x 600 x 300 37.6 2 1 386 28 1000 x 800 x 250 58.9 2 1 386 29 1000 x 800 x 300 60.7 2 1 386 30 1200 x 800 x 300 77 2 Wall-mounting lugs (set of 4) 1 364 01 For load up to 300 kg Horizontal or vertical installation With a roof, horizontal installation only Zamak RAL 7035 Supplied with cover finish 386 21 386 06 (1) Same fixing centres for Cat.Nos 364 01 and 364 04
129 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Wall-mounting lugs For load up to 300 kg Horizontal or vertical installation Supplied with stainless steel screws Set of 4 1 364 06 304 L Pack Cat.No Stainless steel cabinets IK 10 according to IEC EN 62262 Stainless steel 304 L, 316 L Agreements: UL, CSA, Veritas, LRS, Curved door, with double bar locks or handle 2433 A combination Protective flange Reversible cabinet 304 L vertical version 1 door IP 66 according to standard IEC 60529 LCIE No 170 790 10 A Nema 4x External dimensions (mm) Weight Gross volume Height x Width x Depth (kg) (dm 3 ) 1 352 00 (1) 300 x 200 x 160 4 20 1 352 01 400 x 300 x 200 5.8 42 1 352 02 500 x 400 x 200 8.3 66 1 352 03 600 x 400 x 200 10.8 75 1 352 05 600 x 400 x 250 12 92 1 352 06 700 x 500 x 250 15 131 1 352 11 800 x 600 x 300 22 201 1 352 13 1000 x 800 x 300 38 323 1 352 14 1200 x 800 x 300 45 387 1 352 15 1400 x 800 x 400 66 452 316 L vertical version 1 door IP 66 according to standard IEC 60529 LCIE No 170 790 10 A Nema 4x AFNOR Z3 CND 17.12.02 For use in very harsh environments: - industrial: acid or acid fumes continuously present, halides present - offshore, naval: chlorides present - double bar inox lock (not interchangeable) 1 352 40 (1) 300 x 200 x 160 4 20 1 352 41 400 x 300 x 200 5.8 42 1 352 42 500 x 400 x 200 8.3 66 1 352 45 600 x 400 x 250 12 92 1 352 4 6 700 x 500 x 250 15 131 1 352 47 800 x 600 x 300 22 201 1 352 53 1000 x 800 x 300 38 323 Atlantic stainless steel cabinets Atlantic stainless steel cabinets CSA (Canada) (1) Supplied with plain plate n Usable dimensions Doors Usable depth S R T U V F E Y O P Q 46 38 8.5 23.5 25 B A X W X W Vertical lugs Horizontal lugs Cat.Nos R S T U V Y E F 352 00/40 350 150 250 250 392 292 225 169 352 01/41 450 250 350 350 492 392 325 269 352 02/42 550 350 450 450 592 492 425 369 352 05/45 650 350 550 450 692 492 525 369 352 06/46 750 450 650 550 792 592 625 469 352 11/47 850 550 750 650 892 692 725 569 352 13/53 1050 750 950 850 1092 892 925 769 352 14 1250 750 1150 850 1292 892 1125 769 352 15 1450 750 1350 850 1492 892 1325 769 Enclosure Back of enclosure depth W (mm) X (mm) (mm) 160 140 125 200 180 165 250 230 215 300 280 265 400 380 365 LLYOD'S REGIS- TER OF SHIPPING Fixing Cat.No 364 06/16 352 42 352 01 with wall mounting lugsCat.No 364 06 Wall-mounting lug for horizontal or vertical mounting Cabinets dimensions Cat.Nos Height Width Depth Door usable Lock dimensions positions A (mm) B (mm) (mm) O (mm) P (mm) Q (mm) 352 00/40 301.6 199.6 161.5 250 150 352 01/41 401.6 299.6 201.5 350 250 352 02/42 501.6 399.6 201.5 450 350 250 352 05/45 601.6 399.6 251.5 550 350 380 352 06/46 702.4 500 251.5 650 450 400 352 11/47 802.4 600 301.5 750 550 400 352 13/53 1003.6 800.6 301.5 950 750 600 352 14 1203.6 800.6 301.5 1150 750 700 352 15 1400.6 800.6 401.5 1350 750 700
130 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Marina cabinets Polyester - IP 66 - IK 10 362 76 362 56 Pack Cat.No RAL 7035 cabinets External dimensions (mm) Corresponding metal Height x Width x Depth cabinets (mm) Height x Width x Depth 1 362 50 300 x 220 x 160 300 x 200 x 160 1 362 51 400 x 300 x 206 400 x 300 x 200 1 362 52 500 x 400 x 206 500 x 400 x 200 1 362 55 610 x 400 x 257 600 x 400 x 250 1 362 56 720 x 510 x 250 700 x 500 x 250 1 362 61 820 x 610 x 300 800 x 600 x 300 1 362 63 1020 x 810 x 300 1000 x 800 x 300 1 362 64 1220 x 810 x 300 1200 x 800 x 300 IP 66 according to IEC EN 60529 LCIE in process IK 10 according to IEC EN 62262 Class II (used to create totally isoled assemblies acc. to EN 60439-1) Fiber glass reinforced polyester Self-extinguisting 960°C acc. to IEC EN 60695-2-11 Adapted to corrosive environment Reversible door opening 180°, (except Cat.No 362 50) Stainless steel hinge pins (except Cat.No 362 50) 2 double bar lock (1 for Cat.No 362 50) Key-locking possibility with handle Cat.No 368 05 + key barrel (p. 296) Direct fixing of equipment at bottom of cabinet (screws supplied) Possible to fit a partial plate from 500 x 400 x 200 mm and/or rails on intermediate studs (except for Cat.No 362 50) Optional depth adjustment from height 400 x width 300 mm with Cat.No 362 42 RAL 7035 enclosures External dimensions (mm) Window dimensions (mm) Height x Width x Depth Height x Width 1 362 85 1460 x 800 x 463 1400 x 800 x 400 1 362 86 1660 x 800 x 463 1600 x 800 x 400 1 362 87 1860 x 800 x 463 1800 x 800 x 400 RAL 7035 cabinets with glass door Coloured toughened glass External dimensions (mm) Window dimensions (mm) Height x Width x Depth Height x Width 1 362 71 400 x 300 x 206 235 x 145 1 362 72 500 x 400 x 206 335 x 245 1 362 75 610 x 400 x 257 463 x 245 1 362 76 720 x 510 x 250 570 x 272 1 362 81 820 x 610 x 300 672 x 372 1 362 83 1020 x 810 x 300 770 x 495 1 362 84 1220 x 810 x 300 970 x 495 Technical characteristics (p. 289) IP 66 MARINA CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES Weatherproof enclosures for all corrosive environments Robust and safe installations thanks to class II and fiber glass reinforced polyester cabinets 8 sizes of cabinets and 3 sizes of enclosures from 300 x 220 x 160 mm to 1800 x 800 x 400 mm Equipment fixed directly at the back of cabinets thanks to complete range of accessories Used to create totally isolated assemblies
131 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Marina cabinets Equipment 362 63 with plinth Cat.No 362 92 and roof Cat.No 362 95 Example of cabinets Cat.No 362 61 associated and equipped: - Lugs Cat.No 364 09 - Internal door Cat.No 363 63 (p. 295) - Cabstop plate + kit Cat.No 364 98 - Twin kit Cat.No 362 44 - Depth adjustment kit Cat.No 362 42 362 56 on stand Cat.No 364 36 and cross-pieces Cat.No 364 39 Fixing accessories IP 66 maintained Wall mounting lugs Set of 4, supplied with screws For cabinets Static load Height (mm) max. (kg) 1 364 08 300 100 1 364 09 400 to 1200 150 On ground Stand comprised of 2 feet for fixing cabinets high up Supplied with cabinet fixing screws Conform with standard EN 50125-3 (railway applications, fixed installations) For cabinets Height (mm) 1 364 36 400-800 1 364 37 1000-1200 1 364 39 Anti-tipping cross-pieces Option of fitting castors Cat.No 329 68 Pack Cat.No Plinths RAL 7035 Height 170 mm Front and rear trap door Possibility to overlap 2 plinths For cabinets Width x Depth (mm) 1 362 91 600 x 300 1 362 92 800 x 300 1 362 96 800 x 400 Roof RAL 7035 For cabinets Width x Depth (mm) 1 362 93 500 x 250 1 362 94 600 x 300 1 362 95 800 x 300 1 362 97 800 x 400 Other locking accessories (p. 135) Pack Cat.No Accessories 1 362 42 Depth adjustment kit for cabinets depth ≥ 200 mm, for plate or uprights (p. 292, 294) Set of 4 lugs, supplied with screws 10 394 49 Set of 2 supports for 45° rail slope Supplied with 4 M6 screws, Ø6 mm, nuts and washers 1 364 98 Kit for mounting Cabstop plate on plane surface Enables mounting of 2 Cabstop plates: Cat.Nos 364 94 or 95, and 364 96 or 97 IP 55 maintained 1 362 44 Twin kit (horizontal or vertical) for cabinets ≥ 500 mm height Comprising: - 1 frame for cable crossing and weather proofing - 2 linking pieces for fixing lugs (Cat.No 364 09 to be ordered separately) 1 365 13 Padlock adaptor stainless steel for Marina cabinets height ≥ 400 mm additional to latches Takes 3 padlocks Ø6 max. Technical characteristics (p. 132) 364 98 362 42 364 09 362 44 Stainless steel stands: please consult us
132 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Marina cabinets (continued) Polyester - IP 66 - IK 10 - RAL 7035 Cat. No. 362 44 n Dimensions, weights and usable areas Dimensions Weight Weight Cat. No. H x W x D (mm) (kg) with window door (kg) 362 50 300 x 220 x 160 1.75 - 362 51/71 400 x 300 x 206 3.7 4 362 52/72 500 x 400 x 206 5.1 5.6 362 55/75 610 x 400 x 257 6.4 7 362 56/76 720 x 510 x 250 11.2 12.3 362 61/81 820 x 610 x 300 15.2 16.7 362 63/83 1020 x 810 x 300 21.8 23.9 362 64/84 1220 x 810 x 300 25 27.5 Cat. No. A B C D E (1) F (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 362 50 263 163 - - - - 362 51/71 325 225 125 225 102.5 228.5 362 52/72 425 325 225 325 87.5 228.5 362 55/75 525 325 325 325 95 328.5 362 56/76 625 425 425 425 100 428.5 362 61/81 725 525 525 525 100 528.5 362 63/83 925 725 725 725 100 728.5 362 64/84 1125 725 925 725 100 728.5 Plain plate Chassis with rail (mm) 2 (mm) Cat. No. A max. A min. B max. B min. (with Cat. No. (with Cat. No. 362 42) 362 42) 362 50 135 - - - 362 51/71 170 70 155 55 362 52/72 170 70 155 55 362 55/75 220 70 205 55 362 56/76 220 70 205 55 362 61/81 270 70 255 55 362 63/83 270 70 255 55 362 64/84 270 70 255 55 Usable area (mm) Cat. No. A (1) B (1) C D E F G H I J maxi 362 50 250 150 105 195 250 115 194 280 130 - 362 51/71 300 180 130 250 260 150 260 350 178 200 362 52/72 400 280 130 350 360 150 360 450 178 300 362 55/75 500 280 180 350 460 180 360 560 225 400 362 56/76 600 340 170 400 560 170 460 662 211 400 362 61/81 700 440 220 500 660 230 560 762 261 500 362 63/83 900 600 220 700 860 230 760 962 261 580 362 64/84 1100 600 220 700 1060 230 960 1162 261 700 (1) Cabinets with glass window n Equipment fixing Cabinet Plate dim. Plate Cat. No. Cat. No. (mm) Plain 362 52/72 300 x 400 360 52 362 55/75 400 x 400 360 70 362 56/76 500 x 500 360 71 362 61/81 600 x 600 360 57 362 63/83 800 x 800 360 60 362 64/84 1000 x 800 360 61 Partial plates mounting n Adjustment of equipment (optional) n Fixing Cat. No. 364 09 P H I C 26 L A 250 75 100 D B 150 100 G E H F 26 J B A 50 27.5 Ø 18 25 8.5 30.5 16 13.2 F D B A E C C (1) With brackets Cat. No. 364 08 (2) S and T dimensions: insert fixing centres On Direct fixing Direct With vertical With stands outside fixing brackets horizontal 364 36 mounting through (mm) brackets (mm) Cat. No. (mm) plate and rear of stand area cabinet 364 37 (mm) (mm) A B E F G H R S V T U Y 362 50 (1) (2) - - - - 220 150 330 190 359 270 250 279 362 51/71 364 218 358 259 325 120 470 241 525 341 370 425 362 52/72 464 318 458 359 425 220 570 341 625 441 470 525 362 55/75 574 318 558 358 525 220 680 341 735 551 470 525 362 56/76 683 427 664 468 600 200 789 441 844 641 579 634 362 61/81 781 525 764 568 700 300 887 548 942 758 677 732 362 63/83 981 725 964 768 900 500 1087 748 1142 958 877 932 362 64/84 1181 725 1164 768 1100 500 1287 748 1342 1158 877 932 U Y S T R V H B F G E A (1) 2 studs on height Cat. No 362 50 n Plinths and roofs Plinths L A B Weight Cat. No. (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg) 362 91 590 480 344 4.8 362 92 790 680 544 5.4 Roofs Width D Weight Cat. No. (mm) (mm) (kg) 362 93 510 310 1 362 94 612 360 1.3 362 95 812 360 1.7 L D 60 79 same fixing distances on ground and cabinet side L A Ø 14 B 170 265 50 50 150 L A Ø 14 B 170 265 50 50 150 Max Cut-Out 80 x 287.5 Lugs 364 09 n Uprights 36,5 50 160 119 200 135 40x14 19,5x10,6 80 42, 5 8,5 34,5 50 40 60 11 40 H 50 364 36 (H=1203 mm) 364 37 (H=1603 mm) THICKNESS 3MM THICKNESS 4MM Cat. No 364 08
133 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list n Suggested lifting method n Plates Choice of plates Plain plate 675 696 692 675 696 A B A B 50 50 675 B A 25 A 4 x 500 kg slings and 4 brackets A } 120° _ 600 kg 90° _ 800 kg 60° _ 1000 kg Plate Enclosures Enclosures Enclosures H. 1400 mm H. 1600 mm H. 1800 mm Plain 349 59 349 50 344 18 Marina enclosures Polyester - IP 66 - IK 10 n Dimensions weights and usable areas Cat.Nos Dimensions Weight Usable areas (mm) H x W x D (mm) (kg) A B C D E 362 85 1460 x 800 x 463 (1) 49 1230 530 1300 700 380 (2) 362 86 1660 x 800 x 463 (1) 53 1430 530 1500 700 380 (2) 362 87 1860 x 800 x 463 (1) 57 1630 530 1700 700 380 (2) n Equipment fixing n Adjustment of equipment (1) 487 with handle (2) Usable depth BD A C Cat.Nos Plain Sectioned plate uprights (1) A B C D 362 85 1225 675 1250 630 362 86 1425 675 1450 630 362 87 1625 675 1650 630 (1) for partial plates mounting Plain Partial Chassis with plate (mm) plate (mm) rail 2 (mm) 379 109 357 88 351 82 A pitch 25 P E L 500 280 53 D C 180° B A 50 50 thick. 4 thick. 4 Strand-holder fixing centres 550 mm H Plain Lina 12.5 and Plate Lina 25 perforated A B A B 1400 1292 1225 1250 1600 1492 1425 - - 1800 1692 1625 - - n Plinth Cat.No 362 96 790 680544 Ø14 170 380 65 250 100 100 Weight: 7 kg
134 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Atlantic, Atlantic stainless steel, Marina Distribution equipment for cabinets Pack Cat.No Chassis with insulating faceplates RAL 7035 Symmetrical rails 15 mm depth Supplied complete with uprights and faceplates Space between door and faceplate Atlantic: } Depth 200: 70 mm Atlantic stainless steel: Depth 250: 80 mm Marina: Depth 300: 90 mm Self extinguishing 750 °C acc. to IEC EN 60695-2-11 For cabinets Height x width x Depth (mm) 400 x 300 x 200 1 361 01 30 modules (3 rows of 10) Supplied with 1 blanking plate 500 x 400 x 200 1 361 02 48 modules (3 rows of 16) Supplied with 1 blanking plate 600 x 400 x 250 1 361 03 48 modules (3 rows of 16) Supplied with 1 blanking plate 700 x 500 x 250 1 361 05 84 modules (4 rows of 21) Supplied with 1 blanking plate 800 x 600 x 300 1 361 06 108 modules (4 rows of 27) Supplied with 2 blanking plates Can take in 1 st row a mounting plate Cat.No 360 44 1 000 x 800 x 300 1 361 09 190 modules (5 rows of 38) Supplied with 2 blanking plates Can take in 1 st row a mounting plate Cat.No 360 45 1 200 x 800 x 300 1 361 10 228 modules (6 rows of 38) Supplied with 2 blanking plates Can take in 1 st row a mounting plate Cat.No 360 45 90 110 90 110 100 150150 100 150150150150 150150150 125 125 230 170 100 150 150 245 180 150 150 150125 270 180 150 150 150 150 150 Pack Cat.No Internal doors RAL 7035 For direct mouting in Atlantic stainless steel and Marina cabinets, with Cat.No 363 69 in Atlantic metal cabinets IP XXB Polyester fiber glass reinforced, height 4 mm Self-extinguishing 960°C acc. to IEC EN 60695-2-11 Grid lines integrated on back Centre marking on front Adjustable distance between cabinet door and internal door: 42 to 50 mm for Atlantic cabinets, more than 100 mm for Marina cabinets Right or left opening, captive hinge pins Double bar key: 1 key for 400 to 600 mm height, 2 keys for height from 700 mm Take key barrels and other barrels For cabinets Dim. (mm) Usable dim. (mm) Height x Width(mm) Height x Width Height x Width 1 363 59 400 x 300 341 x 236 305 x 185 1 363 60 500 x 400 441 x 336 405 x 250 1 363 61 600 x 400 541 x 336 505 x 250 1 363 62 700 x 500 642 x 436 500 x 340 1 363 63 800 x 600 742 x 536 600 x 440 1 363 64 1000 x 800 942 x 736 800 x 640 1 363 65 1200 x 800 942 x 736 800 x 640 1 363 69 Accessory for mounting internal doors in Atlantic metal cabinets. 361 03 mounted in cabinet Cat.No 354 94 363 60 mounted in Atlantic metal cabinets Cat.No 355 03 with Cat.No 363 69 363 60 mounted in Atlantic stainless steel cabinets Cat.No 352 02 Accept key barrel 360 58 Plain plates Galvanized steel Vertical mounting for cabinets Weight (kg) Horizontal mounting for cabinets Height (mm) Width (mm) Height (mm) Width (mm) 1 360 49 (1) 300 220 0.9 1 360 69 300 300 1 1 360 52 300 400 1.3 400 300 1 360 70 400 400 1.7 1 360 56 400 600 3.3 600 400 1 360 55 500 400 2.7 1 360 71 500 500 3.5 1 360 57 600 600 6.2 1 360 59 600 800 8.4 800 600 1 360 58 700 500 6 1 360 60 800 800 11.4 1 360 61 800 1000 14.4 1000 800 1 360 64 1200 800 18.5 1 360 67 (2) 1400 800 26.4 Paint Touch-up 1 365 97 Aerosol paint spray RAL703S
135 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Heat regulation for cabinets and enclosures Ventilators Pack Cat.No Ventilators with metal louvre IP 32 - IK 10 Ventilator is mounted on the outside of the enclosure or cabinet A second outlet can be installed to increase the flow rate and optimise discharge rates from the enclosure 230 V - 50/60 Hz 30/160 m 3 / h: 30 m 3 installed with filter 160 m 3 for free blow-out Supplied with a pair of metal louvres, a pair of anti-insect grilles and an internal finger-guard grille 1 348 17 RAL 7035 348 17 Ventilators with plastic louvre IP 54 - IK 08 230 V - 50/60 Hz RAL 7035 Equipped with finger-guard grilles Reduced external dimensions (7 to 10 mm) Ventilator is mounted on the outside of the enclosure or cabinet Screw fixing on a panel width 1 to 4 mm A second outlet louvre can be installed to increase the flow rate and optimise discharge rates from the enclosure 40/160 m 3 / h 1 348 50 40 m3 installed with filter 160 m 3 with second louvre Cat.No 348 34 160 m 3 for free blow out 20 m 3 with inox protection kit Supplied with a pair of louvres 150 x 150 mm equipped Electrostatic filter washable G3, acc. EN 779 120/160 m 3 / h 1 348 51 120 m 3 installed with filter 130 m 3 with second louvre Cat.No 348 35 160 m 3 for free blow out 100 m 3 with inox protection kit Supplied with a pair of louvres 250 x 250 mm Media filter washable G3, acc. EN 779 365 74 Air circulation kit 160 m 3 / h 1 365 74 Uniformizes temperature in enclosure Prevent hot spots Plate or rail mounting in bottom part of enclosure or under most sensitive equipment The air flow must be directed upward Panel heater Enclosure resistor panel heater 1 353 06 230V - 20W 1 353 07 230V - 50W 1 353 08 230V - 100W 1 348 47 Thermostat, 5-55°C Natural ventilation Ventilation glands for cabinets IP 44 - IK 08 for outdoor use Grey polyamide 6.6 2 365 78 Drilling Ø15 mm 2 365 79 Drilling Ø30.5 mm Metal louvres IP 32 - IK 10 Set of 2 metal louvres + 2 anti-insect grilles 1 348 04 RAL 7035 - 138 x 138 mm Locking accessories Universal locking system Other accessories 1 363 95 Ear th braid 6mm 2 cross section 1 365 80 Self adhesive pocket 310 x 200 x 18mm 1 365 81 Self adhesive pocket 230 x 130 x 18mm 1 365 97 Aerosol paint RAL 7035 1 367 45 Set of 4 slides for depth adjustment (400mm depth cabinet) Accessories for automatic locking system Special metal barrels 10 368 16 8mm male square 10 368 18 8 mm male triangle 10 368 20 Double bar Key barrels Supplied with set of 2 keys For key No 10 368 22 405 10 368 26 2433 A 10 365 45 Set of two 2433 A keys Keys for special barrels Metal 10 365 38 For 8 mm male square lock 10 365 40 For 8 mm male triangle lock 10 365 42 Double bar Locking latches 10 368 43 For Atlantic one door cabinets 10 368 44 For Atlantic 2 door cabinets 10 365 30 For Marina cabinets Universal locking system (1) They can be assembled and fitted to all Atlantic and Marina enclosures. For Altis single piece enclosures, the lock handle is fixed. 8 mm male triangle Cat. No. 368 18 Double bar Cat. No. 368 20 Lock barrel No 405 Cat. No. 368 22 Key barrel Lock housing Cat. No. 368 04 Latch knob Cat. No. 368 05 Dimensions of special 8mm male triangle lock (1) The metal locks (special barrels and key barrels) and lock housings are all compatible with each other 036829-5104n.eps 036806-14121n.eps 036804-5096n.eps Pack Cat. No. Lock housings for rebate or cylinder locks Completely interchangeable across all Atlantic and Marina enclosures 10 368 04 Lock housing 10 368 05 Latch knob (with blanking plate) 10 368 06 Handle fitted with locking latch 2433 A
136 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Cabstop equipment IP 55 - IK 10 Marina/Atlantic metal cabinets Cabstop ® equipment - Tensile resistance: 15 kg minimum - Operating temperature: – 20° C to + 65° C - ASTM No 3 resistance to cutting oil - Resistance to incandescent wire: 750° C according to IEC EN 60695-2-11 Cat. No. 364 97 Cat. No 364 98 n Cabstop ® plate n Assembly kit on plane surface for Cabstop ® plate Cable entry Ø14 to 24 equivalent CG PG 21/29 ISO 25 32 Cable entry Ø5 to 14 equivalent CG PG 9/11/13/16 ISO 16/20 A B DimensionsCat.No 364 94 147 114 169201 Side view 364 94/95 114 32 Cat.No 364 95 Blank 301 110 98 169 147 114 Cat.No 364 96 401 145 148 182 97 269 Blank Side view 364 96/97 148 32 501 97 97 269 Blank Blank 145 148 182 Pack Cat. No. Cabstop ® open-work plate IP 55 Cable entries consisting of a cable clamp providing the mechanical grip, and elastomer areas for weatherproofing Can be pierced using the cable (no tool required) Fits the cable perfectly Replacement of a cable possible Fire retardant polypropylene RAL 7035 2 possibilities of mounting: - direct on cable entry of Atlantic cabinets - on flat surface with kit Cat. No. 364 98 Supplied with: - locking caps for sealing a pierced entry providing IP 55 protection - cable release tool Number of entries Ø5 to 14 Number of entries Ø14 to 24 Number of spare entries Direct mounting on cable entry of Atlantic cabinet width (mm) 1 364 94 13 1 - 300 1 364 95 13 1 1 400 1 364 96 28 2 1 500 - 1 000 1 364 97 28 2 2 600 - 800 - 1 200 1 364 98 Kit for mounting Cabstop ® plate on flat surface Enables mounting of 2 Cabstop ® plates: Cat. No. 364 94 or 95 and 364 96 or 97 IP 55 maintained
137 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Plastic cable glands IP 68 ISO and polyamide Plastic cable glands IP 68 ISO 980 05 Anti-vibration mechanically tightened cable gland with neoprene weatherproof seal for IP 68 protection Locking part consisting of flexible blades which exert strong pressure on the cable thus giving the product excellent tensile strength Supplied with surface seal mounted Polyamide Technical characteristics (see opposite) Grey RAL 7001 stopping plugs - ISO Hexagonal with base ensuring the IP protection of the enclosure Can be tightened using a flat screwdriver Supplied with surface seal Nuts to be ordered separately 50 980 41 16 50 980 43 20 50 980 45 25 25 980 46 32 25 980 47 40 Pack Cat. No. Grey RAL 7001 cable glands Conform to EN 50 262 ISO Clamping capacity Ø Min. (mm) Ø Max. (mm) 25 980 01 16 4 8 25 980 03 20 6 12 10 980 05 25 12 18 5 980 06 32 18 25 3 980 07 40 22 32 2 980 08 50 30 38 2 980 09 63 34 44 n RAL 7001 stopping plugs Polyamide Dimensions (mm) Cat. No. Threading Ø D D1 F X G B E 980 41 ISO 16 15.8 20.5 8 x 2 12 3.9 980 43 ISO 20 19.8 25 8 x 2 12 3.8 980 45 ISO 25 24.8 30.5 8 x 2 12 4.4 980 46 ISO 32 31.8 38 8 x 2 12 4.9 980 47 ISO 40 39.8 46.5 8 x 2 12.5 4.9 Ø D1 FxG B E Ø D n RAL 7001 cable glands CharacteristicsHalogen-free polyamide UL 94-V2 Operating temperature: - 20 ° C to + 80 ° C Self-extinguishing 960° C according to IEC 60695-2-11Dimensions (mm) C1 to fla t Ø D1 E ISO A B Ø D C Ø Drilling C1 E Ø D1 Cat. No. Threading (to flat) F Ø 980 01 ISO 16 26 10 21 19 15.9 16.2 22 5 24 980 03 ISO 20 29 12 26.5 24 19.8 20.4 26 6 28 980 05 ISO 25 35 15 36 33 24.8 25.4 32 6 35 980 06 ISO 32 40 15 46.5 42 31.6 32.5 42 7 43 980 07 ISO 40 49 17 58.5 53 39.9 40.5 50 7 56 980 08 ISO 50 54 17 66.5 60 50 50.8 60 8 66 980 09 ISO 63 54 18 75 68 62.9 64 75 8 82 A B Ø D C Ø F
148 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list 148 Control and signalling tranformers, terminals, crimping tools and marking systems. Connection P. 150 Control and signalling transformers (AC) P. 176 Transcab TM and LINA slotted duct P. 158 Viking 3 terminal blocks selection chart Transformers, power supplies Cabling components, marking system P. 182 Memocab marking system for wiring 4 2 A X 7 5 Viking 3 terminal blocks (P. 162) Starfix ferrules and crimping tools (P. 178)
149 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list 149 P. 150 Equipment transformers (AC) P. 152 Transformers sizing and protection P. 168 Viking 3 technical characteristics P. 155 Filtered rectified power supplies (DC) P. 162 Viking 3 terminal blocks with screw connection P. 164 Viking 3 terminal blocks with spring connection P. 166 Viking 3 accessories P. 172 Viking 3 power terminal blocks P. 180 CAB 3 marking system for wiring and terminal blocks P. 184 Duplix TM marking system for cables P. 178 Starfix ferrules and crimping tools Starfix assorted kit (P. 178) P. 156 Bell transformer
150 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Equipment transformers Single-phase – AC Control and signalling transformers Single-phase - screw connection – AC 442 33 442 68 442 71 IP 2X or XXB up to 400 VA - IP XXA over 400 VA - IK 04 Conform to IEC EN 61558-2-2 and 2-4 or 2-6, UL506 and CSA C22-2-No 66 UL USA and Canada agreements Products suitable for building equipment conforming to standards EN 61131-2, EN 60204-1 and EN 60439-1 Active parts protected by cover up to 1000 VA Interference filtering Direct fixing possibility on symmetrical rail 3 up to 250 VA Supplied with connection strip 0 V secondary / earth up to 1000 VA Control and circuit isolation 115-230 V 115-230 V (secondary) Supplied with 2 coupling strips Primary Power in VA Instantaneous 230-400 V according to according to admissible power ± 15 V IEC and CSA UL at cos ϕ = 0.5 1 442 61 40 40 50 1 442 62 63 63 86 1 442 63 100 100 150 1 442 64 160 140 250 1 442 65 250 210 360 1 442 66 400 300 1100 1 442 67 630 500 1300 1 442 68 1000 700 2000 1 442 69 1600 700 6100 1 442 70 2500 1300 7100 1 442 71 4000 2400 11400 1 442 72 5000 3300 17500 1 442 73 6300 3700 10900 1 442 74 8000 4500 12500 Pack Cat. No. Control and safety 24-48 V 230-400 V +- 15 V (primary) / 24-48 V (secondary) Supplied with 2 coupling strips Power in VA Instantaneous according to according to admissible power IEC and CSA UL at cos ϕ = 0.5 1 442 31 40 40 52 1 442 32 63 63 87 24 V 48 V 1 442 33 100 100 150 1 442 34 160 140 250 1 442 35 250 210 420 1 442 36 400 300 700 1 442 37 630 500 1700 1 442 38 1000 700 2000 1 442 39 1600 700 8500 1 442 40 2500 1400 3300 Technical characteristics (p. 152) IP 2X or XXB up to 220 VA - IK 04 Clip on fixing possibility up to 160 VA with accessories Cat. No. 044 16 or 428 99 Transformers with 2 secondary voltage supplied with coupling strip and with isolated strip for 0 V connection secondary / earth connection Conform to IEC EN 61558-2-6 for 12 V and 24 V Products suitable for building equipment conforming to standards EN 61131-2, EN 60204-1 and EN 60439-1 Pack Cat. No. Safety 12 - 24 V 230-400 V (primary ) / 12 - 24 V (secondary) Power (VA) Primary terminal Secondary terminal flexible cable (mm 2 ) flexible cable (mm 2 ) 1 428 40 40 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 428 41 63 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 428 42 100 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 428 43 160 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 428 44 220 1 to 4 1 to 4 Accessories For clip on rail (90° mounting) of transformers up to 160 VA with 2 claws 5 428 99 Plate 10 044 16 Claw width 10 mm Threaded hole For M4 screw 428 40 + 428 99 428 41 supplied with connection strip connection strip supplied up to 220 VA
151 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Control and signalling transformers Single-phase n Dimensions n Fixing Fig. 3: 1600 to 2500 VA A F B G C Ø Fig. 4: 4000 to 8000 VA F A B C G Ø C G F A Ø B Fig. 1: 40 to 400 VA F G C A Ø B 6 On perforated plates Lina 25 and on Lina 12.5 platesOn symmetrical rail 4 up to 250 VA fixing centres pitch 25 mm up to 1000 VA (1) Direct fixing possibility on symmetrical rail 4 up to 250 VA Cat. No. Power (VA) Fig. Dimensions (mm) Fixing (1) Weight (Kg) A B C F G Ø 442 31/61 40 1 94 78 113 50 100 5.2 1.23 442 32/62 63 1 94 85 113 50 100 5.2 1.56 442 33/63 100 1 94 94 113 50 100 5.2 1.95 442 34/64 160 1 94 112 113 50 100 5.2 2.6 442 35/65 250 1 106 123 115 50 100 5.2 3.82 442 36/66 400 1 120 140 140 62.5 125 5.2 5.62 442 37/67 630 2 132 155 175 75 150 5.5 8 442 38/68 1000 2 150 199 206 100 175 7 14.9 442 39/69 1600 3 220 245 191 150 153 9 25.6 442 40/70 2500 3 300 292 171 200 114 9 33.1 442 71 4000 4 230 340 205 180 130 11 31 442 72 5000 4 240 390 205 180 130 11 40 442 73 6300 4 240 390 205 180 130 11 45 442 74 8000 4 240 390 280 180 140 11 64 Attachment at 3 points possible with through oblong on the secondary side Fig. 2: 630 to 1000 VA
152 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list n Characteristics Use of adjustment taps Single - phase 50-60 Hz - class I Insulation voltage between windings: 4 510 V Max. ambient operating temperature without derating: 50 ° C Transformer sizingP inrush = 0.8 (∑ Pm + ∑ Pr + Pa) ∑ Pm = Sum of all contactors holding powers ∑ Pr = Sum of all indicators light powers Pa = Inrush power of the largest contactor O O O O O + 15 V 0 V - 15 V 230 V 400 V s s Connected to mains supply (U1) between terminals + 15 V and 230 or 400 V s s O O O O O + 15 V 0V –15 V 230 V 400 V Connected to mains supply (U1) between terminals 0 V and 230 or 400 V O O O O O + 15 V 0 V – 15 V 230 V 400 V s s Connected to mains supply (U1) between terminals - 15 V and 230 or 400 V 1) If U 1 230 or 400 V 2) If I 2 I 2n (if load is lower than rated load, the secondary voltage must be reduced) If U 1 230 or 400 V with a load I 2 = I 2n If U 1 230 or 400 V with a load I 2 = I 2n (1) Total losses at nominal voltage Cat. No. Power (VA) Admissible instantaneous power (VA) at cos ϕ of: No-load loss (W) Loss at rated voltage (1) (W) Voltage drop (%) with cos ϕ of: Efficiency (%) with cos ϕ of: Ucc (%) Connection Primary cable (mm 2 ) Secondary cable (mm 2 ) 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 0.3 0.6 1 0.3 0.6 1 flexible rigid flexible rigid Primary 230-400 V ± 15 V - Secondary 24-48 V 442 31 40 63 58 55 52 50 48 48 49 60 3.9 7.3 8.7 10.5 8.5 62.0 77.0 84.0 10.0 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 442 32 63 110 102 94 87 83 79 77 78 91 6.0 14.2 7.5 9.4 8.5 57.0 73.0 82.0 9.0 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 442 33 100 200 180 160 150 140 130 130 130 150 8.2 15.1 7.3 9.3 8.9 66.0 80.0 87.0 8.9 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 442 34 160 340 300 270 250 230 220 210 210 230 11.2 24.6 5.8 7.6 7.7 66.0 80.0 87.0 7.2 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 442 35 250 550 490 450 420 400 380 370 370 430 14.9 31.4 5.2 6.6 6.2 70.0 83.0 89.0 6.1 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 442 36 400 1400 1000 800 700 600 500 500 400 400 18.3 46.3 2.1 3.7 5.6 72.0 84.0 90.0 4.2 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 442 37 630 2200 1700 1400 1000 960 910 820 760 720 255 58 2.3 4 4.7 7.0 82 89 3.8 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 10 1 to 10 442 38 1000 3400 2800 2300 2000 1800 1600 1500 1400 1300 44.2 74.4 1.3 1.9 2.9 80.0 89.0 93.0 2.4 1 to 16 1 to 16 1 to 16 1 to 16 442 39 1600 12800 10900 9500 8500 7700 7100 6700 6400 6600 65.5 94.7 1.1 1.6 1.9 84.0 91.0 94.0 1.7 2.5 to 10 1.5 to 16 4 to 16 1.5 to 25 442 40 2500 4300 3900 3600 3300 3100 3000 2900 2900 3400 86.5 143.4 1.8 2.2 2.0 84.0 91.0 95.0 1.9 4 to 16 1.5 to 25 4 to 35 2.5 to 50 Primary 230-400 V ± 15 V - Secondary 230 V and Primary 230-400 V + 15 V - Secondary 115-230 V 442 61 40 62 57 53 50 48 47 46 47 57 3.9 7.4 8.7 10.5 8.8 62.0 76.0 84.0 10.1 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 442 62 63 110 100 93 86 82 78 76 76 90 6.0 11.8 7.6 9.6 8.9 62.0 76.0 84.0 9.2 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 442 63 100 200 180 160 150 140 140 130 130 150 8.2 17.3 7.2 9.2 8.6 63.0 78.0 85.0 8.7 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 442 64 160 330 300 270 250 240 230 220 220 250 11.2 23.4 5.8 7.4 7.1 67.0 80.0 87.0 6.9 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 442 65 250 560 510 460 430 410 390 380 370 430 14.9 31.7 5.2 6.6 6.2 70.0 83.0 89.0 6.1 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 442 66 400 200 1600 1300 1100 900 840 760 700 660 18.3 43.9 2.1 3.6 5.2 73.0 85.0 90.0 4.1 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 442 67 630 2300 1800 1500 1300 1100 1000 910 840 810 25.5 75.7 2.1 3.5 4.8 71 83 89 3.4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 10 1 to 10 442 68 1000 3400 2800 2300 2000 1800 1600 1500 1400 1300 44.2 73.6 1.3 2.0 2.7 80.0 89.0 93.0 2.2 1 to 16 1 to 16 1 to 16 1 to 16 442 69 1600 8700 7500 6600 6100 5400 5000 4700 4500 4700 65.5 95.3 1.1 1.5 1.8 83.0 91.0 94.0 1.5 2.5 to 10 1.5 to 16 2.5 to 10 1.5 to 16 442 70 2500 9200 8300 7600 7100 6700 6300 6200 6100 7100 86.5 150.1 1.8 2.3 2.2 83.0 91.0 94.0 2.0 4 to 16 1.5 to 25 4 to 16 1.5 to 25 442 71 4000 16500 14300 12700 11400 10500 9800 9200 8900 9500 87.4 234.8 2.1 2.9 3.3 84.0 91.0 94.0 2.7 4 to 16 1.5 to 25 4 to 16 1.5 to 25 442 72 5000 28500 23400 19900 17500 15600 14200 13100 12300 12300 87.4 279.0 1.5 2.3 2.9 84.0 91.0 95.0 2.3 4 to 16 1.5 to 25 4 to 16 1.5 to 25 442 73 6300 17200 14500 12500 10900 10000 9200 8600 8100 8300 120 530 2.8 4.1 4.8 78 88 92 3.9 4 to 16 1.5 to 25 4 to 16 1.5 to 25 442 74 8000 19800 18600 14400 12500 11500 10600 9800 9300 9600 195 350 1.7 2.7 3.7 87 93.0 96.0 2.9 4 to 16 1.5 to 25 4 to 16 1.5 to 25 Control and signalling transformers Single-phase
153 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Equipment transformers Single-phase n Characteristics Insulation voltage: • between windings: 4 470 V • between primary and earth: 2 240 V • between secondary and earth: 250 V for 12 and 24 V F A G C oblong B Fig. 1 Power (VA) Cat. No. No load loss (W) Total losses at 100% load (W) Ucc (%) AIO (VA) cos Ø 0.5 Connection PRI flexible rigid (mm) Single-phase safety transformers: Primary 230-400 V - Sec 12-24 V 428 40 40 55 1 84 70 98 40 86 4.5 0.9 3.7 13.1 18.3 12.7 0.75 0.58 15.6 1 to 4 1 to 4 4.5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4.5 428 41 63 91 1 84 77 98 40 86 4.5 1.3 4.9 16.3 13.5 10.2 0.79 0.64 11.8 1 to 4 1 to 4 4.5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4.5 428 42 100 140 1 84 86 98 40 86 4.5 1.6 6.2 21.0 10.5 8.7 0.83 0.68 9.5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4.5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4.5 428 43 160 205 1 84 104 98 40 86 4.5 2.4 9.1 31.8 8.8 7.4 0.83 0.69 7.9 1 to 4 1 to 4 4.5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4.5 428 44 220 290 1 96 115 110 40 98 4.5 3.4 12.6 40.0 6.9 6.3 0.85 0.71 6.5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4.5 1 to 4 1 to 4 4.5 Dimensions (mm) Fixing (mm) A B C F G Ø cable (mm 2 ) lug Ø Connection SEC flexible rigid (mm) Fig. cable (mm 2 ) lug Voltage drop (%) cos ø 1 cos ø 0.45 Efficiency (%) cos ø 1 cos ø 0.45 Weight (kg)
154 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Protection of transformers and their lines n Main transformer functions: • Changing voltage: Isolation transformer (basic insulation between primary and secondary) Auto-transformer (no insulation between primary and secondary) • Control circuit power supply Control transformer (basic insulation between primary and secondary) • Protection against electric shock - Protection against direct and indirect contact by: Safety isolating transformers (reinforced insulation between primary and secondary, no-load voltage 50 V) - Protection against indirect contact by: Isolating transformers (reinforced insulation between primary and secondary) Isolating transformers For the supply of medical location (group II) Definitions: - Electric shocks: physiological effect resulting from an electrical current through a human or animal body (IEV 195-01-04)- Direct contact: electric contact of persons or animals with live parts (195-06-03)- Indirect contact: electric contact of persons or animals with exposed-conductive-parts which have become live under fault conditions (195-06-04) n Protection of transformers According to IEC/EN 61558 standards, transformers must be protected against overloads and short-circuits which may occur during normal operationsThe standards do not specify the location or type of protective device: it is the manufacturer’s responsibility to select the most suitable position, either on the primary or secondary side Legrand has selected secondary protection. The rating, type and location of the protective device are indicated on the front of its devices Single-phase: Control, safety isolating, isolating, equipment and installation transformers Nominal power IEC and CSA 12 V 24 V 48 V 115 V 230 V Rating Cartridge Cat.Nos Rating MCBS Cat.Nos Rating Cartridge Cat.Nos Rating MCBS Cat.Nos Rating Cartridge Cat.Nos Rating MCBS Cat.Nos Rating Cartridge Cat.Nos Rating MCBS Cat.Nos Rating Cartridge Cat.Nos Rating MCBS Cat.Nos 40 VA 4 T4 AL (1) 4 T4 AL (1) 2 T2 AL (1) 2 T2 AL (1) 1 T1 AL (1) 1 T1 AL (1) 0.4 T0.4 AL (1) 0.4 T0.4 AL (1) 0.2 T0.2 AL (1) 0.2 T0.2 AL (1) 63 VA 5 T5 AL (1) 5 T5 AL (1) 2.5 T2.5 AL (1) 2.5 T2.5 AL (1) 1.25 T1.25 AL (1) 1.25 T1.25 AL (1) 0.5 T0.5 AL (1) 0.5 T0.5 AL (1) 0.25 T0.25 AL (1) 0.25 T0.25 AL (1) 100 VA 8 T8 AE (1) 8 063 93 4 T4 AE (1) 4 063 91 2 T2 AL (1) 2 063 89 0.8 T0.8 AL (1) 1 063 88 0.4 T0.4 AL (1) 0.5 063 86 160 VA 16 133 16 13 063 95 8 133 08 6 063 92 3.15 T3.15 AE (1) 4 063 91 1.6 T1.6 AL (1) 2 063 89 0.63 T0.63 AL (1) 1 063 88 220 VA 20 133 20 20 063 97 10 133 10 10 063 94 5 T5 AE (1) 6 063 92 2 T2 AL (1) 2 063 89 1 T1 AL (1) 1 063 88 250 VA 20 133 20 20 063 97 10 133 10 10 063 94 6 133 06 6 063 92 2 T2 AL (1) 2 063 89 1 T1 AL (1) 1 063 88 310 VA 25 133 25 25 063 98 12 133 12 13 063 95 6 133 06 6 063 92 2.5 T2.5 AE (1) 3 063 90 1.25 T1.25 AL (1) 2 063 89 400 VA 32 143 32 32 063 99 16 133 16 16 063 96 8 133 08 8 063 93 4 133 04 4 063 91 2 133 02 2 063 89 450 VA 40 143 40 40 064 00 20 133 20 20 063 97 10 133 10 10 063 94 4 133 04 4 064 91 2 133 02 2 063 89 630 VA 50 143 50 50 063 81 25 133 25 25 063 98 12 133 12 13 063 95 6 133 06 6 063 92 4 133 04 3 063 90 800 VA 63 153 63 63 063 82 32 143 32 32 063 99 16 133 16 16 063 96 8 133 08 8 063 93 4 133 04 4 063 91 1000 VA 80 153 80 80 063 83 40 143 40 40 064 00 20 133 20 20 063 97 8 133 08 8 063 93 4 133 04 4 063 91 1250 VA 100 153 96 100 064 76 50 143 50 50 063 81 25 133 25 25 063 98 10 133 10 10 064 94 6 133 06 6 063 92 1600 VA 125 153 97 125 064 77 63 153 63 63 063 82 32 143 32 32 063 99 16 133 16 13 064 95 8 133 08 8 063 93 2000 VA 160 80 153 80 80 063 83 40 143 40 40 064 00 16 133 16 16 063 96 8 133 08 8 063 93 2500 VA 200 100 153 96 100 064 76 50 143 50 50 063 81 20 133 20 20 063 97 10 133 10 10 063 94 (1) Fuses IEC 127 (cartridge 5 x 20 T type) The transformer function(s) can either be defined by the equipment designer or can be imposed by installation guidelines or the equipment standard n Protection of lines General Lines must be protected against overloads and short- circuits. Protection against overloads is only compulsory if the line is likely to be affected by an overload current. This protection can be installed at the head or end of the line. Protection against short-circuits is compulsory in all installations ; this protection has to be installed at the head of the lineSupply line (transformer primary)The transformer is a device that cannot generate overloads. Its supply line requires protection against short-circuits only. When a transformer is energised. a very high inrush current is produced (in the region of 25 In) for approximately 10 ms. The line protection must take these 2 factors into consideration. Legrand offers 3 possibilities: aM fuse cartridges, type D MCBs (average value of the magnetic 12 In, with a standard adjustment range between 10 and 14 In), type C MCBs (average value of the magnetic 7 In, with a standard adjustment range between 5 and 10 In) Minimal protection rating for primary supply line on transformer (1) Power 230 V single - phase 400 V single - phase aM MCBs MCBs type B MCB aM MCBs MCBs Cartridge C curve D curve with inrush Cartridge C curve D curve or MCCBs or MCCBs current limiter or MCCBs or MCCBs 40 VA 0.5 A 1 A 1 A 0.25 A 1 A 130 95 064 60 067 52 130 92 064 60 63 VA 1 A 2 A 1 A 0.5 A 1 A 130 01 064 61 067 52 130 95 064 60 100 VA 1 A 3 A 1 A 1 A 1 A 2 A 1 A 130 01 064 62 066 25 067 52 130 01 064 61 066 25 160 VA 2 A 6 A 2 A 1 A 1 A 2 A 1 A 130 02 064 64 066 26 067 52 130 01 064 61 066 25 220 VA 2 A 6 A 2 A 2 A 1 A 3 A 2 A 130 02 064 64 066 26 067 53 130 01 064 62 066 26 250 VA 2 A 6 A 3 A 2 A 2 A 3 A 2 A 130 02 064 64 066 27 067 53 130 02 064 62 066 26 310 VA 4 A 10 A 3 A 2 A 2 A 6 A 2 A 130 04 064 66 066 27 067 53 130 02 064 64 066 26 400 VA 4 A 10 A 6 A 2 A 2 A 6 A 2 A 130 04 064 66 066 29 067 53 130 02 064 64 066 26 450 VA 4 A 10 A 6 A 3 A 2 A 6 A 3 A 130 04 064 66 066 29 067 54 130 02 064 64 066 27 630 VA 6 A 16 A 6 A 3 A 4 A 10 A 6 A 130 06 064 68 066 29 067 54 130 04 064 66 066 29 800 VA 6 A 16 A 10 A 6 A 4 A 10 A 6 A 130 06 064 68 066 31 067 56 130 04 064 66 066 29 1000 VA 10 A 20 A 10 A 6 A 4 A 16 A 6 A 130 10 064 69 066 31 067 56 130 04 064 68 066 29 1250 VA 10 A 25 A 16 A 6 A 6 A 16 A 10 A 130 10 064 70 066 33 067 56 130 06 064 68 066 31 1600 VA 10 A 32 A 16 A 10 A 6 A 20 A 10 A 130 10 064 71 066 33 067 58 130 06 064 69 066 31 2000 VA 12 A 40 A 20 A 10 A 8 A 25 A 16 A 130 12 064 72 066 34 067 58 130 08 064 70 066 33 2500 VA 16 A 50 A 25 A 16 A 10 A 32 A 16 A 130 16 064 73 066 35 067 60 130 10 064 71 066 33
155 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Single phase power supplies DC Filtered rectified power supplies Single phase – DC Provide voltage for P.L.C and associated output devices that require 12V or 24V DC. Units consist of: . Safety isolating transformers with electrostatic screen . Double terminals on each polarity . Fitted with filter capacitors . Secondary protected by fuse . Green indicator for presence of operating voltage. Supplied with isolated coupling bar for fast connection between the - and the earth terminal up to 15A. Approval No. C96864N. Conforms to the following standards: IEC and EN 61558-2-6, UL 60950 and CAN/CSA-C22.2 no 60 950.00. Product is created to adapt to equip- ment which conform to the following standards: EN 61131-2, EN 60204 and EN 60439-1 470 24 470 02 470 23 Pack Cat. No. Single phase 12 V = 230-400 V +- 15 V ± (primary) / 12 V = (secondary) Terminal capacity Output Current flexible cable (W) (A) Entry Exit 1 470 01 12 1 6 6 1 470 02 30 2.5 6 6 1 470 03 60 5 6 6 1 470 04 120 10 6 6 1 470 06 300 25 6 10 24 V = 230-400 V +- 15 V ± (primary) / 24 V = (secondary) Terminal capacity Output Current flexible cable (W) (A) Entry Exit 1 470 20 12 0.5 6 6 1 470 21 24 1 6 6 1 470 22 60 2.5 6 6 1 470 23 120 5 6 6 1 470 24 240 10 6 6 1 470 25 360 15 6 6 1 470 26 600 25 6 10 1 470 28 960 40 6 16 1 470 29 1 200 50 16 16 Dimensions (p. 157) 4 131 05 Pack Cat. No. Filtered rectified power supplies Conform to standards IEC EN 61558-2-6 For equipment conforming to standards EN 61131-2, EN 60204 and EN 60439-1 Comprising: - A safety transformer with interference filtration - A filter capacitor - Protection by PTC integrated in the primary - Double operating terminals Terminal capacity: 6 mm 2 flexible Class II after addition of faceplate Ripple factor 3% Ambient temperature without derating: 60 ° C Power supply 230 V +- 15 V ± 12 V = Power (W) Current (A) Number of modules 1 4 131 05 15 1.3 5 24 V = 1 4 131 07 12 0.5 5 1 4 131 08 21.5 0.9 5 For supplying PLCs and their peripherals or any use requiring a voltage of 12 V or 24 V= Fixing on DIN rail 3
156 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Bell transformers 230 V -15 V 0 +15 V PTC Cat. No. Voltage Current Weight I Prim. on load (A) (V) (A) (Kg) at 230 V 047 95 12 1.3 0.95 0.15 047 97 24 0.5 0.95 0.13 047 98 24 0.9 0.95 0.17 Cat. No. Voltage of use No load Total Voltage No On with 100 kA with nominal losses losses drop load load load and load and (W) at 100% cos ϕ = 1 (V) (V) prim. voltage prim. voltage load + 10% -15% (W) 047 95 15.1 11.8 16.3 10.4 3.4 8.7 28.5 047 97 28.9 23.6 30.6 20.7 3.4 7.1 22.3 047 98 29.9 22.8 32.0 20.3 3.4 10.4 31.0 n Filtered rectified power supplies n PTC protection PTC: Positive temperature coefficient (limitation of overloads and temperature). In the event of an overload switch "off" the power supply and allow the power supply to cool down before switching on again 4130 91 Pack Cat. No. Bell transformers Conform to IEC / EN 61558-2-8 Protected against overloads and short circuits. In the event of an overload, switch "OFF" the power supply and allow the transformer to cool down before switching on again With label holders Wall or rail 4 mounting (for 4 modules) Possibility for supply busbars to run through (Cat.No 042 25) 230 V/12 V - 8 V Number Secondary (V) Rating (A) Power (VA) of modules 1 4 130 91 12/8 0.66/1 8 2 1 4 130 92 12/8 2/3 24 4 230 V/24 V - 12 V 1 4 130 93 24/12 1/1.5 24 - 18 4 Single phase power supplies
157 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Filtered rectified power supplies Single phase F B A C G 04791-65791c.eps C A F G B 04791-65793c.eps Single phase power supplies primary 230/400 V ± 15 V tapping C F G A B 04791-65794c.eps Measurements and electrical characteristics Fig. 1 B G C F A 046925-4369c.eps Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4 45 E A et C D F B 003730-67490c.eps Cat. No. Voltage (V) Amps (A) Dimensions (mm) Weight Weight (Kg) Primary on- load current (A) at 230V Operating voltage No load losses (W) Total losses at 100% load (W) Varia- tion (%) Voltage drop (%) A B C D E F No load (V) On load (V) Onload 100mA and primary +10% Nominal onload and primary -15% 4 131 05 12 1.3 60 89 60 95 44 66 1 0.15 15.1 11.8 16.3 10.4 3.4 8.7 5 28.5 4 131 07 24 0.5 60 89 60 95 44 66 1 0.13 28.9 23.6 30.6 20.7 3.4 7.1 5 22.3 4 131 08 24 0.9 60 89 60 95 44 66 1 0.17 29.9 22.8 32.0 20.3 3.4 10.4 5 31.0 Cat. No. Volt- age (V) Amps (A) Fig Dimensions (mm) Weight Fixing (mm) Weight Primary onload current (A) Operating voltage No load losses (W) Total loss at 100% load (W) Voltage drop (%) A B C F G Diameter (Kg) at 230V at 400V No load (V) Onload (V) Onload 100mA and primary +10% Nominal on- load 100mA and primary -15% Secondary 12 V 470 01 12 1 1 68 98 88 - - - 1 0.12 0.06 14.4 11.7 15.5 10.3 4.4 7.3 23.5 470 02 12 2.5 1 93 121 105 45 94 4.6 2.45 0.33 0.19 13.9 11.6 15.2 10.2 8.3 11.9 19.4 470 03 12 5 1 105 135 115 45 104 4.6 3.6 0.60 0.34 14.1 12.1 15.5 10.5 11.4 17.1 17.2 470 04 12 10 2 126 186 175 75 150 5.5 6.35 1.24 0.72 14.7 11.8 16.1 10.4 20.2 33.7 24.7 470 06 12 25 3 180 220 270 122 100 7 11 2.13 1.22 14.7 11.71 16.1 10.3 24.2 47 25 Secondary 24 V 470 20 24 0.5 1 68 98 88 1 0.12 0.06 27.6 22.9 29.4 20.1 4.4 7.3 20.66 470 21 24 1 1 68 98 88 1 0.18 0.10 29.0 22.8 31.2 20.2 4.4 10.3 27.03 470 22 24 2.5 1 93 121 105 45 94 4.6 2.45 0.47 0.27 27.8 23.3 30.4 20.4 8.3 16.3 19.46 470 23 24 5 1 105 135 115 45 104 4.6 3.6 0.88 0.51 27.5 23.2 30.2 20.3 11.4 25.4 18.68 470 24 24 10 2 126 186 175 75 150 5.5 6.35 1.88 1.09 27.7 23.5 30.5 20.5 20 45.3 18.20 470 25 24 15 2 126 206 175 75 150 5.5 7.6 2.53 1.46 27.5 23.2 30.2 20.2 23 54.7 18.70 470 26 24 25 3 180 270 290 150 125 9 18.1 4.70 2.70 27.9 23.7 30.5 20.9 33.2 65.2 17 470 28 24 40 4 310 265 478 445 200 7 50 6.20 3.60 28.4 23.2 31.2 20.4 230 340 22.41 470 29 24 50 4 335 315 575 542 200 7 60 7.20 4.10 25.4 23.5 27.9 20.2 194 340 8.09 Single phase Lexic power supplies primary 230 V± 15 V tapping
158 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list ELECTRICAL FUNCTION TERMINAL BLOCKS INSULATION EQUIPOTENTIAL LINK PROTECTION MEASURE- MENT ASSOCIATED PRODUCTS Nominal cross-section (mm 2 ) Pitch (mm) Colour Cat. No. End cap Separation and insulation divider Comb for 2 blocks, auto. front Comb for 3 blocks, auto. front Comb for 10 blocks, auto. front Comb for 12 blocks, side Bar for 12 blocks, front Single pole screen Cut to length screen Test socket Connecting (p. 162) 1 connection - 1 entry/1 outlet 2.5 5 371 60 375 50 (3) 375 60 375 02 375 01 375 65 375 68 375 27 371 00371 20371 30 4 6 371 61 375 50 (3) 375 60 375 05 375 04 375 65 375 68 375 27 371 01371 21371 31371 77 6 8 371 62 375 50 (3) 375 60 375 08 375 07 375 66 375 68 375 27 371 02371 78 10 10 371 63 375 50 (3) 375 60 375 40 375 66 375 68 375 75 371 03 16 12 371 64 375 51 375 61 375 42 375 67 375 69 375 76 371 04 35 15 371 65 375 51 375 61 375 44 375 67 375 69 375 76 371 05 70 22 371 66 built-in 1 connection - 2 entries/2 outlets 4 6 371 69 375 52 375 62 375 05 375 04 375 27 371 09 2 connections on 2 levels 2.5 5 371 67 375 53 375 63 375 02 375 01 375 27 (4) 371 07 4 6 371 68 375 53 375 63 375 05 375 04 375 27 (4) 371 08 3 connections on 3 levels 2.5 5 371 51 375 54 375 54 375 02 (4) 375 01 (4) 375 46 (6) 375 47 (6) 375 27 (4) For protection conductor (p. 162) 1 connection - 1 entry/1 outlet - metal base 2.5 5 371 70 375 50 (3) 4 6 371 71 6 8 371 72 10 10 371 73 16 12 371 74 375 51 35 15 371 75 35 15 371 76 1 connection - 1 entry/1 outlet - plastic base (1) 4 6 371 77 375 50 (3) 375 60 375 05 375 04 375 65 375 68 6 8 371 78 375 50 (3) 375 60 375 08 375 07 375 66 375 68 1 connection - 2 entries/2 outlets - metal base 4 6 371 79 375 52 Disconnect (p. 163) 1 connection Open (to be equipped) 2.5 6 371 80 375 55 375 62 375 05 375 04 375 27 For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever 371 81 375 55 375 62 375 05 375 04 For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever + blown fuse indicator 371 81 + 375 24/25 (2) For neutral circuit with handle lever 371 82 For standard circuit With handle lever 371 83 With mini lever 371 84 375 55 375 62 375 05 375 04 375 27 For circuit not broken With handle lever 371 85 375 55 375 62 375 05 375 04 With mini lever 371 86 375 55 375 62 375 05 375 04 375 27 For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with screwed plug 10 12 371 87 375 56 For fuse cartridge 6.3 x 32 with screwed plug 371 88 Function blocks (p. 163) 1 connection Modular 2.5 5 371 53 375 55 375 02 375 01 375 27 Diode carrier 1N4007 371 54 2 connections on 2 levels Diode carrier 1N4007 4 6 371 55 375 53 375 63 375 05 375 04 375 27 (4) With voltage presence LED 371 56 375 53 375 63 375 05 (5) 375 04 (5) For sensor and actuator (p. 163) 3 connections on 3 levels Sensor 2.5 5 371 51 375 54 375 54 375 02 (4) 375 01 (4) 375 46 (6) 375 47 (6) 375 27 (4) Actuator 371 52 PNE (p. 163) Phase/Neutral/Earth Measurement (p. 163) 1 connection Disconnect for measuring circuit 4 8 371 92 375 57 375 77 CSA (Canada) Recognized (Etats-Unis) (4) Upper level (5) Lower level only (6) Lower and intermediate levels (1) Can be used for protection conductor inside class II equivalent assemblies (2) Blown fuse indicator 12/24/48 V=/A Cat.No 375 24 or 110/250 V=/A Cat.No 375 25 (3) Or end stop Cat.No 375 10 371 00 371 20 371 30 371 61 371 63 371 64 371 66 371 69 371 68 371 71 371 76 371 78 371 80 371 86 371 53 371 51 371 52 371 92 371 56 371 87 371 81 371 84 371 79 371 08 VDE (Allemagne) IMQ (Italie) N Viking TM 3 terminal blocks with screw connection and accessories For copper cable
159 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list ELECTRICAL FUNCTION TERMINAL BLOCKS INSULATION EQUIPOTENTIAL LINK PROTECTION MEASURE- MENT ASSOCIATED PRODUCTS Nominal cross-section (mm 2 ) Pitch (mm) Colour Cat. No. End cap Separation and insulation divider Comb for 2 blocks, auto. front Comb for 3 blocks, auto. front Comb for 10 blocks, auto. front Comb for 12 blocks, side Bar for 12 blocks, front Single pole screen Cut to length screen Test socket Connecting (p. 162) 1 connection - 1 entry/1 outlet 2.5 5 371 60 375 50 (3) 375 60 375 02 375 01 375 65 375 68 375 27 371 00371 20371 30 4 6 371 61 375 50 (3) 375 60 375 05 375 04 375 65 375 68 375 27 371 01371 21371 31371 77 6 8 371 62 375 50 (3) 375 60 375 08 375 07 375 66 375 68 375 27 371 02371 78 10 10 371 63 375 50 (3) 375 60 375 40 375 66 375 68 375 75 371 03 16 12 371 64 375 51 375 61 375 42 375 67 375 69 375 76 371 04 35 15 371 65 375 51 375 61 375 44 375 67 375 69 375 76 371 05 70 22 371 66 built-in 1 connection - 2 entries/2 outlets 4 6 371 69 375 52 375 62 375 05 375 04 375 27 371 09 2 connections on 2 levels 2.5 5 371 67 375 53 375 63 375 02 375 01 375 27 (4) 371 07 4 6 371 68 375 53 375 63 375 05 375 04 375 27 (4) 371 08 3 connections on 3 levels 2.5 5 371 51 375 54 375 54 375 02 (4) 375 01 (4) 375 46 (6) 375 47 (6) 375 27 (4) For protection conductor (p. 162) 1 connection - 1 entry/1 outlet - metal base 2.5 5 371 70 375 50 (3) 4 6 371 71 6 8 371 72 10 10 371 73 16 12 371 74 375 51 35 15 371 75 35 15 371 76 1 connection - 1 entry/1 outlet - plastic base (1) 4 6 371 77 375 50 (3) 375 60 375 05 375 04 375 65 375 68 6 8 371 78 375 50 (3) 375 60 375 08 375 07 375 66 375 68 1 connection - 2 entries/2 outlets - metal base 4 6 371 79 375 52 Disconnect (p. 163) 1 connection Open (to be equipped) 2.5 6 371 80 375 55 375 62 375 05 375 04 375 27 For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever 371 81 375 55 375 62 375 05 375 04 For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever + blown fuse indicator 371 81 + 375 24/25 (2) For neutral circuit with handle lever 371 82 For standard circuit With handle lever 371 83 With mini lever 371 84 375 55 375 62 375 05 375 04 375 27 For circuit not broken With handle lever 371 85 375 55 375 62 375 05 375 04 With mini lever 371 86 375 55 375 62 375 05 375 04 375 27 For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with screwed plug 10 12 371 87 375 56 For fuse cartridge 6.3 x 32 with screwed plug 371 88 Function blocks (p. 163) 1 connection Modular 2.5 5 371 53 375 55 375 02 375 01 375 27 Diode carrier 1N4007 371 54 2 connections on 2 levels Diode carrier 1N4007 4 6 371 55 375 53 375 63 375 05 375 04 375 27 (4) With voltage presence LED 371 56 375 53 375 63 375 05 (5) 375 04 (5) For sensor and actuator (p. 163) 3 connections on 3 levels Sensor 2.5 5 371 51 375 54 375 54 375 02 (4) 375 01 (4) 375 46 (6) 375 47 (6) 375 27 (4) Actuator 371 52 PNE (p. 163) Phase/Neutral/Earth Measurement (p. 163) 1 connection Disconnect for measuring circuit 4 8 371 92 375 57 375 77 Viking TM 3 terminal blocks with screw connection and accessories For copper cable End stops (p. 166) Label holder for end stop (p. 166) Handle lever mini lever (p. 167) Joining rods for disconnect blocks (p. 167) Blown fuse indicators (p. 167) Shielding (p. 167) CAB 3 (p. 180 )
160 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list ELECTRICAL FUNCTION TERMINAL BLOCKS INSULATION EQUIPOTENTIAL LINK MEASUREMENT ASSOCIATED PRODUCTS Nominal cross-section (mm 2 ) Pitch (mm) Colour Cat. No. End cap Separation and insulation divider Comb for 2 blocks Comb for 3 blocks Comb for 10 blocks Test socket Connecting (p. 164) 1 connection - 2 wires - 1 entry/1 outlet 4 5 372 60 375 86 375 95 375 02 375 01 375 27 372 00 372 20 4 6 372 61 built-in 375 95 375 05 375 04 375 27 372 01 372 21 6 8 372 62 built-in 375 08 375 07 375 27 372 02 10 10 372 63 built-in 375 82 372 03 16 12 372 64 built-in 375 85 372 04 1 connection - 3 wires - 1 entry/2 outlets 4 5 372 40 375 87 375 95 375 02 375 01 375 27 372 41 372 42 4 6 372 43 built-in 375 95 375 05 375 04 375 27 372 44 1 connection - 4 wires - 2 entries/2 outlets 4 5 372 46 375 88 375 95 375 02 375 01 375 27 372 47 4 6 372 69 built-in 375 05 375 04 375 27 372 09 2 connections - 4 wires - 2 levels 4 5 372 67 375 89 375 96 375 02 375 01 375 27 (3) 372 07 4 6 372 68 built-in 375 96 375 05 375 04 375 27 (3) 372 08 For protection conductor (p. 164) 1 connection - 2 wires - 1 entry/1 outlet - metal base 4 5 372 70 375 86 4 6 372 71 built-in 6 8 372 72 10 10 372 73 16 12 372 74 1 connection - 3 wires - 1 entry/2 outlets - metal base 4 5 372 10 375 87 4 6 372 11 built-in 1 connection - 4 wires - 2 entries/2 outlets - metal base 4 5 372 12 375 88 4 6 372 79 built-in Disconnect (p. 165) 1 connection 2 wires Open (to be equipped) 2.5 6 372 80 375 90 375 05 375 04 375 27 For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever 372 81 375 90 375 05 375 04 For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever + blown fuse indicator 372 81+ 375 24/25 (1) For neutral circuit with handle lever 372 82 For standard circuit With handle lever 372 83 With mini lever 372 84 375 90 375 05 375 04 375 27 For circuit not broken With handle lever 372 85 375 90 375 05 375 04 With mini lever 372 86 375 90 375 05 375 04 375 27 Function blocks (p. 165) 1 connection 4 wires 2 entries/2 outlets Diode carrier 1N4007 4 5 372 54 375 88 375 95 375 02 375 01 2 connections 4 wires 2 levels Diode carrier 1N4007 372 55 375 89 375 96 375 02 375 01 With voltage presence LED 372 56 375 89 375 96 375 02 (2) 375 01 (2) 372 60 372 21 372 72 372 64 372 42 372 12 372 80 372 69 372 83 372 54 372 61 372 02 372 70 372 40 372 47 372 71 372 82 372 68 372 84 CSA (Canada) Recognized (Etats-Unis) N VDE (Allemagne) IMQ (Italie) Approvals (p. XX) Viking TM 3 terminal blocks with spring connection and accessories For copper cable (1) Blown fuse indicator 12/24/48V=/A Cat.No 375 24 or 110/250VA Cat.No 375 25, (2) Lower level only, (3) Upper level only
161 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list ELECTRICAL FUNCTION TERMINAL BLOCKS INSULATION EQUIPOTENTIAL LINK MEASUREMENT ASSOCIATED PRODUCTS Nominal cross-section (mm 2 ) Pitch (mm) Colour Cat. No. End cap Separation and insulation divider Comb for 2 blocks Comb for 3 blocks Comb for 10 blocks Test socket Connecting (p. 164) 1 connection - 2 wires - 1 entry/1 outlet 4 5 372 60 375 86 375 95 375 02 375 01 375 27 372 00 372 20 4 6 372 61 built-in 375 95 375 05 375 04 375 27 372 01 372 21 6 8 372 62 built-in 375 08 375 07 375 27 372 02 10 10 372 63 built-in 375 82 372 03 16 12 372 64 built-in 375 85 372 04 1 connection - 3 wires - 1 entry/2 outlets 4 5 372 40 375 87 375 95 375 02 375 01 375 27 372 41 372 42 4 6 372 43 built-in 375 95 375 05 375 04 375 27 372 44 1 connection - 4 wires - 2 entries/2 outlets 4 5 372 46 375 88 375 95 375 02 375 01 375 27 372 47 4 6 372 69 built-in 375 05 375 04 375 27 372 09 2 connections - 4 wires - 2 levels 4 5 372 67 375 89 375 96 375 02 375 01 375 27 (3) 372 07 4 6 372 68 built-in 375 96 375 05 375 04 375 27 (3) 372 08 For protection conductor (p. 164) 1 connection - 2 wires - 1 entry/1 outlet - metal base 4 5 372 70 375 86 4 6 372 71 built-in 6 8 372 72 10 10 372 73 16 12 372 74 1 connection - 3 wires - 1 entry/2 outlets - metal base 4 5 372 10 375 87 4 6 372 11 built-in 1 connection - 4 wires - 2 entries/2 outlets - metal base 4 5 372 12 375 88 4 6 372 79 built-in Disconnect (p. 165) 1 connection 2 wires Open (to be equipped) 2.5 6 372 80 375 90 375 05 375 04 375 27 For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever 372 81 375 90 375 05 375 04 For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever + blown fuse indicator 372 81+ 375 24/25 (1) For neutral circuit with handle lever 372 82 For standard circuit With handle lever 372 83 With mini lever 372 84 375 90 375 05 375 04 375 27 For circuit not broken With handle lever 372 85 375 90 375 05 375 04 With mini lever 372 86 375 90 375 05 375 04 375 27 Function blocks (p. 165) 1 connection 4 wires 2 entries/2 outlets Diode carrier 1N4007 4 5 372 54 375 88 375 95 375 02 375 01 2 connections 4 wires 2 levels Diode carrier 1N4007 372 55 375 89 375 96 375 02 375 01 With voltage presence LED 372 56 375 89 375 96 375 02 (2) 375 01 (2) End stops (p. 166) Joining rods for disconnect blocks (p. 167) Label holder for end stop (p. 166) Handle lever mini lever (p. 167) Shielding (p. 167) CAB 3 (p. 180 ) Blown fuse indicators (p. 167) Viking TM 3 terminal blocks with spring connection and accessories For copper cable
162 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Viking TM 3 terminal blocks with screw connection (1) Built-in end cap (2) Rigid wire capacity: 2.5 mm 2 max. with equipotential bridging comb Used to make the electrical connection between 2 rigid or flexible copper wires. 2 areas for bridging combs for alternating equipotential connection up to 8 pitch. For rails 2 depth 15 mm, 2 EN 60715 depth 7.5 mm and 15 mm 371 60 +371 00 + 371 20 + 371 30 371 69 371 68 371 79 371 74 371 76 371 60 + 371 61 + 371 62 + 371 63 + 371 64 + 371 65 + 371 66 Technical characteristics (p. 168) Approvals (p. 168) 371 70 on rail 4 Pack Cat. No. Connecting Grey for standard circuit, blue for neutral conductor, orange for circuit not broken by the master isolating device, red for special circuits (safety, protected, etc)1 connection - 1 entry/1 outlet Colour Nominal cross-section (mm²) Capacity Pitch (mm) Rigid wire (mm 2 ) Flexible wire (mm 2 ) 60 371 60 Grey 2.5 0.25 to 4 0.25 to 2.5 5 60 371 00 Blue 60 371 20 Orange 60 371 30 Red 50 371 61 Grey 4 0.25 to 6 0.25 to 4 6 50 371 01 Blue 50 371 21 Orange 50 371 31 Red 40 371 62 Grey 6 0.5 to 10 0.25 to 6 8 40 371 02 Blue 30 371 63 Grey 10 1.5 to 16 2.5 to 10 10 30 371 03 Blue 20 371 64 Grey 16 1.5 to 25 4 to 16 12 20 371 04 Blue 20 371 65 Grey 35 2.5 to 50 4 to 35 15 20 371 05 Blue 10 371 66 (1) Grey 70 25 to 95 16 to 70 22 1 connection - 2 entries/2 outlets 25 371 69 Grey 4 0.25 to 6 0.25 to 4 6 25 371 09 Blue 2 connections on 2 levels 60 371 67 Grey 2.5 0.25 to 4 0.25 to 2.5 5 60 371 07 Blue 60 371 68 Grey 4 0.25 to 6 0.25 to 4 6 60 371 08 Blue 3 connections on 3 levels 50 371 51 (2) Grey 2.5 0.25 to 4 0.25 to 2.5 5 Pack Cat. No. For protection conductor 1 connection - 1 entry/1 outlet - metal baseScrewless fixing on rail up to 10 mm pitch PEN from 10 mm 2 Colour Nominal cross- section (mm²) Capacity Pitch (mm) Rigid wire (mm 2 ) Flexible wire (mm 2 ) 60 371 70 Green/yellow 2.5 0.25 to 4 0.25 to 2.5 5 50 371 71 Green/yellow 4 0.25 to 6 0.25 to 4 6 40 371 72 Green/yellow 6 0.5 to 10 0.25 to 6 8 30 371 73 Green/yellow 10 1.5 to 16 2.5 to 10 10 10 371 74 Green/yellow 16 1.5 to 25 4 to 16 12 10 371 75 Green/yellow 35 2.5 to 50 4 to 35 15 1 connection - bare block - metal base 10 371 76 - 35 2.5 to 50 4 to 35 15 1 connection - 2 entries/2 outlets - metal baseScrewless fixing on rail 50 371 79 Green/yellow 4 0.25 to 6 0.25 to 4 6 1 connection - 1 entry/1 outlet - plastic baseCan be used for protection conductor inside class II equivalent assemblies 50 371 77 Green 4 0.25 to 6 0.25 to 4 6 40 371 78 Green 6 0.5 to 10 0.25 to 6 8 PNE - Phase/Neutral/Earth 3 connections on 3 levels - metal baseGreen/yellow marking for the lower level Screwless fixing on rail Colour Nominal cross-section (mm²) Capacity Pitch (mm) Rigid wire (mm 2 ) Flexible wire (mm 2 ) 50 371 52 Grey 2.5 0.25 to 4 0.25 to 2.5 5 CAB3 marking system (p. 180)
163 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list (1) Built-in end cap (2) Rigid wire capacity: 2.5 mm 2 max. with equipotential bridging comb Viking TM 3 terminal blocks with screw connection (continued) Used to make the electrical connection between 2 rigid or flexible copper wires 2 areas for bridging combs for alternating equipotential connection up to 8 pitch For rails 2 depth 15 mm, 2 EN 60715 depth 7.5 mm and 15 mm 371 80 + automotive-type fuse 371 55 371 82 + 371 83 + 371 85 371 51 371 52 371 84 + 371 86 371 53 371 92 371 87 Technical characteristics (p. 169) Approvals (p. 169) (1) Rigid wire capacity: 2.5 mm² max with equipotential brigding comb Accessories (p. 166 - 167) Pack Cat. No. Function blocks 1 connection - modularComponent connected with screws Colour Nominal cross-section (mm²) Capacity Pitch (mm) Rigid wire (mm 2 ) Flexible wire (mm 2 ) 20 371 53 Grey 2.5 0.25 to 4 0.25 to 2.5 5 1 connection - diode carrier 20 371 54 Grey 2.5 0.25 to 4 0.25 to 2.5 5 2 connections on 2 levels - diode carrier 60 371 55 Grey 4 0.25 to 6 0.25 to 4 6 2 connections on 2 levels - with LEDVoltage presence indicator (12/24V= and A) 60 371 56 Grey 4 0.25 to 6 0.25 to 4 6 For sensors and actuators For connecting sensors (Cat. No. 371 51) or actuators (Cat.No. 371 52), and their shared power supply unit using equipotential bridging comb Cat. No. 375 46/47 (wiring principle p. 169) 3 connections on 3 levels - for sensor Colour Nominal cross-section (mm²) Capacity Pitch (mm) Rigid wire (mm 2 ) Flexible wire (mm 2 ) 50 371 51 (1) Grey 2.5 0.25 to 4 0.25 to 2.5 5 3 connections on 3 levels - for actuatorGreen/yellow marking for the lower level Metal base. Screwless fixing on rail 50 371 52 (1) Grey 2.5 0.25 to 4 0.25 to 2.5 5 Disconnect for measurement 1 connectionWith its accessories, allows intervention (measurements, maintenance, etc) on a current, voltage and power measuring circuit by keeping the current transformer secondary circuit closed Colour Nominal cross-section (mm²) Capacity Pitch (mm) Rigid wire (mm 2 ) Flexible wire (mm 2 ) 25 371 92 Grey 4 0.25 to 4 0.25 to 4 8 Pack Cat. No. Disconnect terminal blocks 1 connection Disconnection by means of blade type lever, handle lever or mini lever (with tool)Open (to be equipped)Can take a blade-type automotive fuse or a miniature circuit-breaker, or blade type levers Cat. No. 375 15/16/17/18 Colour Nominal cross- section (mm²) Capacity Pitch (mm) Rigid wire (mm 2 ) Flexible wire (mm 2 ) 20 371 80 Grey 2.5 0.25 to 2.5 0.25 to 2.5 6 For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever 20 371 81 Grey 2.5 0.25 to 2.5 0.25 to 2.5 6 For neutral circuit with blue handle lever 20 371 82 Grey/blue 2.5 0.25 to 2.5 0.25 to 2.5 6 For standard circuit with handle lever 20 371 83 Grey 2.5 0.25 to 2.5 0.25 to 2.5 6 For standard circuit with mini lever 20 371 84 Grey 2.5 0.25 to 2.5 0.25 to 2.5 6 For circuit not broken with handle leverCircuit not broken by the master isolating device 20 371 85 Orange 2.5 0.25 to 2.5 0.25 to 2.5 6 For circuit not broken with mini leverCircuit not broken by the master isolating device 20 371 86 Orange 2.5 0.25 to 2.5 0.25 to 2.5 6 For cartridge 5 x 20 with screwed plug 20 371 87 Grey 10 0.25 to 16 0.25 to 10 12 For cartridge 6.3 x 32 with screwed plug 20 371 88 Grey 10 0.25 to 16 0.25 to 10 12 Blade type levers, joining rods and blown fuse indicators (p. 167) New Starfix crimping tools (p. 178) Accessories (p. 166)
164 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Viking TM 3 terminal blocks with spring connection Pack Cat. No. Connecting Grey for standard circuit, blue for neutral conductor, orange for circuit not broken by the master isolating device1 connection - 2 wires - 1 entry/1 outlet Colour Nominal cross- section (mm²) Capacity Pitch (mm) Rigid wire (mm 2 ) Flexible wire (mm 2 ) Flexible wire with ferrule (mm 2 ) 60 372 60 Grey 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 2.5 5 60 372 00 Blue 60 372 20 Orange 50 372 61 (1) Grey 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 4 6 50 372 01 (1) Blue 50 372 21 (1) Orange 50 372 62 (1) Grey 6 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 6 8 50 372 02 (1) Blue 40 372 63 (1) Grey 10 0.75 to 10 0.75 to 10 0.75 to 10 10 40 372 03 (1) Blue 10 372 64 (1) Grey 16 4 to 16 4 to 16 4 to 16 12 10 372 04 (1) Blue 1 connection - 3 wires - 1 entry/2 outlets 60 372 40 Grey 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 2.5 5 60 372 41 Blue 60 372 42 Orange 50 372 43 (1) Grey 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 4 6 50 372 44 (1) Blue 1 connection - 4 wires - 2 entries/2 outlets 60 372 46 Grey 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 2.5 5 60 372 47 Blue 50 372 69 (1) Grey 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 4 6 50 372 09 (1) Blue 2 connections - 4 wires - 2 levels 60 372 67 Grey 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 2.5 5 60 372 07 Blue 50 372 68 (1) Grey 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 4 6 50 372 08 (1) Blue Pack Cat. No. For protection conductor Metal base Screwless fixing on rail PEN from 10 mm 2 1 connection - 2 wires - 1 entry/1 outlet Colour Nominal cross- section (mm²) Capacity Pitch (mm) Rigid wire (mm 2 ) Flexible wire (mm 2 ) Flexible wire with ferrule (mm 2 ) 60 372 70 Green/ yellow 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 2.5 5 50 372 71 (1) Green/ yellow 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 4 6 25 372 72 (1) Green/ yellow 6 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 6 8 20 372 73 (1) Green/ yellow 10 0.75 to 10 0.75 to 10 0.75 to 10 10 15 372 74 (1) Green/ yellow 16 4 to 16 4 to 16 4 to 16 12 1 connection - 3 wires - 1 entry/2 outlets 40 372 10 Green/ yellow 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 2.5 5 30 372 11 (1) Green/ yellow 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 4 6 1 connection - 4 wires - 2 entries/2 outlets 40 372 12 Green/ yellow 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 2.5 5 30 372 79 (1) Green/ yellow 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 4 6 Screwless connection system, stainless steel spring type Used to make the electrical connection between 2 rigid copper wires, or flexible copper wires with or without ferrules (p. 178) Direct tool-free insertion of a rigid wire or flexible wire with ferrule, up to 6 mm pitch 2 areas for bridging combs for alternating equipotential connection For rails 2 depth 15 mm, 2 EN 60715 depth 7.5 mm and 15 mm 372 60 + 372 00 + 372 20 372 63 372 40 372 21 372 01 Automatic insertion of flexible wire with ferrule cap or rigid wire up to pitch of 6 mm 372 79 372 70 Automatic fixing on rail 4 Technical characteristics (p. 170) (1) Built-in end cap CAB 3 marking system (p. 180) Blade type levers, joining rods and blown fuse indicators (p. 167)
165 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Viking TM 3 terminal blocks with spring connection (continued) Screwless connection system, stainless steel spring type Used to make the electrical connection between 2 rigid copper wires, or flexible copper wires with or without ferrules Direct tool-free insertion of a rigid wire or flexible wire with ferrule, up to 6 mm pitch 2 areas for bridging combs for alternating equipotential connection For rails 2 depth 15 mm, 2 EN 60715 depth 7.5 mm and 15 mm Accessories (p. 166 - 167)New Starfix crimping tools (p. 178) Pack Cat. No. Disconnect terminal blocks 1 connection - 2 wires Disconnection by means of blade type lever, handle lever or mini lever (with tool)Open (to be equipped)Can take a blade-type automotive fuse or a miniature circuit-breaker or blade type levers Cat. No. 375 15/16/17/18 Colour Nominal cross- section (mm²) Capacity Pitch (mm) Rigid wire (mm 2 ) Flexible wire (mm 2 ) Flexible wire with ferrule (mm 2 ) 20 372 80 Grey 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 6 For fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever 20 372 81 Grey 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 6 For neutral circuit with blue handle lever 20 372 82 Grey/blue 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 6 For standard circuit with handle lever 20 372 83 Grey 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 6 For standard circuit with mini lever 20 372 84 Grey 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 6 For circuit not broken with handle leverCircuit not broken by the master isolating device 20 372 85 Orange 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 6 For circuit not broken with mini leverCircuit not broken by the master isolating device 20 372 86 Orange 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 0.5 to 2.5 6 Pack Cat. No. Function blocks 1 connection - 4 wires - 2 entries/2 outlets - diode carrier Colour Nominal cross- section (mm²) Capacity Pitch (mm) Rigid wire (mm 2 ) Flexible wire (mm 2 ) Flexible wire with ferrule (mm 2 ) 60 372 54 Grey 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 2.5 5 2 connections - 4 wires - 2 levels - diode carrier 60 372 55 Grey 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 2.5 5 2 connections - 4 wires - 2 levels - with LEDVoltage presence indicator (12/24V= et A) 60 372 56 Grey 4 0.5 to 6 0.5 to 4 0.5 to 2.5 5 372 81 open 372 82 + 372 83 + 372 85 372 80 with automotive-type fuse 372 84 372 54 372 81 with blown fuse indicator Technical characteristics (p. 170) Accessories (p. 166) Starfix crimping tools (p. 178)
166 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Accessories for Viking TM 3 terminal blocks (1) Blocks Cat. No. 371 51/52: upper level only Block Cat. No. 372 56: lower level only (2) Block Cat. No. 371 56: lower level only (3) Except for Cat. No. 371 92 Pack Cat. No. Rails for cutting to length Length 2 metres 10 374 02 G32 Section EN 60715 10 374 04 4 EN 60715 depth 7.5 mm 10 374 07 3 depth 15 mm 10 477 22 4 depth 7.5 mm with oblong holes 45° mounting bracket 10 394 49 Set of 2 supports for tilting a rail at an angle of 45° Supplied with 4 x M6 screws, nuts an washers End stops Accept CAB 3 markersAutomatic 6 mm pitch 50 375 10 Screwless mounting For rails 4 depth 15 mm and 4 EN 60715 depth 7.5 mm and 15 mm Accepts label holder Cat. No. 395 96 Acts as end cap for screw terminal blocks 1 entry/1 outlet 5, 6, 8 and 10 mm pitch8 mm pitch 20 375 11 For rails 4 depth 15 mm and 4 EN 60715 depth 7.5 mm and 15 mm Accepts label holder Cat. No. 395 9610 mm pitch 10 375 12 For rails 4 depth 15 mm and 4 EN 60715 depth 7.5 mm (except for rail fixed on plate) and 15 mm For supporting protection or schielding bar: - Brass bar Cat. No. 373 00/01 - Copper bar 12 x 4 mm with clamps Cat. No. 373 02 - IP 2X terminal block with flat steel bar 12 x 2 mm Cat. No. 048 19 - Copper bar 12 x 4 mm Cat. No. 373 49 or 373 89 - Shielding bar 10 x 3 mm Cat. No. 375 3412 mm pitch 20 375 13 For rails 1 EN 60715, 4 depth 15 mm and 4 EN 60715 depth 7.5 mm and 15 mm After cutting out the upper divider, can be labelled using Duplix label holder Cat. No. 384 98 Identification accessories 20 395 96 Transparent label holder with variable angle Fixing on end stops Cat. No. 375 10/11 Supplied with label 32 x 9.5 mm Can take label Cat. No. 395 97 20 395 97 Label for engraving 28 x 9.5 mm For label holder Cat. No 395 96. Flexible ABS White background, black engraving 10 395 98 Black felt tip pen for permanent marking Pack Cat. No. End caps GreyFor screw terminal blocks 100 375 50 1 entry/1 outlet 5, 6, 8 and 10 mm pitch 20 375 51 1 entry/1 outlet 12 and 15 mm pitch 20 375 52 2 entries/2 outlets 20 375 53 2 levels 20 375 54 3 levels 20 375 55 Disconnect type 6 mm pitch and function blocks 5 mm pitch 20 375 56 Disconnect type fuse cartridge 5 x 20 and 6.3 x 32 with screwed plug 10 375 57 Disconnect for measurementFor spring terminal blocks with 5 mm pitchAllows the block to become 6 mm pitch and take a flexible wire fitted with a ferrule 4 mm 2 50 375 86 1 entry/1 outlet 50 375 87 1 entry/2 outlets 20 375 88 2 entries/2 outlets 20 375 89 2 levelsFor spring terminal blocks with 6 mm pitch 20 375 90 Disconnect type Separation and insulation dividers GreyFor screw terminal blocks 20 375 60 1 entry/1 outlet 5, 6, 8 and 10 mm pitch 10 375 61 1 entry/1 outlet 12 and 15 mm pitch 10 375 62 2 entries/2 outlets and disconnect type 6 mm pitch 10 375 63 2 levels 20 375 54 3 levelsFor spring terminal blocks 10 375 95 1 entry/1 outlet, 1 entry/2 outlets and 2 entries/2 outlets 5 and 6 mm pitch 10 375 96 2 levels Equipotential bridging accessories Brigding combs for screw and spring terminal blocksFront mounting (automatic insertion), screwless Isolated and separable. Consecutive or alternating connection. Red 20 375 01 (1) For 10 blocks with 5 mm pitch 50 375 02 (1) For 2 blocks with 5 mm pitch 20 375 04 (2) For 10 blocks with 6 mm pitch 50 375 05 (2) For 2 blocks with 6 mm pitch 20 375 07 (3) For 3 blocks with 8 mm pitch 20 375 08 (3) For 2 blocks with 8 mm pitch 375 12 with CAB 3 labelling 375 11 with label holder 395 96 End stop 375 10, screwless mounting Technical characteristics (p. 171) Automatic bridging combs Cat. No. 375 01 to 375 08 for terminal blocks with screw or spring connection CAB 3 markers 375 62 375 95 375 52 375 89 375 54 CAB 3 label holders Cat. No. 383 92 for terminal blocks with screw connection Equipotential bars Cat. No. 375 40/42/44 for terminal blocks with screw connection Bridging combs Cat. No. 375 46/47 for 3 level terminal blocks with screw connection
167 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Accessories for Viking TM 3 terminal blocks (continued) (1) Except for Cat. No. 371 87 (2) Except for disconnect blocks with handle lever, screw terminal block with LED and spring function blocks. 2 and 3-level terminal blocks: upper level only Pack Cat. No. Equipotential bridging accessories (continued) Bars for screw terminal blocksFront mounting with screws. Pre-assembled, bar Consecutive or alternating connection 10 375 40 For 12 blocks with 10 mm pitch 10 375 42 (1) For 12 blocks with 12 mm pitch 10 375 44 For 12 blocks with 15 mm pitch Bridging combs for 3-level screw terminal blocksFor lower and intermediate levels of blocks Cat. No. 371 51/52. Side mounting Isolated and separable 10 375 46 Brown. For 12 blocks with 5 mm pitch 10 375 47 Blue. For 12 blocks with 5 mm pitch Bridging combs for spring terminal blocksFront mounting (automatic insertion), screwless Isolated. Red 20 375 82 For 2 blocks with 10 mm pitch 20 375 85 For 2 blocks with 12 mm pitch Accessories for disconnect blocks For screw and spring terminal blocksBlade type leversFor open blocks Cat. No. 371 80 and 372 80 Manual disconnection for handle type, tool required for mini lever type 10 /50 375 15 With handle lever for fuse cartridge 5 x 20 10 /50 375 16 Blue handle lever for neutral 10 /50 375 17 Grey handle lever 10 /50 375 18 Mini leverJoining rodsFor handle and mini lever 20 375 21 For 2 blocks 20 375 22 For 3 blocksBlown fuse indicatorsClip directly onto blocks Cat. No. 371 81, 372 81 or handle lever 375 15 (with power off) 10 /50 375 24 12/24/48 V= and A for block with fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever 10 /50 375 25 110/250 VA for block with fuse cartridge 5 x 20 with handle lever Shielding accessories Ensure safe, simple connection of cable shieldingShielding clampsFor screw and spring terminal blocks - mounted by pivoting on collector bar 10 x 3 mm Cat. No. 375 34 - mounted on plate with M4 screws (supplied) - mounted on rail 4 with Cat. No. 364 69 10 375 30 For cable diam. 3 to 8 mm 10 375 31 For cable diam. 4 to 13.5 mm 4 375 32 For cable diam. 10 to 20 mm Pack Cat. No. Shielding accessories (continued) Ensure safe, simple connection of cable shieldingShielding barFor screw and spring terminal blocks. Steel. Length 1 m. For use with end stops Cat. No. 375 12 10 375 34 10 x 3 mm Screening continuity bracket 50 375 35 For screw terminal blocks 1 entry/1 outlet 5, 6, 8 and 10 mm pitch Connected with 2.8 x 0.8 mm clips or welded on. Capacity: 1 mm 2 Protective screens 1 poleFor screw terminal blocks 1 entry/1 outlet 10 375 65 5 and 6 mm pitch 10 375 66 8 and 10 mm pitch 10 375 67 12 and 15 mm pitchCut to lengthLength 1 m Mounted on separation and insulation divider For screw terminal blocks 1 entry/1 outlet 10 375 68 5, 6, 8 and 10 mm pitch (divider Cat. No. 375 60) 10 375 69 12 and 15 mm pitch (divider Cat. No. 375 61) Measurement accessories For screw and spring terminal blocks 10 375 27 (2) Measurement socket for Ø4 mm plug for blocks with 5 and 6 mm pitchFor screw terminal blocks 50 375 75 Measurement socket for Ø2 mm plug for blocks with 10 mm pitch Cat. No. 371 03/63 20 375 76 Measurement socket for Ø4 mm plug for blocks with 12 and 15 mm pitch Cat. No. 371 04/05/64/65 10 375 77 Measurement socket for Ø4 mm plug for disconnect block for measurement Cat. No. 371 92IP 2X safety tip adaptor 1/10 394 45 Ø2 mm test plug - Retractable tube For performing ad-hoc tests in accordance with regulations on the protection of workers Fixes directly on the 4 mm plug 371 80 + 375 15 + 375 25 372 81 + 375 24 375 77 + 371 92 open 375 66 + 371 63 + 371 03 375 15 375 16 375 17 375 18 Shielding terminal block with end stops 375 12, bar 375 34 and clamps 375 30/31 Technical characteristics (p. 171) 375 76 + 371 64 375 27 + 371 61
168 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Viking TM 3 terminal blocks with screw connection Cat. No. Voltage (V) Current (A) Nominal cross-section IEC CSA UL Ie IEC CSA UL IEC (mm 2 ) CSA (AWG) UL (AWG) 371 00/20/30/60 800 600 600 27 24 20 20 2.5 12 12 371 01/21/31/61 36 32 30 30 4 10 10 371 02/62 48 41 50 50 6 8 8 371 03/63 63 57 60 60 10 6 6 371 04/64 85 76 85 85 16 4 4 371 05/65 138 125 115 115 35 2 2 371 07/67 500 300 300 27 24 20 20 2.5 12 12 371 08/68 36 32 30 30 4 10 10 371 09/69 36 32 30 30 4 10 10 371 66 1000 600 600 213 192 200 200 70 000 000 371 77 800 600 600 36 32 30 30 4 10 10 371 78 48 41 50 50 6 8 8 n Characteristics and dimensions (mm) V2 polyamide according to UL 94, 960° C according to IEC EN 60695-2-11 Connecting blocks Blocks for protection conductor Disconnect terminal blocks Power according to EN 60947-7-3 Approved by ATEX: LCIE 07 ATEX 0010 U-0081 II 1 or 2 G or D Ex e/i/tD/iD II The terminal blocks with screw connection covered by this certificate are 1-, 2- and 3-level connecting terminal blocks, and blocks for protection conductor with metal (1) and plastic base. The main characteristics are: Operating temperature: - 30° C to + 55° C Maximum temperature of materials: + 85° C Working voltage acc. to EN 60079-7: 1-level terminal blocks: 500 V Blocks with 2 entries - 2 outlets: 250 V 2 and 3-level terminal blocks: 250 V Rated current: Cat. No. 371 51: see blocks for sensors IEC 60947-7-1, CSA no. 22-2 no. 158, UL 1059 Ie: Rated current NF C 15100 table 52H, column 4 IEC 60947-7-1/7-2, CSA no. 22-2 no. 158, UL 1059 Ie: Rated current NF C 15100 table 52H, column 4 (1) PEN terminal blocks IEC 60947-7-1/7-3, CSA no. 22-2 no. 158, UL 1059 (1): With or without blown fuse indicator Cat. No. 375 25 Cat. No. 371 00/01/02/03 /20/21/30/31/60/61/62/6 3/77/78 Cat. No. 371 04/05/64/65 Cat. No. 371 70/71/72/73 Cat. No. 371 80 Cat. No. 371 87/88 Cat. No. 371 77/78 Cat. No. 371 66 Cat. No. 371 81/82/83/85 Cat. No. 371 79 Cat. No. 371 84/86 Cat. No. 371 07/08/67/68 52.245.8 46.4 53.9 57.154.5 63 70.5 52.245.8 46.4 53.9 71.2 26.8 46.4 53.9 52.245.8 46.4 53.9 57 54.4 51.2 58.7 64.6 62 63 70.5 54.5 63 70.5 91.6 71.2 26.8 52.3 83.1 90.6 59.8 57 54.4 51.2 58.7 50.5 29.3 41.5 49 36.8 84.2 71.2 26.8 46.5 76.3 83.8 54 74.872.2 62.5 70 Conductor cross-section (mm 2 ) 2.5 4 6 10 16 35 70 Rated current (A) 18 23 30 42 57 93 144 Attestation of conformity of component for the customer is available on request (1) Except for Cat. No. 371 76 Cat. No. Voltage (V) Current (A) Nominal cross- section IEC CSA UL Ie IEC IEC (mm 2 ) CSA (AWG) UL (AWG) 371 70 800 600 600 - - 2.5 12 12 371 71 - - 4 10 10 371 72 - - 6 8 8 371 73 (1) 63 57 10 6 6 371 74 (1) 85 76 16 4 4 371 75 (1) 138 125 35 2 2 371 76 - - - - - 35 - - 371 77 800 600 600 36 32 4 10 10 371 78 48 41 6 8 8 371 79 500 300 300 - - 4 10 10 Cat. No. Voltage (V) Current (A) Nominal cross- section IEC CSA UL IEC CSA UL IEC (mm 2 ) CSA (AWG) UL (AWG) 371 80 500 300 300 15 15 15 2.5 12 12 371 81 ou 371 80 + 375 15 250 250 250 6.3 6.3 6.3 371 82 500 300 300 15 15 15 371 83 371 84 371 85 371 86 371 87/88 250 250 250 10 10 10 10 Cat. No. Short-circuit Short-circuit + overload Separate blocks Assembled blocks Separate blocks Assembled blocks 371 81 or 371 80 + 375 15 (1) 4 W / 6.3 A 1.6 W/6.3 A 1.6 W/6.3 A - Pvk = 4.75 W Pvk = 2 W Pv = 1.65 W - 371 87/88 4 W 2.5 W 1.6 W - Pvk = 5 W Pvk = 2.7 W Pv = 1.8 W - 65.5 65.5 73
169 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Function blocks Disconnect block for measurement Wiring principle for measurement blocks Cat. No. 371 92 Blocks for sensors and actuators/PNE Stripped lengths (mm) Schematic diagrams Wiring principle IEC 60947-7-1, CSA no. 22-2 no. 158, UL 1059 IEC EN 60947-7-1 IEC 60947-7-1/7-2, CSA no. 22-2 no. 158, UL 1059 Ie: Rated current NF C 15100 table 52H, column 4 Cat. No. 371 53 Cat. No. 371 92 Wattmeter circuit Block for sensor Cat. No. 371 51 Block for actuator Cat. No. 371 52 Cat. No. 371 56 Diode for Cat. No. 371 54/55 - 1N4007 type 1A - direct current = 1 A - peak inverse voltage 1000 V - inverse current 5 µA at 25° C Cat. No. 371 53/54 Cat. No. 371 54 Cat. No. 371 55/56 Cat. No. 371 55 73.2 62 69.5 L1 L2 L3 N PE Sensors Signal Signal Automation Bridging comb Cat.Nos 375 46/47 Power supply (shared) Power supply or Ph - N To actuators Signal Signal Automation Bridging comb Cat.No 375 47 common Phase Neutral + + - - 84.5 38.8 67.4 74.9 71.265.9 26.8 46.5 54 74.872.2 62.5 70 Cat. No. Voltage (V) Current (A) Nominal cross- section IEC CSA UL IEC CSA UL IEC (mm 2 ) CSA (AWG) UL (AWG) 371 53 250 - - - - - 2.5 - - 371 54 250 - - 1 - - 2.5 - - 371 55 500 300 300 1 1 1 4 10 10 371 56 12 to 24 12 to 24 12 to 24 32 30 30 4 10 10 Cat. No. Voltage (V) Current (A) Nominal cross-section IEC CSA UL Ie IEC CSA UL IEC (mm 2 ) CSA (AWG) UL (AWG) 371 51 400 300 300 27 24 20 20 2.5 12 12 371 52 Cat. No. Voltage (V) Current (A) Nominal cross- section IEC CSA UL IEC CSA UL IEC (mm 2 ) CSA (AWG) UL (AWG) 371 92 800 - - 24 - - 4 - - Screw terminal pitch (mm) Rigid or flexible wire 5 6 to 8 6 8 10 to 12 10 12 13 to 17 15 14 to 18 22 15 to 22 Protection against fire and panic risks in public buildings/UTE C 12-201 guideArt. EL 3, definitions: "Security installations are those that have to be put into or maintained in service to ensure the evacuation of the public or facilitate the intervention of the first-aid"Art. EL 16, power supply circuits in security installations section 1a: "…the corresponding junction or deviation devices and their enclosures, except for the waterproofing systems, must satisfy the incandescent wire test defined in the standard in force, the temperature of the incandescent wire being 960° C" Viking 3 terminal blocks satisfy the incandescent wire test 960° C according to standard IEC 60695-2-11 Per circuit: 2 x Disconnect blocks for measurement Cat. No. 371 92 4 x Measurement sockets for Ø4 mm plug Cat. No. 375 77 1 x End cap Cat. No. 375 57 1 x Shunt with Ø4 mm plugs 10 x Disconnect blocks for measurement Cat. No. 371 92 12 x Measurement sockets for Ø4 mm plug Cat. No. 375 77 1 x End cap Cat. No. 375 57 3 x Shunts with Ø4 mm plugs Normal position Test position Short-circuit position
170 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Viking TM 3 terminal blocks with spring connection n Characteristics and dimensions (mm) V2 polyamide according to UL 94, 960° C according to IEC EN 60695-2-11 Connecting blocks IEC 60947-7-1, CSA no. 22-2 no. 158, UL 1059 Ie: Rated current NF C 15100 table 52H, column 4 IEC 60947-7-1/7-3, CSA no. 22-2 no. 158, UL 1059 IEC 60947-7-1, CSA no. 22-2 no. 158, UL 1059 Cat. No. 372 00/01/20/ 21/60/61/70/71 Cat. No. 372 04/64/74 Cat. No. 372 54 Cat. No. 372 80 Cat. No. 372 10/11/40/ 41/42/43/44 Cat. No. 372 09/12/46/ 47/54/69/79 Cat. No. 372 55 Cat. No. 372 56 Cat. No. 372 84/86 54 42.1 49.6 84.9 51.3 58.8 80 27 46.6 54.1 66.4 44 51.5 69.4 42.1 49.6 74.3 48.7 56.2 84.7 42.1 49.6 91.7 80 27 52.3 83 90.5 59.8 83.3 80 27 46.5 76.3 83.8 54 89.1 42.4 56.1 63.6 Cat. No. Voltage (V) Current (A) Nominal cross- section IEC CSA UL IEC CSA UL IEC (mm 2 ) CSA (AWG) UL (AWG) 372 54 500 300 300 1 1 1 4 14 14 372 55 372 56 12 to 24 12 to 24 12 to 24 - - - Cat. No. Voltage (V) Nominal cross- section IEC CSA UL IEC (mm 2 ) CSA (AWG) UL (AWG) 372 10 800 600 600 4 10 10 372 11 372 12 372 70 372 71 372 72 6 372 73 (1) 10 8 8 372 74 (1) 16 6 6 372 79 4 10 10 Cat. No. Voltage (V) Current (A) Nominal cross- section IEC CSA UL Ie IEC CSA UL IEC (mm 2 ) CSA (AWG) UL (AWG) 372 00 800 600 600 36 32 20 20 4 12 12 372 01 372 02 48 41 30 30 6 10 10 372 03 63 57 50 50 10 8 8 372 04 85 76 65 65 16 6 6 372 07 500 300 300 36 32 30 30 4 10 10 372 08 372 09 800 600 600 20 20 12 12 372 20 372 21 372 40 372 41 372 42 372 43 372 44 372 46 372 47 372 60 372 61 372 62 48 41 30 30 6 10 10 372 63 63 57 50 50 10 8 8 372 64 85 76 65 65 16 6 6 372 67 500 300 300 36 32 30 30 4 10 10 372 68 372 69 800 600 600 20 20 12 12 Cat. No. Voltage (V) Current (A) Nominal cross- section IEC CSA UL IEC CSA UL IEC (mm 2 ) CSA (AWG) UL (AWG) 372 80 500 300 300 15 15 15 2.5 14 14 372 81 or 372 80 + 375 15 250 250 250 6.3 6.3 6.3 372 82 500 300 300 15 15 15 372 83 372 84 372 85 372 86 Cat. No. Short-circuit Short-circuit + overload Separate blocks Assembled blocks Separate blocks Assembled blocks 372 81 ou 372 80 + 375 15 (1) 4 W / 6.3 A 1.6 W / 6.3 A 1.6 W / 6.3 A - Pvk = 4.75 W Pvk = 2 W Pv = 1.65 W - Function blocks Schematic diagrams Blocks for protection conductor Disconnect blocks Approved by ATEX: LCIE 07 ATEX 0010 U-0081 II 1 or 2 G or D Ex e/i/tD/iD II The terminal blocks with spring connection covered by this certificate are 1- and 2-level connecting terminal blocks, and blocks for protection conductor with metal base. The main characteristics are: Operating temperature: - 30° C to + 55° C Maximum temperature of materials: + 85° C Working voltage acc. to EN 60079-7: 1-level terminal blocks: 500 V Blocks with 2 entries - 2 outlets: 500 V 2-level terminal blocks: 250 V Rated current: Conductor cross-section (mm 2 ) 4 6 10 16 Rated current (A) 23 30 42 57 Attestation of conformity of component for the customer is available on request Power according to EN 60947-7-3 (1): With or without blown fuse indicator Cat. No. 375 25 Diode for Cat. No. 372 54/55 - 1N4007 type 1A - direct current = 1 A - peak inverse voltage 1000 V - inverse current 5 µA at 25° C
171 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Viking TM 3 terminal blocks with spring connection Stripped lengths (mm) Spring terminal pitch (mm) Rigid or flexible wire 5 8 to 12 6 8 10 8 to 13 12 8 to 15 Accessories for Viking TM 3 terminal blocks n Characteristics and dimensions (mm) End stops Cat. No. 375 10 Cat. No. 375 13 Cat. No. 375 11 Cat. No. 375 12 52.745.9 46.4 53.9 49.7 40.3 38.8 46.3 48.4 31.8 39.3 114 51.5 59 End caps Shielding clamps Separation and insulation dividers Equipotential bridging combs/bars Cat. No. Thickness (mm) 375 50 2 375 51 2.5 375 52 2 375 53 2 375 54 2.5 375 55 2 375 56 1.4 375 57 1.4 375 86 1 375 87 1.1 375 88 1.1 375 89 1.1 375 90 2 Cat. No. Thickness (mm) 375 54 2.5 375 60 2.5 375 61 2.6 375 62 2.5 375 63 2.5 375 95 2.8 375 96 2.7 Cat. No. Cross-section (mm 2 ) 375 01 2.5 375 02 2.5 375 04 4 375 05 4 375 07 6 375 08 6 375 40 10 375 42 16 375 44 35 375 46 2.5 375 47 2.5 375 82 10 375 85 16 Mounting on bar 10 x 3 Cat. No. 375 34 Mounting on plate A M4 C D B Cat. No. A B C D 375 30 13.5 18 26 5.6 375 31 20 20.3 31.4 5.3 375 32 24.8 26 40 5.3 Protection against fire and panic risks in public buildings/UTE C 12-201 guide Art. EL 3, definitions: "Security installations are those that have to be put into or maintained in service to ensure the evacuation of the public or facilitate the intervention of the first-aid"Art. EL 16, power supply circuits in security installations section 1a: "…the corresponding junction or deviation devices and their enclosures, except for the waterproofing systems, must satisfy the incandescent wire test defined in the standard in force, the temperature of the incandescent wire being 960° C" terminal blocks satisfy the incandescent wire test 960° C according to standard IEC 60695-2-11
172 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Viking TM 3 power terminal blocks ELECTRICAL FUNCTION TERMINAL BLOCKS INSULATION EQUIPOTENTIAL LINK PROTECTION ASSOCIATED PRODUCTS Max. connection (mm 2 ) Pitch (mm) Cat. No. Separation and insulation divider Shunt Cover 4 blocks Cover 3 blocks Rail 3 Rail 1 Power terminal blocks (p. 173) Cable - cable 42 390 10 • 394 46 55 390 11 • 394 47 Cable lug - Cable lug 36 390 13 • 394 46 42 390 14 • 394 46 55 390 15 • 394 47 Cable lug - Cable 42 390 17 • 394 46 55 390 18 • 394 47 Cable - Cable lug 42 390 20 • 394 46 55 390 21 • 394 47 390 21 390 11 390 14 Approvals (p. 50) Recognized (Etats-Unis) CSA (Canada) CAB 3 (p. 180 )
173 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Viking TM 3 power terminal blocks 390 10 Direct connection Al/Cu 390 11 390 11 (interior view) With CAB 3 and Duplix marking Possibility of sealing Pack Cat. No. For copper and aluminium cables Bridging the gap between the enclosure and external cablesFixed using metal clip for rails 4 15 mm depth and 4 EN 60715 15 mm depth, or on plate with screwsFitted with covers with cut-outsPermits the use of Cab 3, Duplix markersTest via test plug Ø4 closed coversBlocks with identical pitch can be joined using a threaded rodSupports shunt with Cat. No. 394 46/47Cable/cable Rigid or flexible connecting cable (mm²) Rigid or flexible connecting cable (mm²) Pitch (mm) 5 390 10 Al/Cu 35 to 120 Cu 35 to 70 42 5 390 11 Al/Cu 70 to 300 Cu 70 to 150 55 Cable lug/cable lug Connecting plate max. (mm²) Connecting plate max. (mm²) Pitch (mm) 5 390 13 Al/Cu 95 Al/Cu 95 36 5 390 14 Al/Cu 150 Al/Cu 150 42 5 390 15 Al/Cu 300 Al/Cu 300 55 Cable lug/cable Connecting plate max. (mm²) Rigid or flexible connecting cable (mm²) Pitch (mm) 5 390 17 Al/Cu 150 Cu 35 to 95 42 5 390 18 Al/Cu 300 Cu 70 to 150 55 Cable/cable lug Rigid or flexible connecting cable (mm²) Connecting plate max. (mm²) Pitch (mm) 5 390 20 Cu 35 to 120 Al 35 to 120 Al/Cu 120 Al/Cu 70 42 5 390 21 Cu 70 to 300 Al 70 to 300 Al/Cu 300 Al/Cu 150 55 Pack Cat. No. Accessories for power terminal blocks for copper and aluminium cables Shunt 5 394 46 For blocks with pitch 36 and 42 mm 5 394 47 For blocks with pitch 55 mm
174 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Viking TM 3 power terminal blocks B A min. A max. E C H G F D mm 2 35 70 95 120 150 185 300 AWG 2 00 0000 250 300 350 600 Cable section quivalence table n Separation barriers Dimensions (mm) Dimensions (mm) Cat. No. A max. A min. B C D E F G H 390 13 227 155 36 82 73 88 176 185 191 390 10/14/17/20 296 200 42 83.5 74.5 89.5 212 221 227 390 11/15/18/21 337 216 55 107.3 98.5 113.5 257 266 272 B A Cat. No. A B Th. 394 77 106 82 8 394 78 188 102 12 Cat. No. 394 77/78 n Characteristics of power terminal blocks for copper and aluminium cables IK 04 Conform to IEC EN 60947-7-1 UL 1059 and 486 E - CSA 22-2 Fire resistant IEC EN 60695-2-11: 960° C (except cover) V2 according to UL 94 Insulation voltage Ui: 1000 V Impulse voltage Uimp: 12 kV Insulating material: - polyamide body - 30° C to + 100° C - polypropylene cover -25° C to + 100° C Terminal for cable lug - cable Cable - terminal for cable lug Cable - cable Terminal for cable lug - terminal for cable lug Connection table Cat. No. Connection Width of Screw Connection Width of Screw (mm 2 ) plate (mm) Ø (mm 2 ) plate (mm) Ø Cable - Cable 390 10 Rigid or flexible Rigid or flexible Cu/Al: 35 to 120 Cu: 35 to 70 390 11 Rigid or flexible Rigid or flexible Cu/Al: 70 to 300 Cu: 70 to 150 Cable lug - Cable lug 390 13 Cu/Al: max. 95 28 M 8 Cu/Al: max. 95 28 M 8 390 14 Cu/Al: max. 150 34 M 10 Cu/Al: max. 150 34 M 10 390 15 Cu/Al: max. 300 46 M 12 Cu/Al: max. 300 46 M 12 Cable lug - Cable 390 17 Cu/Al: max. 150 34 M 10 Rigid or flexible Cu: 35 to 95 390 18 Cu/Al: max. 300 46 M 12 Rigid or flexible Cu: 70 to 150 Cable - Cable lug Rigid or flexible 390 20 Cu: 35 to 120 Cu/Al: max. 120 34 M 10 Al: 35 to 120 Cu/Al: max. 70 Rigid or flexible 390 21 Cu: 70 to 300 Cu/Al: max. 300 46 M 12 Al: 70 to 300 Cu/Al: max.150 Currents table Cat. No. Current (A) Short-circuit Tightening torque current (kA) (Nm) Shunted I/O Shunted I/O Site Factory input currents input IEC IEC CSA UL Cable - Cable 390 10 340 250 200 175 14.4 8.4 15 15 390 11 570 400 300 285 36 18 35 35 Cable lug - Cable lug 390 13 310 310 250 230 11.4 11.4 15 15 390 14 415 415 340 285 18 18 15 15 390 15 670 670 520 420 36 36 35 35 Ccable lug - Cable 390 17 415 315 210 230 18 11.4 15 15 390 18 670 420 325 285 36 18 35 35 Cable - Cable lug 390 20 340 340 235 255 14.4 8.4 15 15 390 21 570 570 375 420 36 18 35 35 Shunts 394 46 450 max. 6 394 47 700 max. 10
175 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Marking labels for Viking 3 Terminal blocks Pack Cat. No. Marking label sheets Blank markers 100 snap off markers 10 395 00 For blocks 5mm pitch 10 395 01 For blocks 6mm pitch 10 395 02 For blocks 8mm pitch 395 98 395 20 Horizontal Vertical Marker width 5 mm 10 395 05 395 55 From 1 to 10 (10 times) 10 395 06 395 56 From 11 to 20 (10 times) 10 395 07 395 57 From 21 to 30 (10 times) 10 395 08 395 58 From 31 to 40 (10 times) 10 395 09 395 59 From 1 to 50 (2 times) 10 395 10 395 60 From 1 to 100 10 395 11 395 61 From 101 to 200 10 395 12 - From 201 to 300Marker width 6 mm 10 395 15 395 65 From 1 to 10 (10 times) 10 395 16 395 66 From 11 to 20 (10 times) 10 395 17 395 67 From 21 to 30 (10 times) 10 395 18 395 68 From 31 to 40 (10 times) 10 395 19 395 69 From 1 to 50 (2 times) 10 395 20 395 70 From 1 to 100 10 395 21 395 71 From 101 to 200 10 395 22 - From 201 to 300 10 395 23 - From 301 to 400 10 395 24 - From 401 to 500 Upper case letters and conventional symbols Horizontal reading format Composition: 12 x L1, 12 x L2, 12 x L3, 14 x T, 10 x PEN, 10 x PE, 10 x P, 20 x N For terminals of pitch (mm): 10 395 36 6 Black felt tip pen 10 395 98 Indelible for marking ® LEGRAND PACKAGING Practical and eco-friendly Legrand packaging - your guarantee of a certified original product which is factory inspected, protected and clearly identifiable. Dustproof flaps: effective protection of the product Resealable box: for easy management of the contents Eco-friendly: - Recyclable cardboard packaging - Printing inks comply with environmental standards Informative label: - Catalogue number/quantity - Picture of the product - Clear description - Technical information - Barcode - Regulatory marking The red and white box and the logo are registered trademarks
176 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Lina 25 and Transcab™ cable ducting 6361 78 picto loupe-65765j.eps Technical characteristics (p. 177) Transcab™ slotted ductMaterial: PVC. Colour: grey RAL 7030Conforms to EN 50085 Parts 2 and 3, UL and CSAMetric size body with finger DIN pitch 12·5 mm.(6 mm gap/6·5 mm finger width)Maximum space for cables with improved heat dissipation. Exit cables at terminal or base level. Pre-scored based enables the ducting to be snapped to length, once the reinforcement bar is removed. Reinforcement bar provides not only rigidity but also an anchor for cable ties. Rounded fingers are easily removed at the terminal or base level, without injury during wiring. Cover can be cut without surface damage due to the raised edges which also provide a guide for labels. DIN standard base fixing centres of 12·5/25 mm. Cover clips easily into position and remains firmly in place. Pack Cat. No. Plastic cable ducting Grey RAL 7030 (base + cover) Length Length Width x Height Capacity per pack 2 m (mm) (mm 2 ) 8 6360 95 15 x 25 264 30 6361 00 25 x 25 391 28 6361 05 40 x 25 692 20 6360 96 15 x 40 455 28 6361 01 25 x 40 720 24 6361 06 40 x 40 1245 16 6361 11 60 x 40 1932 12 6361 15 80 x 40 2647 1 6361 19 100 x 40 3363 28 6361 02 25 x 60 1159 24 6361 07 40 x 60 2007 16 6361 12 60 x 60 3115 12 6361 16 80 x 60 4200 12 6361 20 100 x 60 5307 8 6361 24 120 x 60 6403 20 6361 03 25 x 80 1600 20 6361 08 40 x 80 2717 16 6361 13 60 x 80 4216 12 6361 17 80 x 80 5716 8 6361 21 100 x 80 7215 8 6361 25 120 x 80 8729 12 6361 09 40 x 100 3354 12 6361 14 60 x 100 5216 10 6361 18 80 x 100 7078 8 6361 22 100 x 100 8960 6 6361 23 150 x 100 13683 Sleeving Braided sleeving Black polyester Supplied in 25 m roll in dispenser box with an indicator 3 m before end Ø of roll Ø variations 1 366 38 20 mm 10 to 30 mm 1 366 39 30 mm 18 to 54 mm Spiral sleeving 25 6361 78 12 mm Black felt tip pen 395 98 Permanent marker Lina 25 cutter tool 1 367 10 For a straight break with fingers Pack Cat.No. Lina 25 ducting RAL 2525 blue PVC, approvals CSA (Canada), UL (USA), conform to EN 50085-2-3 Side perforations at intervals of 12.5 mm Length: 2 m Length Length per pack 2 m Width x Height 30 362 00 25 x 25 28 362 01 25 x 40 28 362 02 25 x 60 20 362 03 25 x 80 28 362 05 40 x 25 24 362 06 40 x 40 24 362 07 40 x 60 20 362 08 40 x 80 16 362 11 60 x 40 16 362 12 60 x 60 16 362 13 60 x 80 12 362 16 80 x 60 12 362 17 80 x 80 8 362 25 120 x 80 362 01 362 12 362 13 367 10 395 98 Technical characteristics (p. 177) Plastic cable ducting Grey RAL 7035 (Halogen free - base + cover) Length Length Width x Height Capacity per pack 2 m (mm) (mm 2 ) 30 6362 00 25 x 25 391 28 6362 01 25 x 40 720 24 6362 06 40 x 40 1245 28 6362 02 25 x 60 1159 24 6362 07 40 x 60 2700 16 6362 12 60 x 60 3115 20 6362 08 40 x 80 2717 16 6362 13 60 x 80 4216 12 6362 17 80 x 80 5716 Accessories 25 6361 77 Spiral sleeving 6 mm 25 6361 78 Spiral sleeving 12 mm 20 366 42 22mm support for slotted cable duct 100 366 40 Din rail bracket for slotted duct 50 366 45 Label holder/cable retainer 1 366 37 Support for CAB3 markers 4 to 6 mm 10 366 36 Label holder for Cat. No. 366 37
177 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list 177 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Lina 25 TM and Transcab cable ducting A 4 C C B Width 25 to 60 mm Width 80 to 120 mm 50 4.5 6.5 8 14 6.25 12.5 6 1.8 D Width 25 to 120 mm n Dimensions n Lina 25 installation n Lina 25 accessories installation Linear positioning Fixing on rail Cut at two different levels for cable ducting "T" junction 366 40 Fixing on perforated plate 366 41 Fixing on door 366 42 Cable retainer 367 01 Calculating the ducting usable cross-section Graph for H 05 V-K and H 07 V-K cables with 0.75 packing coefficient Example : 150 conductors 0.75 mm 2 _ 1230 mm 2 cross-section and 120 conductors 1.5 mm 2 _ 1700 mm 2 cross-section Makes a total of 2930 mm 2 The correct cable ducting is Cat.No 362 12, 60 x 60, with a capacity of 3115 mm 2 8000 7079 8730 9000 7000 6000 5716 5216 5000 4216 4200 3115 3354 30002717 2000 300 391 1932 1246 2008 1159 692 720 1000 730460 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 10 mm 2 6 mm 2 4 mm 2 2.5 mm 2 1.5 mm 2 1 mm 2 0.75 mm 2 Cat.No 362 25 Cat.No 362 17 Cat.No 362 13Cat.No 362 16 Cat.No 362 12Cat.No 362 08Cat.No 362 07Cat.No 362 11Cat.No 362 02 Cat.No 362 06 Cat.No 362 01Cat.No 362 05 Cat.No 362 00 8960 Usable cross-section (mm 2 ) Number of conductors Cat.Nos A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) 362 00 / 6361 00 25 25 6 10.1 362 01 / 6361 01 25 40 5 12.6 362 02 / 6361 02 25 60 6 16.1 362 03 / 6361 03 25 80 6 18.6 362 05 / 6361 05 40 25 10 10.1 362 06 / 6361 06 40 40 10 12.6 362 07 / 6361 07 40 60 10 16.1 362 08 / 6361 08 40 80 10 18.6 362 11 / 6361 11 60 40 10 12.6 362 12 / 6361 12 60 60 10 16.1 362 13 / 6361 13 60 80 10 18.6 362 16 / 6361 16 80 60 10 16.1 362 17 / 6361 17 80 80 10 18.6 362 25 / 6361 25 120 80 10 18.6 6.5 mm wide fingers with a 6 mm spacing Accepts up to 6 mm 2 without breaking side wall finger Two pre-scored lines allow removal of fingers 2 m length Bump on side wall fingers help cabling Rounded fingers prevent injury during cabling Conform to EN 500 85 parts 2 and 3 Approvals: CSA (Canada) No 700 861 • UL (USA) No 196 692 RAL 7030 Grey PVC / RAL 7035 PC ABS halogen free Plastic cable ducting (base + cover) n Norm EN 50085-2-3 Transcab and Lina 25 cable ducting classification 6.3 Minimum storage and transport temperature - 5 °C 6.3 Minimum installation and application temperature - 5 °C 6.3 Maximum application temperature + 60 °C 6.5 Electrical continuity characteristic Without electrical continuity characteristic 6.6 Electrical insulating characteristic With electrical insulating characteristic 6.9 System access Without a tool 6.101 Mounting position Vertical or horizontal n Transcab and Lina 25: halogen free cable ducting
178 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Starfix TM ferrules and crimping tools 376 43 376 77 376 87 376 09 with refill Cat. No. 376 43 Cross-section adjustment 376 92 Pack Cat. No. Crimping tools for ferrules in strips Cut and carry out 4-point crimping of ferrules from 0.25 to 6 mm 2 in one operation Use recommended for spring connections Dedicated applicator for each crimping tool for dispensing stripsStarfix crimping tool for 0.25 and 0.34 mm 2 cross-sections 1 376 08 Supplied fitted with empty applicatorStarfix crimping tool for 0.5 to 2.5 mm 2 cross-sections 1 376 09 Fitted with an adjustment wheel Supplied fitted with empty applicator 1 376 39 Assorted kit, comprising: - 1 Starfix crimping tool, Cat. No. 376 09 fitted with empty applicator - 120 x 0.5 mm 2 ferrules - 120 x 0.75 mm 2 ferrules - 240 x 1 mm 2 ferrules - 320 x 1.5 mm 2 ferrules - 200 x 2.5 mm 2 ferrules Starfix crimping tool for 4 and 6 mm 2 cross-sections 1 376 10 Fitted with an adjustment wheel Supplied complete with empty applicatorStarfix S multi-purpose crimping tool for 0.5 to 2.5 mm 2 cross-sections 1 376 97 Tool cuts, strips, twists, crimps Supplied complete with 5 empty applicators For left and right-handed persons Crimping tool for individual single and double ferrules Starfix crimping tool for 0.25 to 6 mm 2 cross-sections For 4-point crimping of ferrules from 0.25 to 6 mm 2 Use recommended for spring connections 1 376 06 Crimping tool with disengageable control system, crimping at end Right or left-handed Starfix clamp for 10 to 50 mm 2 cross-section 1 376 92 Assorted kit: supplied comprising: - 1 tool with crimping operation control system for individual ferrules 10 to 50 mm 2 - 30 individual ferrules 10 mm 2 - 20 individual ferrules 16 mm 2 - 15 individual ferrules 25 mm 2 - 10 individual ferrules 35 mm 2 - 10 individual ferrules 50 mm 2 376 06 376 66 376 64 376 50 Pack Cat. No. Ferrules with insulating flange Provide an equipotential link for all the strands of a flexible conductor Active part in tinned electrolytic copper Conform to NF C 63-023Simples in strips For-cables cross-section (mm²) Colour Strips Ferrules 500 376 50 0.25 turquoise 10 50 500 376 60 0.34 green 12 40 480 376 61 0.5 white 12 40 480 376 62 0.75 blue 12 40 1000 376 63 1 red 25 40 1000 376 64 1.5 black 25 40 1000 376 66 2.5 grey 25 40 250 376 67 4 orange 10 25 250 376 68 6 green 10 25 Simples individuals (box packing) 100 376 69 10 brown 100 376 70 16 white 50 376 71 25 black 50 376 77 35 red 30 376 78 50 blue Doubles individuals 100/500 376 87 2 x 0.75 blue 100/500 376 88 2 x 1 red 100/500 376 89 2 x 1.5 black 100/500 376 90 2 x 2.5 grey Large capacity Starfix refills Large capacity for less frequent applicator reloading Translucent packaging For direct mounting on crimping tool Cat. No. 376 09 Cross-section Colour Number of ferrules (mm 2 ) per strip 3 000 376 41 0.5 White 300 3 000 376 42 0.75 Blue 300 3 000 376 43 1 Red 300 3 000 376 44 1.5 Black 300 2 500 376 45 2.5 Grey 250 1 000 100 652 1 Red 1 000/reels 1 000 100 653 1.5 Black 1 000/reels Technical characteristics (p.179)
179 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Starfix TM applicator Starfix TM applicator B D A C E Double ferrules n Correspondence table B D A C n Example of use Starfix S tool Starfix tool 1. Adjust the cross-section 1. Fit the applicator 3. Insert the wire 2. Adjust 4. Crimp 2. Strip and twist 3. Crimp The 2-material handle gives an excellent grip n Dimensions (mm) Simple ferrules Cat. No. Cross-section (mm 2 ) A B C D 376 50 0.25 8 14.5 1.1 3 376 60 0.34 8 14.5 1.1 3 376 61 376 41 0.5 8 14.5 1.5 3.4 376 62 376 42 0.75 8 14.5 1.5 3.4 376 63 376 43 1 8 14.5 1.7 3.6 376 64 376 44 1.5 8 14.5 2 4.1 376 66 376 45 2.5 8 14.5 2.6 4.8 376 67 4 12 21 3.2 5.7 376 68 6 12 23 3.9 7.2 376 69 10 12 21 4.9 8.1 376 70 16 18 29 6.3 9.8 376 71 25 18 31 7.9 12 376 77 35 18 32 8.9 13.5 376 78 50 20 36 11.1 16.1 Cross-sec- tion (mm 2 ) Simple ferrule Large capacity ferrule - refills Starfix applicator Ferrule 0.5 376 61 376 41 376 47 0.75 376 62 376 42 376 47 1 376 63 376 43 376 47 1.5 376 64 376 44 376 47 2.5 376 66 376 45 376 47 Cat. No. Cross-section (mm 2 ) A B C D E 376 87 2 x 0.75 8 15 2.1 6 3.3 376 88 2 x 1 8 15 2.35 6 4 376 89 2 x 1.5 8 16 2.6 7.2 4.2 376 90 2 x 2.5 10 18.5 3.3 8.4 4.8 Viking 3: Screw or spring connection terminal blocks and common accessories see p. 162-167 Pack Cat. No. Starfix applicator For Starfix crimping toolFor dispensing strips of ferrules in Starfix crimping tools Cat. No. 376 08/09/10 For ferrules cross-section (mm²) Colour 10 376 46 0.25 and 0.34 yellow 10 376 47 0.5 to 2.5 red 10 376 48 4 and 6 orange 376 47 Example of simple/double ferrules on wires Example of different wires and ferrules
180 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list CAB 3 TM marking system Markers for wiring and Viking 3 terminal blocks Perfect alignment of label holders Pack Cat. No. Markers for wiring 1.5 to 2.5 mm 2 and 4 to 6 mm 2 cross-section Pack: - Up to 0.5 mm 2 : strips of 25 markers From 0.5 mm 2 to 2.5 mm 2 : strips of 30 markers - Upper 2.5 mm 2 : strips of 20 markers Price per marker 1.5 to 4 to 2.5mm 2 6mm 2 Digits: international colour code 1200 800 382 20 382 30 0 Black 1200 800 382 21 382 31 1 Brown 1200 800 382 22 382 32 2 Red 1200 800 382 23 382 33 3 Orange 1200 800 382 24 382 34 4 Yellow 1200 800 382 25 382 35 5 Green 1200 800 382 26 382 36 6 Blue 1200 800 382 27 382 37 7 Purple 1200 800 382 28 382 38 8 Grey 1200 800 382 29 382 39 9 White Letters: black on yellow background 300 383 30 383 60 A 300 383 31 383 61 B 300 383 32 383 62 C 300 383 33 383 63 D 300 383 34 383 64 E 300 383 35 383 65 F 300 383 36 383 66 G 300 383 37 383 67 H 300 383 38 383 68 I 300 383 39 383 69 J 300 383 40 383 70 K 300 383 41 383 71 L 300 383 42 383 72 M 300 383 43 383 73 N 300 383 44 383 74 O 300 383 45 383 75 P 300 383 46 383 76 Q 300 383 47 383 77 R 300 383 48 383 78 S 300 383 49 383 79 T 300 383 50 383 80 U 300 383 51 383 81 V 300 383 52 383 82 W 300 383 53 383 83 X 300 383 54 383 84 Y 300 383 55 383 85 Z Conventional symbols: black on yellow background 300 382 80 382 90 / 300 382 81 382 91 • 300 382 82 382 92 + 300 382 83 382 93 – 300 382 84 382 94 ± 300 382 85 382 95 = 300 382 86 382 96 T Pack Cat. No. Markers for wiring 0.15 to 0.5 mm 2 and 0.5 to 1.5 mm 2 cross-section and terminal blocks On Viking 3 terminal blocks - 4 markers 0.15 to 0.5 mm 2 max. - 3 markers 0.15 to 1.5 mm 2 max. Pack: - Up to 0.5 mm 2 : strips of 25 markers From 0.5 mm 2 to 2.5 mm 2 : strips of 30 markers - Upper 2.5 mm 2 : strips of 20 markers Price per marker 0.15 to 0.5 to 0.5mm 2 1.5mm 2 Digits: international colour code 1000 1200 381 00 382 10 0 Black 1000 1200 381 01 382 11 1 Brown 1000 1200 381 02 382 12 2 Red 1000 1200 381 03 382 13 3 Orange 1000 1200 381 04 382 14 4 Yellow 1000 1200 381 05 382 15 5 Green 1000 1200 381 06 382 16 6 Blue 1000 1200 381 07 382 17 7 Purple 1000 1200 381 08 382 18 8 Grey 1000 1200 381 09 382 19 9 White Letters: black on yellow background 300 381 10 383 00 A 300 381 11 383 01 B 300 381 12 383 02 C 300 381 13 383 03 D 300 381 14 383 04 E 300 381 15 383 05 F 300 381 16 383 06 G 300 381 17 383 07 H 300 381 18 383 08 I 300 381 19 383 09 J 300 381 20 383 10 K 300 381 21 383 11 L 300 381 22 383 12 M 300 381 23 383 13 N 300 381 24 383 14 O 300 381 25 383 15 P 300 381 26 383 16 Q 300 381 27 383 17 R 300 381 28 383 18 S 300 381 29 383 19 T 300 381 30 383 20 U 300 381 31 383 21 V 300 381 32 383 22 W 300 381 33 383 23 X 300 381 34 383 24 Y 300 381 35 383 25 Z Conventional symbols: black on yellow background 300 381 40 382 70 / 300 381 41 382 71 • 300 381 42 382 72 + 300 381 43 382 73 – 300 381 44 382 74 ± 300 381 45 382 75 = 300 381 46 382 76 T Terminal block with CAB 3 markers and label-holders 382 12 381 06 381 28 383 17 382 72 381 43 382 26 382 32 383 46 383 79 382 82 382 92 382 84 382 94
181 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list CAB 3 TM marking system For wiring and Viking 3 terminal blocks CAB 3 TM marking system Accessories 383 97 383 92 with markers CAB 3 382 00 384 90 384 92 Pack Cat. No. Accessories CAB 3 Marker-holders For cables cross-section from 10 mm 2 to 70 mm 2 Capacity: 8 digits, letters or symbols markers from 0.5 to 1.5 mm 2 or 1.5 to 2.5 mm 2 cross section Black, cross-section (mm 2 ) 100 384 90 10 to 16 50 384 91 25 to 35 50 384 92 50 to 70 Support for markers 100 383 92 Can be clipped on Viking 3 terminal blocks Capacity: 7 markers from 0.15 to 0.5 mm 2 6 markers from 0.5 to 1.5 mm 2 Transparent applicators For rapid selection and application of markers onto cable For markers Applicator colour for cross-section (mm 2 ) identification of cross-section 10 383 94 0.15 to 0.5 CAB 3 10 383 95 0.5 to 1.5 CAB 3 10 383 96 1.5 to 2.5 CAB 3 10 383 97 4 to 6 CAB 3 Set of markers 1 382 01 0.15 to 0.5 mm 2 : 2 500 markers + 10 applicators (250 digits from 0 to 9) 1 382 02 0.5 to 1.5 mm 2 : 3 000 markers + 10 applicators (300 digits from 0 to 9) 1 382 03 1.5 to 2.5 mm 2 : 3 000 markers + 10 applicators (300 digits from 0 to 9) 1 382 04 4 to 6 mm 2 : 2 000 markers + 10 applicators (200 digits from 0 to 9) On-site toolbox 1 382 00 With removable tray for CAB 3 markers and applicators, Starfix ferrules… Height 85 mm, depth 280 mm, width 450 mm Metal, padlockable Dimensions Cable cross-section (mm 2 ) 0.15 to 0.5 0.5 to 1.5 1.5 to 2.5 4 to 6 A (mm) 5 5 5.6 8 B (mm) 5.05 6.4 7.6 9.6 C (mm) 3.7 4.3 4.9 7.1 D (mm) 2.3 3 3 3 Ø mini/maxi (mm) 0.8/2.2 2.2/3 2.8/3.8 4.3/5.3 Cat. No. 381 50 to 381 55 et 381 60 to 381 65: no liking stud. D = 6 mm B A D C 450 280 85 Marker holders n Characteristics and dimensions of on-site toolbox Cat.No 382 00 Bottom tray consists of: • 8 medium slots (each slot takes 1 box of CAB 3) • 1 large slot Top tray consists of: • 12 small slots ( = approx. 6 boxes of CAB 3) • 1 medium slot for applicators Capacity: approx. 15000 CAB 3 markers B C D 26.3 26.3 26.3 Cat.No 384 90 Cat.No 384 91 Cat.No 384 92 n Dimensions Markers Polyamide 6/6 Dim. Section of cable for marking (mm 2 ) 10 to 16 25 to 35 50 to 70 A (mm) 18 24.3 27.2 B (mm) 8.9 12.2 17.2 C (mm) 7 7 10 Support for markers Cat.No 383 92 18 10.7 5 On cable whith marker-holder Cat.No 384 92 On power terminal blocks On terminal blocks with support Cat.No 383 92 StarFix Ferrules see (p. 178)
182 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Length of marking: 15 mm (6 markers) 1000 379 30 0.25 1.5 1.3 3.5 1000 379 31 0.75 4 2.3 4.8 500 379 32 4 16 4.2 7.6 Length of marking: 18 mm (7 markers) 1000 379 36 0.25 1.5 1.3 3.5 1000 379 37 0.75 4 2.3 4.8 500 379 38 4 16 4.2 7.6 500 379 33 16 50 7.6 12.5 200 379 34 50 95 12.5 19 100 379 35 95 300 19 29.5 Length of marking: 30 mm (12 markers) 500 379 40 0.25 1.5 1.3 3.5 500 379 41 0.75 4 2.3 4.8 200 379 42 4 16 4.2 7.6 200 379 43 16 50 7.6 12.5 Length 500 mm (to be cut) 10 379 44 0.75 4 2.3 4 Pack Cat. No. Marker-holders for wiring Section (mm 2 ) Ø (mm) min. max. min. max. Memocab TM marking system For wiring 379 99 Pack Cat. No. Accessories Double dispenser board 1 379 91 For 48 strips of markers (supplied empty) Selecting prong For selecting the markers and placing them in the label holder 10 379 90 For 30 mm marker holders 10 379 92 For 15 mm marker holders 10 379 89 Double for 30 or 18 mm marker holders (for simultaneous marking of both ends) Extractor 10 379 93 For 15 mm marker holders Marking kit to use on site 1 379 99 Composition • 1 dispenser board Cat.No 379 91 • 2 selecting prongs Cat. No. 379 90/92 • 1 extractor Cat.No 379 93 • 50 label holders (0.25 - 1.5mm) • 50 label holders (0.75 - 4mm) • 20 label holders (4 - 16mm) 1 379 94 Composition Same as 379 99 plus: complete with markers 0 to 9, A to Z and symbols • 1 selecting prong Cat.No 379 89 • 4 strips 0 - 9 (96) • 1 strip A - Z (24) • 1 strip symbols (24) Cat. No. 379 94 also referred to as Cat. No. 379 999 previous to 2006 379 92 379 89 379 91 379 93 Marker-holders for simultaneous marking of both ends Pre-cut label holders in rolls Length of marking: 18 mm (7 markers) Section (mm 2 ) Ø (mm) min. max. min. max. 1000 379 20 0.25 1.5 1.3 3.5 1000 379 21 0.75 4 2.3 4.8 500 379 22 4 16 4.2 7.6 500 379 10 0.25 1.5 1.3 3.5 500 379 11 0.75 4 2.3 4.8 Marker-holders for cables Fixing with Colring cable ties 100 377 12 Length of marking: 20 mm (8 markers or 1 marker Logicab 2 Cat.No 385 05) Marker-holders for all devices Length of marking: 17.5 mm (7 markers) 100 377 10 Adhesive 377 12 fixed with Colring cable tie Marking system with closed ring High resistance in very aggressive environments 037999-5815o.eps 037999-5815o.eps
183 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Memocab TM marking system For wiring Memocab TM marking system For wiring (continued) n Installation 1. Simultaneous marking of both ends 2. Use of double selecting prong 3. Installation in double marker-holder The double strip can be used on site, where each marker-holders of both side will be placed on conductors Pack Cat. No. Markers Numbers on colour background Black or white marking (international colour code) 600 378 01 Purple 7 600 378 02 Orange 3 600 378 03 White 9 600 378 04 Grey 8 600 378 05 Green 5 600 378 06 Yellow 4 600 378 07 Brown 1 600 378 08 Blue 6 600 378 09 Black 0 600 378 10 Red 2 Numbers on white background Black marking 600 377 80 0 600 377 81 1 600 377 82 2 600 377 83 3 600 377 84 4 600 377 85 5 600 377 86 6 600 377 87 7 600 377 88 8 600 377 89 9 Capital letters Black marking on white background 240 378 26 A 240 378 27 B 240 378 28 C 240 378 29 D 240 378 30 E 240 378 31 F 240 378 32 G 240 378 33 H 240 378 34 I 240 378 35 J 240 378 36 K 240 378 37 L 240 378 38 M 240 378 39 N 240 378 40 O 240 378 41 P 240 378 42 Q 240 378 43 R 240 378 44 S 240 378 45 T 240 378 46 U 240 378 47 V 240 378 48 W 240 378 49 X 240 378 50 Y 240 378 51 Z Conventional symbols Black marking on white background 240 379 54 / 240 379 55 • 240 379 56 + 240 379 57 – 240 379 58 ± 240 379 59 = 240 379 60 T 378 06 377 85 378 30 379 56 378 01 to 378 10 378 05 + 2 x 378 06 + 378 01 + 378 10 + 378 09 + 378 08 in a label holder Cat.No 379 38
184 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Duplix TM marking system For cables Markers Price per marker Numbers: Black or white marking on colour background (international colour code) Supplied by packs of 40 x 20 markers 800 384 00 0 Black 800 384 01 1 Brown 800 384 02 2 Red 800 384 03 3 Orange 800 384 04 4 Yellow 800 384 05 5 Green 800 384 06 6 Blue 800 384 07 7 Purple 800 384 08 8 Grey 800 384 09 9 White Letters: Black on yellow background Supplied by packs of 30 x 20 markers 600 384 10 A 600 384 11 B 600 384 12 C 600 384 13 D 600 384 14 E 600 384 15 F 600 384 16 G 600 384 17 H 600 384 18 I 600 384 19 J 600 384 20 K 600 384 21 L 600 384 22 M 600 384 23 N 600 384 24 O 600 384 25 P 600 384 26 Q 600 384 27 R 600 384 28 S 600 384 29 T 600 384 30 U 600 384 31 V 600 384 32 W 600 384 33 X 600 384 34 Y 600 384 35 Z Pack Cat. No. Marker-holders 7 14 Fitted using Colring 2.4 and 3.5 mm cable ties markers markers 100 384 50 384 60 Black 100 384 52 384 62 Red 100 384 54 384 64 Yellow 100 384 55 384 65 Green 100 384 56 384 66 Blue Accessories Label-holder for 7 markers 100 384 98 Clips onto marker-holders Duplix or on end cap Cat. No. 375 13 UV protective cover 100 384 97 Enables closed cable marking system Clips onto label-holders for 7 markers Cat. No. 384 52 with label and label-holder Cat. No. 384 98 Cat.No 384 56 with marker and protective cover Cat.No 384 97 Pack Cat. No. Markers (continued) Conventional symbols: Black on a yellow background 600 384 40 / 600 384 41 • 600 384 42 + 600 384 43 – 600 384 44 ± 600 384 45 = 600 384 46 T 600 384 99 Blank Set of Duplix markers 1 384 96 100 pieces of each number from 0 to 9 Opened or closed marking system, with markers or labels Opened marking system with marker-holders Cat.No 384 55 Clip-on marking system On-site toolbox (p. 181)
185 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list Notes
186 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list IEC Industrial plugs & sockets P. 190 IP44 Industrial plugs & sockets Hypra TM Tempra Straight plug (p. 190) Socket with switch Combined unit (p. 192) P. 188 P17 Tempra IP 44 LV 16 to 32 A
187 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list P. 192 IP66/67 Combined units 059846-66330m.eps P. 191 IP66/67 industrial plugs and sockets 053827-66324m.eps P. 192 IP66/67 Refrigerated container units Socket with switch Combined unit (p. 192)
188 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list P 17 Tempra IP 44 - ELV 16 and 32 A Sockets, plugs, mobile sockets, appliance inlets Pack Cat.No. Surface mounting sockets Closing without screws 16 A 32 A 200/250 VA 10 555 53 555 73 2P+E Pack Cat.No. Straight plugs Cable clamping and closing without screws 16 A 32 A 200/250 VA 10 574 34 581 34 2P+E Mobile sockets Cable clamping and closing without screws 16 A 32 A 200/250 VA 10 575 14 582 14 2P+E Panel mounting sockets inclined outlet Can be fixed on plain faceplates or pre-drilled and on flush mounting boxes 16 A 32 A 200/250 VA 10 576 11 576 12 2P+E Panel mounting sockets straight outlet small flange Can be fixed only on plain faceplates Cat.Nos 577 15/16 16 A 200/250 VA 5 573 54 2P+E 574 34 555 53 575 14 575 84 573 54 Appliance inlets 16 A 32 A 200/250 VA 5 575 84 582 84 2P+E Technical characteristics (p. 189) For 480/500 V devices, please consult us
189 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list P 17 Tempra IP 44 - ELV 16 and 32 A Surface mounting sockets (p. 188) Cat.Nos 552 06/56 Mobile sockets (p. 188) 75.9 56.3 154.5 Weight (kg) = 0.16 Straight plugs (p. 188) 56.3 54.7 151 Weight (kg) = 0.132 84 73 84 72 Ø 4.3 101 103 134.5 19 M 25 Weight (kg) = 0.167 Panel mounting sockets (p. 188) Cat.Nos 552 45/95 84 84 33 32.5 4.5 10° 83 Ø 63 Ø 4.2 70 72 72 117.5 84 84 70 34 CE (M25) Ø 4.3 mm 10° n Dimensions Appliance inlets (p. 188) Cat.Nos 552 41/91 n Characteristics Terminal connection: Max. 1 x 10 mm 2 (rigid for fixed products flexible for mobile products) IP 44 according to IEC 60529 and EN 60529 IK 09 according to IEC 62262 and EN 62262 Material: plastic Self-extinguishing: 850 °C (support of active parts) / 650 °C (plastic housing) Temp. rating: - 25 °C to + 40 °C Conform to IEC 60309-1 / IEC 60309-2 and EN 60309-1 / EN 60309-2
190 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list IP 44 sockets and plugs IP 44/55 Prisinter LV 16 to 32 A Conform to IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2 IP 44 according to IEC 60529 Self-extinguishing: - 850°C (support of active parts) / 960 °C for Prinsinter) - 650 °C: plastic housing conform to IEC 60695-2-10 - 50°C to + 100°C (- 20°C for Prisinter) Functions Prisinter (2) Panel mounted sockets Surface mounting sockets Through wiring surface mounting sockets Straight plugs Angled plugs Mobile Sockets Panel appliance inserts Surface appliance inserts Panel mounting Sockets Surface mounting Sockets with single fixing centres plastic plastic plastic plastic plastic plastic plastic plastic plastic 200 to 250 V ± 50/60 Hz 16 A 2P+E 520 02 520 02 + 520 49 520 18 (1) 520 22 (1) + 520 29 (1) 520 22 (1) + 520 89 520 42 (1) 520 62 (1) 520 82 521 72 521 72 + 520 79 32 A 2P+E 527 02 527 02 + 529 49 527 18 527 18 + 529 40 527 18 + 529 90 527 42 527 62 527 82 528 72 528 72 + 529 79 380 to 415 V ± 50/60 Hz 16 A 3P+E 522 03 522 03 + 520 49 522 19 (1) 522 23 (1) + 522 29 (1) 522 23 (1) + 522 89 522 43 (1) 522 63 (1) 522 83 (1) 521 73 521 73 + 522 79 3P+N+E 522 04 522 04 + 522 49 522 20 522 24 (1) + 522 29 (1) 522 24 (1) + 522 89 522 44 (1) 522 64 522 84 521 74 521 74 + 522 79 32 A 3P+E 529 03 529 03 + 529 49 529 19 529 19 + 529 40 529 19 + 529 90 529 43 (1) 529 63 529 83 (1) 528 73 528 73 + 529 79 3P+N+E 529 04 529 04 + 529 49 529 20 529 20 + 529 40 529 20 + 529 90 529 44 (1) 529 64 529 84 528 74 528 74 + 529 79 Pack = 1 except (1) pack = 5 (2) Dust resistance IP may be increased by rubber push-button (on request) - IP 55 cover closed or connected - IP 44 connected Dimensions (p. 193 to 199) Special voltages and frequencies available on request Please consult us
191 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list 1 2 3 Hypra® IP 66/67-55 1. When connected (1), IP 55 guaranteed with the cover closed 2. IP 66/67 obtained with the ring locked3. When not connected IP 55 automatically assured when cover is closed IP 66/67 obtained with the ring locked (1) With a pair of IP 66/67-55 products For Quantum Range – AS/NZS plug and socket configuration See HPM catalogue section 18 IP 66/67-55 plastic - increased safety LV 16 to 125 A Conform to IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2 IP according to IEC 60529 IK 09: Plastic Self-extinguishing: 850°C (support of active parts) / 650°C (plastic housing) FUNCTIONS Panel mounting sockets Surface mounting sockets Through wiring surface mounting sockets Straight plugs Angled plugs Mobile sockets Surface appliance inlets Straight panel appliance inlets Socket with break isolating switch LV inclined outlets with single fixing centres 200 to 250 V ± 50/60 Hz 16 A 2P+E 511 26 (1) 511 46 511 26 + 520 29 (1) 511 26 + 520 89 511 56 (1) 511 06 511 76 511 86 - - 32 A 2P+E - 530 46 530 46 + 529 40 530 46 + 529 90 530 56 530 06 530 76 530 86 - - 63 A 2P+E 593 26 - 593 36 - 593 46 - 593 86 593 76 - - 63 A 3P+E 593 27 - 593 37 - 593 47 - 593 87 - - - 380 to 415 V ± 50/60 Hz 16 A 3P+E 511 30 511 50 511 30 + 522 29 (1) 511 30 + 522 89 511 60 (1) 511 10 511 80 511 90 - - 3P+N+E 511 31 511 51 511 31 + 522 29 (1) 511 31 + 522 89 511 61 (1) 511 11 511 81 511 91 - - 32 A 3P+E - 530 50 530 50 + 529 40 530 50 + 529 90 530 60 530 10 530 80 530 90 - - 3P+N+E - 530 51 530 51 + 529 40 530 51 + 529 90 530 61 530 11 530 81 530 91 - - 63 A 3P+E 594 27 - 594 37 594 27 + 538 89 594 47 - 594 87 - 594 77 (2) - 3P+N+E 594 28 - 594 38 594 28 + 538 89 594 48 - 594 88 - 594 78 (2) - 125 A 3P+E 595 12 - 595 02 - 595 22 - 595 32 - 595 42 591 14 3P+N+E 595 13 - 595 03 - 595 23 - 595 33 - 595 43 591 15 Pack = 1 except (1) pack = 5 (2) Can be fixed on Cat.No 538 89 to obtain a straight surface mounting appliance inlet (3) With a pair of Hypra IP 66/67-55 products Dimensions (p. 194 to 199) 63 A and 125 A easy connection disconnection
192 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list IP 66/67-55 combined units Surface mounting 16A, 32A and 63A IP 66/67-55 refrigerated container units 32A Conforms to IEC 60309-2 3 hour 32A 440V~ - 50-60Hz Material: Polyamide 6 Self-extinguishing: 850 C Temperature rating: -15 C to +40 C ISO entries: M25 (59695) Double mechanical interlock (59695) Socket with switch Panel mounting sockets Straight plugs Mobile sockets Surface Appliance inlets 380-415 32A 3P + E 596 95 529 26 529 46 529 86 529 36 Socket outlets Conform to IEC 60309-1 / IEC 60309-2 Socket with switch (3) Socket with switch (3) + MCB “C” Curve Socket with switch (3) + RCBO 30mA AC type Plastic Plastic Plastic 200 to 250V 16A 2P + E 592 60 596 61 596 51 32A 2P + E 592 63 596 65 596 55 380 to 415V 16A 3P + E 592 61 596 62 596 52 3P + N + E 592 62 596 63 596 53 32A 3P + E 592 64 596 67 596 57 3P + N + E 592 65 596 68 596 58 63A 3P + E 592 66 596 69 596 59 (2) 3P + N + E 592 67 596 70 596 81 (1) (1) With RCD 30mA - 63A - AC (2) With MCB and add-on RCD module 30mA - 63A “AC” (63A) “C” (3) Earth position at 6 o’clock earth position at 3 o’ clock for cat. no. 596 95 For Quantum Range – AS/NZS plug and socket configuration See HPM catalogue section 18
193 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list IP 44 and IP 44/55 Prisinter TM LV 16 to 32 A n Reversible box for Prisinter sockets LV 16 A (p. 190) Fix B M 20 M 20 M 20 40 22 5 5.3 60 A A Fix C Knockout cable entries on plastic box Ø 24 & Ø 22 Sleeve for metal socket’s ground pin LV 32 A (p. 190) Fix 125 M 20 M 25 M 25 40 26 5 Ø 5.3 80 143 143 100 Knockout cableentries on plastic boxØ 30 & Ø 22 Sleeve formetal socket’sground pin n Prisinter - panel mounting sockets - LV 16-32 A (p. 190) Terminal connection (max.) BT 16 A : rigid - 1 x 4 mm 2 BT 32 A : rigid - 1 x 10 mm 2 Prisinter sockets 32 A : flexible - 1 x 6 mm 2 Conform to EN 60309-1, NF EN 60309-2, IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2 IK 09 : plastic and rubber IK 10 : metal according to EN 62262 et IEC 62262 Self-extinguishing : 850 ° C support of active parts, 950 ° C for Prisinter 650 ° C plastic housing - 50 ° C à + 100 ° C (- 20 ° C pour les Prisinter) Icc 10 kA according to EN 60309-1 and IEC 60309-1 Dust resistance IP may be increased by rubber push-button (on request) Breaking capacity 3 x 400 V ± according to IEC 60947-1-3 Material Weight A B C (kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) 2P+E Plastic 0.14 115 97 78 3P+E Metal 0.8 3P+N+E Plastic 0.16 125 107 88 Metal 0.9 3 entries among which 1 M20 sealed with B20P blanking plug for auxiliary contact 1 M25 sealed with B25P blanking plugFitted with 2 connected earth terminals and 1 outside terminal on metal box 3 entries among which 2 entries M20 sealed with B20P blanking plug for auxiliary contact useFitted with 2 connected earth terminals and 1 outside terminal on metal box Category 16 A 32 A AC 1 16 A 32 A AC 23 8.4 kW 16.8 kW AC 3 H 20° Drilling D D 5.5 (16/32 A) B A C E = = E G 8 (63 A) Ø 5.3 Ø F Material Weight A B C D E F G H (kg) min max max 16 A 2P+E Plastic 0.42 46 70 132 115 100 92 98 46 6 to 10 Metal 1.25 3P+E Plastic 0.48 46 70 138 115 100 92 96 46 6 to 10 Metal 1.33 3P+N+E Plastic 0.57 46 75 156 125 110 102 106 51.5 7 Metal 1.47 32 A 2P+E Plastic 0.57 54 77 153 143 125 115 122 58.5 10 to 20 Metal 1.47 3P+E Plastic 0.61 54 77 153 143 125 115 122 58.5 10 to 20 Metal 1.5 3P+N+E Plastic 0.65 55 79 169 143 125 119 122 58.5 9 to 13 Metal 1.8
194 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list IP 44, IP 66/67-55 panel mounting sockets LV 16 to 125 A n Dimensions IP 44 - LV 16 to 32A (p. 190)External screws in stainless steel - Nickel-plated contacts Enable realization of surface mounting sockets, associated with reversible boxTerminal connection (max.):• LV 16 A: 1 x 4 mm 2 rigid • LV 32 A: 1 x 10 mm 2 rigid F K E J H G 20° I A Ø D Drilling Ø T B C Ø d = = 76 (63A) IP 66/67-55 - LV 16 A (p. 191) External screws in stainless steel - Nickel-plated contacts Terminal connection (max.): 1 x 4 mm 2 rigid or flexible IP 66/67-55 - LV 16 and 32 A with single fixing centres (p. 191)Terminal connection (max.): • 16 A: 1 x 4 mm 2 rigid • 32 A: 1 x 10 mm 2 rigid K E ØL F J G H I 20° A ØD ØT B C = = Drilling B F L E C d1 ØD Ød Ø K G H J I A 10° Drilling IP 44 - LV 16 and 32 A with single fixing centres (p. 190) A E B F C d1 Ød Ø ØD K G H J I 10° Drilling Material Weight (kg) Drilling Dimensions A B C ØD Ød ØT E F G H I J K LV - 16 A 2P+E Plastic 0.110 52 60 28 55 14.5 4.2 64 72 41 40 94 5.5 78.5 Metal 0.340 3P+E Plastic 0.140 60 70 31 63.5 14.5 5.2 74 84 44 40 98 5.5 88 Metal 0.405 3P+N+E Plastic 0.165 60 70 33 70.6 - 5.2 80 84 44 44 110 5.5 93 Metal 0.450 LV - 32 A2P+E/ 3P+E Metal 0.605 70 80 38 76.2 10 5.2 84 94 50 53 120 5.5 103 3P+N+E Metal 0.660 70 80 38 76.2 10 5.2 84 94 52 56 124 5.5 107 Weight (kg) A B C ØD Ød d1 E F G H I J K Ø LV 16 A2P+E 0.110 70 70 35 76.2 / / 84 84 37 36 89 4.5 88 4.2 3P+E 0.140 70 70 35 76.2 / / 84 84 43 36 97 4.5 89 4.2 3P+N+E 0.165 70 70 35 76.2 / / 84 84 43 37 106 4.5 91 4.2 LV - 32 A2P+E/ 3P+E 0.220 70 70 35 76.2 – – 84 94 54 45 117 4.5 100 4.2 3P+N+E 0.255 70 70 35 76.2 8 36 84 94 54 46 125 4.5 102 4.2 Weight (kg) Drilling Dimensions A B C ØD ØT E F G H I J K L LV - 16 A2P+E 0.140 52 60 33 55 4.2 64 72 40 45 91 5.5 87 72.5 3P+E 0.165 60 70 39 63.5 5.2 74 84 41 48 102 5.5 96 81 3P+N+E 0.195 60 70 37 70.6 5.2 80 84 42 50 106 5.5 96 86.5 Weight Drilling Dimensions (mm) (kg) A B C ØD Ød d1 Ø E F G H I J K ØL LV 16 A 2P+E 0.140 70 70 35 76.2 - - 4.2 84 84 42 39 83 4.5 90 72.5 3P+E 0.165 70 70 35 76.2 - - 4.2 84 84 43 41 98 4.5 93 81 3P+N+E 0.195 70 70 35 76.2 - - 4.2 84 84 43 41 99 4.5 91 86.5 LV 32 A 2P+E 0.240 70 70 35 76.2 - - 4.2 84 94 54 50 113 4.5 101 94.5 3P+E 0.240 70 70 35 76.2 - - 4.2 84 94 54 50 113 4.5 101 94.5 3P+N+E 0.270 70 70 35 76.2 8 36 4.2 84 94 54 51 120 4.5 103 101 IP 66/67-55 - LV 63 and 125 A (p. 191) Terminal connection (max.): • 63 A: 1 x 25 mm 2 rigid • 125 A: 1 x 70 mm 2 rigid 20° E L K F G H I J B C A Ø T Ø D Weight (kg) Drilling Dimensions A B C ØD ØT E F G H I J K ØL LV - 63 A2P+E 0.680 77 85 42.5 92 6.5 106 106 85 79 158 6 127 113.5 3P+E 0.710 3P+N+E 0.770 LV - 125 A3P+E 1.400 124 124 62 120 6.5 146 146 84 96 190 8 165 146 3P+N+E 1.550
195 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list IP 44, IP66/67-55 and IP 66/67 through wiring surface mounting sockets IP 44, IP 66/67-55 surface mounting sockets reversible box LV 16 to 63 A n Dimensions IP 44, IP 66/67-55 - LV 16 A (p. 190 - 191) n Dimensions IP 44 - LV 16 to 32 A, IP 66/67-55 - LV 16 and 32 A, IP 66/67 - LV 63 A (p. 190 - 191) IP 44, IP 66/67-55 - LV 32 A (p. 190 - 191) C A2 B A CG D 4 5° E Ø T A1 Ø d C A3 B A D 4 5° E Ø T CG D F X Z C A B X E I G 5° K H Y Y Y J X Fix A1 and A2: Blind optional fixing points Metal boxes fitted with - 2 connected earth terminals and 1 outside terminal - 1 sleeve for metal socket’s ground pin Plastic boxes fitted with 2 connected earth terminals Metal boxes fitted with - 2 connected earth (16/32 A) terminals and 1 outside terminal - 1 sleeve for metal socket’s ground pin - 3 connected earth (63 A) terminals Blind optional fixing points Metal boxes fitted with - 2 connected earth terminals and 1 outside terminal - 1 sleeve for metal socket’s ground pin Surface mounting sockets Panel mounting sockets Material Weight (kg) Drilling Dimensions A B H C D E F G I J K X Y Z 16 A 2P+E Plastic 0.330 145 74 5.3 182 86 22 34 75 4 - - - M 20 Metal 0.830 3P+E/ 3P+N+E Plastic 0.440 175 88 5.3 212100 22 40 77 4 - - - M 20 - Metal 0.980 32 A 2P+E/ 3P+E/ 3P+N+E Plastic 0.670 234 117 5.3 270130 30 50 120 4 - - - M 25 - Metal 1.730 Surface mounting sockets Panel mounting sockets Material Weight (kg) Drilling Dimensions CG cable gland A1 A2 Ød A ØT B C D E IP 44 and IP 66/67-55 - LV 16 A 2P+E Plastic 0.115 51 68 4.2 64 5.3 74 106 58 20 M 20 Metal 0.400 3P+E/ 3P+N+E Plastic 0.160 68 68 4.2 85 5.3 96 122 60 22 M 20 Metal 0.520 ➞ ➞ ➞ ➞ Surface mounting sockets Panel mounting sockets Material Weight (kg) Drilling Dimensions CG cable gland A A3 ØT B C D E IP 44 and IP 66/67-55 - LV 32 A2P+E/ 3P+E/ 3P+N+E Plastic 0.340 90 125 5.3 102162 90 26 M 25 Metal 0.910 ➞ ➞
196 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list IP 44 - panel appliance inlets and reversible boxes IP 66/67-55 - surface mounting sockets 270 Fix 234 130 Fix 117 M20 M32 M32 50 120 4 5° 30 Ø 5.3 190 271 25° 70 Fix 152 Fix 260 300 53 170 M50 M20 M40 8 230 65° 40 268 338 6.3 IP 66/67-55 - LV 125 A (p. 191)Terminal connection: 1 x 70 mm 2 rigid max. Weight (kg) 2P+E 1.500 3P+E 1.550 3P+N+E 1.600 External screws in stainless steel - Nickel-plated contacts n Panel appliance inlets (inclined) IP 44: LV 16, 32 A (p. 190)Terminal connections: • 16 A: 1 x 2.5 mm 2 max. rigid • 32 A: 1 x 6 mm 2 max. rigid IP 66/67-55 - LV 63 A (p. 191) Ø T Ø D A B G H I 50° D C E F n Reversible boxes for surface appliance inlets LV 16 A (p. 190) Fix A1 and Fix 68 : Blind optional fixing points (1) Metal on request Plastic Metal (1) B Ø 4.2 C Fix 68 Fix A1 Fix A Cable gland E Cable gland 4 41.5 Ø 5.3 Bushing for socket earthing pins Material Weight A A1 B C E (kg) Cable gland 2P+E Plastic 0.085 64 51 74 106 20 M20 Metal 0.250 22 3P+E Plastic 0.110 85 68 96 122 22 M20 3P+N+E Metal 0.360 Weight (kg) 3P+E 3.5 3P+N+E 3.7 Material Weight (kg) Drilling Dimensions A B ØT ØD G H C D E F I LV - 16 A 2P+E Plastic 0.140 94 62 4.5 40 - - 104 72 121 78 6 Metal 0.530 3P+E Plastic 0.160 109 83 4.5 40 - - 120 94 135 86 6 Metal 0.630 3P+N+E Plastic 0.190 139 Metal 0.690 LV - 32 A2P+E/ 3P+E Plastic 0.280 149 90 5.5 40 - - 160 101 176 111 6 Metal 0.950 3P+N+E Plastic 0.320 174 108 Metal 1.000
197 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list IP 66/67-55 - appliance inlets and sockets with break isolating switch IP 44 and IP 66/67-55 - appliance inlets and reversible boxes n Surface mounting appliance inlets IP 66/67-55 - LV 16 and 32 A (p. 191) Terminal connections: • 16 A: 1 x 2.5 mm 2 max. rigid • 32 A: 1 x 6 mm 2 max. rigid B D AC F H CG 10° G Ø Ø X LV 32 A (p. 190) n Panel mounting appliance inlets External screws in stainless steel - Nickel-plated contactsIP 66/67-55 - 63 A (p. 191)Can be fixed on box Cat. No. 538 89 Terminal connection: 1 x 16 mm 2 max. rigid n Socket with break isolating switch IP 66/67-55 - LV 125 A (p. 191)IP 67 according to IEC and EN 60529 Icc 10 kA according to IEC and EN 60309-1 Panel mounting sockets: IK 09 according to IEC and EN 62262 External screws in stainless steel Fitted with 2 connected earth terminals and 1 outside terminal on metal box Plastic Metal (1) Bushing for socket earthing pins 162 102 Fix 90 Fix 125 M25 162 102 Fix 90 Fix 125 M25 62.5 26 4 Ø 5.3 Material Weight (kg) Plastic 0.240 Metal 0.650 Ø 80 to Ø 95 85 == Ø 5.6 77 = = 114.3 97 38 114.3 IP 66/67-55 - 125 A (p. 161)Terminal connection: 1 x 50 mm 2 max. rigid 146 146 21 122 124 = = 124 = = Ø 6.5 Ø 100 to Ø 120 Drilling Weight (kg) 2P+E 0.490 3P+E 0.548 3P+N+E 0.610 Weight (kg) 3P+E 1.00 3P+N+E 1.15 370 356 300 230 216 150 M40 M40 M50 M50 Ø6.2 Ø6.2 254 10 41 (M50) 38 (M40) 50° 324 Weight A/B C/D F G H CG cable gland Ø ØX 16 A2P + E 0.188 84 72 87 126 34 M 20 4.3 17 3P + E 0.257 95 134 3P+N+ E 0.297 100 141 32 A2P + E 0.370 110 98 107 168 39 M 25 5.3 24 3P + E3P+N+ E 0.413 113 (1) Metal on request
198 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list IP 44 and IP66/67-55 straight and angled plugs LV 16 to 125 A Angled plugs IP 44 LV 16 and 32 A (p. 190) n Characteristics External screws in stainless steel - Nickel-plated contactsTerminal connection: • LV 16 A: 1 x 2.5 mm 2 max. flexible • LV 32 A: 1 x 6 mm 2 max. flexible • LV 63 A: 1 x 16 mm 2 max. flexible • LV 125 A: 1 x 50 mm 2 max. flexible n Dimensions Straight plugs IP 44LV 16/32 A (p. 190) Straight plugs IP 66/67-55 LV 16/32 A (p. 191) Straight plugs IP 66/67-55 LV 63 A (p. 191) LV 125 A (p. 191) Weight Dimensions (mm) Ø clamping (kg) A B and grip 16 A 2P+E 0.165 135 72.5 8 to 15 3P+E 0.195 139 81 8 to 15 3P+N+E 0.220 154 86.5 10 to 18 32 A 2P+E 0.280 164 94.5 10 to 18 3P+E 0.280 164 94.5 12 to 22 3P+N+E 0.325 170 101 12 to 22 Weight Dimensions (mm) Ø clamping (kg) A B C D and grip 16 A 2P+E 0.165 136 72.5 29.5 100 8 to 15 3P+E 0.195 141 81 33.5 105 8 to 15 3P+N+E 0.220 150 86.5 37.5 114 10 to 18 32 A 2P+E 0.280 161 94.5 39.5 116 10 to 18 3P+E 0.280 161 94.5 39.5 116 12 to 22 3P+N+E 0.325 167 101 44.5 122 12 to 22 A Ø B Ø 113,5 255 D A Ø B C Weight Ø clamping (kg) and grip 2P+E 0.620 16 to 26 3P+E 0.680 18.5 to 29 3P+N+E 0.750 20.5 to 32 Weight Ø clamping (kg) and grip 3P+E 1.5 24 to 48 3P+N+E 1.7 28 to 48 340 Ø 131 Ø E A B Ø 30° C D Angled plugs IP 66/67-55LV 16-32 A - plastic (p. 191) A Ø 30° C D B Material Weight Dimensions (mm) Ø clamping (kg) A B C D and grip LV 16 A Plastic 0.150 135 100 57 55 8 to 15 2P+E Metal 0.365 Rubber 0.205 135 100 60 61 8 to 15 Plastic 0.175 139 103 65 60 8 to 15 3P+E Metal 0.425 Rubber 0.260 139 103 68 66 8 to 15 Plastic 0.210 154 118 73 66 10 to 18 3P+N+E Metal 0.535 Rubber 0.300 154 118 77 72 10 to 18 LV 32 A Plastic 0.260 164 119 78 70,5 10 to 18 2P+E Metal 0.645 Rubber 0.360 164 119 81 76,5 10 to 18 Plastic 0.260 164 119 78 70,5 12 to 22 3P+E Metal 0.645 Rubber 0.360 164 119 81 76,5 12 to 22 Plastic 0.300 170 125 86 77 12 to 22 3P+N+E Metal 0.685 Rubber 0.415 170 125 89 83 12 to 22 Material Weight Dimensions (mm) Ø clamping (kg) A B C D E and grip LV 16 A Plastic 0.145 136 100 29.5 100 55 8 to 15 2P+E Metal 0.395 Rubber 0.230 136 100 29.5 100 61 8 to 15 Plastic 0.185 141 105 33.5 105 60 8 to 15 3P+E Metal 0.455 Rubber 0.290 141 105 33.5 105 66 8 to 15 Plastic 0.220 150 114 37.5 114 66 10 to 18 3P+N+E Metal 0.585 Rubber 0.330 150 114 37.5 114 72 10 to 18 LV 32 A Plastic 0.275 161 116 39.5 116 70.5 10 to 18 2P+E Metal 0.745 Rubber 0.390 161 116 39.5 116 76.5 10 to 18 Plastic 0.275 161 116 39.5 116 70.5 12 to 22 3P+E Metal 0.745 Rubber 0.390 161 116 39.5 116 76.5 12 to 22 Plastic 0.320 167 122 44.5 122 77 12 to 22 3P+N+E Metal 0.790 Rubber 0.435 167 122 44.5 122 83 12 to 22
199 Some items sold separately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For trade price, please see your local HPM Legrand representative for the current price list IP 44, IP 66/67-55 mobile sockets n Characteristics External screws in stainless steel - Nickel-plated contactsIcc 10 kA according to IEC 60309-1 n Dimensions Mobile sockets IP 44 - LV 16 - 32 A (p. 190)Terminal connections:• LV 16 A: 1 x 2.5 mm 2 max. flexible • LV 32 A: 1 x 6 mm 2 max. flexible A Ø B D C LV 125 A (p. 191) Terminal connection: 1 x 50 mm 2 max. flexible C B A Ø 364 Ø 131 136 Ø Weight Ø clamping (kg) and grip 125 A 3P+E 1.8 24 to 48 3P+N+E 2.0 28 to 48 Mobile sockets IP 66/67-55 (p. 191 LV 16 - 32 ATerminal connections: • LV 16 A: 1 x 2.5 mm 2 max. flexible • LV 32 A: 1 x 6 mm 2 max. flexible A Ø B C LV 63 ATerminal connection: 1 x 16 mm 2 max. flexible Material Weight Dimensions (mm) Ø clamping (kg) A B C D and grip LV 16 A 2P+E Plastic 0.170 147 54.5 74 55 8 to 15 Rubber 0.250 147 58 74 61 8 to 15 3P+E Plastic 0.200 151 61.5 81 60 8 to 15 Rubber 0.285 151 65 81 66 8 to 15 3P+N+E Plastic 0.245 172 69.5 90 66 10 to 18 Rubber 0.335 172 72.5 90 72 10 to 18 LV 32 A 2P+E Plastic 0.300 177 71 93 70.5 10 to 18 Rubber 0.400 177 74.5 93 76.5 10 to 18 3P+E Plastic 0.300 177 71 93 70.5 12 to 22 Rubber 0.400 177 74.5 93 76.5 12 to 22 3P+N+E Plastic 0.350 183 77.5 100 77 12 to 22 Rubber 0.475 183 80.5 100 83 12 to 22 Material Weight Dimensions Ø clamping (kg) A B C and grip LV 16 A 2P+E Plastic 0.180 150 72.5 75.5 8 to 15 3P+E Plastic 0.215 154 81 86 8 to 15 3P+N+E Plastic 0.275 169 86.5 89 10 to 18 LV 32 A 2P+E Plastic 0.320 179 94.5 99 10 to 18 3P+E Plastic 0.320 179 94.5 99 12 to 22 3P+N+E Plastic 0.375 185 101 105 12 to 22 LV 63 A 2P+E Plastic 0.780 278 113.5 119 16 to 26 3P+E Plastic 0.850 278 113.5 119 18.5 to 29 3P+N+E Plastic 0.910 278 113.5 119 20.5 to 32
Soliroc TM Batibox™ P. 224 Soliroc™ lighting control units NEW NEW P. 226 Batibox™ flush-mounting boxes for dry partitions 200 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Excel Life TM P. 202 Excel Life™ switches P. 214 Excel Life™ LED illumination kits P. 218 Excel Life™ hotel Excel Life™ Wiring Accessories and Soliroc™
P. 224 Soliroc™ lighting control units P. 226 Batibox™ flush-mounting boxes for dry partitions P. 225 Soliroc™ accessories P. 235 Soliroc™ socket outlets NEW NEW 201 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages P. 202 Excel Life™ switches P. 214 Excel Life™ LED illumination kits P. 218 Excel Life™ hotel P. 209 Excel Life™ dimmers P. 211 Excel Life™ time delay switches P. 212 Excel Life™ powerpoints P. 216 Excel Life™ data and voice sockets P. 217 Excel Life™ sensor lights P. 217 Excel Life™ signalling P. 218 Excel Life™ grid and plates P. 220 Excel Life™ coverplates P. 221 Excel Life™ accessories Quick reference guides for wiring devices and automationp. 230 to 237
202 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Weatherproof IP66 switches 10 ED770/11PWE ED770/11UG 1 gang switch 16A, 230-240V a.c. IP66 10 ED770/21PWE ED770/21UG 2 gang switch 16A, 230-240V a.c. IP66 10 ED770/1HIPWE ED770/1HIPUG 1 gang horizontal switch 16A, 230-240V a.c. IP66 10 ED770/2HIPWE ED770/2HIPUG 2 gang horizontal switch 16A, 230-240V a.c. IP66 10 ED770/40DPWE ED770/40DPUG 1 gang double-pole switch 40A, 230-240V a.c. 10 ED770/40WE ED770/40UG 1 gang switch 40A, 230-240V a.c. Pack Cat No. Dedicated plate switches White Urban Grey Standard rocker switch mechanisms are 16AX fluoro rated 10 ED770/1WE ED770/1UG 1 gang switch 16A230 - 240V a.c. 10 ED770/2WE ED770/2UG 2 gang switch 16A230 - 240V a.c. 10 ED770/3WE ED770/3UG 3 gang switch 16A230 - 240V a.c. 10 ED770/4WE ED770/4UG 4 gang switch 16A230 - 240V a.c. 10 ED770/5WE ED770/5UG 5 gang switch 16A230 - 240V a.c. 10 ED770/6WE ED770/6UG 6 gang switch 16A230 - 240V a.c. Pack Cat No. Common plate switches White Standard rocker switch mechanisms are 16AX fluoro rated 10 EC770/1WE 1 gang switch 16A230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC770/2WE 2 gang switch 16A230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC770/3WE 3 gang switch 16A230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC770/4WE 4 gang switch 16A230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC770/5WE 5 gang switch 16A230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC770/6WE 6 gang switch 16A230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC770/40DPWE 1 gang double-pole switch 40A, 230-240V a.c. 10 EC770/40WE 1 gang switch 40A, 230-240V a.c. 6 EC914WE No Touch switch, 4A230-240V a.c. EC770/1WE Excel Life TM Light switches - common plate series Excel Life TM Light switches - dedicated plate series ED770/1WE ED770/2WE EC770/3WE ED770/4WE ED770/6WE
203 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages White 10 EC770/1IPWE 1 gang switch 16A230-240V a.c. IP66 10 EC770/2IPWE 2 gang switch 16A230-240V a.c. IP66 10 EC770/1HIPWE 1 gang horizontal switch 16A230-240V a.c. IP66 10 EC770/2HIPWE 2 gang horizontal switch 16A230-240V a.c. IP66 Excel Life TM Weatherproof switches Shutter, blind, curtain switches Shutter, blind, curtain control 10 EC919WE Push button switch (via relay) 6A230-240V a.c. 10 EC920WE Push button switch (direct) 6AX(fluoro rated) 230-240V a.c. EC914WE EC919WE Mechanical mechanisms See p33. for wiring diagrams 10 EM770WE EM770UG Single pole double Throw 16A fluoro rated16AX, 230 - 240v a.c. 10 EM770- AIRCONWE EM770- AIRCONUG Marked air con 10 EM770- EXHWE EM770- EXHUG Marked exhaust 10 EM770- FANWE EM770- FANUG Marked fan 10 EM770- HEATWE EM770- HEATUG Marked heat 10 EM770- LIGHTWE EM770- LIGHTUG Marked light Pack Cat No. White Urban Grey 10 EM883WE EM883UG Electronic push button 5A, 230 - 240V a.c.Fluoro rated 500VA. 10 EM800- SLAVEWE EM800- SLAVEUG Secondary control push button 230 - 240V a.c. Excel Life TM Electronic and mechanical mechanisms EM770WE EM883WE Electronic controlmechanisms 10 EM803PEWE EM803PEUG Photoelectric switch controller 10 EMIRWE EMIRUG Infra-red receiver 10 EAIRREMOTE Infra-red remote control Pack Cat No. Weatherproof IP66 switches Electronic push buttonmechanisms See p34. for wiring diagrams COMING SOON
204 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages White Urban Grey 10 EM770/20RDWE EM770/20RDUG Single pole double throw with red indicator 20A fluoro rated 20AX230 - 240V a.c. 10 EM770/20ACWE EM770/20ACUG Single pole double throw 20A fluro rated 20AX, 230 - 240v a.c. Marked air con 10 EM770/25WE EM770/25UG Single pole single throw 25A fluoro rated20AX, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EM770/32WE EM770/32UG Single pole single throw 32A, fluoro rated 20AX, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EM770/32HOTPWE EM770/32HOTPUG Single pole single throw 32A fluro rated 20AX, 230 - 240V a.c. Marked hot plate 10 EM770/32OVENWE EM770/32OVENUG Single pole single throw 32A fluro rated 20AX 230 - 240v a.c. Marked oven Excel Life TM Mechanical mechanisms 10 EM770DU0WE EM770DU0UG 2 x single pole single throw 16Afluoro rated 10AX 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EM770- DUOHTWE EM770- DUOHTUG 2 x single pole single throw 16A fluro rated 10AX, 230 - 240v a.c. Marked heat 10 EM770XWE EM770XUG Single pole single throw spring return 16A 230 - 240v a.c. 10 EM770X- DOORWE EM770X- DOORUG Single pole single throw spring return 16A 230 - 240v a.c. Marked door Pack Cat. No. Mechanical mechanisms White Urban Grey 10 EM770- SENSORWE EM770- SENSORUG Marked sensor 10 EM770- WASTEWE EM770- WASTEUG Marked waste 10 EM770- BPASSWE EM770- BPASSUG Marked bypass 10 EM770- ZONE1WE EM770- ZONE1UG Marked zone 1 10 EM770- ZONE2WE EM770- ZONE2UG Marked zone 2 10 EM770- ZONE3WE EM770- ZONE3UG Marked zone 3 10 EM770- ZONE4WE EM770- ZONE4UG Marked zone 4 Excel Life TM Mechanical mechanisms EM770DUOWE EM770/32UGHEAT EM770/32OVEN Pack Cat. No. Mechanical mechanisms 10 EM770IMWE EM770IMUG Intermediate 16A 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EM770DPWE EM770DPUG Double pole double throw 16A fluoro rated 10AX, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EM770/20DPWE EM770/20DPUG Double pole double throw 20A fluoro rated10AX, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EM770/20WE EM770/20UG Single pole single throw 20A fluoro rated 20AX, 230 - 240V a.c. Single pole double Throw 16A fluoro rated16AX, 230 - 240v a.c.
205 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages White Urban Grey 10 EM770X- PRESSWE EM770X- PRESSUG Single pole single throw spring return 16A 230 - 240v a.c. Marked press EM770X- RESETWE EM770X- RESETUG Single pole single throw spring return 16A 230 - 240v a.c. Marked reset 10 EMRSWE EMRSUG Rotary switch mechanism - (all-in-one solution), comes with 6 marking plate options and 180°, 270° and 360° rings.16A fluoro rated 16AX 230-240V a.c. Excel Life TM Mechanical mechanisms Keylock mechanisms Excel Life TM Plate installation dimensions Keylock mechanisms 10 EM820- KLIOWE EM820- KLIOUG Switch mechanism1 gang keylock switch removable OFF or ON position 20A fluoro rated 20AX, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EM820KLIWE EM820KLIUG Switch mechanism1 gang keylock switchremovable ON only20A fluoro rated 20AX, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EM820KLOWE EM820KLOUG Switch mechanism1 gang keylock switchremovable OFF only20A fluoro rated 20AX, 230-240V a.c. 10 EM770/20KT Mechanical keytag switch Single pole, single throw 20A 6luro rated 20AX 230-240V a.c. EMRSWE EM820KLIOWE Pack Cat. No. Mechanical mechanisms Common plate seriesinstallation dimensions Dedicated plate seriesinstallation dimensions 74mm 118mm 10mm 96mm 56mm 74mm 118mm 10mm 96mm 56mm 77mm 121mm 10mm 96mm 56mm 77mm 121mm 10mm 96mm 56mm Glass and tile cut-out size Glass and tile cut-out size
206 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Excel Life TM Switch mechanisms Mechanical switch mechanism wiring diagrams 2 1 C L LOOP 2 1 1 2 1 2 C L LOOP EM770 EM770/20 EM770DP EM770/20DP MULTIWAY SWITCHING 2 SWITCHES 2 1 L LOOP EM770/25 EM770/32 2 1 C L EM770IM EM770IM EM770IM 2 1 C L 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 MULTIWAY SWITCHING MORE THAN 2 SWITCHES (Any quantity of intermediate switches may be used). UP POSITION EM770IM 4 2 1 3 DOWN POSITION EM770IM 1 2 1 2 EM770DUO EM770 EM770/20 EM770 EM770/20 2 1 C L LOOP 2 1 1 2 1 2 C L LOOP EM770 EM770/20 EM770DP EM770/20DP MULTIWAY SWITCHING 2 SWITCHES 2 1 L LOOP EM770/25 EM770/32 2 1 C L EM770IM EM770IM EM770IM 2 1 C L 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 MULTIWAY SWITCHING MORE THAN 2 SWITCHES (Any quantity of intermediate switches may be used). UP POSITION EM770IM 4 2 1 3 DOWN POSITION EM770IM 1 2 1 2 EM770DUO EM770 EM770/20 EM770 EM770/20
207 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Excel Life TM Switch mechanisms Electronic push button switch wiring diagramEM883WE LOAD ACTIVE NEUTRAL REMOTE (optional) LED Indicator■ The colour of the LED indicator can be either red or blue. In addition, when the switch is off the LED indicator can either glow faintly or be off completely. The four possible modes are as follows: ■ To change between modes, press and hold the push button for at least 10 seconds. This will select the next mode in the sequence above. Mode Status of LED indicator Switch on Switch off 1 Bright red Faint red 2 Bright blue Faint blue 3 Bright red Off 4 Bright blue Off EM883 EM800SLAVE LOAD ACTIVE NEUTRAL REMOTE ACTIVE REMOTE LOOP LOAD ACTIVE NEUTRAL EM800SLAVE ■ Connect optional Secondary Control Buttons (EM800SLAVE) to enable switching from multiple locations. Minimum load = 10VA for all load types Incandescent Halogen 1200W 1200W Max load + 50°C + 0°C 230 - 240V a.c. 50Hz 1 x 2.5 mm² 2 x 1.5 mm² Fluorescent tube Wirewound transformer Electronic transformer Compact fluorescent LED Fan motor 500VA 500VA 500VA 500VA 500VA 500VA Important:An unlimited number of EM800SLAVE can be connected to an EM883. However, the total length of the remote wire used to interconnect all of the EM800SLAVE should not exceed 50 metres. Important:Power factor correction capacitors must be either removed or placed on the line side of the Electronic Push Switch. Technical characteristics
208 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Excel Life TM Rotary switch - EMRSWE Installation Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 not supplied Marking plate Locating ring 180 270 360 Rotation ring options Marking plate options 1 1 3 2 C Front View Rear View Output 1 Input ACTIVE Output 3 Output 2 3 2 0 1 1 3 2 C Front View Rear View Output 1 3 2 1 Front View Rear View 3 2 0 Input ACTIVE Output 3 Output 2 1 3 2 C Output 1 Input ACTIVE Output 3 Output 2 Select one of the following wiring options: POSITION WIRING 0 1 2 3 OFF ON ON ON Connect All Terminals OFF ON OFF ON Do Not Connect Terminal 2 Wiring for 360º rotation Wiring for 270º rotation 1 1 3 2 C Front View Rear View Output 1 Input ACTIVE Output 3 Output 2 3 2 0 1 1 3 2 C Front View Rear View Output 1 3 2 1 Front View Rear View 3 2 0 Input ACTIVE Output 3 Output 2 1 3 2 C Output 1 Input ACTIVE Output 3 Output 2 Select one of the following wiring options: POSITION WIRING 0 1 2 3 OFF ON ON ON Connect All Terminals Wiring for 180º rotation 1 1 3 2 C Front View Rear View Output 1 Input ACTIVE Output 3 Output 2 3 2 0 1 1 3 2 C Front View Rear View Output 1 3 2 1 Front View Rear View 3 2 0 Input ACTIVE Output 3 Output 2 1 3 2 C Output 1 Input ACTIVE Output 3 Output 2 Select one of the following wiring options: POSITION WIRING 1 2 3 ON ON ON Connect All Terminals ON OFF ON Do Not Connect Terminal 2 OFF ON ON Do Not Connect Terminal 1 ON ON OFF Do Not Connect Terminal 3 Flat side facing up Shaft flat facing up TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 4 TYPE 5 TYPE 6
209 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Pack Cat No. Dimmers White Urban Grey Electronic push button can be used with EM800SLA-VEWE for multi-way dimming. Onboard programming allows the LED to be blue or red. 10 EM450UPWE EM450UPUG Electronic push button450VA universal load230 - 240V a.c. 10 EM450A3PWE EM450A3PUG Electronic push button 450VA all-load (neutral required) 230-240V a.c. Rotary New easy grip lower profile knob. Automatically dims if dimmer is overloaded or insufficiently derated 10 EM250TRWE EM250TRUG 250VA Trailing edge230 - 240V a.c. 10 EM400TRWE EM400TRUG 400VA Trailing edge230 - 240V a.c. 10 EM700TRWE EM700TRUG 700VA Trailing edge230 - 240V a.c. Excel Life TM Dimmers EM250TRWE EM700TRWE EM450UPWE Excel Life TM Electronic push button dimmer - EM450UP 25 30 35 40 45 50 50 60 70 80 90 100 % Rating Installation air temperature (ºC) Important:When used in ambient temperatures greater than 25°C, the dimmer must be de-rated according to the following chart. Wiring ■ Connect optional Secondary Control Buttons (EM800SLAVE) to enable dimming from multiple locations. EM450UP ACTIVE REMOTE LOAD ACTIVE LOAD NEUTRAL TO ADDITIONAL EM800SLAVE EM800SLAVE ACTIVE REMOTE LOAD Important:An unlimited number of EM800SLAVE can be connected to an EM450UP. However, the total length of the remote wire used to interconnect all of the EM800SLAVE should not exceed 50 metres. 10 EM2000ERC 2000va leading-edge remote dimmer Electronic push button dimmerEM450UP Technical characteristics Minimum load = 10VA for all load types Incandescent + 50°C + 0°C 230 - 240V a.c. 50Hz 1 x 2.5 mm² 2 x 1.5 mm² Halogen Maxload Fluorescent tube Wirewound transformer Electronic transformer Compact fluorescent LED Fan motor 1 dimmer per plate 2 dimmers per plate 3 or more dimmers per plate 450W 450W 400W 400W 350W 350W 270VA 450VA 400VA 350VA 240VA 210VA
210 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Excel Life TM Electronic push button dimmers EM450A3P Rotary dimmers - EM250TR/EM400TR/EM700TR Rotary dimmers - EM250TR/EM400TR/EM700TR Technical characteristics Minimum load = 10VA for all load types 1 dimmer per plate 250W 250W 1 dimmer per plate 2 dimmers per plate Maxload EM250TR Maxload EM400TR Maxload EM700TR 3 dimmers per plate 1 dimmer per plate 2 dimmers per plate 3 dimmers per plate 225W 225W 200W 200W 400W 400W 350W 350W 300W 300W 700W 700W 250VA 250VA see note 225VA 225VA see note 200VA 200VA see note 400VA 400VA see note 350VA 350VA see note 300VA 300VA see note 700VA 700VA see note Note: Compact Fluorescent Lamps (CFLs), also known as Energy Saving Lamps, can only be dimmed if they are specifically marked as "dimmable". Dimmable CFLs may have different characteristics from brand to brand, and so each brand may require a specific type of dimmer to operate correctly. Using the incorrect dimmer may cause the CFL to flicker. Please read the documentation that comes with each CFL carefully to ensure that the CFL and dimmer are compatible. For more information, please contact HPM Legrand. In some cases, the dimmable CFL may turn off or flicker when dimmed to a very low brightness. This can be overcome by ensuring that the dimmer brightness is not set too low. See "Setting minimum brightness" for instructions on how to achieve this. EM770 EM770 EM770 Wiring One-way wiring diagram Two-way wiring diagram Important:When used in ambient temperatures greater than 25°C, the dimmer must be de-rated according to the following chart. 25 30 35 40 45 50 50 60 70 80 90 100 % Rating Installation air temperature (ºC) Electronic push button dimmer EM450A3PTechnical characteristics Minimum load = 3VA for all load types Maxload 1 dimmer per plate 2 dimmers per plate 3 or more dimmers per plate 450W 450W 400W 400W 350W 350W 270VA 450VA 450VA 400VA 350VA 450VA 400VA 350VA 400VA 350VA 240VA 210VA Incandescent + 50°C + 0°C 230 - 240V a.c. 50Hz 1 x 2.5 mm² 2 x 1.5 mm² Halogen Fluorescent tube Wirewound transformer Electronic transformer Compact fluorescent LED Fan motor
211 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Pack Cat No. Time delay mechanisms White Urban Grey 10 EM802TDWE EM802TDUG Programmable time delay switch, 2 wire all load 400VA, 230 - 240V a.c.Can be programmed from 1-10 minutes in steps of 1 minute. 6 EC923TWE - Programmable time delay switch, 16A 230 - 240V a.c.Up to 8 weekly programmes, 20hrs working reserve Excel Life TM Time delay switches Excel Life TM Time delay switches WiringEM802TD ACTIVE LOAD ACTIVE LOOP LOAD EM802TD MOMENTARY PUSH SWITCH EM870X NEUTRAL Important:An unlimited number of EM870X can be connected to an EM802TD. However, the total length of the load wire used to interconnect all of the EM870X should not exceed 50 metres. ■ Connect optional Momentary Push Switches (EM870X) to enable switching from multiple locations. Minimum load = 10VA for all load types Electronic ballast only Technical characteristicsEM802TD + 50°C + 0°C 230 - 240V a.c. 50Hz 1 x 2.5 mm² 2 x 1.5 mm² Incandescent Halogen Fluorescent tube Wirewound transformer Electronic transformer Compact fluorescent LED Fan motor Max load 400W 400W 400VA 400VA 400VA 400VA Note:EM870X available 2012 EM802TDWE EC923TWE
212 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Pack Cat No. Dedicated plate powerpoints Internal safety shutters on all powerpoints. Powerpoints with extra hole ready to be equipped with 240V 770 module mechanisms such as EM803SURGEWE (See p. 213) EMPAPS1WE (See p. 214) White Urban Grey 10 ED777WE ED777UG Double powerpoint 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 ED777XWE ED777XUG Double powerpoint with extra function hole, 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 ED777/15WE ED777/15UG Double powerpoint 15A 230 - 240V a.c. 10 ED787WE ED787UG Single powerpoint 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 ED787XWE ED787XUG Single powerpoint with extra function hole, 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 ED787/2XWE ED787/2XUG Single powerpoint with 2 extra function holes, 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 ED787/15WE ED787/15UG Single powerpoint 15A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 ED7774WE ED7774UG 4 gang powerpoint 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. Excel Life TM Powerpoints - dedicated plate series Excel Life TM Powerpoints - dedicated plate series ED777WE ED7774WE White Urban Grey Pack Cat No. 10 ED787/25WE ED787/25UG Single powerpoint 20A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 ED787/32WE ED787/32UG Single powerpoint 32A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 ED777RWE ED777RUG Double round-earth powerpoint 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 ED787DPWE ED787DPUG Single double-pole powerpoint 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 ED787RWE ED787RUG Single round-earth powerpoint 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 ED787/20WE ED787/20UG Single powerpoint 20A, 230 - 240V a.c. Dedicated plate powerpoints
213 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Pack Cat No. Common plate powerpoints White Internal safety shutters on all powerpoints.Powerpoints with extra hole ready to be equipped with 240V 770 module mechanisms such as EM803SURGEWE (See p. 213) EMPAPS1WE (See p. 214) 10 EC777WE Double powerpoint 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC777XWE Double powerpoint with extra function hole, 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC777/15WE Double powerpoint 15A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC777/15XWE Double powerpoint with extra function hole, 15A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC787WE Single powerpoint 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC787/15WE Single powerpoint 15A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC787XWE Single powerpoint with extra function hole, 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC787/2XWE Single powerpoint with 2 extra function holes, 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC777RWE Double round-earth powerpoint 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC787DPWE Single double-pole powerpoint 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC787/15DPWE Single double-pole powerpoint 15A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC787/15XWE Single extra-function powerpoint 15A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC787/20WE Single powerpoint 20A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC787/25WE Single powerpoint 25A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC787/32WE Single powerpoint 32A, 230 - 240V a.c. Excel Life TM Powerpoints - common plate series EC777WE EC787WE ES777WE Powerpoint mechanisms 10 EM787WE Single powerpoint 10A, 230 - 240V a.c.mechanism only 10 EM787AWE Single autoswitch powerpoint mechanism only 10A, 230-240V a.c. 10 EM787ARWE Single round-earth autoswitch powerpoint 10A, 230-240V a.c. 10 EM787A/15WE Single autoswitch powerpoint mechanism only 15A, 230-240V a.c. 10 EM787U/20WE Single unswitched powerpoint 20A, 230-240V a.c. 10 EM787U/25WE Single gang unswitched powerpoint mechanism only 25A, 230-240V a.c. 10 EM787U/32WE Single unswitched powerpoint mechanism only 32A, 230-240V a.c. Excel Life TM Powerpoints - secure plate series Powerpoint mechanisms Surge protection Pack Cat No. Secure plate powerpoints White 10 ES777WE Double powerpoint 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. 10 ES787WE Single powerpoint 10A, 230 - 240V a.c. EM803SURGEWE White Urban Grey Surge protection 10 EM803- SURGEWE EM803- SURGEUG Mechanism surge protection module500J, 230-240V a.c.
214 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Excel Life TM Indicator kits Excel Life TM Time delay switches EM803LEDWE EM770LEDWE Pack Cat No. Illumination kits White Urban Grey 10 EM770LEDWE EM770LEDUG EM770 illumination kit blue LED 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EM803LEDWE EM803LEDUG White LED and coloured lenses kit 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EMPAPS1WE EMPAPS1UG Power available and 1 gang power supplied indicator kit 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EMPAPS2WE EMPAPS2UG Power available and 2 gang power supplied indicator kit 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EMPAWE EMPAUG Power available indicator kit 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EMPS1WE EMPS1UG Power supplied to 1 outlet indicator kit 230 - 240V a.c. 10 EMPS2WE EMPS2UG Power supplied to 2 outlets indicator kit 230 - 240V a.c. Click 1. Standard switch 2. Remove ring 3. Insert new ring 4. Screws must be fully screwed in 5. Align the slot and push 6. Engage in slot Installation EM770LED - LED 770 illumination kit Wiring LED Power Available/Power Supplied Indicator KitsEMPAPS2, EMPAPS1, EMPA, EMPS1, EMPS2, EM803LED Features ■ Voltage: 240V ~ ■ Frequency: 50Hz ■ Current: 1.2mA per indicator ■ Operating temperature: -5°C to +50°C ■ Storage temperature: -10°C to +70°C ■ Resistant to the following agents: Hexane, methylated spirits, soapy water, diluted ammonia, diluted pure bleach (10%), glass cleaning sustance, pre-impregnated wipes, diluted hydrogen peroxide ■ Not resistant to the following agents: Acetone, tar remover, trichloroethylene EMPAEMPS1EM803LED EMPAPS1EMPS2 EMPAPS2 Connector leads MUST be fully inserted Example of afully inserted connector leads not supplied Click into this area EMPAPS1WE EMPS2WE Connector leads InstallationEMPAPS2, EMPAPS1, EMPA, EMPS1, EMPS2, EM803LED LED Power Available/Power Supplied Indicator Kits Note: Low Impedance Load examples include incandescent, halogen, resistive loads High Impedance Load examples include CFL’s, LED globes LOAD LOAD LOAD LED on when “OFF” (Low Impedance Load) LED on when “ON” LED on “ALWAYS” N N N A A A LOAD LED on when “OFF” (High Impedance Load) N A
215 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages EMPAEMPS1EM803LED EMPAPS1EMPS2 Excel Life TM LED power supplied/power available indicator kits Wire/leadmarking EMPAPS2 EMPAPS1 EMPA EMPS2 EMPS1 EM803LED (power available)++ EM803LED (power supplied) EM803LED (power available without neutral) LED N Neutral Neutral Neutral Neutral Neutral Neutral Neutral Switched active LED L Switched Active (LHS) Switched Active (LHS) LED R Switched Active (RHS) Switched Active (RHS) LED Switched active Switched active A Active Active Active Active Switched active Active ++ = In this mode the LED indicator will be ON whenever there is power available to the product. = In this mode the LED indicator will only be ON whenever the associated switch/socket is OFF. The current required to light the indicator when the switch is ON will be bled through the load. Active Terminal LED N LED L LED R Example:EMPAPS2 '~' = Power available' ' = Power supplied Wiring
216 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages TV outlets White Urban Grey 10 EMFFFOXWE EMFFFOXUG F to F TV outlet 75 ohm 2.4 GHz(Foxtel approved) 10 EMFFWE EMFFUG F to F TV outlet75 ohm 10 EMPFWE EMPFUG PAL to F TV outlet, white 10 EMSPWE EMSPUG PAL to saddle TV outlet white Pack Cat No. RJ45 data sockets CAT 6 Compatible with both Krone and IDC termination tools 10 EMRJ45C6WE CAT 6, RJ45 data socketwhite 10 EMRJ45C6BL CAT 6, RJ45 data socketblack 10 EMRJ45C6BU CAT 6, RJ45 data socketblue 10 EMRJ45C6GR CAT 6, RJ45 data socketgreen 10 EMRJ45C6RD CAT 6, RJ45 data socketred 10 EMRJ45C6YE CAT 6, RJ45 data socketyellow Excel Life TM RJ11 Cat 3 voice sockets RJ45 Cat 5e sockets Pack Cat No. RJ11 voice sockets Additional slot available for looping. Compatible with both Krone and IDC termination tools 10 EMRJ11C3WE CAT 3 RJ11 voice socketwhite 10 EMRJ11C3BL CAT 3 RJ11 voice socketblack 10 EMRJ11C3BU CAT 3 RJ11 voice socketblue 10 EMRJ11C3GR CAT 3 RJ11 voice socketgreen 10 EMRJ11C3RD CAT 3 RJ11 voice socketred 10 EMRJ11C3YE CAT 3 RJ11 voice socketyellow Excel Life TM RJ45 Cat 6 data sockets TV outlets EMRJ11C3WE EMRJ11C3BL RJ45 data sockets CAT 5E Compatible with both Kroneand IDC termination tools 10 EMRJ45C5EWE CAT 5E RJ45 data socketwhite 10 EMRJ45C5EBL CAT 5E RJ45 data socketblack 10 EMRJ45C5EBU CAT 5E RJ45 data socketblue 10 EMRJ45C5EGR CAT 5E RJ45 data socketgreen 10 EMRJ45C5ERD CAT 5E RJ45 data socketred 10 EMRJ45C5EYE CAT 5E RJ45 data socketyellow EMRJ45C6RD EMFFWE EMSPWE EMRJ45C5EBU EMRJ45C5EGR EMRJ45C6YE
217 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages TV outlets White Urban Grey 10 EMFFFOXWE EMFFFOXUG F to F TV outlet 75 ohm 2.4 GHz(Foxtel approved) 10 EMFFWE EMFFUG F to F TV outlet75 ohm 10 EMPFWE EMPFUG PAL to F TV outlet, white 10 EMSPWE EMSPUG PAL to saddle TV outlet white Signalling 6 EC520WE Signal lightwhite LED 1.0W max230 - 240V a.c. 6 EC521WE Signal lightblue LED 1.0W max230 - 240V a.c. 6 EC524WE Signal lightred/green LED 1.0W max230 - 240V a.c. 4 EC570WE Bulkhead lightred LED230 - 240V a.c. 4 EC571WE Bulkhead lightwhite LED230 - 240V a.c. 4 EC572WE Bulkhead lightgreen LED230-240V a.c. 4 EC573WE Bulkhead lightblue LED230 - 240V a.c. Pack Cat No. Sensor lights White 4 EC511WE Skirting light withPIR sensor 1.3W max230 - 240V a.c. 6 EC510WE Permanent skirting light230 - 240V a.c. Pack Cat No. Data, audio and video White Urban Grey 10 EMRCARDWE EMRCARDUG RCA outlet - red 10 EMRCAWEWE EMRCAWEUG RCA outlet - white 10 EMRCAYEWE EMRCAYEUG RCA outlet - yellow 10 ECUSBWE - USB type A female outlet 6 EC910J35WE - 3.5mm female audio outlet 4 EC920- HDMIWE - HDMI socketrear pluggable 8 EC920LJWE - Loudspeaker outletIP41, 6mm terminal capacity 10 EC920- MSVIDWE - S-Video outletmini din 10 EC920- VGAWE - VGA outletfemale connection Excel Life TM Data, audio and video sockets Excel Life TM Sensor lights and signalling EMRCARDWE EC920HDMIWE EC920LJWE EC511WE EC524WE ED571WE EC510WE EC920VGAWE
218 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Pack Cat No. Hospitality and commercial White 4 EC915WE Emergency stop push button1/4 turn 3AX230 - 240V a.c. 6 EC918WE Electronic bell 10 EAKEYFOB Key fob230 - 240V a.c. 10 ECKFSWE Common plate serieselectronic key fob switch with30 second time delay230 - 240V a.c. 10 EDKFSWE Dedicated plate serieselectronic key fob switch with30 second time delay230 - 240V a.c. 10 EC20A/4KTWE Common plate series mechanical keytag switch white 4 x 20A 230-240V a.c. 10 ED20A/4KTWE Dedicated plate series mechanical keytag switch white 4 x 20A 230-240V a.c. 10 ED20A/4KTUG Dedicated plate series mechanical keytag switch urban grey 4 x 20A 230-240V a.c. 6 EC924WE Hotel corridor call indicator 6A, 230 - 240V a.c. 8 EC925WE Hotel guest room call control 10AX (fluoro rated) 230 - 240V a.c. Excel Life TM Hospitality and commercial EC918WE EC919WE EC924WE ECKFSWE Shutter, blind, curtain control 8 EC919WE Push button switch (via relay) 6A230-240V a.c. 8 EC920WE Push button switch (direct control) 6AX (fluoro rated) 230-240V a.c. Pack Cat No. Dedicated plate series grids and plates White Urban Grey 10 ED770/0GPLWE ED770/0GPLUG Dedicated plate series blank grid and coverplate only 10 ED770/1GPLWE ED770/1GPLUG Dedicated plate series 1 gang grid and coverplate only 10 ED770/2GPLWE ED770/2GPLUG Dedicated plate series 2 gang grid and coverplate only 10 ED770/3GPLWE ED770/3GPLUG Dedicated plateseries 3 gang grid and coverplate only 10 ED770/4GPLWE ED770/4GPLUG Dedicated plateseries 4 gang grid and coverplate only 10 ED770/5GPLWE ED770/5GPLUG Dedicated plateseries 5 gang grid and coverplate only 10 ED770/6GPLWE ED770/6GPLUG Dedicated plateseries 6 gang grid and coverplate only Excel Life TM Grids and plates Common plate series grids and plates 10 EC770/0GPLWE Common plate seriesgrid and cover only 10 EC770/1GPLWE Common plate series1 gang grid and coverplate only 10 EC770/2GPLWE Common plate series2 gang grid and coverplate only 10 EC770/3GPLWE Common plate series3 gang grid and coverplate only EC770/3GPLWE ED770/4GPLWE EC770/0GPLWE White
219 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages 10 EC910GPLWE 1 module grid and coverplate only White White 10 EC770/5GPLWE Common plate series5 gang grid and coverplate only 10 EC770/6GPLWE Common plate series6 gang grid and coverplate only 10 ECCWGPLWE Deep mounting block and cover plate common series only 10 EC770/4GPLWE Common plate series4 gang grid and coverplate only Excel Life TM Grids and coverplates Module and architrave Excel Life TM Grids and plates Pack Cat No. Secure plate series grids and plates 10 ES770/0GPLWE Secure plate seriesgrid and coverplate only 10 ES770/1GPLWE Secure plate series1 gang grid and coverplate only 10 ES770/2GPLWE Secure plate series2 gang grid and coverplate only 10 ES770/3GPLWE Secure plate series3 gang grid and coverplate only 10 ES770/4GPLWE Secure plate series4 gang grid and coverplate only 10 ES770/5GPLWE Secure plate series5 gang grid and coverplate only 10 ES770/6GPLWE Secure plate series6 gang grid and coverplate only ED770/6GPLWE ES770/1GPLWE ES770/3GPLWE ES770/6GPLWE White Urban Grey Architrave dedicated plate series grid and plate 10 EDA770- 1GPLWE EDA770- 1GPLUG Dedicated plate series architrave 1 gang grid and coverplate only 10 EDA770- 2GPLWE EDA770- 2GPLUG Dedicated plate series architrave 2 gang grid and coverplate only 10 EDA770- 3GPLWE EDA770- 3GPLUG Dedicated plate series architrave 2 gang grid and coverplate only 10 EDA770- 4GPLWE EDA770- 4GPLUG Dedicated plate series architrave 2 gang grid and coverplate only Pack Cat No. Module grid and coverplate only Common plate series grids and plates
220 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Finish White ESCWPLWE Finish Matt Silver ED787PLMS ED777PLMS ED777XPLMS Ice ED787PLIC ED777PLIC ED777XPLIC Malt ED787PLMA ED777PLMA ED777XPLMA Diesel ED787PLDI ED777PLDI ED777XPLDI Finish White ED770/1PLWE ED770/2PLWE ED770/3PLWE ED770/4PLWE ED770/5PLWE ED770/6PLWE ED920PLWE - Urban Grey ED770/1PLUG ED770/2PLUG ED770/3PLUG ED770/4PLUG ED770/5PLUG ED770/6PLUG ED920PLUG - Matt Silver ED770/1PLMS ED770/2PLMS ED770/3PLMS ED770/4PLMS ED770/5PLMS ED770/6PLMS ED920PLMS EDCWPLMS Ice ED770/1PLIC ED770/2PLIC ED770/3PLIC ED770/4PLIC ED770/5PLIC ED770/6PLIC ED920PLIC EDCWPLIC Malt ED770/1PLMA ED770/2PLMA ED770/3PLMA ED770/4PLMA ED770/5PLMA ED770/6PLMA ED920PLMA EDCWPLMA Diesel ED770/1PLDI ED770/2PLDI ED770/3PLDI ED770/4PLDI ED770/5PLDI ED770/6PLDI ED920PLDI EDCWPLDI Finish White ECCW- PLWE ECCW- 2WPLWE ECCW- 3WPLWE ECCW- 2HPLWE ECCW- 3HPLWE ECCW- 4HPLWE Excel Life TM Cover plates Liquid Gloss Dedicated Plate Switches - cover plate only Dedicated Plate Powerpoints - cover plate only Common Plate Series - cover plate only Secure Plate Series - cover plate only ED770/4PLWE ED920PLWE ESCWPLWE ED770/1PLMS ED787PLMS ED770/1PLDI ED777PLMA ED770/1PLIC
221 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages White Urban Grey 10 EMCCWE EMCCUG Cord clamp 10 EMCLIDWE EMCLIDUG Blank with clear cap suits 800 module 10 EMIDWE EMIDUG Blank, suits 800 module Pack Cat No. Accessories 10 ECFRAME Common plate series frame 50 EAPP Transparent paint and damageprotection shell 1 EAPWDSCREW Public works department 1-4 gang mechanism retention kit 10 EAPWD5GKIT Public works department 5-gang mechanism retention kit 10 EAPWD6GKIT Public works department 6-gang mechanism retention kit 10 EM910RPWE Plug & cable retainer module white Excel Life TM Accessories EMCCWE EMIDWE ECFRAME Excel Life TM Accessories Brackets 10 EA143/2W 2 gang horizontal stud-bracket 10 EA143/3W 3 gang horizontal stud-bracket 10 EA143/2H 2 gang vertical stud-bracket 10 EA143/3H 3 gang vertical stud-bracket 10 EA143/4H 4 gang vertical stud-bracket 10 EA503/2W 2 gang horizontal render-bracket 10 EA503/3W 3 gang horizontal render-bracket 10 EA503/2H 2 gang vertical render-bracket 10 EA503/3H 3 gang vertical render-bracket 10 EA503/4H 4 gang vertical render-bracket Pack Cat No. Accessories - multi-gang brackets
SOLIROC TM Soliroc™ Solid as a rock Installing Soliroc TM is as easy as lego. Combine with Batibox boxes for a simple and secure installation. SOLIROC 1 AND 2 GANG SURFACE BOXES | For surface-mounting installations 3 FLUSH-MOUNTING BOX VERSIONS | Accept all Soliroc functions Legrand flush-mountig box BATIBOX UNIVERSAL SUPPORT FRAME | Just snap in any Soliroc mechanism 71 mm fixing centre.Can be assembled for multi-gang installations AUTOMATIC CONNECTIONMECHANISMS | 10 switches and push buttons come with automatic terminals to save you precious time on installation UNIVERSAL SUPPORTS FLUSH-MOUNTING BOXES + + Dry partitions Concrete Masonry 222 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages
SOLIROC TM METAL ALLOY | Finishing plate for guaranteed toughness in 1, 2 or 3 gang (horizontal or vertical mounting).Strong resistance against scratches, graffitiand lighter flames. Great resistance to salt - suitable for coastal areas BLANKING PLUGS | To cover the 4 fixing points.Can only be removedby drilling.Replacement plugsavailable SMOOTH TRANSITION | Between mechanism and cover plate, preventing a firm grasp on the device + ARTEOR ADAPTOR OPTIONS | - with cover- with cover and key- without coverFor fitting Arteor functions 223 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages
224 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Soliroc TM Other controls Soliroc TM Lighting control units 778 11 778 25 778 74 697 95 Pack Cat.No. Switches 10 AX - 250 V A - IK 10 - IP 55 1 778 11 2-way switch 1 778 21 Intermediate switch 1 778 12 Illuminated 2-way switch Supplied complete with lamp Cat.No 676 66 1 778 14 2-way indicator switch Supplied complete with lamp Cat.No 676 68 1 778 13 2-way switch with label holder 1 778 22 Double pole switch 20AX Complete switch 10AX - 250V - IK 10 - IP 55 1 778 93 2-way switch Automatic switches - IK 10 - IP 55 Infrared detection Detection range adjustable from 3 m to 10 m Horizontal detection angle: 180° Light level threshold adjustable from 3 to 1000 lux Time delay adjustable from one second to 16s with repetition of cycle as long as movement is detected Remote manual control possible with normally closed pushbutton Integrated self-protection against overloads and short- circuits Should preferably be installed in box depth 50 mmWith neutral, 3-wire 1 000 W 1 778 25 For controlling lamps: - Up to 1 000 W, incandescent and halogen 230 VA - Up to 500 VA, ELV halogen via ferromagnetic or electronic transformer - Fluo 500 VA Can control a ventilation appliance (100 VA max.)Without neutral, 2-wire 400 W 1 778 27 Can be installed as a replacement for a conventional switch without additional wiring For controlling lamps: 40 W min. to 400 W max. incandescent, halogen 230 VA or ELV halogen with ferromagnetic or electronic transformer Pushbuttons 6 A - 230 V A - IK 10 - IP 55 1 778 41 Two-way pushbutton NO-NC contact Pack Cat.No. Time-delayed switch - IK 10 - IP 55 1 778 23 Without neutral, 2-wire - 1000 W For controlling 1000 W incandescent and halogen lighting 230 VA, 400 VA ELV halogen fluo lighting For controlling a motor (eg: Ventilation) - 250 VA Time delay from 25 secondes to 15 minutes Keyswitches - IK 10 - IP 54 To be equipped with european key barrel Cat.No 697 95 To be fitted with flush-mounting boxes depth 50 mm 1 778 74 2-position keyswitch, double pole 2 NO contacts - 6 A - 230 V Key can be removed in either position 1 778 75 3-position key-operated pushbutton Changeover switch with off position 6 A - 230 V Key can be removed in off position 1 697 95 European key barrel. Supplied with 1 set of 3 keys. Suitable for public buildings, unsupervised passageways, car parks and communal areas in buildings High resistance to IK 10 impacts and humidity 802 51 778 11 778 51 + + Passage lighting - IK 10 - IP 55 1 778 67 For lighting a staircase, etc 250 VA Supplied complete with: - Soliroc plate 5 modules - 1 set of 4 blanking plugs that can be removed by drilling Mechanism: screw fixing in flush-mounting boxes, depth 40 mm Supplied with: - 16 white LEDs (2 W) - 1 x 5 modules Batibox support Light sensitive switch 230V - IK 10 - IP 55 1 778 28 For switching lighting circuit ON and OFF based on light conditions. Maximum load: 1400W incandescent and halogen lamps 230 VA 400 VA fluorescent tubes. Luminosity threshold 0.5 to 1500 lux Illuminated sign 230 V A - IK 10 - IP 55 1 778 68 Mechanism incorporating white LEDs and a pivoting window which can take pre-printed labels 2 choices of power rating (0,2 W or 1 W)
225 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Soliroc TM Sockets, cable outlets Soliroc TM Plates, surface-mounting boxes, accessories Pack Cat.No. Complete socket - IK 10 - IP 55 1 778 94 1 gang - 10A - Autoswitched Network socket - IK 10 - IP 20 1 778 91 Cat.6 RJ 45 socket - FTP Cable outlet - IK 10 - IP 55 1 778 50 Supplied with cable grip Accessories Soliroc Replacement blanking plugs 5 778 96 Can only be removed by drilling Set of 4Seals for surface correctionMade of foam to compensate for unevenness of the wall 1 778 85 For 1-gang plate 1 778 86 For 2-gang plate 1 778 87 For 3-gang plate Blanking plate 1 778 66 2 modules Arteor adaptors Take 2-module Arteor mechanisms (except special surface-mounting type) 1 778 80A Adaptor with cover - IP 55 - IK 10 1 778 81 Adaptor without cover - IP 20 1 778 84A Adaptor with cover and key - IP 55 - IK 10 Suitable for public buildings, unsupervised passageways, car parks, communal areas in buildings High resistance to IK 10 impacts and humidity 778 91 778 51 778 80 + 5722 81 Pack Cat.No. Plates - IK 10 Set of 4 blanking plugs included 1 778 51 1-gang plate 110 x 110 mm 1 778 52 2-gang plate 110 x 181 mm Horizontal or vertical mounting 71 mm fixing centres 1 778 53 3-gang plate 110 x 252 mm Horizontal or vertical mounting 71 mm fixing centres 802 51 AR787AMMGN 778 80A + + + 778 50 1 set of 4 blanking plugs included
226 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Batibox™ Universal supports 802 51 Pack Cat.No. Batibox screw fixing support For 71 mm fixing centres Supplied with site protection Bi-material supports for enhanced rigidity Equipped with removable spacers for installation of Arteor 10 802 51 For 1 gang - 2 modules Universal support for mounting on all types of screw-mounting boxes Can be used to make up multi-gang configurations by joining boxes vertically and horizontally Pack Cat.No. Boxes for concrete walls 50 81941A 50 819 42 20 819 72 Batibox™ Flush-mounting boxes 1-gang box for concrete walls. Box can be joined side to side for multi-gang installation 2-gang box for concrete walls.Blanking cover included. 1-gang blanking cover. Boxes for masonry 100 801 08 100 801 51 40 801 42 20 801 43 1-gang box for masonry - Round.Box can be joined back to back by 1/4 of a turn 2-gang box for masonry. 3-gang box for masonry. 819 42 801 42 800 42 1-gang box for masonry - Square.Box can be joined side to side for multi-gang installation 778 90 Surface-mounting boxes - IK10 Cannot be used for Cat.No. 778 74/75 key switches Supplied with 4 blanking plugs Take ISO 20 protective conductors 1 778 90 1-gang 110 x 110 x 45 mm 1 778 92 2-gang 110 x 181 x 45 mm Horizontal or vertical mounting 71 mm fixing centres Boxes for dry partitions 50 800 41 50 800 51 40 800 42 40 800 52 20 800 43 20 800 53 1 800 67 1-gang box for plasterboard.40mm depth. Drilling diameter 67mm 2-gang box for plasterboard.40mm depth. 3-gang box for plasterboard.40mm depth. 1-gang box for plasterboard.50mm depth. 2-gang box for plasterboard.50mm depth. 3-gang box for plasterboard.50mm depth. Supplied with centring drill Bi-metallic hole cutter. Equipped with an extractor springØ67mm 1 to 4 gang boxes.For use in the following materials:plasterboard, wood, fibreboard, stainless steel reinforced life M3 HSS teeth.Pilot drill with carbide tip Sealing accessory 1 778 83 For round concrete or masonry flush-mounting boxes. Can be assembled for 1,2,3 gang installations. 778 83 Can be used horizontally and vertically
227 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Boxes for masonry 100 801 08 100 801 51 40 801 42 20 801 43 Batibox TM Flush-mounting boxes for dry partitions n Installation 1 2 3 4 Hole cutter saw Ø67 Box Ø67 mm, more space for cabling Retractable fixing claws for a better comfort during installation Fixing claws adapted to the thickness of the wall Automatic positioning, even with an electric screwdriver Large space to improve fixing (according to the drilling Ø67 to 68 mm) Batibox TM Flush-mounting boxes for masonry n Installation 1 2 3 4 Horizontal or vertical joining of 1 gang boxes (Cat.No 801 41) The sides can be removed before or after joining The screws are supplied with protection cap (against plaster) Protection cover (Cat.No 801 99) Colour marking for identifying after plastering
228 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages ZigBee ® wireless technology Arteor™ Wiring Accessories and ZigBee ® Wireless Technology P. 268 Lighting control and automation mechanisms Arteor™ wiring accessories P. 238 Switches P. 245 Hotel equipment P. 242 Automatic, switches P. 254 Ethernet switches, Wi-Fi access point P. 258 Support frames
229 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages P. 268 Lighting control and automation mechanisms P. 269 Touch plates P. 269 Other functions P. 270 Switches, dimmers max. loads (selection chart) P. 238 Switches P. 245 Hotel equipment P. 242 Automatic, switches P. 254 Ethernet switches, Wi-Fi access point P. 258 Support frames P. 251 Standard socket outlets P. 256 Audio and video sockets P. 244 Ventilation, heating control, roller blinds and curtain switches 10 15 19 25 30 21 P. 259 Plates P. 241 Push-buttons P. 252 Television, telephone and data sockets P. 243 Lighting control visual indication P. 240 Electronic switches P. 242 Dimmers P. 250 Access control 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 # P. 255 Adaptors for data sockets and USB sockets P. 258 Ancillary mechanisms, blanking plates P. 239 Grids and grids with mechanisms
Device Description Mechanism Support frame Plates Single socket outlets 10A single switched socket outlet (3 module) + + 15A single switched socket outlet (3 module) 10A single switched socket outlet with round earth (3 module) 10A single switched socket outlet (3 module) 10A single autoswitched socket outlet (2 module) + OR + 15A single autoswitched socket outlet (2 module) 10A single autoswitched socket outlet with round earth (2 module) Double socket outlets 10A double switched socket outlet + N/A Integrated support frames + 10A double autoswitched socket outlet Complete switches 16AX 1 gang switch vertical 16AX 1 gang switch horizontal 16AX 4 gang switch horizontal 16AX 6 gang switch horizontal 230 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM quick reference guide Wiring devices AR787AMWE AR787AMMGN AR787/15AMWE AR787/15AMMGN AR787ARMWE AR787ARMMGN Magnesium White 5719 17 5719 67 Magnesium White (1 Module) (2 Module) AR787AMWE AR787AMMGN AR787/15AMWE AR787/15AMMGN AR787ARMWE AR787ARMMGN (2 Module) (2 Module) (2 Module) AR787WE AR787MGN (3 Module) AR777WE AR777MGN AR777AWE AR777AMGN AR770/1HWE AR770/1HMGN AR770/4HWE AR770/4HMGN AR770/6HWE AR770/6HMGN Australian standard size with integrated support frame Australian standard size with integrated support frame Australian standard size with integrated support frame Australian standard size with integrated support frame Australian standard size with integrated support frame Australian standard size with integrated support frame AR770/1WE AR770/1MGN
Device Description Mechanism Support frame Plates Single socket outlets 10A single switched socket outlet (3 module) + + 15A single switched socket outlet (3 module) 10A single switched socket outlet with round earth (3 module) 10A single switched socket outlet (3 module) 10A single autoswitched socket outlet (2 module) + OR + 15A single autoswitched socket outlet (2 module) 10A single autoswitched socket outlet with round earth (2 module) Double socket outlets 10A double switched socket outlet + N/A Integrated support frames + 10A double autoswitched socket outlet Complete switches 16AX 1 gang switch vertical 16AX 1 gang switch horizontal 16AX 4 gang switch horizontal 16AX 6 gang switch horizontal 231 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM quick reference guide Wiring devices For full selection of plates see page 259 - 263 For full selection of plates see page 259 - 263 5752 30 White 5752 50 White 5752 31 Pearl Alu Pearl Alu 5752 32 Graphite 5752 52 Graphite Horizontal Installation Vertical Installation For full selection of plates see page 259 - 263 White 5750 11 Pearl Alu 5750 74 Mirror White 5752 73 Mirror Black 5752 76 Stainless Steel 5764 57 Woven Metal Horizontal use only for 2 or 3 modules 5719 20 Horizontal use only for 2 or 3 modules 5719 20 Vertical use only for 2 modules 5719 10 5764 74 Galuchat 5764 77 Woven Metal 5754 35 Wenge Style 5764 79 Light Oak 5754 36 Stainless Steel 5764 70 Gold Brass 5764 73 Club 5754 33 Mirror Black 5764 76 Mirror Red 5764 72 Formal 5754 34 Mirror White 5764 75 Mirror Taupe 5754 32 Graphite 5764 78 Edition 1 5754 30 White 5754 31 Pearl Alu 5764 71 Casual 5750 10 5752 51
Device Description Mechanism Support frame Plates Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Installation Vertical Installation Square Data socket Square Cat. 5e RJ45 socket + OR + Square complete switches 16AX square 1 gang switch 16AX square 1 gang switch with LED indicator 16AX square 2 gang switch 20AX square 3 gang switch 16AX square 3 gang horizontal switch + OR N/A + N/A Round AV Socket Round 3 x female RCA + OR + Round complete switches 16AX round 1 gang switch 16AX round 1 gang switch with LED indicator 16AX round 2 gang switch 20AX round 3 gang switch 16AX round 3 gang horizontal switch + OR N/A + N/A 232 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM quick reference guide Wiring devices Magnesium White (2 Module) 5719 29 5719 79 5719 49 5719 99 (2 Module) 5719 39 5719 89 (2 Module) 5723 15 (2 Module) 5720 44 5725 44 5731 73 5730 73 (2 Module) (1 Module) 5719 17 5719 67 2 x (1 Module) 5719 67 5719 17 3 x (1 Module right) (1 Module left) 5719 36 5719 86 5719 38 5719 88 + (1 Module middle) (1 Module right) (1 Module left) 5719 36 5719 86 5719 87 5719 38 5719 88 + + (2 Module) 5732 73 5737 73 5719 69 (2 Module) (2 Module) 5719 19
Device Description Mechanism Support frame Plates Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Installation Vertical Installation Square Data socket Square Cat. 5e RJ45 socket + OR + Square complete switches 16AX square 1 gang switch 16AX square 1 gang switch with LED indicator 16AX square 2 gang switch 20AX square 3 gang switch 16AX square 3 gang horizontal switch + OR N/A + N/A Round AV Socket Round 3 x female RCA + OR + Round complete switches 16AX round 1 gang switch 16AX round 1 gang switch with LED indicator 16AX round 2 gang switch 20AX round 3 gang switch 16AX round 3 gang horizontal switch + OR N/A + N/A 233 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM quick reference guide Wiring devices For full selection of plates see page 259 - 263 For full selection of plates see page 259 - 263 For full selection of plates see page 259 - 263 For full selection of plates see page 259 - 263 For full selection of plates see page 259 - 263 5752 32 Graphite 5752 30 White 5752 31 Pearl Alu 5756 22 Graphite 5756 20 White 5756 21 Pearl Alu 5750 12 Graphite 5750 10 White 5750 11 Pearl Alu For full selection of plates see page 259 - 263 5755 02 Graphite 5755 00 White 5755 01 Pearl Alu 5752 52 Graphite 5752 50 White Pearl Alu 5756 32 Graphite White 5756 31 Pearl Alu Horizontal use only for 2 or 3 modules 5719 20 Horizontal use only for 2 or 3 modules Horizontal use only for 2 or 3 modules 5719 20 Horizontal use only for 2 or 3 modules 5719 20 Vertical use only for 2 modules 5719 10 Vertical use only for 2 modules 5719 10 5719 20 5756 30 5752 51
234 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Number of modules per mechanism Flush- mounting accessories Support frames Plates PLATES PLATES Neutral Tattoo Graphic Mirror Brushed metal Wood Leather Signature White Pearl Alu Graphite Edition 1 Casual Formal Mirror White Mirror Black Mirror Red Mirror Taupe Stainless Steel Gold Brass Wenge Style Light Oak Club Galuchat Woven Metal SQUARE VERSION HORIZONTAL 2 modules and 1.2" touch screen Standard installation accessories 5719 20 5752 30 5752 31 5752 32 5764 38 5764 31 5764 32 5752 54 5752 53 5764 36 5764 35 5752 56 5764 30 5752 55 5764 39 5764 33 5764 34 5764 37 3 modules 5719 20 5750 10 5750 11 5750 12 5764 58 5764 51 5764 52 5752 74 5752 73 5764 56 5764 55 5752 76 5764 50 5752 75 5764 59 5764 53 5764 54 5764 57 Blanking cover plate – 5754 10 5754 11 5754 12 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - SQUARE VERSION VERTICAL 2 modules and 1.2" touch screen Standard installation accessories 5719 10 5752 50 5752 51 5752 52 5764 38 5764 31 5764 32 5752 54 5752 53 5764 36 5764 35 5752 56 5764 30 5752 55 5764 39 5764 33 5764 34 5764 37 ROUND VERSION HORIZONTAL 2 modules Standard installation accessories 5719 20 5756 20 5756 21 5756 22 5764 28 5764 21 5764 22 5756 34 5756 33 5764 26 5764 25 5756 36 5764 20 5756 35 5764 29 5764 23 5764 24 5764 27 3 modules 5719 20 5755 00 5755 01 5755 02 5764 48 5764 41 5764 42 5756 54 5756 53 5764 46 5764 45 5756 56 5764 40 5756 55 5764 49 5764 43 5764 44 5764 47 ROUND VERSION VERTICAL 2 modules Standard installation accessories 5719 10 5756 30 5756 31 5756 32 5764 28 5764 21 5764 22 5756 34 5756 33 5764 26 5764 25 5756 36 5764 20 5756 35 5764 29 5764 23 5764 24 5764 27 AUSTRALIAN VERSION 770 series switches, double switched and double autoswitched power points Standard installation accessories – 5754 30 5754 31 5754 32 5764 78 5764 71 5764 72 5754 34 5754 33 5764 76 5764 75 5754 36 5764 70 5754 35 5764 79 5764 73 5764 74 5764 77 Arteor TM quick reference guide Coverplates for standard wiring devices with 83.5 mounting centres
235 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Number of modules per mechanism Flush- mounting accessories Support frames Plates PLATES PLATES Neutral Tattoo Graphic Mirror Brushed metal Wood Leather Signature White Pearl Alu Graphite Edition 1 Casual Formal Mirror White Mirror Black Mirror Red Mirror Taupe Stainless Steel Gold Brass Wenge Style Light Oak Club Galuchat Woven Metal SQUARE VERSION HORIZONTAL 2 modules and 1.2" touch screen Standard installation accessories 5719 20 5752 30 5752 31 5752 32 5764 38 5764 31 5764 32 5752 54 5752 53 5764 36 5764 35 5752 56 5764 30 5752 55 5764 39 5764 33 5764 34 5764 37 3 modules 5719 20 5750 10 5750 11 5750 12 5764 58 5764 51 5764 52 5752 74 5752 73 5764 56 5764 55 5752 76 5764 50 5752 75 5764 59 5764 53 5764 54 5764 57 Blanking cover plate – 5754 10 5754 11 5754 12 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - SQUARE VERSION VERTICAL 2 modules and 1.2" touch screen Standard installation accessories 5719 10 5752 50 5752 51 5752 52 5764 38 5764 31 5764 32 5752 54 5752 53 5764 36 5764 35 5752 56 5764 30 5752 55 5764 39 5764 33 5764 34 5764 37 ROUND VERSION HORIZONTAL 2 modules Standard installation accessories 5719 20 5756 20 5756 21 5756 22 5764 28 5764 21 5764 22 5756 34 5756 33 5764 26 5764 25 5756 36 5764 20 5756 35 5764 29 5764 23 5764 24 5764 27 3 modules 5719 20 5755 00 5755 01 5755 02 5764 48 5764 41 5764 42 5756 54 5756 53 5764 46 5764 45 5756 56 5764 40 5756 55 5764 49 5764 43 5764 44 5764 47 ROUND VERSION VERTICAL 2 modules Standard installation accessories 5719 10 5756 30 5756 31 5756 32 5764 28 5764 21 5764 22 5756 34 5756 33 5764 26 5764 25 5756 36 5764 20 5756 35 5764 29 5764 23 5764 24 5764 27 AUSTRALIAN VERSION 770 series switches, double switched and double autoswitched power points Standard installation accessories – 5754 30 5754 31 5754 32 5764 78 5764 71 5764 72 5754 34 5754 33 5764 76 5764 75 5754 36 5764 70 5754 35 5764 79 5764 73 5764 74 5764 77 Arteor TM quick reference guide Coverplates for standard wiring devices with 83.5 mounting centres
236 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM quick reference guide Coverplates for Zigbee & BUS/SCS products with standard 83.5 mm mounting centres 236 Number of modules per mechanism Masonry boxes Flush- mounting boxes for dry partitions Support frames Plates PLATES PLATES Neutral Tattoo Graphic Mirror Brushed metal Wood Leather Signature White Pearl Alu Graphite Edition 1 Casual Formal Mirror White Mirror Black Mirror Red Mirror Taupe Stainless Steel Gold Brass Wenge Style Light Oak Club Galuchat Woven Metal SQUARE VERSION HORIZONTAL 2 modules and 1.2" touch screen Standard installation accessories 5719 20 5752 30 5752 31 5752 32 5764 38 5764 31 5764 32 5752 54 5752 53 5764 36 5764 35 5752 56 5764 30 5752 55 5764 39 5764 33 5764 34 5764 37 SQUARE VERSION VERTICAL 2 modules and 1.2" touch screen Standard installation accessories 5719 10 5752 50 5752 51 5752 52 5764 38 5764 31 5764 32 5752 54 5752 53 5764 36 5764 35 5752 56 5764 30 5752 55 5764 39 5764 33 5764 34 5764 37 ROUND VERSION HORIZONTAL 2 modules Standard installation accessories 5719 20 5756 20 5756 21 5756 22 5764 28 5764 21 5764 22 5756 34 5756 33 5764 26 5764 25 5756 36 5764 20 5756 35 5764 29 5764 23 5764 24 5764 27 3 modules 5719 20 5755 00 5755 01 5755 02 5764 48 5764 41 5764 42 5756 54 5756 53 5764 46 5764 45 5756 56 5764 40 5756 55 5764 49 5764 43 5764 44 5764 47 ROUND VERSION VERTICAL 2 modules Standard installation accessories 5719 10 5756 30 5756 31 5756 32 5764 28 5764 21 5764 22 5756 34 5756 33 5764 26 5764 25 5756 36 5764 20 5756 35 5764 29 5764 23 5764 24 5764 27 Arteor TM quick reference guide Coverplates for Zigbee & BUS/SCS products - French & German 60 mm centres ROUND VERSION 2 x 1 module 2 modules 801 41 800 41 5760 21 (screws) 5760 20 (claws) 5756 00 5756 01 5756 02 5762 38 5762 31 5762 32 5756 04 5756 03 5762 36 5762 35 5756 06 5762 30 5756 05 5762 39 5762 33 5762 34 5762 37 2 x 2 modules 2 x 801 41 800 42 2 x 5760 21 5755 10 5755 11 5755 12 5762 58 5762 51 5762 52 5755 14 5755 13 5762 56 5762 55 5755 16 5762 50 5755 15 5762 59 5762 53 5762 54 5762 57 3 x 2 modules 3 x 801 41 800 43 3 x 5760 21 5755 20 5755 21 5755 22 - - - 5755 24 5755 23 - - 5755 26 - - - - - - Arteor TM quick reference guide Special plates Video internal display unit and 3.5" touch screen - - - - - - 5764 84 5764 83 - - 5764 86 5764 80 - - - - 5764 87 10" multimedia touch screen - - - - - - - - 5765 14 5765 13 - - 5765 16 5765 10 - - - - 5765 17 Central unit for: - temperature control - intruder alarm Supplied with box - - - - - - - 5765 24 5765 23 - - 5765 26 5765 20 - - - - 5765 37
237 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM quick reference guide Coverplates for Zigbee & BUS/SCS products with standard 83.5 mm mounting centres Number of modules per mechanism Masonry boxes Flush- mounting boxes for dry partitions Support frames Plates PLATES PLATES Neutral Tattoo Graphic Mirror Brushed metal Wood Leather Signature White Pearl Alu Graphite Edition 1 Casual Formal Mirror White Mirror Black Mirror Red Mirror Taupe Stainless Steel Gold Brass Wenge Style Light Oak Club Galuchat Woven Metal SQUARE VERSION HORIZONTAL 2 modules and 1.2" touch screen Standard installation accessories 5719 20 5752 30 5752 31 5752 32 5764 38 5764 31 5764 32 5752 54 5752 53 5764 36 5764 35 5752 56 5764 30 5752 55 5764 39 5764 33 5764 34 5764 37 SQUARE VERSION VERTICAL 2 modules and 1.2" touch screen Standard installation accessories 5719 10 5752 50 5752 51 5752 52 5764 38 5764 31 5764 32 5752 54 5752 53 5764 36 5764 35 5752 56 5764 30 5752 55 5764 39 5764 33 5764 34 5764 37 ROUND VERSION HORIZONTAL 2 modules Standard installation accessories 5719 20 5756 20 5756 21 5756 22 5764 28 5764 21 5764 22 5756 34 5756 33 5764 26 5764 25 5756 36 5764 20 5756 35 5764 29 5764 23 5764 24 5764 27 3 modules 5719 20 5755 00 5755 01 5755 02 5764 48 5764 41 5764 42 5756 54 5756 53 5764 46 5764 45 5756 56 5764 40 5756 55 5764 49 5764 43 5764 44 5764 47 ROUND VERSION VERTICAL 2 modules Standard installation accessories 5719 10 5756 30 5756 31 5756 32 5764 28 5764 21 5764 22 5756 34 5756 33 5764 26 5764 25 5756 36 5764 20 5756 35 5764 29 5764 23 5764 24 5764 27 Arteor TM quick reference guide Coverplates for Zigbee & BUS/SCS products - French & German 60 mm centres ROUND VERSION 2 x 1 module 2 modules 801 41 800 41 5760 21 (screws) 5760 20 (claws) 5756 00 5756 01 5756 02 5762 38 5762 31 5762 32 5756 04 5756 03 5762 36 5762 35 5756 06 5762 30 5756 05 5762 39 5762 33 5762 34 5762 37 2 x 2 modules 2 x 801 41 800 42 2 x 5760 21 5755 10 5755 11 5755 12 5762 58 5762 51 5762 52 5755 14 5755 13 5762 56 5762 55 5755 16 5762 50 5755 15 5762 59 5762 53 5762 54 5762 57 3 x 2 modules 3 x 801 41 800 43 3 x 5760 21 5755 20 5755 21 5755 22 - - - 5755 24 5755 23 - - 5755 26 - - - - - - Arteor TM quick reference guide Special plates Video internal display unit and 3.5" touch screen - - - - - - 5764 84 5764 83 - - 5764 86 5764 80 - - - - 5764 87 10" multimedia touch screen - - - - - - - - 5765 14 5765 13 - - 5765 16 5765 10 - - - - 5765 17 Central unit for: - temperature control - intruder alarm Supplied with box - - - - - - - 5765 24 5765 23 - - 5765 26 5765 20 - - - - 5765 37 237
238 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM mechanical switches Round version Arteor TM mechanical switches Square version Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Mechanisms supplied with White, Magnesium or Red square rocker plates To be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263) Switches 20 AX - 250 VA Single module mechanisms 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5720 10 5725 10 2-way switch 10 5720 11 5725 11 2-way switch with indicator To be equipped with LED (p. 166 Two module mechanisms 2 modules 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5 5720 42 5725 42 2-way switch with indicator To be equipped with LED (p. 166) 10 5720 44 5725 44 2 x 2-way switch + 1-way switch 3 gang 10 5720 48 5725 48 2-way - double pole switch 10 5720 47 5725 47 1-way - double pole switch with indicator Red LED supplied White Magnesium 5719 17 5725 11 5720 44 5725 44 Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium round rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263) Switches 20 AX - 250 VA (continued) Two module mechanisms 2 modules 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5730 70 5731 70 1-way switch 5 5730 71 5731 71 2-way switch with indicator To be equipped with LED (p. 166) 10 5 5730 73 5731 73 2 x 2-way switch + 1-way switch 3 gang 10 5 5730 77 5731 77 2-way - double pole switch 10 5730 76 5731 76 1-way - double pole switch with indicator - Red LED supplied White Magnesium 5719 86 5719 87 5719 49 5719 88 Pack Cat. No. Switches 16 AX - 250 VA 10 10 10 10 White Magnesium 5719 17 5719 27 5719 19 5719 29 5719 67 5719 77 5719 69 5719 79 2-way switch 2-way switch with LED indicator (supplied with mechanism) 2-way switch 2-way switch with LED indicator (supplied with mechanism) Single module mechanisms Two module mechanisms 10 5719 36 5719 86 2-way switch round left 10 5719 37 5719 87 2-way switch round middle 10 5719 38 5719 88 2-way switch round right 10 5719 46 5719 96 2-way switch with indicator left module (LED indicator supplied with mechanism) 10 5719 47 5719 97 2-way switch with indicator middle module (LED indicator supplied with mechanism) 10 5719 48 5719 98 2-way switch with indicator right module (LED indicator supplied with mechanism) 10 5719 39 5719 89 2-way switch 10 5719 49 5719 99 2-way switch with LED indicator (supplied with mechanism) Pack Cat. No. Switches 16 AX - 250 VA White Magnesium Single module mechanisms Two module mechanisms Some Arteor™ products shown here may not be available in Australia and New Zealand. Please contact our sales office for international specifications requirements.
239 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM switches 770 version AR770MWE AR883 Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium 770 rocker plates To be equipped with Australian series of support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263) Pack Cat. No. Electronic push button switches White Magnesium 770 series switch mechanisms, 240V A 10 AR883MWE AR883MMGM 5A electronic switch mecha- nism (neutral required at switch) Mechanical switch mechanisms 10 AR770MWE AR770MMGN 16A switch mechanism, 1-2 way & loop 10 AR770/202MWE AR770/202MMGN 20A switch mechanism 1-2 way & loop 10 AR769P16MWE AR769P16MMGN 16A double pole, single throw switch mechanism 10 AR770XMWE AR770XMMGN 16A spring return swit- ch mechanism 10 AR770IMWE AR770IMMGN 10A intermediate switch mechanism 10 AR770/35MWE AR770/35MMGN 35A switch mechanism 1 way loop 10 AR770/35MOVENWE AR770/35MOVENMGN 35A switch mechanism 1 way loop marked oven Single pole, mechanical push button switch, 240V a.c. 10 AR870MWE AR870MMGN 10A mechanical push button switch. Size: 24mm sqaure x 25mm deep from back of plate 10 AR870IMWE AR870IMMGN 10A mechanical push button intermediate switch. Size: 24mm sqaure x 25mm deep from back of plate Printed switch mechanisms 10 AR770MFANWE AR770MFANMGN 16A switch mechanism, 1-2 way & loop - marked, fan 10 AR770MHEATWE AR770MHEATMGN 16A switch mechanism, 1-2 way & loop - marked, heat 10 AR770MLIGHTWE AR770MLIGHTMGN 16A switch mechanism, 1-2 way & loop - marked, light 10 AR770MWASTEWE AR770MWASTEMGN 16A switch mechanism, 1-2 way & loop - marked, waste 10 AR770MONOFFWE AR770MONOFFMGN 16A switch mechanism, 1-2 way & loop - marked, on off AR770MZONE1WE AR770MZONE1MGN 16A switch mechanism, 1-2 way & loop - marked, zone 1 10 AR770MZONE2WE AR770MZONE2MGN 16A switch mechanism, 1-2 way & loop - marked, zone 2 10 AR770MZONE3WE AR770MZONE3MGN 16A switch mechanism, 1-2 way & loop - marked, zone 3 10 AR770MZONE4WE AR770MZONE4MGN 16A switch mechanism, 1-2 way & loop - marked, zone 4 Arteor TM grid & mechanisms Grid only AR770/5GOMGN Plates selection chart (p. 234) Suitable mechanisms (p. 235, 242) Grid only Grid ready to accept any 770 series of switch mechanism 10 AR770/1GOWE AR770/1GOMGN 1 gang grid only without mechanism 10 AR770/2GOWE AR770/2GOMGN 2 gang grid only without mechanism 10 AR770/3GOWE AR770/3GOMGN 3 gang grid only without mechanism 10 AR770/4GOWE AR770/4GOMGN 4 gang grid only without mechanism 10 AR770/5GOWE AR770/5GOMGN 5 gang grid only without mechanism 10 AR770/6GOWE AR770/6GOMGN 6 gang grid only without mechanism AR770/1HWE Pack Cat. No. Grid & mechanisms Grid complete with 16AX switch mechanism 10 AR770/1HWE AR770/1HMGN 1 gang horizontal switch 10 AR770/1WE AR770/1MGN 1 gang vertical switch 10 AR770/2HWE AR770/2HMGN 2 gang horizontal switch 10 AR770/2WE AR770/2MGN 2 gang vertical switch 10 AR770/3HWE AR770/3HMGN 3 gang horizontal switch 10 AR770/3WE AR770/3MGN 3 gang vertical switch 10 AR770/4HWE AR770/4HMGN 4 gang horizontal switch 10 AR770/4WE AR770/4MGN 4 gang vertical switch 10 AR770/5HWE AR770/5HMGN 5 gang horizontal switch 10 AR770/5WE AR770/5MGN 5 gang vertical switch 10 AR770/6HWE AR770/6HMGN 6 gang horizontal switch 10 AR770/6WE AR770/6MGN 6 gang vertical switch White Magnesium
240 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM electronic switches Square version Arteor TM electronic switches Round version Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) For load selection chart please contact HPM Legrand customer service Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) For load selection chart please contact HPM Legrand customer service Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263) Pack Cat. No. Micropush switches - 100/240 VA With neutral With Magnesium push control 1 5740 03 5740 53 2-way switch 1000 W with LED locator To be mounted on 3-module support frame 1 5740 00 5740 50 2-way switch 2 x 1000 W with LED locator To be mounted on 3-module support frame 1 5740 01 5740 51 2-way switch 3 x 1000 W with LED locator To be mounted on 3-module support frame Sensitive switches - 100/240 VA 1 5720 51 5734 55 For controlling light sources by simply passing the hand in front of the switch Up to 5 sensitive switches can be combined to control the same lighting circuit Supplied with LED indicator light 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Pack Cat. No. Micropush switches - 100/240 VA With neutral With Magnesium circular push control 1 5743 03 5743 53 2-way switch 1000 W with LED locator To be mounted on 3-module support frame 1 5743 00 5743 50 2-way switch 2 x 1000 W with LED locator To be mounted on 3-module support frame 1 5743 01 5743 51 2-way switch 3 x 1000 W with LED locator To be mounted on 3-module support frame Sensitive switches - 100/240 VA 1 5725 51 5736 55 For controlling light sources by simply passing the hand in front of the switch Up to 5 sensitive switches can be combined to control the same lighting circuit Supplied with LED indicator light 2 modules 45 x 45 mm White Magnesium White Magnesium White Magnesium Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium round rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263) 5740 03 5740 01 5743 00 5736 55 White Magnesium
241 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) For load selection chart please contact HPM Legrand customer service Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) For load selection chart please contact HPM Legrand customer service Arteor TM push buttons Round version Arteor TM push buttons Square version Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames (p. 258) and plates (p. 259 - 263) Pack Cat. No. Push-buttons 6 A - 250 VA Single module mechanisms 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5720 00 5725 00 1-way push-button 10/5 5720 01 5725 01 2-way push-button 10 5720 02 5725 02 2-way push-button with locator Equipped with blue LED 10/5 5720 03 5725 03 2-way push-button with label-holder 5 5720 15 5725 15 1-way push-button with bell symbol 5 5720 16 5725 16 Push-button with locator and bell symbol Equipped with blue LED Two module mechanisms 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 10 5720 30 5725 30 1-way push-button 10/5 5720 31 5725 31 2-way push-button 10/5 5720 32 5725 32 2-way push-button with locator Equipped with blue LED 10 5720 33 5725 33 2-way push-button with label-holder 5 5720 56 5725 56 1-way push-button with bell symbol Pack Cat. No. Push-buttons 6 A - 250 VA Single module mechanisms 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5730 00 5731 00 1-way push-button - left module 10 5730 01 5731 01 1-way push-button - middle module 10 5730 02 5731 02 1-way push-button - right module Two module mechanisms 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 10 5730 50 5731 50 1-way push-button 5 5730 51 5731 51 2-way push-button 5 5730 52 5731 52 2-way push-button with locator Equipped with blue LED 10 5 5730 53 5731 53 2-way push-button with label-holder 5 5730 80 5731 80 1-way push-button with bell symbol Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium round rocker plates To be equipped with support frames (p. 258) and plates (p. 258 - 263) White Magnesium 5720 15 5725 33 5730 00 5730 01 5730 52 5731 52
242 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM automatic switches 5720 53 5740 62 Pack Cat. No. Automatic switches - 100/240 VA Movement IR detection Adjustable detection distance from 3 to 10 m Horizontal detection angle: 180° Adjustable luminosity threshold: 3 to 1000 lux Time delay adjustable from 1 s to 16 min Cycle repeated as long as movement is detected Possible remote manual control with N/C push-button Integrated self-protection against overloads and short-circuits Installation in box min. depth 40 mm recommended 2 modules 45 x 45 mm With neutral, 3-wire - 1000 W 1 5720 53 5740 61 Operates: - up to 1000 W incandescent and halogen lamps - up to 500 VA ELV halogen lamps with ferromagnetic or electronic transformer, fluorescent tubes and compact fluorescent lamps Without neutral, 2-wire - 400 W 1 5720 52 5740 62 Operates: - up to 400 W incandescent and halogen lamps - up to 400 VA ELV halogen lamps with ferromagnetic or electronic transformer White Magnesium Arteor TM dimmers 770 version AR400TMWE AR450PMMGN Pack Cat. No. Dimmers 770 series dimmer mechanisms, 240V A 10 AR400LMWE AR400LMMGN 400VA leading edge dim- mer mechanism 10 AR400TMWE AR400TMMGN 400VA trailing edge dimmer mechanism 10 AR450PMWE AR450PMMGN 450VA universal push button dimmer mechanism 10 AR450SMWE AR450SMMGN Secondary control mechanism (slave to be used with universal push button dimmer mechanism & AR883 electronic push button switch) White Magnesium Load Type T Series (trailing edge) L Series(leading edge) Universal Incandescent ✓ ✓ ✓ 240V linear halogen ✓ ✓ ✓ Low voltage halogen with electronic transformer ✓ X ✓ Low voltage halogen with wirewound transformer X ✓ ✓ GU10 240V halogen downlights X ✓ ✓ Dimmer Capacity T Series (trailing edge) L Series (leading edge) Normal with wirewound transformer Normal with wirewound transformer 400 400W 400W 320W - - 450 - - - 450W 270W Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) For load selection chart please contact HPM Legrand customer service Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263) Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames (p. 239) and plates (p. 259 - 263)
243 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames (p. 239) and plates (p. 259 - 263) Arteor TM visual indication Arteor TM lighting control Emergency push-buttons Skirting lights 2 modules 45 x 45 mm For installation close to obstacles Standard With LED 230 V - 0.2 or 1 W 1 5722 21 5740 82 Square version 1 5732 21 5741 82 Round version With motion detector 100-240 V With IR detection cell and LED When a person passes, the mechanism detects the presence and lights the obstacle The function is equipped with an audible signal that can be disengaged 1 5722 26 5727 26 Square version Illuminated lighting unit 10 5724 52 230 V - 1 W Supplied with 4 coloured labels 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Pack Cat. No. Miniature safety lighting unit 1 5722 22 Illuminates automatically upon power failure Unclips from frame to become portable Can be permanently attached to frame LEDs indicating mains and charging status Overdoor lighting units Supplied with diffusers and LED 2 modules: 45 x 45 mm 10 5724 53 Red diffuser 10 5722 23 White diffuser Lamps 10 5724 56 LED 230 V for locator switch - blue 10 5724 55 LED 230 V for indicator switch - red 10 5724 57 LED 24 V for indicator switch - red 10 5724 54 LED 12 V for indicator switch - red White Magnesium White White White Key switches 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5722 32 5727 32 2-way 10 5722 33 5727 33 Double pole Pack Cat. No. Time delay switches Interference suppression conforming to standard EN 55022 1 5720 55 5740 84 For timer control of a circuit with the following loads: - 1000 W incandescent and halogen 230 VA - 2300 W resistive (heating) - 400 VA fluorescent and ELV halogen Adjustable from 25 s to 15 min It is possible to install a number of timer switches in parallel on the same circuit 2-wire installation in box min. depth 40 mm With integrated LED 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Single pole latching relays 1 5722 27 5727 27 10 A - 250 VA - 50/60 Hz With integrated push-button Intensity 0.04 A 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Emergency stop mushroom head push-buttons With key 1 5723 63 N/O + N/C 10 A - 250 VA Unlock with RONIS key no. 601 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 1/4 turn 1 5723 62 N/O + N/C 10 A - 250 VA 1/4 turn unlocking 2 modules 45 x 45 mm White Magnesium White Magnesium White Magnesium White 5720 55 5723 63 5723 62 5727 26 5724 52 5724 53 Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263) Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263)
244 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM Roller blinds control and curtain switches Arteor TM Ventilation and heating control Pack Cat. No. Fan controller 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 1 5722 17 5727 17 AC speed control 4 positions 1 5722 18 5727 18 Rotary speed controller for fan Operates 40 to 400 VA limit switch For progressive speed control of ceiling fan Thermostats 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Electronic room thermostat 1 5722 03 5727 03 Control knob with index and adjustable segments for min. and max. settings Adjustable range from 5 °C to 30 °C (+/- 0.5 °C) Power supply: 230 VA - 50/60 Hz One potential free changeover contact output Suitable for controlling heated ceilings and underfloor heating - LV use breaking capacity: 8 A - 250 VA - resistive inductive circuit 2 A - 250 VA - inductive circuit - ELV use breaking capacity: 12 to 48 VA - 12 to 24 V=, from 1 mA min. to 500 mA max. Thermostat for electric floor heating 1 5722 63 5727 63 With one potential free N/O contact and LED 16 A - 230 VA Adjustable range from 10 °C to 60 °C With probe White Magnesium White Magnesium 5722 19 5722 03 5722 18 5727 20 5737 19 5722 02 Pack Cat. No. Electric roller blinds control - 250 VA Push-buttons Double push-button - 6 A For control via automatic box (N/O mechanism) 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 10 5722 19 5727 19 Square version 10 5732 19 5737 19 Round version Switches Double switch - 10 A For direct control of a motor (mechanism with fixed positions) 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 10 5722 20 5727 20 Square version 10 5732 20 5737 20 Round version White Magnesium Curtain switches 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 5 5722 02 5727 02 Curtain switch centre off 5 5722 01 5727 01 Curtain switch centre retract White Magnesium Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263) Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263)
245 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263) 5732 84 5737 85 5737 22 5737 35 5733 82 5732 95 5732 34 Arteor TM Hotel equipment – round version Lighting, electric roller blinds and curtain control Arteor TM Hotel equipment – square version Lighting, electric roller blinds and curtain control Pack Cat. No. Lighting control with specific marking Master controls 10 5732 84 5737 84 Master switch 2-way double pole 20 AX - 250 V± for general control: all ON / all OFF 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 10 5732 86 5737 86 Master push-button 2-way - 6 A - 250 V± for general control: all ON/ all OFF 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Controls for bed lights 10 5732 94 5737 94 2 x 2-way switch 10 AX - 250 V± 2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5732 96 5737 96 2 x 2-way push button 6 A - 250 V± 2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Controls for desk and entrance lights 10 5733 82 5738 82 2 x 2-way switch 10 AX - 250 V± 2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5733 84 5738 84 2 x 2-way push button 6 A - 250 V± 2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Electric roller blinds control with specific marking - 250 V± 10 5732 22 5737 22 Double switch - 10 A For direct control of a motor (mechanism with fixed positions) Roller blinds marking 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 10 5732 24 5737 24 Double push-button - 6 A For control via automatic box (N/O mechanism) Roller blinds marking 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Electric roller blinds control with specific marking - 250 V± 10 5732 23 5737 23 Double switch - 10 A For direct control of a motor (mechanism with fixed positions) Roller blinds marking 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 10 5732 25 5737 25 Double push-button - 6 A For control via automatic box (N/O mechanism) Roller blinds marking 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Curtain control with specific marking - 250 V± 10 5732 34 5737 34 Double switch - 10 A For direct control of a motor (mechanism with fixed positions) Curtain marking 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 10 5732 36 5737 36 Double push-button - 6 A For control via automatic box (N/O mechanism) Curtain marking 2 modules 45 x 45mm Curtain control with specific marking - 250 V± 10 5732 35 5737 35 Double switch - 10 A For direct control of a motor (mechanism with fixed positions) Curtain marking 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 10 5732 37 5737 37 Double push-button - 6 A For control via automatic box (N/O mechanism) Curtain marking 2 modules 45 x 45mm White Magnesium White Magnesium White Magnesium White Magnesium Pack Cat. No. Lighting control with specific marking Master controls 10 5732 85 5737 85 Master switch 2-way double pole 20 AX - 250 V± for general control: all ON / all OFF 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 10 5732 87 5737 87 Master push-button 2-way - 6 A - 250 V± for general control: all ON/ all OFF 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Controls for bed lights 10 5732 95 5737 95 2 x 2-way switch 10 AX - 250 V± 2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5732 97 5737 97 2 x 2-way push button 6 A - 250 V± 2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Controls for desk and entrance lights 10 5733 83 5738 83 2 x 2-way switch 10 AX - 250 V± 2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5733 85 5738 85 2 x 2-way push button 6 A - 250 V± 2 x 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm White Magnesium MAS TER MASTER MAS TER MASTER Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263) Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 234)
246 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM hotel equipment Key fob switches, shaver sockets Arteor TM hotel equipment BUS and Radio scenario controllers Support frames and plates selection chart (p.234) Support frames and plates selection chart (p.234) Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square cover platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263) Pack Cat. No. Scenario controllers with specific marking Radio controls 4-scenes micropush control Surface mounting, no wiring needed For BUS or radio installations Mechanisms equipped with White or Black round cover plate and Magnesium circular push control for 4 scenarios Supplied with support frames and batteries To be equipped with plates (p. 85 to 93 ) 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 1 5740 87 5745 87 "wake up / sleep / TV / relax" marking 1 5740 88 5745 88 "wake up / sleep / open curtains / close curtains" marking Touch plates for radio controls 4-scenes touch plate British standard fixing centres 1 5740 90 5745 90 "wake up / sleep / TV / relax" marking Can replace standard rocker plates and plates on 4-scenes radio controllers Cat. No. 5740 87, 5745 87 1 5740 93 5745 93 "wake up / sleep / open curtains / close curtains" marking Can replace standard rocker plate and plates on 4-scenes radio controllers Cat. No. 5740 88, 5745 88 BUS controls 1 5740 89 5745 89 4-scenes touch control for the activation of 4 scenarios: "wake up / sleep / TV / relax" 2 modules mechanisms For British standard flush-mounting boxes 1 5740 91 5745 91 6-scenes touch control for the activation of 6 scenarios: "wake up / sleep / TV / relax / open curtains / close curtains" 3 modules mechanisms For British, Italian and American flush- mounting boxes White Black Pack Cat. No. Key fob switches For energizing a circuit by inserting a key fob Cat. No. 5722 59 and 5727 59 or a smart card (access card for a hotel room) Example of use: hotel room power supply only when guest is present Time-delay of approx. 30 sec. after card removal To be equipped with single pole latching relay Cat. No. 5722 27 and 5727 27 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 1 5722 30 5727 30 Key fob switch 230 V 1 5722 31 5734 93 Key fob switch 12-24 V Key fob 10 5722 59 5727 59 Key fob Enables use of key fob switches in hotels with key locks Supplied complete with a label holder for individual hotel identification White Magnesium White Magnesium Shaver sockets Conform to BS EN 61558-2-5. IP 24 For use with European, British, American, Australian 2-pin plugs Screwless live and neutral terminals Double wound isolating transformer Automatic self-resetting overload feature Plug insertion operates micro-switch which energises transformer To be equipped with special plate Cat. No. 5750 70 (white plate). Contact customer service for project quantities of other plate types. 50/60 Hz 230 V / 120-230 V 1 5721 53 5726 53 with earth connector White Magnesium 120V 230V 5745 87 5745 91 5727 30 5721 53 White Black Accessories Sheet with stickers with symbols for different scenarios for hotel rooms 10 5740 92 Dark colour 10 5745 92 White colour
247 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM hotel equipment Round version call indicators, illuminated signs, buzzers Arteor TM hotel equipment Square version call indicators, illuminated signs, buzzers Buzzers 230 V 10 5 5722 04 5727 04 230 V 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5722 07 5722 47 230 V 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Illuminated signs Mechanisms integrating LEDs and a pivoting window that can take customised labels (printed using a simple text editor on transparent printing paper) 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Green or Red 5 5722 24 5727 24 Sign with 2-state LEDs with choice of green or red configurable on the mechanism 1 W Blue 5 5722 25 5727 22 Sign with blue LEDs A choice of 2 power levels: 0.2 or 1 W Illuminated signs Mechanisms integrating LEDs and a pivoting window that can take customised labels (printed using a simple text editor on transparent printing paper) 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Green or Red 5 5727 25 Sign with 2-state LEDs with choice of green or red configurable on the mechanism 1 W Blue 5 5727 23 Sign with blue LEDs A choice of 2 power levels: 0.2 or 1 W White Magnesium Buzzers 230 V 10 5722 08 5722 48 230 V 2 modules 45 x 45 mm White Magnesium White Magnesium Pack Cat. No. Hotel bedroom call indicators Enables the resident to inform hotel staff of the room status Two settings are possible: - Do not disturb - Please clean the room 1 + 1 modules 22.5 x 45 mm Indicator 5 5720 57 5725 57 Indicator lamp and bell push Installed in the corridor, display calls Supplied with LED Internal control unit 5 5720 54 5725 54 Allows the user to select the desired setting Supplied with LED Pack Cat. No. Hotel bedroom call indicators Enables the resident to inform hotel staff of the room status Two settings are possible: - Do not disturb - Please clean the room 1 + 1 modules 22.5 x 45 mm Indicator 5 5720 67 5725 67 Indicator lamp and bell push Installed in the corridor, display calls Supplied with LED Internal control unit 5 5720 74 5725 74 Allows the user to select the desired setting Supplied with LED White Magnesium White Magnesium 5720 57 5725 67 5725 54 5722 24 5725 74 Magnesium Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) For load selection chart please contact HPM Legrand customer service Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263) Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) For load selection chart please contact HPM Legrand customer service Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263)
248 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM hotel equipment Square version data, audio and video sockets 5727 75 5722 72 5727 73 5722 74 5722 81 5722 88 Pack Cat. No. Data, audio and video sockets RJ 45 tool-less system - Cat. 6 10 5723 14 5728 14 Rapid connection socket no tool required UTP - 8 contacts 2 modules 45 x 45 mm USB sockets 1 5722 75 5727 75 Used to bring connections closer to the user For connecting USB devices (scanner-printer, external hard disk) Connection via screw terminals cross-section 1 mm² Recommended cable: USB A max. cable length 5 m 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 2 x female RCA 1 5722 72 5727 72 For the stereo audio connection of any DVD drive, camera, video recorder, etc. type peripheral Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio pair 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 3 x female RCA 1 5722 73 5727 73 For the composite video and stereo audio connection of a DVD drive, camera, video recorder, video conference equipment etc. Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio pair + 1 x 3 mm mini-coaxial 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm YUV 1 5722 71 5727 71 For analog high definition connection of a DVD, PC monitor, plasma screen, video projector, graphic paintbox, etc. Recommended cable: 3 x 3 mm mini-coaxial (max. cable length 25 m) or 3 x RG59 coaxial (max. cable length 50 m) 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Female 3.5 mm jack For stereo audio connection from a portable source Recommended cable: 1 x 0.22 mm 2 shielded audio pair 1 5722 74 5727 74 Connection on screw terminals 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm White Magnesium Pack Cat. No. Audio and video sockets (continued) Female HD 15 For VGA, XGA or VESA connection of a PC monitor, plasma screen, video projector, graphic paintbox, etc. Recommended cable Cat. No. 327 81 Max. cable length 25 m (beyond this a VGA amplifier is recommended) 1 5722 82 5727 82 Connection on screw terminals 2 modules 45 x 45 mm HDMI 1 5722 81 5727 81 For digital high definition audio and video connection of a PC monitor, plasma screen, video projector, graphic paintbox, etc. Recommended cable Cat. No. 327 80 2 modules 45 x 45 mm White Magnesium Female HD 15 + jack 3.5 mm 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 1 5722 88 5727 88 Square version White Magnesium Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) For load selection chart please contact HPM Legrand customer service Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263)
249 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM hotel equipment Round version data, audio and video sockets Pack Cat. No. Data, audio and video sockets RJ 45 tool-less system - Cat. 6 10 5723 24 5728 24 Rapid connection socket, no tool required UTP - 8 contacts 2 modules 45 x 45 mm USB sockets 1 5732 74 5737 74 Used to bring connections closer to the user For connecting USB devices (scanner-printer, external hard disk) Connection via screw terminals cross-section 1 mm² Recommended cable: USB A max. cable length 5 m 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 2 x female RCA 1 5732 72 5737 72 For the stereo audio connection of any DVD drive, camera, video recorder, etc. type peripheral Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio pair 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 3 x female RCA 1 5732 73 5737 73 For the composite video and stereo audio connection of a DVD drive, camera, video recorder, video conference equipment etc. Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio pair + 1 x 3 mm mini-coaxial 2 modules 45 x 45 mm White Magnesium Pack Cat. No. Audio and video sockets (continued) HDMI 1 5722 85 5727 85 For digital high definition audio and video connection of a PC monitor, plasma screen, video projector, graphic paintbox, etc. Recommended cable Cat. No. 327 80 2 modules 45 x 45 mm S-Video socket (4-pin mini-DIN) 1 5745 01 5745 51 1-gang Provides the YC video link for any peripheral device such as a DVD drive, camera, video recorder, videoconferencing, etc 2 modules 45 x 45 mm White Magnesium 5728 24 5732 74 5737 73 5727 85 5745 01 5722 89 Female HD 15 + jack 3.5 mm 1 5722 89 5727 89 2 modules 45 x 45 mm White Magnesium Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263)
250 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM access control Mechanisms supplied complete with White or Magnesium square cover plate, flush-mounting box, support frame and plate Pack Cat. No. Readers 5 vertical modules 22.5 x 45 mm IP 40 - IK 04 Power supply: 12 V= Equipped with 2 LEDs red/green and 1 buzzer. Can be used in stand-alone mode or with door controller (Cat. No. 767 04, or other control panel using Wiegand protocol) Permanent backup memory Fingerprint reader 1 5722 50 (1) 5727 50 (2) 12 V= - 145 mA 999 users in stand-alone mode or with Legrand door controller Cat. No. 767 04 1 door potential free changeover contact (1 A - 12 V) adjustable from 1 sec to 255 sec 1 push-button potential free input Built-in back-lighted LCD for clear instruction display Card reader 1 5722 51 (1) 5727 51 (2) 12 V= - 118 mA 500 users in stand-alone mode 10000 users with Legrand door controller 767 04 1 door potential free changeover contact (1 A - 12 V) adjustable from 1 sec to 255 sec 1 push-button potential free contact. Built-in Wiegand protocol interface. Supplied with a master card, used to enrol a user or to communicate between the reader and the optional encoder Cat. No. 767 05 in stand-alone Coded keypad reader 1 5722 52 (1) 5727 52 (2) 12 V= - 47 mA 99 users in stand-alone mode 10000 users with door controller Cat. No. 767 04 1 door potential free changeover contact (1 A - 12 V) adjustable from 1 sec to 255 sec 1 push-button potential free contact Built-in Wiegand protocol interface Badges for card reader 5 767 10 Contactless keyfob badge (13.56 Mhz Mifare) Possibility to personalise the label 10 767 11 ISO contactless card (13.56 Mhz Mifare) Dimensions: 50 x 80 mm (1) Supplied with White plate (2) Supplied with Mirror Black plate White Magnesium n Installation principle in stand alone mode Power supply Cable Access control readers Door release or magnetic lock Push-button n Stand-alone n Centralized 5727 51 5727 50 767 10 Arteor TM access control Note: for Cat No.s 047 95, 3749 00 please consult the Legrand general catalogue
251 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM RCBO, MCB Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Pack Cat. No. RCBO 1 5723 60 Single pole + Neutral - 30 mA 16 A - 230 The RCBO is used to protect people (premises with a conductive floor, presence of water, etc...) against direct contact with live parts or leakages to earth With test button 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Thermal magnetic proximity MCB 1 5723 61 Single pole + Neutral - 230 VA 16 A Used for local protection of part in a circuit (e.g. 2P+E socket) against overloads and short-circuits Used in addition to the main protection as it is both close to the user and discriminating vis-à-vis the main protection, and can therefore be reset immediately The proximity MCB can also be used as a local consumption limiter (depending on its rating) Breaking capacity: 3000 A 2 modules 45 x 45 mm White White 5723 60 Arteor TM socket outlets AR777WE AR777AMGN Pack Cat. No. Socket Outlet 240 VA 10 AR777AWE AR777AMGN 10A double autoswitched socket outlet (integrated support frame) 10 AR777WE AR777MGN 10A double switched socket outlet (integrated support frame) 10 AR777XWE AR777XMGN 10A double switched socket outlet with additional switch (integrated support frame) 10 AR787/15AMWE AR787/15AMMGN 15A single autoswitched socket outlet (2 module) 10 AR787AMWE AR787AMMGN 10A single autoswitched socket outlet (2 module) 10 AR787ARMWE AR787ARMMGN 10A single autoswitched socket round earth (2 module) 10 AR787WE AR787MGN 10A single switched socket outlet (3 module) White Magnesium Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263)
252 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM Television sockets Arteor TM Telephone sockets Television sockets International series aerial and satellite installation (with individual demodulator) DTT and HDTV compatible TV: male connector ( ∅ 9.5 mm) attenuation ≤ 1.5 db SAT: "F" type connector attenuation ≤ 2 db Recommended coaxial cable: 17/19 VATC TV sockets 10 5721 63 5726 63 TV single shielded "F" type with screws 0-2400 MHz 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5721 71 5726 71 TV single shielded male ∅ 9.5 mm 0-2400 MHz 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Pack Cat. No. Television sockets 75 ohm "F" connector for cable and pay TV (Foxtel recognised) TV sockets 10 5719 07 5719 57 75 ohm “F” connector for cable and pay TV 0-2.4 GHz 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm White Magnesium White Magnesium Pack Cat. No. RJ 11 and RJ 12 sockets Equipped with modular Jack connector with 1/4 turn terminal for fast connection (possible looping) RJ 11 10 5723 00 5728 00 4 contacts 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5723 13 5728 13 4 contacts 2 modules 45 x 45 mm RJ 12 10 5723 12 5728 12 6 contacts 2 modules 45 x 45 mm White Magnesium Telephone sockets With IDC connection Conform to British Telecom 10 5723 10 5728 10 Single master 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 5 5723 01 5728 01 Single secondary 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm White Magnesium 5719 07 5723 00 5728 13 Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263) Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263)
253 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM Rear pluggable data sockets and wiring splitter Arteor TM Cat. 6 and Cat. 5e data sockets Certified as conforming to standards ISO 11801 ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and EIA/TIA 568Contacts marked with 568 A and B dual colour code and numbersConnectors with self-stripping terminalsPossibility of re-wiring in the event of errorMultidirectionnal cable entry Pack Cat. No. RJ 45 - tool-less system Rapid connection sockets, no tool required Cat. 6 10 5723 02 5728 02 UTP - 8 contacts 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5723 14 5728 14 UTP - 8 contacts 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Square version 10 5723 24 5728 24 UTP - 8 contacts 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Round version Cat. 5e 10 5723 03 5728 03 UTP - 8 contacts 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5723 15 5728 15 UTP - 8 contacts 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Pack Cat. No. Rear pluggable RJ 45 sockets For use with area distribution boxes, connection to boxes via RJ 45-RJ 45 dedicated cords Used to create Cat. 6 and Cat. 5e links in accordance with standards 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Cat. 6 10 5723 31 5728 31 UTP Cat. 5e 10 5723 30 5728 30 UTP Telephone/Ethernet wiring splitter Provide increased security against theft and damage to double connectors Provide a rate of 10/100 Mbps Multidirectionnal cable entry Can be installed in all supports min. depth 35 mm Telephone and Ethernet applications marked on the protective cap 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5723 35 5728 35 UTP double connector 8 contacts Certified as conforming to standards ISO 11801 ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and EIA/TIA 568Contacts marked with 568 A and B dual colour code and numbersConnectors with self-stripping terminalsPossibility of re-wiring in the event of errorMultidirectionnal cable entry White Magnesium White Magnesium White Magnesium 5723 06 5723 31 5728 02 5728 35 5723 15 5728 32 Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263) Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263)
254 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Wi-Fi access point Come in addition to a new or existing LCS structured cabling, to meet the requirements for mobility in the building (meeting rooms for example) Identical connection to the LCS RJ 45 socket Remote management via a web interface Allow the configuration and the exploitation of the Wi-Fi access point by the network administrator. Security via WPA2 encryption (802.11i) and/or authentication (802.11x) Guest access to offer free access to the guests and keep independent and secure the main Wi-Fi network Supply via Power over Ethernet (standard 802.3 af) 4 modules 90 x 45 mm 1 5723 76 5728 76 Standards 802.11a and 802.11b/g dual-band dual-radio Data rate: 54 Mbps max. on each frequency (802.11a and 802.11g) Equipped with an RJ 45 socket on the front panel 1 5723 77 5728 77 Standards 802.11a and 802.11b/g dual-band dual-radio Data rate: 54 Mbps max. on each frequency (802.11a and 802.11g) White Magnesium Arteor TM Wi-Fi access points Pack Cat. No. ■ Installation principle n Arteor Wi-Fi access points A 802.11 a and b/g solution Radio communication standard 802.11 b/g 802.11 a Power over Ethernet standard 802.3 af Frequency band between 2.40 5 GHz and 2.48 GHz Number of available channels 13 8 Max. data rate 54 Mbps 54 Mbps n Advantages of a Legrand Wi-Fi access point - Possibility of simultaneous operation on 2 frequencies, a and b/g Provides a max. data rate of up to 2 x 54 Mbps in simultaneous mode- Very high security level: encryption (WPA2 - 802.11i) and authentication (802.1x)- Possibility of roaming (moving from one access point to another without breaking the link)- Quality of service (priority automatically given to voice, then video and finally data) in accordance with standard 802.11e- Easy to configure and make secure with the quick configuration node NEW: Guest access to offer a free access for the guest and keep independent and secure the main Wi-Fi network n Installation In all supports that can take an Arteor mechanism (ducting, columns, flush-mouting boxes, floor boxes, etc)Do not place access points behind an obstacle that would limit the radiation of the antennaAccess points are connected in the same way as RJ 45 sockets n Sizing - Provide 1 access point for 1 localised requirement- Provide 1 access point per 100 m 2 for global coverage and a maximum gross speed- Provide 1 access point with an RJ 45 socket for an office used by visitors Mechanisms supplied with White and Magnesium square cover platesTo be equipped with support frames Cat. No. 5760 11 and plates (white Cat No. 5750 30 or pearl aluminium Cat. No. 5750 31) Patch panel 230 V Ethernet Switch 230 V Power injectors 5723 76 Arteor TM Wi-Fi access points
255 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM Attenuator, loudspeaker sockets Arteor TM Adaptors for data sockets and USB sockets Loudspeaker sockets 10 5722 70 5727 70 4 mm 2 terminals 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5722 80 5727 80 4 mm 2 terminals 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Pack Cat. No. Attenuator 1 5722 84 5727 84 100 V - 25 W Allow to adjust power to 25 W from a balanced 100 V loudspeaker line 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 3-pole XLR sockets For the stereo connection of any peripheral, microphone, mixing console Recommended microphone cable: 1 x 0.22 mm 2 shielded audio pair Recommended speaker cable: 1 x 1.5 mm 2 audio pair (will take 2.5 mm 2 ) Max. cable length: 50 m (beyond this an audio amplifier is recommended) 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 1 5722 83 5727 83 Neutrik female 1 5722 77 5727 77 Neutrik male Home theater loudspeakers socket 10 5722 90 5727 90 2 connectors 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 5 5722 91 5727 91 4 connectors 3 modules 67.5 x 45 mm USB female sockets Used to bring connections closer to the user For connecting USB devices (scanner-printer, external hard disk) Connection via screw terminals cross-section 1 mm² Recommended cable: USB A 1 5722 75 5727 75 Square version 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 1 5732 74 5737 74 Round version 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Pack Cat. No. Adaptors for data sockets Equipped with transparent label-holder Keystone 10 5723 37 5728 37 Adaptor for single connector 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Systimax 10 5723 38 5728 38 Adaptor for single connector 2 modules 45 x 45 mm White Magnesium White Magnesium White Magnesium White Magnesium White Magnesium White Magnesium 5722 70 5722 90 5722 84 5722 83 5727 75 5728 38 5732 74 Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) For load selection chart please contact HPM Legrand customer service Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263) Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) For load selection chart please contact HPM Legrand customer service Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263)
256 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM Audio and video sockets Pack Cat. No. Audio and video sockets 2 x female RCA For the stereo audio connection of any DVD drive, camera, video recorder, etc. type peripheral Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio pair 1 5722 72 5727 72 Square version 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 1 5732 72 5737 72 Round version 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 3 x female RCA For the composite video and stereo audio connection of a DVD drive, camera, video recorder, video conference equipment etc. Recommended cable: 1 shielded audio pair + 1 x 3 mm mini-coaxial 1 5722 73 5727 73 Square version 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 1 5732 73 5737 73 Round version 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Female 3.5 mm jack - square version For stereo audio connection from a portable source Recommended cable: 1 x 0.22 mm 2 shielded audio pair 1 5722 74 5727 74 Connection on screw terminals 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm YUV - square version For analog high definition connection of a DVD, PC monitor, plasma screen, video projector, graphic paintbox, etc. Recommended cable: 3 x 3 mm mini-coaxial (max. cable length 25 m) or 3 x RG59 coaxial (max. cable length 50 m) 1 5722 71 5727 71 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Pack Cat. No. Audio and video sockets (continued) HDMI For digital high definition audio and video connection of a PC monitor, plasma screen, video projector, graphic paintbox, etc. Recommended cable Cat. No. 327 80 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 1 5722 81 5727 81 Square version 1 5722 85 5727 85 Round version S-video sockets (4-pin mini-DIN) 1-gang Provides the YC video link for any peripheral device such as a DVD drive, camera, video recorder, videoconferencing, etc. 1 5745 01 5745 51 Round version 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Female HD 15 For VGA, XGA or VESA connection of a PC monitor, plasma screen, video projector, graphic paintbox, etc. Recommended cable Cat. No. 327 81 Max. cable length 25 m (beyond this a VGA amplifier is recommended) 1 5722 82 5727 82 Connection on screw terminals 2 modules 45 x 45 mm Female HD 15 + jack 3.5 mm 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 1 5722 88 5727 88 Square version 1 5722 89 5727 89 Round version White Magnesium White Magnesium White Magnesium 5722 72 5722 74 5727 71 5727 85 5722 82 5722 88 5737 73 Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) For load selection chart please contact HPM Legrand customer service Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263)
257 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM Audio and video sockets Pack Cat. No. HD 15 amplifier + Jack kit 1 5723 70 5728 70 Used to connect audio/video terminals at a distance of more than 20 m The video link is via an HD 15 connector (resolution up to UXGA), and the audio link via a 3.5 mm jack Comprises: - One 4-module Arteor transmitter supplied with cover plate equipped with an HD 15 connector and a 3.5 mm jack - One 4-module Arteor receiver equipped with an HD 15 connector and a 3.5 mm jack - One 4-module Arteor power supply to be connected on the mains then linked to the receiver The transmitter and receiver are supplied with an RJ 45 LCS jack for tool-free connection The link between the transmitter and receiver is via a network cable White Magnesium n Installation of audio and video sockets in a meeting room n Installation of audio and video sockets for Home Cinema Cat. 6 cableHD 15 + 3.5 mm Jack cord Depending on the size and configuration of your meeting room, it is recommended to link the system 5723 70 to an audio amplification device 5722 80 5722 80 5722 80 5722 73 5722 80 5722 80 5722 81 6 x 5722 73 5722 81 HDMI cable HDMI cordAudio cable 5723 76 5723 70 5723 70 Arteor TM Audio and video sockets Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) For load selection chart please contact HPM Legrand customer service Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263)
258 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM Blank modules and cover plates 5728 41 5731 86 Support frames and plates selection charts (p. 172 - 173) Square version plates 3 finishes: White, Pearl Alu and Graphite Square series blanking cover plates For 2" x 4" boxes 10 5754 10 White 10 5754 11 Pearl Alu 10 5754 12 Graphite Pack Cat. No. Blank modules Square version 10 5723 41 5728 41 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5723 42 5728 42 2 modules 45 x 45 mm 5 5723 43 5728 43 3 modules 67.5 x 45 mm Round version 10 5730 86 5731 86 2 modules 5 5730 96 5731 96 3 modules White Magnesium 5754 10 Arteor TM Standard support frames Pack Cat. No. Support frames with standard installation accessories 84 mm fixing centres Screw mounting Vertical use only 10 5719 10 For 2 modules (electronic functions, except 2 module mechanisms to be mounted on 3 module support frame ) 10 5719 20 Horizontal use only For 2 or 3 modules Wall box 1 429R Recessed wall box Mounting Bracket 20 143 Standard size mounting bracket Mounting Clips 50 711 Mounting clip for 6.4mm wall board 50 712 Mounting clip for 10.0mm plasterboard/gyprock 5719 10 5719 20 Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) For load selection chart please contact HPM Legrand customer service Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square rocker platesTo be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 258 - 263)
259 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages 5750 10 5750 11 5755 02 5755 00 Arteor TM White plate finishes Arteor TM Pearl aluminium and graphite plate finishes Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Pack Cat. No. Neutral Dimensions Square plates horizontal in mm 10 5752 30 2 modules 127 x 92 10 5750 10 3 modules 127 x 92 Square plates vertical in mm 10 5752 50 2 modules 92 x 127 White Round plates Horizontal 10 5756 20 2 modules 127 x 92 10 5755 00 3 modules 127 x 92 Round plates Vertical 10 5756 30 2 modules 92 x 127 Australian plates 10 5754 30 Australian plate suits 770 series 127 x 92 switches, double switched and double autoswitched power points Pack Cat. No. Neutral Dimensions Square plates horizontal in mm 0 5752 31 5752 32 2 modules 127 x 92 5 5750 11 5750 12 3 modules 127 x 92 Square plates vertical in mm 10 5752 51 5752 52 2 modules 127 x 92 Pearl Alu Graphite French and German standard 10 5756 00 2 modules 92 x 92 5 5755 10 2 x 2 modules 157 x 92 5 5755 20 3 x 2 modules 237.5 x 92 French and German standard 10 5756 01 5756 02 2 modules 92 x 92 5 5755 11 5755 12 2 x 2 modules 157 x 92 5 5755 21 5755 22 3 x 2 modules 237.5 x 92 Australian plates 10 5754 31 5754 32 Australian plate suits 127 x 92 770 series switches, double switched and double autoswitched power points Round series Horizontal 10 5756 21 5756 22 2 modules 127 x 92 5 5755 01 5755 02 3 modules 127 x 92 Round series Horizontal 10 5756 31 5756 32 2 modules 127 x 92
260 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM Tatoo plate finishes Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Pack Cat. No. Tattoo Dimensions Square series in mm 5 5764 38 2 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 5 5764 58 3 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 Round series 5 5764 28 2 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 5 5764 48 3 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 Edition 1 5764 58 5764 48 Australian plates 10 5764 78 Australian plate suits 770 series 127 x 92 switches, double switched and double autoswitched power points French and German standard 10 5762 38 2 modules 92 x 92 5 5762 58 2 x 2 modules 157 x 92 Arteor TM Graphic plate finishes 5764 51 5764 42 Pack Cat. No. Graphic Dimensions Square series in mm 1 5764 31 5764 32 2 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 1 5764 51 5764 52 3 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Casual Formal Round series 1 5764 21 5764 22 2 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 1 5764 41 5764 42 3 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 Australian plates 10 5764 71 5764 72 Australian plate suits 127 x 92 770 series switches, double switched and double autoswitched power points French and German standard 10 5762 31 5762 32 2 modules 92 x 92 5 5762 51 5762 52 2 x 2 modules 157 x 92
261 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages 5764 56 Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Pack Cat. No. Mirror Dimensions Square series in mm 1 5764 36 5764 35 2 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 1 5764 56 5764 55 3 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 Mirror Mirror Red Taupe Round series 1 5764 26 5764 25 2 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 1 5764 46 5764 45 3 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 Arteor TM Mirror finish plates Australian plates 10 5764 76 5764 75 Australian plate suits 127 x 92 770 series switches, double switched and double autoswitched power points French and German standard 10 5762 36 5762 35 2 modules 92 x 92 5 5762 56 5762 55 2 x 2 modules 157 x 92 Arteor TM Mirror plate finishes 5752 74 5756 53 Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Round series 1 5756 34 5756 33 2 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 1 5756 54 5756 53 3 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 French and German standard 10 5756 04 5756 03 2 modules 92 x 92 5 5755 14 5755 13 2 x 2 modules 157 x 92 5 5755 24 5755 23 3 x 2 modules 237.5 x 92 Pack Cat. No. Mirror Dimensions Square series in mm 1 5752 54 5752 53 2 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 1 5752 74 5752 73 3 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 Mirror Mirror White Black Australian plates 10 5754 34 5754 33 Australian plate suits 127 x 92 770 series switches, double switched and double autoswitched power points Special plates 1 5764 84 5764 83 For video internal 127 x 127 display unit 2.5", BUS alarm module and 3.5" touch screen 1 5765 14 5765 13 For 10" 309 x 233 multimedia touch screen 1 5765 24 5765 23 For central unit for 165 x 176 - intruder alarm - temperature control
262 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages 5752 75 5764 49 Arteor TM Wood plate finishes Pack Cat. No. Wood Dimensions Square series in mm 1 5752 55 5764 39 2 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 1 5752 75 5764 59 3 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Wenge Light style Oak Round series 1 5756 35 5764 29 2 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 1 5756 55 5764 49 3 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 Australian plates 10 5754 35 5764 79 Australian plate suits 127 x 92 770 series switches, double switched and double autoswitched power points French and German standard 10 5756 05 5762 39 2 modules 92 x 92 5 5755 15 5762 59 2 x 2 modules 157 x 92 5764 40 Arteor TM Brushed metal plate finishes Round series 1 5764 20 5756 36 2 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 1 5764 40 5756 56 3 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 Gold Stainless brass steel Special plates 1 5764 80 5764 86 For video internal 127 x 127 display unit 2.5", BUS alarm module and 3.5" touch screen 1 5765 10 5765 16 For 10" 309 x 233 multimedia touch screen 1 5765 20 5765 26 For central unit for 165 x 176 - intruder alarm - temperature control French and German standard 10 5762 30 5756 06 2 modules 92 x 92 5 5762 50 5755 16 2 x 2 modules 157 x 92 5 - 5755 26 3 x 2 modules 237.5 x 92 Australian plates 10 5764 70 5754 36 Australian plate suits 127 x 92 770 series switches, double switched and double autoswitched power points Pack Cat. No. Brushed Metal Dimensions Square series in mm 1 5764 30 5752 56 2 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 1 5764 50 5752 76 3 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92
263 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM Signature plate finishes 5764 53 5764 57 5764 43 5764 47 Arteor TM Leather plate finishes Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Pack Cat. No. Leather Dimensions Square series in mm 1 5764 33 5764 34 2 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 1 5764 53 5764 54 3 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 Club Galuchat Round series 1 5764 23 5764 24 2 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 1 5764 43 5764 44 3 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 Support frames and plates selection chart (p. 234) Pack Cat. No. Signature Dimensions Square series in mm 1 5764 37 2 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 1 5764 57 3 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 Round series 1 5764 27 2 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 1 5764 47 3 modules 2" x 4" 127 x 92 Woven Metal Special plates 1 5764 87 For video internal display 127 x 127 unit 2.5", BUS alarm module and 3.5" touch screen 1 5765 17 For 10" multimedia 309 x 233 touch screen 1 5765 37 For central unit for 165 x 176 - intruder alarm - temperature control Australian plates 10 5764 77 Australian plate suits 770 series 127 x 92 switches, double switched and double autoswitched power points Australian plates 10 5764 73 5764 74 Australian plate suits 127 x 92 770 series switches, double switched and double autoswitched power points French and German standard 10 5762 33 5762 34 2 modules 92 x 92 5 5762 53 5762 54 2 x 2 modules 157 x 92 French and German standard 10 5762 37 2 modules 92 x 92 5 5762 57 2 x 2 modules 157 x 92
264 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages ARTEOR ZONE C-EP4 ZigBee ® Certified product - Manufacturer Specific Profile Home Automation - EP4 Ideal for refurbishments, small new installations and increasing the number of control points, without damaging the walls ZigBee ® wireless technology is an international low consumption radio communication standard. Operating at a frequency of 2.4 GHz, it can be used, via transmitters (wireless) and receivers, to control lighting, roller blinds, as well as technical alarms. It can also control scenarios, and allows bidirectional communication between devices. It can be used in addition to the BUS system. ZigBee ® wireless technology Dimming control Dimming controlwith touch plate Dimmer or WIRING DIAGRAM INTERACTIVITY OF FUNCTIONS Dimming control Dimming controlwith touch plate Dimmer or
265 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages B B A A A N L N L N A B + From dimmer RECEIVER DIMMER SWITCH(See p. 268)Indicates the light intensity via LEDs LIGHTING CONTROL ROLLER BLIND CONTROL INDIVIDUAL RECEIVER ROLLER BLIND SWITCH(See p. 269)Controls any type of electric roller blind motor SCENARIO CONTROL 4 SCENARIOCONTROL(See p. 268) N Indicates lighting controlIndicates roller blind control AB Motor
Device Type Description Mechanism Support frames and plates Receiver/ transmitter to be wired Hard button 1 gang switch with neutral + + OR + 2 gang switch with neutral Capacitive touch plates 1 gang switch with neutral + + OR + 2 gang switch with neutral Transmitter Hard button 1 gang switch with neutral + 2 gang switch with neutral Capacitive touch plates 1 gang switch with neutral + OR 2 gang switch with neutral 266 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM Quick reference guide – Wireless/ZigBee TM 5738 34 5738 36 5738 24 5738 37 5738 25 5738 22 5738 23 Black 5738 22 5738 23 5738 34 5738 35 5738 36 5738 37 5738 25 266 For full selection of other functions see page 268 - 269
Device Type Description Mechanism Support frames and plates Receiver/ transmitter to be wired Hard button 1 gang switch with neutral + + OR + 2 gang switch with neutral Capacitive touch plates 1 gang switch with neutral + + OR + 2 gang switch with neutral Transmitter Hard button 1 gang switch with neutral + 2 gang switch with neutral Capacitive touch plates 1 gang switch with neutral + OR 2 gang switch with neutral 267 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM Quick reference guide – Wireless/ZigBee TM British Standard use only 5760 03 For full selection of plates see page 236 - 237 Vertical Installation 5756 20 White 5756 21 Pearl Alu 5756 22 Graphite For full selection of plates see page 236 - 237 Horizontal Installation 5756 30 White 5756 31 Pearl Alu Graphite For full selection of plates see page 236 - 237 Vertical Installation 5756 30 White 5756 31 Pearl Alu 5756 32 Graphite 5756 36 Stainless Steel Vertical Installation Italian & American standard British standard Vertical Installation Italian & American standard British standard 5737 50 5737 51 5737 55 Black 1 gang 2 gang 5737 56 5737 53 Black White 1 gang 2 gang 5737 56 5737 53 Black White 1 gang 2 gang 5737 50 5737 54 5737 51 5737 55 Black White 1 gang 2 gang 267 Horizontal use only for 2 or 3 modules 5719 20 Vertical use only for 2 modules 5719 10 Vertical use only for 2 modules 5719 10
268 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM Wireless/ZigBee ® Lighting control and automation Pack Cat. No. Control mechanisms (receivers) 100-240 V To be installed in flush-mounting boxes min. depth 40 mm 2 modules to be equipped with support frames (p. 258 - 296) White Black Switches without neutral 1 5738 12 5738 13 1 gang switch 300 W - with blue LED status indicator supplied To be mounted on 2-module support frame Switches with neutral 1 5738 22 5738 23 1 gang switch 2500 W with blue LED status indicator supplied To be mounted on 2-module support frame 1 5738 24 5738 25 2 gang switch 2 x 1000 W with blue LED status indicator supplied To be mounted on 2-module support frame 1 5738 26 5738 27 3 gang switch 3 x 1000 W with blue LED status indicator supplied To be mounted on 3-module support frame Roller blinds switches 1 5738 40 5738 41 Switch with preset function To be mounted on 2-module support frame Dimmers 0-10 V 1 5738 32 5738 33 For fluorescent lamps 1000 W with 0-10 V ballasts To be mounted on 3-module support frame Pack Cat. No. Remote control transmitters Surface-mounting (no wiring needed) Supplied with batteries and support frames 2 modules White Black Switch transmitters 1 5738 34 5738 35 For 1 gang switch 1 5738 36 5738 37 For 2 gang switch Dimmer transmitters 1 5738 38 5738 39 For dimmer Roller blinds switch transmitters 1 5738 42 5738 43 For roller blinds switch Mechanisms equipped with White or Black round cover plates and Magnesium circular push control, to be equipped with 2-module plates Standard rocker plates and plates can be replaced by touch plates (p. 270) Scenario controllers Surface-mounting (no wiring needed) Supplied with batteries and support frames 2 modules White Black For BUS or radio installations 1 5738 48 5738 49 4 push-buttons to control 4 scenarios (1 scenario can control several functions: shutters, lighting...) Mobile scenario controllers Pocket remote controller 1 5738 70 4 push-buttons to control 4 scenarios (1 scenario can control several functions: shutters, lighting...) Can be used with all radio flush-mounting control mechanisms IR/RF remote control 1 882 32 4 push-buttons to control 4 scenarios and general ON/OFF Scenario controllers with specific marking for hotels (see p. 246) Support frames and plates selection charts (p. 236 - 237) Switches and dimmers max. loads selection chart (p. 271) ZigBee ® : Certified product Manufacturer Specific Profile 5738 25 5738 40 5738 37 5738 49 5738 70
269 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Home Automation - EP4 Pack Cat. No. Touch plates for switch receivers and transmitters British standard fixing centres White Black 1 5737 50 5737 51 For 1 gang mechanism 1 5737 54 5737 55 For 2 gang mechanism 1 5737 64 5737 65 For 3 gang mechanism Italian and American standard fixing centres 1 5737 52 5737 53 For 1 gang mechanism 1 5737 56 5737 57 For 2 gang mechanism 1 5737 66 5737 67 For 3 gang mechanism Arteor TM Wireless/ZigBee ® Other functions Arteor TM Wireless/ZigBee ® Lighting control and automation touch plates Touch plates for dimmer receivers and transmitters British standard fixing centres White Black 1 5737 58 5737 59 For 1 gang mechanism Italian and American standard fixing centres 1 5737 60 5737 61 For 1 gang mechanism Touch plates for roller blinds switch receivers and transmitters White Black 1 5737 68 5737 69 British standard fixing centres For 1 gang mechanism 1 5737 70 5737 71 Italian and American standard fixing centres For 1 gang mechanism Touch plates for scenario controllers White Black 1 5737 90 5737 91 British standard fixing centres 1 5737 92 5737 93 Italian and American standard fixing centres Pack Cat. No. Other Arteor TM functions Mechanisms equipped with White or Black cover plates and Magnesium circle for control, to be equipped with support frames (p. 258 - 296) and 2-module plates (p. 236 - 237) To be installed in flush-mounting boxes min. depth 40 mm White Black Technical alarms 2 modules 1 5738 72 5738 73 Actuator 100-240 VA - 10 A 1 5738 74 5738 75 Transceiver Gateways SCS/ZigBee ® 2 modules 1 5738 56 5738 57 Allow the extension of a BUS/SCS system with ZigBee ® devices White or Black touch plates to replace standard rocker plates and plates Technical characteristics (p. 270) Support frames and plates selection charts (p. 236 - 237) ZigBee ® : Certified product Manufacturer Specific Profile 5737 54 5737 60 5737 91 5738 73 5738 57 Weatherproof switches 230 VA Can be controlled with switch transmitters Mechanisms supplied with black rocker plates Surface-mounting 1 5738 58 Switch with neutral 2500 W 1 5738 60 Switch with neutral 2 x 2500 W Control mechanisms 100-240 VA For installation in false ceiling Can be controlled with transmitters Mechanisms supplied complete 1 5738 62 Switch 2500 W 1 5738 66 Dimmer for ballast 0-10 V
270 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Home Automation - EP4 n Transformation into touch plates version of standard control mechanisms (receivers) and remote control transmitters equipped with rocker plates n Selection chart for association of touch plates Function Touch plates Associate mechanism Colour BS fixing centres Italian/American fixing centres Control mechanism (receiver) Remote control transmitter Touch control switch 1 gang White 5737 50 5737 52 5738 125738 135738 225738 23 5738 34 5738 35 Black 5737 51 5737 53 Touch control switch 2 gang White 5737 54 5737 56 5738 245738 25 5738 365738 37 Black 5737 55 5737 57 Touch control switch 3 gang White 5737 64 5737 66 5738 265738 27 Black 5737 65 5737 67 Touch control dimmer 1 gang White 5737 58 5737 60 5738 325738 33 5738 385738 39 Black 5737 59 5737 61 Touch control roller blinds switch 1 gang White 5737 68 5737 70 5738 405738 41 5738 425738 43 Black 5737 69 5737 71 4 scenarios touch control White 5737 90 5737 92 5738 485738 49 Black 5737 91 5737 93 1 1 2 2 3 3 Control mechanism (receiver) with US support frame (not supplied) Remote control transmitter with supplied support frame (Italian/American)By removing fins, can be adapted to other standards fixing centres ZigBee ® : Certified product - Manufacturer Specific Profile Arteor TM Wireless/ZigBee ® Touch plates
271 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Home Automation - EP4 Universal Leading edge Trailing edge Cat. No. Incandescent lamp Halogen lamp ELV halogen with ferromagnetic transformer ELV halogen with electronic transformer Fluorescent tube Compact fluorescent lamp LED Fluorescent lamps with 0-10 V ballast Reducer motor for shutter SWITCHES 5738 12/13 300 W 300 W 300 VA 300 VA 5738 22/23 2500 W 2500 W 2500 VA 2500 VA 1250 VA 1250 VA 1250 VA 250 VA 5738 24/25 2 x 1000 W 2 x 1000 W 2 x 1000 VA 2 x 1000 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 500 VA 2 x 100 VA 5738 26/27 3 x 1000 W 3 x 1000 W 3 x 1000 VA 3 x 1000 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 500 VA 3 x 100 VA 5738 40/41 500 VA 5738 62 2500 W 2500 W 2500 VA 2500 VA 1250 VA 1250 VA 1250 VA 250 VA 5738 32/33 1000 VA n Switches and dimmers maximum loads at 230 V Arteor TM Wireless/ZigBee ® Switches and dimmers max. loads selection charts DIMMER
272 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages P. 274 Presentation of BUS/SCS technology P. 283 Actuators, dimmers max. loads selection chart P. 290 Sound distribution installation BUS/SCS technology Arteor TM BUS/SCS technology
273 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages P. 278 Lighting control and automation mechanisms P. 284 Temperature control P. 280 Actuators, BUS power supplies accessories P. 282 Lighting control installation P. 279 Key covers P. 285 Temperature control installation P. 296 Mounting Accessories P. 291 House management system 1 2 3 4 5 ON OFF ON OFF P. 294 Detection and access control P. 292 Door entry systems P. 286 Energy management P. 288 Sound distribution
274 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages BUS/SCS technology For creating scenarios that incorporate all the functions of large living areas: lighting, sound distribution, video door entry system... BUS/SCS technology can manage different functions at the same time via 2-wire extra low voltage cables. It enables a number of functions to be integrated into scenarios and designed to adapt the user’s lifestyle as required. MULTIPLICATION OF FUNCTIONS WITHOUT ANY SPACE CONSTRAINTS WIRING DIAGRAM Home Automation - EP4 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 Consumer unit Room BUS line 27 V Actuators A Power supply Touch screen
275 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages A B B A A AB M N 230 VA Touch Screen BUS line BUS line 27 V A Video display BUS line A 230 VA From actuators BUS line B BUS line SCENARIO CONTROL (See p. 278) For activation of 4 scenarios SCENARIO CONTROL ROLLER BLINDS CONTROL ROLLER BLIND CONTROL(See p. 278) Controls any type of electric roller blinds TEMPERATURE CONTROL CENTRAL UNIT FOR TEMPERATURECONTROL(See p. 284) Can manage up to 99 zones AUDIO AND VIDEO DOOR ENTRY SYSTEM(See p. 292)Controls opening, with the possibility of intercommunication with other units VIDEO DOOR ENTRY SYSTEM DIN-RAIL ACTUATORS AND HOUSE MANAGEMENT M Motor Indicates lighting controlIndicates roller blinds control AB DIN RAIL ACTUATORS(See p. 280)To be associated to load and control mechanisms as well asenergy management SOUND DISTRIBUTION CONTROL(See p. 288)Control and selection of audio sources SENSOR(See p. 294)Activation of lights by movement sensors TOUCH SCREEN(See p. 278)For sound distribution or temperature control SOUND DISTRIBUTION MOVEMENT DETECTION Home Automation - EP4
Device Type Description Mechanism Key covers 2 wire twisted pair Hard button 1 gang switch + 2 gang switch 3 gang switch + 4 gang switch + 6 gang switch + Capacitive touch plates 1 or 2 gang touch plate OR 3 gang touch plate Square modules Adjustable IR detector Magnesium 5739 38 5739 39 White 1.2" colour touch screen 5739 16 5739 17 Specials plates 3.5" colour touch screen 10" multimedia colour touch screen Central temperature control unit 276 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages 276 Arteor TM Quick reference guide – BUS/SCS TM 5739 74 5739 74 5739 75 5739 70 5739 68 5739 71 5739 69 Magnesium White 2 x 5739 68 5739 69 6 x 3 x 5739 68 5739 69 4 x 5739 74 5739 74 2 x 5739 68 5739 72 5739 69 5739 73 2 x 1 x + 5739 60 Magnesium 5739 62 5739 63 White 5739 18 5739 19 British Standard Black 5739 08 5739 09 White 5760 03 + 5739 12 5739 13 5719 20 +
Support frames and plates + + OR + + + + + + + OR + N/A + OR + + + 277 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages 277 5760 21 5760 21 5756 20 White 5752 30 White 5756 21 Pearl Alu 5752 31 Pearl Alu 5756 22 Graphite 5752 32 Graphite For full selection of plates see page 236 - 237 For full selection of plates see page 236 - 237 Horizontal Installation Horizontal Installation 5756 30 White 5752 50 White 5756 31 Pearl Alu Pearl Alu 5756 32 Graphite 5752 52 Graphite Vertical Installation 3 x 2 x For full selection of plates see page 188 For full selection of plates see page 236 - 237 For full selection of plates see page 236 - 237 For full selection of plates see page 236 - 237 Vertical Installation Italian & American standard 5739 10 5719 10 5739 11 Black White 5765 24 Mirror White 5765 14 Mirror White 5764 84 Mirror White 5755 00 White White 5755 20 White 5765 25 Mirror Black 5765 13 Mirror Black 5764 83 Mirror Black 5755 01 Pearl Alu Pearl Alu 5755 21 Pearl Alu 5765 26 Stainless Steel 5765 16 Stainless Steel 5764 86 Stainless Steel 5755 02 Graphite 5755 12 Graphite 5755 22 Graphite 5765 20 Gold Brass 5765 10 Gold Brass 5764 80 Gold Brass 5756 56 Stainless Steel 5755 16 Stainless Steel 5755 26 Stainless Steel 5765 37 Woven Metal 5765 17 Woven Metal 5764 87 Woven Metal Vertical Installation Horizontal use only for 2 or 3 modules 5719 20 Horizontal use only for 2 or 3 modules Vertical use only for 2 modules 5719 10 Vertical use only for 2 modules 5719 10 Horizontal use only for 2 or 3 modules 5719 20 5755 11 5752 51 5755 10
278 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM BUS/SCS Lighting control and automation control mechanisms Pack Cat. No. Touch control mechanisms Equipped with White or Black touch plates Basic functions Control for the activation of 1 single actuator for single or double loads, or 2 actuators for single load, or independent White Black double loads for lighting and shutters 1 5739 08 5739 09 2 module mechanisms For British standard flush-mounting boxes (p. 296) 1 5739 10 5739 11 2 module mechanisms For 2'' x 4'' Italian and American flush-mounting boxes Basic and special functions Control for the activation of 4 scenarios, soft-start and soft-stop of dimmers, sound distribution functions 1 5739 04 5739 05 2 module mechanisms Can control up to 4 scenarios For British standard flush-mounting boxes (p. 296) 1 5739 06 5739 07 2 module mechanisms Can control up to 4 scenarios For 2'' x 4'' Italian and American flush-mounting boxes 1 5739 12 5739 13 3 module mechanisms Can control up to 6 scenarios For British, Italian and American flush-mounting boxes Touch screens Equipped with White or Magnesium surround, to be equipped with plates White Magnesium (p. 236 - 237) 1 5739 16 5739 17 1.2’’ touch screen for activation of 4 scenarios or temperature, or sound distribution functions To be equipped with 2 module plates Scenario controllers with specific marking for hotels (see p. 246) Pack Cat. No. Micropush control mechanisms To be installed in flush-mounting boxes Basic functions To be equipped with round version key covers (p. 279) and plates (p. 236 - 237) 1 5739 74 2 module mechanism Control for the activation of 1 actuator for single or double loads, or 2 actuators for single load, or independent double loads for lighting and shutters 1 5739 75 3 module mechanism Control for the activation of 3 actuators for single or double loads, or 2 actuators for single load or independent double loads Basic and special functions To be equipped with round version key covers (p. 279) and plates (p. 236 - 237) 1 5739 87 2 module mechanism Control for the activation of 4 scenarios, soft-start and soft-stop of dimmers, sound distribution functions and activation of devices installed on different BUS branches Scenario controller Equipped with White or Magnesium round version rocker plates, to be equipped with White Magnesium plates (p. 236 - 237) 1 5739 02 5739 03 2 module mechanisms Control for the activation of 4 scenarios stored in the DIN scenario module Cat. No. 035 51 (p. 281) IR receivers Equipped with White or Magnesium square version cover plates, to be equipped with White Magnesium plates (p. 236 - 237) 1 5739 00 5739 01 To be associated with remote control Cat. No. 882 31 Can receive up to 16 commands Support frames and plates selection charts (p. 236 - 237 ) Mobile scenario controller Advanced IR remote controller 1 882 31 4 push-buttons to control 4 scenarios (1 scenario can control several functions: shutters, lighting...) To be used in association with IR receiver Cat. No. 5739 00/01 5739 74 5739 00 5739 02 5739 04 5739 05 For complete technical information see "Arteor TM - Project and installation Guide"
279 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM BUS/SCS Lighting control and automation key covers Pack Cat. No. 1 module key covers For micropush control mechanisms White Magnesium Regulation symbol 5 5739 64 5739 65 Left-hand side mounting 5 5743 60 5743 61 Right-hand side mounting Light symbol 5 5743 65 5743 67 Any mounting Dimmer symbol 5 5743 69 5743 71 Left-hand side mounting 5 5743 68 5743 70 Right-hand side mounting GEN/ON/OFF marking 5 5743 73 5743 75 Left-hand side mounting 5 5743 72 5743 74 Right-hand side mounting ON/OFF marking 5 5743 77 5743 79 Left-hand side mounting 5 5743 76 5743 78 Right-hand side mounting Up/down symbol 5 5743 62 5743 63 Any mounting Without marking 5 5739 68 5739 69 2 functions Any mounting Pack Cat. No. 2 module key covers For micropush control mechanisms White Magnesium 5 5743 86 5743 87 Regulation symbol 5 5743 88 5743 89 GEN marking 5 5743 90 5743 91 Dimmer symbol 5 5743 92 5743 93 Light symbol 5 5743 80 5743 81 GEN/ON/OFF marking 5 5743 82 5743 83 ON/OFF marking 5 5743 84 5743 85 Up/down symbol 5 5739 70 5739 71 2 functions without marking White or Magnesium round version key covers For BUS / SCS micropush control mechanisms Special key covers For 3 module micropush control White Magnesium mechanisms 5 5739 72 5739 73 Central rectangular key cover for Cat. No. 5739 75 5739 64 5743 87 5739 68 5743 65 5739 70 5743 61 5743 68 5743 63 5743 71 5743 76 5743 91 5743 72 5743 92 5743 88 5739 73 5743 79 5743 75 5743 85 5743 82 5743 81 GEN ON OFF ON GEN OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF GEN ON OFF GEN ON OFF
280 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM BUS/SCS Lighting control and automation Pack Cat. No. DIN rail actuators 240 VA - 50/60 Hz N/O contact To be associated to loads and control mechanisms (p. 278) 1 038 41 1-output relay for controlling 1 circuit Maximum load: 16 A resistive load 2 DIN modules 1 038 42 2-output relay for controlling 2 circuits Maximum load per circuit: 6 A resistive load or incandescent lamps 1 x 500 VA for roller blinds with end stops 2 DIN modules 1 038 44 4-output relay for controlling 4 circuits Maximum load per circuit: 6 A resistive load 2 DIN modules 1 026 02 Relay with 4 x 16 A outputs 6 DIN modules Contact interfaces Allow the connection between traditional wiring devices such as switches, time delay switches or external sensors and BUS installation to control 2 actuators for single function or 1 actuator for double functions 2 independent contacts 1 035 53 2 DIN modules 1 5739 96 Basic modularity To be installed in flush-mounting box DIN rail dimmers To be associated to loads and control mechanisms (p. 278) for dimming control Leading/trailing edge dimmers 1 026 27 6 Channel dimmer. Maximum load: 300 W per channel 12 DIN modules 230-240 V Leading edge dimmers 1 036 52 Maximum load: 60 - 1000 W / 230-240 VA - 50 Hz 4 DIN modules Trailing edge dimmers 1 036 53 Maximum load: 0.25 to 1.7 A / 230-240 VA - 50 Hz 4 DIN modules For electronic ballast 0-10V 1 036 56 Maximum load: 500 VA 2 DIN modules 036 52 036 53 038 42 026 02 SCS / DALI interface 1 026 31 Allows the communication between SCS installation and lighting devices controlled by DALI protocol 6 DIN modules RJ adaptor 10 488 72 For connecting Cat. No. 026 02/21/22/11 to the BUS Technical characteristics (p. 283) Pack Cat. No. BUS power supplies 1 035 60 Input voltage: 240 VA output voltage 27 V= Maximum current supplied: 1.2mA 8 DIN modules Mini power supply. 1 035 67 Input voltage: 240 VA output voltage 27 V= Maximum current supplied: 600mA 2 DIN modules
281 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM BUS/SCS Accessories for automation SCS cables 2-wire cable for BUS system Conform to IEC 45-5 and IEC 20-20 1 492 31 Length 100 m 1 492 32 Length 500 m Virtual configuration Virtual configuration software 1 492 90 Comprising: 1 CD with software for PC 1 492 80 Virtual configuration kit 035 51 035 52 035 62 Pack Cat. No. Additional DIN devices Memory module for actuators 1 035 52 Restores the last state of an actuator in case of a power failure 2 DIN modules Scenario module 1 035 51 Allows creation of scenarios by linking different functions Up to 16 scenarios 2 DIN modules SCS-SCS gateway (extension) 1 035 62 Allows the extension of the installation or the integration between different functions Suitable for larger installations 2 DIN modules 492 37 492 13 492 19 Pack Cat. No. Plug-in jumpers for all devices 10 492 00 0 10 492 01 1 10 492 02 2 10 492 03 3 10 492 04 4 10 492 05 5 10 492 06 6 10 492 07 7 10 492 08 8 10 492 09 9 5 492 10 GEN 5 492 11 GR 5 492 12 AMB 5 492 13 AUX 5 492 14 ON 5 492 15 OFF 5 492 16 O/I 5 492 17 PUL 5 492 18 Sylvania 5 492 19 CEN 5 492 20 ↑↓ 5 492 21 ↑↓M 1 261 45 Kit with "0 to 9" jumpers (10 pieces of each figure) 1 492 37 Kit with: AUX, GEN, GR, AMB, ON, OFF, O/I, PUL, Sylvania,CEN, ↑↓, ↑↓M Additional devices USB cable 1 492 34 Programming cable BUS spare clamp 10 492 22 Used to connect the various system components (controls, dimmers, etc) to the BUS line For complete technical information see "Arteor TM - Project and installation Guide"
282 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages System principle The Lighting Control system allows the management of different functions in a simultaneous and integrated way All the components of the Lighting Control system are interconnected via an electronic circuit that can be programmed: the BUS The information is exchanged through the 2 wire BUS cable at low voltage (27 V= ) There are two types of devices in the system: - the controls units, which are connected only to the BUS cable and - the actuators, connected both, to the BUS cable and to the 230VA mains power line for managing the connected loadWhen the Lighting Control system devices are configured properly, it is possible to manage the load as follows: - control for a single load - control for one or more load groups; - simultaneous management of all loadsIt is also possible to carry out special functions, which can hardly be achieved with conventional electrical systems These functions are called scenarios One scenario is a set of simultaneous control of multiple groups of loads, used in order to modify the environment according to the user’s needs An example of a scenario can be represented by the simultaneous activation of lights, which can be set by the user after getting inside the building by using one single control device or by using the Touch Screen menu Installation principle Consumer unit Power supply Scenario controller Cat.No 5739 02 or 5739 03 Scenario module Cat.No 035 51 Touch control mechanism Cat.No 5739 04 or 5739 05 Touch screen Cat.No 5739 16 or 5739 17 2 wire cable for BUS Cat.No 492 31 Din rail leading edge dimmer Cat.No 036 52Din rail trailing edge dimmer Cat.No 036 53 Din rail actuator Cat.No 038 41 Zone 1 : Kitchen Zone 2 : Dining room Zone 3 : Shutter control Scenario controllers can manage zone 1, 2 and 3 Din rail actuator Cat.No 038 42 Cat.No 035 60 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 Control units Actuators Loads Lighting source Lighting source Roller blinds, shutters Arteor TM BUS/SCS Lighting control and automation
283 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM BUS/SCS Lighting control and automation Actuators and dimmers max. loads at 240 V Technical data - 026 27 Universal Leading edge Trailing edge Cat. No. Incandescent lamp Halogen lamp ELV halogen with ferromagnetic transformer ELV halogen with electronic transformer Fluorescent tube Compact fluorescent lamp LED Fluorescent lamps with 0-10 V ballast Reducer motor for shutter ACTUATORS 038 41 3500 W 3500 W 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA 038 42 2300 W 2300 W 500 VA 250 VA 250 VA 250 VA 500 VA 038 44 1400 W 1400 W 500 VA 70 VA 70 VA 70 VA 500 VA 026 02 4 x 1000 W 4 x 1000 W 4 x 500 VA 4 x 500 VA 4 x 500 VA 4 x 500 VA 4 x 500 VA 4 x 100 VA DIMMERS 036 56 10 x 55 VA 10 x 55 VA 036 52 1000 W 1000 W 1000 VA 036 53 400 VA 026 27 300W 300W 300W 300W 300W 300W +40°C +0°C 230 -240 Vac 50Hz 240 Vac 300W 5W 1 x 2.5mm² 2 x 1.5mm² Incandescent lamp Halogen lamp Ferromagnetic transformer Electronic transformer Fluoro compact lamp LED lamp 300W 5W 300W 5W 300W 5W 300W 5W 300W 5W MAX MIN
284 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM BUS/SCS Temperature control Pack Cat. No. Central units for temperature control Equipped with White or Magnesium square version keypad cover plates, to be equipped with special plates (p. 236 - 237) Supplied with support frame, flush-mounting box and 7.2 V battery Cat. No. 675 18 1 5739 18 5739 19 Temperature control central unit Can manage up to 99 zones Probes To control the room temperature of heating and cooling system Equipped with White or Magnesium square version cover plates, to be equipped with plates (p. 236 - 237) To be installed in flush-mounting boxes White Magnesium 2 module mechanisms 22.5 x 45 mm 1 5739 20 5739 21 Temperature setting range: from 3 °C to 40 °C 1 5739 22 5739 23 Temperature setting range: from 3 °C to 40 °C with knob for adjustment of +/- 3 °C relative to the set temperature and for the modality selection 1 5739 24 5739 25 Temperature setting range: from 3 °C to 40 °C with manual/ automatic speed selection for fan-coil SCS cables 2-wire cable for BUS system Conform to IEC 45-5 and IEC 20-20 1 492 31 Length 100 m 1 492 32 Length 500 m IR control 1 883 01 IR control for split system airconditioners IR emitter that stores IR codes from any air conditioning system. Comes with 2 Metres of IR cable Power supplies 1 035 60 Input voltage: 240 VA output voltage 27 V= Maximum current supplied: 1.2 A 8 DIN modules Mini power supply. 1 035 67 Input voltage: 240 VA output voltage 27 V= Maximum current supplied: 600mA 2 DIN modules Battery for temperature control central unit 1 675 18 7.2 V battery for central unit Touch screens Equipped with White or Magnesium surround, to be equipped with plates (p. 236 - 237) 1 5739 16 5739 17 1.2" touch screen for activation of 4 scenarios or temperature, or sound distribution functions To be equipped with 2 module plates Support frames and plates selection charts (p. 236 - 237) Pack Cat. No. DIN rail actuators 240 V A 50/60 Hz Actuator with 2 independent relays 1 035 79 For single and double loads: 6 A resistive, 3 A motorised valves and pumps 2 DIN modules Actuator with 4 independent relays 1 035 80 For single, double or mixed loads: 6 A resistive, 3 A motorised valves, pumps and fan-coils 2 DIN modules 5739 19 5739 20 5739 23 5739 16 5739 24 White Magnesium White Magnesium For complete technical information see "Arteor TM - Project and installation Guide"
285 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Consumer unit Power supply Probe Zone 1 Cat.No 5739 22 or 5739 23 Probe Zone 2 Cat.No 5739 22 or 5739 23 Probe Zone 99 Cat.No 5739 22 or 5739 23 Central unit Cat.No 5739 18 or 5739 19 can manage up to 99 zones 2 wire cable for BUS Cat.No 492 31 Actuator with 2 independent relays Cat.No 035 79 Zone 1 Actuator with 4 independent relays Cat.No 035 80 Cat.No 035 60 1 1 1 2 99 2 Control units Actuators Loads Heating Zone 2 2 Heating n Installation principle Home Automation - EP4 Arteor TM BUS/SCS Temperature control
286 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Load management panel 1 White 5739 85 Magnesium 5739 91 Device that enables displaying the status of the loads controlled by the load central unit item 035 57 and force their operation independently from the central unit itself Pack Cat.No. Pulse counter interface 1 035 54 Device for the detection of data from gas meters with pulse output. The measured values can be displayed on the Touch Screen. Basic module version, for hidden installation. Power supply from 27 V BUS. 1 035 14 Device for the detection of data from water meters with pulse output. The measured values can be displayed on the Touch Screen. Basic module version, for hidden installation. Power supply from 27 V BUS. Pack Cat.No. Base din module actuator 16A 1 035 59 Actuator with relay - for single loads: 16A resistive or 10A for incandescent lamps and 4A for fluorescent lamps or ferromagnetic transformers - Zero crossing bistable relay intended for the load control automation and/or management functions. Version for installation on 1 DIN rail module with forcing key. Power supply from 27 V BUS BUS meter with memory 3-inputs for toroids 1 035 55 Device for the measurement of electric power on three lines, by connecting three toroids to the appropriate inputs. The data collected and processed can be viewed on the Touch Screens. Version for fastening on DIN rail - 1 module. The device is supplied with 1 toroid. Power supply from 27 V BUS. Additional toroid 1 035 56 Additional toroid for bus meter with 3 inputs for toroids item 035 55, and actuator with current sensor, item 035 58 for the measurement of the earth leakage current. Cable length 400mm. The toroid has no direction of installation. Central unit for load management 1 035 57 Central unit for the management and control of the actuators of the load management system, to prevent the risk of trips of the electric meter. The central unit manages up to 63 loads maximum, with a power of 1.5 to 18 kW, and a tolerance of up to +/- 20% The data measured can be displayed on the Touch Screens. Version for fastening on DIN rail - 1 module. The device supplied with 1 toroid. Power supply from 27 V BUS. Actuator din module 16A with current sensor 1 035 58 Actuator with integrated current sensor for the measurement of the consumptions of the controlled load. 1 relay for single load, resistive, 16A, or 10A for incandescent lamps and 4A fluorescent lamps or ferromagnetic transformers. Zero crossing bistable relay intended for the load control. Automation and/or Management functions. Version for installation on 1 DIN rail module with forcing key. Earth leakage current diagnostic by connecting the additional toroid, item 035 56 Power supply from 27 V BUS 035 54 035 55 5739 91 883 01 Air conditioning unit interface 1 883 01 Air conditioning unit interface with IR transmitter. Device used for learning and reproducing the IR signals of air conditioning units remote controls. It can be controlled using Touch Screen and Multimedia Touch Screen. Basic mechanism, to facilitate installation behind the air conditioning unit. IR cable length 2M, 27 V BUS power supply. Arteor TM BUS/SCS Energy management
287 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM BUS/SCS Energy management L N 230 Vac Compactpower supply BUS meter with toroids Pulsecounterinterface Touchscreen Gas & water meter with pulse output Inverter Photovoltaic panel BUS meter with toroids SCS BUS
288 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM BUS/SCS Sound distribution Support frames and plates selection charts (p. 236 - 237) Pack Cat. No. Amplifiers Flush-mounting amplifier 1 5739 76 16 W - 2 modules To be equipped with round version key cover and plate (p. 279) DIN rail amplifiers 1 035 85 16 W - 100/240 VA 4 DIN modules 1 035 83 30 W - 100/240 VA 10 DIN modules 1-module key covers White Magnesium For flush-mounting amplifier Cat. No. 5739 76 5 5739 66 5739 67 Right-hand side mounting with marking 5 5739 64 5739 65 Left-hand side mounting with marking Loudspeakers White Magnesium Flush-mounting 1 5739 28 5739 29 8 ohms - 100 W To be installed in flush-mounting box min. depth 80 mm 1 5739 77 16 ohms - 12 W To be installed in flush-mounting box Cat. No. 893 79 or 892 79 Surface-mounting 1 5739 30 8 ohms - 40 W 1 5739 78 8 ohms 140 W False ceiling mounting 1 5739 81 8 ohms - 100 W Ø 240 mm 1 5739 82 8 ohms - 20 W Ø 100 mm Audio/video signal distribution devices 1 035 84 Multi-channel matrix with cross-connection, mixing switch functions for distribution of the stereo sound source signal and audio/video signals 8 inputs (first 4 for the 2-wire audio/video system and others for stereo sound source) 8 outputs 10 DIN modules 1 5739 98 Audio/video node for mixing audio/video sources (max. 4 sources) 6 DIN modules RCA inputs Equipped with White or Magnesium square version cover plate, to be equipped with White Magnesium plates (p.236 - 237) 1 5739 26 5739 27 For connecting a stereo source to the system 2-module mechanism DIN RDS radio sources 1 035 82 RDS stereo radio tuner with coaxial connector for external aerial antenna and wire fail (depth compensator) Supplied with depth compensator 4 DIN modules DIN stereo control sources 1 035 86 For stereo sources IR remote control possible RCA/RCA and jack cables to connect to IR transmitters 4 DIN modules Pack Cat. No. Touch screens Equipped with White or Magnesium surround, to be equipped with plates (p. 236 - 237) 1 5739 16 5739 17 1.2" touch screen for activation of 4 scenarios or temperature, or sound distribution functions To be equipped with 2 module plates Flush-mounting boxes For loudspeaker Cat. No. 5739 77 2 893 79 For dry partitions - 2 x 3 modules 2 892 79 For concrete walls - 2 x 3 modules 5739 76 5739 67 5739 26 5739 29 5739 16 White Magnesium
289 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages For complete technical information see "Arteor TM - Project and installation Guide" Arteor TM BUS/SCS Sound distribution BUS cable For sound distribution and video door entry system 1 5739 99 200 m Insulator 1 5739 88 Adapts the signal coming from external sound sources to the sound distribution system Pack Cat. No. Connectors Equipped with White or Magnesium square version cover plates, to be equipped with plates (p. 279) White Magnesium 1 module mechanism 1 5739 32 5739 33 8 contact connector to link interface Cat. No. 035 86 to the BUS Attenuator 1 035 89 To be connected at the end of the line of the outputs of audio/video node and multi-channel matrix Sound output 1 5740 44 Sound output for touch screen 3.5" and 10" (p. 291) Work as a source for sound distribution system BUS cord 5 5740 45 600 mm Pack Cat. No. Power supplies 1 634 35 Power supply unit for sound and door entry systems Input voltage: 230-240 VA Output voltage 27 V= maximum consumption 1 A 8 DIN modules Support frames and plates selection charts (p. 236 - 237) 5739 32 5739 88 634 35
290 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Consumer unit Power supply Hi-Fi chain Cat.No 035 60 DIN RDS radio source Cat.No 035 87 RCA input Cat.No 5739 26 or 5739 27 Amplifier Cat.No 5739 76 + key cover Cat.No 5739 66 + 5739 64 Loudspeaker Cat.No 5739 28 or 5739 29 Loudspeaker Cat.No 5739 28 or 5739 29 Loudspeaker Cat.No 5739 28 or 5739 29 Audio/Video node Cat.No 5739 98 DIN rail amplifier Cat.No 035 85 Attenuator Cat.No 035 89 Attenuator Cat.No 035 89 Control units n Installation principle Home Automation - EP4 Arteor TM BUS/SCS Sound distribution
291 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM BUS/SCS House system management Pack Cat. No. Local management 1.2" touch screens Equipped with White or Magnesium surround, to be equipped with plates ( p. 236 - 237) 1 5739 16 5739 17 1.2" touch screen for activation of 4 scenarios or temperature, or sound distribution functions To be equipped with 2 module plates 3.5" touch screen Supplied with support frame and with White and Magnesium surround, to be equipped with special plates (p. 236 - 237) 1 5739 60 3.5’’ touch screen to control all BUS functions: lighting, temperature, intruder alarm and sound distribution To be installed in flush-mounting box Cat. No. 892 79 or 893 79 10" multimedia touch screens Equipped with White or Magnesium cover plate, to be equipped with special plates (p. 236 - 237) 1 5739 62 5739 63 10" touch screen for the control of the house: all BUS functions, door entry system, multimedia (web, radio, webcam...) Surface- mounting Pack Cat. No. Other devices Supervision software 1 492 49 Can be used in order to tune up the system's functions through a computer, and to follow them on real time basis Scenario scheduler 1 035 65 Allows setting up of up to 300 scenarios with pre-set conditions (time and logical type) 6 DIN modules Scenario scheduler power supply 1 035 64 Provide power for Web server and scenario scheduler Cat. No. 035 65 Remote management Web server gateway TCP-IP 1 5739 92 Allows the communication between a BUS/SCS installation and a TCP/IP network 10 DIN modules Flush-mounting boxes For 3.5" touch screen Cat. No. 5739 60 2 893 79 For dry partitions - 2 x 3 modules 2 892 79 For concrete walls - 2 x 3 modules Support frames and plates selection charts (p. 236 - 237) 5739 16 5739 63 5739 60 White Magnesium White Magnesium For complete technical information see "Arteor TM - Project and installation Guide"
292 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM 2-wire Door entry systems Support frames and plates selection charts (p. 236 - 237) Pack Cat. No. Optional cameras For outdoor use 1 5739 86 2-wire colour camera White Magnesium For flush-mounting 1 5739 52 5739 53 2-wire colour camera with swiveling lens Automatic adjustment of focus and brightness Built-in microphone Equipped with White or Magnesium cover plates, to be equipped with plates (p. 236 - 237) To be installed in flush- mounting box 2 modules Video/audio street panels Street panel 1 5740 40 Electronic module including: speaker phone module, motorised camera and colour display Possible access via integrated proximity card reader Supplied with programming and configuration software Cover plate 1 5740 41 Vandalproof steel finish cover plate and support frame With key for assembly Flush-mounting box 1 5740 42 Vandalproof flush-mounting box Pack Cat. No. Video internal display units Equipped with support frame and with White or Magnesium cover plates 1 5739 50 5739 51 Hands-free internal unit 2.5" LCD colour display Possible integration in BUS system To be equipped with special plates (p. 236 - 237) To be installed in flush-mounting box Cat. No. 893 79 or 892 79 Audio internal units White Magnesium 1 5740 11 (1) 5743 11 (2) Equipped with: - microphone, - loudspeaker - 2 hang-up push-buttons - 1 door release push-button - 2 auxiliary push-buttons for other functions Volume adjustment for communication and call tone, and with bell cut-off indicator Allows intercom between several rooms Supplied complete with special flush-mounting box, cover plate and plate 5739 50 5739 52 5739 86 AXOLUTE S740 40 + 5740 41 (1) Supplied with White plate (2) Supplied with Mirror Black plate White Magnesium BUS cable For sound distribution and video door entry system 1 5739 99 200 m Pack Cat. No. Power supplies 1 634 35 Power supply unit for sound and door entry systems Input voltage: 230-240 VA Output voltage 27 V= maximum consumption 1.2 A 8 DIN modules 1 634 42 Mini power supply. Additional power for specific products Input voltage: 230-240 VA Output voltage 27 V= maximum consumption 600mA 2 DIN modules
293 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM 2-wire Video door entry system kits Arteor TM 2-wire (continued) Door entry systems Pack Cat. No. Accessories for video door entry systems 2-wire video adaptor 1 634 34 Video adaptor Use one adaptor per power supply 2 DIN modules Video signal distributor 1 634 32 Video distributor with 4 outputs for intercom module for up to 5 units Interface for auxiliary control 1 634 31 Relay for auxiliary commands Allows the connections of auxiliary functions such as lighting, automatic door opening... 4 DIN modules Intercommunication module for up to 5 units 1 634 38 Intercommunication units. Max. capacity: 5 gangs 4 DIN modules Door release 1 634 33 Door release relay C/O volt-free contact: max 24 V= 8 A resistive 4 A inductive 2 DIN modules Extension interface 1 634 39 Extension interface increase system limits in distances and number of internal and external units Video signal converter 1 5740 38 Video signal converter from coaxial to 2-wire bus for 12V= CCTV cameras: the CCTV camera is directly supplied via a terminal 2-wire/IP interface 1 5740 39 For extended systems with IP backbone and 2-wire support Virtual switchboard software 1 5740 43 Virtual switchboard software for managing entryphone and video entryphone calls The software (for Windows operating systems) can be installed on any fixed or mobile PC and is used to receive, manage and transfer calls from inside and outside Offers home video control with cyclical CCTV vision, day and night functions and the ability to display the alarms present in the various apartments - Operating systems supported: Microsoft Windows XP Service Pack 2 and Windows Vista - Software required: NET Framework 2.0 or later 634 34 634 31 5740 32 (see composition below) + Home Automation - EP4 Pack Cat. No. Video door entry system kits For 1 apartment or villa 1 5740 32 Comprising: - 1 street panel supplied complete with special flush-mounting box - 1 hands-free video internal unit equipped with colour display and supplied with special flush-mounting box, support frame and Mirror white plate - 1 power supply - 1 video adaptor Possibility to install up to 4 internal video or audio units For 2 apartments 1 5740 33 Comprising : - 1 street panel supplied complete with special flush- mounting box - 2 hands-free video internal units equipped with colour display and supplied with special flush-mounting box, support frame and Mirror white plate - 1 power supply - 1 video adaptor Possibility to install up to 2 internal video or audio units
294 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Arteor TM BUS/SCS Detection and access control Pack Cat. No. Detectors Equipped with White or Magnesium square version cover plates, to be equipped with plates (p. 236 - 237) 2 module mechanisms IR detectors Volumetric presence detector with passive infrared rays Alarm signal LED with memory 8 meters range, 14 bands divided over 3 levels Possible activation of auxiliary prealarm White Magnesium channel 1 5739 36 5739 37 Fixed IR detector Angular opening 105° 1 5739 38 5739 39 Adjustable IR detector Angular opening can be divided from 105°to 0° Swivel lens on 2 axes 1 488 33 Ceiling mount sensor, surface mount 90-360° Double technology detectors (IR and MW) 1 5739 40 5739 41 Volumetric presence detector made up of two sensors: one infrared to detect hot bodies (IR) and one with microwaves to detect movements (MW) The alarm is only triggered when both detection technologies are activated Support frames and plates selection charts (p. 236 - 237) Transponder readers Equipped with White or Magnesium square version cover plates, to be equipped with plates (p. 236 - 237) White Magnesium 2 module mechanisms 1 5739 48 5739 49 Transponder reader which activates/deactivates the system with the transponder (badge) Able to store up to 30 transponders 5739 41 5739 38 5739 48 488 33 For complete technical information see "Arteor TM - Project and installation Guide" Pack Cat. No. Transponders 3 035 75 Key card transponder to activate/deactivate the system Opening detector interfaces 1 035 73 Contact interface. 2 DIN modules Accessories SCS cable 2 wire cable for BUS system Conform to IEC 45-5 and IEC 20-20 1 492 31 Length 100 m
295 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages n Video door entry system Wiring diagram for video kit Cat. No. 5740 32 Dimensions of video internal display units Cat. No. 5739 50/51 Installation distances for video Number of wires to be used irrespective of the number of apartments: 2 wires for both audio and video Dimensions of audio internal units Cat. No. 5740 11 and 5743 11 230V 12 V =250 mAmax. 30 151.5 151.5 33.2 230V 230 V 12 V = 250 mAmax. 30 45 40.2 113 n Audio door entry system Wiring diagram with 1 street panel and 1 audio internal unit Cat. No. 5740 11 or 5743 11 Installation distances for audio door entry systems Audio internal unit Power supply Street panel Door release 0.28 mm 2 140 m 200 m 30 m 340 m 0.50 mm 2 210 m 290 m 50 m 500 m 1 mm 2 420 m 580 m 100 m 1000 m Video internal unit Power supply Street panel 0.2 mm 2 50 m 50 m 50 m (total max. distance) PT278 (28 mm 2 ) 90 m 115 m 150 m (total max. distance) SYT 6/10-SYT 5/10 (0,5 mm 2 ) 60 m 80 m 140 m (total max. distance) SYT 9/10-SYT 8/10 (1 mm 2 ) 200 m 200 m 200 m (total max. distance) Home Automation - EP4 Arteor TM BUS/SCS Door entry systems
296 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Mounting accessories for BUS/SCS only 2, 4 and 6 gang Batibox TM Masonry boxes 100 801 41 Square boxes for joining together For wiring accessories using screws or claws. 1-gang boxes can be used to make up multi-gang boxes by joining Can be used horizontally or vertically 71 mm fixing centres. Cutting out of internal partitions for mounting extended functions. Supplied with screws fitted with protective shield. Knockout cable entries, Ø16-20-255, Depth 40 mm Plaster box 20 0893 12 Spring loaded lugs accommodate plaster or other materials ranging from 6 to 20 mm thickness Depth 32 mm Pack Cat. No. Batibox TM Plaster boxes For mounting equipment using screws Drilling diameter 67 mm Supplied with removable dividers for accommodating extended functions Depth 40 mm For 60 and 71 mm fixing centres 50 800 41 1-gang or 2 modules 30 800 42 2-gang or 4 modules Horizontal or vertical use 30 800 43 3-gang or 6 modules Horizontal or vertical use 800 42 800 77 Pack Cat. No. Support frames for French and German type plates For mounting of home automation controls only Screw mounting 10 5760 21 For 2 modules Claw mounting 5 5760 20 For 2 modules Tools for flush-mounting boxes Installation gauge 1 800 77 For easy marking and cutting out of plasterboard in multi-gang configuration from an existing hole. Integrated bubble level Hole cutter 1 800 67 Bi-metallic hole cutter Equipped with extractor spring Ø67 mm 1 to 4-gang boxes For use in the following materials: plasterboard, wood, fibreboard, stainless steel reinforced life M3 HSS teeth Pilot drill with carbide tip Support frames for British standard touch plates For mounting of home automation controls only (suitable for SCS touch plates only) Screw mounting 10 5760 03 For 2 modules French and German standard Product Plate Support Frame + Plaster Box OR Masonry Box 2 modules (2 gang) 2 x 2 modules (4 gang) 2 x 3 modules (6 gang) + + + + + + Installation table 5760 21 800 42 800 41 800 43 801 41 801 41 801 41 British standard touch control plates 2 modules (2 gang) + OR 5739 04/05/08/09 5760 03 893 12 801 41 801 41 801 41 801 41 5760 21 5760 21 5760 21 5760 21 5760 21 (1) (1) (1) (1) Plates selection chart (p. 236 - 237) 5760 03 5760 21
297 Whilst most items are stock lines some products are made to order For delivery dates and latest prices please contact your local HPM Legrand customer service representative For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages Notes
298 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. P. 307 Arteor™ sockets Arteor TM wiring accessories P. 301 Presentation of office equipment system P. 306 Pop-up boxes Ask for your Soluflex brochure now! Tel: 1300 369 777 SOLUFLEX® Cable Management Cable management Trunking systems Desktop Floor P. 309 DLPlus mini trunking system
299 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. P. 306 Pop-up boxes P. 317 Mainline power track 032800-29437m.eps P. 308 Floor duct P. 318 SoluFlex floor systrem Ask for your catalogue now! Tel. 1300 369 777 CABLOFIL® Cable Management P. 304 Arteor floor boxes P. 308 Mini-columns P. 310 Fully assembled and adaptable DLP trunking system P. 309 DLPlus mini trunking system P. 302 Heavy duty in-screed floor box NEW
300 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Global solutions for office equipment Unlimited solutions to manage power and data in office buildings THEY HAVE SPECIFIED AND INSTALLED LEGRAND PRODUCTS: Atos Origine: Eindhoven | Netherlands BMW: Swansea | United Kingdom Ensemble Westraven: Utrecht | Netherlands Mega City Zone | Korea (south) BSGV Offices | Russia Espark Shopping Center | Turkey Flexible solution for easy configuration of offices
301 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. PROXIMITY DESKTOP MULTI-OUTLET EXTENSIONS (consult us) Easily movable and flexible solutions to ensure the users have outlets where they need them MINI-COLUMNS AND FLOOR DUCTS (See p. 308) – Supply to workstations via floor– Meet requirements for solid reconfiguration of offices FLOOR BOXES (See p. 304) The combination of Arteor TM wiring devices and Legrand floor boxes covers all requirements for layout and access SOLUFLEX CABLE FLOOR SYSTEM (See p. 318) Flexibility andtime-saving. For new buildings and refurbishments FLOOR SYSTEM ARTEOR TM FUNCTIONS (See p. 307) 200 functions for low and high currents to meet all requirements in commercial buildings ARTEOR TM NEW PERIMETER TRUNKING SYSTEM (See p. 310) A vast range of fully integrated products for cable management in the floor to cable management along the walls and in the ceiling CABLOFIL STEEL WIRE MESH TRAY (Consult us)Solutions to manage cables easily CABLOFIL
302 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. HEAVY DUTY FLOOR BOXES Heavy duty floor box For concrete floors For highly frequented areas, requiring important mechanical resistance and/or washing down Conform to standard EN 60-670 and EN 50 085-2-2 Accessories for metal in-screed floor box 1 896 83 Normal load support Up to 8 KN load with deflection 6 mm 1 896 84 Heavy load support Up to 20 KN load with deflection 3 mm 6 896 39 Set of 2 conduit adaptors for metal cavity floor box Cat.No 896 34 Plates for metal in-screed floor boxes For metal in-screed floor box Cat.No 896 34 Use support Cat.No 896 83 or 896 84 All types of floors IP 66 plain cover (cover closed) Access trap for junction, no cable exit 1 896 85 IP 66 plain plate Marbled and tiled floors IP 66 plate (cover closed and plugs not connected) with central cable exit 1 896 86 IP 66 plate with central cable exit To receive 24 mosaic modules Supplied with all necessary wiring accessories supports Accessory for plate with central cable exit 1 896 87 IP 52 cable exit accessory for IP 66 cover plate Cat.No 896 86 Wooden floors 1 896 88 IP 30 plate with 2 lateral cable exits To receive 24 mosaic modules Supplied with all necessary wiring accessories supports Pack Cat.No. Metal in-screed floor box Junction or connection point for concrete floor according to type of cover associated For junction of LV and ELV cabling and/or installation of floor boxes Height adjustable from 105 mm to 140 mm using 4 inserts located in the box corners and a tool adapting to electric drill or screwdriver Bendable side walls for assembling with different sizes of floor ducts Supplied with worksite protection cover to be replaced by blanking cover plate or mounting cover plate Allowing floor covering infill between 6 and 24 mm 1 896 34 Universal metal in-screed backbox NEW 896 34 + 896 83 + 896 85 896 34 + 896 83 + 896 88 896 34 + 896 83 + 896 86+ 896 87 High resistance for high requirement For highly frequented areas, requiring important mechanical resistance and/or washing down. Perfect solution for shopping centres, car showrooms, exhibition halls, airports… Heavy load support: 8 and 20 KN load resistance 3 types of cover: - IP 66 plain cover for all types of floors - IP 66 for marble and tiled floors - IP 30 for wooden floors Meets sturdiness requirements NEW
303 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Metal in-sceed floor box n PVC floor duct and backboxes installation principle Underfloor box fixing Height adjustment Placing the floor ducts Placing the lateral sides Pouring the concrete Cover change Placing the floor box 450 450 480 56 - 140 n Dimensions cat. no. 896 34 Floor service outlet boxes and access units n Classification for distribution system by floor n Composition and function with distribution sytem on floor Standard EN 50085-2-2 concerns systems for distributing currents in the floor (sunken or surface-mounted) It ensures consistent performance along the entire distribution length up to the user connection point Embedded in floor On floor Heavy duty floor system 6.2 Resistance to impact for installation and application 5 J 5 J 5 J 6.3 Minimum storage and transport temperature - 25 °C - 25 °C - 25 °C 6.3 Minimum installation and application temperature - 5 °C - 5 °C - 5 °C 6.3 Maximum application temperature + 60 °C + 60 °C + 60 °C 6.4 Resistance to flame propagation Non propagating Non propagating Non propagating 6.5 Electrical continuity characteristics Without continuity Without continuity Without continuity 6.6 Electrical insulating characteristics Without electrical insulating characteristic Without electrical insulating characteristic Without electrical insulating characteristic 6.7 Degree of protection provided by enclosure IP30 IP20 IP66 (A) IP30 (B) 6.9 System access cover retention With a tool With a tool With a tool 6.101 Floor treatment Dry floor treatment Dry floor treatment Wet floor treatment 6.102 Resistance to a vertical load applied over a small surface area 750 N 750 N 3000 N 6.103 Optional classification according to resistance to a vertical load applied over a large surface area 3000 N 3000 N 15000 N Dim. trunking 92 x 20 Cat.No 328 00 Nbr of compartments 4 Accessories for over floor trunking Distribution box Cat.No 328 01 Flat angle Cat.No 328 02 Cover joint Cat.No 328 03 End cap Cat.No 328 07 Mini-column White Cat.No 307 42 Alu Cat.No 307 29 Column modules see p. 308
304 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Floor boxes For raised or concrete floors Conform to standard NF EN 60-670 IP30 IK07 Workstation connection for raised floor or concrete floor (using plastic underfloor box, see oppposite page) Supplied with reversible cover for carpet For technical space ≥ 75 mm Mounting boxes (for horizontal wiring device positioning): - height adjustable from 75 to 105 mm - ensures perfect cable separation - takes 2 flexible conduits Ø20 mm - offset one from another for optimal connection for all sockets - takes marking labels - to be equipped with Arteor™ sockets (see p. 307) Easy opening cover by rings and holding in open position during connection 896 06 equipped with Arteor™ sockets 896 11 equipped with Arteor™ sockets Grey floor box with cover for carpet 896 16 equipped with Arteor™ sockets Pack Cat.No. With adjustable height from 75 to 105 mm to be equipped Floor boxes equipped with empty mounting boxes To be equipped with Arteor wiring accessories (p. 307) 12 modules 1 896 06 With cover for carpet Grey RAL 7031 18 modules 1 896 11 With cover for carpet Grey RAL 7031 24 modules 1 896 16 With cover for carpet Grey RAL 7031 Perfect integration! Legrand provides equipment for your raised floors and concrete floor slabs. The floor boxes blend in with the decor and their ergonomic design is tailored to users’ requirements. FLOOR BOXES 2 ranges: Adjustable height (75 to 105 mm) and reduced height (65 mm) for low service spaces Reversible cover: That can be covered (carpet, vinyl, parquet, etc.) and is easy to open (no tool required) Floor boxes: Available in custom-made solutions for all specific requirements, please consult us
305 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Floor boxes and underfloor boxes For raised or concrete floors Floor boxes and underfloor boxes For raised or concrete floors 896 26 896 21 896 30 Pack Cat.No. Floor boxes with height reduced to 65 mm Conform to standard NF EN 60 670 IP30 - IK07 For technical space ≥ 65 mm For renovation with reduced height technical floor or for concrete floor Supplied with reversible cover Mounting boxes (for vertical wiring device positioning): - supplied with blanking plates requiring sufficient space between the sockets if angled plugs are used - to be equipped with Arteor™ sockets - takes marking labels - ensures perfect cable separation Easy opening cover by rings and holding in open position during connection 10 modules For installing 4x2 modules Arteor and 2x1 module Arteor™ 1 896 20 With stainless steel cover grey RAL 7031 1 896 21 With cover for carpet, grey RAL 7031 16 modules For installing 8x2 modules Arteor™ 1 896 25 With stainless steel cover, grey RAL 7031 1 896 26 With cover for carpet, grey RAL 7031 Plastic underfloor boxes For integration of floor boxes in concrete floor installations Power supply by flexible conduits Ø16, 20 and 25mm Supplied with polystyrene for easy installation (see opposite) 1 896 30 For integration of floor boxes 12 modules, or floor boxes with reduced height 10 modules 1 896 31 For integration of floor boxes 18 modules 1 896 32 For integration of floor boxes 24 modules, or floor boxes with reduced height 16 modules n Installation principles Installation n Positioning wiring accessories In floor boxes height 65 mm n Choice of plastic underfloor box according to the floor box to be installed A B 18-48 75 65 105 A A B B 18-48 896 25 In floor boxes with adjustable height 75 to 105 mm Cat. No. A (mm) B (mm) 896 06/20/21 212 252 896 11 252 252 896 16/25/26 306 252 A B Arteor™ GPO’s, A/V and Data Sockets (p. 307)
306 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. 0 540 00 0 540 13 Pop-up type flush-mounting boxes For workstation & meeting room table applications 0 540 06 0 540 18 0 540 23 0 540 28 0 540 33 Pack Cat.No. Pop-up boxes to be equipped Slim design for perfect integration into the floor or office furniture Soft opening for enhanced comfort and safety Equipped with "push and slide" locking system to avoid accidental opening by feet To be equipped with Mosaic or Arteor socket outlets For installation use the flush-mounting boxes for concrete floors or the kits for raised access floors or table top (see below)3 modules 1 0 540 10 Matt Aluminium 1 0 540 15 Brushed Brass 1 0 540 20 Brushed Stainless Steel 6 (2 x 3) modules 1 0 540 12 Matt Aluminium 1 0 540 17 Brushed Brass 1 0 540 22 Brushed Stainless Steel 4 modules 1 0 540 11 Matt Aluminium 1 0 540 16 Brushed Brass 1 0 540 21 Brushed Stainless Steel 1 0 540 26 Matt Black 1 0 540 31 Glossy White 8 (2 x 4) modules 1 0 540 13 Matt Aluminium 1 0 540 18 Brushed Brass 1 0 540 23 Brushed Stainless Steel 1 0 540 28 Matt Black 1 0 540 33 Glossy White Flush-mounting boxes for installation in concrete floors For installation of pop-up floor boxes in concrete floors Equipped with knockouts for Φ 20 and Φ 25 mm conduitsMetal flush-mounting boxes 1 0 540 00 3 modules 1 0 540 01 4 modules 1 0 540 02 6 (2 x 3) modules 1 0 540 03 8 (2 x 4) modules Plastic flush-mounting boxes 10 6 503 90 3 modules 10 6 503 91 6 modules Can be installed in concrete or raised access floors or integrated directly into the furniture (desks, meeting room tables, etc) Conform to IEC 60670-1, IEC 60670-23 et IEC 60884-1 Pack Cat.No. Installation kits for raised access floors or table top Includes an empty receptacle and fixing brackets for raised access floor tiles or table tops Equipped with cable retainer for power cables, to ensure increased safety of the installation Compatible with: - Cat. 6 data cabling - audio/video cabling 1 0 540 05 3 modules 1 0 540 06 4 modules 1 0 540 07 6 (2 x 3) modules 1 0 540 08 8 (2 x 4) modules
307 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Arteor TM Outlets, television and telephone sockets Pack Cat. No. Socket Outlet 240 VA 10 AR787AMWE 10A single autoswitched socket outlet 2 module, 22.5 x 45 mm 10 AR787/15AMWE 15A single autoswitched socket outlet 2 module, 22.5 x 45 mm Blank modules 10 5723 41 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5723 42 2 modules 22.5 x 45 mm White Arteor TM Audio and video sockets, Cat. 6/Cat. 5e data sockets and adaptors for data sockets 5722 74 5722 82 5722 81 5722 72 Pack Cat. No. Audio and video sockets 3 x female RCA 1 5722 73 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Female 3.5 mm jack 1 5722 74 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm YUV 1 5722 71 1 module 22.5 x 45 m HDMI 1 5722 81 2 modules 22.5 x 45 mm Female HD 15 1 5722 82 2 modules 22.5 x 45 mm USB female sockets 1 5722 75 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm White For VGA, XGA or VESA Pack Cat. No. RJ 45 - tool-less system Rapid connection sockets, no tool required Cat. 6 10 5723 02 UTP - 8 contacts 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5723 14 UTP - 8 contacts 2 modules 22.5 x 45 mm Square version Cat. 5e 10 5723 03 UTP - 8 contacts 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5723 15 UTP - 8 contacts 2 modules 22.5 x 45 mm White 5723 06 5723 15 Adaptors for data sockets Equipped with transparent label-holder Keystone 10 5723 37 Adaptor for single connector 2 modules 22.5 x 45 mm Systimax 10 5723 38 Adaptor for single connector 2 modules 22.5 x 45 mm White TV sockets International series 10 5721 63 TV single shielded "F" type with screws 0-2400 MHz attenuation ≤ 2 db 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm 10 5721 71 TV single shielded male ∅ 9.5 mm 0-2400 MHz 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm Television sockets TV sockets 10 5719 07 75 ohm “F” connector for cable and pay TV 0-2.4 GHz (Foxtel recognised) 1 module 22.5 x 45 mm White RJ 11 and RJ 12 sockets RJ 11 10 5723 00 4 contacts 1 module 22.5 x 45mm 10 5723 13 4 contacts 2 modules 22.5 x 45mm RJ 12 10 5723 12 6 contacts 2 modules 22.5 x 45mm 5719 07 5728 13 5723 00 AR787AMWE More Arteor™ wiring devices see Arteor catalogue
308 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Mini columns to be equipped For raised floor 307 42 White finish 307 29 Aluminium brush Over floor trunking 328 00 300 92 300 93 Conform to standard EN 50085-2-2 For creating a link between trunking, column, mini-column, floor units or protecting cables on passageways. Supplied with cover Pack Cat.No. Over floor trunking 50 x 12 mm Trunking RAL 7030 54 300 92 Length 2 m, supplied with cover 3 compartments Capacity 1: max. ∅ 9 mm Capacity 2: max. ∅ 6 mm Over floor trunking 75 x 18 mm Trunking RAL 7030 36 300 93 Length 2 m, supplied with cover 3 compartments Capacity 1: max. ∅ 14 mm Capacity 2: max. ∅ 11 mm Over floor trunking 92 x 20 mm Trunking RAL 7016 20 328 00 Length 2 m, supplied with cover 4 compartments Equipped with 2 adhesive strips for better floor fixing Capacity 1: max. ∅ 14.5 mm Capacity 2: max. ∅ 9.5 mm 50 12 2 1 75 2 1 18 92 20 2 1 2 1 : maxi Ø 14,5 mm : maxi Ø 9 mm Junction for trunkings To be used with Cat.No 328 00 5 107 71 + 106 90 For cover 65 mm 5 107 72 + 106 90 For cover 85 mm Accessories 10 328 07 End cap 10 328 03 Cover joint 5 328 02 Flat angle 1 328 05 Connection for mini-trunking installed as 60 x 20 or 75 x 20 skirting trunking 5 328 01 Distribution box For spurs in 4 directions with separation of currents 107 72 + 106 90 + 328 00 Pack Cat.No. Mini-columns aluminium finish Consisting of: - 4-compartment aluminium body - Fixing base with protective cap - 4 anodised aluminium covers - Finishing cap 1 307 29 Height 68 cm Alu Supports for Arteor sockets To be equipped with Arteor sockets (p. 307) 1 307 78 4 modules - Length 215 mm 1 307 79 8 modules - Length 325 mm Alu Mini-columns white finish Consisting of: - 4-compartment aluminium body - Fixing base with protective cap - 4 white PVC covers - Finishing cap 1 307 42 Height 68 cm Supports for Arteor sockets To be equipped with Arteor sockets (p. 307) 1 310 65 4 modules - Length 215 mm 1 310 66 8 modules - Length 325 mm White White
309 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. DLPlus mini trunking Profiles and finishing accessories Pack Cat No. 16 x 16 mm cross section 32 6491 01 Mini-trunking - With protective cover and cablegrip 10 301 91 Internal/external bend 10 301 93 Flat elbow 10 301 94 T-Junction 10 312 05 End cap 10 303 88 83.5mm centre mounting block 10 303 79 2 modules Arteor frame 1 788 03 + 802 59 Horizontal cover plate for 3 modules 25 x 16 mm cross section 20 6491 0 3 Mini-trunking - With protective cover and cablegrip 10 302 41 Internal/external bend 10 302 43 Flat elbow 10 302 44 T-Junction 10 312 06 End cap 10 303 88 83.5mm centre mounting block 10 303 79 2 modules Arteor™ frame 10 788 03 + 802 59 Horizontal cover plate for 3 modules 40 x 25 mm cross section 12 6491 07 Mini-trunking - With protective cover and cablegrip 10 302 86 Internal/external bend 10 302 88 Flat elbow 10 302 28 T-Junction 10 312 14 End cap 10 303 88 83.5mm centre mounting block Mini trunking 3m length Supplied with cover White RAL 9003 New Cablegrip feature 300 99 300 98 Pack Cat.No. Cable guide with adhesive This cable guide is used to rapidly attach a cable to a wall without damage It is equipped with a double base insulating the nail or the staple from the cable 2 mounting systems are provided: - nail or staple mounting The base is pre-drilled every 10 cm - adhesive foam mounting: foam base equipped with a self-adhesive film (1 mm thick) Length: 2.10 m Supplied with cover Material: PVC 132 300 98 For cable ∅3 to 6 mm 90 300 99 For cable ∅7 and 9 mm 9.6 11 1 10.5 12.6 14 13.5 1 Changeable flat angle T-junction End-cap Changeable internal-external angle Changeable internal-external angle 25 x 25mm cross-section 18 649104 Mini-trunking - With protective cover and cablegrip
310 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Adaptable DLP trunking Bodies, finishing accessories and mounting wiring accessories TRUNKING BODIES, COVERS, PARTITIONS AND ACCESSORIES BENDS FLAT JUNCTION (2) Number of compartments Cover(s) width (mm) Dimensions (mm) Bodies Covers Division partitions Separation partitions Body joints Cover joints End cap Internal bend (1) 85 to 95° External bend (1) 60 to 120° Flat angle To width 80 mm To width 105 mm 1 35 x 80 104 11 105 21 - 105 84 106 92 or 106 91 108 01 107 22 106 01 106 21 107 67 107 35 - 50 x 80 104 12 105 21 - 105 82 106 92 or 106 91 108 01 107 22 106 02 106 22 107 67 107 35 - 50 x 105 104 22 105 22 - 105 82 106 92 or 106 91 108 02 107 02 106 02 106 22 107 85 107 35 107 36 2 50 x 150 104 42 105 21(x2) supplied with body - 106 92 or 106 91 108 01(x2) 107 03 106 06 106 35 107 89 107 35 107 36 65 x 150 104 33 105 21(x2) 104 73 - 106 92 or 106 91 108 01(x2) 107 06 106 07 106 36 107 90 107 33 107 38 DADO TRUNKING 20 x 120 300 89 supplied with body supplied with body 308 67 - 336 68 337 74 336 65 336 66 336 67 336 64 - (1) Internal and external angles include partition junction(s) for installation with multi-compartment trunking (2) Flat junctions Cat. No. 107 37 and 107 40 are suitable for tap-off to a 105 mm wide profile equipped with a 65 mm cover and flat junctions Cat.No 107 36 and 107 38 are suitable for tap-off to a 105 mm wide profile equipped with a 85 mm cover White length: 2 m 65 65 65 65 65 65 85
311 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Adaptable DLP trunking Bodies, finishing accessories and mounting wiring accessories TRUNKING BODIES, COVERS, PARTITIONS AND ACCESSORIES BENDS FLAT JUNCTION (2) Number of compartments Cover(s) width (mm) Dimensions (mm) Bodies Covers Division partitions Separation partitions Body joints Cover joints End cap Internal bend (1) 85 to 95° External bend (1) 60 to 120° Flat angle To width 80 mm To width 105 mm 1 35 x 80 104 11 105 21 - 105 84 106 92 or 106 91 108 01 107 22 106 01 106 21 107 67 107 35 - 50 x 80 104 12 105 21 - 105 82 106 92 or 106 91 108 01 107 22 106 02 106 22 107 67 107 35 - 50 x 105 104 22 105 22 - 105 82 106 92 or 106 91 108 02 107 02 106 02 106 22 107 85 107 35 107 36 2 50 x 150 104 42 105 21(x2) supplied with body - 106 92 or 106 91 108 01(x2) 107 03 106 06 106 35 107 89 107 35 107 36 65 x 150 104 33 105 21(x2) 104 73 - 106 92 or 106 91 108 01(x2) 107 06 106 07 106 36 107 90 107 33 107 38 DADO TRUNKING 20 x 120 300 89 supplied with body supplied with body 308 67 - 336 68 337 74 336 65 336 66 336 67 336 64 - (1) Internal and external angles include partition junction(s) for installation with multi-compartment trunking (2) Flat junctions Cat. No. 107 37 and 107 40 are suitable for tap-off to a 105 mm wide profile equipped with a 65 mm cover and flat junctions Cat.No 107 36 and 107 38 are suitable for tap-off to a 105 mm wide profile equipped with a 85 mm cover Cover width 65 mm 85 mm DLP Dado Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. ARTEOR SUPPORTS (1) 2 modules 109 52 109 92 316 64 (1) 4 modules 109 54 109 94 305 58 (1) 317 54 (2) 6 modules 109 56 109 96 305 61 (1) 317 55 (2) 8 modules 109 58 109 98 (1) Fitted on trunking (2) Fitted beside trunking UNIVERSAL SUPPORTS Cover width 65 mm 85 mm DLP Dado 83.5mm 109 46 109 16 316 67 (1) 648 161 (2) (1) Fitted on trunking (2) Fitted outside trunking BACK BOX Cover width 65 mm 85 mm To mount on 83.5mm universal support 109 37 109 17 To mount on Arteor supports 2 modules 109 27 109 27 Fully assembled DLP trunking Mounting of wiring accessories
312 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Adaptable DLP trunking 35 x 80 and 50 x 80 Trunking and fittings Angles and end cap Internal and external bends Include the 2 components for the top and bottom of the trunking on which the flexible cover is fitted 10 106 01 Changeable internal bend, from 85° to 95° for 35 x 80 mm trunking 10 106 02 Changeable internal bend, from 85° to 95° for 50 x 80 mm trunking 10 106 21 Changeable external bend, from 60° to 120° for 35 x 80 mm trunking 10 106 22 Changeable external bend, from 60° to 120° for 50 x 80 mm trunking Flat angle 10 107 67 90° flat angle End cap 10 107 22 Left or right end cap Junctions Flat junction 5 107 35 For tap-off to a 80 mm wide branch Flat junction Cat.No 107 35 Changeable internal angle Cat.No 106 02 Changeable flat angle Cat.No 107 67 Changeable external angle Cat.No 106 22 Cat. No. for 50 x 80 trunking White length: 2 m (1) Number of metres in pack Arteor™ Pack Cat.No. Trunking Suitable for a wide range of requirements and applications: – Distribution: large wiring capacity and wide access to the wiring space – Installation: can be used with ranges: Mosaic and Arteor white Bodies Supplied without cover Length 2 m 20 104 11 (1) 35 x 80 mm 20 104 12 (1) 50 x 80 mm Flexible cover 20 105 21 (1) Fits onto the whole trunking including in internal or external angles Full cover width 65 mm Length 2 m Partitions Length 2 m 16 105 84 Self adhesive separation junction for 35 x 80 mm trunking 24 105 82 Separation partition for 50 x 80 mm trunking Joints 20 106 91 Body joint, for aligning bases during installation 20 106 92 Body joint, attached with adhesive (fit at the end of installation) 10 108 01 Cover joint 80 35 80 50 Pack Cat. No.
313 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Adaptable DLP trunking 50 x 105 Trunking and fittings White length: 2 m Pack Cat.No. Trunking Suitable for a wide range of requirements and applications: – Distribution: large wiring capacity and wide access to the wiring space – Installation: can be used with ranges: Mosaic and Arteor white Bodies Supplied without cover Length 2 m 20 104 22 (1) 50 x 105 mm Flexible cover 24 105 22 (1) Fits onto the whole trunking including in internal or external angles Full cover width 85 mm Length 2 m Partition 24 105 82 Separation partition for 50 mm deep trunking Length 2 m Joints 20 106 91 Body joint, for aligning bases during installation 20 106 92 Body joint, attached with adhesive (fit at the end of installation) 10 108 02 Cover joint Angles and end cap Internal and external bends Includes the 2 components for the top and bottom of the trunking on which the flexible cover is fitted 10 106 02 Changeable internal bend, from 85° to 95° for 50 x 105 mm trunking 10 106 22 Changeable external bend, from 60° to 120° for 50 x 105 mm trunking Flat angle 10 107 85 90° flat angle for 50 x 105 mm trunking End cap 20 107 02 For 50 x 105 mm trunking 65 105 50 Pack Cat.No. Junctions Flat junctions 5 107 35 For 50 x 105 mm trunkings To tap-off to a 80 mm wide trunking 5 107 36 For 50 x 105 mm trunkings To tap-off to a 105 mm wide trunking equipped with a 85 mm cover Changeable internal angle Cat.No 106 02 Changeable flat angle Cat.No 107 85 Changeable external angle Cat.No 106 22 Cat. No. for 50 x 105 trunking Flat junction Cat.No 107 35 (1) Number of metres in pack Arteor™
314 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Adaptable DLP trunking 50 x 150 Trunking and fittings Tableau de choix (p. 782-783) Flat junction Cat.No 107 35 Changeable flat angle Cat.No 107 89 Changeable external angle Cat.No 106 35 Cat. No. for 50 x 150 trunking Pack Cat.No. Trunking Suitable for a wide range of requirements and applications: – Distribution: large wiring capacity and wide access to the wiring space – Installation: can be used with ranges: Mosaic and Arteor Body 10 104 42 (1) 50 x 150 mm Supplied without cover Length 2 m Flexible covers Fits on to the whole trunking including in internal or external angles Length 2 m 20 8 105 21 (1) 105 24 (1) Partial cover width 65 mm (2 covers required) Full cover width 130 mm Joints 20 106 91 Body joint, for aligning bases during installation 20 106 92 Body joint, attached with adhesive (fit at the end of installation) 10 108 01 Cover joint (2 cover joints required if used with covers 65 mm) Pack Cat.No. Angles and end cap Internal and external bends Includes the 2 components for the top and bottom of the trunking and 1 partition junction to ensure continuity of partitions and to hold the cover in place for the 2 compartments trunking only 5 106 06 Changeable internal bend, from 85° to 95° 106 35 Changeable external bend, from 60° to 120°, for 50 x 150 mm trunking 5 107 89 90° flat angle 10 107 03 Left or right end cap Junctions Flat junctions 5 107 35 For tap-off to a 80 mm wide trunking 5 107 36 For tap-off to a 105 mm wide trunking equipped with a 85 mm cover Changeable internal angle Cat.No 106 06 150 50 2 compartments Arteor™
315 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Adaptable DLP trunking 65 x 150 Trunking and fittings Cat. No. for 65 x 150 trunking Flat junction Cat.No 107 38 Changeable internal angle Cat.No 106 03 Changeable external angle Cat.No 106 36 Changeable flat angle Cat.No 107 90 Pack Cat.No. Trunking Suitable for a wide range of requirements and applications: – Distribution: large wiring capacity and wide access to the wiring space – Installation: can be used with ranges: Mosaic and Arteor 1 comp. Cover 130 A 2 comp. Cover 65 B Body 8 104 33(1) 65 x 150 mmSupplied without coverLength 2 m Flexible covers Fits on to the whole trunking including internal or external anglesLength 2 m 20 8 105 24 (1) 105 21 Partial cover width 65 mm Full cover width 130 mm Partitions Length 2 m 48 104 73 Division partition, for fitting partial covers Joints 20 106 91 Body joint, for aligning bases during installation 20 106 92 Body joint, attached with adhesive (fit at the end of installation) 10 108 04 108 01 Cover joint Angles and end cap 1 comp. Cover 130 A 2 comp. Cover 65 B Internal and external bends Includes the 2 components for the top and bottom of the trunking and 1 partition junction to ensure continuity of partitions and to hold the cover in place for the 2 compartments trunking only 10 106 03 Changeable internal bend, from 85° to 95° for 65 x 150 mm trunking 5 106 07 Changeable internal bend, from 85° to 95° for 65 x 150 mm trunking Pack Cat.No. Angles and end cap (continued) 1 comp. Cover 130 A 2 comp. Cover 65 B 5 106 23 Changeable external bend, from 60° to 120° for 65 x 150 mm trunkings 5 106 36 Changeable external bend, from 60° to 120° for 65 x 150 mm trunkings 5 107 90 90° flat angle 10 107 06 Left or right end cap Junctions Flat junctions 5 107 33 To tap-off to a 80 mm wide branch 5 107 38 To tap-off to a 105 mm wide branch equipped with a 50 mm deep trunking 150 65 1 compartment A 2 compartments B Arteor™
316 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. DLP Dado SkirtingLength 2 m, 20 x 120 mm 2 compartments for the distribution of mains and extra low voltage possible to add 2 compartments with partitions Cat. No. 308 67 Trunking is supplied with fixing plate allowing current separation Pack Cat.No. Skirting trunking 15 300 89 Trunking body Length 2 m Partition 44 308 67 Clip on separation partition 2m 1, 2, 3 or 4 compartments Finishing accessories 10 336 64 End cap Junction up to 60 x 16 mm Can be used as cable outlet for heating or air-conditioning 5 336 65 Changeable internal angle 5 336 66 Changeable external angle 5 336 67 Flat junction or flat angle 10 336 68 Cover joint 10 337 74 End cap 120 302 55 Staple joint DLP Dado skirting 20 x 120 Pack Cat.No. Frames for wiring accessories For Mosaic or Arteor wiring accessories Fitted on the trunking 5 316 64 2 modules 10 305 58 4 modules 5 305 61 6 modules For 83.5 mm fixing centres wiring accessories 5 316 67 3 modules For Arteor wiring accessories fitted alongside the trunking 2 317 54 4 modules 2 317 55 6 modules For 83.5 mm fixing centres wiring accessories 1 6481 61 Surface mounting block 20 120
317 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Mainline Power track Single phase wall mounted PVC power track system Pic as discussed with Guillume Pack Cat.No. Mainline White Black Power track 1 ML20W ML20B Track 2 m Socket outlet 10 MLA1W MLA1B Socket outlet 10A Accessories 10 MLITLW MLITLB Terminal Block - Left 10 MLITRW MLITRB Terminal Block - Right 10 MLTLW MLTLB Terminal - Left 10 MLTRW MLTRB Terminal - Right 10 MLTSW MLTSB Set of Terminals (Left & Right) 10 MLENDW MLENDB End cap 10 MLQCSJW MLQCSJB Joiner 10 MLICJW MLICJB Internal Corner 10 MLECJW MLECJB External Corner For aluminium trunking for Mainline - please consult us NEW
318 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Soluflex ® cable floor system selection chart Height (mm) Tile Support Double edge plate Single edge plate Step Step corner Ramp Earthing tile 37 84000 10 84037 00 84000 60 84000 61 84037 22 84037 30 84037 40 84000 20 60 84000 10 84060 00 84000 60 84000 61 84060 22 84060 30 84060 40 84000 20 90 84000 10 84090 00 84000 60 84000 61 84090 22 84090 30 84090 40 84000 20 120 84000 10 84120 00 84000 60 84000 61 84120 22 84120 30 84120 40 84000 20 Soluflex Brochure_2010_19-2-10.qxd 8/3/10 2:58 PM Page 10 (1) (2) 2 1 4 6 5 (3) (4) Cable outlet tile Accessory outlet tile Fixing bracket Fully - Submerged Arteor TM unit Floor box tile Floor box tile Cable snake – black (2) Mini - column 84000 30 84000 40 84000 50 − − − 81906 41 30729 84000 30 84000 40 84000 50 84060 72 81906 41 30729 84000 30 84000 40 84000 50 − 84090 85 8090 87 81906 41 30729 84000 30 84000 40 84000 50 − 84090 85 8090 87 81906 41 30729 Cable snake The cable snake creates neat, tidy work spaces by concealing cables between the floor and the desk. For more information, contact us on 1300 369 777 Mini column 2 finishes available, aluminium or white. To be equipped with supports for Arteor TM sockets (p. 307) For more information contact us on 1300 369 777 3 7 (5) (6) (7) For boxes 89606, 89620, 89621 For boxes 89625, 89626 Soluflex Brochure_2010_19-2-10.qxd 8/3/10 2:58 PM Page 11 − −
319 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Soluflex ® cable floor system selection chart Height (mm) Tile Support Double edge plate Single edge plate Step Step corner Ramp Earthing tile 37 84000 10 84037 00 84000 60 84000 61 84037 22 84037 30 84037 40 84000 20 60 84000 10 84060 00 84000 60 84000 61 84060 22 84060 30 84060 40 84000 20 90 84000 10 84090 00 84000 60 84000 61 84090 22 84090 30 84090 40 84000 20 120 84000 10 84120 00 84000 60 84000 61 84120 22 84120 30 84120 40 84000 20 Soluflex Brochure_2010_19-2-10.qxd 8/3/10 2:58 PM Page 10 Cable outlet tile Accessory outlet tile Fixing bracket Fully - Submerged Arteor TM unit Floor box tile Floor box tile Cable snake – black (2) Mini - column 84000 30 84000 40 84000 50 − − − 81906 41 30729 84000 30 84000 40 84000 50 84060 72 81906 41 30729 84000 30 84000 40 84000 50 − 84090 85 8090 87 81906 41 30729 84000 30 84000 40 84000 50 − 84090 85 8090 87 81906 41 30729 Cable snake The cable snake creates neat, tidy work spaces by concealing cables between the floor and the desk. For more information, contact us on 1300 369 777 Mini column 2 finishes available, aluminium or white. To be equipped with supports for Arteor TM sockets (p. 307) For more information contact us on 1300 369 777 3 7 (5) (6) (7) For boxes 89606, 89620, 89621 For boxes 89625, 89626 Soluflex Brochure_2010_19-2-10.qxd 8/3/10 2:58 PM Page 11 − − (7)
320 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Industrial bells (P. 324) Flashing and rotating lights (P. 325) P. 324 Electro- mechanical sirens 041303-1649m.eps VDI structed cabling system and warning devices Bells, sirens, buzzers and warning lights VDI structured cabling system P. 325 Flashing and rotating lights P. 322 LCS patch panels and units
321 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. P. 324 Industrial bells P. 324 Heavy duty buzzers P. 325 Blinking lights P. 322 Cords and cables P. 322 LCS patch panels and units
322 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. LCS Legrand cabling system Patch cords and user cords Category 5e and 6 LCS² Legrand cabling system Patch panels and blocks of connectors Category 5e RJ 45 - RJ 45 straight Conform to standards ISO 11801 ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 et EIA/TIA 568 Pack Cat.No. Patch panels cat. 5e 24 x RJ 45 connectors Panels supplied with quick-fixing All enclosures or cabinets general assembly Panels ensure automatic grounding of each connector Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during maintenance Fitted with 4 units of 6 LCS² RJ 45 connectors cat 5e with fast connection thanks to intergrated crimping, with colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B Supplied with colour labels numbered from 1 to 24 Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568 19» panel - 1U 1 335 51 UTP panel - 8 contacts Modular panels Panels supplied with fast assembly All enclosures or cabinets general assembly Panels ensure automatic grounding of each connector Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during maintenance Modular empty panels for up to 4 units Takes the following equipment -units of 6 LCS² RJ 45 connectors -units for telephone inlets -fibre optic units -PoE injector units -video streaming units -switch units -telephone/ethernet doubler units -copper/fibre optic converter units -blanking plates 1 335 90 19” panel - 1 U Units of 6 x RJ 45 connectors cat. 5e Fitted with 6 x LCS² RJ 45 connectors cat. 5e with fast connection thanks to intergrated crimping, with colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B Supplied with colour labels Conforms to standards ISO/EIA 568 2 335 54 UTP unit 10 335 91 Blanking plate for 19” panel - Black Pack Cat.No. Patch cords and user cords RJ 45 Cat. 5e Grey RAL 7035 Special lengths of cords on request U/UTP (previously UTP) unscreened, impedance 100 Ω PVC 5 516 36 Length 1 m 5 516 37 Length 2 m 5 516 38 Length 3 m 5 516 39 Length 5 m 5 516 90 Length 30 cm 5 517 45 Length 60 cm Patch cords and user cords RJ 45 Cat. 6 RJ 45 - RJ 45 right U/UTP (previously UTP) unscreened, impedance 100 Ω PVC 5 517 72 Length 1 m 5 517 73 Length 2 m 5 517 74 Length 3 m 5 517 75 Length 5 m 335 54 335 51 517 75 516 39
323 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. LCS² Legrand cabling system Patch panels and blocks of connectors Category 6 Pack Cat.No. Patch panels cat. 6 24 x RJ 45 quick-fixing connectors Panels supplied with quick-fixing All enclosures or cabinets general assembly Panels ensure automatic grounding of each connector Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during maintenance Fitted with 4 units of 6 LCS² RJ 45 connectors cat 6 with fast connection thanks to intergrated crimping, with colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B Supplied with colour numbered labels Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed 2.0, amendment 2, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568C 19» panel - 1U 1 335 61 UTP panel - 8 contacts Modular panels Panels supplied with quick-fixing All enclosures or cabinets general assembly Panels ensure automatic grounding of each connector Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during maintenance Empty panels for up to 4 units Takes the following equipment -units of 6 LCS² RJ 45 connectors -units for telephone inlets -blanking plates 1 335 90 19” panel - 1 U Units of 6 x RJ 45 connectors cat. 6 Fitted with 6 x LCS² RJ 45 connectors cat. 6 with fast connection thanks to intergrated crimping, with colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B Supplied with colour labels Conforms to standards ISO/EIC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568 2 335 64 UTP unit - 8 contacts 10 335 91 Blanking plate for 19” panel - Black 335 64 335 61
324 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. 324 414 62 Electromechanical sirens Industrial bells and heavy duty buzzers Pack Cat No. IP 30-IK05 – continuous tone Electromechanical Supplied with screws for semi-flush mounting D.C. current Average acoustic continuous output Max. Voltage Power Cons. at 1m Weight rating = (W) (mA) (dB) (kg) (hr) 1 415 32 12 V 11 889 98 0.2 200 1 415 33 24 V 12 516 100 0.2 200 A.C. current – 50/60 Hz 1 415 36 24 V 12.5 531 100 0.2 200 1 415 39 230 V 57 250 105 0.35 100 Multi-tone electronic sirens IP 44 - IK07 97 to 106 dB 16 electronic sounds possible for identification of each defined event Easy to identify and select sounds for each appliance using coded wheel Adjustable sound level 1 415 45 230 V± Pack Cat No. Class I Double insulated Polyester corrosion resistant finish 200 hours maxi. continuous rating DC version IP 44-IK10 Ø 150 mm gong - RAL 3000 - Red Voltage Average Average Weight = Cons. acoustic (kg) (mA) output at 1 m (dB) 1 414 62 24 V 70 90 1 AC versions – 50/60 Hz IP 40-IK08 Ø 100 mm gong - RAL 7037 - Grey Voltage Average Average Weight ~ Cons. acoustic (kg) (mA) output at 1 m (dB) 1 413 49 230 V 50 95 0.8 IP 44-IK10 Ø 150 mm gong 1 414 16 24V 360 98 1 1 414 18 110/130V 90 98 1 1 414 19 230 V 50 98 1 Ø 250 mm gong 1 414 39 230 V 70 98 2.1 Industrial warning buzzer 110 dB IP 20 Frequency 350/400 Hz, continuous sound Operates intermittently : 1 min on / 10 min off Consumption in mA 1 415 23 230 V AC power supply: 120 1 415 20 24 V AC power supply: 820 Piezo buzzer 75 dB with flashing LED IP30 Flush mounting in dia. Ø16, 22, 33mm Frequency 3600 Hz, intermetent sound Consumption in mA 1 415 25 24 V AC/DC 5 1 415 26 230 V AC 4 415 39 415 45 413 49 414 19 415 25 415 23 n Dimensions Electromechanical sirens Cat. No. 415 32/33/36/38/39 42 103 60 72.5 Multi-sound electronic sirens Cat.No 415 45 121 143 61.5 n Selection chart of sounds (Cat.No 415 45) Type of signal Exemple of application Position of code Sound level (in Db at 1m) Frequency in Hz Consumption in mA max. min. Danger Moving equipment or vehicle 0 98 68 2400 to 2800 70 1 102 73 1000 to 1500 45 Interruption of a dangerous manufacturing process 2 98 70 2400 to 2800 75 3 98 70 2400 to 2800 50 4 99 72 2400 to 2800 100 5 104 75 2400 to 2800 100 Defect Interruption of a non-dangerous manufacturing process 6 102 70 1000 to 1500 30 7 97 68 1000 to 1500 30 8 101 73 1000 to 1500 50 9 101 73 1000 to 1500 50 A 102 74 1000 to 1500 30 Miscellaneous Access to a school, a work shop B 99 70 554 20 C 102 74 3000 100 Evacuation Fire D 98 69 440 to 554 20 Intrusion Inside alarm E 106 81 3200 / 3700 130 Outside alarm F 104 77 1400 / 1600 50
325 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. 325 413 36 413 37 413 38 413 85 413 70 Pack Cat No. Rotating lights Halogen bulb 20 W Screw-fixing Light intensity : 1 500 Cd (p) IP 65 - IK10 Dim. : height 185 mm, Ø 140 mm Supplied with halogen bulb 20W Consumption in mA 1 413 08 230 V AC, orange 300 1 413 12 230 V AC, red 300 Multi-voltage steady or blinking light IP 65 - IK10 Incandescent bulb 25 W BA15D Light intensity : 55 Cd (p) Screw-fixing Dim. : height 185 mm, Ø 140 mm Supplied without bulb Consumption in mA 1 413 26 24 to 230 V AC, orange 1000/100 (24 V± – 230 V±) 1 413 27 24 to 230 V AC, red 1000/100 (24 V± – 230 V±) Flashing light Xenon bulb 2 joules 1 Flash IP 65 - IK10 Light intensity : 1 050 Cd (p) Screw-fixing Dim. : height 185 mm, Ø 140 mm Supplied with bulb 2 joules 1 flash Consumption in mA 1 413 50 12/24 V AC/DC, orange 580/24 V ± 1 413 52 12/24 V AC/DC, red 580/24 V ± 1 413 56 230 V AC, orange 72 1 413 57 230 V AC, red 72 Multi-voltage steady or blinking lights – IP 54 - IK10 Incandescent bulb 10 W -BA15D Light intensity : 55 Cd (p) Screw-fixing Dim. : height 85 mm, Ø 105 mm Supplied without bulb (1) Consumption in mA 1 413 36 Orange 24 to 230 V AC 50/230 V AC 1 413 37 Red 24 to 230 V AC 50/230 V AC 1 413 38 Green 24 to 230 V AC 50/230 V AC (1) for bulbs use 41364/65 Pack Cat No. Flashing and audible lights – IP30 - IK10 Incandescent bulb 10 W -BA15D Light intensity : 30 Cd (p) Intermetent sound:2 700 Hz, 70 dB at 1m Screw-fixing Dim. : height 85 mm, Ø 105 mm Supplied without bulb Consumption (mA) 1 413 43 Orange 50/230V AC 1 413 44 Red 50/230V AC Bulbs Halogen bulbs 10 413 62 BA9 S H 12 V = 20 W – Cat. Nos 413 08/12 Incandescent bulbs DC 12 413 64 BA15 D 24V = 25W – Cat. No 413 26/27 12 413 65 BA15 D 48V = 25W – Cat. No 413 26/27 AC 12 413 69 BA15 D 230V ~ 25W – Cat. No 413 26/27 25 413 74 BA15 D 230V ~ 10W – Cat. Nos 413 36/37/38/43/44 Xenon 2 joules bulbs 1 413 70 for flashing light Cat. Nos 413 50/52/56/57 Accessories Protective grid Supports 1 413 85 Wall-mounting, screw-fixing for lights Ø 140 and 170 mm Illuminated signalling 413 57 413 08
326 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. ER Emergency exit signs (P. 332) Oyster fittings (P. 351) P. 330 Slide Connect G2 P. 355 AXIOM wireless area controller testing system P. 361 Lipso saftey lighting pilots P. 363 Switch sensors P. 338 IP20 and IP55 twin floodlights P. 351 Oyster fittings Wireless Area Controller Send Rcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Emergency lighting, saftey lighting, testing systems & lighting management sensors Emergency testing systems Safety lighting Lighting management Emergency exit signs Emergency lighting luminaires P. 336 LED weatherproof
327 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. 327 Lipso pilots (P. 361) Axiom area controller (P. 356) P. 355 AXIOM wireless area controller testing system P. 346 Satellite series P. 339 Battens P. 343 Weatherproof battens P. 358 Test switches P. 352 Power packs P. 332 ER emergency exit signs P. 337 LARGE exit signs P. 334 LED edgelight NEW P. 365 SCS Sensors P. 365 SCS Room Controllers P. 375 Zigbee Wireless Controllers
328 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. THEY HAVE SPECIFIED AND INSTALLED LEGRAND PRODUCTS: Westfield: Albany | NSW Canterbury University : | NZSydney Airport: Mascot | NSWToyota Complex: Cronulla | NSWDarwin Convention Centre: Darwin | NTRoyal Women's Hospital: Melbourne | VIC Emergency lighting solutions for all applications
329 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. (See p. 352)Compatible with magnetic and most electronic ballasts (See p. 356) To manage information on Axiom emergency lighting units SOFTWARE (See p. 356) For supervision of your installation (See p. 330 ) Energy savingexit signs (See p. 346) Providing lightingwhen power is cut. POWER PACKS SATELLITE AXIOM CENTRAL CONTROL PANEL MONITORING EMERGENCY EXIT SIGNS
330 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. LED Slide Connect G2 Single LED light source / Exit signs Slide Connect G2Unique single LED Maintained Exit sign (Patent Pending) Super Long-Life LED replaceable light source. Universal design for ‘One Box Solution’ Clamshell construction using composite PC/ABS blend materials for increased robustness. Retrofits to previous generation Minitronics Slide Connect bracket. Large terminal block for ease of connection. Switched-Mode Power Supply (SMPS) and Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) driver for extremely low energy consumption. LED Slide Connect series can be wall, ceiling or cantilever mounted. Pack Cat No. SPU Premium Standard NiCd two rate charge (Rate 150mA high - 40mA Low) 1 6862 00 White body c/w Running Man sheets (set of 4) 1 6862 01 White body c/w EXIT sheets, Peel-Off-Arrow (set of 3) 1 6862 08 Silver body c/w Running Man sheets (set of 4) 1 6862 09 Silver body c/w EXIT sheets, Peel-Off-Arrow (set of 3) 1 6862 06 Black body less diffuser sheets (no downward lens) Computer Monitored SPU’s AXIOM Wireless NiCd two rate charge (Rate 150mA high - 40mA Low) 1 6862 03 White body c/w Running Man sheets (set of 4) 1 6862 04 White body c/w EXIT sheets, Peel-Off-Arrow (set of 3) 1 6862 11 Silver body c/w Running Man sheets (set of 4) 1 6862 12 Silver body c/w EXIT sheets, Peel-Off-Arrow (set of 3) 1 6862 07 Black body less diffuser sheets (no downward lens) COMMANDER Wired NiCd two rate charge (Rate 150mA high - 40mA Low) 1 6862 03 White body c/w Running Man sheets (set of 4) 1 6862 04 White body c/w EXIT sheets, Peel-Off-Arrow (set of 3) 1 6862 11 Silver body c/w Running Man sheets (set of 4) 1 6862 12 Silver body c/w EXIT sheets, Peel-Off-Arrow (set of 3) 1 6862 07 Black body less diffuser sheets (no downward lens) 6862 00 NOTE: When an Axiom fitting is used on a Commander network, a communications cable Cat No 2010 58 must be used and ordered separately. Slide Connect G2 – Diffuser Sheets The high efficiency diffuser sheets are designed for long life, optimum colour, uniformity and excellent light transmission. Pack Cat No. Diffusers Sheets 1 6862 17 Running Man Straight ahead 1 6862 18 Running Man Left 1 6862 19 Running Man Right 1 6862 21 Running Man set (set 4) 1 6862 20 Running Man straight ahead, Green-On-Black 1 6862 32 Running Man Left, Green-on-Black 1 6862 33 Running Man Right, Green-on-Black 1 6862 22 ‘EXIT’ Peel-Off-Arrows 1 6862 27 ‘EXIT’ Peel-Off-Arrows, Green-On-Black 1 6862 29 Blank Opal (Translucent) 1 6862 28 Opaque (No light transmitted) 1 6862 30 Custom Printing (POA) Accessories 1 6862 14 2x2 Sub “C” replacement batteries 1 6862 15 Cantilever Bracket, White 1 6862 16 Wire Suspension Kit, Silver Pair of 2 1 6862 31 Mounting Bracket 1 6862 35 Wireguard - wall 400 x 250 x 100mm 1 6862 36 240Va.c. Slide Connect body only 1 6862 37 Wireguard - ceiling 400 x 220 x 230mm 1 6862 38 LED Assembly 1 2010 58 Commander Comms Cable
331 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. LED Slide Connect G2 Single LED light source / Exit signs Ceiling mount Wall mount Body assembly Diffuser installation Ceiling / Cantilever Rated emergency lumenoutput: 124lm (10W tube) Ceiling mount Wall mount Body assembly Diffuser installation Ceiling / Cantilever Rated emergency lumenoutput: 124lm (10W tube) 372mm 84mm 215mm Product Installation Dimensions Exploded view Emergency Lighting Classification Catalogue 6862 00 6862 016862 036862 046862 086862 096862 116862 12 Ceiling MountC 0 C 90 D3.2D3.2D3.2D3.2D3.2D3.2D3.2D3.2 A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5 D3.2D3.2D3.2D3.2D3.2D3.2D3.2D3.2 A5A5A5A5A5A5A5A5 Wall Mount C 0 C 90 LED Slide Connect TM G2 – Technical Specifications Operation Mode Lamp Battery Battery Charging Circuit Charging Current Power Consumption Construction Diffusers Operating Voltage Operating Temperature Premium / Axiom Maintained/Non-Maintained 1x1W HBLED NiCd 4xSub-C 4.8Vdc 1.5Ah Two rate charge 150mA to 40mA 4.1WInjection moulded high resistant fire retardant ABS PolycarbonateScreen printed transluscent polycarbonate sheet240Vac 50Hz10°C to 40°C 2.1 2.4 2.7 3 3.3 3.6 4 4.5 5 A5 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 4.9 5.0 4.9 4.7 3.8 D3.2 6.5 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.2 5.8 5.1 4.1 2 metres or less mounting heights are considered impractical, and are not included in the table. Maximum spacings for mounting heights between the values given in the table may be obtained by interpolation. Specifications subject to change without prior notice. Mounting height (Metres) Classification Emergency Lighting Spacing Table No.
332 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. ER emergency exit signs provide a cost efficient solu- tion for all emergency exit sign applications. The robust design simplifies the installation of new fittings as well as the upgrade of existing fittings. Maintained and Non-maintained modes of operation on single tube or sustained mode of operation on double tube fitting Both the wall mount (single sided) and ceiling mount (double sided) diffusers include all directional pictogram legends Available in all-in-one box solution ER emergency exit sign range 10W - 26mm lamps / exit signs 6844 57 6844 59 Pack Cat No. Single point units (SPU’s) Standard 1 6844 50 1 x 10W Maintained/Non-Maintained 1 6844 51 2 x 10W Sustained All-in-one box solutions 1 6844 57 1 x 10W + wall-mount diffuser + 3RM + 4 EXIT Sheets 1 6844 59 1 x 10W + ceiling-mount diffuser + 3RM + 4 EXIT Sheets Computer Monitored (SPU’s) Axiom Wireless/Commander Wired 1 6844 55 1 x 10W Body Only 1 6862 17 Running Man straight ahead G2RM 1 6862 18 Running Man Left G2RML 1 6862 19 Running Man Right G2RMR 1 6862 21 Running Man set (set 4) G2RM4 1 6862 20 Running Man straight ahead, Green-On-Black G2RMGB 1 6862 32 Running Man Left, Green-on-Black G2RMGBL 1 6862 33 Running Man Right, Green-on-Black G2RMGBR 1 6862 22 ‘EXIT’ Peel-Off-Arrows G2POA 1 6862 27 ‘EXIT’ Peel-Off-Arrows, Green-On-Black G2POAGB 1 6862 29 Blank Opal (Translucent) G2BLANKOPAL 1 6862 28 Opaque (No light transmitted) G2OPAQUE 1 6862 30 Custom Printing (POA) G2CUSTOM Accessories 1 6862 14 2x2 Sub “C” replacement batteries BP45CW 1 6862 16 Wire Suspension Kit, Silver 2 x 6m G2SUSPN 1 6862 35 Wireguard - wall 400 x 250 x 100mm G2WGSS 1 6862 36 Wireguard - ceiling 400 x 220 x 230mm G2WGDS 1 2019 58 Commander Comms Cable CABLE-TELE Pack Cat No. Diffuser Sheets Diffuser 1 6844 52 Single sided diffuser + RM, RML, RMR+ 4 EXIT Sheets 1 6844 53 Double sided diffuser + RM, RML, RMR+ 4 EXIT Sheets Diffuser Sheets included on ALL–IN–ONE solutions NOTE: When an Axiom fitting is used on a Commander network, a communications cable Cat No 2010 58 must be used and ordered separately.
333 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. ER emergency exit sign range 10W - T8 lamps / exit signs technical specifications Dimensions Single sided (Wall Mount) 377mm 180mm 50 mm 50 mm Double sided (Wall Mount) 377mm 180mm 178mm 50mm Technical Specifications SPU (684450) Axiom (684455) Maintained/non-maintained 1x10W T8 NiCd 4xSubC 4.8Vd.c. 1.5Ah Variable rate charge Two rate charge 170mA - 90mA 150mA (hrc) - 40mA (Lre) 240Va.c. 50Hz 10°C to 40°C IP20 Injection moulded high resistance fire retardant PC Injected moulded opalescent acrylic Cat No 686214 Cat NoOperation ModeLampBatteryBattery Charging MechanismCharging CurrentOperating VoltageOperating temperatureIP ratingBody constructionsDiffuserReplacement battery Emergency Lighting Spacing Table 2 metres or less mounting heights are considered impractical, and are not included in the table. Maximum spacings for mounting heights between the values given in the table may be obtained by interpolation. 2.13.84.25.66.0 2.43.64.25.86.2 2.73.24.05.86.4 3.03.63.66.06.6 3.3 4.05.86.6 3.6 3.05.86.6 4.0 5.26.6 4.5 5.25.8 5.0 4.65.8 E1.0E1.25E2.5E3.2 Classification Metres Emergency Lighting Classification Description1x10W Maintained/Non-Maintained body1x10W Maintained/Non-Maintained body2x10W Sustained body2x10W Sustained body Diffuser TypeWall MountCeiling MountWall MountCeiling Mount Photometric C 0 /C 90 Double Sided E1.25/E1.0 E1.25/E1.0 Body Cat No 684450684450684451684451 Diffuser Cat No 684452684453684452684453 These signs are yet to be classified
334 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Edgelight Recessed / Exit signs LED Edgelight series - 4x1w LED The housing is made of zinc-coated steel finished in white acrylic baked enamel, fronted by a die formed faceplate. The body is supplied complete with recess mounting brackets. This Edgelight series offers long lasting performance with the traditional clean lines preferred by many designers. Large terminal block for ease of connection. Body and Diffuser supplied separately. Can be configured as maintained or non maintained. Diffusers are suitable for SPU and computerised fittings. Pack Cat No. SPU’s Premium NiCd two rate charge 1 6844 20 LED 4x1w Body Only Single-sided diffusers Painted Steel Frame, Laminated Acrylic Panel. complete with legend, additional LED & Aerial holes. Suitable for both SPU's and computer monitored fittings 1 6844 00 Running Man Straight 1 6844 01 Running Man Left 1 6844 02 Running Man Right 1 6844 03 Running Man Straight (GOB) 1 6844 04 ‘EXIT’ 1 6844 05 ‘EXIT’ Arrow Left 1 6844 06 ‘EXIT’ Arrow Right 1 6844 07 ‘EXIT’ Arrows Both Ways Double-sided diffusers Complete with legend, additional LED & Aerial holes. Suitable for both SPU's and computer monitored fittings 1 6844 08 Running Man Straight 1 6844 09 Running Man Left/Right 1 6844 10 ‘EXIT’ 1 6844 11 ‘EXIT’ Arrow One Way 1 6844 12 ‘EXIT’ Arrows Both Ways Pack Cat No. Computer monitored SPU’s AXIOM Wireless/Commander Wired 1 6844 22 LED 4 x 1w Body Only Accessories 1 6822 06 Surface mount box only 1 6844 21 LED Gear tray only 1 6844 23 LED Axiom gear tray only 1 6846 89 Battery Pack 2 x 2 Sub-C NICD with mounting Plate 1 2010 58 Commander Comm Cable 6844 20 + 6844 00 NOTE: When an Axiom fitting is used on a Commander network, a communications cable Cat No 2010 58 must be used and ordered separately.
335 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Edgelight LED recessed / exit signs technical specifications Product Installation (1) (1) Only on Axiom fittings Premium/Axion Operation Mode Maintained / Non-Maintained Lamp 4x1W HBLED Battery Ni-Cd 4xSub-C 4.8Vdc 1.5Ah Battery Charging Circuit Two rate charge Charging Current 150mA - 40mA Power Consumption 4.5W Construction Powder coated zinc-coated steel Diffusers Inner: Clear acrylicOuter: Medium density opal acylic Operating Voltage: 240Va.c. 50Hz Operating Temperature 10°C to 40°C Body Cat No Diffuser fitted Single or double sided Photometric C 0 /C 90 Report 684420 S C8 E20 684420 D C8 E20 684422 S C8 E20 684422 D C8 E20 LED Edgelight – Technical specifications Emergency Lighting Classification Emergency Lighting Spacing Table Gear tray assembly 682206Surface Mount Box 1) Axiom version only 1) 423mm 160mm 368mm 342mm 150mm 120mm 160mm 100mm Mounting Height (metres) 2.1 2.4 2.7 3 3.3 3.6 4 4.5 5 C8 6.8 7.2 7.4 7.7 7.9 8.0 8.2 8.3 8.2 E20 8.8 9.6 10.4 11.0 11.6 12.2 13.0 13.6 14.4
336 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Weatherproof signs LED signs - IP65 / exit signs Weatherproof Exit signs – 2x1Watt IP65 – 24m Polycarbonate glass fibre reinforced housing provided with a narrow circular rib accommodating an age and oil resistant soft rubber gasket, ensures a tight fit of the polycarbonate cover. Supplied with 4 polycarbonate captive slotted head screws. Removable gear tray for ease of maintenance and installation. Can be wall mounted. Super lamp life HBLED (50000 hours) Dimensions: 390mm(W) x 140mm(H) x 195mm(D) Pack Cat No. SPU’s Premium NiCd two rate charge (High Rate 150mA, Low Rate 50mA) 1 6846 50 Running Man 1 6846 51 Running Man Left 1 6846 52 Running Man Right 1 6846 53 Opal Diffuser 1 6846 59 Running Man - Freezer Room (-25C) 1 6846 54 ‘EXIT’ 1 6846 55 ‘EXIT’ Left 1 6846 56 ‘EXIT’ Right 1 6846 57 ‘EXIT’ Left/Right Computer monitored SPU’s AXIOM wireless/Commander Wired NiCd two rate charge (High rate 150 mA, Low rate 50-70 mA) 1 6846 60 Running Man 1 6846 61 Running Man Left 1 6846 62 Running Man Right 1 6846 69 Running Man - Freezer Room (-25C) 1 6846 64 ‘EXIT’ 1 6846 65 ‘EXIT’ Left 1 6846 66 ‘EXIT’ Right 1 6846 67 ‘EXIT’ Left/Right Weatherproof signs LED large signs - IP65 / exit signs Weatherproof Exit signs – 2x1watt IP65 32m Polycarbonate glass fibre reinforce housing provided with a narrow circular rib accommodating an age and oil resistant soft rubber gasket, ensures a tight fit of the polycarbonate cover. Supplied with 6 polycarbonate captive slotted head screws. Removable gear tray for ease of maintenance and installation. Can be wall mounted. Super lamp life HBLED (50000 hours) Dimensions: 565mm(W) x 140mm(H) x 285mm(D) Pack Cat No. SPU’s Premium NiCd two rate charge (High Rate: 400 mA, Low Rate: 70 -100mA) 1 6846 70 Running Man 1 6846 71 Running Man Left 1 6846 72 Running Man Right 1 6846 74 ‘EXIT’ 1 6846 75 ‘EXIT’ Left 1 6846 76 ‘EXIT’ Right 1 6846 77 ‘EXIT’ Left / Right Computer monitored SPU’s AXIOM wireless/Commander Wired NiCd, two rate charge (High rate 400 mA, Low rate 70-100 mA) 1 6846 80 Running Man 1 6846 81 Running Man Left 1 6846 82 Running Man Right 1 6846 84 ‘EXIT’ 1 6846 85 ‘EXIT’ Left 1 6846 86 ‘EXIT’ Right 1 6846 87 ‘EXIT’ Left / Right Accessories 1 6846 89 Battery Pack 2x2 SubC w/mounting plate 1 6846 58 WP LED 2x1W Small Gear tray only 1 6846 68 Axiom WP LED 2x1W Small Gear tray only 1 6846 80 WP LED 2x1W Large Gear tray only NOTE: When an Axiom fitting is used on a Commander network, a communications cable Cat No 2010 58 must be used and ordered separately. 6846 50 6846 70 NEW NEW
337 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Weatherproof signs Technical specifications 18W large signs Exit signs Large signs - 18W Power-coated body fitted with wide reflector to accommodate moulded single- and double-sided diffusers. Includes Legend. Viewing distance = 32 metres. Dimensions: Wall-mounted S/S 635mm (W) x 235mm (H) x 125mm (D) Ceiling-mounted D/S 635mm (W) x 195(H) x 280mm(D) Pack Cat No. Single point battens Standard NiCd variable rate charge (supplied less lamp) (Rate 320 – 200 mA) 2 x 18 Watt – 26mm lamps 1 2224 39 Sustained - Body Only 1 x 18w - T8 26 mm lamp 1 2224 23 Maintained - Body Only Premium NiCd two rate charge (supplied less lamp) (High: 400mA – Low: 70-100mA) 2 x 18 Watt – 26mm lamps 1 2224 88 Sustained - Body Only Computer monitored single point battens NiCd two rate charge (supplied less lamp) (High: 400mA – Low: 70-100mA) 2 x 18 Watt – 26mm lamps COMMANDER wired 1 2231 43 Sustained - Body Only (supplied less lamp) AXIOM wireless 1 6822 43 Sustained - Body Only (supplied less lamp) Diffusers To convert batten to exit sign (incl. reflector mounting plate) Single-Sided - Wall mounting 1 2040 42 Running Man 1 2040 43 Running Man Right 1 2040 44 Running Man Left 1 2040 41 ‘EXIT’ Peel-Off Arrows Double-Sided - Ceiling mounting (remove top pins for re-lamping) 1 2040 46 Running Man 1 2040 47 Running Man Right/Left 1 2040 45 ‘EXIT’ Peel-Off Arrows 2224 39 + 2040 42 Premium/Axiom/Commander Mode of Operation Maintained/Non-maintained Light Source 2x1W HB-LED Battery NiCd 2x2 Sub-C 1.5Vdc - 1.5Ah Charging Mechanism Dual Rate Charge Charging Current HCR: 150mA - LRC: 70mA Operating Voltage 240V a.c. +/- 6% 50Hz Power Consumption 5.4W Body Constructions Glass Reinforced Polyester Cover High resistance polycarbonate ABS clear cover Operating Temperature 10°C to 40°C IP Rating IP65 Replacement battery Cat No 684689 Technical Specifications Test Switch
338 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Twin floodlights IP20 and IP55 / emergency lights Twin head floodlights Robust design. Ease of maintenance and installation. Suitable for wall mounting application. Pack Cat No. SPU’s Standard Metal body IP20 Lead Acid variable rate charge (Rate 360 – 250mA) 2 x 12-volt – 10-watt halogen lamp 1 2225 28 Non-maintained GRP body IP55 2 x 12-volt – 10-watt halogen lamp 1 6820 42 Non-maintained GRP body IP20 Lead Acid variable rate charge (Rate 360 – 250mA) 2 x 12-volt – 35-watt halogen lamp 1 6820 43 Non-maintained Computerised SPU’s AXIOM wireless Lead Acid variable rate charge (Rate 360 – 250mA) GRP body IP55 2 x 12-volt – 10-watt halogen lamp 1 6822 42 Non-maintained GRP body IP20 2 x 12-volt – 35-watt halogen lamp 1 6822 49 Non-maintained Accessories 1 6823 55 Floodlight Head 10-watt 1 0002 80 Floodlight Head 35-watt 1 6823 69 Wireguard for 2225 28 (350x450x150mm) 1 2027 53 Battery pack for 2225 28 (Before11/2011) 1 2232 22 Battery pack for 2225 28 (After 11/2011) 1 2046 07 Battery pack for GRP 10W 1 2043 06 Battery pack for 35W 2225 28 6820 43 Twin floodlights Technical specifications Dimensions:285mm (L) x 177mm (H) x 75mm (W) Dimensions:285mm (L) x 177mm (H) x 75mm (W) Metal body twin head floodlight Plastic body twin head 35w floodlight GRP body twin head 10w floodlight Mounting holes 96mm 100mm 178mm 222mm Mounting holes 42mm 94mm 282mm 252mm Dimensions: 332mm (L) x 415mm (H) x 132mm (D) Dimensions: 382mm (L) x 470mm (H) x 132mm (D) Magnetic test switch Place magnet here to test LED Pr odu ct No tic e Fix Plastic body twin head 35w floodlight GRP body twin head 10w floodlight Mounting holes 96mm 100mm 178mm 222mm Mounting holes 42mm 94mm 282mm 252mm Dimensions: 332mm (L) x 415mm (H) x 132mm (D) Dimensions: 382mm (L) x 470mm (H) x 132mm (D) Magnetic test switch Place magnet here to test LED Pr odu ct No tic e Fix Plastic body twin head 35w floodlight GRP body twin head 10w floodlight Mounting holes 96mm 100mm 178mm 222mm Mounting holes 42mm 94mm 282mm 252mm Dimensions: 332mm (L) x 415mm (H) x 132mm (D) Dimensions: 382mm (L) x 470mm (H) x 132mm (D) Magnetic test switch Place magnet here to test LED Pr odu ct No tic e Fix Dimensions: 285mm (W) x 177mm (H) x 75mm (D) GRP body twin head 10W floodlightDimensions: 332mm (W) x 415mm (H) x 132mm (D) Plastic body twin head 35W floodlightDimensions: 382mm (W) x 480mm (H) x 132mm (D)
339 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. T8 Metal battens conventional and electronic ballast Emergency lights 2040 14 2224 35 Pack Cat No. SPUs Prod code Standard - T8 NiCd variable rate charge (Rate 320 – 200 mA) 1 x 18 watt 1 2224 23 Maintained magnetic SEE118M 1 2040 08 Maintained electronic SEE118EM 1 2224 26 Non-maintained SEE118N 2 x 18 watt 1 2224 35 Maintained magnetic SEE218M 1 2040 10 Maintained electronic SEE218EM 1 2224 39 Sustained magnetic SEE218S 1 2040 11 Sustained electronic SEE218ES 1 x 36 watt 1 2224 29 Maintained magnetic SEE136M 1 2040 12 Maintained electronic SEE136EM 1 2224 32 Non-maintained SEE136N 2 x 36 watt 1 2224 42 Maintained magnetic SEE236M 1 2040 14 Maintained electronic SEE236EM 1 2224 45 Sustained magnetic SEE236S 1 2040 15 Sustained electronic SEE236ES Premium - T8 NiCd two rate charge (Rate 400 – 70-100 mA) 1 x 18 watt 1 2224 73 Maintained magnetic SLE118M 1 2224 76 Non-maintained SLE118N 2 x 18 watt 1 2224 85 Maintained magnetic SLE218M 1 2224 88 Sustained magnetic SLE218 1 x 36 watt 1 2224 79 Maintained magnetic SLE136M 1 2224 82 Non-maintained SLE136N 2 x 36 watt 1 2224 91 Maintained magnetic SLE236M 1 2224 94 Sustained magnetic SLE236S Pack Cat No. Computer monitored SPU Prod code Commander wired NiCd two rate charge (Rate 400 – 70-100 mA) 1 x 18 watt 1 2231 33 Maintained magnetic CMLE118M 1 2231 35 Non-maintained CMLE118N 1 2040 16 Maintained electronic CMLE118EM 2 x 18 watt 1 2231 41 Maintained magnetic CMLE218M 1 2231 43 Sustained magnetic CMLE218S 1 2040 18 Maintained electronic CMLE218EM 1 2040 19 Sustained electronic CMLE218ES 1 x 36 watt 1 2231 37 Maintained magnetic CMLE136M 1 2231 39 Non-maintained CMLE136N 1 2040 20 Maintained electronic CMLE136EM 2 x 36 watt 1 2231 45 Maintained magnetic CMLE236M 1 2231 47 Sustained magnetic CMLE236S 1 2040 22 Maintained electronic CMLE236EM 1 2040 23 Sustained electronic CMLE236ES AXIOM wireless NiCd two rate charge (Rate 400 – 70-100 mA) 1 X 18 watt 1 6822 61 Maintained electronic AXLE18EM 1 6822 62 Non-maintained AXLE118N 2 X 18 watt 1 6822 65 Maintained electronic AXLE218EM 1 6822 43 Sustained electronic AXLE218ES 1 X 36 watt 1 6822 63 Maintained electronic AXLE136EM 1 6822 64 Non-maintaned AXLE136N 2 X 36 watt 1 6822 67 Maintained electronic AXLE236EM 1 6822 68 Sustained electronic AXLE236ES Accessories for all battens Wire guard 1 2225 80 to suit 1 & 2 x 18 watt WG218 1 2267 60 to suit 1 x 36 watt WG36 1 2225 81 to suit 2 x 36 watt WG236 Prismatic diffuser kit for bare battens 1 2220 75 for 1 & 2 x 18 watt DP218 1 2220 77 for 1 x 36 watt DP36 1 2220 76 for 2 x 36 watt DP236 Bare Battens - Magnetic or electronic ballast Base constructed in zinc coated steel with die formed channel cover, finished in white powder coat. The batten provides a high level of illumination and is suitable for both ceiling and wall mounting. Large terminal block for ease of connection. SLE units can be wall or ceiling mounted. Magnetic (switch start): B1 ballast helps ensure cool operation and low energy consumption.Bare Battens - Electronic ballastWarm start electronic ballast means less weight for installers. The installed luminaire has a flicker-free start, consumes less energy and enjoys a longer lamp life. Note: Fluorescent lamps sold separately
340 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Cat. No. Diffuser/Wire guard Photometric Product Code NAIES None Diffuser Wire C 0 /C 90 Files Series Prismatic guard 2224 23 x D32/C32 SEE118M LSA2291 2224 23 x D32/C25 SEE118MDP LSA2300 2224 23 x D32/C32 SEE118MWG LSA2291 2224 26 x D32/C32 SEE118N LSA2291 2224 26 x D32/C25 SEE118NDP LSA2300 2224 26 x D32/C32 SEE118NWG LSA2291 2224 29 x D63/C63 SEE136M LSA2325 2224 29 x D50/C25 SEE136MDP LSA2326 2224 29 x D63/C63 SEE136MWG LSA2325 2224 32 x D63/C63 SEE136N LSA2325 2224 32 x D50/C25 SEE136NDP LSA2326 2224 32 x D63/C63 SEE136NWG LSA2325 2224 35 x D32/C40 SEE218M LSA2321 2224 35 x D25/C25 SEE218MDP LSA2322 2224 39 x D32/C40 SEE218S LSA2321 2224 39 x D25/C25 SEE218SDP LSA2322 2224 42 x D63/D20 SEE236M LSA2287 2224 42 x D40/C40 SEE236MDP LSA2288 2224 45 x D63/D20 SEE236S LSA2287 2224 45 x D40/C40 SEE236SDP LSA2288 2224 73 x D32/C32 SLE118M LSA2291 2224 73 x D32/C25 SLE118MDP LSA2300 2224 73 x D32/C32 SLE118MWG LSA2291 2224 76 x D32/C32 SLE118N LSA2291 2224 76 x D32/C25 SLE118NDP LSA2300 2224 76 x D32/C32 SLE118NWG LSA2291 2224 79 x D63/C63 SLE136M LSA2325 2224 79 x D50/C25 SLE136MDP LSA2326 2224 79 x D63/C63 SLE136MWG LSA2325 2224 82 x D63/C63 SLE136N LSA2325 2224 82 x D50/C25 SLE136NDP LSA2326 2224 82 x D63/C63 SLE136NWG LSA2325 2224 85 x D32/C40 SLE218M LSA2321 2224 85 x D25/C25 SLE218MDP LSA2322 2224 85 x D32/C40 SLE218MWG LSA2321 2224 88 x D32/C40 SLE218S LSA2321 2224 88 x D25/C25 SLE218SDP LSA2322 2224 88 x D32/C40 SLE218SWG LSA2321 2224 91 x D63/D20 SLE236M LSA2287 2224 91 x D40/C40 SLE236MDP LSA2288 2224 91 x D63/D20 SLE236MWG LSA2287 2224 94 x D63/D20 SLE236S LSA2287 2224 94 x D40/C40 SLE236SDP LSA2288 2224 94 x D63/D20 SLE236SWG LSA2287 6822 61 x D32/C32 AXLE118M LSA2291 6822 61 x D32/C25 AXLE118MDP LSA2300 6822 61 x D32/C32 AXLE118MWG LSA2291 6822 62 x D32/C32 AXLE118N LSA2291 2231 35 x D32/C25 AXLE118NDP LSA2300 2231 35 x D32/C32 AXLE118NWG LSA2291 6822 63 x D63/C63 AXLE136M LSA2325 6822 63 x D50/C25 AXLE136MDP LSA2326 6822 63 x D63/C63 AXLE136MWG LSA2325 6822 64 x D63/C63 AXLE136N LSA2325 6822 64 x D50/C25 AXLE136NDP LSA2326 6822 64 x D63/C63 AXLE136NWG LSA2325 6822 65 x D32/C40 AXLE218M LSA2321 6822 65 x D25/C25 AXLE218MDP LSA2322 6822 65 x D32/C40 AXLE218MWG LSA2321 6822 43 x D32/C40 AXLE218S LSA2321 6822 43 x D25/C25 AXLE218SDP LSA2322 6822 43 x D32/C40 AXLE218SWG LSA2321 6822 67 x D63/D20 AXLE236M LSA2287 6822 67 x D40/C40 AXLE236MDP LSA2288 6822 67 x D63/D20 AXLE236MWG LSA2287 6822 68 x D63/D20 AXLE236S LSA2287 6822 68 x D40/C40 AXLE236SDP LSA2288 6822 68 x D63/D20 AXLE236SWG LSA2287 Cat. No. Diffuser/Wire guard Photometric Product Code NAIES None Diffuser Wire C 0 /C 90 Files Series Prismatic guard Emergency Lighting Spacing Table Mounting height (Metres) 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.0 3.3 3.6 4.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 12.0 15.0 16.0 C25 9.5 10 11 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 14 13 6.5 C32 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 15 15 16 16 17 16 16 12 C40 11 11 12 13 13 14 14 15 16 17 17 18 18 18 18 16 C63 12 13 14 14 15 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 23 23 19 D20 13 14 14 14 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 16 15 14 11 D25 14 15 15 16 16 16 17 17 18 18 18 18 18 17 15 7.5 D32 15 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 21 20 19 15 D40 17 17 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 23 23 23 23 22 19 D50 18 19 19 20 21 21 22 23 23 24 25 25 26 26 26 24 15 D63 19 20 21 22 22 23 24 25 25 26 27 28 29 29 29 28 2 2 metres or less mounting heights are considered impractical, and are not included in the table. Max spacings for mounting heights between the values given in the table may be obtained by interpolation. Bare tube(s) Diffused prismatic Single configuration Twin configuration Single configuration Twin configuration 18W or 36W 2 x 18W, 2 x 36W Metal Battens T8 metal battens Emergency and non-emergency luminaires Emergency Lighting Classification Technical Specifications Standard range Premium range Computer monitored range Charging Means Fully automatic regulated constant voltage charger Two rate charger Charging Current 360mA to 250mA variable 350 - 450mA full recharging 70mA trickle charge 80 - 110mA Battery 70°C Nickel Cadmium cells. 4 amp hourRecharge time Max 16 hours at discharge 10°C - 40°C. Construction Zinc coated steel finish in white powder coat (bare battens, miniature battens) Polyester reinforced with fibreglass (weatherproof IP65) Diffusers Acrylic for battens. Polycarbonate for weatherproof. 120mm 123mm 121mm 123mm 78mm 91mm 78mm 91mm
341 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. T5 metal battens Emergency and non-emergency luminaires T5 Metal Battens - electronic ballasts Complete range of emergency and non-emergency fittings to suit all applications. Robust design and easy to install. White powder zinc coated steel body with large terminal block for ease of connection. Suitable for wall or ceiling mount, this range provides an energy efficient and durable solution. Pack Cat No. SPU’s Standard - T5 Emergency Metal Battens LED Technology for Emergency Mode NiCd dual rate charge (HRC: 150 - LRC: 40mA) 1 6849 50 1x14W T5 Maintained LED Wide Body 1 6849 52 2x14W T5 Maintained LED Wide Body 1 6849 58 1x28W T5 Maintained 2xLED Wide Body 1 6849 59 2x28W T5 Maintained 2xLED Wide Body Standard - T5 Fluorescent Technology for Emergency Mode NiCd dual rate charge (Rate: 320 - 200mA) 1 6849 54 1x28W T5 Non-Maintained Wide Body 1 6849 55 1x28W T5 Maintained Wide Body 1 6849 56 2x28W T5 Maintained Wide Body 1 6849 57 2x28W T5 Sustained Wide Body Computer monitored SPU’s AXIOM wireless/Commander Wired LED Technology for Emergency Mode NiCd dual rate charge (HRC: 150 - LRC: 40mA) 1 6849 60 1x14W T5 Maintained LED Wide Body 1 6849 62 2x14W T5 Maintained LED Wide Body 1 6849 68 1x28W T5 Maintained 2xLED Wide Body 1 6849 69 2x28W T5 Maintained 2xLED Wide Body Fluorescent T5 Technology for Emergency Mode NiCd dual rate charge (HRC: 430 to 260mA - LRC: 100 to 80mA) 1 6849 64 1x28W T5 Non-Maintained Wide Body 1 6849 65 1x28W T5 Maintained Wide Body 1 6849 66 2x28W T5 Maintained Wide Body 1 6849 67 2x28W T5 Sustained Wide Body Pack Cat No. Non-emergency Battens Non-emergency metal battens bare 1 6849 70 1x14W T5 Bare batten Narrow Body 1 6849 87 1x14W T5 Bare batten Wide Body 1 6849 71 2x14W T5 Bare batten Wide Body 1 6849 72 1x28W T5 Bare batten Narrow Body 1 6849 90 1x28W T5 Bare batten Wide Body 1 6849 73 2x28W T5 Bare batten Wide Body Non-emergency metal diffused battens 1 6849 74 1x14W T5 Diffused batten Narrow Body 1 6849 88 1x14W T5 Diffused batten Wide Body 1 6849 75 2x14W T5 Diffused batten Wide Body 1 6849 76 1x28W T5 Diffused batten Narrow Body 1 6849 91 1x28W T5 Diffused batten Wide Body 1 6849 77 2x28W T5 Diffused batten Wide Body Non-emergency metal wireguard battens 1 6849 78 1x14W T5 Wireguard batten Narrow Body 1 6849 89 1x14W T5 Wireguard batten Wide Body 1 6849 79 2x14W T5 Wireguard batten Wide Body 1 6849 70 1x28W T5 Wireguard batten Narrow Body 1 6849 92 1x28W T5 Wireguard batten Wide Body 1 6849 81 2x28W T5 Wireguard batten Wide Body Accessories Diffusers 1 6849 83 Diffuser for T5 1x14 Narrow Body 1 6849 84 Diffuser for T5 2x14 Wide Body 1 6849 85 Diffuser for T5 1x28 Narrow Body 1 6849 86 Diffuser for T5 2x28 Wide Body Wireguard 1 6849 93 Wireguard for T5 1x14 Narrow Body 1 6849 94 Wireguard for T5 2x14 Wide Body 1 6849 95 Wireguard for T5 1x28 Narrow Body 1 6849 96 Wireguard for T5 2x28 Wide Body Other 1 2010 58 Commander Communication Cable Wide body designed to match emergency lighting fittings
342 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. T5 metal battens Emergency and non-emergency luminaires Cat. No. Diffuser/Wireguard None Diffuse Wireguard Photometric C0/C90 684950 TBA 684952 TBA 684958 TBA 684959 TBA 684955 X D63/D20 684954 X D63/D20 684956 X D63/D20/D63 684957 X D63/D20/D63 684955 X D63/D20 684954 X D80/C80 684956 X D63/D20/D63 684957 X D63/D20/D63 684955 X D63/D20 684954 X D63/D20 684956 X D50/C63/D50 684957 X D50/C63/D50 Cat. No. Diffuser/Wireguard None Diffuse Wireguard Photometric C0/C90 684960 TBA 684962 TBA 684968 TBA 684969 TBA 684964 X D80/D25 684965 X D80/D25 684966 X D80/D25/D80 684967 X D80/D25/D80 684964 X D80/D25 684965 X D80/D25 684966 X D63/C80/D80 684967 X D63/C80/D80 684964 X D80/D25 684965 X D80/D25 684966 X D63/D80/D63 684967 X D63/D80/D63 Mounting Height (metres) 2.1 2.4 2.7 3 3.3 3.6 4 4.5 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 D20 13.1 13.6 14.1 14.5 14.8 15.1 15.5 15.8 16.1 16.4 16.3 16.0 15.4 14.5 - D50 18.0 18.7 19.4 20.1 20.7 21.2 21.8 22.5 23.2 24.2 24.9 25.4 25.7 25.9 23.7 D63 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 22.0 23.0 24.0 25.0 25.0 26.0 27.0 28.0 29.0 29.0 28.0 D80 21.0 22.0 22.8 23.6 24.3 25.0 25.8 26.7 27.5 28.9 30.0 30.9 31.6 32.1 32.4 C63 11.9 12.8 13.5 14.2 14.9 15.5 16.2 17.1 17.9 19.2 20.3 21.2 22.0 22.5 22.9 C80 12.7 13.5 14.4 15.1 15.8 16.5 17.3 18.3 19.1 20.7 22.0 23.0 23.9 24.7 26.1 Emergency Lighting Spacing Table Emergency Lighting Classification Technical Specifications Narrow single tube Wide body Wide body Bare Diffused or wireguard 72mm 95mm 82mm 82mm 45mm Product Specifications Cat. No. 684956 (SPU 2x28W) 684966 (Axiom 2x28W) 684973 (Non Emergency 2x28W) Lamp T5 28W (lamp not supplied) Battery NiCd 5 x 1 D-cells linear - 6V d.c. 4.0Ah - Charging mechanism Variable rate charge Dual rate charge - Charging current 300mA to 200mA HRC: 430 to 260mA LRC: 100 to 80mA - Operating voltage 240V a.c. +/- 6% 50Hz Power consumption 0.3A 0.33A 0.25A Lightingclassification C 0 / C 90 / C 180 D50/ D20 /D63 C 0 / C 90 / C 180 D580/ D25 /D80 Operating temperature 10ºC to 40ºC IP rating IP20 Replacement battery Cat No HB00024TA Dimensions (mm) A B C Narrow body 14W 570 72 45 Wide body 14W 570 72 82 Narrow body 28W 1170 72 45 Wide body 28W 1170 72 82
343 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Weatherproof battens Emergency lights 2225 64 Fluorescent luminaires weatherproof IP 65 Body is moulded in durable polyester reinforced with fibreglass, and is weather and corrosion resistant. The diffuser is made from tough polycarbonate, electronic ballast helps ensure cool operation. Test switch is located internally. Fluorescent luminaires units can be wall or ceiling mounted. Consult Legrand regarding aerial orientation if Axiom luminaires are to be wall mounted. Stainless steel clips are now provided on all models. Pack Cat No. SPUs Prod code Standard T8 Electronic ballast NiCd variable rate charge (Rate 320-200 mA) 1 2225 72 Maintained 1 x 18 watt WES118EM 1 2225 73 Non-maintained1 x 18 watt WES118N 1 2225 74 Maintained 2 x 18 watt WES218EM 1 2225 75 Sustained 2 x 18 watt WES218ES 1 2225 70 Maintained 1 x 36 watt WES136EM 1 2225 71 Non-maintained 1 x 36 watt WES136N 1 2225 76 Maintained 2 x 36 watt WES236EM 1 2225 59 Sustained 2 x 36 watt WES236ES Standard T5 Electronic Ballast NiCd variable rate charge (Rate 320-200 mA) 1 6849 00 Maintained 1 x 28 watt WES128EM 1 6849 01 Non-maintained 1 x 28 watt WES128N 1 6849 02 Maintained 2 x 28 watt WES228EM 1 6849 03 Sustained 2 x 28 watt WES228ES 1 6849 05 Maintained 1 x 35 watt WES135EM 1 6849 06 Non-maintained1 x 35 watt WES135N 1 6849 07 Maintained 2 x 35 watt WES235EM 1 6849 08 Sustained 2 x 35 watt WES235ES Accessories Emergency lighting NOTE: Batteries must be disposed of in accordance with the applicable waste disposal guidelines. For further details visit http://www.environment.nsw.gov.au NOTE: When an Axiom fitting is used on a Commander network, a communications cable Cat No 2010 58 must be used and ordered separately. Pack Cat No. Accessories for IP65 weatherproof battens Accessories for T8 IP65 weatherproof battens 1 2004 73 Replacement diffuser c/w body casing 1 & 2 x18W 1 2004 72 Replacement diffuser c/w body casing 1 x 36W 1 2004 76 Replacement diffuser c/w body casing 2 x 36W 1 2004 50 S/S clips for T8 weatherproof battens Accessories for T5 IP65 weatherproof battens 1 6849 25 Spare SS clips 28W (8) 1 6849 26 Spare SS clips 35W (10) 1 2010 58 Commander Comms Cable 1 6849 24 Battery pack for WP35W Nickel-Cadmium (NiCd) batteries Slim battery pack “D” type 1 2019 87 2 cell (ex 2220 22) BPS42 1 2220 23 3 cell BPS43 1 2220 24 4 cell BPS44 1 2015 59 5 cell (ex 2211 23) BPS45 1 2220 26 6 cell BPS46 Wide battery pack “D” type 1 2220 27 3 cell BPW43 1 2220 28 4 cell BPW44 1 2220 29 5 cell BPW45 1 2220 30 6 cell BPW46 1 2220 25 10 cell BPW410H Slim battery pack “Sub C” type 1 6848 74 5 cell replacement for LED sat Computer monitored SPUs Prod code AXIOM Wireless T8 Electronic ballast NiCd two rate charge (High rate 400 mA, Low rate 70-100 mA) 1 6822 90 Maintained 1 x 18 watt AXWED118EM 1 6822 91 Non-maintained 1 x 18 watt AXWED118N 1 6822 92 Maintained 2 x 18 watt AXWED218EM 1 6822 87 Sustained 2 x 18 watt AXWED218ES 1 6822 89 Maintained 1 x 36 watt AXWED136EM 1 6822 72 Non-maintained 1 x 36 watt AXWED136N 1 6822 93 Maintained 2 x 36 watt AXWED236EM 1 6822 94 Sustained 2 x 36 watt AXWED236ES AXIOM Wireless T5 Electronic ballast NiCd two rate charge (High rate 400 mA, Low rate 70-100 mA) 1 6849 10 Maintained 1 x 28 watt AXWED128EM 1 6849 11 Non-maintained 1 x 28 watt AXWED128N 1 6849 12 Maintained 2 x 28 watt AXWED228EM 1 6849 13 Sustained 2 x 28 watt AXWED228ES 1 6849 15 Maintained 1 x 35 watt AXWED135EM 1 6849 16 Non-maintained 1 x 35 watt AXWED135N 1 6849 17 Maintained 2 x 35 watt AXWED235EM 1 6849 18 Sustained 2 x 35 watt AXWED235ES
344 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Technical Specifications Standard Computer monitored Battery T8 18W: NiCd 3x 1.2V "D" Cell - 4AhT8 36W: NiCd 4x 1.2V "D" Cell - 4AhT5 28W: NiCd 5x 1.2V "D" Cell - 4AhT5 35W: NiCd 6x 1.2V "D" Cell - 4Ah Charging Mechanism Variable rate charge Dual Rate Charge Charging Current 300mA - 200mA HRC: 340-260mA - LRC:80-100mA Operating Voltage 240V a.c. +/- 6% 50Hz Diffuser Fire retardant, high impact, UV resistent clear Polycarbonate Body Moulded grey ABS Operating temperature 10°C to +40˚C IP Rating IP65 Replacement battery T8 18W: NiCd Cat No 222023T8 36W: NiCd Cat No 222028 T5 28W NiCd Cat No: 201559 T5 28W NiCd Cat No: HB00024TA T5 35W Cat No 222026 Emergency Lighting Classification Cat No Product Code Photometric Cat No Product Code Photometric 222559 WES236ES D40/C50/D50 684900 WES128EM D63/D20 222570 WES136EM D50/C40 684901 WES128N D63/D20 222571 WES136N D50/C40 684902 WES228EM D50/C80/D80 222572 WES118EM D32/C40/D40 684903 WES228ES D50/C80/D80 222573 WES118N D32/C40/D40 684905 WES135EM D100/C80 222574 WES218EM D32/C32/D40 684906 WES135N D100/C80 222575 WES218ES D32/C32/D40 684907 WES235EM D63/D25/D100 222576 WES236EM D40/C50/D50 684908 WES235ES D63/D25/D100 682272 AXWED136N D50/C40 684910 AXWED128EM D63/D25/D63 682287 AXWED218ES D32/C40/D40 684911 AXWED128N D63/D25/D63 682289 AXWED136EM D50/C40 684912 AXWED228EM D80/D25/D50 682290 AXWED118EM D40/D16 684913 AXWED228ES D80/D25/D50 682291 AXWED118N D40/D16 684915 AXWED135EM TBA 682292 AXWED218EM D32/C40/D40 684916 AXWED135N TBA 682293 AXWED236EM D32/C63/D63 684917 AXWED235EM TBA 682294 AXWED236ES D32/C63/D63 684918 AXWED235ES TBA Dimensions (mm) T8 A B C D 1 x 18W 666 230 100 108 1 x 36W 1276 836 100 108 2 x 18W 666 230 170 108 2 x 36W 1276 836 170 108 T5 A B C D 1 x 28W 1275 892 155 88 1 x 35W 1578 966 98 100 2 x 28W 1275 892 155 88 2 x 35W 1578 966 158 100 Emergency Lighting Spacing Table Mounting Height (m) 2.1 2.4 2.7 3 3.3 3.6 4 4.5 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 D16 12.1 12.6 13.0 13.3 13.6 13.9 14.1 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.4 13.8 12.9 11.5 D25 14.2 14.7 15.3 15.7 16.1 16.5 16.9 17.3 17.7 18.1 18.3 18.2 17.9 17.3 7.7 D32 15.4 16.1 16.7 17.2 17.6 18.0 18.5 19.1 19.5 20.2 20.6 20.7 20.6 20.4 14.6 D50 18.0 18.7 19.4 20.1 20.7 21.2 21.8 22.5 23.2 24.2 24.9 25.4 25.7 25.9 23.7 D63 19.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 22.0 23.0 24.0 25.0 25.0 26.0 27.0 28.0 29.0 29.0 28.0 D80 21.0 22.0 22.8 23.6 24.3 25.0 25.8 26.7 27.5 28.9 30.0 30.9 31.6 32.1 32.4 D100 22.7 23.7 24.6 25.5 26.3 27.0 27.9 28.9 29.8 31.4 32.7 33.7 34.6 35.3 35.6 C40 10.6 11.3 12.0 21.6 13.1 13.6 14.3 15.0 15.6 16.6 17.4 17.9 18.3 18.5 16.2 C63 11.9 12.8 13.5 14.2 14.9 15.5 16.2 17.1 17.9 19.2 20.3 21.2 22.0 22.5 22.9 C80 12.7 13.5 14.4 15.1 15.8 16.5 17.3 18.3 19.1 20.7 22.0 23.0 23.9 24.7 26.1 T5 and T8 weatherproof battens Emergency lights
345 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Emergency lighting standards Technical specifications n Standards AS2293.1 Summary - Pictographs replace the word “EXIT” for exit sign legend. - New rules for viewing distance. - New requirements are not retrospective. - 4 sizes of exit signs are now recommended When and where?New pictographs are to be adopted as part of new BCA, upon approval of building certifiers, and with respect of different states interpretation. n Viewing Distance The standard define viewing distance in relation to the sizes of the pictograph and the arrow. Accepted standard sizes: 16m 100mm 100 100 24m 150mm 150 150 32m 200mm 200 200 40m 250mm 250 250 160 x X X mm X X 16m 100mm 100 100 24m 150mm 150 150 32m 200mm 200 200 40m 250mm 250 250 160 x X X mm X X n Pictographs A moving person known as “Running Man” is used to indicate exit sign. 3 variations cover all possibilities: - For theatres, special green on black is still accepted. Use of the Double arrows is no longer permitted. NOTE: Exit signs bearing “EXIT” are still to be used in N.Z. Straight on from here Right Exit Left Exit OPERATING MODES Legrand personnel will be pleased to assist you if you have any questions about which type to use. For emergency signs and luminaires Non-maintained mode Definition: A luminaire in which all the emergency lamps are in operation only when the normal mains supply fails, ie the lamps are normally OFF when the mains supply is on, and come ON in emergency mode when the mains supply fails. Mains “ON” Mains “OFF” Maintained mode Definition: A luminaire in which all the emergency lamps are in operation at all times, ie the lamps are ON when the mains supply is ON, and remain ON in emergency mode when the mains supply fails. Mains “ON” Mains “OFF” Sustained mode Combined Non-maintained (Sustained) Definition: An emergency luminaire containing two or more lamps, at least one of which is energised from a non maintained emergency lighting supply. The remain- ing lights are energised and lit from the normal mains supply. Usually, one lamp is ON when the mains supply is on, and the other lamp will come ON only when the mains supply fails Mains “ON” Mains “OFF” NOTE: For additional information refer to Standards Australia www.standards.org.au
346 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Pack Cat No Polycarbonate SPUs LED Premium 1 x HB LED, extra low stand-by power consumption (less than 1 W)NiCd dual rate charge (HRC: 150mA - LRC: 40mA) 1 684850 Satellite LED with Flex and Plug D40 1 684855 Satellite LED with Flex and Plug D25 1 684852 Satellite LED with Flex and Plug Black 1 684853 Satellite LED Surface mount 1 684854 Satellite LED Surface mount Black 1 684875 Satellite LED IP65 Surface Mount 1 684878 Satellite LED IP65 Surface Mount for Freezer to -25ºC Computer Monitored SPUs LED Premium Axiom Wireless/Commander Wired 1 x HB LED, extra low stand-by power consumption (less than 1.5 W) NiCd dual rate charge (HRC: 150mA - LRC: 40mA) 1 684860 Satellite LED with Flex and Plug 1 684862 Satellite LED with Flex and Plug Black 1 684863 Satellite LED Surface mount 1 684864 Satellite LED Surface mount Black 1 684879 Satellite LED IP65 Surface Mount 1 684880 Satellite LED IP65 Surface Mount for Freezer to -25ºC Accessories 1 684870 LED Satellite three dish sizes Kit (80, 120, 150mm) 1 684871 LED Satellite three dish sizes Kit Black (80, 120, 150mm) 1 684874 Battery Pack for LED Satellite Dish only LED Satellite RangeSuitable for all applications.Energy efficient design, consume less than 1W in stand by mode (SPU),Elegant and unobtrussive with 4 different dish sizes to suit new and existing installations.Two rate charge battery mechanism for optimum battery performance. LED polycarbonate satellite series Emergency lights LED polycarbonate satellite series Emergency lights - Dimensions Product Installation and dimensions Surface mount satellite Box dimension 436mm x 135mm x 53mm 684850 684875 684878
347 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. LED polycarbonate satellite series Emergency lights CatNo Satellite Recess Mount C0/C90 Satellite Recess Mount Black C0/C90 Satellite Surface Mount C0/C90 Surface Mount Black C0/C90 Surface Mount IP65 C0/C90 Surface Mount Freezer C0/C90 684850 D40/D40 684855 D25/D25 684852 D40/D40 684853 D40/D40 684854 D40/D40 684875 D25/D25 684878 D25/D25 684860 D40/D40 684862 D40/D40 684863 D40/D40 684864 D40/D40 684879 D25/D25 684880 D25/D25 Dis Size Dish diameter (mm) Hole cut-out (mm) Recommended hole cut out (mm) Extra small (LED Assy) 56 52 52 Small 80 52 - 60 55 Medium 120 52 - 85 75 Large 150 75 - 125 120 Product specifications Cat. no. 684850 684860 Type SPU AXIOM/Commander Lamp 1 x HBLED Battery NiCd 5 x 1 Sub-C cells linear - 6.0Vdc 1.5Ah Charging mechanism Dual rate charge Charging current 150mA (hrc) - 40mA (lrc) Operating voltage 240 a.c. +/- 6% 50Hz Power consumption 0.95W 1.4W Body constructions Polycarbonate white Operating temperature 10º to 40º (-25ºC to 40ºC freezer option) IP rating IP20 Technical Specifications Product Dimensions Emergency Lighting Classification Emergency Lighting Classification Table Mounting Height (m) 2.1 2.4 2.7 3 3.3 3.6 4 4.5 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 D25 14.2 14.7 15.3 15.7 16.1 16.5 16.9 17.3 17.7 18.1 18.3 18.2 17.9 17.3 7.7 D40 16.7 17.4 18.0 18.6 19.1 19.6 20.1 20.8 21.3 22.1 22.7 23.0 23.1 23.1 19.4
348 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Satellite series polycarbonate spinning Technical specifications Polycarbonate satellite series Emergency lights 6822 20 6823 45 6820 22 n Product Installation & Dimensions Open hinged cover Open hinged cover Close hinged cover Close hinged cover Optica surface mount Satellite Optica surface mount Satellite O p tic a s u r fa c e m o u n t S a te llite Open hinged cover Closed hinged cover 100mm diam. 123mm Open hinged cover Open hinged cover Close hinged cover Close hinged cover Optica surface mount Satellite Optica surface mount Satellite O p tic a s u r fa c e m o u n t S a te llite Open hinged cover Closed hinged cover 100mm diam. 123mm Open hinged cover Open hinged cover Close hinged cover Close hinged cover Optica surface mount Satellite Optica surface mount Satellite O p tic a s u r fa c e m o u n t S a te llite Open hinged cover Closed hinged cover 100mm diam. 123mm Cut-out = 100mm Open hinged cover Open hinged cover Close hinged cover Close hinged cover Optica surface mount Satellite Optica surface mount Satellite O p tic a s u r fa c e m o u n t S a te llite Open hinged cover Closed hinged cover 100mm diam. 123mm Satellite Satellite surface mounted Dimensions: 436mm x 135mm x 53mm QH Polycarbonate Satellite Range Standard and Premium polycarbonate dishes with 1x10W G4 Quartz Halogen lamp Spinning diameter 120mm (medium size) Pack Cat No Polycarbonate Spinning SPUs Standard NiCd variable rate charge with 1x10W QH lamp 1 6820 20 Medium size spinning with flex and plug 1 6820 23 Medium size black spinning with flex and plug 1 6820 22 Medium size spinning surface mount Premium NiCd dual rate charge with 1x10W QH lamp 1 682120 Medium size spinning with flex and plug 1 682122 Medium size spinning surface mount 1 682123 Medium size spinning surface mount black Computer Monitored - Polycarbonate Spinning SPUs Commander Wired NiCd dual rate charge with 1x10W QH lamp 1 6822 20 Medium size spinning with flex and plug 1 6822 22 Medium size spinning surface mount Axiom wireless NiCd dual rate charge with 1x10W QH lamp 1 6822 56 Medium size spinning with flex and plug 1 6822 57 Medium size spinning surface mount Accessories 1 200355 6V,10W Quartz-Halogen lamp 1 682345 Clear moulded visor 1 682347 Spinning with lamp holder 1 682248 Spinning black with lamp holder 1 202726 Spinning mounting spring clip
349 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Satellite series, metal spinning Technical specifications QH polycarbonate satellite series Emergency lights Satellite power pack 140mm diam. 120mm diam. 100mm diam. 140mm diam. 120mm diam. 100mm diam. Open hinged cover Open hinged cover Close hinged cover Close hinged cover Optica surface mount Satellite Optica surface mount Satellite O p tic a s u r fa c e m o u n t S a te llite Open hinged cover Closed hinged cover 100mm diam. 123mm Open hinged cover Open hinged cover Close hinged cover Close hinged cover Optica surface mount Satellite Optica surface mount Satellite O p tic a s u r fa c e m o u n t S a te llite Open hinged cover Closed hinged cover 100mm diam. 123mm Medium metal spinning Large metal spinning Product Installation & Dimensions Dimensions: 370mm (W) x 60mm (H) x 85mm (D) QH Metal Satellite Range Standard and Premium metal dishes with 1x10W G4 Quartz Halogen lamp. Spinning diameter 117mm or 140mm (medium or large size) Pack Cat No Metal Spinning SPUs Standard Lead Acid variable rate charge (Rate 360 - 250mA) 1x10W QH lamp 1 2230 36 Medium size metal spinning without flex and plug 1 2230 37 Medium size metal spinning with flex and plug 1 2226 94 Medium size metal spinning surface mount 1 2230 39 Large size metal spinning with flex and plug Standard NiCd variable rate charge (Rate 360 - 250mA) 1x10W QH lamp 1 2015 25 Medium size metal spinning with flex & plug 1 2018 48 Large size metal spinning with flex and plug Premium NiCd dual rate charge (HRC: 450mA - LRC: 70mA) 1x10W QH lamp 1 2015 29 Medium size metal spinning with flex & plug 1 204013 Medium size metal spinning with clear visor and flex & plug 1 2040 17 Medium size metal black spinning with clear visor and flex & plug 1 2230 46 Large size metal spinning with flex and plug Computer Monitored-Metal Spinning SPUs Commander wired NiCd dual rate charge (HRC: 450mA - LRC: 70mA) 1x10W QH lamp 1 2231 52 Large size spinning with flex and plug 1 2231 53 Large size spinning surface mount Axiom wireless NiCd dual rate charge (HRC: 450mA - LRC: 70mA) 1x10W QH lamp 1 6822 54 Medium size metal spinning with flex & plug 1 6822 55 Large size spinning with flex and plug 1 6822 57 Large size spinning surface mount Accessories 1 2003 55 6V,10W Quartz-Halogen lamp 1 2027 53 Battery pack - Lead Acid 12V 5A 1 2019 17 Medium metal spinning 1 2015 26 Medium metal spinning (comp) 1 2230 09 Medium metal spinning + clear visor 1 2230 10 Medium metal spinning + clear visor (comp) 1 2224 99 Large metal spinning 1 2015 10 Large metal spinning (comp) 1 2000 57 Large metal spinning + clear visor 1 2000 74 Large metal spinning + clear visor (comp) 223039 223037
350 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Satellite series, polycarbonate and metal spinning Emergency lights Product Classification Product Dimensions CatNo Satellite Recess Mount C0/C90 Satellite Surface Mount C0/C90 Satellite + Visor (682345) C0/C90 Polycarbonate Spinning 682020 D16/D16 682022 D16/D16 682120 D20/D20 D16/D16 682122 D20/D20 682220 D20/D20 D16/D16 682222 D20/D20 682256 D20/D20 682257 D20/D20 Metal Spinning 223036 D16/D20 222694 D16/D20 223152 D20/D16 223153 D20/D16 682254 D20/D16 682255 D20/D16 Dish Size Dish diameter (mm) Hole cut-out (mm) Recommended hole cut out (mm) Medium 117 95-105 100 Large 140 115-125 120 Standard Premium Computer monitored Operation Mode Non-Maintained Light source 1 x 10W QH 6V - G4 base Battery LA (Lead Acid range) NiCd 5x 1.2V "D" Cell - 4Ah NiCd (NiCd Range) Charging Mechanism Variable rate charge Dual Rate Charge Charging Current LA: 340mA - 240mA HRC: 450mA - LRC:70-100mA NiCd: 340mA - 240mA Operating Voltage 240V a.c. +/- 6% 50Hz Power Consumption LA: 1W Stand-by 2W Stand-by NiCd: 2W stand-by Body Constructions Fire retardant, high impact, UV resistent white Polycarbonate Spinning Construction Polycarbonate Range: Fire retardant, high impact, UV resistent white Polycarbonate Metal Range: White powder coated steel Operating temperature 10°C to +40˚C IP Rating IP20 Replacement battery LA: CatNo 2027 53 NiCd: Cat No 201559 NiCd: Cat No 201559 Technical Specifications Emergency Lighting Classification Table Mounting Height (m) 2.1 2.4 2.7 3 3.3 3.6 4 4.5 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 D16 12.1 12.6 13.0 13.3 13.6 13.9 14.1 14.6 14.6 14.6 14.4 13.8 12.9 11.5 - D20 13.1 13.6 14.1 14.5 14.8 15.1 15.5 15.8 16.1 16.4 16.3 16.0 15.4 14.5 - D25 14.2 14.7 15.3 15.7 16.1 16.5 16.9 17.3 17.7 18.1 18.3 18.2 17.9 17.3 7.7 D40 16.7 17.4 18.0 18.6 19.1 19.6 20.1 20.8 21.3 22.1 22.7 23.0 23.1 23.1 19.4
351 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. 310mm dia. 370mm dia. 310mm 310mm dia. 370mm dia. 310mm Product Installation & Dimensions Technical Specifications White Oyster Weatherproof Oyster Emergency Lighting Classification Table Oyster fitting Emergency lights Technical specifications Oyster fitting Emergency lights Technical specifications Oyster fitting Range of emergency and non-emergency Oyster fitting. Available in white colour housing and supplied with opalescent acrylic diffuser. Also available a weatherproof IP55 version in black colour. Oysters can be installed either wall or ceiling mount. Pack Cat No. SPU’s Standard NiCd variable rate charge. (Rate 320 - 200mA) 1 6821 42 Maintained/Non-maintained 1 x 26W CFL 1 6821 43 Maintained/Non-maintained Black 1 x 18W CFL IP 55 Computer Monitored SPUs Axiom Wireless/Commander Wired NiCd dual rate charge (HRC: 420-220mA - LRC: 120-90mA) 1 6822 44 Maintained/Non-maintained 1 x 26W CFL 1 6822 46 Maintained/Non-maintained Black 1 x 18W CFL IP55 Non-emergency 1 C26A White Oyster 1 x 26W CFL (to suit 6821 42 / 682244) Accessories 1 2220 24 Battery Pack 1 2010 58 Commander Communications cable 1 AE32DIFF Replacement diffuser for white Oyster 682143 Note1: For non-emergency weatherproff Oyster fitting please contact Legrand office Note2: When an Axiom fitting is used on a Commander network, a communications cable Cat No 2010 58 must be used and ordered separtely Standard Computer monitored Operation Mode Maintained/Non-Maintained Light source White: 26W PLC WP: 18W PLC Battery NiCd 4 x 1 D Cell - 4.8Vdc 4.5Ah Charging Mechanism Variable rate charge Dual Rate Charge Charging Current 320mA - 200mA HRC: 420mA - 220mA Operating Voltage 240V a.c. +/- 6% 50Hz Body Constructions White: Circular mild steel WP: Circular cast aluminium Diffuser White: Dished moulded opalescent acrylic WP: Dished moulded opalescent polycarbonate Operating temperature 10°C to +40˚C Emergency Lighting Classification White: D20/D20 WP: D10/D10 White:D25/D25 WP: D10/D10 IP Rating WP: IP55 White: IP20 Replacement battery WP: Cat No 222028 White: CatNo 222024 Mounting Height (m) 2.1 2.4 2.7 3 3.3 3.6 4 4.5 5 D10 10.2 10.6 10.9 11.1 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.6 11.6 D20 13.1 13.6 14.1 14.5 14.8 15.1 15.5 15.8 16.1 D25 14.2 14.7 15.3 15.7 16.1 16.5 16.9 17.3 17.7
352 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Emergency lights Power packs T5 and T8 Power packs Contains an electronic inverter and nickel cadmium batteries. 1.2V cells rated at 70°C. Power packs are for fluorescent or tungsten halogen 6 volt 10 watt incandescent lamp. Self-contained emergency power packs are to upgrade existing fluorescent luminaires for appliance with statutory safety regulations. The electronic control pack is supplied in new slimline profile metal can with: only 32mm height to suit low profile design version. Cater for most applications light fitting into a emergency light fitting in a non-maintained, maintained or sustained mode. Battery pack is supplied in slim version. Pack Cat No. SPU’s Prod code Standard NiCd variable rate charge (Rate 320 – 200 mA) Fluorescent lamp – electronic or conventional ballast compatible. Supplied with Red LED: Continuous glow indicates 240V AC power connected. 1 6640 50 18 watt - T8 EPP3D18FES 1 6640 51 36 watt - T8 EPP4D36FES 1 6820 58 58 watt - T8 EPP558FS 1 6820 59 58 watt - T8 Electronic ballast EPP558FES 1 6640 53 14 watt - T5 EPPD14FES 1 6640 54 28 watt - T5 EPP5D28FES 1 6640 55 35 watt - T5 EPP6D35FES Premium NiCd two rate charge (High rate 400 mA, Low rate 70-100 mA) 1 2225 49 6 Volt 10 Watt UPP5-IS Fluorescent lamp – Conventional ballast T8 1 2013 22 18 watt UPP318FS 1 2013 20 36 watt UPP436FS 1 6821 58 58 watt UPP558FS 6640 51 D H W Computer monitored SPU’s COMMANDER wired NiCd two rate charge (High rate 400 mA, Low rate 70-100 mA) Fluorescent lamp – Conventional or electronic ballast - T8 1 2013 87S 18 watt maintained COM18MS 1 2013 89S 36 watt maintained COM36MS 1 6822 58 58 watt maintained COM58MS Fluorescent lamp - electronic ballast - T5 1 6822 52 28 watt T5 COM 28T5HEMS 1 6822 53 35 watt T5 COM 35T5HEMS AXIOM wireless NiCd two rate charge (High rate 400 mA, Low rate 70-100 mA) Fluorescent lamp – Conventional or electronic ballast - T8 1 6822 13 18 watt maintained / sustained AX18MPP 1 6822 15 36 watt maintained / sustained AX36MPP 1 6822 16 58 watt maintained / sustained AX58MPP Fluorescent lamp - electronic ballast - T5 1 6822 51 14 watt T5 maintained AX14MPP 1 6822 17 28 watt T5 maintained AX28MPP 1 6822 18 35 watt T5 maintained AX35MPP 1 6822 19 49 watt T5 maintained AX49MPP OEM bulk pack available on request. Emergency lights Power packs T5 and T8 Technical specifications Power Pack Cat No Can Dimensions W x H x D Replacement Battery 6640 50 48mm x 32mm x 225mm 2220 23 6640 51 2220 24 6820 58 2015 59 6820 59 2015 59 6640 54 31mm x 31mm x 344mm 2015 59 6640 55 2220 26 2013 22 40mm x 43mm x 225mm 2220 23 2013 20 2220 24 6821 58 2015 59 2013 87S 40mm x 43mm x 278mm 2220 23 2013 89S 2220 24 6822 58 2015 59 6822 52 2015 59 6822 53 2220 26 6822 13 2220 23 6822 15 2220 24 6822 16 2015 59 6822 51 2220 23 6822 17 2015 59 6822 18 2220 26 6822 19 2220 26 Replacement Battery Cat. No. No. of ‘D’ cells Battery Dimensions W x H x L (mm) 2220 23 3 35 x 35 x 210 2220 24 4 35 x 35 x 270 2015 59 5 35 x 35 x 330 2220 26 6 35 x 35 x 409 Disclaimer - Compliance to the relevant requirements of Australian electrical safety standards AS/NZS60598, emergency lighting standards AS2293 and EMC regulations are the responsibility of the manufacturer of the final fitting.
353 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Notes
354 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. AXIOM: Wireless computer monitored emergency lighting system AXIOM provides a wireless solution for computer monitored emergency lighting needs. Installation, commissioning and monitoring made simple and reliable. Auckland University: Auckland | New ZealandCentral Plaza: Brisbane | Qld Darwin Entertainment Centre: Darwin | NT80 Collins St: Melbourne | VicDigital Harbour: Melbourne | VicTauranga Hospital: Tauranga | New Zealand THEY HAVE SPECIFIED AND INSTALLED LEGRAND PRODUCTS:
355 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Building 3 Building 1 Building 2 Facilities Office Connection via dedicated or ethernet Cat5 cable Eg. Building 1 10 areas Eg. Building 2 11 areas Eg. Building 3 2 areas TESTING Monitor the status of all Single Point Units (SPUs) from one central location. With an unlimited number of areas per building, each area consists of one WAC and up to 60 SPUs. Once commissioned, data is regularly collected, updated and printed through the PC, via Cat5 cable. Wireless Area Controller Send Rcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Wireless Area Controller Send Rcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Wireless Area Controller Send Rcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Wireless Area Controller Send Rcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Wireless Area Controller Send Rcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Wireless Area Controller Send Rcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM AREA 1 ... ... ... ... AREA 10 ... ... AREA 11 ... ... AREA 21 ... ... AREA 23 AXIOM ARCHITECTURE PC CIU - Communication Interface Unit Multiple WAC's (Wireless Controller): one per area, eg. each level SPU's - Single Point Unit LEGRAND BENEFITS 1 - Perfect for small to large installations. 2- Less cost for less cable.3 - Installation without restrictions.4 - Backward compatability to commander.5 - Proven Performance of Radio Frequency (RF). WAC - WIRELESS AREA CONTROL Compact, wall-mounted device for the collection and storage of local branch SPU status. The WAC must be hard-wired in a daisy chain from the control PC to other WACs. It communicates to SPUs via radio frequency or may be hard-wired. SPU - SINGLE POINT UNIT Emergency light designed to operate from mains and from internal rechargable batteries. It is equipped with a small antenna for communication with its local monitoring system.
356 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. AXIOM computer and software Testing systems AXIOM Wireless Area Controller Testing systems Pack Cat No. Wireless Area Controller Prod code Intelligent device networked over an RS485 backbone to other Area Controllers and the Control Computer. A variety of RJ sockets provided for trunk and branch connection using Cat 5 or legacy cabling systems. Able to initiate time-based polling of SPU’s and various discharge tests as directed by computer. Monitors a single zone of up to 60 SPU’s via RS485 cable, wireless or a combination. 1 6822 98 Area controller, Axiom or Commander AX-WAC Accessories Data cables 1 6823 70 Conductor 6 core, flat cable (500m roll) CAB6C 1 6823 71 Conductor 10 core, flat cable (200m roll) CAB10C 1 2230 19 Crimping tool COM-Crimp 1 2010 58 Commander SPU cable CABLE-TELE Cable accessories 1 6823 72 3 way coupler T3 1 6823 73 Coupler 6 core cable C6C 1 6823 74 Coupler 10 core cable C10C 1 6823 75 6 core modular plug for flat cable RJ45-6C 1 6823 76 10 core modular plug for flat cable RJ45-10C Network components 1 6823 77 LAN to RS485 converter UDS10 1 6823 78 Serial cable for use with UDS10 (9f-25m) 1 6823 79 Connector for use with UDS10 (9m-9m) Pack Cat No. Aegis system software Prod code Enables a system control computer to co-ordinate the testing and reporting of the emergency lighting system Database contains key information including detailed physical location, zone, circuit, product type and performance status/history. Graphic of each item assists in product identification. Software allows import of floor plan and drag-and-drop placement of SPU and Area controllers for ease of identification, installation and maintenance Software features visualisation of wireless links and also supports Aegis8 databases Emergency lighting discharge tests are contained in a logbook designed to comply with AS/NZ regulations. 1 6822 99 Aegis 9 system software - AXIOM Wireless AX-Soft Aegis 9 has been developed with a higher level of functionality for AXIOM wireless systems. Control computer Dedicated PC for the retrieval, storage and analysis of emergency lighting status information. Communicates with Area Controllers via RS485 interface (CIU) over the emergency lighting backbone. Printer is included to provide hard copy of test required in local regulations. 1 2223 43 Personal Computer AX-PC 1 2231 85 Central Interface Unit (RS232:RS485) COM-CIU 6822 99 6822 98 NOTE: Axiom control items are also applicable to Commander installations. A Commander SPU communications cable (Cat No 201058) must be used and ordered separately when installing an Axiom fitting on a Commander network.
357 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. AXIOM installation and WAC dimensions MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU WAC SPU SPU SPU SPU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM WAC EthernetInterface Unit Cat No. 6823 77 Ethernet Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 Cat 5 RS485 backbone Up to 1.2 km between WACs To next WAC with up to 500 WACs per system MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 Cat 5 RS485 backbone Up to 1.2 km between WACs RF Communication 920mHz To next WAC with up to 500 WACs per system Up to 80 SPUs per WAC with up to 50m radius PC Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Single Point Units (SPUs) Single Point Units (SPUs) Single Point Units (SPUs) Single Point Units (SPUs) MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU WAC SPU SPU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM LANTRONICS WAC SPU SPU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU WAC SPU SPU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM LANTRONICS MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 PC Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Single Point Units (SPUs) MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 PC Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Single Point Units (SPUs) MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Ethernet MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM WAC SPU SPU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU WAC SPU SPU SPU SPU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM WAC LANTRONICS Ethernet MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 Cat 5 RS485 backbone Up to 1.2 km between WACs Cat 5 RS485 backbone Up to 1.2 km between WACs Cat 5 RS485 backbone Up to 1.2 km between WACs RF Communication 920mHz To next WAC with up to 500 WACs per system To next WAC with up to 500 WACs per system To next WAC with up to 500 WACs per system Up to 60 SPUs per WAC with up to 50m radius Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 Cat 5 RS485 backbone Up to 1.2 km between WACs To next WAC with up to 500 WACs per system MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 Cat 5 RS485 backbone Up to 1.2 km between WACs RF Communication 920mHz To next WAC with up to 500 WACs per system Up to 80 SPUs per WAC with up to 50m radius PC Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Single Point Units (SPUs) Single Point Units (SPUs) Single Point Units (SPUs) Single Point Units (SPUs) MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU WAC SPU SPU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM LANTRONICS WAC SPU SPU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU WAC SPU SPU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM LANTRONICS MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 PC Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Single Point Units (SPUs) MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 PC Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Single Point Units (SPUs) MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Ethernet MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM WAC SPU SPU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU WAC SPU SPU SPU SPU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM WAC LANTRONICS Ethernet MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 Cat 5 RS485 backbone Up to 1.2 km between WACs Cat 5 RS485 backbone Up to 1.2 km between WACs Cat 5 RS485 backbone Up to 1.2 km between WACs RF Communication 920mHz To next WAC with up to 500 WACs per system To next WAC with up to 500 WACs per system To next WAC with up to 500 WACs per system Up to 60 SPUs per WAC with up to 50m radius Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 Cat 5 RS485 backbone Up to 1.2 km between WACs To next WAC with up to 500 WACs per system MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 Cat 5 RS485 backbone Up to 1.2 km between WACs RF Communication 920mHz To next WAC with up to 500 WACs per system Up to 80 SPUs per WAC with up to 50m radius PC Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Single Point Units (SPUs) Single Point Units (SPUs) Single Point Units (SPUs) Single Point Units (SPUs) MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU WAC SPU SPU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM LANTRONICS WAC SPU SPU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU WAC SPU SPU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM LANTRONICS MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 PC Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Single Point Units (SPUs) MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 PC Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Single Point Units (SPUs) MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Ethernet MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM WAC SPU SPU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU WAC SPU SPU SPU SPU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM WAC LANTRONICS Ethernet MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM PC CIU MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM MinitronicsWireless Area Controller SendRcv Trunk Branch IrDA Emergency Test Full Area Setup AXIOM Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 Cat 5 RS485 backbone Up to 1.2 km between WACs Cat 5 RS485 backbone Up to 1.2 km between WACs Cat 5 RS485 backbone Up to 1.2 km between WACs RF Communication 920mHz To next WAC with up to 500 WACs per system To next WAC with up to 500 WACs per system To next WAC with up to 500 WACs per system Up to 60 SPUs per WAC with up to 50m radius Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Wireless Area Controller (WAC) Communications Interface Unit (CIU) Cat No. 2231 85 Cat 5 RS485 backbone Up to 1.2 km between WACs To next WAC with up to 500 WACs per system n Typical Installation n Add on Installation: - Commander / AXIOM - Extension to existing system n Hybrid Installation: - Where wireless communication is limited n Multi-building site n WAC dimensions 210mm 170mm 200mm 186mm 48mm 168mm 210mm 170mm 200mm 186mm 48mm 168mm NOTE: See installation & configuration instructions for application advice.
358 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Emergency lighting test switch and sensing module This unit allows discharge test on emergency lighting installations. Compact and modular components with labelling facility. Key switch to initiate discharge test and test in progress indication. Override test stop function. Time delay can be set for 2h 15min or 2h 45min. A power-up time delay of 10 mins can be set to allow discharge lamps to ignite before turning emergency lights off. Sensing module enables wider activation of emergency lighting circuits in the event of a partial supply failure. Pack Cat No. Test switch (Trade) 1 6820 83 Emergency lighting test switch surface mount Performs discharge test in accordance with AS2293.1 Supplied in 6 DIN rail space enclosure with 4 pole 20A contactor 180mm (W) x 190mm (H) x 85mm (D) Test switch (OEM) 1 6820 84 Emergency lighting test switch DIN mount Performs discharge test in accordance with AS2293.1. Suitable for switch board builders 72mm (W) x 83mm (H) x 66mm (D) Circuit sensing module 1 6820 85 8 lighting circuit sensing module This module constantly monitors up to 8 circuits and activates the test switch, turning all emergency lights on, if one of the circuits drops out 72mm (W) x 83mm (H) x 66mm (D) Accessories 1 6820 86 Key switch and barrel Test switch and circuit sensing module Conforms to AS2293.1 Section 4 Test switch and circuit sensing module Conforms to AS2293.1 Section 4 6820 83 6820 84 6820 85 6820 83 6820 84 6820 85
359 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Emergency Escape LightingEmergency Escape Lighting provides the lighting to ensure uniform visibility of the egress path for safe evacuation and to minimise the risk of panic. Emergency Exit SignsEmergency Exit Signs are designed to facilitate the evacuation of occupants in a building by indicating the evacuation path to ‘Exit’. C 90 C 0 d h Spacing rules for Emergency LightingEmergency Lighting spacing rule for the distance between luminaires were designed to provide minimum lighting at floor level to ensure uniform visibility of the egress path. The horizontal spacing between adjacent luminaires is dictated by the maximum spacing tables in accordance to the luminaire classification and mounting height. (refer to AS2293.1-2005 section 5.1) C90 hheight C0 Emergency lighting categories and functionsEmergency lighting can be classified into two main categories: Emergency Exit Signs and Emergency Escape Lighting. Examples of spacing rulesCatalogue No: 6862 00 Slide Connect G2 Classification: C 0 : D3.2 C 90 : A5 Spacing between luminaires on the C 0 plane is calculated as follows: Mounting height (m) Classification 2.3 2.4 2.7 3 3.3 3.6 D2.5 5.8 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.4 5.1 D3.2 6.5 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.4 6.2 D4 7.2 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.2 1) Luminaire Classification 2) Ceiling Height: h = 2.4m 3) Spacing between luminaires on the C 0 plane d = 6.6m Emergency lighting Functions and spacing rules n The Emergency Escape Luminaires and Exit Signs should be installed according to the spacing rules and specifications stipulated by the Australian Standards AS2293-2005. The type of buildings and areas within buildings requiring the installation of emergency escape lighting are determined by the Building Code of Australia.
360 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Frontal light version Lateral light version Signalling mode Under normal conditions, a decorative element designed to integrate smoothly into any commercial or residential building Safety mode In the event of a power cut, a light path is created to guide people to the exit, the perfect complement to emergency lighting Lipso, decorative lighting pilots Stylish lighting for illuminating safe pathways
361 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Lipso safety lighting pilots Self-contained units Lipso self-contained emergency lighting pilots Dimensions Self-contained fully back-up lighting pilots Frontal or lateral lighting Aluminium colour zamak finish Class II Built in power supply direct cabling to 240 V a.c.LEDS requiring no maintenance as lamp sources: 4 high luminosity long-life colour LEDs (average life time: 100,000 h) for signalling and indicating battery life 3 high luminosity long-life white LEDs for safety lighting Battery Autonomy: 1 hour Ni-Cd batteries: 2.4 V - 2/3 AAA Charging time: 24h Lumen output: 1.5 lm Terminals for 2 x 1.5 mm 2 wires For installation in their own flush-mounting box, or Ø 60/65 mm box for plasterboard walls 6609 11 + 6609 45 6609 03 6609 11 Lipso lateral 48 58 48 58 Frontal lighting 48 58 48 58 Accessories: Attachment kit Cat. No. 6609 42 requires flush mounting box Cat. No. 80051 (for soft walls) Ø 78 74 Ø 78 43 15 Flush-mounting on box Cat.No 6609 41 with round frame Cat.No 6609 44 62 21 8 68 Ø 50 Flush-mounting on box Cat.No 6609 41 with square frame Cat.No 6609 45 62 68 21 8 68 Ø 50 Accessories 10 6609 41 Flush-mounting box (concrete) 1 6609 42 Attachment kit 78 mm x 78 mm 1 6609 44 Decorative round frame Ø 68 mm 1 6609 45 Decorative square frame 68 mm x 68 mm 1 6609 49 Mounting bracket for plaster walls 1 800 51 Flush-mounting box 50 mm depth (plaster) 62 62 20 7 55,5 55,5 Ø 50 Installation: Flush-mounting on box Cat.No 6609 41 Pack Cat. No. Self-contained lighting pilots 240 V a.c. - 50 Hz Lateral Front IP 44 - IK 07 lighting lighting White safety lighting, and signalling in: 1 6609 01 6609 11 Blue 1 6609 02 6609 12 White 1 6609 03 6609 13 Red 1 6609 04 6609 14 Green 1 6609 05 6609 15 Amber IP 66 - IK 08 White emergency lighting, and signalling in: 1 6609 07 6609 17 Blue 1 6609 06 6609 16 White
362 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Indoor sensor Outdoor sensor Choose from 3 sensing technologies to ensure there is just the right amount of light when and where you need it Passive infared technology Passive infrared (PIR) technology senses occupancy by detecting the difference between heat emitted from the human body in motion and background space Ultrasonic technology Using the Doppler principle, ultrasonic occupancy sensors work by bouncing ultrasonic sound waves off objects in an area and measuring the time it takes for the waves to return Dual technology A combination that takes advantage of the best features of both PIR and ultrasonic technology. Using the Dual Sensing Verification Principle, both sensing technologies must detect occupancy to turn lighting on, while continued detection by one technology will hold lighting on Lighting Management
363 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Lighting management switch sensors 1 output 488 07 882 30 488 11 488 10 488 05 882 35 Pack Cat.No. Ceiling sensors Fixed directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws (provided) or installed in Batibox flush-mounting box with depth of 50 mmDetection field 45 m² Ø 8 m Optimum distance between 2 detectors: 6 m Consumption 0.4 W on standby 1 488 03 PIR ceiling mount switch sensor 360°, occupancy mode, automatic terminal connection All load 8.5 A - 240 V 1 488 01 PIR ceiling mount switch sensor 360°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override or mobile configurator), automatic terminal connection All load 10 A - 240 V 1 488 07 PIR ceiling switch sensor 360°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override or mobile configurator), automatic terminal connection All load 8.5 A - 240 VDetection field 90 m² Ø 11 m Optimum distance between 2 detectors: 10 m Consumption 0.8 W on standby All load 8.5 A - 240 V 1 488 06 Dual ceiling mount switch sensor 360°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override, or mobile configurator), automatic terminal connectionDetection field 150 m² Ø 14 m Optimum distance between 2 detectors: 12 m Consumption 0.8 W on standby All load 8.5 A - 240 V 1 488 05 US ceiling mount switch sensor 360°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override, or mobile configurator), automatic terminal connection Corner indoor sensors Supplied with fixing baseDetection field 45 m² Maximum range 8 m Optimum distance between 2 detectors: 6 m Consumption 0.4 W on standby All load 8.5 A - 240 V 1 488 11 PIR wall mount switch sensor 170°, occupancy mode, automatic terminal connection 1 48813 Detection field 240 m² PIR wall mount sensor 140° Pack Cat.No. Outdoor sensors Detection field 180 m² Maximum range 15 m - IP 55 Consumption 0.4 W on standby All load 8.5 A - 240 V 1 488 10 PIR outdoor switch sensor 270°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override or mobile configurator), automatic terminal connection Mobile configurators All detectors are pre-set in the factory - lighting threshold: 500 lux false ceiling, 300 lux surface-mounted - time delay: 15 minutes and walkthrough function activated The mobile configurators allow the pre-adjusted settings and the detection sensitivity to be readjusted 1 882 35 Step programming on pre-set buttons 1 882 30 Digital programming to the nearest decimal place Instant programming control Allows the settings of each detector to be displayed Option of putting adjustment settings in the memory and using them for other detectors Surface mount boxes 1 488 74 Surface mount box to suit 488 03/07/20 1 488 75 Surface mount box to suit 488 05/21/22
364 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Lighting management switch sensors 1 output Cat. No. 488 03 488 01 488 05 488 06 488 07 488 10 488 11 488 13 MAIN CHARACTERISTICS Installation type Operation ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF Type of operation occupancy vacancy & occupancy occupancy Vac & Occ Override - - Push Button or Mob. Con. Detector technology PIR PIR US PIR/ US PIR PIR PIR PIR Power supply Operating temperature -5°C to +45°C IP IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 55 IP 42 IP 42 Cover L x W 45 m 2 45 m 2 150 m 2 90 m 2 45 m 2 180 m 2 45 m 2 270 m 2 Diameter at 2.5 m Ø 8 m Ø 8 m Ø 14 m Ø 11 m Ø 8 m Ø 15 m Ø 8 m - Lux level from 1 to 1275 lux Time delay (mn) from 20 sec to 30 min FUNCTIONALITY Audible Alerts - yes yes yes yes yes - - Walkthrough mode - yes yes yes yes yes - - Daylighting setting - yes yes yes yes yes - yes ADJUSTMENT Pre-settings time delay mini, lux maxi 15 minutes 500 lux 15 minutes 300 lux time delay mini lux maxi 15 minutes 300 lux Trim pot yes yes - - - - yes - Tool - - 882 35 882 30 DIMENSIONS Weight (g) 114.5 150 159.1 162.2 114.2 205 266.6 266.6 Connection type auto terminals auto terminals auto terminals auto terminals auto terminals auto terminals auto terminals auto terminals Depth (mm) without auxiliaries 52.3 58.97 58.97 58.97 52.3 165.83 115.86 115.86 with auxiliaries 55.6 62.27 62.27 62.27 55.6 COMPATIBILITY WITH TYPE OF LIGHT Halogen light 2000W 2500 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W 2000 W ELV halogen with separate ferromagnetic or electromagnetic transformer 1000 VA Fluorescent tube 10 x (2 x 36 W) Fluorescent light with separate ferroagnetic or electronic ballast 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA 1000 VA LED 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W Compact fluorescent light with 1-10 V ballasts 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W 500 W Contactors max. W ≤ 2 A false ceiling surface mounting Push-buttons or mobile configurators 240 V/50 Hz from 30 sec to 60 min from 20 sec to 30 min 882 35 882 30 882 35 882 30 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V
365 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Lighting management room controller 2 outputs 488 50 488 20 488 22 488 23 (directional head) Pack Cat. No. Room controller Allows 2 lighting circuits to be controlled in 2 different phases or 1 lighting circuit and 1 A/C circuit Ability to connect the detector(s) and push-button(s) on each circuit Fixed directly to the false ceiling via cable ducting Controller/detector output connection (up to 10 detectors Cat. No. 488 20/21/22/30/24/23) by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable to be fitted with RJ 45 connector Cat.No 488 72 Power supply 240 V ac 1 488 50 Room controller 2 inputs 2 outputs 16 A Ceiling SCS sensors Fixed directly to the false ceiling with mounting claws (supplied) or installed in deep Batibox boxes with depth of 50 mm Connect to 2 circuit controller Cat.No 488 50 by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable fitted with RJ 45 connector Cat.No 488 72 Detection field 45 m² Ø 8 m Optimum distance between 2 detectors: 6 m Consumption 0.2 W on standby All load 10 A - 240 V 1 488 20 PIR ceiling mount switch sensor 360°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override, or IR remote), RJ 45 connectionDetection field 90 m² Ø 11 m Optimum distance between 2 detectors: 10 m Consumption 0.5 W on standby All load 10 A - 240 V 1 488 22 DUAL corner mount SCS sensor 360°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override, or IR remote), RJ 45 connectionDetection field 150 m² Ø 14 m Optimum distance between 2 detectors: 12 m Consumption 0.5 W on standby All load 10 A - 240 V 1 488 21 US ceiling mount SCS sensor 360°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override, or IR remote), RJ 45 connection Pack Cat. No. Corner SCS sensors Supplied with fixing base Connect to 2 circuit controller Cat.No 488 50 by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable fitted with RJ 45 connector Cat.No 488 72 (p. 31)Detection field 45 m² Maximum range 8 m - IP 42 Optimum distance between 2 detectors: 6 m Consumption 0.2 W on standby All load 10 A - 240 V 1 488 24 PIR wall mount switch sensor 180°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override, or IR remote), RJ 45 connectionDetection field 90 m² Maximum range 11 m - IP 42 With directional head Optimum distance between 2 detectors: 10 m Consumption 0.2 W on standby All load 10 A - 240 V 1 488 23 DUAL corner mount SCS sensor 180°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override, or IR remote), RJ 45 connectionDetection field 180 m² Maximum range 15 m - IP 55a Consumption 0.5 W on standby All load 10 A - 240 V 1 488 30 PIR corner mount SCS sensor 270°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override, or IR remote), RJ 45 connection RJ 45-BUS/SCS connectors Allow controller(s) and detector(s) to be connected directly using BUS/SCS wiring by branch connection 1 488 72 Male connector 1 488 73 Female connector RJ 45 doubler 10 488 68 Allows the number of controller inputs to be doubled 488 72 488 68 RJ 45 connectors
366 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Lighting management room controller 2 outputs Cat.No. 488 50 (1) 488 20 488 21 488 22 488 23 488 24 488 30 MAIN CHARACTERISTICS Installation type false ceiling cable ducting false ceiling surface-mounting Operation ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF ON-OFF Type of operation - vacancy & occupancy Override - Push-buttons, or IR remote Detector technology - PIR US PIR/US PIR/US PIR PIR Power supply 240 V 27 V powered by 488 50 Operating temperature -5 °C to +45 °C IP IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 42 IP 42 IP 55 Cover L x W - 45 m 2 150 m 2 90 m 2 90 m 2 45 m 2 180 m 2 Diameter at 2.5 m - Ø 8 m Ø 14 m Ø 11 m Ø 11 m Ø 8 m Ø 15 m Lux level - from 1 to 1275 lux Time delay (mn) - from 0 to 255 h FUNCTIONALITY Audible Alerts - yes yes yes yes yes yes Walkthrough mode - yes yes yes yes yes yes Daylight setting - yes yes yes yes yes yes ADJUSTMENT Pre-settings - 15 minutes / 500 lux 15 minutes / 300 lux Trim pot - - - - - - - Tool - 882 30 & 882 35 and software DIMENSIONS Weight (g) 272 95.5 143.1 147.8 241.7 237.5 205 Dimensions L x W x H (mm) 190 x 70 x 51 55 X Ø 102 55 X Ø 102 55 X Ø 102 105 x 70 x 70 105 x 70 x 70 166 X 81 X 104 Connection type screw terminals RJ 45 RJ 45 RJ 45 RJ 45 RJ 45 RJ 45 Flush-mounted depth (mm) - 50 COMPATIBILITY WITH TYPE OF LIGHT Halogen light 3600 W - - - - - - ELV halogen with separate ferromagnetic or electromagnetic transformer 1800 VA - - - - - - Fluorescent tube 1800 VA - - - - - - Fluorescent light with separate ferromagnetic or electronic ballast 500 W - - - - - - LED 500 W - - - - - - Compact fluorescent light with 1-10 V ballasts 1800 VA - - - - - - Contactors relay output - - - - - - (1) to be associated with Cat. No. 488 20/21/22/23/24/30 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V }
367 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Lighting management BUS/SCS system SCS sensors • Connection: - to the controller by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable to be fitted with RJ 45 connectorCat.No 488 72 (p. 365) - to the BUS/SCS directly by cord or cable to be fitted with RJ 45 / BUS/SCS connector Cat.No 488 72 (p. 365) • Factory pre-set lighting threshold 500 lux for false ceiling detectors, 300 lux for surface-mounted detectors• Factory pre-set time delay 15 minutes. Walkthrough function activated (short time delay of 3 minutes for 1 walkthrough)• Site adjustment with mobile configurators Cat.No 882 30/35 (p. 363)IR receivers Pack Cat. No. Ceiling SCS sensors Fastened directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws (supplied) or installed in Batibox flush-mounting boxes with depth of 50 mm Connect to 2 circuit room controller Cat.No 488 50 by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable to be fitted with RJ 45 connector Cat.No 488 72 (p. 365)Detection field 45 m² Ø 8 m Optimum distance between 2 detectors: 6 m 0.2 W on standby All load 10 A - 240 V 1 488 20 PIR ceiling mount switch sensor 360°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override, mobile configurator or software) RJ 45 connectionDetection field 90 m² Ø 11 m Optimum distance between 2 detectors: 10 m Consumption 0.5 W on standby All load 10 A - 240 V 1 488 22 DUAL ceiling mount SCS sensor 360°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override, mobile configurator or software) RJ 45 connectionDetection field 150 m² Ø 14 m Optimum distance between 2 detectors: 12 m Consumption 0.5 W on standby All load 10 A - 240 V 1 488 21 US ceiling mount SCS sensor 360°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override, mobile configurator or software) RJ 45 connection Lighting measurement cell 1 488 28 2 usage options: - used in conjunction with detectors it allows synchronisation of lighting measurement - lighting management for 1 zone without detectorThe mobile configurator must be used to configure the lighting cell Cat.No 882 30 (p. 363) Connects to BUS/SCS cable with connector Cat.No 488 72 Pack Cat. No. Corner SCS sensors Supplied with fixing plate Connect to the 2 circuit controller Cat.No 488 50 by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable to be fitted with RJ 45 connector Cat.No 488 72 (p. 365)Detection field 45 m² Maximum range 8 m - IP 42 Optimum distance between 2 detectors: 6 m Consumption 0.2 W on standby All load 10 A - 240 V 1 488 24 PIR corner mount SCS sensor 180°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override, mobile configurator or software) RJ 45 connectionDetection field 90 m² Maximum range 11 m - IP 42 With directional head Optimum distance between 2 detectors: 10 m Consumption 0.2 W on standby All load 10 A - 240 V 1 488 23 DUAL corner mount SCS sensor 180°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override, mobile configurator or software), RJ 45 connectionDetection field 180 m² Maximum range 15 m - IP 55 Consumption 0.5 W on standby All load 10 A - 240 V 1 488 30 PIR wall mount SCS sensor 270°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override, mobile configurator or software), RJ 45 connectionDetection field 270 m² Maximum range 27 m - IP 42 All load 10 A - 240 V ac 1 488 25 PIR wall mount SCS sensor 140°, vacancy & occupancy mode (push-button override, mobile configurator or software), RJ 45 connection RJ 45-BUS/SCS connectors Allow controller(s) and detector(s) to be connected directly using BUS/SCS wiring by branch connection 1 488 72 Male connector 1 488 73 Female connector 488 20 488 72 488 22 488 24 488 28 RJ 45 connectors
368 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Lighting management BUS/SCS system SCS sensors Cat. No. 488 20 488 21 488 22 488 23 488 24 488 30 488 25 MAIN CHARACTERISTICS Installation type false ceiling surface mounting Operation ON-OFF & dimming + adjust Type of operation vacancy & occupancy Override Push-buttons, mobile configurators or software Detector technology PIR US PIR/US PIR/US PIR PIR PIR Power supply 27 V powered by BUS/SCS or room controllers Operating temperature -5°C to +45°C IP IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 42 IP 42 IP 55 IP 41 Cover L x W 45 m 2 150 m 2 90 m 2 90 m 2 45 m 2 180 m 2 270 m 2 Diameter at 2.5 m Ø 8 m Ø 14 m Ø 11 m Ø 11 m Ø 8 m Ø 15 m - Lux level from 1 to 1275 lux Time delay (mn) from 0 to 255 h FUNCTIONALITY Audible Alerts yes yes yes yes yes yes yes Walkthrough mode yes yes yes yes yes yes yes Daylight setting yes yes yes yes yes yes yes ADJUSTMENT Pre-settings 15 minutes / 500 lux 15 minutes / 300 lux Trim pot - - - - - - - Tool 882 30 and 822 35 and software DIMENSIONS Weight (g) 95.5 143.1 147.8 241.7 237.5 205 237.5 Connection type RJ 45 RJ 45 RJ 45 RJ 45 RJ 45 RJ 45 RJ 45 Flush-mounted depth (mm) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
369 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Cat. No. 488 20 488 21 488 22 488 23 488 24 488 30 488 25 MAIN CHARACTERISTICS Installation type false ceiling surface mounting Operation ON-OFF & dimming + adjust Type of operation vacancy & occupancy Override Push-buttons, mobile configurators or software Detector technology PIR US PIR/US PIR/US PIR PIR PIR Power supply 27 V powered by BUS/SCS or room controllers Operating temperature -5°C to +45°C IP IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 42 IP 42 IP 55 IP 41 Cover L x W 45 m 2 150 m 2 90 m 2 90 m 2 45 m 2 180 m 2 270 m 2 Diameter at 2.5 m Ø 8 m Ø 14 m Ø 11 m Ø 11 m Ø 8 m Ø 15 m - Lux level from 1 to 1275 lux Time delay (mn) from 0 to 255 h FUNCTIONALITY Audible Alerts yes yes yes yes yes yes yes Walkthrough mode yes yes yes yes yes yes yes Daylight setting yes yes yes yes yes yes yes ADJUSTMENT Pre-settings 15 minutes / 500 lux 15 minutes / 300 lux Trim pot - - - - - - - Tool 882 30 and 822 35 and software DIMENSIONS Weight (g) 95.5 143.1 147.8 241.7 237.5 205 237.5 Connection type RJ 45 RJ 45 RJ 45 RJ 45 RJ 45 RJ 45 RJ 45 Flush-mounted depth (mm) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Lighting management BUS/SCS system Controls Individual or centralised controls for lighting managementSupplied with BUS/SCS connector Cat.No 492 22 for connection with the BUS/SCS cable with branch connection• Connection: - to the fixed ceiling controller via BUS/SCS cable fitted with connector Cat.No 488 72 (p. 365)- directly to the BUS/SCS cable in the event of a modular controller control unit Pack Cat.No. Basic function To be equipped with round version key covers and plates 1 5739 87 2 module mechanism Control for the activeation of 1 actuator for single or double loads, or 2 actuators for single load, or independent double loads for lighting and shutters Basic and special functions To be equipped with round version key covers and plates 1 5739 74 2 module mechanism Control for the activation of 4 scenarios, soft- start and soft-stop of dimmers, sound dis- tribution functions and activation of devices installed on different BUS branches Pack Cat.No. Scenario management Allows several controllers to be operated4 scenarios4 buttons allowing 1 scenario to managed per button Example: lighting level adjustment, lighting control with openings... 1 5739 02 White 1 5739 03 Magnesium Multiple scenariosTouch-screen control Allows manual or programmed control of lighting (lighting level), openings, fans and multimedia equipment 1 5739 60 Equipped with White and Magnesium surround To be installed in flush-mounting box Cat. No. 892 79 or 893 79 To be fitted with plates Cat. No. 5764 84 Mirror White, 5764 83 Mirror Black, 5764 86 Stainless Steel, 5764 80 Gold Brass and 5764 87 Woven Metal 784 73 5739 60
370 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Lighting management BUS/SCS system Room controllers Connection: - to the detector by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable BUS/SCS to be fitted with RJ 45 connector Cat.No 488 72 (p. 365) - to the BUS/SCS directly by cord or cable to be fitted with RJ 45 / BUS/SCS connector Cat.No 488 72 (p. 365)Can be controlled for each output by a detector and/or an individual or centralised BUS/SCS controlConfiguration with controls and detectors:- intuitive by default - Plug n’ go mode- product customisation by touch support or by mobile configurator Cat.No 882 30 (p. 363) (via detectors) - Push n’ learn mode- via programming software Cat.No 488 80 Install on false ceiling via cable ducting Pack Cat.No. Multi-application controllers 1 488 47 2 on/off or 1-10 V dimming lighting outputs 2 electronic control box outputs for blinds or fans Light dimming controllers For DALI protocol 1 488 44 4 outputs 16 ballasts maximum per output For 1-10 V ballast 1 488 42 2 outputs 1000 VA maximum per output 1 488 43 4 outputs 1000 VA maximum per outputFor LV and ELV halogen 1 488 45 2 outputs 1000 W maximum per output ON/OFF lighting controllers 1 488 40 16 A on 1 output 1 488 41 10 A on 2 outputs RJ 45 doubler 10 488 68 Allows the number of controller inputs to be doubled 488 47 488 42 Light 1.1 Detector 1 Cat. No 488 20 Detector 2 Cat. No 488 20 Room controllerCat. No 488 41 Light 1.2 Light 2.1 Light 2.2 OFFICE 1 OFFICE 2 Configuration toolCat. No 882 30 Light 2 Detector 1 Cat. No 488 20 Detector 2 Cat. No 488 20 SCS cable SCS cable Room controllerCat. No 488 41 MCB 16 A Light 1 Remote controlCat. No 882 31 Remote controlCat. No 882 31 MEETING ROOM n Example of installation using "plug and play"
371 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Lighting management BUS/SCS system Dimming and actuators Modular controllers and interfaces connected to the BUS/SCS by BUS/SCS cable. Each output is independent and can be used in conjunction with a controlConfiguration with controls and detectors: - intuitive with Cat.No 035 70 (addressing module) - product customisation by touch support - through programming software Cat.No 488 80 Pack Cat.No. KNX - SCS gateway 1 5739 93 Requires power supply unit Cat.No 035 64 This device provides interfacing SCS system and KNX system for mutual exchange of information control and messages For operation requires software pack Cat.No 488 81 or supervision requires Cat.No 488 82 6 x 17.5 mm DIN modules Extension gateways Allow the BUS/SCS to communicate with other systems Scenario module 1 035 51 Allows scenarios to be created through link with Arteor Cat.No 5739 60 without a software toolKonnex - BUS/SCS 1 035 63 Allows the on/off signal to travel between a Konnex installation and the BUC/SCS installation 2 x 17.5 mm DIN modulesWiring system - BUS/SCS 1 035 53 Used to connect traditional wiring systems (e.g. switch, timer, external sensor) 2 independent contacts 2 x 17.5 mm DIN modules BUS - BUS/SCS extension 1 035 62 Used to extend the physical Bus larger than 500M and line beyond 175 products to allow product identification in the same line Needs a power supply Cat. No. 035 60/66 2 x 17.5 mm DIN modules Modular power supply units For BUS/SCS 1 035 60 240 VA - 27 Vac - 1.2 A 8 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 1 035 67 240 VA - 27 Vac - 500 mA 2 x 17.5 mm DIN modules For Cat. No. 5739 93 and 026 45 1 634 42 240 VA - 12 Vac - 600 mA 2 x 17.5 mm DIN modules Pack Cat.No. Dimming controllers For DALI protocol10 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 1 026 33 8 outputs 16 ballasts maximum per output, frame steeringFor 1-10 V ballast 1 026 11 1 output - 1000 VA maximum 6 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 1 026 12 4 outputs - 1000 VA maximum per output 10 x 17.5 mm DIN modulesFor LV and ELV halogen6 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 1 026 21 1 output - 1000 W maximum 1 026 22 2 outputs - 500 W maximum per output ON/OFF lighting controllers 1 026 00 1 x 16 A output 4 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 1 026 01 2 x 16 A outputs 4 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 1 026 02 4 x 16 A outputs 6 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 1 026 04 8 x 16 A outputs 10 x 17.5 mm DIN modules Multi-application controllers NO contact For roller blinds and motors2 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 1 038 41 1 x 16 A output 1 038 42 2 x 6 A outputs 1 038 44 4 x 6 A outputs Addressing module 1 035 70 To be used with controller for touch support customisation directly on the controller and the control unit 2 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 026 33 038 42 5739 93 035 62 Zone controller unit 1 026 45 Includes 2 functions: - manages scenario programming (e.g. time management, lighting, presence) - IP interface, links the BUS/SCS infrastructure and the IP network Requires power supply unit Cat.No 035 64 / 63442 For operation requires software pack Cat.No 488 81 or supervision requires Cat.No 488 82 6 x 17.5 mm DIN modules
372 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Lighting management BUS/SCS system Software Lighting management BUS/SCS system Accessories 882 30 882 35 Pack Cat. No. Software packs 1 488 80 Pack 1: - quoting software - product setup on AutoCad installation diagram - system configuration (addressing and product interlinking) 1 488 81 Pack 2 - quoting software - product setup on AutoCad installation diagram - system configuration (addressing and product interlinking) - use (installation monitoring and maintenance with optimised energy consumption in the building) Option of installing remote control on the PC desktop 1 488 82 Pack 3: - quoting software - product setup on AutoCad installation diagram - system configuration (addressing and product interlinking) - use (installation monitoring and maintenance with optimised energy consumption in the building) Option of installing remote control on the PC desktop - supervision (surveillance and remote control of the installation) Pack Cat. No. BUS/SCS cables Supplied on a reel 1 492 31 Length 100 m 1 492 32 Length 500 m Mobile configurators All detectors are pre-set in the factory - lighting threshold: 500 lux false ceiling, 300 lux surface-mounted - time delay: 15 minutes and walkthrough function activated The mobile configurators allow the pre-adjusted settings and the detection sensitivity to be readjusted 1 882 35 Step programming on pre-set buttons 1 882 30 Digital programming to the nearest decimal place using digital screen Instant programming control Allows the settings of each detector to be displayed Option of putting adjustment settings in the memory and using them for other detectors
373 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Lighting management BUS/SCS system Room controllers Cat. No. 488 40 488 41 488 42 488 43 488 44 488 45 488 47 MAIN CHARACTERISTICS Installation type fixed false ceiling and cable ducting Type of operation ON-OFF dimming ON-OFF dimming + automation Number of outputs 1 2 2 4 4 2 2 lighting + 2 automation Power supply 240 V Operating temperature -5°C to +45°C IP IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 Dimensions (mm) L x W x H 207 x 71 x 48 207 x 71 x 48 207 x 97 x 48 257 x 148 x 51 257 x 148 x 51 257 x 148 x 51 257 x 148 x 51 Weight (g.) 255 265 337 380 424 458 430 Connection type screw terminals screw terminals screw terminals screw terminals screw terminals screw terminals screw terminals COMPATIBILITY WITH TYPE OF LIGHT Halogen light 3600 W 3600 W 3600 W 3600 W - 2000 W 3600 W ELV halogen with separate ferromagnetic or electromagnetic transformer 3600 W 3600 W 3600 W 3600 W - 2000 VA 3600 VA Fluorescent tube 1 x 1000 VA 2 x 1000 VA 2 x 1000 VA 4 x 1000 VA - - 2 x 1000 W Fluorescent light with separate ferromagnetic or electronic ballast 1 x 1000 VA 2 x 1000 VA 2 x 1000 VA 4 x 1000 VA - - 2 x 1000 VA LED 1 x 500 W 2 x 500 W - 4 x 500 W - - 2 x 500 W Compact fluorescent light with 1-10 V ballasts - - 2 x 1000 VA 4 x 1000 VA - - 2 x 1000 VA DALI Ballast - - - - 4 x 16 ballasts - - Motors - - - - - - 500 VA 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V
374 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Lighting management BUS/SCS system Dimming and actuators Cat. No. 026 33 026 11 026 12 026 21 026 22 026 00 CHARACTERISTICS Type of operation dimming ON-OFF Outputs 8 1 4 1 2 1 Power supply 240 V No. of modules 10 6 10 6 6 4 COMPATIBILITY WITH TYPE OF LIGHT Halogen light - - - 1 x 1000 W 2 x 400 W 1 x 3600 W ELV halogen with separate ferromagnetic or electromagnetic transformer - - - 1 x 1000 VA 2 x 400 VA 1 x 3600 W Fluorescent tube - - - - - 1 x 1000 VA Fluorescent light with separate ferromagnetic or electronic ballast - - - - - 1 x 1000 VA LED - - - - - - Compact fluorescent light with 1-10 V ballasts - 1 x 1000 VA 4 x 1000 VA - - - DALI Ballast 8 x 16 ballasts Cat. No. 026 01 026 02 026 04 038 41 038 42 038 44 CHARACTERISTICS Type of operation ON/OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF Multi-application Outputs 2 4 8 1 2 4 Power supply 240 V No. of modules 4 6 10 2 2 2 COMPATIBILITY WITH TYPE OF LIGHT Halogen light 2 x 3600 W 4 x 3600 W 8 x 3600 W - - - ELV halogen with separate ferromagnetic or electromagnetic transformer 2 x 3600 W 4 x 3600 W 8 x 3600 W - - - Fluorescent tube 2 x 1000 VA 4 x 1000 VA 8 x 1000 VA - - - Fluorescent light with separate ferromagnetic or electronic ballast 2 x 1000 VA 4 x 1000 VA 8 x 1000 VA - - - LED - - - - - - Compact fluorescent light with 1-10 V ballasts - - - - - - Motor - - - 4 A x 1 output 2 A x 2 outputs 2 A x 4 outputs 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V
375 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Lighting management Radio/ZigBee ® Control units and false ceiling controllers Radio/ZigBee ® 2.4 GHz, signal range 100 m • Operation:- in association with Radio/ZigBee ® products - with BUS/SCS installation using BUS/SCS interface - Radio ZigBee ® Cat.No 488 32 (p. 365) To be fitted with Arteor plates 5738 62 5738 49 5738 35 Pack Cat. No. Wireless wall controls Powered by 3V CR 2032 lithium batteries, suppliedSupplied with support, directly mounted on the wall without flush-mounting box2 modulesLighting control ON/OFF 1 wayAllows 1 Radio/ZigBee ® product to be controlled (e.g. 1 controller) 1 5738 34 White 1 5738 35 Black Lighting control ON/OFF 2 wayAllows 2 Radio/ZigBee ® products to be controlled (e.g. 1 controller and a 240 V A control unit) 1 5738 36 White 1 5738 37 Black Lighting dimming controls 1 way Allows 1 Radio/ZigBee ® DALI, 1-10 V, LV and ELV halogen control unit to be controlled 1 5738 38 White 1 5738 39 Black 1 5738 42 White 1 5738 43 Black ZigBee ® : ZigBee ® certified product with Manufacturer Specific Profile Pack Cat. No. Wireless wall controls (continued) 4 scenario controlsAllow 4 scenarios to be managed using 4 buttons Example: e.g. lighting level adjustment, lighting control with openings...as well as normal cut off 1 5738 48 White 1 5738 49 Black 240 V A switches Transmitter/receiver switches For installation in flush-mounting box with depth of 50 mm recommended, 2 module mounting frames.Switches ON/OFF 1 wayWith LED to see output control status Max. load: 1 x 2500 W 1 5738 22 White 1 5738 23 Black Switches ON/OFF 2 wayWith LED to see output control status Max. load: 2 x 1000 W 1 5738 24 White 1 5738 25 Black Controllers for dimming For 1-10 V ballast 1 5738 66 1 output - 500 VA For LV and ELV halogen 1 5738 64 1 output - 600 W ON/OFF lighting controller 1 5738 62 1 output - 2500 W, surface mounting BUS/SCS interface - Radio/ZigBee ® Used to link a BUS/SCS installation and an additional Radio/ZigBee ® installation 1 488 32 BUS/SCS interface - Radio/ZigBee ® Installs on false ceiling Repeater 1 488 37 Used to increase the receiving distance from the radio signal Power supply 240 V A
376 Some items sold seperately For pack quantity, please refer to numerical index pages. For trade price, please see your local HPM legrand representative for the current price list. Lighting management Radio/ZigBee ® Detectors and remote control units for example: xxxxxxx xxxxxxxx Lighting management Radio/ZigBee ® Detectors and remote control units Pack Cat. No. Infrared 240 V A detector switches Power supply 240 V A Recommended fixing height: 2.50 mDetection field 90 m² Ø 11 m 1 488 35 Dual ceiling mount detector 360° This dual technology allows accurate presence detection from the point where the signal given by the detector is interrupted (e.g. : hand movement on a keyboard) Fixed directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws (provided) or in Batibox flush-mounting box with depth of 50 mm Optimum distance between 2 detectors: 10 mDetection field 180 m² Maximum range 15 m - IP 55 1 488 14 PIR surface mount detector 270° Dual side detection specially adapted for long narrow areas (e.g. corridors) Battery-powered infrared detector Powered by two 1.5 V LR 03 alkaline batteries (supplied)Recommended fixing height: 2.50 mDetection field 180 m² Ø 15 m - IP 55 1 488 31 PIR surface mount detector 270° Dual detection specially adapted for long narrow areas (e.g. corridors) Remote control devices 4 scenario controls4 buttons allowing 1 scenario to be managed per button Example: lighting level adjustment, lighting control with openings... in the same way as normal cut off 1 882 31 IR control Powered by two 1.5 V LR 03 alkaline batteries (supplied) 1 882 32 IR/RF control Powered by two 1.5 V LR 03 alkaline batteries (supplied) 488 14 882 32 Use case No 1: also using a BUS/SCS infrastructure Use case No 2: using only Radio/ZigBee ® ZigBee ® : ZigBee ® certified product with Manufacturer Specific Profile Where an office is fitted out completely in glass and the BUS/SCS cannot drop vertically, a wireless Radio/ZigBee ® control unit can be installed at the door. Manual on-switch and an automatic cut-off will maximise energy savings. In a building renovation for example, if a large area is fitted with self-contained presence detectors but the vertical connection cannot be made with its control points, Radio/ZigBee ® wireless control units will be installed. BUS/SCS infrastructure with DALI controller-BUS/SCS4 outputs Cat.No 488 44 Infrared detector 45 m² Cat.No 488 20 BUS/SCS interface - Radio/ZigBee ® Cat.No 488 32 Wireless control Cat.No 5738 34 Source Source 230 V Wireless control Cat.No 5738 34 Wireless control Cat.No 5738 34 Detector 230 V Detection field 180 m² Cat.No 488 14
1 Section Section Section Page Page Page Residential Commercial Industrial Contents Residential Index 2 - 3 Industrial Index 140 Commercial Index 119 14 15 16 Architectural Metal Range Hospitality TV, Data & Communication 120 - 124 125 - 130 131 - 138 See Legrand ® section for Energy Distribution Excel Life™ Wiring Accessories Cable Management Emergency Lighting Systems VDI Structured Cabling Systems 1 Switchboards & Enclosures 8 Plugs, Bases & Sockets 7 Installation Accessories 6 Switch Mechanisms 2 Excel Range 3 Linea Range 4 Weatherproof 5 Standard Range 5 - 9 10 - 37 38 - 45 46 - 51 52 - 73 74 - 78 79 - 84 85 - 89 10 Smart Wired 9 Safety & Security 11 Ventilation & Air Movement 90 - 91 92 - 99 100 - 105 12 Garden Lighting 106 - 111 13 Retail Products 112 - 118 17 Quantum Industrial Switchgear 142 - 145 See Legrand ® catalogue for Energy Distribution Cable Management Warning Devices IEC Industrial Plugs & Sockets Industrial Boxes & Enclosures Cable Marking Systems Terminal Blocks The following are trademarks of Legrand Australia Pty Ltd HPM, HPM and the Plug Device, QUANTUM, AQUA WEATHERPROOF, HARMONY, ELECTRESAFE, LINEA, MOONGLOW, PLUGBOSS, HOLIDAY TIMER, HOLIDAY SET 'N' GO, ISET, HALOSCAPE, AIRBOSS BY HPM, SOLA SCAPE. Transformers & Power Supplies Arteor™ Wiring Accessories & Home Automation Soliroc™ Weatherproof Wiring Accessories See Legrand ® section for Arteor™ Wiring Accessories & Home Automation Excel Life™ Wiring Accessories
2 Residential Index About Reliable and easy to install products for residential dwellings and many com- mercial projects. Section 1 Switchboards & Enclosures Section 2 Excel Range Section 3 Linea Range Section 4 Weatherproof Section 5 Standard Range Section 6 Switch Mechanisms Section 7 Installation Accessories Page Page Page Page Page Page Page MCBs - Miniature circuit breakers 5 Excel TV, data and communication 11 Linea Range switches 39 Excel Weatherproof switches 47 Standard Range switches 53 Switch mechanisms 75 Mounting blocks 80 RCDs (RCCBs) 6 Excel Commercial and hospitality 14 Linea Range powerpoints 39 Aqua Range switches 47 Standard Range powerpoints 55 DUO switch mechanisms 76 Fireboxes 81 RCBOs 6 Excel Range switches 14 Dimmers and fan controllers 40 Aqua Range industrial isolating switches 48 Dimmers and fan controllers 59 Spring return switch mechanism (bell press) 76 Wall boxes 81 Changeover switches 7 Excel Range permanent connection units 16 Linea Range outlets 40 Standard Range outlets 60 Mounting clips 82 Surge Protection Devices (SPDs) 7 Linea Range grids and plates 41 Light sensitive switches 49 Standard Range plates 60 KeyLock assemblies 76 Mounting brackets 83 Standard Range powerpoints 7 Excel Range powerpoints 20 Linea Range mounting accessories 41 Aqua Range powerpoints 49 Circuit identification and plain caps 61 KeyTag mechanisms 76 Render brackets 83 Main switches for surface mounting 7 Dimmers and fan controllers 24 Light fitting and accessories 50 Push button mechanisms 76 Shrouds 83 Cover plates and grids with cover plates 26 Wall boxes 42 Utility boxes and enclosures 50 Identification products 61 Indicating light mechanisms 77 Junction boxes 83 Time switches 8 Shrouds 42 Conduit entry fittings for weatherproof boxes 51 Standard Range technical pages 62 Dimmer mechanisms 78 Insulated and earth connectors 84 Plug-in circuit breakers 8 Circuit identification and plain caps 28 Paint covers 42 Fan control mechanisms 78 Cable clips and screws 84 Enclosures 8 Colour options for Linea Range 42 Dimmer knob 78 Colour options for Excel Range 29 Linea technical pages 44 Rotary switch mechanisms 78 Excel technical pages 30 Mechanism accessories 78 Section 8 Plugs, Bases & Sockets Section 9 Safety & Security Section 10 Smart Wired Section 11 Ventilation & Air Movement Section 12 Garden Lighting Section 13 Retail Products Page Page Page Page Page Page Plug tops 86 Movement sensors (PIR’s) 91 Home Networks Kits and Modules 93 Exhaust fans and mounting kits 101 Halogen lighting 107 Cordline switch 113 Plug bases 86 Smoke alarms 91 Vent-Axia low voltage exhaust fans 102 12V garden lights 107 Timers 113 Extension sockets 88 Electresafe™ RCD power centres 91 Smart Wired technical pages 96 12V garden light accessories 107 Door chimes 113 Ceiling roses 88 Halogen Lighting 91 Fanlights 103 LED garden lights 109 Extension leads 114 Battenholders 88 Safety and security products reference 91 Hand dryer 103 Solar garden lights 111 Double adaptors 115 Lampholders 88 Heat lamps 103 Fluorescent accessories 111 Surge protected adaptors 115 Lampholder accessories 89 Instant heat 103 Starter sockets 111 Powerboards 116 AirBoss ceiling sweep fans 104 Surge protected powerboards 116 AirBoss accessories 104 Heavy duty powerboards 117 Flexible ducting and finishing accessories 105 Nursery plugs 117 Travel plugs 118 Lamp and light fittings 118 Moonglow night lights 118 Connectors and terminal block 118 Fuse Wire 118 2
3 Section 1 Switchboards & Enclosures Section 2 Excel Range Section 3 Linea Range Section 4 Weatherproof Section 5 Standard Range Section 6 Switch Mechanisms Section 7 Installation Accessories Page Page Page Page Page Page Page MCBs - Miniature circuit breakers 5 Excel TV, data and communication 11 Linea Range switches 39 Excel Weatherproof switches 47 Standard Range switches 53 Switch mechanisms 75 Mounting blocks 80 RCDs (RCCBs) 6 Excel Commercial and hospitality 14 Linea Range powerpoints 39 Aqua Range switches 47 Standard Range powerpoints 55 DUO switch mechanisms 76 Fireboxes 81 RCBOs 6 Excel Range switches 14 Dimmers and fan controllers 40 Aqua Range industrial isolating switches 48 Dimmers and fan controllers 59 Spring return switch mechanism (bell press) 76 Wall boxes 81 Changeover switches 7 Excel Range permanent connection units 16 Linea Range outlets 40 Standard Range outlets 60 Mounting clips 82 Surge Protection Devices (SPDs) 7 Linea Range grids and plates 41 Light sensitive switches 49 Standard Range plates 60 KeyLock assemblies 76 Mounting brackets 83 Standard Range powerpoints 7 Excel Range powerpoints 20 Linea Range mounting accessories 41 Aqua Range powerpoints 49 Circuit identification and plain caps 61 KeyTag mechanisms 76 Render brackets 83 Main switches for surface mounting 7 Dimmers and fan controllers 24 Light fitting and accessories 50 Push button mechanisms 76 Shrouds 83 Cover plates and grids with cover plates 26 Wall boxes 42 Utility boxes and enclosures 50 Identification products 61 Indicating light mechanisms 77 Junction boxes 83 Time switches 8 Shrouds 42 Conduit entry fittings for weatherproof boxes 51 Standard Range technical pages 62 Dimmer mechanisms 78 Insulated and earth connectors 84 Plug-in circuit breakers 8 Circuit identification and plain caps 28 Paint covers 42 Fan control mechanisms 78 Cable clips and screws 84 Enclosures 8 Colour options for Linea Range 42 Dimmer knob 78 Colour options for Excel Range 29 Linea technical pages 44 Rotary switch mechanisms 78 Excel technical pages 30 Mechanism accessories 78 Section 8 Plugs, Bases & Sockets Section 9 Safety & Security Section 10 Smart Wired Section 11 Ventilation & Air Movement Section 12 Garden Lighting Section 13 Retail Products Page Page Page Page Page Page Plug tops 86 Movement sensors (PIR’s) 91 Home Networks Kits and Modules 93 Exhaust fans and mounting kits 101 Halogen lighting 107 Cordline switch 113 Plug bases 86 Smoke alarms 91 Vent-Axia low voltage exhaust fans 102 12V garden lights 107 Timers 113 Extension sockets 88 Electresafe™ RCD power centres 91 Smart Wired technical pages 96 12V garden light accessories 107 Door chimes 113 Ceiling roses 88 Halogen Lighting 91 Fanlights 103 LED garden lights 109 Extension leads 114 Battenholders 88 Safety and security products reference 91 Hand dryer 103 Solar garden lights 111 Double adaptors 115 Lampholders 88 Heat lamps 103 Fluorescent accessories 111 Surge protected adaptors 115 Lampholder accessories 89 Instant heat 103 Starter sockets 111 Powerboards 116 AirBoss ceiling sweep fans 104 Surge protected powerboards 116 AirBoss accessories 104 Heavy duty powerboards 117 Flexible ducting and finishing accessories 105 Nursery plugs 117 Travel plugs 118 Lamp and light fittings 118 Moonglow night lights 118 Connectors and terminal block 118 Fuse Wire 118 3
4 Circuit Protection & Enclosures Section 1
55 Section 1 Circuit Protection & Enclosures MCBs - Miniature circuit breakers Pack Cat No. C curve. Thermal magnetic. Current limiting. Complies with AS/NZS 60898 DIN rail mounting. 1 pole, 4.5kA, C curve, 240VSize 17.5mm (1 module). 12 HL4106 6A, 1 pole 4.5kA, C Curve, miniature circuit breaker 12 HL4110 10A, 1 pole 4.5kA, C Curve, miniature circuit breaker 12 HL4116 16A, 1 pole 4.5kA, C Curve, miniature circuit breaker 12 HL4120 20A, 1 pole 4.5kA, C Curve, miniature circuit breaker 12 HL4125 25A, 1 pole 4.5kA, C Curve, miniature circuit breaker 12 HL4132 32A, 1 pole 4.5kA, C Curve, miniature circuit breaker 12 HL4140 40A, 1 pole 4.5kA, C Curve, miniature circuit breaker 12 HL4150 50A, 1 pole 4.5kA, C Curve, miniature circuit breaker 12 HL4163 63A, 1 pole 4.5kA, C Curve, miniature circuit breaker Pack Cat No. 1 pole, 6kA, C curve, 240VSize 17.5mm (1 module). 12 HL6106 6A, 1 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 12 HL6110 10A, 1 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 12 HL6116 16A, 1 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 12 HL6120 20A, 1 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 12 HL6125 25A, 1 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 12 HL6132 32A, 1 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 12 HL6140 40A, 1 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 12 HL6150 50A, 1 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 12 HL6163 63A, 1 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker Pack Cat No. 2 pole, 6kA, C curve, 240/415VSize 35mm (2 modules). 6 HL6210 10A, 2 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 6 HL6216 16A, 2 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 6 HL6220 20A, 2 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 6 HL6225 25A, 2 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 6 HL6232 30A, 2 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 6 HL6240 40A, 2 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 6 HL6250 50A, 2 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 6 HL6263 63A, 2 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker Pack Cat No. 3 pole, 6kA, C curve, 240/415VSize 52.5mm (3 modules). 4 HL6310 10A, 3 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 4 HL6316 16A, 3 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 4 HL6320 20A, 3 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 4 HL6325 25A, 3 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 4 HL6332 32A, 3 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 4 HL6340 40A, 3 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 4 HL6350 50A, 3 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker 4 HL6363 63A, 3 pole 6kA, miniature circuit breaker Section 1 HL4106 (fitted with lock 04442) HL6216 HL6106 HL6316 S 1
6 Section 1 Circuit Protection & Enclosures RCBOs Pack Cat No. 2 pole RCBOs, C curve, type ACComplies with AS/NZS 61009. Current limiting MCB, 6kA, RCD, type AC 30mA. 240V~, 1 pole + N. DIN rail mounting. 1 HLRCBO30-206 6A, 2 pole, AC, 30mA RCBO 1 HLRCBO30-210 10A, 2 pole, AC, 30mA RCBO HLRCB030-206 Pack Cat No. 2 pole RCBOs, C curve, type A 1 HLARCBO30-206 6A, 2 pole, A, 30mA RCBO 1 HLARCBO30-210 10A, 2 pole, A, 30mA RCBO 1 HLARCBO30-216 16A, 2 pole, A, 30mA RCBO 1 HLARCBO30-220 20A, 2 pole, A, 30mA RCBO 1 HLARCBO30-225 25A, 2 pole, A, 30mA RCBO 1 HLARCBO30-232 32A, 2 pole, A, 30mA RCBO 1 HLARCBO30-240 40A, 2 pole, A, 30mA RCBO HLARCB030-206 Pack Cat No. 4 pole RCDs, type AC Residual current device complies with AS/NZS6 +1008 Type AC 70mm wide (4 module) DIN rail mounting 1 HLRCD30-425 25A, 4 pole, AC, 30mA 1 HLRCD30-440 40A, 4 pole, AC, 30mA 1 HLRCD30-463 63A, 4 pole, AC, 30mA 1 HLRCD30-480 80A, 4 pole, AC, 30mA HLRCD30-440 Pack Cat No. 2 pole RCDs, type A Residual current device complies with AS/NZS6 +1008 Type A 35mm wide (2 module) DIN rail mounting 1 HLARCD30-225 25A, 2 pole, A, 30mA 1 HLARCD30-240 40A, 2 pole, A, 30mA 1 HLARCD30-263 63A, 2 pole, A, 30mA HLARCD30-225 RCDs (RCCBs) Pack Cat No. 2 pole RCDs, Type ACResidual Current Device. Complies with AS/NZS 61008. Type AC. 35mm wide (2 modules). DIN rail mounting. 1 HLRCD30-225 25A, 2 pole, AC, 30mA 1 HLRCD30-240 40A, 2 pole, AC, 30mA 1 HLRCD30-263 63A, 2 pole, AC, 30mA 1 HLRCD30-280 80A, 2 pole, AC, 30mA HLRCD30-225 Pack Cat No. Reference standards AS/NZS60947-3 DIN rail mounting. 10 HLS163 63A, 1 pole, 240V~ isolating switch 10 HLS1100 100A, 1 pole, 240V~ isolating switch 5 HLS263 63A, 2 pole, 415V~ isolating switch 5 HLS2100 100A, 2 pole, 415V~ isolating switch 3 HLS363 63A, 3 pole, 415V~ isolating switch 3 HLS3100 100A, 3 pole, 415V~ isolating switch Isolating switches - DIN mount HLS163 S 1 1 HLRCBO30-216 16A, 2 pole, AC, 30mA RCBO 1 HLRCBO30-220 20A, 2 pole, AC, 30mA RCBO 1 HLRCBO30-225 25A, 2 pole, AC, 30mA RCBO 1 HLRCBO30-232 32A, 2 pole, AC, 30mA RCBO 1 HLRCBO30-240 40A, 2 pole, AC, 30mA RCBO
7 Switchboards & enclosures Surge Protection Devices (SPDs) Pack Cat No. Surge Protection DevicesSize 18mm wide (1 module). DIN rail mounting. Plug-in module. 1 H6SD 250V 1 pole surge diverter. 275V max continuous rating. Diverts up to 40kA. Limits 6kV surges to 1.16kV. 1 H6SDM Replacement module for H6SD surge diverter Standard Range powerpoints 230 - 240V a.c. Pack Cat No. Single powerpoint, DIN rail mounting Plate size: 67 x 44mm. 4 modules wide, 53mm deep. 10 787DIN 10A single powerpoint with DIN bracket 10 787DIN15 15A single powerpoint with DIN bracket Pack Cat No. Main switches for surface mounting, 240V~ (1 pole), 415V~ (2 & 3 pole)Heavy duty, double break silver contacts. Type clamping tun- nel terminals take up to 25mm 2 conductors. Line and load side terminals screws can be sealed off. Mounting holes: top right and botton left cor- ners. 60 x 16mm mounting centres. 1 pole, 240V~Size 26mm wide x 71mm high x 44mm deep. 10 B135 35A, 1 pole, back entry main switch 10 B165 65A, 1 pole, back entry main switch 10 B180 80A, 1 pole, back entry main switch 10 F135 35A, 1 pole, front entry main switch 10 F180 80A, 1 pole, front entry main switch Pack Cat No. 2 pole, 415V~Size 52mm wide x 71mm high x 44mm deep. 5 B265 65A, 2 pole, back entry main switch 5 B280 80A, 2 pole, back entry main switch 5 F265 65A, 2 pole, front entry main switch 5 F280 80A, 2 pole, front entry main switch Main Switches for surface mounting Changeover switches Pack Cat No. 32A day-off-night 12 HCS132 32A, 1 pole, 240V~ changeover switch 12 HCS232 32A, 2 pole, 240V~ changeover switch HCS232 H6SD B135 787DIN B235 Pack Cat No. 3 pole, 415V~Size 52mm wide x 71mm high x 44mm deep. 5 B335 35A, 3 pole, back entry main switch. 5 B365 65A, 3 pole, back entry main switch. 5 B380 80A, 3 pole, back entry main switch. 5 F380 80A, 3 pole, front entry main switch. B335 S 1
8 Circuit Protection & Enclosures Plug-in circuit breakers 240V a.c. Pack Cat No. Plug-in circuit breakersPlugs into porcelain fuse bases to replace re-wireable fuse wedges. 5 DCB108 8A plug-in circuit breaker for 8A &10A lighting circuits 5 DCB116 16A plug-in circuit breaker for 15A &16A lighting circuits 5 DCB120 20A plug-in circuit breaker for 20A hot water & power circuits 5 DCB132 32A plug-in circuit breaker for 30A & 32A stove circuits Enclosures Time switches Pack Cat No. Time switches - DIN rail mounting1 module wide 1 HL03730 24 hour electro-mechanical time switch - DIN rail mount. 1 Module. 230V~ +10% -15% Contact rating, 16A, cos = 1, 3 position switch: ON-OFF-AUTO. Minimum switching period: 15 min. No working reserve. 1 HL03705 Digital weekly time switch. DIN rail mount. 1 module. Contact rating, 16A, cos = 1, 28 program blocks, 5 way switch, 6 years working reserve. Pack Cat No. Time switches - Surface mounting 4 808/1 24 hour synchronous time switch. Push tab adjustment. Contact rating 240V, 16A. Manual override switch. Minimum switching period - 30 min. Section 1 Pack Cat No. Surface mounting enclosureAll supplied with door, neutral & earth bars, labels, accessories and DIN rail. 1 HL12S 12 pole surface enclosure, 240mm H x 318mm W x 109mm D 1 HEE18S 18 pole surface enclosure, 214mm H x 383mm W x 104mm D 1 HL24S 24 pole surface enclosure, 380mm H x 318mm W x 109mm D 1 HL36S 36 pole surface enclosure, 505mm H x 318mm W x 109mm D 1 HL48S 48 pole surface enclosure, 630mm H x 318mm W x 109mm D Pack Cat No. Spare door for surface enclosureWhite 1 601206 12 pole 1 601207 24 pole 1 601208 36 pole 1 601209 48 pole Pack Cat No. Flush mounting enclosureAll supplied with door, neutral & earth bars, labels, accessories and DIN rail. 1 HL12F 12 pole flush enclosure, 305mm H x 315mm W x 90mm D 1 HEE18F 18 pole flush enclosure, 223mm H x 392mm W x 71mm D cut-out 1 HL24F 24 pole flush enclosure 430mm H x 315mm W x 90mm D 1 HL36F 36 pole flush enclosure 555mm H x 315mm W x 90mm D 1 HL48F 48 pole flush enclosure 680mm H x 315mm W x 90mm D Above dimensions are cut-out dimensions 1 HL12FS 12 pole flush enclosure with metal plate backing 1 HL24FS 24 pole flush enclosure with metal plate backing DCB120 HL03705 808/1 HL485 HL24F S 1
9 Accessories Pack Cat No. HC surface mounting enclosuresWill fit into customer equipment area on NSW meter box panel. Complies AS3132, AS3000/2.21.1.2. (Separate neutral and earth bars on rear of meter box panel). 10 HC01S 1 pole 6 HC02S 2 pole 4 HC03S 3 pole 4 HC04S 4 pole Pack Cat No. HM pole fillers 1 HPF5 5 pole, (4 x 18mm & 2 x 9mm). Suits material thickness 1.5mm max. Pole fillers for HWEK & HC series, type V4 (4 pole, 8 x 9mm) available to special order. 1 HEEPF5 Bag of 4 x 18mm & 2 x 9mm pole fillers. Pole fillers for HEE series. 1 HMCBL A4 Label sheet for MCB/RCD 1 01491 Locking device for flush or surface mounting, supplied with 2 keys Circuit Protection & Enclosures Section 1 HC02S HPF5 S 1 For weatherproof enclosures, see Plexo³ in Legrand section.
10 Excel Range Section 2
11 S 2 Section 2 Excel Range Pack Cat No. VGA OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP900WEWE Excel HD15 VGA outlet Excel TV data and communication Section 2 Pack Cat No. RCA OutletsHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP901WEWE 1 gang Yellow RCA outlet 5 XLP902WEWE 2 gang White & Red RCA outlet 5 XLP903WEWE Yellow, Red & White RCA outlet 5 XLP904WEWE Red, Green & Blue RCA outlet Pack Cat No. Video OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP905WEWE Mini Din S Video outlet Pack Cat No. HDMI OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP906WEWE 1 gang HDMI (1.3c) outlet Pack Cat No. Speaker OutletsHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP907WEWE 1 gang loud speaker outlet 5 XLP907/2WEWE 2 gang loudspeaker outlet XLP900WEWE XLP904WEWE XLP903WEWE XLP905WEWE XLP902WEWE XLP901WEWE XLP906WEWE XLP907WEWE XLP907/2WEWE Pack Cat No. XLR Female OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP908WEWE XLR female outlet Pack Cat No. XLR Male OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP909WEWE XLR male outlet XLP908WEWE XLP909WEWE Pack Cat No. Speakon OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP910WEWE Speakon outlet Pack Cat No. Audio Jack OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP911WEWE 3.5mm audio jack, female plug XLP910WEWE XLP911WEWE
12 S 2 Excel Range Section 2 Pack Cat No. USB OutletsHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP943WEWE 1 gang USB (2.0) female outlet 5 XLP943/2WEWE Double USB (2.0) Pack Cat No. DVI OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP950WEWE 1 gang DVI outlet Pack Cat No. VGA and Audio Jack OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP900AU WEWE VGA and 3.5 audio jack Pack Cat No. VGA and USB OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP900USB WEWE VGA and USB (2.0) outlet Pack Cat No. RGB and RCA OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP904R2WEWE RGB and White/Red RCA outlet Pack Cat No. RGB and USB OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP904USB WEWE RGB and USB (2.0) outlet Pack Cat No. RGB and RCA OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP904R3WEWE RGB and Yellow/Red/White RCA outlet Pack Cat No. RGB OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP904/2WEWE Double RGB outlet XLP943/2WEWE XLP943WEWE XLP950WEWE XLP900AUWEWE XLP900USBWEWE XLP904R2WEWE XLP904USBWEWE XLP904R3WEWE XLP904/2WEWE
13 S 2 Pack Cat No. RGB and S Video OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP904S- VWEWE RGB and S video outlet Excel Range Section 2 XLP904SVWEWE Pack Cat No. WiFi outlets 5 XLP945WEWE WiFi access point, frequency band 802.11b/g, 802.11A 5 XLP946WEWE WiFi access point with jack, frequency band 802.11b/g, 802.11A 5 XLP947WEWE WiFi cover plate white gloss 5 XLP948WEWE WiFi frame Pack Cat No. WiFi accessories 5 XLP949WEWE WiFi mounting block white 5 XLP949WB WiFi wall box 42mm XLP946WEWE XLP949WEWE Pack Cat No. Modular series RJ outletsPlate size: 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL770/1RJ2 Single RJ45 outlet (phone/data, Cat 5E) 10 XLP770/1RJ2 Single RJ45 outlet (phone/data, Cat 5E) (Gloss) 10 XL770/2RJ2 Double RJ45 outlet (phone/data, Cat 5E) 10 XLP770/2RJ2 Double RJ45 outlet (phone/data, Cat 5E) (Gloss) 10 XL770/1RJ1 Single RJ45 outlet 10 XLP770/1RJ1 Single RJ45 outlet (Gloss) 10 XL770/2RJ1 Double RJ12 outlet 10 XLP770/2RJ1 Double RJ12 outlet (Gloss) XL770/1RJ2 Pack Cat No. Telephone outletsPlate size: 73 x 117mm Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL770TO Excel telephone outlet to suit Telecom 610 socket 10 XLP770TO Excel telephone outlet to suit Telecom 610 socket (Gloss) XL770TO Pack Cat No Double size communication outlet combinationsPlate size: 117 x 146mm 1 XL222/2T 10A double powerpoint, 2 x F con- nectors and 2 x RJ45 sockets (8P8C - Cat 5E), 2 horizontal plates tall 1 XL222PA/2T 10A double powerpoint with surge protection, 2 x F connectors and 2 x RJ45 sockets (8P8C - Cat 5E), 2 horizontal plates tall XL222/2T Pack Cat No Triple size communication outlet combinationsPlate size: 117 x 219mm 1 XLV424/3W 2x 10A double powerpoint, 4 x F connectors and 2 x RJ45 sockets (8P8C - Cat 5E), 3 vertical plates wide 1 XL422PA/3T 1x 10A double powerpoint with surge protection, 1 x 10A double powerpoint, 2 x F connectors and 2 x RJ45 sockets (8P8C - Cat 5E), 3 horizontal plates tall 1 XLV6/3W 3 x 10A double vertical powerpoints. 3 vertical plates wide XL422PA/3T
14 Excel Range Section 2 Pack Cat No. Hotel Room IndicatorsHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP924WEWE Room indicator push 5 XLP925WEWE Room control lamp and bell XLP924WEWE XLP925WEWE S 2 Pack Cat No. BuzzersHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP917WEWE Buzzer 230V 5 XLP918WEWE Electronic buzzer 12/24/48V Pack Cat No. Shutter SwitchesHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 500W, 3 Wire 5 XLP919WEWE Relay control shutter switch 5 XLP920WEWE Direct control shutter switch Pack Cat No. Temperature ControlHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP921WEWE Thermostat control HVAC XLP917WEWE XLP919WEWE XLP921WEWE Excel range commercial and hospitality Pack Cat No F connector pay-TV outletPlate size: 73 x 117mm Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL770F F connector for cable, microwave & satelite TV. 75 ohm, 1G rated (Foxtel Approval No: G21) 10 XLP770F F connector for cable, microwave & satelite TV. 75 ohm, 1G rated (Gloss)(Foxtel Approval No: G21) Pack Cat No Standard size TV and FM-TV outlets Standard size: 73 x 117mm Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL770/1CX 75 ohm coax outlet 10 XLP770/1CX 75 ohm coax outlet (Gloss) 10 XL770/1FCX 75 ohm coax to F connector 10 XLP770/1FCX 75 ohm coax to F connector (Gloss) Pack Cat No Architrave TV outletsPlate size: 32 x 68mm Mounting centres: 70mm 10 XLA770/1CX 75 ohm coax outlet XL770/1CX XLA770/1CX XL770F
15 Pack Cat No. Emergency LightHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP941WEWE Power failure safety light Pack Cat No. Movement sensor switchesHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP912WEWE Movement sensor 3 wire 1000W 5 XLP913WEWE Movement sensor 2 wire 400W Pack Cat No. No-touch switchHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP914WEWE No-touch switch Pack Cat No. Emergency SwitchHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP915WEWE Emergency stop mushroom Pack Cat No. Illuminated SignsHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm Labels available on PDF, printed on standard transparent paper. 5 XLP926WEWE Illuminated sign with White LED 5 XLP927WEWE Illuminated sign with Blue LED 5 XLP928WEWE Illuminated sign Green/Red LED, dual scenario Pack Cat No. Bulkhead LightsHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP930WEWE Red bulkhead light 12/24V 5 XLP931WEWE White bulkhead light 12/24V 5 XLP932WEWE Green bulkhead light 12/24V 5 XLP933WEWE Blue bulkhead light 12/24V 5 XLP934WEWE Red bulkhead light 230V 5 XLP935WEWE White bulkhead light 230V 5 XLP936WEWE Green bulkhead light 230V 5 XLP937WEWE Blue bulkhead light 230V Pack Cat No. Skirting LightsHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP939WEWE Skirting light permanent 5 XLP940WEWE Skirting light with PIR sensor and sound Excel Range Section 2 XLP926WEWE XLP927WEWE XLP928WEWE XLP928WEWE XLP931WEWE XLP939WEWE XLP940WEWE XLP912WEWE XLP914WEWE XLP915WEWE XLP941WEWE S 2
16 Pack Cat No. Standard size weatherproof switches, IP56Plate size 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. 3 XLW770H1 10A 1 gang standard size switch for horizontal mounting 3 XLPW770H1 10A 1 gang standard size switch for horizontal mounting (Gloss) 3 XLW770H2 10A 2 gang standard size switch for horizontal mounting 3 XLPW770H2 10A 2 gang standard size switch for horizontal mounting (Gloss) 3 XLW770V1 10A 1 gang standard size switch for vertical mounting 3 XLPW770V1 10A 1 gang standard size switch for vertical mounting (Gloss) 3 XLW770V2 10A 2 gang standard size switch for vertical mounting 3 XLPW770V2 10A 2 gang standard size switch for vertical mounting (Gloss) Pack Cat No. Horizontal standard size switchesPlate size 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL770/1H 10A 1 gang standard size switch 10 XLP770/1H 10A 1 gang standard size switch (Gloss) 10 XL770/2H 10A 2 gang standard size switch 10 XLP770/2H 10A 2 gang standard size switch (Gloss) 10 XL770/3H 10A 3 gang standard size switch 10 XLP770/3H 10A 3 gang standard size switch (Gloss) 10 XL770/4H 10A 4 gang standard size switch 10 XLP770/4H 10A 4 gang standard size switch (Gloss) 10 XL770/5H 10A 5 gang standard size switch 10 XLP770/5H 10A 5 gang standard size switch (Gloss) 10 XL770/6H 10A 6 gang standard size switch 10 XLP770/6H 10A 6 gang standard size switch (Gloss) Excel Range Section 2 XL770/2H XLW770V1 S 2 Pack Cat No. Switches are supplied with Cat. No. 770M unless otherwise specified. These are interchangeable with any 770, 769, 707 series mechanism. Available to Public Works Depart- ment (PWD) specification with rear-screwed plate mounting of mechanisms. Vertical standard size switchesPlate size 73 x 117mm Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL770/0 Blank grid with blank cover 10 XLP770/0 Blank grid with blank cover (Gloss) 10 XL770/1 10A 1 gang standard size switch 10 XLP770/1 10A 1 gang standard size switch (Gloss) 10 XL770/2 10A 2 gang standard size switch 10 XLP770/2 10A 2 gang standard size switch (Gloss) 10 XL770/3 10A 3 gang standard size switch 10 XLP770/3 10A 3 gang standard size switch (Gloss) 10 XL770/4 10A 4 gang standard size switch 10 XLP770/4 10A 4 gang standard size switch (Gloss) 10 XL770/5 10A 5 gang standard size switch 10 XLP770/5 10A 5 gang standard size switch (Gloss) 10 XL770/6 10A 6 gang standard size switch 10 XLP770/6 10A 6 gang standard size switch (Gloss) Excel Range switches 230 - 240V a.c. XL770/1 Pack Cat No. Architrave switchesPlate size 35 x 84mm Mounting centres: 70mm 10 XLA770/1 10A 1 gang architrave switch, 35 x 84mm, 70mm mounting centres 10 XLA770/2 10A 2 gang architrave switch, 35 x 84mm, 70mm mounting centres 10 XLA770/3 10A 3 gang architrave switch, 35 x 110mm, 95mm mounting centres 10 XLA770/4 10A 4 gang architrave switch, 35 x 135mm, 120mm mounting centres XLA770/1
17 Pack Cat No. Heavy duty rocker switches, range switch isolatorsPlate size 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Mechanism size 41 x 63 x 13mm deep from back of plate. 10 XL1036 40A, 240V a.c. single pole switch with looping terminals 10 XLP1036 40A, 240V a.c. single pole switch with looping terminals (Gloss) 10 XL1036N 40A, 240V a.c. single pole switch with neon indicator 10 XLP1036N 40A, 240V a.c. single pole switch with neon indicator (Gloss) 10 XL1036P 40A, 415V a.c. double pole switch & terminal for common neutral & earth 10 XLP1036P 40A, 415V a.c. double pole switch & terminal for common neutral & earth (Gloss) 10 XL1036PN 40A, 415V a.c. double pole switch with neon indicator & terminal for common neutral & earth Pack Cat No. Time delay switchesPlate size 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Available in white only. Cover plates in various co- lours are sold separately - refer to Excel accessories. 3 XLTX770/1 10A time delay switch, 3-wire. Push start/push restart. 1 sec to 239 hrs time adjustment. 3 XLTX770/1A 10A time delay switch, 2-wire. Push start/push restart. 1 sec to 239 hrs time adjustment. 3 XLTX770/1NC 10A time delay switch, 3-wire. Push start/push restart, normally closed contacts. 1 sec to 239 hrs time adjustment. 3 XLTX770/2 10A time delay switch, 3-wire. Push start/push stop. 1 sec to 239 hrs time adjustment. Excel Range Section 2 XL1036 XLTD770/1 3 XLTX770/2A 10A time delay switch, 2-wire. Push start/push stop. 1 sec to 239 hrs time adjustment. 3 XLTX770/2NC 10A time delay switch, 3-wire. Push start/push stop, normally closed contacts. 1 sec to 239 hrs time adjustment. 3 XLTX770/3 10A repeat cycle timer, 3-wire. Choice of 8 time cycles - 15s, 1 min, 5 min, 15 min, 1 hr, 4 hrs, 12 hrs, 24 hrs. 3 XLTX770/3A 10A repeat cycle timer, 2-wire. Choice of 8 time cycles - 15s, 1 min, 5 min, 15 min, 1 hr, 4 hrs, 12 hrs, 24 hrs. 3 XLTF770/1 Fan time delay, 2-wire: 3, 10 & 20 minutes 3 XLTD770/1 2.5A time delay switch, 2-wire. 1, 3 & 10 minutes, push start/push restart Pack Cat No. Light switch with timerPlate size 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Available in white only. Auto, manual or random operation. 500W incand. 500VA dichroic/fluoro/fan motors. 7VA min load. 10 XL770T 1 gang light switch with programmable digital 24hr & 7 day timer. Vertical mounting. 10 XLP770T 1 gang light switch with programmable digital 24hr & 7 day timer. Vertical mounting. (Gloss) 10 XL770TH 1 gang light switch with programmable digital 24hr & 7 day timer. Horizontal mounting. 10 XLP770TH 1 gang light switch with programmable digital 24hr & 7 day timer. Horizontal mounting. (Gloss) XL770TH S 2
18 Pack Cat No. Keylock Switches Plate size: 73 x 117mm. Mount- ing centres: 84mm. Supplied with Cat. No. 770M mechanism. Also available in 15A and 20A. Specify. Note: For common keys, add CK to Cat. No. no of switch required eg. XL770/1KLICK. 10 XL770/1KLO 10A keylock switch, with key removable in off position 10 XLP770/1KLO 10A keylock switch, with key removable in off position (Gloss) 10 XL770/1KLIO 10A keylock switch, with key removable in on or off position 10 XLP770/1KLIO 10A keylock switch, with key removable in on or off position (Gloss) Pack Cat No. VingCard KeyTag switches Plate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Available in white only. Activation by insertion of a VingCard (not supplied). Base pocket style KeyTags are available with plastic cover plates only. Replacement market only. 10 XL770VCKT1 2 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket 10 XL770VCKT3 2 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket, 10A independent switch & neon above Excel Range Section 2 10 XL770VCKT7 2 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket 10 XL770VCKT8 2 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket, 10A independent switch below 10 XL770VCKT9 2 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket, 10A independent switch & neon below 10 XL770VCKT10 3 x 20A switches in top pocket XL770/1KLIO XL770VCKT1 10 XL770VCKT4 3 x 20A switches in base pocket 10 XL770VCKT5 3 x 20A switches in base pocket, 10A independent switch above 10 XL770VCKT6 3 x 20A switches in base pocket, 10A independent switch & neon above S 2 Pack Cat No. Automatic light switchPlate size 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Available in white only. Cover plates available in Matt Silver (PLMS), Polished Silver (PLPS), Polished Brass (PLPB) and White (PLWE) - sold separately 10 XL632 Automatic light switch for internal use. Rated 600VA, min load 7VA. Vertical mounting. Light switches on automatically when someone enters the room and switches off after a preset time if no further movement detected. Manual override. 10 XLP632 Automatic light switch for internal use. Rated 600VA, min load 7VA. Vertical mounting. Light switches on automatically when someone enters the room and switches off after a preset time if no further movement detected. Manual override. (Gloss) XL632 Pack Cat No. Remote controlled switch Plate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Available in white only. Cover plates in various colours are sold seperately - refer to Excel accessories. 3 XL770/2RX Remote/touch switch rated 600VA, min load 7VA. Remote control (included) range up to 9m. XL770/2RX
19 Excel Range Section 2 Pack Cat No. KeyCard switches Plate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Available in white only. Activation by insertion of a room access card, (not supplied). Base pocket style KeyTags are avail- able with plastic cover plates only. 10 XL770KM1 2 x 20A switches & neons in base pocket 10 XL770KM2 2 x 20A switches & neons in base pocket, 10A independent switch above 10 XL770KM3 2 x 20A switches & neons in base pocket, 10A independent switch & neon above 10 XL770KM7 2 x 20A switches & neons in top pocket 10 XL770KM8 2 x 20A switches & neons in top pocket, 10A independent switch below 10 XL770KM9 2 x 20A switches & neons in top pocket, 10A independent switch & neon below 10 XL770VCKT11 3 x 20A switches in top pocket, 10A independent switch below 10 XL770VCKT12 3 x 20A switches in top pocket, 10A independent switch & neon below 10 XL770VCKT13 3 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket 10 XL770VCKT14 4 x 20A switches in base pocket 10 XL770VCKT15 3 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket 10 XL770VCKT16 4 x 20A switches in top pocket XL770KM1 Pack Cat No. KeyTag switchesPlate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Supplied with Cat. No. 770/20KTM switches inside pockets, Cat. No. 707M neons (opal in pocket, red outside), Cat. No. 770T3 blank tag. The KeyTag mechanisms supplied are interchangeable with other mechs. Detailed below.Base pocket style KeyTags are available with plastic cover plates only. 10 XL770KT1 2 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket 10 XL770KT2 2 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket, 10A independent switch above 10 XL770KT3 2 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket, 10A independent switch & neon above 10 XL770KT4 3 x 20A switches in base pocket 10 XL770KT5 3 x 20A switches in base pocket, 10A independent switch above 10 XL770KT6 3 x 20A switches in base pocket, 10A independent switch & neon above 10 XL770KT7 2 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket 10 XL770KT8 2 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket, 10A independent switch below 10 XL770KT9 2 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket, 10A independent switch & neon below 10 XL770KT10 3 x 20A switches in top pocket 10 XL770KT11 3 x 20A switches in top pocket, 10A independent switch below 10 XL770KT12 3 x 20A switches in top pocket, 10A independent switch & neon below 10 XL770KT13 3 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket 10 XL770KT14 4 x 20A switches in base pocket 10 XL770KT15 3 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket 10 XL770KT16 4 x 20A switches in top pocketKeyTags 10 770T3 Keytag, 100mm long, with removable insert XL770KT1 S 2
20 Pack Cat No. Single powerpoints with extra switchPlate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XL787X 10A single powerpoint with extra switch 5 XLP787X 10A single powerpoint with extra switch (Gloss) 5 XL787XS 10A single powerpoint with extra switch & safety shutter 5 XLP787XS 10A single powerpoint with extra switch & safety shutter (Gloss) 5 XL787XNS 10A single powerpoint with extra switch, neon & safety shutter (Gloss plate available) 5 XL787XR 10A single powerpoint with extra switch & round earth 10 XL787XRS 10A single powerpoint with extra switch, round earth & safety shutter 10 XL787X15WE 15A single powerpoint with extra switch Pack Cat No. No-volt powerpointsPlate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm When power to the circuit is interrupted (no volt) the relay drops out. After power is restored, the relay must be manually reset. Ideal for load shedding of non essential loads. Allows greater restart without in-rush loads. 5 XL787XNV 10A single powerpoint with extra switch, no volt 5 XLP787XNV 10A single powerpoint with extra switch, no volt (Gloss) 5 XL787XNV15 15A single powerpoint with extra switch Section 2 Excel Range XL787X XL787XNV Single powerpoints, double pole Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL787P 10A single powerpoint, double pole 10 XL787PN 10A single powerpoint, double pole with neon 10 XL787PR 10A single powerpoint, double pole with round earth S 2 Pack Cat No. Single powerpoints Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL787 10A single powerpoint 10 XLP787 10A single powerpoint (Gloss) 10 XL787S 10A single powerpoint with safety shutter 10 XLP787S 10A single powerpoint with safety shutter (Gloss) 10 XL787R 10A single powerpoint with round earth 10 XLP787R 10A single powerpoint with round earth (Gloss) 10 XL787NS 10A single powerpoint with neon & safety shutter 10 XL787RS 10A single powerpoint with round earth & safety shutter 10 XL787RNS 10A single powerpoint with round earth, neon & safety shutter 10 XL787/15 15A single powerpoint 10 XLP787/15 15A single powerpoint (Gloss) 10 XL787/15S 15A single powerpoint with shutters 10 XLP787/15S 15A single powerpoint with shutters (Gloss) 10 XL787/15NS 15A single powerpoint with neon & safety shutter 10 XL787/20 20A single powerpoint, triple spacing between single & powerpoint 10 XLP787/20 20A single powerpoint (Gloss) ,triple spacing between single & powerpoint 10 XL787/20N 20A single powerpoint with neon 10 XL787/25 25A single powerpoint 10 XLP787/25 25A single powerpoint (Gloss) 10 XL787/25N 25A single powerpoint with neon 10 XL787/32 32A single powerpoint 10 XLP787/32 32A single powerpoint (Gloss) Excel Range powerpoints 230 - 240V a.c. Excel Range permanent connection units 5 XLP770/2PC 2 gang plate with cord clamp, 1 x 10A mech (Gloss) 5 XLP770/2PC15 2 gang plate with cord clamp, 1 x 15A mech (Gloss) XL787
21 Pack Cat No. Single powerpoints with 2 extra switchesPlate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XL787/2X 10A single powerpoint with 2 extra switches 5 XLP787/2X 10A single powerpoint with 2 extra switches (Gloss) 10 XL787/2XS 10A single powerpoint with 2 extra switches & safety shutter 1 XLP787/2XS 10A single powerpoint with 2 extra switches & safety shutter (Gloss) Pack Cat No Single powerpoints with blanking insertsPlate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XL787ID 10A single powerpoint with white ID insert 5 XL787IDCL 10A single powerpoint with clear ID insert 5 XLP787IDCL 10A single powerpoint with clear ID insert (Gloss) Section 2 Excel Range XL787/2X XL787ID Pack Cat No Vertical single powerpoints with 2 extra switchesPlate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XLV787/2X 10A vertical single powerpoint with 2 extra switches 10 XLPV787/2X 10A vertical single powerpoint with 2 extra switches (Gloss) 10 XLV787/2XS 10A vertical single powerpoint with 2 extra switches & safety shutters 10 XLPV787/2XS 10A vertical single powerpoint with 2 extra switches & safety shutters (Gloss) XLV787/2X Pack Cat No Vertical single powerpoints Plate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XLV787 10A vertical single powerpoint 10 XLPV787 10A vertical single powerpoint (Gloss) 10 XLV787S 10A vertical single powerpoint with safety shutter 10 XLPV787S 10A vertical single powerpoint with safety shutter (Gloss) 5 XLV787/15 15A vertical single powerpoint 5 XLPV787/15 15A vertical single powerpoint (Gloss) 5 XLV787/15S 15A vertical single powerpoint with safety shutter 5 XLPV787/15S 15A vertical single powerpoint with safety shutter (Gloss) 10 XLV787R 10A vertical single powerpoint with round earthVertical single powerpoints with extra switch Plate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLV787X 10A vertical single powerpoint with extra switch (Gloss plate available) 5 XLV787XS 10A vertical single powerpoint with extra switch & safety shutter 5 XLPV787XS 10A vertical single powerpoint with extra switch & safety shutter (Gloss) XLV787 S 2 Pack Cat No. Double powerpoints Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL777 10A double powerpoint 10 XLP777 10A double powerpoint (Gloss) 10 XLP777ES 10A double GPO with external rotary switch shutter (Gloss) 10 XL777S 10A double powerpoint with safety shutters 10 XLP777S 10A double powerpoint with safety shutters (Gloss) 10 XL777NS 10A double powerpoint, neons & safety shutters 10 XL777R 10A double powerpoint with round earths NEW XL777ES XL777
22 Section 2 Excel Range Pack Cat No Double powerpoints with blanking insertPlate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL777ID 10A double powerpoint with white ID insert 10 XL777IDCL 10A double powerpoint with clear ID insert 10 XLP777IDCL 10A double powerpoint with clear ID insert (Gloss) Pack Cat No Vertical double powerpoints with extra switchPlate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XLV777X 10A double powerpoint with extra switch 10 XLV777XS 10A double powerpoint with extra switch & safety shutters 10 XLPV777XS 10A double powerpoint with extra switch & safety shutters (Gloss) Pack Cat No. Vertical double powerpointsPlate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XLV777 10A double powerpoint 10 XLPV777 10A double powerpoint (Gloss) 10 XLV777S 10A double powerpoint with safety shutters 10 XLPV777S 10A double powerpoint with safety shutters (Gloss) 10 XLP777/15S 15A double powerpoint with safety shutters (Gloss) XL777ID XLV777 XLV777X S 2 10 XLP777R 10A double powerpoint with round earths (Gloss) 10 XL777RS 10A double powerpoint with round earths & safety shutters 10 XL777/1015 Double powerpoint with 10A & 15A outlets 10 XLP777/1015 Double powerpoint with 10A & 15A outlets (Gloss) 10 XL777/1015S Double powerpoint with 10A & 15A outlets & safety shutters 10 XL777/1015NS Double powerpoint with 10A & 15A outlet, neons & safety shutters 10 XL777CH 10A double powerpoint, chemical resisitant (available in white only) 10 XL777/15 15A double powerpoint 10 XLP777/15 15A double powerpoint (Gloss) 10 XL777/15S 15A double powerpoint with safety shutters 10 XLP777/15S 15A double powerpoint with safety shutters (Gloss) 10 XL777/15NS 15A double powerpoint, neons & safety shuttersDouble powerpoints, double pole Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XLP777P15 15A double pole double powerpoint (Gloss) Pack Cat No. Double powerpoints with extra switchPlate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL777X 10A double powerpoint with extra switch 10 XLP777X 10A double powerpoint with extra switch (Gloss) 10 XL777XS 10A double powerpoint with extra switch & safety shutters 10 XLP777XS 10A double powerpoint with extra switch & safety shutters (Gloss) 10 XL777XNS 10A double powerpoint with extra switch, 2 neons & safety shutters 10 XL777X3NS 10A double powerpoint with extra switch, 3 neons & safety shutters 1 XL777XCH 10A double powerpoint, with extra switch. Chemical resistant 10 XL777X15 15A double powerpoint with extra switch 10 XL777X35O 10A double powerpoint with extra 35A switch "oven" engraved 10 XLP777X35O 10A double powerpoint with extra 35A switch "oven" engraved (Gloss) XL777X
23 23 Section 2 Excel Range Pack Cat No Double slimline powerpointsPlate size: 157 x 50mm. Mounting centres: 137mm 5 XL792B 10A double slimline powerpoint with busbar link 5 XL792B15 15A double slimline powerpoint with busbar link 5 XL792NS 10A double slimline powerpoint, 2 neons & safety shutters with busbar link 5 XL792/15 15A double slimline powerpoint with busbar link 1 XL792/OA Double slimline grid & cover, flat blank 34 x 57 x 2.5mm thick may be punched or drilled (no mechs) XL792B Pack Cat No Four-in-one powerpointPlate size: 190.5 x 72.5mm. Mounting centres: 84mm Available in white only. Suits 137/1 mounting block. 5 XL7774 10A Four-in-one powerpoint 5 XLP7774 10A Four-in-one powerpoint (Gloss) Pack Cat No Multiple powerpoints, 5 gangPlate size: 250 x 72.5mm. Mounting centres: 84mm Available in white only. Includes mounting block and conduit adapter. 10 XL7775 10A 5 gang powerpoint with 5 switched outlets 10 XL7775/1 10A 5 gang powerpoint with 4 switched outlets plus 1 x 10A switch 10 XL7775/2 10A 5 gang powerpoint with 4 switched outlets plus 2 x 10A switch XL7774 XL7775 Pack Cat No Power monitorPlate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL787B 10A power monitor. Brownout protecting single powerpoint 10 XLP787B 10A power monitor. Brownout protecting single powerpoint (Gloss) 10 XL787B15 15A power monitor. Brownout protecting single powerpoint 10 XLP787B15 15A power monitor. Brownout protecting single powerpoint (Gloss) XL787B S 2 Pack Cat No Electresafe powerpoints, 10mA trippingPlate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 2 XL777EL10 10mA Electresafe powerpoint, 10A 2 XLP777EL10 10mA Electresafe powerpoint, 10A (Gloss) 2 XL777EL10N 10mA Electresafe powerpoint with ‘supply available’ neon, 10A 2 XL777EL10N3 10mA Electresafe powerpoint with 3 neons, 10A Pack Cat No Electresafe powerpoints, 30mA trippingPlate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 2 XL777EL30 30mA Electresafe powerpoint, 10A 2 XLP777EL30 30mA Electresafe powerpoint, 10A (Gloss) 2 XL777EL30N 30mA Electresafe powerpoint with ‘supply available’ amber neon, 10A 2 XL777EL30N3 30mA Electresafe powerpoint with switched outlet neons, 10A 2 XL777EL30/1015 30mA Electresafe powerpoint with 10A & 15A outlets XL777EL10 XL777EL30
24 Excel Range Section 2 Pack Cat No Leading edge light dimmers, EMC compliantPlate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Refer to technical pages at the back of this Section for more information. 3 XL250L 250VA light dimmer, leading edge 3 XLP250L 250VA light dimmer, leading edge (Gloss) 3 XL400L 400VA light dimmer, leading edge 3 XLP400L 400VA light dimmer, leading edge (Gloss) 3 XL700L 700VA light dimmer, leading edge 3 XLP700L 700VA light dimmer, leading edge (Gloss) 1 XL1000L 1000VA light dimmer, leading edge 1 XLP1000L 1000VA light dimmer, leading edge (Gloss) 1 XL1000ERC 1000VA light dimmer/fan controller, leading edge, for remote mounting. Available in white only. Control plate suits all standard-sized mounting accessories - 84mm centres. Plate size: 117mm H x 73mm W x 13mm D from back of plate. Remote unit 190mm H x 100mm W x 46mm D overall. 1 XLP1000ERC 1000VA light dimmer/fan controller, leading edge, for remote mounting. Available in white only. Control plate suits all standard-sized mounting accessories - 84mm centres. Plate size: 117mm H x 73mm W x 13mm D from back of plate. Remote unit 190mm H x 100mm W x 46mm D overall. (Gloss) 3 XL2000ERC 2000VA light dimmer/fan controller, leading edge, for remote mounting. Available in white only. Control plate suits all standard-sized mounting accessories - 84mm centres. Plate size: 117mm H x 73mm W x 13mm D from back of plate. Remote unit 190mm H x 100mm W x 46mm D overall. 3 XLP2000ERC 2000VA light dimmer/fan controller, leading edge, for remote mounting. Available in white only. Control plate suits all standard-sized mounting accessories - 84mm centres. Plate size: 117mm H x 73mm W x 13mm D from back of plate. Remote unit 190mm H x 100mm W x 46mm D overall. (Gloss) Dimmers and fan controllers 230-240V a.c. XL400L S 2 2 XLP777EL30/1015 30mA Electresafe powerpoint with 10A & 15A outlets (Gloss) 2 XL777EL30G 30mA Electresafe powerpoint for generators, 10A 2 XLP777EL30G 30mA Electresafe powerpoint for generators, 10A (Gloss) 1 XL777EL30G1015 30mA Electresafe powerpoint for generators, 10A & 15A outlets Pack Cat No Excel shaver supply outletsPlate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL798/O Excel shaver outlet XL798/0 Pack Cat No Excel shaver supply outlets with double powerpointPlate size: 114 x 177mm. Mounting centres: 84mm Available in white only 1 XL798/777 Excel shaver outlet & 10A double powerpoint 1 XL798/777EL30 Excel shaver outlet & 10A double powerpoint with 30mA safety switch 1 XL798/777X Excel shaver outlet & 10A double powerpoint and extra switch XL798/777EL30 Pack Cat No. Electresafe wall mounted safety switches Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL770EL10N1 Electresafe 10mA wall mounted safety switch with 1 neon 10 XL770EL10N2 Electresafe 10mA wall mounted safety switch with 2 neons 10 XL770EL10 Electresafe 10mA wall mounted safety switch 10 XL770EL30 Electresafe 30mA wall mounted safety switch XL770EL30WE
25 Section 2 Excel Range Pack Cat No Trailing edge light dimmers, EMC compliantPlate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Refer to technical pages at the back of this Section for more information. 3 XL250T 250VA light dimmer, trailing edge 3 XLP250T 250VA light dimmer, trailing edge (Gloss) 3 XL400T 400VA light dimmer, trailing edge 3 XLP400T 400VA light dimmer, trailing edge (Gloss) 3 XL700T 700VA light dimmer, trailing edge 3 XLP700T 700VA light dimmer, trailing edge (Gloss) 3 XL1000T 1000VA light dimmer, trailing edge 3 XLP1000T 1000VA light dimmer, trailing edge (Gloss) Pack Cat No Universal push button light dimmers, EMC compliantPlate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm Refer to technical pages at the back of this Section for more information. Available in high gloss white, black, cream and matt silver (with white or black rim) 3 XLP450P 450W push button light dimmer, universal (Gloss) XL400T XLP450P S 2 Pack Cat No Fan controllersPlate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 230 - 240V a.c. Must be matched to fan type. Refer to technical pages at the back of this section for more information. 3 XL300F 300VA fan controller 3 XLP300F 300VA fan controller (Gloss) 3 XL650ET 650VA timed fan speed controller with auto switch-off. Min load 60VA. Timer switches off load after approximately 2 hours, manually resettable. Also suited for controlling resistive loads. Suitable for ceiling sweep & ceiling exhaust fans. 3 XL475 100VA de-hummer 3-speed fan controller with 3.3 µF + 4.7 µF capacitors. 3 XLP475 100VA de-hummer 3-speed fan controller with 3.3 µF + 4.7 µF capacitors. (Gloss) 3 XL475/1 100VA de-hummer 3-speed fan controller with 1.5 µF + 2.5 µF capacitors. Not suitable for multigang plate installations. 3 XLP475/1 100VA de-hummer 3-speed fan controller with 1.5 µF + 2.5 µF capacitors. Not suitable for multigang plate installations. (Gloss) 3 XL475/2 100VA de-hummer 3-speed fan controller with 1.5 µF + 2.5 µF capacitors. Suitable for multigang plate installations. 3 XLP475/2 100VA de-hummer 3-speed fan controller with 1.5 µF + 2.5 µF capacitors. Suitable for multigang plate installations. (Gloss) XL300F
26 Excel Range Section 2 Pack Cat No Available in various colour and metallic finishes - please refer to colour options page at the back of this Section for details of codes and surcharges. Please note that not all plates are available in every colour and/or metallic finish. Not all plates have been listed, however, plates are available for all products. Standard size switch cover plate onlyPlate size: 73 x 117mm.Mounting centres: 84mm Plates available for all Excel prducts (not all listed). Can be used for horizontal and vertical switches. 10 XL770/0PL Blank cover plate only 10 XLP770/0PL Blank cover plate only (Gloss) 10 XL770/1PL Cover plate only for 1 gang switch 10 XLP770/1PL Cover plate only for 1 gang switch (Gloss) 10 XL770/2PL Cover plate only for 2 gang switch 10 XLP770/2PL Cover plate only for 2 gang switch (Gloss) 10 XL770/3PL Cover plate only for 3 gang switch 10 XLP770/3PL Cover plate only for 3 gang switch (Gloss) 10 XL770/4PL Cover plate only for 4 gang switch Cover plates and grids with cover plates XL770/1PL S 2 Pack Cat No Standard size grids and cover plate only (no mechs)Plate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Colour surcharges might apply - please see Colour op-tions and surcharges page. Please note that not all plates are available in every colour. Not all plates have been listed, however, plates are available for all Excel products. 10 XL770/1GPL 1 gang standard size grid & cover plate only 10 XLP770/1GPL 1 gang standard size grid & cover plate only (Gloss) 10 XL770/2GPL 2 gang standard size grid & cover plate only 10 XLP770/2GPL 2 gang standard size grid & cover plate only (Gloss) 10 XL770/3GPL 3 gang standard size grid & cover plate only 10 XLP770/3GPL 3 gang standard size grid & cover plate only (Gloss) 10 XL770/4GPL 4 gang standard size grid & cover plate only 10 XLP770/4GPL 4 gang standard size grid & cover plate only (Gloss) 10 XL770/5GPL 5 gang standard size grid & cover plate only 10 XLP770/5GPL 5 gang standard size grid & cover plate only (Gloss) 10 XL770/6GPL 6 gang standard size grid & cover plate only 10 XLP770/6GPL 6 gang standard size grid & cover plate only (Gloss) 10 XLP770/4PL Cover plate only for 4 gang switch (Gloss) 10 XL770/5PL Cover plate only for 5 gang switch 10 XLP770/5PL Cover plate only for 5 gang switch (Gloss) 10 XL770/6PL Cover plate only for 6 gang switch 10 XLP770/6PL Cover plate only for 6 gang switch (Gloss) Architrave switch cover plate only (matt only) Plate size: 35 x 84mm. Mounting centres: 70mm 20 XLA770/1PL Cover plate only for 1 gang switch 20 XLA770/2PL Cover plate only for 2 gang switch 20 XLA770/3PL Cover plate only for 3 gang switch 20 XLA770/4PL Cover plate only for 4 gang switch XL770/3GPL
27 Excel Range Section 2 S 2 Pack Cat No Slimline grids and cover plate only (no mechs) Plate size: 157 x 50mm. Mounting centres: 137mm. 10 XL792/OA Double slimline grid & cover, flat blank 34 x 57 x 2.5mm thick. May be punched or drilled. 10 XL792/O2A Double slimline 2 gang grid & cover,flat blank 34 x 57 x 2.5mm thick. 10 XL792/4 Four gang grid & cover. Accepts 4 x RJ sockets with adaptor, or other mecs. XL792/4 Architrave switch grids and cover plate only (no mechs) 20 XLA770/1GPL 1 gang architrave grid & cover plate only 20 XLA770/2GPL 2 gang architrave grid & cover plate only 10 XLA770/3GPL 3 gang architrave grid & cover plate only 10 XLA770/4GPL 4 gang architrave grid & cover plate onlyHeavy duty rocker cover plate only 20 XL1036PL Cover plate only for heavy duty rocker switch 20 XLP1036PL Cover plate only for heavy duty rocker switch (Gloss) Pack Cat No Universal grid cover platePlate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm A multi purpose plate, used by electronics manufacturers as a base for a variety of switching applications. 10 XL770U Excel universal plate 10 XLP770U Excel universal plate (Gloss) XL770U Pack Cat No Single powerpoint cover plate onlyPlate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. 10 XL787PL Cover plate only for single powerpoint 10 XLP787PL Cover plate only for single powerpoint (Gloss) 10 XL787XPL Cover plate only for single powerpoint with extra switch 10 XLP787XPL Cover plate only for single powerpoint with extra switch (Gloss) 20 XL787NSPL Cover plate only for single powerpoint with neon 10 XL7872XPL Cover plate only for single powerpoint with 2 extra switches 10 XL787/20PL Cover plate only for single 20A powerpoint 10 XLP787/20PL Cover plate only for single 20A powerpoint (Gloss) XL787PL Pack Cat No Double powerpoint cover plate only Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. 10 XL777PL Cover plate for double powerpoint 10 XLP777PL Cover plate for double powerpoint (Gloss) 10 XL777XPL Cover plate for double powerpoint with extra switch 10 XLP777XPL Cover plate for double powerpoint with extra switch (Gloss) 20 XL777NSPL Cover plate for double powerpoint with neon XL777PL
28 Excel Range Section 2 Pack Cat No Double size cover plate only (matt only) Plate size: 144 x 116.5mm or 116.5 x 114mm, 230.5 x 72.5mm or 72.5 x 230.5mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Enables 2 x Excel units to be mounted side by side or one above each other. Choose from 4 different layouts. Specify layout and cover function when ordering. Please contact us for an order form. 10 XLDC Double size cover plate onlyTriple size cover plate only (matt only)Plate size: 117 x 213mm or 213 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Enables 3 x excel standard size units to be mounted side by side or above each other. Choose from 2 different layouts. Specify layout and cover functions when ordering. Please contact us for an order form. 1 XLTC Triple size cover plate onlyFour-in-one powerpoint cover plate onlyPlate size: 190.5 x 72.5mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. 5 XL7774PL Cover plate only for Four-in-one powerpoint, White only XLDC S 2 Plain caps Pack Cat No. Plain blank flush caps 100 FLUSHCAPS Plain blank flush caps only. (Packet of 100). Pack Cat No. Identification products 10 800 Blanking piece, suits all 770 series switch plates 10 800LH Blanking piece with hole for potentiometer mounting, suits all 770 series switch plates. 10 800ID Blanking piece engraved - Not Safety Switch Protected. Suits all 770 series switch plates. 50 800/2 Blanking insert with opaque cap. Suits all 770 series switch plates. 50 800/2CL Blanking insert with clear cap. Suits all 770 series switch plates. 50 800/2CL1 Die cut labels for circuit identifica- tion to suit Cat. No. 800/2CL 1 800/2CL3 Blank die-cut paper for Cat. No. 800/2CL2 circuit ID kit. 10 sheets per pack. Specify: WE (white); BU (blue); RED (red); or YE (yellow)Paint blisters 1 XL1FB Paint blister Pack Cat No Telephone outlet cover plate onlyPlate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL770TOPL Telephone outlet plate 10 XLP770TOPL Telephone outlet plate (Gloss) Pack Cat No Computer grids and plates onlyPlate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. 10 XL770/1D1 Computer outlet plate for 1 x 9 pin (CP9) D connector socket 10 XL770/2D1 Computer outlet plate for 2 x 9 pin (CP9) D connector sockets 10 XL770/1D2 Computer outlet plate for 1 x 15 pin (CP9) D connector socket XL770TOPL XL770/1D3 800/2CL
29 Colour Options for the Excel Range Section 2 How to order Excel Range is available in various colours and metallic finishes. When ordering add ordering code/s to the end of Cat. No. e.g. XLP777BU, XL777BLMS Please note: Not all colours and/or metallic finishes are available on all products. Please check when ordering. Minimum quantities may apply. XL Matt Finish Colours Available White WE Cream CR Beige BE Mist Grey MG Brown BR Black BL Red RED Blue BU Green GR Regular Cover Plate XLP Gloss Finish Colours Available White WE Cream CR Beige BE Mist Grey MG Brown BR Black BL High Gloss Cover Plate Solid Metal Metallic Finishes Available Polished Silver PS Matt Silver MS Stainless Steel SS Stone Metal SM Brushed Brass BB Polished Brass PB
30 S 2 Cat. No. Type Maximum l oad Minimum l oad Inc andesc ent 240V Linear hal ogen GU10 240V hal ogen do wnlights Lo w v olt age hal ogen with wir ew ood (Ir on Cor e) tr ansf ormer s Lo w v olt age hal ogen with el ectr onic tr ansf ormer s Ceiling f an Dimmers XL250L Leading edge 250VA 10VA XL250T Trailing edge 250VA 10VA XL400L Leading edge 400VA 10VA XL400T Trailing edge 400VA 10VA XLP450P Universal 450VA 10VA XL700L Leading edge 700VA 10VA XL700T Trailing edge 700VA 10VA XL1000L Leading edge 1000VA 10VA XL1000T Trailing edge 1000VA 10VA Remote-mounted dimmers XL1000ERC Leading edge 1000VA 75VA See note XL2000ERC Leading edge 2000VA 75VA See note Note Some electronic transformers state that they are compatible with Leading Edge Dimmers. However, significant de-rating of the dimmer is usually required. Therefore, HPM recommends the use of Trailing Edge Dimmers (HPM Cat. No. XL400T, XL700T or XL1000T) for these applications. If it is necessary to use a Leading Edge Dimmer, then please refer to the Dimming Electronic Transformers information sheet enclosed with the product. When using wirewound transformers, ensure the transformers are marked “suitable for dimming” and de-rate the dimmer by 20%. Dimmers specifications table Section 2 Excel Range
31 Max number of transformers per dimmer Nelson MTECOUGAR60 8 14 20 Nelson MTETRADE65 Nelson MTECONT70 Nelson MTEFOX60 Nelson MTEICE60 Nelson MTEKITTY60 Nelson MTEMICRO60 Nelson MTEPBS60 Assumes 1 x 50W lamp per transformer Nelson MTECONT105 4 7 10 Nelson MTEFLAT105 Nelson MTEFOX105 Nelson MTEICE105 Nelson MTEKITTY105 Assumes 2 x 50W lamp per transformer This table is an example only. Other models of electronic transformers may be used. El ectr onic tr ansf ormer model XL400T XL700T XL1000T Fan controllers XL300F 300VA 40VA XL475 100VA - XL475/1 100VA - XL475/2 100VA - Timed fan controller XL650ET 650VA 60VA • Cat. No. XL475, XL475/1 and XL475/2 are capacitive type controllers that will eliminate motor humming. These can control only a single fan. All other fan controllers are capable of controlling multiple fans up to their maximum load. • The capacitor values in Cat. No. XL475/1 and XL475/2 are the same, and have been selected to suit most fan models. The only difference between the two is that Cat. No. XL475/2 can be installed on a multi-gang plate with other switches or dimmers. • If Cat. No. XL475/1 or XL475/2 cause the fan to operate too slowly, Cat. No. XL475 should be used instead. • Cat. No. XL650ET has an in-built two hour timer and will automatically switch off after this time. Cat. No. Maximum l oad Minimum l oad How many electronic transformers can I use? Selecting the correct fan controller 0 20 25˚C 75˚C 50˚C 40 60 80 100 Installation air temperature % Rating Applies to all dimmers and fan controllers Section 2 Excel Range S 2
32 S 2 Cat. No. Maximum l oad Neutr al r equir ed Mode of oper ation Normall y open or Normall y cl osed Remot e c ontr ol Timing r ange Excel time delay switches XLTD770/1 600VA No Re-trigger Normally open Yes 1, 3 and 10 min XLTX770/1 2400VA Yes Re-trigger Normally open Yes 1 sec - 239 hrs XLTX770/2 2400VA Yes Toggle Normally open Yes 1 sec - 239 hrs XLTX770/3 2400VA Yes Repeat cycle Normally open Yes 15 sec - 24 hrs cycle XLTX770/1A 2400VA No Re-trigger Normally open Yes 1 sec - 239 hrs XLTX770/2A 2400VA No Toggle Normally open Yes 1 sec - 239 hrs XLTX770/3A 2400VA No Repeat cycle Normally open Yes 15 sec -24 hrs cycle XLTX770/1NC 2400VA Yes Re-trigger Normally closed Yes 1 sec - 239 hrs XLTX770/2NC 2400VA Yes Toggle Normally closed Yes 1 sec - 239 hrs XLTF770/1 2400VA (lamp) No Fan delay Normally open No 3, 10 and 20 min 600VA (fan) • Re-trigger means that a button press during the timing cycle will re-start the timing cycle. • Toggle means that a button press during the timing cycle will stop the timing cycle. • Fan delay means that the fan remains on for a certain period after the light is turned off. A light must be connected for the unit to operate. Time delay switches table Information Wiring diagrams Example application with remote switches. A Cat No. PE170R photoelectric switch is programmed to turn external lights on at dusk and off at a pre-programmed time to save energy. Outside of these hours, lights can be turned on for a timed period by the TX770 or remote push buttons. Some HPM time delay switches may have compatibility issues with some types of compact fluorescent lamp or electronic ballast when the load is small. This may cause the lamp to flicker slightly in the off state. It can be overcome by increasing the size of the load, or by connecting a resistive load in parallel. for more information, please contact HPM Technical Support on 1300 369 777 A fan runs for a certain period after light switch is turned off. Section 2 Excel Range
33 Wiring diagrams One-way switching with dimmer Two-way switching with dimmer XL1000ERC and XL2000ERC Installation dimensions XL475, XL475/1 XL475/2 XL300F XL250L, XL250T, XL400L, XL400T Section 2 Excel Range S 2
34 S 2 Section 2 Excel Range XL450P XL650ET XL1000L, XL1000T XL1000ERC, XL2000ERC XL700L, XL700T
35 Section 2 Excel Range XL787 XL787/20 XL787/25 XL787/32 Cat No. XL787 Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm XL787/20 Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm XL787/25 Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm XL787/32 Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm N A E N A E N A E Single powerpoints with extra switch XL787X XL787X Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm N A E XL787/2X XL787/2X Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm E N A Single powerpoints with 2 extra switches XLV787 XLV787 Plate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm N A E Vertical single powerpoint Single powerpoints S 2
36 S 2 Section 2 Excel Range XLV787/2X XLV787X Cat No. XLV787X Plate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm N A E N A E XL777 N A E Vertical single powerpoints with 2 extra switches Double powerpoints XLV787/2X Plate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm XL777 Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm XL777X N A E Double powerpoints with extra switch XL777X Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm XLV777 N A E Vertical double powerpoints XLV777 Plate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm Vertical single powerpoints with extra switch
37 Excel Range Vertical double powerpoints with extra switch XLV777X Cat No. XLV777X Plate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm N A E Electresafe powerpoints, 10mA tripping XL777EL10 LOAD LOAD LINE LINE N N A E A XL777EL10 Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm Electresafe powerpoints, 30mA tripping XL777EL30 LOAD LOAD LINE LINE N N A E A XL777EL30 Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm Power brown out monitor XL787B N POWER MONIT OR Cat XL787B SPECIFICA TION Maximum Load: 10 ampsSupply voltage: 240V ac 50HZCut off voltage: 200V acPower restoration: Appro x 5 mins HPM INDUSTRIES PTY LTD MADE IN AU STRALIA N12297 POWER MONIT OR E A XL787B Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm Surge protecting double powerpoints XL777PA N E A XL777PA Plate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm Section 2 S 2
38 Linea Range Section 3
39 Linea Range Linea Range switches 230 - 240V a.c. Pack Cat No. Switches are supplied with Cat. No. 770M unless otherwise specified. These are interchangeable with any 770, 769, 707 series mechanism. Architrave switches, 10APlate size: 38mm wide. Low 4mm profile. Available in high gloss WE (White), CR (Cream) and BL (Black) 10 LNA770/1 10A 1 gang architrave switch. 80mm long. Mounting centres: 60mm 10 LNA770/2 10A 2 gang architrave switch. 100mm long. Mounting centres: 79mm Pack Cat No. Horizontal switches, 10APlate size: 127 x 82mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Low 4mm profile. Available in high gloss WE (white), CR (cream) and BL (black) 10 LN770/1H 10A 1 gang switch 10 LN770/2H 10A 2 gang switch 10 LN770/3H 10A 3 gang switch 10 LN770/4H 10A 4 gang switch 10 LN770/5H 10A 5 gang switch 10 LN770/6H 10A 6 gang switch Pack Cat No. Vertical switches, 10APlate size: 82 x 127mm. Mounting centres: 85mm. Low 4mm profile. Available in high gloss WE (white), CR (cream) and BL (black) 10 LN770/1 10A 1 gang switch 10 LN770/2 10A 2 gang switch 10 LN770/3 10A 3 gang switch 10 LN770/4 10A 4 gang switch 10 LN770/5 10A 5 gang switch 10 LN770/6 10A 6 gang switch Pack Cat No. Single powerpointsPlate size: 127 x 82mm. Mounting centres: 84mm, Low 4mm profile. Available in high gloss WE (white), CR (cream) and BL (black) 10 LN787 10A single powerpoint 10 LN787/15 15A single powerpoint 10 LN787X 10A single powerpoint with extra switch Linea Range powerpoints 230 -240V a.c. Section 3 Pack Cat No. Double powerpointsPlate size: 127 x 82mm. Mounting centres 84mm. Low 4mm profile. Available in high gloss WE (white), CR (cream) and BL (black). 10 LN777 10A double powerpoint 10 LN777X 10A double powerpoint with extra switch 10 LN777ES 10A double powerpoint with external rotary safety shutters Pack Cat No. Autoswitch powerpoints 10APlate size: 127 x 82mm. Mounting centres 84mm. Low 4mm profile. Available in high gloss WE (white), CR (cream) and BL (black) 10 LN777A Double autoswitch powerpoint with safety shutters & ‘power on’ indicator 10 LN777AES Double autoswitch powerpoint with external rotary safety shutters NEW NEW LN770/1 LN787 LN770/1H LNA770/1 LN777ES LN777 LN777AES LN777A S 3
40 S 3 Linea Range Pack Cat No. Leading edge light dimmers, EMC compliant, 230 - 240V a.c.Plate size: 127 x 82mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Low 4mm profile. Available in high gloss (WE) white, CR (Cream) and BL (black) 9 LN400L 400VA light dimmer, leading edge for vertical mounting 9 LN400LH 400VA light dimmer, leading edge for horizontal mounting Dimmers and fan controllers Pack Cat No. Trailing edge light dimmers, EMC compliant, 230 - 240V a.c.Plate size: 82 x 127mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Low 4mm profile. Available in high gloss (WE) white, CR (Cream) and BL (black) 9 LN400T 400VA light dimmer, trailing edge for vertical mounting 9 LN400TH 400VA light dimmer, trailing edge for horizontal mounting Pack Cat No. Fan controllersPlate size: 82 x 127mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Low 4mm profile. Available in high gloss WE (white), CR (cream) and BL (black) 9 LN3FC 100VA 3 speed fan controller for vertical mounting 9 LN3FCH 100VA 3 speed fan controller for horizontal mounting Pack Cat No. TV outletsLow 4mm profile. Available in high gloss WE (white), CR (cream) and BL (black) 10 LN770/1CX TV coax outlet 10 LN770/1FCX TV outlet PAL socket with F type connection 1 LN770/2CX/FCX TV coax outlet & TV outlet Pal socket with F type connection Outlets Pack Cat No. Telephone and data outletsPlate size: 127 x 82mm. Mounting centres 84mm. Low 4mm profile. Available in high gloss WE (white), CR (cream) and BL (black) 10 LN770/1RJ1 Single RJ12 outlet (phone) 10 LN770/1RJ2E Single RJ45 outlet (phone/data, Cat 5E) 10 LN770/2RJ1 Double RJ12 outlet (phone) 1 LN770/2RJ2E Double RJ45 outlet (phone/data, Cat 5E) Section 3 Pack Cat No. Universal push button light dim- mers, EMC compliant, 230 - 240V a.c.Plate size: 82 x 127mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Low 4mm profile. Available in high gloss (WE) white, CR (Cream) and BL (black) 9 LN450P 450W push button light dimmer, universal for vertical mounting LN400LH LN400T LN450P LN3FC LN770/2CX/FCX LN770/1RJ1
41 Linea Range Pack Cat No. Cover plates only for switchesPlate size: 82 x 127mm. Mounting centres 84mm. Low 4mm profile. Available in high gloss WE (white), CR (cream), BL (black). Surcharge applies for MS (matt silver), SM (stone metal) and AS (asphalt) 40 LN770/OPL Blank cover plate only 40 LN770/1PL Cover plate only for 1 gang switch 40 LN770/2PL Cover plate only for 2 gang switch 40 LN770/3PL Cover plate only for 3 gang switch 40 LN770/4PL Cover plate only for 4 gang switch 40 LN770/5PL Cover plate only for 5 gang switch 40 LN770/6PL Cover plate only for 6 gang switch Pack Cat No. Cover plates only for powerpointsPlate size: 127 x 82mm. Low 4mm profile. Available in high gloss WE (white), CR (cream), BL (black). Surcharge applies for MS (matt silver), SM (stone metal) and AS (asphalt) 40 LN787PL Cover plate only for single powerpoint 40 LN787XPL Cover plate only for single powerpoint with extra switch 40 LN777PL Cover plate only for double powerpoint 40 LN777APL Cover plate for auto switch double powerpoint 40 LN777XPL Cover plate for double powerpoint with extra switch 40 LN777ESPL Cover plate for extra-safe double powerpoint 40 LN777AESPL Cover plate for auto switched, extra-safe double powerpoint Pack Cat No. Grids and cover plates onlyPlate size: 82 x 127mm. Mounting centres 84mm. Low 4mm profile. Available in high gloss WE (white), CR (cream) and BL (black) 40 LN770/OGPL Blank grid & cover plate only 40 LN770/1GPL Grid & cover plate only for 1 gang switch 40 LN770/2GPL Grid & cover plate only for 2 gang switch 40 LN770/3GPL Grid & cover plate only for 3 gang switch 40 LN770/4GPL Grid & cover plate only for 4 gang switch 40 LN770/5GPL Grid & cover plate only for 5 gang switch 40 LN770/6GPL Grid & cover plate only for 6 gang switch Linea Range grids & plates Section 3 Linea Range mounting accessories Pack Cat No. Stud bracket 10 LN143 Linea recessed stud bracket Pack Cat No. Mounting clip 10 LN711 Linea Mounting clip to suit approx 5mm walls LN770/4GPL LN770/5PL LN777PL LN143 LN711 S 3
42 Linea Range Pack Cat No. Plaster bracket 10 LN953 Linea recessed plaster bracket Wall boxes Pack Cat No. Wall box 10 LN429 Wall box Pack Cat No. Paint cover 1 LNPC Paint cover Paint covers Pack Cat No. Shroud 10 LN751 Shroud Shrouds Section 3 Colour options for Linea Range Linea is available in various colours and metallic finishes. When ordering, add colour code/s to the end of Cat. No. e.g. LN777AWE, LN777APLMS Gloss finish colours available White WE Cream CR Black BL Metallic finishes available Matt Silver MS Asphalt AS Gun Metal GL Soft-touch colours available Runaway Bride VA Ghost Gum LG 5 O'Clock Olive OL Ninja Khaki KH Wet Elephant DG Midnight Dash MI Sunshine YE Orange Crush OG Bubblegum PI Saucy Red RE Cheeky Boy Blue SB Abracadabra AU Pack Cat No. Mounting clip 10 LN712 Linea Mounting clip to suit 10mm walls LN712 LN953 LN429 LN751 LNPC S 3
43 Col our Linea 1-gang swit ch plat e Linea 2-gang swit ch plat e Linea 3-gang swit ch plat e Linea 4-gang swit ch plat e Linea 5-gang swit ch plat e Linea 6-gang swit ch plat e Linea 10A 2-gang po w erpoint plat e Linea 10A 2-gang e xtr a saf ety po w erpoint plat e Linea 10A 2-gang e xtr a- swit ch po w erpoint plat e Linea 10A 1-gang po w erpoint plat e Linea 10A 1-gang ar chitr av e swit ch plat e Linea 10A 2-gang ar chitr av e swit ch plat e Soft touch colours VA LN770/1PLVA LN770/2PLVA LN770/3PLVA LN770/4PLVA LN770/5PLVA LN770/6PLVA LN777PLVA LN777ESPLVA LN777XPLVA LN787PLVA LNA770/1PLVA LNA770/2PLVA YE LN770/1PLYE LN770/2PLYE LN770/3PLYE LN770/4PLYE LN770/5PLYE LN770/6PLYE LN777PLVA LN777PLYE LN777ESPLYE LN787PLYE LNA770/1PLYE LNA770/2PLYE LG LN770/1PLLG LN770/2PLLG LN770/3PLLG LN770/4PLLG LN770/5PLLG LN770/6PLLG LN777PLLG LN777ESPLLG LN777XPLLG LN787PLLG LNA770/1PLLG LNA770/2PLLG OG LN770/1PLOG LN770/2PLOG LN770/3PLOG LN770/4PLOG LN770/5PLOG LN770/6PLOG LN777PLOG LN777ESPLOG LN777XPLOG LN787PLOG LNA770/1PLOG LNA770/2PLOG OL LN770/1PLOL LN770/2PLOL LN770/3PLOL LN770/4PLOL LN770/5PLOL LN770/6PLOL LN777PLOL LN777ESPLOL LN777XPLOL LN787PLOL LNA770/1PLOL LNA770/2PLOL PI LN770/1PLPI LN770/2PLPI LN770/3PLPI LN770/4PLPI LN770/5PLPI LN770/6PLPI LN777PLPI LN777ESPLPI LN777XPLPI LN787PLPI LNA770/1PLPI LNA770/2PLPI KH LN770/1PLKH LN770/2PLKH LN770/3PLKH LN770/4PLKH LN770/5PLKH LN770/6PLKH LN777PLKH LN777ESPLKH LN777XPLKH LN787PLKH LNA770/1PLKH LNA770/2PLKH RE LN770/1PLRE LN770/2PLRE LN770/3PLRE LN770/4PLRE LN770/5PLRE LN770/6PLRE LN777PLRE LN777ESPLRE LN777XPLRE LN787PLRE LNA770/1PLRE LNA770/2PLRE DG LN770/1PLDG LN770/2PLDG LN770/3PLDG LN770/4PLDG LN770/5PLDG LN770/6PLDG LN777PLDG LN777ESPLDG LN777XPLDG LN787PLDG LNA770/1PLDG LNA770/2PLDG SB LN770/1PLSB LN770/2PLSB LN770/3PLSB LN770/4PLSB LN770/5PLSB LN770/6PLSB LN777PLSB LN777ESPLSB LN777XPLSB LN787PLSB LNA770/1PLSB LNA770/2PLSB MI LN770/1PLMI LN770/2PLMI LN770/3PLMI LN770/4PLMI LN770/5PLMI LN770/6PLMI LN777PLMI LN777ESPLMI LN777XPLMI LN787PLMI LNA770/1PLMI LNA770/2PLMI AU LN770/1PLAU LN770/2PLAU LN770/3PLAU LN770/4PLAU LN770/5PLAU LN770/6PLAU LN777PLAU LN777ESPLAU LN777XPLAU LN787PLAU LNA770/1PLAU LNA770/2PLAU Metalic finishes AS LN770/1PLAS LN770/2PLAS LN770/3PLAS LN770/4PLAS LN770/5PLAS LN770/6PLAS LN777PLAS LN777ESPLAS LN777XPLAS LN787PLAS LNA770/1PLAS LNA770/2PLAS MS LN770/1PLMS LN770/2PLMS LN770/3PLMS LN770/4PLMS LN770/5PLMS LN770/6PLMS LN777PLMS LN777ESPLMS LN777XPLMS LN787PLMS LNA770/1PLMS LNA770/2PLMS GL LN770/1PLGL LN770/2PLGL LN770/3PLGL LN770/4PLGL LN770/5PLGL LN770/6PLGL LN777PLGL LN777ESPLGL LN777XPLGL LN787PLGL LNA770/1PLGL LNA770/2PLGL Colour options for Linea Range Section 3 S 3
44 Cat No. LN770/1 Plate size: 127 x 82mm. Mounting centres: 84mm Cat No. LN770/6 Plate size: 127 x 82mm. Mounting centres: 84mm Section 3 Linea Range Vertical switches, 10A Similar mounting centres apply to LN770/2 and LN770/3 Similar mounting centres apply to LN770/4 and LN770/5 S 3
45 Cat No. LN777 Plate size: 127 x 82mm. Mounting centres: 84mm Cat No. LN777A Plate size: 127 x 82mm. Mounting centres: 84mm Section 3 Linea Range Double powerpoints Autoswitch powerpoint 10A S 3
46 Weatherproof Section 4
47 Section 4 Weatherproof Excel Weatherproof switches Pack Cat No WS171 series switches, IP56, surface mountingSize 90 x 90 x 68mm. Switches are standard type dollies. IP rating reduces to IP 44 if enclosure is drilled. 3 WS171/1 10A weatherproof 1 gang switch 3 WS171/2 10A weatherproof 2 gang switch 3 WS171/4 10A weatherproof 4 gang switch 3 WS171/1/15 15A weatherproof 1 gang switch 3 WS171/1/20 20A weatherproof 1 gang switch Aqua Range switches Pack Cat No. WS 170 series switches, IP56, surface mounting.Size 83 x 83 x 72mm. Pushouts for 6 x 25mm plain conduit entries. Supplied with adaptor Cat. No. C20PS25P and reducer Cat. No. C25/20 (for 20mm plain or screwed conduit), 1 x Cat. No. 402 connec- tor and flush caps for covers, and mounting screws. Lockable in on or off positions. 5 WS170 10A weatherproof 1 gang switch. Supplied with 770 mech 5 WS170/15 15A weatherproof 1 gang switch. Supplied with 770/15 mech 5 WS170/20 20A weatherproof 1 gang switch. Supplied with 770/20 mech 5 WS170/202 20A weatherproof 1 gang switch. 1-2 way & loop. Supplied with 770/202 mech 5 WS170/35 35A weatherproof 1 gang switch. Supplied with 770/35M mech 5 2WS170 10A weatherproof 2 gang switch. Supplied with 2 x 770M mech 5 2WS170/15 15A weatherproof 2 gang switch. Supplied with 2 x 770/15M mech 5 WS170I 10A weatherproof 1 gang intermediate switch. Supplied with 770IM mech. 5 WS170N 10A weatherproof 1 gang switch with neon indicator. Supplied with 770M mech 5 WS170P 10A weatherproof 1 gang switch. Double pole. Supplied with 769PM mech 5 WS170/20P 20A weatherproof 1 gang switch. Double pole. Supplied with 769P20M mech 5 WS170X 15A weatherproof 1 gang push but- ton switch. Supplied with 770XM mech. 5 2WS170PP 10A weatherproof 2 gang switch, double pole. Supplied with 2 x 769PM mechs 5 2WS170XX 15A weatherproof 2 gang push button switch with red & green buttons. Supplied with 2 x 770XM mechs Pack Cat No. Excel weatherproof switches, IP56Plate size 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Weatherproof to IP56, 3 XLW770H1 10A 1 gang standard size switch for horizontal mounting 3 XLW770H2 10A 2 gang standard size switch for horizontal mounting 3 XLW770V1 10A 1 gang standard size switch for vertical mounting 3 XLW770V2 10A 2 gang standard size switch for vertical mounting Section 4 XLW770V1 WS171/1 WS170 S 4
48 Weatherproof Aqua Range industrial isolating switches Pack Cat No. 42 series industrial isolating switches, 3 phase, 440V AC22, IP56, Surface mounting, modular.Size 166 x 83 x 70mm (modular with 83mm square 170 series). Plain conduit entry pushouts 2 x 25mm each side, 2 x 25mm at rear, 1 x 32mm at top, 2 x 25mm at bot- tom and 2 x 32mm drillouts at rear. MT type have the same except for 1 x 32mm threaded at top and 2 x 25mm threaded at bottom. Sealing flush caps provided for mounting screws. Lockable in on or off positions. Switch is rated AS/ NZS3133, AS/NZS3947.3, AC22 (make/break 3 x I n at 0.65 PF, 20 x I n 1 sec short time rating). Motor rating M150, 3kA peak making capacity, 6kA conditional short circuit rating. 25mm max cable size. All switches are provided with straight-through neutral and earth connectors. 1 42/120 20A weatherproof switch, plain entries 1 42/120MT 20A weatherproof switch, 32mm threaded entries 1 42/220 20A weatherproof switch, 2 pole, plain entries 1 42/220MT 20A weatherproof switch, 2 pole, 32mm threaded entries 1 42/235 35A weatherproof switch, 2 pole, plain entries 1 42/235MT 35A weatherproof switch, 2 pole, 32mm threaded entries 1 42/255 55A weatherproof switch, 2 pole, plain entries 1 42/255MT 55A weatherproof switch, 2 pole, 32mm threaded entries 1 42/320 20A weatherproof switch, 3 pole, plain entries 1 42/320MT 20A weatherproof switch, 3 pole, 32mm threaded entries 1 42/335 35A weatherproof switch, 3 pole, plain entries 1 42/335MT 35A weatherproof switch, 3 pole, 32mm threaded entries 1 42/355 55A weatherproof switch, 3 pole, plain entries 1 42/355MT 55A weatherproof switch, 3 pole, 32mm threaded entries Pack Cat No. WSR170 round series switches, IP 56Size 71mm dia x 40mm deep. IP56 when mounted on a standard round conduit junction box, (‘0’ ring gasket provided). Lock on/lock off provision. Mounts onto standard round conduit junction box. Supplied with 770M mech. 5 WSR170 10A 1 gang round weatherproof switch. Pack Cat No. Weatherproof Keylock switches, IP53Size 83mm square x 70mm deep. Size is modular with 42 series and can be joined to other 170 and 42 series boxes using Cat. No. C25P25P or conduit. Pushouts for 6 x 25mm plain conduit entries. Supplied with Cat. No. C20PS25P adaptor and Cat. No. C25/20 reducer (for 20mm plain or screwed conduit), 1 x Cat. No. 4002 connector, flush caps for cover and mounting screws. Note: for common keys, add CK to Cat. No. no switch required eg WS170/20KLICK. 5 WS170KLI 10A weatherproof keylock switch, key removable in on position 5 WS170KLO 10A weatherproof keylock switch, key removable in off position 5 WS170KLIO 10A weatherproof keylock switch, key removable in on or off position 5 WS170/20KLI 20A weatherproof keylock switch, key removable in on position 5 WS170/20KLIO 20A weatherproof keylock switch, key removable in on or off position Section 4 WSR170 WS170KLI 42/220 S 4
49 Light-sensitive switches Pack Cat No. Weatherproof, light sensitive switches, IP56Size 83 x 83 x 65mm projection. Surface mounting. 1 PE170/10 10A weatherproof light sensitive switch. Opal cover 1 PE170R 10A weatherproof light sensitive switch. Adjustable timer- switches off at a consistent time regardless of season (programmable) Pack Cat No. WS53 series powerpoints, IP53, surface mountingSize 121 x 78 x 86mm. Available in Mist Grey (MG) & White (WE). 1 WS53/1 10A weatherproof single powerpoint, (MG), (WE) 1 WS53/1/X 10A weatherproof single powerpoint with extra switch, (MG) 1 WS53/1/15 15A weatherproof single powerpoint, (MG), (WE) 1 WS53/2 10A weatherproof double powerpoint, (MG), (WE) 1 WS53/2/15 15A weatherproof double powerpoint, (MG) Pack Cat No. WS53 series powerpoints, IP53, flush mountingShallow mounted size 124 x 81 x 63mm. Flush mounting size 121 x 78 x 46mm. Comes complete with shallow mounting block and flush mounting shroud. Available in Mist Grey (MG) & White (WE) 1 WS53F/1 10A weatherproof single powerpoint, (MG), (WE) 1 WS53F/1/15 15A weatherproof single powerpoint, (MG) 1 WS53F/2 10A weatherproof double powerpoint, (MG), (WE) Aqua Range powerpoints Pack Cat No. WS40 series powerpoints, IP53, surface-mounting Mounting centres: Size 84 x 84 x 70mm projection with 4 mounting centres at 70 x 70mm. Pushouts at rear for 20mm and 25mm plain conduit. Supplied with Cat. No. C20PS25 and C25/20 adaptors for 20mm threaded or plain conduit. Base can be screwed to 170 mount- ing block. Side operating lever for switch. Can be padlocked on or off. Provided with flap to cover outlet and give IP53 protection. 5 WS40 10A weatherproof single powerpoint 5 WS40/15 15A weatherproof single powerpoint Section 4 Pack Cat No. WS54 series powerpoints, IP54, surface mountingSize 71 x 81 x 87mm. Available in Mist Grey (MG) 5 WS54/1 10A weatherproof single powerpoint, (MG) Weatherproof PE170/10 WS40 WS53/1 WS53F/1 WS54/1 S 4
50 Pack Cat No. Bulkhead weatherproof light fittings, IP33Mounting centres: 84mm. Size 235 dia x 110mm deep. Suitable for outdoor and wet areas. Surface or wall mounted. 51 & 84mm mounting centres. Terminal block provided. 20mm knockouts in rim, and 20mm & 35mm conduit entry in base. Grey bases available to special order. 1 616 Bulkhead weatherproof BC light fitting. Max lamp 100W. Clear diffuser, white base 1 616/1V Bulkhead weatherproof light fitting, circular 16W energy-saving fluoro tube. White base. (Opal diffuser only - other diffusers not suitable.) 1 616DCL Diffuser only for 616 series. - Clear Weatherproof utility boxes and enclosures Pack Cat No. WS45 series, IP56For surface mounting. Multi-grid ‘gear-tray’ accepts #6 self tapping or #6-32 screws. Pushouts for 25mm and 32mm plain conduit entry. 1 WS45 Utility box, with clear lid (45mm deep) & multi-grid, gear tray Weatherproof Pack Cat No. WS38 series weatherproof single powerpoints, IP33, surface-mounting Size 73 x 89 x 65mm. Pushouts for 20mm plain conduit at top, sides, rear and bottom. Supplied with 2 x Cat. No. C20S20P connectors for 20mm screwed conduit. Switch padlockable in ‘on’ or ‘off’ position. Sealing flush caps provided for cover and mounting screws. Switch is 770 series, socket is 38 series. 2 WS38 10A weatherproof single powerpoint 2 WS38R 10A weatherproof single powerpoint with round earth 2 WS38P 10A weatherproof single powerpoint with double pole switch Pack Cat No. 2WS38 series weatherproof double powerpoints, IP33, surface-mounting Size 73 x 123 x 76mm projection. Pushouts for 20mm plain conduit at top, sides, rear and bottom. Supplied with 2 x Cat. No. C20S20P adaptors for 20mm screwed conduit. Switch padlockable in ‘on’ or ‘off’ position. Sealing flush caps provided for cover and mounting screws. Switch is 770 series, socket is 38 series. 1 2WS38 10A weatherproof double powerpoint 1 2WS38R 10A weatherproof double powerpoint with round earths 1 WS38/15 15A weatherproof double powerpoint 1 2WS38P 10A weatherproof double powerpoint, with double pole switches Weatherproof light fittings and accessories Section 4 WS38 2WS38 616 WS45 S 4
51 Section 4 Pack Cat No. WS44 series, IP23For surface mounting. Multi-grid ‘gear-tray’ accepts #6 self tapping or #6-32 screws. Pushouts for 25mm and 32mm plain conduit entry. Suitable for all Excel or Standard grids. 1 WS44 Flush mounting weatherproof enclosure with clear door 1 WS44S Surface mounting weatherproof enclosure with clear door 1 WS44B Mounting base for WS44, 113 x 165 x 45mm. 83mm sq x 39mm deep. 25mm conduit knockouts side of rear. IP53 Conduit entry fittings for weatherproof boxes Pack Cat No. Conduit entry fitting for weatherproof boxes 25 C20S20P Converter to join 20mm screwed conduit to box with 20mm plain entry 25 C20PS25P Converter to join 20mm plain or screwed conduit to box with 25mm plain entry 25 C25S25P Converter to join 25mm screwed conduit to box with 25mm plain entryPush-out plugs 25 P25 Pushout plug for 25mm plain conduit entry hole 25 P32 Pushout plug for 32mm plain conduit entry holes Weatherproof WS44 C20S20P S 4
52 Standard Range Section 5
53 S 5 Pack Cat No. Architrave switchesPlate size: 32mm wide. Suitable for horizontal or vertical mounting. 10 A770/1 10A 1 gang architrave switch. 68mm long. Suits 141 mounting block. Mounting centres: 57mm. 10 A770/2 10A 2 gang architrave switch. 79mm long. Suits 156 mounting block. Mounting centres: 70mm. Pack Cat No. Switches are supplied with Cat. No. 770M unless otherwise specified. These are interchangeable with any 770, 769, 707 series mechanism. Available to PWD specification with rear-screwed plate mounting of mechanisms. Vertical standard size switchesPlate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 770/1 10A 1 gang standard size switch 10 770/2 10A 2 gang standard size switch 10 770/3 10A 3 gang standard size switch 10 770/4 10A 4 gang standard size switch Standard Range Standard Range switches 230 - 240V a.c. Section 5 Pack Cat No. Deep plate surface-mount switchesOther 770, 769 or 707 series mechanisms are available. Please specify. Plate size: 34 x 81 x 21mm. Mounting centres: 60mm. Switch protrudes past mounting surface by 5mm. 10 1A770 10A 1 gang single pole switch (770M mech.) 10 1A770P 10A 1 gang double pole switch, caravan type (769PM mech.) 5 2/770 10A 2 gang single pole switch (770M mech.) 5 2/770P 10A 2 gang double pole switch, caravan type (769PM mech.) Pack Cat No. Older style round surface-mount switchesAvailable to PWD specification with rear-screwed plate mounting of mechanisms. Not suitable for module mechanisms. Plate size: 51mm diameter x 21mm deep. 10 65 10A old style surface switch, 1-2 way & loop Section 5 770/1 A770/1 1A770P 65 Pack Cat No. Heavy duty rocker switches, switch isolatorsSpecial integral mechanism size 41 x 63 x 13mm deep from back of plate. Plate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. 10 F1036/3 36A, 240V a.c. single pole switch with looping terminals 10 F1036P 36A, 415V a.c. double pole switch & terminal for common neutral & earth. Pack Cat No. Time delay switches 3 TX770/1RC 10A time delay switch, 3-wire. Push start/push restart, for remote mounting. 1 sec to 239 hrs time adjustment. 3 TX770/1RCNC 10A time delay switch, 3-wire. Push start/push restart, for remote mounting. Normally-closed contacts. 1 sec to 239 hrs time adjustment. 3 TX770/2RC 10A time delay switch, 3-wire. Push start/push stop, for remote mounting. 1 sec to 239 hrs time adjustment. 3 TX770/2RCNC 10A time delay switch, 3-wire. Push start/push stop, for remote mounting. Normally-closed contacts. 1 sec to 239 hrs time adjustment. F1036/3 TF770/1RC
54 Pack Cat No. Rectangle cord-pull ceiling switches, flush mountingPlate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Cut-out 70 x 48 x 35mm depth from back of plate. Supplied with clear shroud. 10 600 10A flush cord-pull ceiling switch. (770 mech). 10 600N 10A flush cord-pull ceiling switch with neon. (770 mech). 10 600X 15A flush cord-pull ceiling switch, momentary contact, changeover (770XM mech). Pack Cat No. Round cord-pull ceiling switches, surface mountingPlate size: 73mm diameter. Mount- ing centres: 50mm. Supplied with clear rear cover. 10 601 10A surface mounting cord-pull ceiling switch. (770 mech). 10 601X 15A surface mounting cord-pull ceiling switch, momentary contact. (770XM mech). Pack Cat No. KeyTag switchesPlate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Available in white only. Supplied with Cat. No. 770/20KTM switches inside pockets, Cat. No. 707M neons (opal in pocket, red outside) Cat. No. 770M switches outside pockets, and Cat. No. 770T3 blank tag. The KeyTag mechanisms supplied are interchangeable with other mechs detailed below. 10 770KT1 2 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket 10 770KT2 2 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket, 10A independent switch above Standard Range Section 5 Pack Cat No. KeyLock switch, 10APlate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. 10 770/1KLI KeyLock switch, 10A, key removable in ‘on’ position 10 770/1KLO KeyLock switch, 10A, key removable in ‘off’ position 10 770/1KLIO KeyLock switch, 10A, key removable in ‘on’ or ‘off’ positions Pack Cat No. Booster relay switches for solar hot water systems, and load shedding. Plate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. 3 770REL1 Current held hot water booster switch, neons for boost required, on, temp OK. 4.8kW Pack Cat No. Relay switches pack for motion sensors 3 770REL8 Relay pack. 2400W/1900VA max. Normally open. Not suitable for devices with solid state switching , such as traics. 770REL1 770REL8 770/1KLI 600 601 770KT1 S 5 3 TF770/1RC Fan time delay switch, 3, 10 & 20 min (approx) time adjustment, for remote mounting. 1 TD170/1 Weatherproof 2-wire time delay switch, 2.5A: 1, 3 & 10 min (approx) time adjustment. Replaces pneumatic type switches used in stairwells etc.
55 Standard Range Section 5 S 5 10 770KT3 2 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket, 10A independent switch & neon above 10 770KT4 3 x 20A switches in base pocket 10 770KT5 3 x 20A switches in base pocket, 10A independent switch above 10 770KT8 2 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket, 10A independent switch below 10 770KT10 3 x 20A switches in top pocket 10 770KT11 3 x 20A switches in top pocket, 10A independent switch below 10 770KT13 3 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket 10 770KT14 4 x 20A switches in base pocket 10 770KT16 4 x 20A switches in top pocketKeyTags 10 770T3 KeyTag, 100mm long, with removable insert Pack Cat No. Single powerpoint with extra switchPlate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Also available in 15A powerpoint. To order insert/15 as follows: 787/15X, 787/15XS 10 787X 10A single powerpoint with extra swith 10 787XS 10A single powerpoint with extra swith & safety shutter Pack Cat No. Single powerpointsPlate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 787 10A single powerpoint 10 787S 10A single powerpoint with safety shutter 10 787NS 10A single powerpoint with neon & safety shutter 10 787R 10A single powerpoint with round earth 10 787/15 15A single powerpoint 10 787/15S 15A single powerpoint with safety shutter 10 787/15NS 15A single powerpoint with neon & safety shutter 10 787/20 20A single powerpoint 10 787/25 25A single powerpoint 10 787/32 32A single powerpoint Standard Range powerpoints 230 - 240V a.c. 787 787X Pack Cat No. Single powerpoints with 2 extra switchesPlate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres 84mm 10 787/2X 10A single powerpoint with 2 extra switches 787/2X Pack Cat No. Double pole single powerpointsPlate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Supplied with Cat. No. 769PM mechanism. 10 787P 10A double pole single powerpoint 10 787P15 15A double pole single powerpoint 10 787P20 20A double pole single powerpoint 787P Pack Cat No. Vertical single powerpointsPlate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 V787 10A vertical single powerpoint V787
56 Pack Cat No. No-volt powerpointsPlate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm When power to the circuit is interrupted (no volt) the relay drops out. After power is re- stored, the relay must be manually reset. Ideal for load shedding of non essential loads. Allows greater restart without in-rush loads. 5 787XNV 10A no-volt single powerpoint. Comprises 787X powerpoint with electrically held relay & reset switch (770XM) 5 787XNV15 15A no-volt single powerpoint. Comprises 787/15X powerpoint with electrically held relay & reset switch (770XM) Pack Cat No. Double powerpointsPlate size: 114 x 40mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 777 10A double powerpoint 10 777IDCL 10A double powerpoint with Cat. No. 800/2CL blanking insert with clear cap 10 777ID 10A double powerpoint with Cat. No. 800/2 blanking insert with opaque cap 10 777S 10A double powerpoint with safety shutters 10 777NS 10A double powerpoint with neons & safety shutters 10 777R 10A double powerpoint with round earths 10 777/1015 Double powerpoint with 10A & 15A outlets 10 777/15 15A double powerpoint 10 777/15S 15A double powerpoint with safety shutters Pack Cat No. Double powerpoints with extra switchPlate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 777X 10A double powerpoint with extra switch 10 777XS 10A double powerpoint with extra switch & safety shutters Pack Cat No. Double pole double powerpointsPlate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 777P 10A double pole powerpoint 10 777PLK 10A double pole powerpoint with pre-wired link 10 777P15 15A double pole powerpoint Standard Range Section 5 Pack Cat No. KeyLock powerpointsPlate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Key removed in off position only. 10 738KL 10A KeyLock powerpoint 10 738KLN 10A KeyLock powerpoint with separate neon 10 738KL15 15A KeyLock powerpoint 10 738KLN15 15A KeyLock powerpoint with separate neon 10 738KL20 20A KeyLock powerpoint 738KL 787XNV 777 777X 777P15 S 5
57 Standard Range Section 5 S 5 Pack Cat No. Jumbo double powerpoint with outside holesPlate size: 143 x 83mm. Mounting centres: 119mm 5 778/0 10A double powerpoint Pack Cat No. Square single powerpointPlate size: 114mm square. Mounting centres: 4 holes at 46mm horizontal and 84mm vertical and 2 holes at 84mm horizontal on centre line. 5 SQ787 10A single powerpoint Pack Cat No. Large plate triple powerpointPlate size: 184 x 86mm. Mounting centres: 2 holes 152mm horizontal and 6mm below horizontal centre line. 5 3G788 10A single pole triple powerpoint Pack Cat No. Double narrow powerpoints, busbarred for easy wiringPlate size: 157 x 46mm. Mounting centres: 137mm 5 792B 10A double narrow powerpoint with busbar 5 792B1015 Double narrow powerpoint with busbar and 10A & 15A outlets Pack Cat No. Vertical double powerpointsPlate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 V777 10A vertical double powerpoint 10 V777LK 10A vertical double powerpoint with pre-wired link 10 V777S 10A vertical double powerpoint with safety shutters 10 V777/15 15A vertical double powerpoint Pack Cat No. Vertical double powerpoint with extra switchPlate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 V777X 10A vertical double powerpoint with extra switch Pack Cat No. Double narrow powerpointsPlate size: 157 x 46mm. Mounting centres: 137mm 5 792 10A double narrow powerpoint 5 792NS 10A double narrow powerpoint with neons & safety shutters 5 792/15 15A double narrow powerpoint 5 792/1015 Double narrow powerpoint with 10A &15A outlets Pack Cat No. Single narrow powerpointPlate size: 98 x 46mm. Mounting centres: 79mm 10 790 10A single narrow powerpoint V777 V777X 790 792 792B 778/0 3G788 SQ787
58 Pack Cat No. Square double powerpointsPlate size: 114mm square. Mounting centres: 4 holes at 46mm horizontal and 84mm vertical and 2 holes at 84mm horizontal on centre line. 5 SQ777 10A double powerpoint Standard Range Section 5 SQ777 S 5 Pack Cat No. Deep-plate single powerpointsPlate size: 81mm square x 32mm. Mounting centres: 60mm. Mechanism 3mm shallower than mounting surface. 10 1/788 10A single pole single powerpoint 10 1/788P 10A double pole single powerpoint, caravan type 10 1/788P15 15A double pole single powerpoint, caravan type Pack Cat No. Square double powerpoint with extra switchPlate size: 114mm square. Mounting centres: 4 holes at 46mm horizontal and 84mm vertical. 5 SQ777X 10A double powerpoint with extra switch SQ777X 1/788P 1 777EL30M 30mA Electresafe module. 20A Pack Cat No. Deep-plate single powerpoints with extra switchPlate size: 132 x 81 x 32mm. Mounting centres: 97mm. Mechanisms are 5mm shallower than mounting surface. Powerpoint mechanisms are 3mm shallower than mounting surface. Switch and powerpoint isolated by removable insulation barriers. 5 788PXP 10A 2 pole single powerpoint with extra 2 pole switch, caravan type 5 788PX 10A 2 pole single powerpoint with extra switch Pack Cat No. Deep-plate double powerpoint Plate size: 132 x 81 x 32mm. Mechanism 3mm shallower than mounting surface. 5 2/788P 10A double pole double powerpoint, caravan type Pack Cat No. Electresafe double powerpoints, 30mA trippingPlate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 2 777EL30 30mA Electresafe powerpoint 10A 2 777EL30/1015 30mA Electresafe powerpoint with 10A & 15A outlets 2 777EL30G 30mA Electresafe powerpoint for use on generators, 10A 2 777EL30G1015 30mA Electresafe powerpoint for use on generators, 10A & 15A outlets 788PXP 2/788P 777EL30
59 Standard Range Section 5 S 5 Pack Cat No. Electresafe double powerpoints, 10mA trippingPlate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 2 777EL10 10mA Electresafe powerpoint 10A 2 777EL10/1015 10mA Electresafe powerpoint with 10A & 15A outlets 2 777EL10N 10mA Electresafe powerpoint with ‘supply available’ neon, 10A 2 777EL10N3 10mA Electresafe powerpoint with 3 neons, 10ARCD modules for panel mountingPlate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 2 777EL30ES 30mA tripping RCD module, 20A double pole with mounting bracket 2 777EL10ES 10mA tripping RCD module, 20A double pole with mounting bracket Pack Cat No. Single powerpoint, DIN rail mounting Plate size: 67 x 44mm. 4 modules wide, 53mm projection. 10 787DIN 10A single powerpoint with DIN bracket 10 787DIN15 15A single powerpoint with DIN bracket Pack Cat No. Chemically resistant powerpointsPlate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 777CH 10A standard double powerpoint Pack Cat No. Shaver supply outletsPlate size: 184 x 85mm. mounting centres: 152mm 1 798H Horizontal shaver outlet & single powerpoint 1 798V Vertical shaver outlet & single powerpoint Pack Cat No. Leading edge light dimmersPlate size: 70 x 114mm. mounting centres: 84mm Refer to technical section at back of this section for more information 3 250L 250VA light dimmer, leading edge 3 400L 400VA light dimmer, leading edge 3 700L 700VA light dimmer, leading edge 3 1000L 1000VA light dimmer, leading edge Standard Range dimmers / fan controllers 230-240V 777EL10 787DIN 777CH 798H 400L Pack Cat No. Trailing edge light dimmersPlate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm Refer to technical section at back of this section for more information 3 250T 250VA light dimmer, trailing edge 3 400T 400VA light dimmer, trailing edge 3 700T 700VA light dimmer, trailing edge 3 1000T 1000VA light dimmer, trailing edgeLight dimmers with heatsinkPlate size: 135mm square. Not suitable for mounting blocks. 1 2000E 2000VA light dimmer, leading edge. 60mm deep 1 2400E 2400VA light dimmer, leading edge. 60mm deep 400T
60 Standard Range Section 5 S 5 Pack Cat No. Modular series RJ outletsPlate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 770/1RJ2 Single RJ45 outlet (phone/data, Cat 5E) 10 770/2RJ2 Double RJ45 outlet (phone/data, Cat 5E) Pack Cat No. Please note that not all plates are available in every colour. Standard size switch cover plate onlyPlate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 20 770/0 Blank standard plate 20 770/1PL 1 gang standard switch plate 20 770/2PL 2 gang standard switch plate 20 770/3PL 3 gang standard switch plate 20 770/4PL 4 gang standard switch plate 10 770/5PL 5 gang standard switch plate 10 770/6PL 6 gang standard switch plate Standard Range plates Pack Cat No. Standard size TVPlate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. 10 770/1CX 75 ohm coax outlet 10 770/1FCX 75 ohm coax to F connector Pack Cat No. Fan controllersPlate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 3 300F 300VA fan controller 3 650ET 650VA timed fan controller with auto switch-off. Min load 60VA. Timer switches off load after approximately 2 hours, manually resettable. Also suited for controlling resistive loads. 3 650ET1 650VA timed fan speed controller with auto switch-off and reduced maximum speed. Min load 60VA. Timer switches off load after approximately 2 hours, manually resettable. Also suited to resistive loads. Reduced maximum speed feature meets Department of Public Works requirements. 3 475/1 100VA de-Hummer 3-Speed fan controller, with 1.5 µF & 2.5 µF capacitors (Not suitable for multigang plate installations) 3 475/2 100VA de-Hummer 3-Speed fan controller, with 1.5 µF & 2.5 µF capacitors (Suitable for multigang plate installations) Standard Range outlets Pack Cat No. Deep-plate TV outlet 10 1A770CX 75 ohm coax outlet, in surface mounting base 650ET 1A770CX 770/1CX 770/1RJ1 Pack Cat No. Architrave switch plate only 10 A770/1PL 1 gang architrave switch plate, 68 x 32mm 10 A770/2PL 2 gang architrave switch plate, 81 x 32mm 10 A770/3PL 3 gang architrave switch plate, 106 x 32mm 10 A770/4PL 4 gang architrave switch plate, 132 x 32mmDeep switch surface mounting plate onlyPlate size: 34 x 81 x 21mm. Mounting centres: 60mm. 20 1A770PL 1 gang deep plate, caravan type, for surface mounting 10 2/770PL 2 gang deep plate switch plate A770/1PL
61 Standard Range Section 5 S 5 Pack Cat No. Intermediate size switch plate onlyPlate size: 95 x 44mm. Mounting centre: 55 or 79mm. 20 AL770/11PL 1 gang intermediate size switch plate. Mounting centres: 55mm 20 AL770/12PL 1 gang intermediate size switch plate. Mounting centres: 79mm 10 AL770/21PL 2 gang intermediate size switch plate. Mounting centres: 55mm 20 AL770/22PL 2 gang intermediate size switch plate. Mounting centres: 79mm AL770/11PL Pack Cat No. Small architrave switch plate only 10 AS770/1PL 1 gang small architrave switch plate, 54 x 26mm 10 AS770/2PL 2 gang small architrave switch plate, 79 x 26mm AS770/1PL Pack Cat No. Square switch plate onlyMounting centres: 1-6 gang: 4 holes at 46mm horizontal and 84mm vertical and 2 holes at 84mm horizontal on centre line. 7-9 gang: 4 holes at 46mm horizontal and 84mm vertical. 20 SQ770/0 Blank square plate 20 SQ770/1PL 1 gang square switch plate 20 SQ770/2PL 2 gang square switch plate 20 SQ770/3PL 3 gang square switch plate 20 SQ770/4PL 4 gang square switch plate 1 SQ770/5PL 5 gang square switch plate 20 SQ770/6PL 6 gang square switch plate 1 SQ770/7PL 7 gang square switch plate 20 SQ770/9PL 9 gang square switch plate Pack Cat No. Computer data & communication plate onlyPlate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 20 770/1D1PL Computer outlet plate for 1 x 9 pin (CP9) D connector socket 20 770/1D3PL Computer outlet plate for 1 x 25 pin (CP25) D connector socket 20 770/2D3PL Computer outlet plate for 2 x 25 pin (CP25) D connector socket Pack Cat No. Plain blank flush caps 100 FLUSHCAPS Plain blank flush caps only. (Packet of 100). Circuit identification and plain caps SQ770/1PL 770/1D1PL Pack Cat No. Identification products 10 800 Blanking piece, suits all 770 series switch plates 10 800LH Blanking piece with hole for potentiometer mounting, suits all 770 series switch plates. 10 800ID Blanking piece engraved - Not Safety Switch Protected. Suits all 770 series switch plates. 50 800/2 Blanking insert with opaque cap. Suits all 770 series switch plates. 50 800/2CL Blanking insert with clear cap. Suits all 770 series switch plates. 50 800/2CL1 Die cut labels for circuit identifica- tion to suit Cat. No. 800/2CL 1 800/2CL3 Blank die-cut paper for Cat. No. 800/2CL2 circuit ID kit. 10 sheets per pack. Specify: WE (white); BU (blue); RED (red); or YE (yellow) Identification products 800/2CL
62 Section 5 Standard Range Cat. No. Maximum l oad Neutr al r equir ed Mode of oper ation Normall y open or Normall y cl osed Remot e c ontr ol Timing r ange Remote-mounting time delay switches TX770/1RC 2400VA Yes Re-trigger Normally open Yes 1 sec - 239 hrs TX770/2RC 2400VA Yes Toggle Normally open Yes 1 sec - 239 hrs TX770/1RCNC 2400VA Yes Re-trigger Normally closed Yes 1 sec - 239 hrs TX770/2RCNC 2400VA Yes Toggle Normally closed Yes 1 sec - 239 hrs TF770/1RC 2400VA (lamp) No Fan delay Normally open Yes 3, 10 and 20 min 600VA (fan) • Re-trigger means that a button press during the timing cycle will re-start the timing cycle. • Toggle means that a button press during the timing cycle will stop the timing cycle. • Fan delay means that the fan remains on for a certain period after the light is turned off. A light must be connected for the unit to operate. Time delay switches specifications Wiring diagrams Example application with remote switches. A Cat No. PE170R photoelectric switch is programmed to turn external lights on at dusk and off at a pre programmed time to save energy. Outside of these hours, lights can be turned on for a timed period by the TX770 or remote push buttons. A fan runs for a certain period after light switch is turned off. Information Some HPM time delay switches may have compatibility issues with some types of compact fluorescent lamp or electronic ballast when the load is small. This may cause the lamp to flicker slightly in the off state. It can be overcome by increasing the size of the load, or by connecting a resistive load in parallel. for more information, please contact HPM Technical Support on 1300 369 777 S 5
63 Section 5 Standard Range Cat. No. Type Maximum l oad Minimum l oad Inc andesc ent 240V Linear hal ogen GU10 240V hal ogen do wnlights Lo w v olt age hal ogen with wir ew ood (Ir on Cor e) tr ansf ormer s Lo w v olt age hal ogen with el ectr onic tr ansf ormer s ceiling f an Dimmers 250L Leading edge 250VA 10VA 250T Trailing edge 250VA 10VA 400L Leading edge 400VA 10VA 400T Trailing edge 400VA 10VA 700L Leading edge 700VA 10VA 700T Trailing edge 700VA 10VA 1000L Leading edge 1000VA 10VA 1000T Trailing edge 1000VA 10VA 2000E Leading edge 2000VA 100VA See note 2400E Leading edge 2400VA 100VA See note Note Some electronic transformers state that they are compatible with Leading Edge Dimmers. However, significant de-rating of the dimmer is usually required. Therefore, HPM recommends the use of Trailing Edge Dimmers (HPM Cat. No. 400T, 700T or 1000T) for these applications. If it is necessary to use a Leading Edge Dimmer, then please refer to the Dimming Electronic Transformers information sheet enclosed with the product. When using wirewound transformers, ensure the transformers are marked “suitable for dimming” and de-rate the dimmer by 20%. Dimmer specifications S 5
64 Section 5 Standard Range Max number of transformers per dimmer Nelson MTECOUGAR60 8 14 20 Nelson MTETRADE65 Nelson MTECONT70 Nelson MTEFOX60 Nelson MTEICE60 Nelson MTEKITTY60 Nelson MTEMICRO60 Nelson MTEPBS60 Assumes 1 x 50W lamp per transformer Nelson MTECONT105 4 7 10 Nelson MTEFLAT105 Nelson MTEFOX105 Nelson MTEICE105 Nelson MTEKITTY105 Assumes 2 x 50W lamp per transformer This table is an example only. Other models of electronic transformers may be used. El ectr onic tr ansf ormer model 400T 700T 1000T Fan controllers 300F 300VA 40VA 475 100VA - 475/1 100VA - 475/2 100VA - Timed fan controller 650ET 650VA 60VA 650ET1 650VA 60VA • Cat. No. 475, 475/1 and 475/2 are capacitive type controllers that will eliminate motor humming. These can control only a single fan. All other fan controllers are capable of controlling multiple fans up to their maximum load. • The capacitor values in Cat. No. 475/1 and 475/2 are the same, and have been selected to suit most fan models. The only diffirence between the two is that Cat. No. 475/2 can be installed on a multi-gang plate with other switches or dimmers. • If Cat. No. 475/1 or 475/2 cause the fan to operate too slowly, Cat. No. 475 should be used instead. • Cat. No. 650ET and 650ET1 have an in-built two hour timer, and will automatically switch off after this time. • Cat. No. 650ET1 has a reduced maximum speed of 80-85% to satisfy Department of Public Works specifications. Cat. No. Maximum l oad Minimum l oad How many electronic transformers can I use? Selecting the correct fan controller 0 20 25˚C 75˚C 50˚C 40 60 80 100 Installation air temperature % Rating Applies to all dimmers and fan controllers S 5
65 Standard Range Wiring diagrams One-way switching with dimmer 2000E and 2400E 475 and 475/1 475/2 Two-way switching with dimmer Section 5 S 5
66 Standard Range Installation dimensions 300F 700L, 700T 250L, 250T, 400L, 400T Section 5 1000L, 1000T 2000E, 2400E 650ET, 650ET1, 700E S 5
67 F1036P Section 5 Standard Range 787 787/20 787/25 787/32 787X 787/2X Cat No. F1036P Plate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 787X Plate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 787/2X Plate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 787 Plate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 787/20 Plate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 787/25 Plate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 787/32 Plate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm N LOAD LOAD E LINE LINE N A E N A E N A E N A E E N A Single powerpoints Single powerpoints with extra switch Single powerpoints with 2 extra switches Heavy duty rocker switches, range switch isolators S 5
68 Section 5 Standard Range V787 738KL 787XNV 777 777X 787P Cat No. 787P Plate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 738KL Plate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 787XNV Plate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm V787 Plate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm N A E 1 2 2 N A E A N A E E N A A Vertical single powerpoints KeyLock powerpoints No-volt powerpoints 777 Plate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm N A E N A E Double powerpoints 777X Plate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm N A E Double powerpoints with extra switch Double pole single powerpoint S 5
69 Standard Range V777X 777PLK 790 Cat No. 777PLK Plate size: 114 x 70mm. Mounting centres: 84mm V777X Plate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 790 Plate size: 98 x 46mm. Mounting centres: 79mm V777 Plate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm V777LK Plate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm N DOUBLE POLE A E N DOUBLE POLE A E V777 N A E V777LK Vertical double powerpoint Vertical double powerpoints with extra switch Single narrow powerpoint N A E Double pole double powerpoints Section 5 S 5
70 Standard Range Single narrow powerpoints with extra switch 790X 792 792B 3GP788 Cat No. 790X Plate size: 114 x 46mm. Mounting centres: 95mm 792 Plate size: 157 x 46mm. Mounting centres: 137mm 792B Plate size: 157 x 46mm. Mounting centres: 137mm 3GP788 Plate size: 184 x 86mm. Mounting centres: 2 holes 152mm horiz. and 6mm below horiz. centre line POWER N A E N A E N A E N A E N A E N A E N A E N A E N A E Double narrow powerpoints, busbarred for easy wiring Large plate triple powerpoints Double narrow powerpoints Section 5 S 5
71 Standard Range 3G2P788 Cat No. 3G2P788 Plate size: 184 x 86mm. Mounting centres: 2 holes 152mm horiz. and 6mm below horiz. centre line N DOUBLE POLE A E N DOUBLE POLE A E N DOUBLE POLE A E 778/O Plate size: 143 x 83mm. Mounting centres 119mm 778/O N A E Jumbo double powerpoints with outside holes Large plate double pole triple powerpoints Section 5 S 5
72 Standard Range 778/I SQ787 Cat No. 778/I Plate size: 143 x 83mm. Mounting centres: 84mm SQ787 Plate size: 114mm square. Mounting centres: 4 holes at 46mm horizontal and 84mm vertical and 2 holes at 84mm horizontal on centre line N A E E N A Square single powerpoints Square double powerpoints SQ777 SQ777 Plate size: 114mm square. Mounting centres: 4 holes at 46mm horizontal and 84mm vertical and 2 holes at 84mm horizontal on centre line N A E Jumbo double powerpoints with inside holes Section 5 S 5
73 Standard Range Square double powerpoints with extra switch SQ777X SQ777X Plate size: 114mm square. Mounting centres: 4 holes at 46mm horizontal and 84mm vertical N A E Single powerpoints, DIN rail mounting 787DIN 787DIN Plate size: 67 x 44mm N A E CUT OUT Cut out: 30 x 50 61.5mm 3mm dia TOP OF RAIL TOP OF ESCUT CHEON 35 X 7.5MM DIN RAIL DIN POWER POINT 53mm Section 5 S 5
74 Switch Mechanisms Section 6
75 Section 6 Pack Cat No. Intermediate (DPXT - crossover), 240V a.c. 10 770IM 10A intermediate mechanism. Red body Pack Cat No. 1 way (SPST), 240V a.c. 10 770/20M 20A mechanism, 1 way & loop. Grey body 10 770/35M 35A mechanism, 1 way & loop. Grey body Switch Mechanisms Information Pack Cat No. Mechanism with red dot on dolly, 1 & 2 way (SPDT), 240V a.c. 10 770RM 10A standard mechanism (770M) with red dot on dolly. Pack Cat No. 770 series: 21mm dia x 17mm deep from back of standard plate. 1 and 2 way (SPDT), 240V a.c. 10 770M 10A mechanism, 1-2 way & loop. 10 770/15M 15A mechanism, 1-2 way & loop. 10 770/202M 20A mechanism, 1-2 way & loop. Pack Cat No. Illuminated 1 and 2 way (SPDT), 240V a.c.Supplied with wires to both sides of isolated neon. 1-2 way & loop 10 770LLM 10A self illumination switch mechanism. White body 10 770LL15M 15A self illumination switch mechanism 10 770LL20M 20A self illumination switch mechanism. White body Switch mechanisms Standard colour range available for most mechansims & accessories. Most switch mechanisms are available with laser engraved words. Word options include: FAN, HEAT, AUTO, SENSOR , Etc. To order, insert “PRINT” after the Cat. No. and before the colour descriptor. Please check availability and surcharge details at time of ordering. Section 6 770M 770RM 770LLM 770IM 770/20M S 6 Pack Cat No. Double pole (DPST), 240V a.c.Size 35 x 18 x 166mm from back of standard plate to terminal screws 10 768PM 10A double pole appliance switch mechanism Pack Cat No. Double pole (DPDT) or (DPST), 240V a.c. 769 series: 22mm square x 18mm deep from back of Standard plate. 10 769M 10A mechanism, double pole, double throw. 10 769PM 10A mechanism, double pole, single throw. 10 769P15M 15A mechanism, double pole, single throw. 10 769P20M 20A mechanism, double pole, single throw. 769M 768PM
76 Push button mechanisms Pack Cat No. Single pole, Electronic Push Button switch, 240V a.c.Single pole, Electronic Push Button switch, 240V a.c. Available in White (WE), Black (BL), Cream (CR), White / Matt Silver (WEMS) and Black / Matt Silver (BLMS) 10 883M 5A electronic push button switch (neutral required) 22 x 22 x 40mm from back of plate Section 6 Switch Mechanisms Pack Cat No. Changeover (SPDT), non-latching, 240V a.c. Size 21mm dia. x 17mm from back of Standard range plate. 10 770XM 15A spring return mechanism, single pole changeover. Quick make/Quick break action. Laser engraved with PRESS. Spring return switch mechanism (bell press) Pack Cat No. 2 x 1 way (2 x SPST), 240V a.c.Size 22 x 22 x 18mm from back of Standard range plate 10 770DM 10A DUO mechanism, 2 independent single pole switches in one body DUO switch mechanisms 240V a.c. Pack Cat No. 1 and 2 way (SPDT), and 1 way (SPST), 240V a.c.Size 21mm dia. x 17mm from back of Standard range plate 10 770KTM 10A KeyTag mechanism, 1-2 way & loop. 10 770/15KTM 15A KeyTag mechanism, 1-2 way & loop. 10 770/202KTM 20A KeyTag mechanism, 1-2 way & loop. 10 770/20KTM 20A KeyTag mechanism, 1 way & loop. Pack Cat No. 1 and 2 way SPDT, 240V a.c.Supplied with a Cat. No. 770M mechanism. For common keys suffix Cat. No. with CK eg 770KLOMCK 10 770KLIM 10A KeyLock mechanism, key removable in on (I) position 10 770KLOM 10A KeyLock mechanism, key removable in off (O) position 10 770KLIOM 10A KeyLock mechanism, key removable in on & off (I & O) positions KeyLock assemblies KeyTag mechanisms 770DM 770XM 770KLIM 770KTM 883M 10 870M 10AX mechanical push button switch. 24mm² x 25mm deep from back of plate 10 870IM 10A mechanical push button inter- mediate switch. 24mm² x 25mm deep from back of plate S 6
77 Switch Mechanisms Section 6 Pack Cat No. 770 series: 21mm dia. x17mm deep from back of Standard range plate. 769 series: 22mm square x 16mm deep from back of standard plate. Single pole, normally open, non-latching, 240V a.c. 10 NX770M 5A push button mechanism, normally open. 10 NL770M 5A illuminated push button mechanism with neon on when contact is open. 10 NL770/4M 5A illuminated push button mechanism with neon indepen- dently connected. Pack Cat No. Single pole, normally closed, non-latching, 240V a.c. 10 NXC770M 5A push button mechanism, normally closed. Green body 10 NLC770/5M 5A illuminated push button mechanism with neon independently connected 10 NLC770/7M 5A illuminated push button mechanism with neon on when contact is open Pack Cat No. Single pole, normally open, non-latching, extra low voltageSuitable for ELV control systems. 20 NX770ELV24 Push button mechanism, 24V dc, normally open 20 NL770ELV24 Push button mechanism, 24V dc, normally open, with 10mA red LED independently connected Pack Cat No. Single pole changeover, non-latching, 240V a.c. 10 NCH770M 5A push button mechanism, single pole changeover. 10 NCH770/6M 5A illuminated push button mechanism, single pole changeover, one side of neon connected to switch terminal 10 NCH769NM 5A illuminated push button mechanism, single pole changeover. Neon independently connectedDouble pole changeover, non-latching, 240V a.c. 10 NCH769PM 5A push button mechansism, double pole, changeover. Pack Cat No. Indicating light mechanisms, 240V a.c.Colour codes: Available in Amber (AM), Green (GR), Opal (OP), Red (RED), Blue (BU). Sizes 21mm dia. x 17mm from back of Standard range plate. 10 707M 240V a.c. indicating light, Indicating light mechanisms NX770M NX770ELV24 NXC770M NCH770M 707M S 6
78 Section 6 Pack Cat No. Trailing edge dimmer mechanisms, 240V a.c., 20 250TM 400VA light dimmer mechanism. Size: 22 x 25 x 35mm from back of Standard plate 20 400TM 400VA light dimmer mechanism. Size: 25 x 25 x 35mm from back of Standard plate 10 700TM 700VA light dimmer mechanism. Size: 50 x 50 x 37mm from back of Standard plate 1 1000TM 1000VA light dimmer mechanism. Size: 50 x 50 x 37mm from back of Standard plate Pack Cat No. Dimmer knobsAvailable in Beige (BE), Black (BL), Brown (BR), Cream (CR), Mistgrey (MG) and White (WE) 10 KNOB1 Dimmer knob Dimmer knob 20 700LM 700VA light dimmer mechanism. Size: 50 x 50 x 37mm from back of Standard plate 1 1000LM 1000VA light dimmer mechanism. Size: 50 x 50 x 37mm from back of Standard plate Pack Cat No. Shrouds 1 749 Insulating shroud, suits all 770 series round mechanisms, 21mm diameter. 21mm sq. Overall length, 45mm with 13mm sq exit hole for cable. 1 749S Insulating shroud, suits all 769 series & DUO square mechanisms, 21mm sq. Overall length, 45mm with 13mm sq exit hole for cable. Mechanism accessories Switch Mechanisms Pack Cat No. Single pole, 240V a.c. 10 770RS180M 15A 180° rotary mechanism with 3 positions 10 770RS270M 15A 270° rotary mechanism with 4 positions 10 770RS360M 15A 360° rotary mechanism with 4 continuous rotation positions Rotary switch mechanisms Pack Cat No. Universal push button mecha- nisms, 240V a.c. Available in White (WE), Black (BL), Cream (CR), Matt Silver/White (WEMS), and Matt Silver/Black (BLMS) 20 450PM 450W push button light dimmer mechanism. Size: 22 x 22 x 40mm from back of standard plate. 20 450SM Secondary dimmer control button, works with 450PM Pack Cat No. Fan control mechanisms, 240V a.c.Size: 25mm square x 16mm deep from back of Standard range plate 20 300FM Fan controller mechanism. Rated 300VA 10 475/2M De-hummer 3-speed fan controller mechanism, rated 100VA Fan control mechanisms 400TM 450P 300FM KNOB1 770RS180M Pack Cat No. Leading edge dimmer mechanisms, 240V a.c. 20 250LM 250VA light dimmer mechanism. Size: 22 x 25 x 35mm from back of Standard plate 20 400LM 400VA light dimmer mechanism. Size: 25 x 25 x 35mm from back of Standard plate Dimmer mechanisms 400LM S 6
79 Installation Accessories Section 7
80 Installation Accessories Mounting blocks Pack Cat No. Surface mounting blocks and spacers Mounting centres: 84mm. Standard colour is white. Other colour options are available in minimum order quantities. Please check availability at time of ordering. 10 137 Surface mounting block, 13mm deep, suits powerpoints 10 137D Surface mounting block, 18mm deep, suits switches and powerpoints 10 138 Spacer plate for Cat. No. 140 mounting block. 80.5 x 125 x 8.5mmIncreases projection depth to 43.5mm & provides a double insulated rear base. 10 137H3 Horizontal mounting block, for mounting on 300mm dia column 10 137H4 Horizontal mounting block, for mounting on 400mm dia column 10 137H5 Horizontal mounting block, for mounting on 500mm dia column 10 137H6 Horizontal mounting block, for mounting on 600mm dia column 10 137H8 Horizontal mounting block, for mounting on 800mm dia column 10 137HS3 Round column mounting spacer for horizontal mounting. 300mm dia column 10 137HS4 Round column mounting spacer for horizontal mounting. 400mm dia column 10 137HS5 Round column mounting spacer for horizontal mounting. 500mm dia column 10 137HS6 Round column mounting spacer for horizontal mounting. 600mm dia column 10 137HS8 Round column mounting spacer for horizontal mounting. 800mm dia column Pack Cat No. Double & triple mounting blocks for Standard range 5 148 Double size mounting block, suits standard wall box. To surface mount 2 x standard size plates, 70 x 114mm. 84mm mounting centres 5 139 Triple size surface mounting block, 92 x 191 x 29mm. For 3G series triple powerpoints, 798 or 798V shaver outlets with spacer Cat. No. 139B 5 139B Triple size spacer plate. For use with Cat. No. 139. Pack Cat No. Surface mounting block for Four-in-one and square plate 10 137/1 Surface mounting block, 16mm deep, suits four-in-one powerpoint (XL7774)Square plate mounting block 5 149 Square mounting block, 122mm square x 38mm. Suits 114mm square plates with 46 x 84mm mounting centres. 10 137V3 Vertical mounting block, for mounting on 300mm dia. column 10 137V4 Vertical mounting block, for mounting on 400mm dia. column 10 137V5 Vertical mounting block, for mounting on 500mm dia. column 10 137V6 Vertical mounting block, for mounting on 600mm dia. column 10 137V8 Vertical mounting block, for mounting on 800mm dia. column 10 137VS3 Round column mounting spacer for vert. mounting, 300mm dia. column 10 137VS4 Round column mounting spacer for vert. mounting, 400mm dia. column 10 137VS5 Round column mounting spacer for vert. mounting, 500mm dia. column 10 137VS6 Round column mounting spacer for vert. mounting, 600mm dia. column 10 137VS8 Round column mounting spacer for vert. mounting, 800mm dia. column Section 7 137 148 137/1 S 7
81 Installation Accessories Pack Cat No. Deep surface mounting blocks 10 140 Surface mounting block, 37mm deep, suits powerpoints, switches & electronic modules.Mounting blocks chemically resistant 10 137DCH Surface mounting block, 18mm deep, for switches and powerpoints 10 140CH Surface mounting block, 37mm deep, suits powerpoints, switches & electronic modulesWeatherproof surface mounting bases (grey) 5 170 Mounting base for WS40 series. 83mm sq x 39mm deep. 25mm conduit knockouts side of rear. IP53 1 WS44B Mounting base for WS44, 113 x 165 x 45mm. 83mm sq x 39mm deep. 25mm conduit knockouts side of rear. IP53Weatherproof mounting blocks 10 239 Surface mounting block, rated IP56 Dimensions 120 x 75 x 44mm, 41mm inside depth. Suits all standard size Excel and Standard range switches, powerpoints and electronic modules. Available in White (WE) and Black (BL) Pack Cat No. Surface mounting blocks architrave size 10 141 Architrave size 1 gang mounting block, 57mm centres. 74 x 28 x 25mm. Suits plate 32mm wide. Cat. No. A770/1 10 156 Architrave size 2 gang mounting block, 70mm centres. 86 x 36 x 26mm. Suits plate 35mm wide. Cat. No. A770/2, XLA770/1 & XLA7770/2 Pack Cat No. Fire Resistance Level -/120/120 (Installed on one side of the wall) and a weighted sound reduction index (Rw) of 62. 99 x 57 x 48mm 1 435 Firebox. Cable entries top and rear. Fastening arms allow for 5mm - 30mm thick plasterboard 1 435/2 Firebox with intumescent bridg- ing for multiple installations. Cable entries top and rear. Fastening arms allow for 5mm - 30mm thick plasterboard Fireboxes Pack Cat No. Standard recessed wall boxSize 97 x 60 x 45mm. 1 429R Recessed plastic wall box with sliding nuts, retention clips and protective cover Wall boxes Section 7 Narrow surface mounting blocks 10 150 Narrow mounting block, 52 x 150 x 24mm, 78mm mounting centres, Suits AL770/12, AL770/22 & 790 5 192 Double narrow mounting block, 52 x 162 x24mm, 137mm mounting centres. Suits plate 46mm wide. Cat. No. 792 & 792B 140 141 429R S 7
82 Pack Cat No. Wall boxes for Multi Series Size 100mm high x 40mm deep. 20 920 2 gang Multi series wall box. 103mm wide, 84mm mounting centres. Suits all SQ series plates & MS770/24, MS770/26 & MS788/2 20 930 3 gang Multi series wall box. 149mm width, 84mm mounting cen- tres. Suits MS770/36, MS770/39 20 940 4 gang Multi series wall box. 195mm width, 84mm mounting centres. Suits MS770/48, MS770/412 & MS788/4 20 950 5 gang Multi series wall box. 241mm width, 84mm mounting centres. Suits MS770/510, Pack Cat No. Triple size wall boxesSize 165 x 70 x 45mm deep. 10 326 Triple wall box. 152mm mounting centres. Suits 3G788, 798, 798V, MS798 & MS798V Pack Cat No. Double size wall boxesMounting centres: 84mm. Size 97 x 57 x 40mm. 1 429/2 Double size wall box for flush mounting in brick & concrete. Supplied with 2 Pozidrive screws for fixing plate to box. 1 425S2 Segregated wall box. 2 gang. Suits Harmony double plate combinations. Pack Cat No. Mounting clips for standard sized switches, powerpoints etc on 84mm mounting centres 50 711 Mounting clip for 6.4mm wallboard. Max cut out 50 x 76mm. Suits Standard, Standard, Excel, Linea and Arch Metal Ranges, with standard mounting centres. 45 x 102mm, 84mm mounting centres. 50 712 Mounting clip for 10.0mm plaster- board/gyprock. Max cut out 50 x 76mm. Suits Standard, Excel, Linea & Arch Metal Ranges. With standard mounting centres. 48 x 102mm, 84mm mounting centres.Mounting clip for battenholders, ceiling switches, ceiling roses and plug bases 20 716 Mounting clip for 12.7mm plaster- board/gyprock. Max cut out 30 x 40mm. Suits 366, 368, 369, 80, 84, 601, 37 & 35. 75 x 48mm, 51mm mounting centres. Mounting clips Section 7 20 960 6 gang Multi series wall box. 287mm width, 84mm mounting centres. Suits MS770/612, MS770/618 & MS788/6Dual wall boxesSize 53 x 206 x 50mm deep 1 920/1 Dual wall box. Accepts 2 Excel grids, double horizontal, or double vertical Installation Accessories 429/2 326 920 712 S 7
83 Pack Cat No. Segregated mounting bracketsSuitable for Harmony Excel combinations. 1 14352 Segregated stud bracket. 2 gang 1 143S3 Segregated stud bracket. 3 gang 1 71252 Segregated gyprock bracket. 2 gang 1 712S3 Segregated gyprock bracket. 3 gang 1 95352 Segregated render bracket. 2 gang 1 953S3 Segregated render bracket. 3 gang Installation Accessories Pack Cat No. Standard size mounting brackets 20 143 Standard size mounting bracket 20 143JM Standard size mounting bracket with external mounting flange 20 143/2 Horizontal bracket, stud-mounting with nails 1 143/2V Vertical bracket, stud-mounting with nails 20 V&S404 Standard vertical mounting bracketTriple size mounting brackets 20 243 Triple size mounting bracket, with 152mm mounting centres. Suits 3G788 10 143U Universal Mounting Stud Bracket. Horizontal or vertical mounting stud bracket with captive nail Mounting brackets Pack Cat No. Render brackets 20 954 Render bracket to suit standard 84mm fixing centres 20 954R Recessed bracket to suit standard 84mm fixing centres Render brackets Pack Cat No. Shroud 20 751 Standard size shroud to fit opening 53 x 73 x 51mm deep. Suits 953, 143, 143JM, V&S404, 711 & 712 1 749 Insulating shroud, suits all 770 series round mechanisms, 21mm diameter 21mm sq. Overal length 45mm with 13mm sq exit hole for cable. 1 749S Insulating shroud, suits all 770 series square mechanisms Shrouds Pack Cat No. Junction boxes 10 413 Miniature junction box, with 3 terminals, (6mm bore). 30A. Size 37 x 68 x 22mm 10 413S Miniature junction box, with 3 terminals, (5mm bore), cord grip entry. 30A. Size 37 x 78 x 22mm 10 413SE Miniature junction box, with 2 terminals, (4mm bore), earth ter- minal, (5mm). 30A. With earthing strap. Size 37 x 68 x 22mm 10 413LA Enclosed terminal box for use by telecommunication providers. Size 37 x 68 x 22mm 5 J170 Modular weatherproof junction box, 40A, 415V with connectors. (3 x 1 screw, 1 x 2 screw). 83mm square x 65mm deep 10 404 Standard size junction box, with 4 x 40A connectors, (3 x 1 screw, 1 x 2 screw). Size 68 x 68 x 38mm 10 405 Giant size junction box, without connectors. Size 68 x 89 x 44mm 10 406 Giant size junction box, with 4 x 50A connectors, (3 x 1 screw, 1 x 2 screw). Size 68 x 89 x 44mm Junction boxes Section 7 143 143/S2 954R 404 413 S 7
84 Section 7 Pack Cat No. Insulated and earth connectors 100 401 40A heavy duty connector, 1 screw, 6mm hole, clear moulding 1 401/1 40A heavy duty connector. 1 screw, 6mm hole, clear moulding. Stack Pack. (Quantity 100) 1 401J 40A heavy duty connector, 1 screw, 6mm hole, clear moulding. (Jar of 100) 100 401L 50A heavy duty connector, 1 screw, 6.6mm hole, blue tinted moulding 50 402 40A heavy duty connector, 2 screws, 6mm hole, clear moulding 1 402/1 40A heavy duty connector. 2 screws, 6mm hole, clear moulding. Stack Pack. (Quantity 50) Insulated and earth connectors Pack Cat No. Cable clips 1 CL3B 13mm plastic flat cable clip with captive steel nail. (bucket of 500) 1 CL4B 15mm plastic flat cable clip with captive steel nail. (bucket of 500) 1 DQ001 Flat white 5mm (20 pack) 1 DQ002 Flat black 5mm (20 pack) 1 DQ003 Round white 6mm (20 pack) 1 DQ004 Round black 6mm (20 pack) 1 DQ005 Flat white 7mm (20 pack) 1 DQ006 Flat black 7mm (20 pack) 1 DQ007 Hook white 8-10mm (20 pack) 1 DQ008 Hook black 8-10mm (20 pack) 1 DQ009 Round white 10mm (20 pack) 1 DQ010 Flat white 13mm (20 pack) 1 DQ011 Flat white 15mm (20 pack) 1 DQ201 Flat white 5mm (200 pack) 1 DQ105 Flat white 7mm (100 pack) 1 DQ107 Hook white 8-10mm (100 pack) 1 DQ108 Hook black 8-10mm (100 pack) 1 DQ109 Round white 10mm (100 pack) 1 DQ110 Flat white 13mm (100 pack) 1 DQ111 Flat white 15mm (100 pack) Cable clips Screws Installation Accessories 401 402 100 246 76mm long 6-32 American thread screw, raised countersunk head. -Specify, Nickel plated or florentine bronze 100 247 51mm long 6-32 American thread screw, raised countersunk head. -Specify, Nickel plated or florentine bronze 100 248 32mm long 6-32 American thread screw, raised countersunk head. -Specify, Nickel plated or florentine bronze S 7
85 Plugs, Bases & Sockets Section 8
86 Pack Cat No. Plug bases, surface, 240V a.c.Mounting centres: 50mm. Size 65mm dia x 48mm high. Standard colour is clear. 10 37 10A plug base, 3 pin flat, includes Cat. No. 37B snap-on base plate. (CL, BL) 10 37/15 15A plug base, 3 pin flat (CL) 10 37R 10A plug base, 3 pin, round earth, flat active & neutral (CL) 10 37B Snap-on base plate for Cat. No. 37 range. Also fits Cat. No. 366, 80 & 33 Section 8 Pack Cat No. Large finger-grip, rigid, impact-resistant moulding, 240V a.c. Colour codes:BL (Black), CL (Clear), GY (Grey), WE (White) 10 90 10A plug top, 3 pin flat (BL,WE) 10 90/15 15A plug top, 3 pin flat (BL, WE) 10 90/20 20A plug top, 3 pin flat (WE) 10 90/25 25A plug top, 3 pin, L-shaped earth, flat active and neutral (WE) 10 90R 10A plug top, 3 pin, round earth, flat active and neutral (WE) 10 94 10A plug top, 4 pin plug for use with Cat. No 33 and 34 series. Available in white only (WE) Pack Cat No. Flexible PVC cover with cord locking nut, and screwed clamp terminals, 240V a.c. 10 100L 10A plug top, 3 pin flat, locking nut, 8mm entry hole (BL, CL, GY, WE) 10 100LHD 10A plug top, 3 pin flat,10mm entry hole for 15A heavy duty cord (CL, GY) 10 100/8 10A plug top, 3 pin flat, figure 8 wire (BL, WE) 10 100R 10A plug top, 3 pin, round earth, flat active & neutral (BL, CL, GY, WE) 10 100/2R 10A plug top, 3 pin, flat earth, round active & neutral (CL, GY, WE) 10 100L15 15A plug top, 3 pin flat (CL, GY, WE) Pack Cat No. Low profile side entry with 45˚ cord entry and screwed clamp terminals, 240V a.c. 10 106/1 10A plug top, 3 pin flat. (BL, GY, WE) 10 106/2 10A plug top, 3 pin flat, accepts 15A heavy duty flexible cord. (WE) 10 106/3 15A plug top, 3 pin flat (BL, WE) 10 106/4 20A plug top, 3 pin flat (WE, GY) 10 106/5 25A plug top, 3 pin, L-shaped earth, flat active & neutral (WE) 10 106/6 10A plug top, 3 pin, round earth, flat active & neutral (WE) 10 106/7 10A plug top, 3 pin, flat earth, round active & neutral (WE) 10 106/8 32A plug top, 3 pin, U-shaped earth, flat active & neutral (WE) Plugs, Bases & Sockets Plug bases Plug tops 90 106/1 100L 37 S 8
87 Section 8 Pack Cat No. 4 pin plug surface bases, 240V a.c. 10 33 10A 4 pin plug base with looping terminal. 50mm mounting centres. 69 x 69 x 46mm. (WE) 10 33B Snap-on base plate for Cat. No. 33 range. 58mm mounting centres. 114 x 70mm. (CL) 10 34 10A double 4 pin plug base with looping terminal. 84mm mounting centres. 69 x 106 x 46mm (WE) 10 34B Snap-on base plate for Cat. No. 34 range. 91mm mounting centres. 150 x 70mm (CL) Pack Cat No. Plug base and plate assembliesMounting centres: 95mm. Suits standard mounting accessories. Can be mounted horizontally or vertically. Size: 114 x 70mm. 10 38/1 10A, Cat. No. 38 plug base on plate (BL. RED, WE) 10 38/115 15A, Cat. No. 38/15 plug base on plate (WE) 10 38/1R 10A, Cat. No. 38R plug base on plate (WE) 10 38/120 20A, Cat. No. 38/20 plug base on plate (WE) 10 38/12R 10A, Cat. No. 38/2R plug base on plate (WE) 1 38/1PL Plate only suit 38 series (WE) Pack Cat No. Plug bases for panel or flush mounting, 240V a.c.Supplied as base mechanism plus front plate. Size: 38mm dia x 25mm deep. Minimum order quantities may apply - please check prior to ordering. 10 38 10A plug base, 3 pin flat, suits panel thickness of 2.5mm (BL, MG, WE) 10 38A0 10A plug base, 3 pin flat, suits panel thickness of 1.0mm (BL, WE) 10 38A1 10A plug base, 3 pin flat, suits panel thickness of 1.2mm (BL, WE) 10 38A2 10A plug base, 3 pin flat, suits panel thickness of 1.5mm (WE) 10 38A3 10A plug base, 3 pin flat, suits panel thickness of 1.6mm (BL, WE) 10 38A4 10A plug base, 3 pin flat, suits panel thickness of 2.0mm (WE) 10 38A5 10A plug base, 3 pin flat, suits panel thickness of 2.2mm (WE) 10 38R 10A plug base, 3 pin, round earth, flat active & neutral, suits panel thickness of 2.5mm (WE) Plugs, Bases & Sockets Pack Cat No. 3 pin plug surface bases, low profile, 240V a.c. 10 35 10A surface base, 3 pin flat (BR, BL, WE) 10 38/2R 10A plug base, 3 pin, flat earth, round active & neutral, suits panel thickness of 2.5mm (WE) 10 38/15 15A plug base, 3 pin flat, suits panel thickness of 2.5mm (BL, WE) 10 38/20 20A plug base, 3 pin flat, suits panel thickness of 2.5mm (WE) 10 38/25 25A plug base, 2 pin flat with L earth pin, suits panel thickness of 2.5mm (WE) Pack Cat No. Double Plug bases, surface, 240V a.c.Mounting centres: 84mm. Size 111mm dia x 69mm high. 5 37/2 10A double plug base (base included). Available in Clear (CL) and Black (BL) 5 37/215 15A double plug base (base included). Available in Clear (CL) 37/2 35 38/15 38/1 33 S 8
88 Pack Cat No. BC cord grip, 240V. Colour codes: BL (Black), WE (White) 10 333 Lampholder, cord grip, supplied with long skirt, (Cat. No. 333SK) (BL, WE) Lampholders Section 8 Plugs, Bases & Sockets Pack Cat No. Battenholder, 4 terminals 240V. a.c. To suit B22 bayonet cap lamps. Supplied with long skirt, (Cat. No. 333SK). 10 360 Adjustable angle battenholder, 4 large terminals. 64mm dia base. 50mm mounting centres. (WE) 5 360/W1 Adjustable angle battenholder, IP23. 4 terminals. Integral anchor plugs. 50mm mounting centres. (WE) 10 366BR Battenholder, 4 terminals, standard 68mm dia base. 50mm mounting centres. (WE) 10 366S Safety battenholder, 4 terminals, standard 68mm diameter base. 50mm mounting centres. (WE) 10 366Y Battenholder, 4 terminals, integral fix-fast anchor plugs, standard 68mm dia base. 50mm mounting centres. (WE) 10 366LY Battenholder, 4 terminals, separate fix-fast anchor plugs, standard 68mm dia base. 50mm mounting centres. (WE) 10 368 Battenholder, 4 terminals, 90mm dia base. 50mm mounting centres. (WE) 10 368/1 Battenholder, 4 terminals, 90mm dia base. 70mm mounting centres. (WE) Battenholders Pack Cat No. Latching cover ceiling roses, 240V a.c. 10 80 Ceiling rose, 4 way connection. Easily wired with connectors supplied. 68mm dia x 44mm high. (WE)Screw-on cover ceiling roses, 240V a.c.Size: 65mm dia x 37mm high. 10 84 Ceiling rose 10A, 4 plate x 2 post per plate (WE)Large screw-on cover type, 240V a.c.Size: 92mm dia x 36mm high. 10 78 Ceiling rose 10A, 4 plate x 2 posts per plate (WE) Ceiling roses Pack Cat No. Flexible PVC cover with safety skirt, cord locking nut and screwed clamp terminals, 240V a.c.Colour codes: BL (Black), Cl (Clear), GY (Grey), WE (White). 10 7P 10A extension socket, 3 pin flat, 8mm entry hole (BL, CL, GY, WE) 10 7P15 15A extension socket, 3 pin flat, 10mm entry hole (CL, GY, WE) Extension sockets 7P 80 84 366 333 S 8
89 Section 8 Pack Cat No. Switched lampholders - tapered cap - top cable entry240V a.c. Double pole push bar switch with red dot indication. Supplied with long skirt, (Cat. No. 333SK). 10 310 Switched lampholder with 1/2 inch brass thread with nipple (WE) 10 310/10 Switched lampholder with 10mm thread (1.0mm pitch) (WE) Plugs, Bases & Sockets Pack Cat No. Tapered cap - top cable entrySupplied with long skirt, (Cat. No. 333SK) 10 359 Lampholder with 10 mm thread (1.0 mm pitch) (WE) Pack Cat No. Festoon lampholdersMounting centres: 50mm. 3A, 240V a.c.. BC with side entry cable, wire piercing connections. Overall height 65mm. 10 303/1F Lampholder with fanged screw-on cap & long skirt, (Cat. No. 333SK) (BL) 10 WS303/1R Lampholder with round screw-on cap & rubber skirt for weatherproofing (BL) 10 WS303/1F Lampholder with fanged screw-on cap & rubber skirt for weatherproofing (BL) Pack Cat No. Lampholder skirts 10 333SK Lampholder skirt (long), 37 mm (WE) Lampholder accessories 359/10 310 303/1F 333SK S 8
90 Safety & Security Section 9
91 Electresafe™ RCD Power Centre Pack Cat No Electresafe power centre 240V Protection from electrocution from active to earth faults. All lead lengths are nominal lengths. 1 REPC410 4 outlet 10A portable power device with MCB and RCD protection, IP33 rated with 1.0mm 2 flexible heavy duty lead. Orange. 30mA sensitivity. 1 REPC415 4 outlet 15A portable power device with MCB and RCD protection, IP33 rated with 1.5mm 2 flexible heavy duty lead. Orange. 30mA sensitivity. Pack Cat No In-Line corded type, 30mA 1 R5102 10A safety switch with 2m yellow heavy duty lead. 30mA sensitivity. 5 R5102/1 10A weatherproof safety switch, IP56 rated with 2m yellow heavy duty lead. 30mA sensitivity. Movement sensors (PIR’s) 230 - 240V a.c. Pack Cat No Movement sensors 1 630/3 Light patrol security sensor with 180° field of view, auto with manual override. Wall or eave mounting. 5 630/3A Light patrol security sensor with 180° field of view, auto only. Wall or eave mounting. 1 630/5 Ceiling-mounted motion detector with 360° field of view, auto with manual override, via by- pass switch 20 630/9-2W Aquascan IP66 weatherproof 2 wire sensor. Wall or eave mounting 20 630/9-3W Aquascan IP66 weatherproof 3 wire sensor. Wall or eave mounting Smoke alarms 230 - 240V a.c. Pack Cat No Smoke alarms 6 645/3 Smoke alarm, interconnectable, ionisation type. With silencer, 240V a.c. & 9V battery back-upSmoke alarm interface 1 645A Interface for interconnectable smoke alarms. Connects AC smoke alarms to other appliances, circuits & systems. Activates remote alarms, lighting & exhaust fans. Section 9 Safety & Security Section 9 Halogen lighting 240V a.c. Pack Cat No Flood lamps, 240V a.c., 50Hz 1 R605/3 Weatherproof 150W halogen flood lamp, tilt adjustment, IP44. Wall, post, or under eave mounting. Supplied with halogen globe. White finish. 1 R605/4 Weatherproof 500W halogen flood lamp, tilt adjustment, IP44. Wall, post, or under eave mounting. Supplied with halogen globe. Silver finish. 1 R605/5 Weatherproof 150W halogen flood lamp with sensor, IP44. Wall mounting. Supplied with halogen globe. White finish. 1 R605/6 Weatherproof 500W halogen flood lamp with sensor, IP44. Wall, post or under eave mounting. Supplied with halogen globe. White finish. 630/3A 630/9-2W 645/3 R5102 REPC410 R605/5 NEW S 9
92 Smart Wired Section 10
93 Section 10 Section 10 Smart Wired Home Networks kits and modules Pack Cat No. Packaged kits 1 HNMKSTD14 Standard HPM Home Networks kit. Includes 14 inch enclosure, 6 port patch panel, phone and video distribution 1 HNMKADV28 Advance HPM Home Networks kit. Includes 28 inch enclosure, 12 port patch panel, phone distribu- tion, video combiner, splitter and amplifier Pack Cat No. Hub enclosure, surface or cavity mount 1 HNEN1450 14 inch enclosure Base 362 x 356 x 92mm Cover 394 x 387 x 6mm 1 HNEN2050 20 inch enclosure Base 362 x 508 x 92mm Cover 394 x 540 x 6mm 1 HNEN2850 28 inch enclosure Base 362 x 711 x 92mm Cover 394 x 743 x 6mm 1 HNEN4250 42 inch enclosure Base 362 x 1067 x 92mm Cover 394 x 1099 x 6mm 1 HNFR1450 14 inch frame for HNEN1450 Frame coverage 419 x 412mm 1 HNFR2050 20 inch frame for HNEN2050 Frame coverage 419 x 561mm 1 HNFR2850 28 inch frame for HNEN2850 Frame coverage 419 x 768mm 1 HNFR4250 42 inch frame for HNEN4250 Frame coverage 422 x 1122mm Pack Cat No. Telephone distributors 1 HNTM1478 4 x 12 telephone module. RJ45 input and output termination. 4 inputs and 12 outputs. Mode 3 RJ31X socket. 1 HNTM1475 4 x 12 configurable telephone module. RJ45 input and output termination. 4 inputs and 12 outputs. Mode 3 RJ31X socket. Pack Cat No. TV/Video combiner and splitter 1 HNVM1000 1 x 4 video combiner/splitter. 1 input and 4 outputs. (vice versa) Accept F type connectors. 1 GHz bandwidth 1 HNVM1002 1 x 8 video combiner/splitter. 1 input and 8 outputs. (vice versa) Accept F type connectors. 1 GHz bandwidth 1 HNVA01 Video amplifier. Amplify TV/video signal before dis- tribution. 12V d.c. power required Pack Cat No. Patch panels 1 HNAC1000 6 port network patch panel. 6 x Cat5e RJ45 sockets. 1 HNAC1013 8 port network patch panel. 8 x Cat6 RJ45 sockets. 1 HNAC1014 12 port network patch panel. 12 x Cat5e RJ45 sockets. 1 HNAC1015 12 port network patch panel. 12 x Cat6 RJ45 sockets. HNMKSTD14 HNEN1450 HNTM1478 HNVM1000 HNAC1000 S 10
94 Smart Wired Section 10 Pack Cat No Audio distribution 1 HNAM02 Audio distributor. 4 inputs and 4 outputs. 12V d.c. 7A power supply required. 1 HNVC03 Wall digital volume controller. Controls outputs of audio distribu- tor HNAM02. With source select, broadcast function, treble and bass adjustments. Remote control included. Excel style white plate. 1 HNRC01 Spare remote control for digital volume controller HNVC03. 1 HNAS01 Audio splitter. 4 inputs and 4 sets of outputs. 12V d.c. power required. 16 sets of RCA cables included. Pack Cat No Data hub 1 HNDH05 Network data hub. 5 x 10/100 Mbps. Power supply included. Pack Cat No Infra-red 1 HNIRM88 Infra-red distributor. Supports up to 8 IR channels (emitters and receivers). 12V d.c. power required. 1 HNIRE22 Infra-red emitter. 2 x IR LEDs. Emits IR signal via Cat5e cable and RJ45 plug. 1 HNIRR02 Infra-red receiver. Receives IR signal and sends signal to IR distributor via RJ45 plug. Pack Cat No Speakers 1 SWSPK01WE Pair of round ceiling stereo speak- ers, 230mm diameter x 90mm depth, 30W RMS 1 SWSPK02WE Sum adding mono speaker, 230mm diameter x 90mm depth, 30W RMS 1 SWSPK03WE Pair of rectangular ceiling/wall speakers, 304mm length x 223mm width x 80mm depth, 35W RMS 1 SWSPK04 Pair of outdoor speakers, 130 x 105 x 170mm, 30W RMS. 1.8kg each. Available in black (BL) and white (WE). Pack Cat No Security cameras 1 HNSCIR01 Security camera. Colour and Infra-red LEDs. 1 HNSC01 Security camera. Colour. Pack Cat No Modulators 1 HNMD01 Single channel mono modulator. Built in combiner. 240V a.c. power lead and plug. 1 HNMD03 3 channel mono modulator. Includes 3 sets of AV cables and power pack. HNDH05 HNIRM88 HNAM02 SWSPK01 HNSCIR01 HNMD03 S 10
95 S 10 Pack Cat No Power supplies 1 HNPS005 Power supply 0.5A regulated 12V d.c. Plug-pack type. 1 HNPS030 Power supply 3.0A Regulated 12V d.c. Plug & lead supplied. 1 SWPS080 Power supply 8.0A Regulated 12V d.c. Plug, lead and mounting bracket supplied. 1 HNPSM01 DC power splitter module 12V d.c. input - 2.5mm OD socket 12V d.c. ouputs - 1 x 4 pin 5.08mm pitch male connector, 3 x 2.5mm OD sockets, 2 x 2.0mm OD sockets. Pack Cat No Leads 1 HNPL5E200 Patch lead Cat5e 200mm long 1 HNPL5E300 Patch lead Cat5e 300mm long 1 HNPL6300 Patch lead Cat6 300mm long 1 HN364597-01 Mini coax jumper lead 300mm Section 10 Smart Wired Pack Cat No Accessories 1 HN364896-01 Mounting plate half enclosure wide 1 HN364904-01 Mounting plate full enclosure wide 1 HNPL02 2 way 12V d.c. split lead 1 SWST04 4 way spring loaded speaker terminal on standard plate 1 SWCBL01 Shielded 2 core audio cable. Black 100m roll HNPS005 HNPL5E200 HN364896-01
96 Telephone Distribution System Section 10 The HPM Home Networks telephone system accepts up to 4 incoming phone lines and distributes them to up to twelve locations utilising the CAT5e (or CAT6) structured wiring links. There is a choice of two Telephone Modules (CAT HNTM1478, HNTM1475.) They feature RJ45 jacks for easy termination, patching and re-patching. HNTM1478 is best suited to distributing a single line, whereas HNTM1475 is best suited to distributing up to 4 lines. They also feature a line seizure port for security systems. Smart Wired Telephone Module Phone Internet Patch Panel Telephone Modem PATCH PATCH C AT C AT Lines In Incoming Lines (or ADSL Filter) Wall plate connections are omitted for simplicity S 10
97 S 10 Data Network Section 10 A data network can be built with an HPM Home Networks Patch Panel (CAT HNAC1000, HNAC1014 or HNAC1015) and Data Hub (CAT HNDH05) to connect all the computers and peripherals, such as printers. If more ports are required the system can be expanded by adding an extra data hub or hubs. Use a patch lead to link any port on the first hub to any port on the second hub. Smart Wired Patch Panel Computer Laptop Printer External Memory Data Hub Power Adapter Wall plate connections are omitted for simplicity C AT C AT C AT C AT PATCH PATCH PATCH PATCH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 + + + + + + + + _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ + _ SENSITIVITYADJUSTMEN TS TO SOURCE EXPANSION OUTPUT ACTIVITY POWER 12VDC ON Patch Panel IR Module Power Adapter IR Receiver Remote Control IR Receiver DVD Player CD Player CAT PATCH PATCH PATCH CAT C A T Wall plate connections are omitted for simplicity PATCH PATCH PATCH CAT CAT C AT IR System The IR (Infra-red) distribution module (CAT HNIRM88) routes IR signals to allow remote control of devices; such as CD/DVD players, PayTV and Digi- tal TV set-top-box; from any room in the house. The module receives IR signals utilising IR receivers (CAT HNIRR02), from up to 8 rooms, and transmits all the received signals to up to 8 IR emitter pairs (CAT HNIRE22), via the Cat5e network and RJ45 wall sockets. The emitters in turn emit the signals to the intended AV equipment.
98 TV/Video System Section 10 Free-to-air TV, DVD, Pay TV and security camera signals can be distributed to up to 8 televisions using the HPM Home Networks' combiner and splitter arrangements. All baseband video sources from equipment such as DVD, Pay TV and security cameras are modulated using a modulator (CAT HNMD01 or HNMD03). These modulated signals are fed to the combiner (CAT HNVM1000 or HNVM1002) together with free-to-air antenna signal. This combined signal is then fed into a splitter (CAT HNVM1000 or HNVM1002) to be distributed to TVs around the home. A Video Amplifier (CAT HNVA01) might be required between the combiner and splitter. A TV when hooked up to one of the outlets receives all the free-to-air channels from the aerial antenna plus the modulated video sources, showing up on pre-set analog channels. The video distribution system is also digital ready. Digital TVs or digital set-top boxes at the outlets are able to receive digital TV broadcast. Smart Wired ON CH A B C MODE SELECT OFF POWER ON CH A B C MODE SELECT OFF POWER ON CH A B C MODE SELECT OFF POWER 1 to 4 Combiner /Splitters Modulator DVD Player DVD Player Modulator Modulator Pay TV / Satellite Set Top Box Security Camera Antenna 1 to 8 Combiner /Splitters Digital Set Top Box Digital Set Top Box TV TV TV TV Video Amplifier C O A X C O A X COAX COAX COAX COAX COAX COAX COAX Wall plate connections are omitted for simplicity COAX COAX COAX COAX COAX COAX COAX C O A X C O A X S 10
99 S 10 With HPM's Audio Distribution System, audio from 4 different sources can be delivered to up to 4 different zones of a home, public building or commercial space, simultaneously. The Audio module (CAT HNAM02) is the hub of the system. This module takes signals from up to 4 sources and supplies amplified, high quality sounds directly to stereo speakers in each output location. When connected to the Audio module (CAT HNAM02), the wall unit, Digital volume controller (CAT HNVC03), enables source select and volume con- trol functions to be performed in each output location. Treble and bass level adjustments can also be performed via the Controller. A whole-house broadcast function is conveniently built into the Controller and can be activated by pushing the 'Broadcast' button and speaking into the wall unit. Expansion up to 16 zones is possible with the use of an Audio splitter module (CAT HNAS01) and up to 3 other Audio modules (CAT HNAM02). Audio System Section 10 Smart Wired 2 4 1 3 + _ Patch Panel Audio Module Digital Volume Controller Digital Volume Controller Remote Control Zone 1 Speakers Zone 2 Speakers Zone 3 Speakers Zone 4 Speakers FIG 8 FIG 8 FIG 8 FIG 8 PA TC H PA TC H PA TC H PA TC H C A T CAT C A T Audio Source 1 Audio Source 2 Audio Source 3 Audio Source 4 P AT C H C AT C AT FIG 8 FIG 8 FIG 8 FIG 8 CAT P AT C H P AT C H P AT C H Wall plate connections are omitted for simplicity
100 Ventilation & Air Movement Section 11
101 Section 11 Ventilation & Air Movement Exhaust fans and mounting kits Pack Cat No. 100mm wall exhaust fans230-240V a.c. Hole cutout size: 105mm. 155mm H x 155mm W x 93mm D. 1 R621/4A 100mm (4”) heavy duty wall exhaust fan. Air displacement rate approx 88m 3 /hour. Wall, window or ceiling mount. 16W. White finish. 1 R621/3SC 100mm (4”) slimline exhaust fan with 3 to25 mins adjustable time delay. Air displacement rate approx 93m 3 /hour. Wall or ceiling mount, 18W. Brushed chrome finish. 1 R621/4SC 100mm (4”) slimline exhaust fan. Air displacement rate approx 93m 3 / hour. Wall or ceiling mount, 18W. Brushed chrome finish. 1 R621/3S 100mm (4”) slimline exhaust fan with 3 to 25 mins adjustable time delay. Air displacement rate approx 93m 3 /hour. Wall or ceiling mount, 22W. White finish. 1 R621/4S 100mm (4”) slimline exhaust fan. Air displacement rate approx 93m 3 / hour. Wall or ceiling mount. 22W. White finish. Pack Cat No. 150mm wall exhaust fans230-240V a.c. Hole cutout size: 160mm. 225mm H x 225mm W x 112mm D. 1 R621/8A 150mm (6”) Heavy duty wall exhaust fan. Air displacement rate approx 245m 3 /hour. Wall, window or ceiling mount. 29W. 1 R621/9A 150mm (6”) Heavy duty wall exhaust fan with auto shutters. Air displacement rate approx 245m 3 /hour. Wall, window or ceiling mount. 29W. Pack Cat No 100mm fan mounting kits 10 R621/4D 100mm (4”) wall kit suits all HPM 100mm fans. Includes exterior grille, duct, cable ties & wall plugs. 1 R621/4WA 100mm (4”) window kit for R621/4A exhaust fan, Includes gaskets, exterior grille & flush plate. Pack Cat No. 150mm fan mounting kits 1 R621/6WA 150mm (6”) window kit for 621/8A & 9A exhaust fan. Includes gaskets, exterior grille & flush plate. 1 R621/6D 150mm (6") wall kit R621/8A&9A exhaust fan. Includes exterior wall grille, 350mm ducting tube, cable ties and wall plugs. R621/4SC R621/4D R621/8A R621/6WA Pack Cat No 200mm and 250mm ceiling exhaust fans 240V a.c.. Self-lubricating bearings. Complete with lead and 2 pin plug. Easy-clean grille. 4 R621/1 200mm (8”) exhaust fan. Air displacement rate approx 360m 3 /hour. Ceiling mount. Hole cutout size: 242mm. 4 R621/2 250mm (10”) exhaust fan Air displacement rate approx 510m 3 /hour. Ceiling mount. Hole cutout size: 298mm. HNPS005
102 Ventilation & Air Movement Pack Cat No Exhaust fans - ducted 1 R621D1 Ducted ceiling exhaust fan - square. Air displacement rate approx 160m 3 /hr. Complete with 3m duct and exterior exhaust grille. Hole cut-out size 230mm x 252mm. Built in Draft-Stopper closes when fan not in operation, saves energy and helps meet energy rating requirements of homes. 1 R621D2 Ducted ceiling exhaust fan - round. Air displacement rate approx 300 m 3 /hr. Hole cutout size 298mm diameter. No ducting included. Comes with 150mm adaptor. Section 11 Section 11 Ventilation & Air Movement Pack Cat No In-line fan kits 1 R621/6L 150mm (6”) in-line exhaust fan kit.Air displacement rate approx 360 m 3 /hr. Includes in-line exhaust fan, 5m duct, cable ties & grilles. 46W. R621/6L Pack Cat No 12 volt waterproof exhaust fansSafety extra low fans suitable for areas subjected to splashing. Supplied with 240/12V transformer, suitable for panel mounting. For window mounting, use Cat. No. R621/4WA, for wall mounting use Cat. No.R621/4D. All air displacement rates are rated at high speed. IP57 rated. 1 VA100SVX12 100mm (4”) low voltage exhaust fan with shutters, 18W. Air displacement 76m 3 /hour 1 VA100SVL12 100mm (4”) low voltage exhaust fan without shutters, 18W. Air displacement 76m 3 /hour Pack Cat No Luminair VentLight 1 453746 Vent and halogen light accessory, white. For ducted exhaust fan systems in bathrooms, kitchens, showers, WC’s and ensuites. Safety Extra Low Voltage (SELV) design allows use in splash zones. Cutout size is 105mm, supplied complete with 20W halogen lamp. Requires suitable in-line fan and ducting & transformer (not supplied). IP54 rating. Vent-Axia low voltage exhaust fans 453746 Pack Cat No Luminair fan with light Unique vent & light combination. Safe extra low voltage design allows use in splash zones. Cutout size - 105mm. Supplied with 20W halogen lamp and transformer. IP65 rated. 1 LM100L 100mm (4”) low voltage exhaust fan and dichroic light. White LM100L VA100SVX12 1 R621/1A 200mm (8”) exhaust fan. Air displacement rate approx 300m 3 /hour. Ceiling mount. Hole cutout size: 240mm. Square grille design. 1 R621/2A 250mm (10”) exhaust fan Air displacement rate approx 410m 3 /hour. Ceiling mount. Hole cutout size: 287mm. Square grille design. R621D2 S 11
103 S 11 Pack Cat No Ducted 1 R622D1 Instant Heat 2. 2 x 275W heat lamps plus exhaust fan and 60W ES incandescent light. External duct- ing. Complete with 3m of 100mm diameter duct and exterior exhaust grille. 190mm projection into ceiling. Includes white three-gang Excel switch marked Heat, Light, Fan. Built-in Draught-Stopper closes when fan not in operation, saves energy and helps meet en- ergy rating requirements of homes. 1 R622D2 Instant Heat 4. 4 x 275W heat lamps plus exhaust fan and 100W ES incandescent light. External duct- ing. Complete with 3m of 100mm diameter duct and exterior exhaust grille. 235mm projection into ceiling. Includes white three-gang Excel switch. Two mechanisms are standard type to control light and fan. The other is a dual dolly for half/full heat. Built-in Draught- Stopper closes when fan not in operation, saves energy and helps meet energy rating requirements of homes. Section 11 Ventilation & Air Movement Pack Cat No StandardFan, light & heater combination. 1 R622/1AC 2 heat lamp model. 2 x 275W heat lamps plus exhaust fan and 100W ES incandescent light. 374 x 340mm. In- cludes white three-gang Excel switch marked Heat, Light, Fan. 1 R622/2AC 4 heat lamp model. 4 x 275W heat lamps plus exhaust fan and 100W ES incandescent light. 405mm square. Includes white three-gang Excel switch. Two mechanisms are standard type to control light and fan. The other is a dual dolly for half/full heat. Instant heat R622/1AC R622D2 Pack Cat No Heat lampsLamps may be dimmed for variable heat 1 R615 Single heat downlight, 240V a.c. 275W, flush fitting. White rim 170mm diameter x 235mm depth. Hole cutout size: 151mm.Replacement bulbs 1 L275HLES Bathroom Heat lamp 275W 1 L375HLES Bathroom Heat lamp 375W Heat lamps Pack Cat No Hand dryer, 240V a.c. 1 R623/1000A 1000W automatic no touch hand dryer Hand dryer Pack Cat No FanLights 250mm (10”)Hole cutout size: 300mm (11.75 inches). Fan motor: 240V a.c. 38W. Lamp: 240V, 75W BC maximum. Easy clean grille. Lamp not included. 1 R620 FanLight exhaust fan & light 340mm diameter. 90mm protrusion from ceiling. Fan lights R620 R623/1000A R615
104 Pack Cat No White - hangsure - prewired - light adaptableIncludes white Excel fan controller 1 WATCF9 900mm, reversible, 3 aluminium blades, sealed bearings. 1 WATCF12 1200mm, reversible, 3 aluminium blades, sealed bearings. 1 WATCF14 1400mm, reversible, 3 aluminium blades, sealed bearings.White - J hook - prewired - light adaptable 1 WATCF9J 900mm, reversible, 3 aluminium blades, sealed bearings. 1 WATCF12J 1200mm, reversible, 3 aluminium blades, sealed bearings. 1 WATCF14J 1400mm, reversible, 3 aluminium blades, sealed bearings. AirBoss ceiling sweep fans Pack Cat No Rattan white - hangsure - prewired - light adaptable 1 WATCF13AW 1300mm, reversible, 4 aluminium/timber rattan blades, sealed bearings. Pack Cat No Brushed stainless steel finish - hangsure - prewired - light adaptable 1 WATCF12BS 1200mm, reversible, 3 stainless steel finish blades, sealed bearings 1 WATCF14BS 1400mm, reversible, 3 stainless steel finish blades, sealed bearingsBrushed stainless steel finish - J hook - prewired - light adaptable 1 WATCF12BSJ 1200mm, reversible, 3 stainless steel finish blades, sealed bearings Section 11 Ventilation & Air Movement AirBoss accessories Pack Cat No Oyster light kit 1 WATWM16W 245mm dia x 90mm high - 2 x 60W ES globes rec. White 1 WATWM16BS 245mm dia x 90mm high - 2 x 60W ES globes rec. Brushed stainless steel finish Pack Cat No Clipper light kit 1 WATWM20W 190mm dia x 111mm high - 100W ES globe rec. White 1 WATWM20BS 190mm dia x 111mm high - 100W ES globe rec. Brushed stainless steel finishDownrods 1 WATCFDR750W 750mm, white 1 WATCFDR750WJ 750mm, white, J-Hook 1 WATCFDR750BS 750mm, brushed stainless steel finish 1 WATCFDR750BSJ 750mm, brushed stainless steel finish, J-Hook 1 WATCFDR1500W 1500mm, white 1 WATCFDR1500WJ 1500mm, white, J-Hook 1 WATCFBRACK Bracket, J-HookController 1 WATCFFR3HS Flush mount controller, 3 speed with HPM Excel mounting plate 1 3SPKNOB Fan controller knobAvailable in white, black, creamCeiling fan blade 1 WATCFBS12 Set of 3, white 1 WATCFBS14 Set of 3, white 1 WATCFBS13AW Set of 3, white rattan WATCF12 WATCF13AW WATCF12BS WATWM16W WATWM20W S 11
105 S 11 Pack Cat No 2-way branchesUsed to connect ducting from units to ceiling grilles, univents & diffusers 1 A200 Branch 150:150:150mm 1 A201 Branch 200:150:150mm Pack Cat No Eggcrate grilleCan be used for exhaust or air replacement purposes. Supplied with neck adaptor. 1 A501 150mm diameter, 150mm square Pack Cat No Circular ceiling/wall diffuserConnects directly to flexible ducting. Supplied with PDS adaptor and damper control. 1 A505 150mm diameter Pack Cat No Cable tiesFor securing flexible duct to grilles, branch connections and air vents. 1 A601 Suits 250mm diameter duct Pack Cat No Flexible ductingConnects to exhaust fans, branch connections, ceiling grilles, univents and diffusers 1 A100 Ducting 100mm diameter, 3m length 1 A101 Ducting 150mm diameter, 3m length 1 A102 Ducting 200mm diameter, 3m length 1 A103 Ducting 250mm diameter, 3m length 1 R621D2DA 100mm - 150mm duct adaptor Flexible ducting and finishing accessories Section 11 Ventilation & Air Movement Pack Cat No Vent cowlDesigned to vent air from internal exhaust units to the outside via ductwork. 1 A701 Suits 150mm (size 6) exhaust fans.150/200mm diameter. Pack Cat No Airflow shutterDesigned to fit 100mm (4 inch) wall exhaust fans & 12 volt units 1 A800 Shutter with gravity flaps to protect against backdraught for external termination of 100mm ductAirflow shutter 150mmDesigned to fit 150mm (6 inch) wall exhaust fans & 12 volt units 1 A801 Shutter with gravity flaps to protect against backdraught for external termination of 150mm duct A101 A201 A501 A505 A601 A701 A800
106 Garden Lighting Section 12
107 Section 12 Garden Lighting Halogen lighting 240V a.c. Pack Cat No Flood lamps, 240V a.c., 50Hz 1 R605/3 Weatherproof 150W halogen flood lamp, tilt adjustment, IP44. Wall, post, or under eave mounting. Supplied with halogen globe. White finish. 1 R605/4 Weatherproof 500W halogen flood lamp, tilt adjustment, IP44. Wall, post, or under eave mounting. Supplied with halogen globe. Silver finish. 1 R605/5 Weatherproof 150W halogen flood lamp with sensor, IP44. Wall mounting. Supplied with halogen globe. White finish. 1 R605/6 Weatherproof 500W halogen flood lamp with sensor, IP44. Wall, post or under eave mounting. Supplied with halogen globe. White finish. Pack Cat No Mini Spotlight, 12V 6 RGLAPSP2 Aluminium and glass construc- tion, 20W halogen. Height: 270mm (including 130mm stake) Brushed silver finish. 12V garden lights 12V a.c. Pack Cat No Modena Bollard - 4 pack 1 RGLSLMW4P 4 x Modena Bollards. Stainless steel construction. Frosted diffuser 1 x LED per light. Height: 660mm (including 110mm stake) Width: 25mm Pack Cat No Mackay 2 Tier Pathlight, 12V 1 RGLVPLB 5W halogen lamp. Lightweight, black non rusting poly-propylene construction. Fluted diffuser. Height: 485mm (including 170mm stake) Width: 112mm Pack Cat No Inground Uplight, 12V 4 RGLSUP38 20W halogen. Sits flush to the ground. Acts as a vertical spot- light, illuminating statues or taller trees and shrubs. With its discreet minimalist styling it is also ideal for illuminating paths, driveways or courtyard edges. 105mm x 105mm. Satin silver finish. Pack Cat No Mini Spotlight, 12V 6 RGLSSP2 10W halogen. Provides directional light for highlighting trees and shrubbery. Height: 130mm. Satin silver finish. 4 RGLKSSM4 Mini spotlight Set, 10W halogen. Set of 4 mini spotlights, with 15m cable and 60VA transformer. Satin silver finish. R605/5 RGLAPSP2 RGLSLMW4P RGLVPLB RGLSUP38 RGLSSP2 NEW NEW
108 Section 12 Garden Lighting Pack Cat No Bollard Walklight, 12V 4 RGL1 20W halogen. Aluminium and glass construction. 20W dichroic halogen globe. Height: 370mm (including 170mm stake) Verdigris finish. Pack Cat No. Botanica Spotlight, 12V 4 RGL21 Aluminium and glass construc- tion. 20W halogen. Height: 425mm (including 205mm stake) Matt black finish. Pack Cat No Adjustable Spotlight, 12V 4 RGL2 Aluminium and glass construction. 20W halogen globe. Has a brilliant light that projects 10 metres and more, for highlighting features such as statues and trees. Height: 330mm (including 170mm stake) Verdigris finish. RGL1 RGL2 RGL21 Pack Cat No Round Wall Light, Twin Pack, 12V 1 RGLSED2P 2 x Round Wall Lights. 10W halo- gen. Non rusting alloy construction. Frosted glass lens. Satin silver finish. Pack Cat No Mini Spotlight, 12V 1 RGLVSBL Adjustable tilt head. Quality metal construction with tempered glass lens. 1 x 10W Bi Pin halogen lamp. Height: 310mm (including 200mm stake) Width: 64mm. Pack Cat No T-Dome Uplights, 12V 1 RGL3BL2P Set of 2. Quality black metal construction with glass head. 10W halogen globes. Height: 300mm (in- cluding 160mm metal stake) Width: 70mm. Pack Cat No Mini Spotlight Kit, 12V 1 RGLKMVBL4 Kit includes 4 Spotlights with con- nectors, 4 stakes, 4x 10W halogen lamps, 1 x 15m cable, and 1 x 60VA transformer. Metal construction with black enamel finish. Height: 310mm (including 200mm stake) Width: 64mm. Pack Cat No Geo Spotlight, 12V 1 RGLVSPBL Lightweight, black non rusting poly-propylene construction. 5W bi pin halogen lamp. Height: 310mm (including 160mm stake) Width: 105mm. Depth: 87mm. RGLSED2P RGLVSBL RGL3BL2P RGLKMVBL4 RGLVSPBL NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW S 12
109 S 12 Pack Cat No. Classic Tier Pathlight, 12V 4 RGL22 Aluminium and glass construction. 10W halogen. Height: 545mm (in- cluding 205mm metal stake) Matt black finish. Section 12 Garden Lighting LED garden lights RGL22 Pack Cat No Geo Spotlight Kit 1 RGLKVSPBL4 Kit includes 4 x spotlights, 4 x stakes, 4 x 5W halogen lamps, 1 x 12m cable and 1 x 20VA trans- former. Lightweight, black non rusting poly-propylene construc- tion. Height: 310mm (including 160mm stake) Width: 105mm Depth: 87mm. Pack Cat No Stargate LED Bollard 1 RGL1215 High quality grade 304 stainless steel construction. 40 LEDs with polished pyramid reflector for maximum light. Height: 400mm. Width: 100mm. Pack Cat No Olympia LED Bollard 1 RGL1209 Textured black steel construction with frosted diffuser & white inte- rior to enhance the lighting effect. Flat base plate for easy fixing. 6 warm white LEDs. Height: 400mm. Width: 80mm RGL1215 RGL1209 NEW NEW Pack Cat No Garden light transformers 8 RGLTR60 60VA. IP56 rating 6 RGLTR105 105VA. IP56 rating 4 RGL11 150VA. IP56 rating 4 RGLTR220 220VA. IP56 rating 1 RGLTR400 400VA. IP65 rating 12V garden light accessories 12V a.c. Pack Cat No Dusk to Dawn sensor 6 DGLS150 Automatically turns lights on at dusk and off at dawn. Designed for use with any 12V garden light system. RGLTR220 DGLS150 Pack Cat No Automatic sunset timer for garden lights 5 RGL10 Rated 200VA. Automatically switches lights on at dusk and off again 2, 4, 6 or 8 hours later, or can be overridden for manual light operation. RGL10 Pack Cat No Garden light cables 5 RGL8 10m cable, 1.3mm 2 , standard duty 5 RGL9 20m cable, 1.3mm 2 , standard duty 5 RGLCL21/30 30m cable, 2.1mm 2 , heavy duty 5 RGLCL33/30 30m cable, 3.3mm 2 , extra heavy duty 10 RGLHSC15 15m cable, 0.5mm 2 , standard duty Suits HaloScape™ lights and HPM 12V LED deck lights. RGL8 RGLKVSPBL4 NEW
110 Pack Cat No. LED Deck and Step Lights 12V, stainless steel 6 RGLKRSLD4 LED Deck and step light kit. Ideal for decorating deck areas, steps and patios, for style and safety. These lights are also ideal for indoors, in areas such as staircases, hallways, walls and cabinets. Kit includes 4 x 45mm diameter LED deck and step lights, 10W indoor transformer; 12m extra low voltage cable; 8 cable connector locking plugs and non- rusting stainless steel and durable plastic construction. White LED, 0.3W. 6 RGLKRSLD24 LED Deck & step light - 4 pack Pack of 4 x 45 diameter LED deck lights. Designed as an ‘ADD ON’ pack for the LED Deck & Step Light kit (RGLKRSLD4) or can be installed as a separate lighting set up. White LED, 0.3W. 6 RGLKRSLDBL4 LED Deck & step light - 4 pack, stainless steel, blue LED, 0.3W. Section 12 Garden Lighting RGLKRSLD4 RGLKRBRLD4 Pack Cat No LED Round Wall Light, Twin Pack 1 RGLBW2 Non-rusting aluminium body with frosted lens. 4 white LEDs per light. Diameter: 100mm. Depth: 45mm. Matt black finish. RGLBW2 NEW Pack Cat No. LED Square Wall Light 6 RGLSSW1 White 0.5W LED, 100 x 100mm. Satin silver finish. Pack Cat No. LED Rectangular Deck & Wall Light 6 RGLOSLD1 Stainless steel construction, white 1W LED, 132 x 73mm. Pack Cat No. LED Square Deck & Wall Light 6 RGLSSLD2 2 pack, stainless steel construction, white 0.8W LED, 73 x 73mm Pack Cat No. LED Submersible spotlight Silver 6 RGLSPS1 Aluminium and glass construction. Weatherproof IP68 rating. Ground stake and surface mount options. 10 x white LEDs, 1W per light. Satin silver finish. RGLPSSW2 RGLOSLD1 RGLSSLD2 RGLSPBL1 RGLSPS1 NEW Pack Cat No. LED Step Light Kit 6 RGLKRBRLD4 LED Deck & step light kit, brass. Includes 4 x 45 diameter deck & step lights, 10W indoor transform- er, 12m extra low voltage cable, white LED, 0.3W. Pack Cat No. LED Submersible Spotlight Black 6 RGLSPBL1 Aluminium and glass construction. Weatherproof IP68 rating. Ground stake and surface mount options. 10 x white LEDs, 1W per light. Matt black finish. S 12
111 S 12 Solar garden lights Garden Lighting Section 12 Pack Cat No. 12V LED lighting accessories 6 RGLPCTR10 LED Lighting installation pack. Includes 10W transformer and 12m cable 6 RGLPCTAW20 LED Installation pack with narrow cable. Suitable for use with HPM deck & step lights. Pack Cat No Solar Security Light 1 RSSL605/2 Corrosion resistant brushed alu- minium body. 130º sensor detects people entering and leaving the property within 6M range. On/off switch with Lux, sensitivity and time controls. Adjustable motion sensitivity. 80 white LEDs 6W. IP44 in sheltered position. LED average lamp life more than 20,000 hours. Durable weatherproof housing protects the solar panel in most weather conditions. RSSL605/2 NEW Pack Cat No Stainless Steel Mini Bollards, Kit of 3 1 RSL1202 3 x stainless steel mini bollards with remote. Solar panel. 4 x white LEDs in each bollard. Rechargeable battery included. Height: 120mm. Width: 100mm. RSL1202 RGLPCTR10 NEW Pack Cat No Solar light replacement batteries 20 DSLBAT4 Solar rechargeable batteries. Pack of 4. Suits HPM solar lights. DSLBAT4 Pack Cat No Fluorescent lampholders 10 375 Combination fluoro lampholder & starter socket complete with 1 x Cat. No. 380 holder Fluorescent accessories 40 380 Fluoro lampholder, tombstone type, screwed terminals 40 381 Fluoro lampholder, tombstone type, snap-lock terminals 40 382 Fluoro lampholder, button type, no spacers. 11/32 inch thick 40 388 Fluoro lampholder, tombstone type with spring clips & snap-lock terminals 380 Starter sockets Pack Cat No. Starter sockets 40 390 Fluoro starter socket with screw terminals, 7/32 dia. diagonal holes 40 391 Fluoro starter socket with screw terminals,1/8 inch BSW diagonal holes 40 392 Flouro starter socket with snap-lock terminals, 7/32 inch dia. diagonal holes Pack Cat No Starters 25 F20 Fluorescent starter (4 to 22W) for twin series circuits 25 F40 Universal fluorescent starter (4 to 65W) Pack Cat No Replacement globes 8 DGLWLED LED replacement globe - 2 pack, white LED, 0.5W 390 F20
112 Lighting & Garden Lighting Section 12 Retail Products Section 13
113 Retail Products Section 13 Cordline switch Timers Pack Cat No. Cordline switch 10 D5M Cordline switch for wiring onto either 3-core or figure-8 two-wire cable. Double pole, 10A. Available in white or black Pack Cat No. 10A Plug-in timers 6 D809/1 24 hour timer. Up to 48 on/off switches each day. Offset design keeps adjacent outlet free 6 D809/1TWIN Twin pack 24 hour timers. Up to 48 on/off switches each day. Offset design keeps adjacent outlet free 5 D810/2 24 hour compact timer. Up to 48 on/off switches each day. Perfect for small spaces 6 D810SLIM Slimline 24 hour timer. Fit 2 timers side by side in a powerpoint 6 D810SLIMTP Twinpack slimline 24 hour timer 4 D818 10A 24 hour heavy duty timer. M40 motor rating for heavy duty appliances. Easy set push-tab operation 6 D817SLIM Slimline digital timer. Fit 2 timers side by side in a powerpoint. Settings - 24 Hour, 7 Day, week day, weekend and more. Up to 16 on/off switches per day. Countdown and random modes available. Rechargeable battery backup 5 D819 10A 24 hour lamp and appliance timer. Just 2 rotating arrows to set. Override switch 6 D819/2 10A 24 hour easy set security timer with 2 ON-OFF/s power day. 4 rotating arrows to set, override switch 6 D812COUNT4 4 hour countdown timer. Switches appliances off within 4 hours 5 D817/2 7 day digital timer. Digital accuracy and advanced functions. Battery backup. Up to 14 on/off switches each day Door chimes Pack Cat No. Battery operated door chimesBell press battery included. All D641 series wireless door chimes & bell presses are compat- ible. Choice of two chime tones - Ding Dong or Westminster. 8 D641/B Battery door chime with bell press, up to 30m range. Can be used as pager or panic switch. 5 D641/BLR Long range door chime with bell press, up to 70m range. Name insert on bell press. Available in white or charcoal. 5 D641/BFL Deluxe door chime with flashing light and weatherproof bell press, up to 70m range. 3 volume settings. 3 year warranty. 5 D642/01 Battery operated door chime with bell press. 16 tunes and belt clip on chime. 5 D642/05 Battery operated door chime with bell press. Up to 50m range, 16 tunes and flashing light on chime. Pack Cat No. Plug in door chimes Bell press battery included. 5 D641/PI Plug-in door chime with weather- proof bell press, up to 30m range. Suits any standard outlet. 5 D641/PILR Long range door chime with weatherproof bell press, up to 70m range. Includes piggy-back socket. 5 D641/PIFL Deluxe door chime with flashing light and weatherproof bell press, up to 70m range. Includes piggy back socket. 3 volume settings. 3 year warranty. D5M D809/1 D641/BFL D641/PI 4 D818OD 10A 24 hour heavy duty outdoor timer. M40 motor rating for heavy duty appliances. IP44 rating. Easy set push-tab operation S 13 NEW
114 D651 Retail Products Section 13 Pack Cat No. Bell press 10 D641/BP Additional weatherproof bell press for D641 series door chimes. Available in white or charcoal. 3 year warranty. Extension leads Pack Cat No. Household duty piggy-back extension leads, 10A 240V a.c. All lead lengths are nominal lengths. 10 R2601 1m white household duty extension lead with piggy-back plug 10 R2602 2m white household duty extension lead with piggy-back plug 10 R2604 4m white household duty extension lead with piggy-back plug 5 R2606 6m white household duty extension lead with piggy-back plug 5 R2610 10m white household duty exten- sion lead with piggy-back plug 5 R2705 5m white household duty extension lead. 5 R2707 7m white household duty extension lead. 5 R2710 10m white household duty extension lead. 5 R2715 15m white household duty extension lead. 4 R2720 20m white household duty extension lead. Pack Cat No. Household duty extension leads, 10A, 240V a.c. 10 R2702 2m white household duty extension lead. 10 R2703 3m white household duty extension lead. Pack Cat No. Wireless doorphone 8 D651 Wireless door phone. Up to 80m range, DIY installation. D641/BP R2601 R2702 Pack Cat No. Heavy duty extension leads, 10A, 240V a.c. 5 R2805 5m yellow heavy duty lead with clear socket and plug 5 R2810 10m yellow heavy duty lead with clear socket and plug 5 R2815 15m yellow heavy duty lead with clear socket and plug 5 R2820 20m yellow heavy duty lead with clear socket and plug 5 R2825 25m yellow heavy duty lead with clear socket and plug R2810 Pack Cat No. Household duty entertainment extension leads, 10A, 240V a.c. 10 R2702EB 2m charcoal household duty extension lead with side entry, easy pull plug top 10 R2703EB 3m charcoal household duty extension lead with side entry, easy pull plug top 5 R2705EB 5m charcoal household duty extension lead with side entry, easy pull plug top R2702EB S 13
115 S 13 Pack Cat No. Construction lead, 15A, 240V a.c. 5 R2920/15 20m orange extra heavy duty lead. 15A clear shrouded socket & 15A clear plug. Pack Cat No. Caravan leads, 15A, 240V a.c. 3 R2915/15CV 15m orange extra heavy duty caravan lead. Clear 15A plug & clear 15A socket 3 R2920/15CV 20m orange extra heavy duty caravan lead. Clear 15A plug & clear 15A socket 3 R2920/15CV 25m orange extra heavy duty caravan lead. Clear 15A plug & clear 15A socket Pack Cat No. Tradesman extra heavy duty extension leads, 10A, 240V a.c. 5 R2920 20m orange extra heavy duty lead. 10A clear socket & 10A clear plug. 15A lead 3 R2930 30m orange extra heavy duty lead. 10A clear socket & 10A clear plug. 15A lead 3 R2935 35m orange extra heavy duty lead. 10A clear socket & 10A clear plug. 15A lead Pack Cat No. Safety cord lock 5 CD107 Locks 3 pin plugs & extension sockets safely together. Fits all standard size plugs & sockets. Yellow Extension lead carry straps, for carrying leads and hoses up to 5kg 32 RHH01 Hang and hold lead strap. Orange Double adaptors Caravan leads Pack Cat No. Double adaptors Available in white only 5 D2WE Slimline twin adaptor, 10A. Projects to the right of the powerpoint 5 D2LWE Slimline twin adaptor, 10A. Projects to the left of the powerpoint 5 D2/2WE Pack of two twin adaptors, one left-projecting the other right-projecting, to turn a double outlet into a four-way outlet 10 D102WE Conventional triangular double adaptor, 10A 20 R102WE Conventional triangular double adaptor, 10A. Box of 20 (price quoted ‘each’) Retail Products Section 13 R2930 R2920/15 R2915/15CV CD107 D102WE Pack Cat No. Heavy duty extension leads, with clamping socket, 10A, 240V a.c. 5 R2810L 10m yellow heavy duty lead with clear clamping socket and clear plug 5 R2815L 15m yellow heavy duty lead with clear clamping socket and clear plug 5 R2820L 20m yellow heavy duty lead with clear clamping socket and clear plug 5 R2825L 25m yellow heavy duty lead with clear clamping socket and clear plug R2825L
116 Retail Products Section 13 Pack Cat No. Surge protected twin adaptors, 240V a.c. 5 D2PA Plug-in slimline twin adaptor offers protection against surges and spikes on the mains supply Neon indicates ‘protection working’. Rated to 10 Amps. 5 D2PAB Plug-in twin adaptor with audible buzzer warning when protection is no longer available. Rated to 10A Pack Cat No. Surge protected outlet, 240V a.c. 5 D2PARJ 10A plug-in surge protector 1 surge protected power outlet plus surge protected phone/data/mo- dem/internet line. Surge protected adaptors Pack Cat No. Household powerboards with overload protection, 240V a.c. All lead lengths are nominal lengths unless otherwise stated 8 D105/4TR 4 outlet powerboard with spacing for up to 2 plug-in transformers, 0.9m lead, 10A. White 5 D105/1 4 outlet powerboard, 1.8m lead, 10A. White Powerboards D2PA D2PARJ D105PA6 1 R105 Box of 10, 4 outlet powerboard, 0.9m lead, 10A. White. Must be ordered in box quantities. (price quoted 'each') 1 R105/6 Box of 10, 6 outlet powerboard, 0.9m lead, 10A. White. Must be ordered in box quantities. (price quoted 'each') Pack Cat No. Switched powerboards, 240V a.c.Individually switched outlets with overload protection. 5 D104WE 4 outlet powerboard, 0.9m lead, 10A. White. 5 D104PAWE 4 outlet powerboard, 1.8m lead, 10A with, safety plugs and 150J surge protection. White. 5 D104PA6 6 outlets, 1.8m lead, 10A with customised switch inserts, safety plugs and switch lock with 150J surge protection. White. D104PA6 Pack Cat No. Entertainment powerboards with surge protection and overload protection 240V a.c. 8 D105/4TRPA 4 outlet powerboard with spacing for 2 transformers and 150J surge protection, 0.9m lead, White 5 D105/5TRPA 5 outlet powerboard with spacing for 3 transformers and 150J surge protection, 1.8m lead, 10A, White 5 D105PA6 6 outlet powerboard with 150J surge protection, 0.9m lead, 10, White. 5 D105PA6CC 6 outlet powerboard with 150J surge protection, 1.8m lead, 10, Charcoal. 5 D105PP4 1 Entertainment powerboard with 4 outlets, 450J surge protection, and RFI filtering on poweroutlets, 1.8m lead, 10A, White. 5 D105PP6 Entertainment powerboard with 6 outlets, 450J surge protection, and RFI filtering on poweroutlets, 1.8m lead, 10A, White. 5 D105PA8 8 outlet powerboard, 1.8m lead, 10A with 150J surge protection. White. 5 D105PA8CC 8 outlet powerboard, 1.8m lead, 10A with 150J surge protection. Charcoal. 8 D105/12TRPPCC 12 outlets with spacing for 3 transformers and 1.8m lead, 10A with 450J surge protection and RFI filtering, Charcoal. 8 D105/12TRPA 12 outlets with spacing for 3 trans- formers and 1.8m lead, 10A with 150J surge protection, White. Surge protected powerboards D105PA6CC S 13
117 S 13 Pack Cat No. Conga powercord, 240V a.c. 5 D105CONPA40 4 outlets with rotating child safety covers and 150J surge protec- tion. 0,9m lead with 300mm lead between outlets. 10A, Charcoal Pack Cat No. Energy saving powerboard, 240V a.c. 4 D105MSPA6PM 6 outlet - 1 constant on, 1 master, 4 controlled peripherals with energy consumption meter. 1050J surge protection, RFI filtering, 0.9m lead. 10A, White 4 D105PBOSSPA4 4 outlet powerboard with 900J surge protection, illuminated on/off switch, hanging hook, 3m lead, 10A, black/yellow Heavy-duty powerboards Pack Cat No. Plug Boss™ heavy duty powerboards, 240V a.c. 5 D105PBOSS5 5 outlet powerboard, spacing for up to 3 transformer plugs, 1.8m lead, 10A, cable management, “parking clip” plug, black 4 D105PBOSSPA6 6 outlet powerboard with 150J surge protection, spacing for up to 2 transformer plugs, illuminated on/off switch, cable management, “parking clip” plug, 3.1m lead, 10A, yellow 4 D105PBOSSELPA8 8 outlet powerboard with Electresafe RCD safety switch, 150J surge protec- tion & rotating dust covers, illuminated on/off switch, cable management, “parking clip” plug, spacing for up to 2 transformer plugs, 3.1m lead, 10A Pack Cat No. Nursery Plugs 10 CD1002 Child safety plug, 3 pin flat, pack of 6 10 D1002/1 Child safety plug, slimline, pack of 12 Nursery plugs Pack Cat No. Computer & communications powerboards with surge protection and overload protection, 240V a.c. 5 D105PA4RJ Teleguard™ telecommunications powerboard with 4 outlets, overload protection, 450J surge protection phone /data /modem / internet line, 10A, White, 1.8m lead 5 D105PA6RJ Teleguard™ telecommunications powerboard with 6 outlets, overload protection, 450J surge protection phone /data / modem / internet line, 10A, White, 1.8m lead 5 D105PP4RJ Computer powerboard with 4 out- lets, 450J surge protection, RFI fi ltering on poweroutlets, and surge protected phone / data / modem / internet line 10A, White, 1.8m lead 5 D105PP6RJ Computer powerboard with 6 out- lets, 450J surge protection, RFI fi ltering on poweroutlets, and surge protected phone / data / modem / internet line 10A, White, 1.8m lead Retail Products Section 13 D105CONPA40 D105MSPA6PM D105PBOSSPA4 D105PA4RJ D105PBOSSELPA8 CD1002 Pack Cat No. Child-safe ™ powerboards with overload protection, 240V a.c. 8 D105SSPA4 4 outlet powerboard with rotating child safety covers and 150J surge protection, 0.9m lead, 10A, White. 8 D105POD6 6 outlet powerboard with rotating child safety covers and 900J surge protection,1.8m lead, 10A, White. 8 D105POD4 4 outlet powerboard with rotating child safety covers and 900J surge protection,1.8m lead, 10A, White. D105POD6 NEW NEW NEW
118 Retail Products Section 13 Pack Cat No. Travel plugsAvailable in White (WE) only. 5 D121 Pack of three plug adaptors to allow Australian appliances to be plugged into UK, European and US outlets 5 D121A Adaptor to plug Australian appliances into US outlets 5 D121E Adaptor to plug Australian appliances into European outlets 5 D121UK Adaptor to plug Australian appliances into UK outlets 10 D122 Reverse adaptor allows European, Canadian or US appliances to be plugged into Australian outlets Travel plugs Pack Cat No. Fluorescent accessories 10 DF20 Fluorescent starters for twin fittings 4 or 22W, pack of 2 10 DF40 Fluorescent starters, 4 to 65W, pack of 2 Lamp and light fittings D122 DF20 Pack Cat No. Canopy set and BC adaptor 5 D9500WE Plug-in canopy light set with safety lampholder & 0.5m lead Pack Cat No. Moonglow night lights Economical night light. No globe to replace. 5 D1001/1 Moonglow nightlight Moonglow night lights D9500WE D1001/1 Pack Cat No. Connectors 10 CD401 Single-screw connector with large 6mm hole and see-through body for safety checking. Rated 40 Amps. Pack of 10. 1 R401B Single-screw connector with large 6mm hole and see-through body for safety checking. Rated 40 Amps. Box of 100. 10 CD402 Two-screw connector with large 6mm hole and see-through body for safety checking. Rated 40 Amps. Pack of 10. 50 R402B Two-screw connector with large 6mm hole and see-through body for safety checking. Rated 40 Amps. Box of 100. 10 D35P6 Terminal block connector strip, 6-way. White Connectors and terminal block CD401 Pack Cat No. Fuse Wire 10 R1202 Fuse wire card with 8A and 16A fuse wire Fuse Wire R1202 S 13
119 Commercial Index About Ideal for office fit-outs, hotels and other commercial premises, HPM offers reliable products that are easy to install with the durability to withstand commercial use. Section 14 Architectural Metal Range Section 15 Hospitality Page Page Switches 121 Excel Range 126 Powerpoints 122 KeyTag switches 230-240V a.c. 127 Outlets 123 Shaver supply outlets 129 Grids and plates 123 KeyTag mechanisms 130 Mounting accessories 124 See Legrand ® section for Energy Distribution Cable Management Emergency Lighting Systems 119 Arteor™ Wiring Devices & Home Automation Excel Life™ Wiring Devices Section 16 TV, Data & Communication Page Excel Range outlets 132 Standard Range outlets 135 Linea Range outlets 135 RJ Sockets 136 Inserts and adaptors 136 Patch leads 136 Termination tool 136 Telephone leads and adaptors 136 Splitters 137 Connectors, plugs and sockets 137 Standard Range plate only 138 Excel Range grids and cover plates 138 Antenna accessories 138
120 Architectural Metal Range Section 14
121 Section 14 Architectural Metal Range Pack Cat No. MS large plate flat series switchesPlate size: 88 x 138mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Standard colours available: white (WE) & black (BL). 1 MS770/1LP 1 gang switch 1 MS770/2LP 2 gang switch 1 MS770/3LP 3 gang switch 1 MS770/4LP 4 gang switch 1 MS770/5LP 5 gang switch 1 MS770/6LP 6 gang switch - WE only Switches 230-240V a.c. Pack Cat No. Switch units without cut-outs (no mechs)Supplied as plate, grids and wall box, but without mechanisms. Available in flat plate style only. mechanisms must be ordered separately. Suits all 770, 769 & 707 series mechanisms. Standard colours for grids & mechanisms - White (WE) & Black (BL). Normally supplied in vertical brushed stainless steel. Can be en- graved to special order. Engravable, removable inserts also available. Plates can be ordered separately by adding PL suffix to Cat. No. Surcharge applicable to any plates other than brushed stainless steel - please check when ordering. 1 ES3-2 6 gang unit, 3 Cat. No. no MG672 grids, ES wall box & plate. 1 ES3-3 9 gang unit, 3 Cat. No. no MG673 grids, ES wall box & plate. 1 ES4-2 8 gang unit, 4 Cat. No. no MG672 grids, ES wall box & plate. 1 ES4-3 12 gang unit, 4 Cat. No. no MG673 grids, ES wall box & plate. 1 ES6-2 12 gang unit, 6 Cat. No. no MG672 grids, ES wall box & plate. 1 ES6-3 18 gang unit, 6 Cat. No. no MG673 grids, ES wall box & plate. White (WE) only. 1 ES9-2 18 gang unit, 9 Cat. No. no MG672 grids, ES wall box & plate. 1 ES12-2 24 gang unit, 12 Cat. No. no MG672 grids, ES wall box & plate. 1 ES15-2 30 gang unit, 15 Cat. No. no MG672 grids, ES wall box & plate. Pack Cat No. MS large plate flat series (grid & plate)Plate size: 88 x 138mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Standard colours available: white (WE) only. 1 MS770/1GPOLP 1 gang large plate (grid & plate only) 1 MS770/2GPOLP 2 gang large plate (grid & plate only) 1 MS770/3GPOLP 3 gang large plate (grid & plate only) 1 MS770/4GPOLP 4 gang large plate (grid & plate only) 1 MS770/5GPOLP 5 gang large plate (grid & plate only) 1 MS770/6GPOLP 6 gang large plate (grid & plate only) 1 ES18-2 36 gang unit, 18 Cat. No. no MG672 grids, ES wall box & plate. 1 ES21-2 42 gang unit, 21 Cat. No. no MG672 grids, ES wall box & plate. (White (WE) only. 1 ES24-2 48 gang unit, 24 Cat. No. no MG672 grids, ES wall box & plate. White (WE) only. MS770/1LP MS770/1GP0LP ES3-3 S 14
122 Architectural Metal Range Pack Cat No. MS large plate flat series vertical single powerpointPlate size: 88 x 138mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Standard colours for mechanisms - white (WE) & black (BL). 1 MS788LP 10A vertical powerpoint 1 MS788RLP 10A vertical powerpoint with round earth White (WE) only. 1 MS788/15PLP 15A vertical powerpoint, double pole White (WE) only. Pack Cat No. MS flat series large plate single powerpointPlate size: 138 x 88mm. Standard colours available: white (WE) & black (BL). 1 MS791LP 10A large plate single powerpoint 1 MS791/15LP 15A large plate single powerpoint 1 MS738/20LP 20A large plate single powerpoint Pack Cat No. MS flat series double powerpointsPlate size: 138 x 88mm. Mounting centres: 84mm Standard colours for mechanisms - white (WE) & black (BL). 1 MS777LP 10A double powerpoint 1 MS777NSLP 10A double powerpoint with neons & safety shutters 1 MS777XLP 10A double powerpoint with extra switch Powerpoints 230-240V av Section 14 Pack Cat No. M788 series powerpoint mecha- nisms, 240V a.c.Mechanisms used in MM, MS and Multi series are identical. Standard colours available: White (WE) & Black (BL). 10 M788M Vertical mechanism for 10A powerpoint 10 M788NSM Vertical mechanism for 10A power- point with neon and safety shutter White (WE) only. 1 M788RM Vertical mechanism for 10A powerpoint with round earth White (WE) only. 1 M788PM Vertical mechanism for 10A powerpoint, double pole White (WE) only. 10 M788PNSM Vertical mechanism for 10A powerpoint, double pole, neon and safety shutters 1 M788PNHM Vertical mechanism for 10A 2 pole powerpoint with supply available. Neon & safety shutter for hospital use White (WE) only. MS788LP MS791LP M788M MS777LP M787 series powerpoint mechanisms, 240V a.c.Mechanisms used in MM & MS series are identical. Standard colours available: White (WE) & Black (BL), Mist Grey (MC), Red (RED). 1 M787/1 Horizontal mechanism for 10A powerpoint 10 M787M Horizontal powerpoint for 10A powerpoints 10 M787MNSM Horizontal powerpoint for 10A powerpoints with mean and safety shutter - (WE) & (BL) only S 14
123 S 14 Pack Cat No. Multi series powerpoints (no mechs)Plate size: 114mm square. Mounting centres: 84mm. Available in MS flat series plate only. Supplied as plate and wall box, but without mechanisms. Standard colours for mechanisms - white (WE) & black (BL). Supplied as Cat. No. MS788PL plates and Cat. No. 920 to 960 wall boxes but without Cat. no. M788M mechanisms. All items may be ordered separately. No earthing of plate required. Plates can be engraved to special order. 1 MS788/2 Metal plate for 2 powerpoints: 920 wall box & plate. Suits 2 x Cat. No. No M788M mechs. 1 MS788NS2 Metal plate for 2 powerpoints with neons: 920 wall box & plate. Suits 2 x Cat. No. No M788NSM mechs. Black (BL) only. 1 MS788NS3 Metal plate for 3 powerpoints with neons: 930 wall box & plate. Suits 3 x Cat. No. No M788NSM mechs. 1 MS788/4 Metal plate for 4 powerpoints: 940 wall box & plate. Suits 4x Cat. No. No M788M mechs. 1 MS788/6 Metal plate for 6 powerpoints: 960 wall box & plate. Suits 6x Cat. No. No M788M mechs. Black (BL) only. 10 M78815M Vertical mechanism for 15A powerpointM777 powerpoint mechanisms, 240V a.c. 1 M777M Mechanism for double powerpoint Architectural Metal Range Section 14 Pack Cat No. Shaver supply outlets with single powerpointPlate size: 184 x 85mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 1 MS798 Metal plate shaver outlet & single powerpoint 1 MS798V Vertical metal plate shaver outlet & single powerpoint Pack Cat No. Shaver supply outlets with single powerpoint and safety switchPlate size: Horizontal model 225 x 90mm, vertical models 100 x 270mm. Mounting centres: Horizontal models 200mm, vertical models 245mm. 1 MS798EL30 Metal plate shaver outlet & single powerpoint, 30mA Safety Switch 1 MS798VEL30 Vertical metal plate shaver outlet & single powerpoint, 30mA Safety Switch Grids and plates Pack Cat No. Grids, clips and inserts for multi & Esco ranges Standard colours available: white (WE) & black (BL). 1 MG670 1 gang switch grid. 46 x 25mm with 38mm mounting centres. Suits 770, 796, 768 & 707 series mechanisms. Suitable for panel mounting. 1 MG672 2 gang switch grid to suit Multi & Esco series. 114 x 70mm with 84mm mounting centres. 1 MG673 3 gang switch grid to suit Multi & Esco series. 114 x 70mm with 84mm mounting centres. Pack Cat No. MS Large plate flat series TV out- lets, 240V a.c.Plate size: Suffix part no. with LP (138 x 88mm) to indicate plate sizes. Mounting centres: 84mm 1 MS770/1CX 75 ohm coax in standard flat plate Architectural Metal Range outlets MS788/2 MS798 MS798EL30
124 S 14 Architectural Metal Range Section 14 Pack Cat No. MS large plate flat series metal switch platesPlate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. 1 MS770/1PL Plate only for 1 gang switch 1 MS770/2PL Plate only for 2 gang switch 1 MS770/3PL Plate only for 3 gang switch 1 MS770/4PL Plate only for 4 gang switch 1 MS770/5PL Plate only for 5 gang switch Pack Cat No. Metal architrave switch platesPlate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 1 MA770/1PL Metal cover plate only for 1 gang architrave switch 1 MA770/2PL Metal cover plate only for 2 gang architrave switch MS770/1PL Pack Cat No. Multi & Esco range clips & inserts Standard colours available: white (WE) & black (BL). 10 74703 Panel thickness 0.76mm (0.03 inch) 10 74704 Panel thickness 1.00mm (0.04 inch) 10 74705 Panel thickness 1.3mm (0.05 inch) 10 74706 Panel thickness 1.5mm (0.06 inch) 1 801/1 Engravable insert to identify the function of individual switches Suits all Multi series & Esco plates with 2 gang (not 3 gang) switch grids. Supplied either blank or engraved to your requirements - please specify. Plate must be punched to accept. Suffix Cat. No. no 801/1. Mounting accessories 74703 Pack Cat No. Mounting accessories 1 717 Flush mounting assembly for MS switches for mounting on gyprock or wallboard. For large plates. Must be ordered complete with switch - suffix Cat. No. no with /717. 1 717/1 Gyprock mounting bracket, large 1 719 Flush mounting assembly for MS switches for mounting on gyprock or wallboard. Must be ordered complete with switch - suffix Cat. No. no with /717. 1 719/1 Gyprock mounting bracket, small 20 718/8 8mm deep plaster guage. For use with Cat. No. 429 wallbox & Cat. No. 953 adaptor plate. For setting 8mm depth of wallbox for MS series. 20 718/13 Plaster gauge, reusable. For use with Cat. No. 429 wallbox & Cat. No. 953 adaptor plate. For setting 13mm depth of wallbox for MS series powerpoints. 718/8
125 Hospitality Section 15
126 Section 15 Hospitality Excel Range Pack Cat No. BuzzersHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP917WEWE Buzzer 230V 5 XLP918WEWE Electronic buzzer 12/24/48V Pack Cat No. Emergency SwitchHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP915WEWE Emergency stop mushroom Pack Cat No. Illuminated SignsHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP926WEWE Illuminated sign with White LED 5 XLP927WEWE Illuminated sign with Blue LED 5 XLP928WEWE Illuminated sign Green/Red LED Pack Cat No. Bulkhead LightsHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP930WEWE Red bulkhead light 12/24V 5 XLP931WEWE White bulkhead light 12/24V 5 XLP932WEWE Green bulkhead light 12/24V 5 XLP933WEWE Blue bulkhead light 12/24V 5 XLP934WEWE Red bulkhead light 230V 5 XLP935WEWE White bulkhead light 230V 5 XLP936WEWE Green bulkhead light 230V 5 XLP937WEWE Blue bulkhead light 230V Pack Cat No. Skirting LightsHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP939WEWE Skirting light 5 XLP940WEWE Skirting light with PIR sensor and sound Pack Cat No. Emergency LightHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP941WEWE Power failure emergency light XLP915WEWE XLP917WEWE XLP926WEWE XLP927WEWE XLP928WEWE XLP931WEWE XLP939WEWE XLP941WEWE S 15
127 Section 15 Hospitality Pack Cat No. Excel KeyTag switchesPlate size: 73 x 117mm. Mount- ing centres: 84mm. Supplied with Cat. No. 770/20KTM switches inside pockets, Cat. No. 707M neons (opal in pocket, red outside), Cat. No. 770T3 blank tag. The KeyTag mechanisms supplied are interchangeable with other mechs. Detailed below. Base pocket style KeyTags are available with plastic cover plates only. 10 XL770KT1 2 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket 10 XL770KT2 2 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket, 10A independent switch above 10 XL770KT3 2 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket, 10A independent switch & neon above 10 XL770KT4 3 x 20A switches in base pocket 10 XL770KT5 3 x 20A switches in base pocket, 10A independent switch above 10 XL770KT6 3 x 20A switches in base pocket, 10A independent switch & neon above 10 XL770KT7 2 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket 10 XL770KT8 2 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket, 10A independent switch below 10 XL770KT9 2 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket, 10A independent switch & neon below 10 XL770KT10 3 x 20A switches in top pocket 10 XL770KT11 3 x 20A switches in top pocket, 10A independent switch below 10 XL770KT12 3 x 20A switches in top pocket, 10A independent switch & neon below 10 XL770KT13 3 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket 10 XL770KT14 4 x 20A switches in base pocket 10 XL770KT15 3 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket 10 XL770KT16 4 x 20A switches in top pocketKeyTags 10 770T3 Keytag, 100mm long, with removable insert KeyTag switches 230-240V a.c. Pack Cat No. Shutter SwitchedHorizontal standard size plates For controlling roller shutters, blinds and similar devices. Plate size 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 500W, 3 wire 5 XLP919WEWE Relay control shutter switch 5 XLP920WEWE Direct control shutter switch Pack Cat No. Temperature ControlHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP921WEWE Thermostat control HVAC Pack Cat No. Hotel Room IndicatorsHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP924WEWE Hotel corridor call indicator 5 XLP925WEWE Hotel guest room call control XLP919WEWE XLP920WEWE XLP921WEWE XLP925WEWE XLP924WEWE XL770KT1 S 15
128 Hospitality Section 15 Pack Cat No. Excel KeyCard switches Plate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Available in white only. Activation by insertion of a room access card, (not sup- plied). Base pocket style KeyTags are available with plastic cover plates only. 10 770/20KMM Mechanism for keycard 10 XL770KM1 2 x 20A switches & neons in base pocket 10 XL770KM2 2 x 20A switches & neons in base pocket, 10A independent switch above 10 XL770KM3 2 x 20A switches & neons in base pocket, 10A independent switch & neon above 10 XL770KM7 2 x 20A switches & neons in top pocket 10 XL770KM8 2 x 20A switches & neons in top pocket, 10A independent switch below 10 XL770KM9 2 x 20A switches & neons in top pocket, 10A independent switch & neon below Pack Cat No. Standard KeyTag switchesPlate size: 70 x 114mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Available in white only. Supplied with Cat. No. 770/20KTM switches inside pock- ets, Cat. No. 707M neons (opal in pocket, red outside) Cat. No. 770M switches outside pockets, and Cat. No. 770T3 blank tag. The KeyTag mechanisms supplied are interchangeable with other mechs detailed below. 10 770KT1 2 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket 10 770KT2 2 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket, 10A independent switch above 10 770KT3 2 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket, 10A independent switch & neon above 10 770KT4 3 x 20A switches in base pocket 10 770KT5 3 x 20A switches in base pocket, 10A independent switch above Pack Cat No. Excel VingCard KeyTag switches Plate size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. Available in white only. Activation by insertion of a VingCard (not supplied). Base pocket style KeyTags are avail- able with plastic cover plates only. Replacement Market only. 10 XL770VCKT1 2 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket 10 XL770VCKT3 2 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket, 10A independent switch & neon above 10 XL770VCKT4 3 x 20A switches in base pocket 10 XL770VCKT5 3 x 20A switches in base pocket, 10A independent switch above 10 XL770VCKT6 3 x 20A switches in base pocket, 10A independent switch & neon above 10 XL770VCKT7 2 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket 10 XL770VCKT8 2 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket, 10A independent switch below 10 XL770VCKT9 2 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket, 10A independent switch & neon below 10 XL770VCKT10 3 x 20A switches in top pocket 10 XL770VCKT11 3 x 20A switches in top pocket, 10A independent switch below 10 XL770VCKT12 3 x 20A switches in top pocket, 10A independent switch & neon below 10 XL770VCKT13 3 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket 10 XL770VCKT14 4 x 20A switches in base pocket 10 XL770VCKT15 3 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket 10 XL770VCKT16 4 x 20A switches in top pocket XL770VCKT1 XL770KM1 770KT1 S 15
129 Section 15 Hospitality Pack Cat No. Architectural Metal Range shaver supply outlets with single powerpointPlate size: 184 x 85mm. Mounting centres: 84mm. 1 MS798 Metal plate shaver outlet & single powerpoint 1 MS798V Vertical metal plate shaver outlet & single powerpoint Pack Cat No. Standard Range shaver supply outletsPlate size: 184 x 85mm. mounting centres: 152mm 1 798H Horizontal shaver outlet & single powerpoint 1 798V Vertical shaver outlet & single powerpoint Pack Cat No Excel shaver supply outlets with double powerpointPlate size: 114 x 177mm. Mounting centres: 84mm Available in white only 1 XL798/777 Excel shaver outlet & double powerpoint 1 XL798/777EL30 Excel shaver outlet & double powerpoint with 30mA safety switch 1 XL798/777X Excel shaver outlet & double powerpoint and extra switch Pack Cat No Shaver supply outlets with single powerpoint and safety switch Plate size: 270 x 100mm. Mounting centres: 245mm. 1 MS798VEL30 Vertical metal plate shaver outlet & single powerpoint, 30mA Safety Switch Shaver supply outlets Pack Cat No Excel shaver supply outletsPlate size: 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL798/O Excel shaver outlet 10 770KT8 2 x 20A switches & neon in top pocket, 10A independent switch below 10 770KT10 3 x 20A switches in top pocket 10 770KT11 3 x 20A switches in top pocket, 10A independent switch below 10 770KT13 3 x 20A switches & neon in base pocket 10 770KT14 4 x 20A switches in base pocket 10 770KT16 4 x 20A switches in top pocket XL798/O XL798/777EL30 798H MS798 MS798VEL30 S 15
130 Section 15 Hospitality Pack Cat No. 1 and 2 way (SPDT), and 1 way (SPST), 240V acSize 21mm dia. x 17mm from back of Standard range plate 10 770KTM 10A KeyTag mechanism, 1-2 way & loop. Black Body 10 770/15KTM 15A KeyTag mechanism, 1-2 way & loop. Brown Body 10 770/202KTM 20A KeyTag mechanism, 1-2 way & loop. Orange Body 10 770/20KTM 20A KeyTag mechanism, 1 way & loop. Grey Body KeyTag mechanisms 770KTM S 15
131 Section 16 TV, AV, Data & Communication
132 Section 16 TV, AV, Data & Communication Pack Cat No. VGA OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP900WEWE HD15 VGA outlet Excel Range Outlets Pack Cat No. RCA OutletsHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP901WEWE 1 gang Yellow RCA outlet 5 XLP902WEWE 2 gang White & Red RCA outlet Pack Cat No. Horizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP903WEWE 3 gang Yellow, Red & White RCA outlet 5 XLP904WEWE Red, Green & Blue RCA outlet Pack Cat No. Video OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP905WEWE Mini Din S Video outlet Pack Cat No. HDMI OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP906WEWE 1 gang HDMI (1.3c) outlet Pack Cat No. Speaker OutletsHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP907WEWE 1 gang loud speaker outlet 5 XLP907/2WEWE Double loud speaker outlet Pack Cat No. XLR Female OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP908WEWE XLR female outlet Pack Cat No. XLR Male OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP909WEWE XLR male outlet XLP900WEWE XLP902WEWE XLP905WEWE XLP906WEWE XLP907/2WEWE XLP908WEWE XLP907WEWE S 16 XLP904WEWE XLP901WEWE XLP907WEWE XLP903WEWE
133 TV, AV, Data & Communication Section 16 Pack Cat No. Speakon OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP910WEWE Speakon outlet Pack Cat No. Audio JackHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP911WEWE 3.5mm audio jack, female plug Pack Cat No. DVI OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP950WEWE 1 gang DVI outlet Pack Cat No. VGA and Audio Jack OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP900AUD- WEWE VGA and 3.5mm audio jack Pack Cat No. VGA and USB OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP900US- BWEWE VGA and USB (2.0) outlet Pack Cat No. USB OutletsHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP943WEWE 1 gang USB (2.0) female outlet 5 XLP943/2WEWE Double USB (2.0) XLP910WEWE XLP911WEWE XLP943/2WEWE XLP950WEWE XLP900AUDWEWE XLP900USBWEWE S 16 Pack Cat No. RGB and RCA OutletsHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XL- P904R2WEWE RGB and White/Red RCA XLP904R2WEWE Pack Cat No. RGB and USB OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP904US- BWEWE RGB and USB outlet XLP904USBWEWE XLP904R3WEWE 5 XL- P904R3WEWE RGB and Yellow/Red/White RCA XLP943WEWE
134 Pack Cat No. RGB OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP904/2WEWE Double RGB outlet Pack Cat No. RGB and S Video OutletHorizontal standard size plates Plate size 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 5 XLP904S- VWEWE RGB and S video outlet Pack Cat No. Modular series RJ outletsPlate size: 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL770/1RJ2 Single RJ45 outlet (phone/data, Cat 5E) 10 XL770/2RJ2 Double RJ45 outlet (phone/data, Cat 5E) 10 XL770/1RJ1 Single RJ45 outlet 10 XL770/2RJ1 Double RJ45 outlet 10 XLP770BT BT 2 wire phone outlet, single Pack Cat No Architrave TV outletPlate size: 32 x 68mm Mounting centres: 70mm 10 XLA770/1CX 75 ohm coax outlet Pack Cat No F connector pay-TV outletPlate size: 73 x 117mm Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL770F F connector for cable, microwave & satelite TV. 75 ohm, 1G rated (Foxtel Approval No: G21) TV, AV, Data & Communication Section 16 Pack Cat No. Telephone outletsPlate size: 73 x 117mm Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL770TO Excel telephone outlet to suit Telecom 610 socket XLP904/2WEWE XLP904SVWEWE XLA770/1CX XL770F XL770TO XL770/1RJ1 Pack Cat No Double size communication outlet combinationsPlate size: 117 x 146mm 1 XL222/2T 10A double powerpoint, 2 x F connectors and 2 x RJ45 sockets (8P8C - Cat 5E), 2 horizontal plates tall 1 XL222PA/2T 10A double powerpoint with surge protection, 2 x F connectors and 2 x RJ45 sockets (8P8C - Cat 5E), 2 horizontal plates tall XL222/2T S 16
135 Standard Range outlets Pack Cat No. Standard size TV OutletPlate size: 70 x 114mm Mounting centres: 84mm 10 770/1CX 75 ohm coax outlet 10 770/1FCX 75 ohm coax to F connector TV, AV, Data & Communication Section 16 Pack Cat No. Modular series RJ OutletsPlate size: 114 x 70mm Mounting centres: 84mm 10 770/1RJ2 Single RJ45 outlet (phone/data, Cat 5E) 10 770/2RJ2 Double RJ45 outlet (phone/data, Cat 5E) Pack Cat No Standard size TV outletsStandard size: 73 x 117mm. Mounting centres: 84mm 10 XL770/1CX 75 ohm coax outlet 10 XL770/1FCX 75 ohm coax to F connector Pack Cat No. Deep-plate TV Outlet 10 1A770CX 75 ohm coax outlet, in surface mounting base 770/1CX 1A770CX 770/1RJ12 XL770/1CX Pack Cat No Triple size communication outlet combinationsPlate size: 117 x 219mm 1 XLV424/3W 2x 10A double powerpoint, 4 x F con-nectors and 2 x RJ45 sockets (8P8C - Cat 5E), 3 vertical plates wide 1 XL422PA/3T 1x 10A double powerpoint with surge protection, 1 x 10A double powerpoint, 2 x F connectors and 2 x RJ45 sockets (8P8C - Cat 5E), 3 horizontal plates tall XL422PA/3T Pack Cat No. Linea Range TV OutletsPlate size: 127 x 82mm. Mounting centres 84mm. Low 4mm profile. Available in high gloss (WE) white, (CR) cream and (BL) black 10 LN770/1CX TV coax outlet 10 LN770/1FCX TV outlet PAL socket with F type connection 10 LN770/2CX/FCX TV coax outlet & TV outlet Pal socket with F type connection Linea Range outlets LN770/2CX/FCX Pack Cat No. Linea Range Telephone and Data OutletsPlate size: 127 x 82mm. Mounting centres 84mm. Low 4mm profile. Available in high gloss (WE) white, CR (Cream) and BL (black) 10 LN770/1RJ1 Single RJ12 outlet (phone) 10 LN770/1RJ2E Single RJ45 outlet (phone/data, Cat 5E) 10 LN770/2RJ1 Double RJ12 outlet (phone) 10 LN770/2RJ2E Double RJ45 outlet (phone/data, Cat 5E) LN770/1RJ1 S 16
136 Pack Cat No. Patch Leads 1 HNPL5E200 200mm long CAT5e 1 HNPL5E300 300mm long CAT5e 1 HNPL6300 300mm long CAT6 Patch Leads Pack Cat No. Termination ToolPunchdown/termination tool for HPM RJ sockets. Also available for Krone style IDC. 1 RJT2 Termination tool for punchdown Termination tool Pack Cat No. Adaptors and Inserts for Telephone and DataConsult technical service for the product compatibility matrix 10 800RJT Insert for AT&T socket. Keystone style 'A' 10 800RJ Adaptor to fit RJ6A, RJ8A5, RJ8L5, Amp (8P) sockets. Not suitable DEC, AT&T. Ref 7542. Keystone style 'B' 10 800RJU/H Keystone style 'C' Inserts and adaptors Modular CLQ Universal RJ Sockets An economical range of 8P8C Category 6, 8P8C category 5E and 6P4C & 8P4C Category 3. Suit Clipsal, Cabac, Datacomm, Amdex and other wall plates. 20 RJ8P8C6/2 RJ45 socket, 8P8C, Category 6. White. 20 RJ8P8C5E/2 RJ45 socket, 8P8C, Category 5E. White. 20 RJ6P4C3/2 RJ11 socket, 6P4C, Category 3. White. 20 RJ8P4C3/2 RJ45 socket, 8P4C, Category 3. White. Pack Cat No. Modular HPM RJ Sockets An economical range of 8P8C cate- gory 6, 8P8C category 5E and 6P4C & 8P4C category 3. Suit Standard, Excel & Linea Range plates. 20 RJ8P8C6/1 RJ45 socket, 8P8C, category 6. White. Also available in black (BL), blue (BU), red (RED), yellow (YE) and green (GR). 20 RJ8P8C5E/1 RJ45 socket, 8P8C, category 5E. White. Also available in BL, BU, RED, YE and GR. 20 RJ6P4C3/1 RJ11 socket, 6P4C, category 3. White. Also available in BL, BU, RED, YE and GR. 20 RJ8P4C3/1 RJ45 socket, 8P4C, category 3. White. TV, AV, Data & Communication Section 16 RJ8P8C5E/1 RJ8P8C5E/2 800RJT HNPL5E300 RJT2 Pack Cat No. Telephone Leads and Adaptors 10 D420/1 Standard to standard double adaptor 10 D420/2 Standard to Modular double adaptor 10 D420/3 Standard to Modular adaptor 10 D420/4 Standard telephone plug 10 D420/5 Standard socket, surface mount 10 D420/6 5 metre extension lead withstandard plug & socket Telephone leads and adaptors 5 D420/7 10 metre extension lead withstandard plug & socket 5 D420/8 15 metre extension lead withstandard plug & socket 5 D420/9 Extension bell. 10 metre lead with standard plug 10 D420/10 5 metre handset extension lead curly cord with 2 Modular plugs D420/1 S 16
137 TV, AV, Data & Communication Section 16 Pack Cat No. Economy Passive SplittersFor VHF, UHF & CATV signals. Frequency range: 5 - 1000 MHz 10 1311S2 2 way passive splitter 10 1311S3 3 way passive splitter 10 1311S4 4 way passive splitter Splitters 1311S2 Pack Cat No. Professional Passive SplittersFor VHF, UHF, CATV and satellite signals. Frequency range: 5 -2050 MHz 10 1312S2 2 way passive splitter 10 1312S3 3 way passive splitter 10 1312S4 4 way passive splitter Pack Cat No. ‘F’ Connectors, Plugs and Sockets 10 1310FS ‘F’ connector, female to PAL socket in Cat. No. 800 insert Suits 770 & XL770 style switch plates. 10 1310F6 ‘F’ connector, male fitting, crimp type, for connection RG-6 cable (Pack 10.) 10 1310F59 ‘F’ connector, male fitting, crimp type, for connection RG-59 cable (Pack 10.) 10 1310FL ‘F’ connector, right angled bracket with male fitting on one end & female on other. (Pack 10.) 10 800F 75 ohm ‘F’ connector insert for cable & Pay-TV. Suits Excel, Standard & Linea plates. 10 SWFFC02 75 ohm ‘F’ connector insert for cable & Pay-TV. 2.4 GHz. White insert. (Foxtel Approval No: F10159) Connectors, plugs and sockets 1312S2 1310FS 10 D420/11 4 metre extension lead with 2 modular plugs 10 D420/12 8 metre extension lead with 2 modular plugs 10 D420/14 Single ‘Aussie’ to standard and modular double adaptor 10 D420/15 Skirting mount modular to standard adaptor 10 D420/16 Double extension lead - single modular plug to double modular socket with 5-metre lead 10 D420/18 1 metre modular fly lead 10 D420/19 In-line modular adaptor / cable joiner Pack Cat No. TV Mechanisms 10 770CXM 75 ohm coax socket mechanism 10 770L12CX Loop circuit mechanism, tap loss 12dB, insertion loss 1.6dB 10 770L16CX Loop circuit mechanism, tap loss 16dB, insertion loss 1.3dB TV mechanisms 770CXM S 16
138 Pack Cat No Computer Grids and Plates OnlyPlate size: 117 x 73mm Mounting centres: 84mm. 10 XL770/1D1 Computer outlet plate for 1 x 9 pin (CP9) D connector socket 10 XL770/2D1 Computer outlet plate for 2 x 9 pin (CP9) D connector sockets 10 XL770/1D2 Computer outlet plate for 1 x 15 pin (CP9) D connector socket Excel Range grids and cover plates Pack Cat No Antenna Accessories 10 D1214/1 1m TV/video fly lead 10 D1209/1.5 1.5m antenna lead, 75 ohm 10 D1209/2.5 2.5m antenna lead, 75 ohm 10 R1209/5 5m antenna lead, 75 ohm 5 R1209/10 10m antenna lead, 75 ohm 10 D1211 Coax plug joiner or extension socket, 75 ohm 10 D1210/75 Adaptor balun (coax to ribbon connection), 75 ohm coax to 300 ohm ribbon. 10 D1210/300 Adaptor balun (coax to ribbon connection), 300 ohm coax to 75 ohm ribbon. 10 D770CXP Coax TV plug top, 75 ohm 10 D770CXFP Coax female plug top, 75 ohm Antenna accessories TV, AV, Data & Communication Section 16 Standard Range plate only Pack Cat No. Computer Data & Communication plate onlyPlate size: 114 x 70mm Mounting centres: 84mm 20 770/1D1PL Computer outlet plate for 1 x 9 pin (CP9) D connector socket 20 770/1D3PL Computer outlet plate for 1 x 25 pin (CP25) D connector socket 20 770/2D3PL Computer outlet plate for 2 x 25 pin (CP25) D connector socket 10 770/1CXPL Computer outlet plate for 1 x bayonet cap TCN or BNC connector socket 10 770/2CXPL Computer outlet plate for 2 x bayonet cap TCN or BNC connector sockets 770/1D1PL XL770/1D2 D1214/1 S 16
139 S 16 Notes
140 Industrial Index About Chemically resistant and rated up to IP66, HPM's Quantum Industrial range, specifically designed for high impact zones, is ideal for factory and warehouse fit-outs. Section 17 Quantum Industrial Switchgear Page AS/NZS 3112 flat pin switch & socket combinations, IP66, 240V a.c. 142 AS/NZS 3112 RCD-protected flat pin switch & socket combinations, IP55, 240V a.c. 143 AS/NZS 3123 round pin switch & socket combinations, IP66 240V a.c. and 415V a.c. 143 AS/NZS 3123 RCD-protected round pin switch & socket combinations, IP55, 240V a.c. and 415Va.c. (Australian use) 144 AS/NZS 3112 flat pin captive plugs 240V a.c. 144 AS/NZS 3112 flat pin clear plugs, IP66, 240V a.c. 144 AS/NZS 3123 round pin clear plugs, IP66, 240V a.c. and 415V a.c. 144 Accessories 145 Quantum range wallboxes and enclosures 145 Suspended socket 145 See Legrand ® section for Energy Distribution & Industrial Applications Cable Management Warning Devices IEC Industrial Plugs & Sockets Industrial Boxes & Enclosures Cable Marking Systems Terminal Blocks Transformers & Power Supplies 140
141 Quantum Industrial Switchgear Section 17
142 Section 17 Quantum Industrial Switchgear Information Switch & Socket Combinations IP66 AS/NZS 3112 Pack Cat No. Available standard for surface mounting. Combination socket outlet and switch. 240V a.c. IP66 AS/NZS 3112 2 module size. Blue. 1 HB66C310 10A, 3 flat pin, 1 pole switch, 1.1kW. Matching plug is HB66P310C 1 HB66C310F 10A, flush mounted, 3 flat pin, 1 pole switch, 1.1kW. Matching plug is HB66P310C 1 HB66C310A 10A, 3 flat pin, 2 pole heavy duty switch, 1.1kW. Matching plug is HB66P310C 1 HB66C310L 10A, 3 flat pin with round earth, 1 pole switch, 1.1kW. Matching plug is HB66P310LC 1 HB66C315 15A, 3 flat pin, 1 pole switch, 1.8kW. Matching plug is HB66P315C 1 HB66C315A 15A, 3 flat pin, 2 pole heavy duty switch, 1.8kW. Matching plug is HB66P315C 1 HB66C320A 20A, 3 flat pin, 2 pole heavy duty switch, 2.2kW. Matching plug is HB66P320C - Quantum switch and socket combinations feature one-piece construction for fast installation. - The switch and socket is pre-wired and the unit requires no silicone or bridges to install. - Modular sizes are based on a size of 90 x 90mm modules. - Standard size is 2 modules: 180 x 90mm which can be joined to create multiples to any arrangement and retain the IP66 rating. - Material used is an engineering polymer which produces outstanding chemical resistance and strength. - AS/NZS 3112 types accept normal 3 pin plugs. - AS/NZS 3123 types accept round pin plugs. - Entry is slightly angled eliminating the need for angled plugs. - The plug has a safety stop which catches under the socket flap, preventing accidental removal and to ensure that plug is fully inserted. Pack Cat No. Surface mounting, 240V a.c. IP66 AS/NZS 31121 module socket only. Blue. For flush units (less base) add suffix F to Cat. No. (Indent) 1 HB66SO310 10A, 3 flat pin. Matching plug is HB66P310C 1 HB66SO310L 10A, 2 flat pin with round earth pin. Matching plug is HB66P310LC 1 HB66SO315 15A, 3 flat pin. Matching plug is HB66P315C 1 HB66SO320 20A, 3 flat pin. Matching plug is HB66P320C RCD-protected combinations IP55 AS/NZS 3112 Socket outlets IP66 AS/NZS 3112 For IEC PiN configuration refer to the Hypra range in Legrand catalogue Pack Cat No. Surface mounting, complete with 30mA RCD with easy access through the hinged clear cover. Supplied, assembled and prewired for fast installation. Type AC, 240V a.c. AS/NZS 3112 (for Australian use) 4 module size. Blue. 1 HB55SC310RC 10A, 3 flat pin, 30mA RCD with 2 pole heavy duty switch, 1.1kW. Matching plug is HB66P310C 1 HB55SC315RC 15A, 3 flat pin, 30mA RCD with 2 pole heavy duty switch, 1.8kW. Matching plug is HB66P315C HB66C315 HB66SO310 HB55SC310RC S 17
143 Quantum Industrial Switchgear Section 17 Round pin switch & socket combinations IP66 AS/NZS 3123 Pack Cat No. Available standard for surface mounting. 25mm conduit entries. For flush units (less base) add suffix F to Cat. No. (Indent). Socket outlet & switch combination. 240V a.c., 3 pin (2P+E) AS/NZS 31232 module size. Blue/Clear. 1 HA66C310 10A, 3 round pin, 2 pole switch (2P+E), 1.1kW. Matching plug is HA66P310C 1 HA66C320 20A, 3 round pin, 2 pole switch (2P+E), 2.2kW. Matching plug is HA66P320C 1 HA66C332 32A, 3 round pin, 2 pole switch (2P+E), 4.0kW. Matching plug is HA66P332C Pack Cat No. Socket outlet & switch combination. 415V a.c., 4 pin (3P+E) AS/NZS 31232 module size. Red/Clear. 1 HA66C410 10A, 4 round pin, 3 pole switch (3P+E), 4.5kW. Matching plug is HA66P410C Pack Cat No. Socket outlet & switch combination. 415V a.c., 5 pin (3P+N+E) AS/NZS 31232 module size. Red/Clear. 1 HA66C510 10A, 5 round pin, 4 pole switch (3P+N+E), 4.5kW. Matching plug is HA66P510C 1 HA66C520 20A, 5 round pin, 4 pole switch (3P+N+E), 9.0kW. Matching plug is HA66P520C 1 HA66C532 32A, 5 round pin, 4 pole switch (3P+N+E), 15.0kW. Matching plug is HA66P532C 1 HA66C420 20A, 4 round pin, 3 pole switch (3P+E), 9.0kW. Matching plug is HA66P420C 1 HA66C432 32A, 4 round pin, 3 pole switch (3P+E), 15.0kW. Matching plug is HA66P432C Pack Cat No. Surface mounting, complete with 30mA RCD with easy access through the hinged clear cover. Supplied, assembled and prewired for fast installation. Type AC, 240V ac (for Australian use) AS/NZS 31123 module size. Blue. 1 HB55C310RC 10A, 3 flat pin, 30mA, RCD, 1.1kW. Matching plug is HB66P310C 1 HB55C315RC 15A, 3 flat pin, 30mA, RCD, 1.8kW. Matching plug is HB66P315C HB55C310RC HA66C310 HA66C432 HA66C520 S 17
144 Section 17 AS/NZS 3112 flat pin clear plugs, IP66, 240V a.c. Pack Cat No. Clear plug body facilitates visual safety inspection of wiring. Specially designed terminal housing enhances speed and ease of wiring up. A clamp securely holds the cable preventing it twisting or damaging connections. Interchangeable with other manufacturer's plugs to AS/NZS 3112. 240V a.c., 3 pin Clear body with blue ends. 1 HB66P310C 10A AS/NZS 3112 plug, 3 flat pin 1 HB66P310LC 10A AS/NZS 3112 plug, 2 flat pin with round earth 1 HB66P315C 15A AS/NZS 3112 plug, 3 flat pin 1 HB66P320C 20A AS/NZS 3112 plug, 3 flat pin Quantum Industrial Switchgear Pack Cat No. Type AC, 415V a.c., 4 pin (3P+E) (for Australian use)4 module size. Red/Clear 1 HA55SC420RC 20A AS/NZS 3123 RCD-protected combination, 9.0kW, 4 round pin, 30mA, 3 pole heavy duty switch / 4 pole RCD. Matching plug is HA66P420C 1 HA55SC432RC 32A AS/NZS 3123 RCD-protected combination, 15.0kW, 4 round pins, 30mA, 3 pole heavy duty switch / 4 pole RCD. Matching plug is HA66P432C Pack Cat No. Type AC, 415V a.c., 5 pin (3P+N+E) (for Australian use)4 module size. Red/Clear 1 HA55SC520RC 20A AS/NZS 3123 RCD-protected combination, 9.0kW, 5 round pin, 30mA, 4 pole heavy duty switch / 4 pole RCD. Matching plug is HA66P520C 1 HA55SC532RC 32A AS/NZS 3123 RCD-protected combination, 15.0kW, 5 round pin, 30mA, 4 pole heavy duty switch / 4 pole RCD. Matching plug is HA66P532C AS/NZS 3123 round pin clear plugs, IP66, 240V a.c. and 415V a.c. Pack Cat No. Clear plug body facilitates visual safety inspection of wiring. Specially designed terminal housing enhances speed and ease of wiring up. A clamp securely holds the cable preventing it twisting or damaging connections. Interchangeable with other manufac- turer's plugs to AS/NZS 3123. 240V a.c., 3 pin (2P+E)Clear body with blue ends 10 HA66P310C 10A AS/NZS 3123 plug, 3 round pin 10 HA66P320C 20A AS/NZS 3123 plug, 3 round pin 10 HA66P332C 32A AS/NZS 3123 plug, 3 round pin HA55SC420RC HA55SC520RC AS/NZS 3112 flat pin captive plugs 240V a.c. Pack Cat No. Superior economy where IP protection is not required. Blue threaded retaining ring allows standard plug tops to be held captive in industrial socket oulets. 240V a.c., 3 pin 10 HPR10CL 10A AS/NZS 3112 captive plug, 3 flat pin 10 HPR15CL 15A AS/NZS 3112 captive plug, 3 flat pin HPR15CL HB66P310C HA66P310C RCD-protected round pin switch & socket combinations IP55 AS/NZS 3123 Pack Cat No. Supplied complete with a 30mA RCD with easy access through the hinged clear cover. Supplied assembled and prewired for fast installation. Type AC, 240V a.c., 3 pin (2P+E) (for Australian use) AS/NZS 31234 module size. Blue/Clear. 1 HA55SC320RC 20A, 2.2kW, 3 round pin, 30mA RCD with 2 pole heavy duty switch / 2 pole RCD (2P+E). Matching plug is HA66P320C S 17
145 Quantum Industrial Switchgear Section 17 Quantum range wallboxes and enclosures Pack Cat No. Surface mounting & semi-flush mount. Multi-combination enclosures 1 H65MC2/12 2 gang combination and 12 DIN, IP65 1 H65L1 Blank lid and gasket Pack Cat No. Wallboxes and enclosuresM25 plain conduit entry standard. 1 H55D4 Enclosure for surface mounting, IP55, 4 x DIN, 180 x 90mm, 2 module size Pack Cat No. 415V ac, Spin (3P+N+E)Clear body with red ends. 10 HA66P510C 10A AS/NZS 3123 plug, 5 round pin 10 HA66P520C 20A AS/NZS 3123 plug, 5 round pin 10 HA66P532C 32A AS/NZS 3123 plug, 5 round pin Accessories Pack Cat No. Suspended switched socket, 240V a.c. 1 HSS10 Simple wire up, double pole, accepts industrial plugs HPR10CL or HB66P310C as well as standard 3 pin plugs Suspended socket Pack Cat No. Base adaptor Transition piece 1 H66BA Base adaptor Transition piece for retrofitting Quantum 2-module flush unit to 56 series base in exist- ing installations. Allows installation of Quantum flush combinations where 200 x 100mm bases are fitted. Maintains IP66 rating. 1 H66H3 Hanger/pendant bracket suits all Quantum switch and socket com- binations Pack Cat No. 415V ac, 4 pin (3P+E)Clear body with red ends. 10 HA66P410C 10A AS/NZS 3123 plug, 4 round pin 10 HA66P420C 20A AS/NZS 3123 plug, 4 round pin 10 HA66P432C 32A AS/NZS 3123 plug, 4 round pin For IEC PiN configuration refer to the Legrand catalogue HA66P420C HA66P532C H66BA H65MC2/12 H55D4 HSS10 S 17
Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Alpha-Numeric Trade Product List 1/788 10 58 1/788P 10 58 1/788P15 10 58 1A770 10 53 1A770CX 10 60,135 1A770P 10 53 1A770PL 20 60 2/770 5 53 2/770P 5 53 2/770PL 10 60 2/788P 5 58 2WS38 1 50 2WS38P 1 50 2WS38R 1 50 2WS170 5 47 2WS170/15 5 47 2WS170PP 5 47 2WS170XX 5 47 3G788 5 57 3SPKNOB 1 104 7P 10 88 7P15 10 88 33 10 87 33B 10 87 34 10 87 34B 10 87 35 10 87 37 10 86 37/2 5 87 37/15 10 86 37/215 5 87 37B 10 86 37R 10 86 38 10 87 38/1 10 87 38/1PL 10 87 38/1R 10 87 38/2R 10 87 38/12R 10 87 38/15 10 87 38/20 10 87 38/25 10 87 38/115 10 87 38/120 10 87 38A0 10 87 38A1 10 87 38A2 10 87 38A3 10 87 38A4 10 87 38A5 10 87 38R 10 87 42/120 1 48 42/120MT 1 48 42/220 1 48 42/220MT 1 48 42/235 1 48 42/235MT 1 48 42/255 1 48 42/255MT 1 48 42/320 1 48 42/320MT 1 48 42/335 1 48 42/335MT 1 48 42/355 1 48 42/355MT 1 48 65 10 53 78 10 88 80 10 88 84 10 88 90 10 86 90/15 10 86 90/20 10 86 90/25 10 86 90R 10 86 94 10 86 100/2R 10 86 100/8 10 86 100L 10 86 100L15 10 86 100LHD 10 86 100R 10 86 106/1 10 86 106/2 10 86 106/3 10 86 106/4 10 86 106/5 10 86 106/6 10 86 106/7 10 86 106/8 10 86 137 10 80 137/1 10 80 137D 10 80 137DCH 10 81 137H3 10 80 137H4 10 80 137H5 10 80 137H6 10 80 137H8 10 80 137HS3 10 80 137HS4 10 80 137HS5 10 80 137HS6 10 80 137V3 10 80 137V4 10 80 137V5 10 80 137V6 10 80 137V8 10 80 137VS3 10 80 137VS4 10 80 137VS5 10 80 137VS6 10 80 137VS8 10 80 138 10 80 139 5 80 139B 5 80 140 10 81 140CH 10 81 143 20 83 143U 10 83 143/2 20 83 143/2V 1 83 143JM 20 83 143S3 1 83 148 5 80 149 5 80 150 10 81 156 10 81 170 5 81 192 5 81 239 10 81 243 20 83 246 100 84 247 100 84 248 100 84 250L 3 59 250LM 20 78 250T 3 59 250TM 20 78 300F 3 60 300FM 20 78 303/1F 10 89 310 10 89 310/10 10 89 326 10 82 333 10 88 333SK 10 89 359 10 89 359/10 10 89 360 10 88 360/W1 5 88 366 10 88 366BR 10 88 366LY 10 88 366S 10 88 366Y 10 88 368 10 88 375 10 111 380 40 111 381 40 111 382 40 111 388 40 111 390 40 111 391 40 111 392 40 111 400L 3 59 400LM 20 78 400T 3 59 400TM 20 78 401 100 84 401/1 1 84 401J 1 84 401L 100 84 402 50 84 402/1 1 84 404 10 83 405 10 83 406 10 83 413 10 83 413LA 10 91 413S 10 83 413SE 10 425S2 1 82 429/2 1 82 429R 1 81 435 1 81 435/2 1 81 450PM 20 78 450SM 20 78 475/1 3 60 475/2 3 60 475/2M 10 78 600 10 54 600N 10 54 600X 10 54 601 10 54 601X 10 54 616 1 50 616/1V 1 50 616DCL 1 50 630/3 1 91 630/3A 5 91 630/5 1 91 630/9-2W 20 91 630/9-3W 20 91 645/3 6 91 645A 1 91 650ET 3 60 650ET1 3 60 700L 3 59 700LM 20 78 700T 3 59 700TM 10 78 707M 10 77 1 Product Category Index 1 A 12V garden light accessories 109 12V garden lights 107 Q Quantum Range accessories 145 Quantum Range wallboxes and enclosures 145 Quantum Industrial switchgear 142 R RCBOs RCDs (RCCBs) 6 Render brackets 83 Rotary switch mechanisms 78 T Telephone leads and adaptors 136 Termination tool 136 Time switches 8 Timers 113 Travel plugs 118 TV mechanisms 137 V Vent-Axia low voltage exhaust fans 102 S Shrouds 83 Smoke alarms 91 Solar garden lights 111 Splitters 137 Spring return switch mechanism (bell press) 76 Standard Range dimmers and fan controllers 59 Standard Range outlets 60 Standard Range plates 60 Standard Range powerpoints 55 Standard Range switches 53 Starter Sockets 111 Surge Protection Devices (SPDs) 7 Surge protected adaptors 116 Surge protected powerboards 116 Switch mechanisms 75 K KeyLock assemblies 76 KeyTag mechanisms 76 M Main switches for surface mounting 7 MCBs -Miniature circuit breakers 5 Mechanism accessories 78 Moonglow night lights 118 Mounting blocks 80 Mounting brackets 83 Mounting clips 82 Movement sensors (PIR’s) 91 N Nursery plugs 117 P Patch leads 136 Plug bases 86 Plug-in curcuit breakers 240Va.c. 8 Plug tops 86 Powerboards 116 Push button mechanisms 76 L Lamp and light fittings 118 Lampholder accessories 89 Lampholders 88 LED garden lights 109 Linea Range dimmers and fan controllers 40 Linea Range grids and plates 41 Linea Range mounting accessories 41 Linea Range outlets 40 Linea Range powerpoints 39 Linea Range switches 39 AirBoss accessories 104 AirBoss ceiling sweep fans 104 Accessories 9 Antenna accessories 138 Aqua Range industrial isolation switches 48 Aqua Range powerpoints 49 Aqua Range switches 47 F Fan control mechanisms 78 FanLights 103 Fireboxes 81 Flexible ducting and finishing accessories 105 Flourescent accessories 111 Fuse Wire 118 H Halogen lighting 91 Hand dryers 103 Heavy-duty powerboards 117 Home Networks Kits and Modules 93 Heat Lamps 103 I Indicating light mechanisms 77 Inserts and adaptors 136 Instant heat 103 Insulated and earth connectors 84 J Junction boxes 83 B Battenholders 88 D C Cable clips and screws 84 Caravan leads 115 Ceiling roses 88 Changeover switches 7 Circuit identification & plain caps 61 Conduit entry fittings for weatherproof boxes 51 Connectors and terminal block 118 Connectors, plugs and sockets 137 Cordline switch 113 Cover plates and grids with cover plates 26 Dimmer knob 78 Dimmer mechanisms 78 Door chimes 113 DUO switch mechanism 76 E Electresafe ™ RCD Power Centre 91 Enclosures 8 Excel Range grids and cover plates 138 Excel range commercial and hospitality 14 Excel Range dimmers and fan controllers 24 Excel Range outlets 132 Excel Range permanent connection units 20 Excel Range powerpoints 20 Excel Range switches 16 Excel TV data and communication 11 Excel Weatherproof switches 47 Exhaust fans and mounting kits 101 Extension leads 114 Extension sockets 88 W Wall boxes 81 Weatherproof light fittings and accessories 50 Weatherproof light-sensitive switches 49 Weatherproof utility boxes and enclosures 50 Product Category Index
Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Alpha-Numeric Trade Product List 1/788 10 58 1/788P 10 58 1/788P15 10 58 1A770 10 53 1A770CX 10 60,135 1A770P 10 53 1A770PL 20 60 2/770 5 53 2/770P 5 53 2/770PL 10 60 2/788P 5 58 2WS38 1 50 2WS38P 1 50 2WS38R 1 50 2WS170 5 47 2WS170/15 5 47 2WS170PP 5 47 2WS170XX 5 47 3G788 5 57 3SPKNOB 1 104 7P 10 88 7P15 10 88 33 10 87 33B 10 87 34 10 87 34B 10 87 35 10 87 37 10 86 37/2 5 87 37/15 10 86 37/215 5 87 37B 10 86 37R 10 86 38 10 87 38/1 10 87 38/1PL 10 87 38/1R 10 87 38/2R 10 87 38/12R 10 87 38/15 10 87 38/20 10 87 38/25 10 87 38/115 10 87 38/120 10 87 38A0 10 87 38A1 10 87 38A2 10 87 38A3 10 87 38A4 10 87 38A5 10 87 38R 10 87 42/120 1 48 42/120MT 1 48 42/220 1 48 42/220MT 1 48 42/235 1 48 42/235MT 1 48 42/255 1 48 42/255MT 1 48 42/320 1 48 42/320MT 1 48 42/335 1 48 42/335MT 1 48 42/355 1 48 42/355MT 1 48 65 10 53 78 10 88 80 10 88 84 10 88 90 10 86 90/15 10 86 90/20 10 86 90/25 10 86 90R 10 86 94 10 86 100/2R 10 86 100/8 10 86 100L 10 86 100L15 10 86 100LHD 10 86 100R 10 86 106/1 10 86 106/2 10 86 106/3 10 86 106/4 10 86 106/5 10 86 106/6 10 86 106/7 10 86 106/8 10 86 137 10 80 137/1 10 80 137D 10 80 137DCH 10 81 137H3 10 80 137H4 10 80 137H5 10 80 137H6 10 80 137H8 10 80 137HS3 10 80 137HS4 10 80 137HS5 10 80 137HS6 10 80 137V3 10 80 137V4 10 80 137V5 10 80 137V6 10 80 137V8 10 80 137VS3 10 80 137VS4 10 80 137VS5 10 80 137VS6 10 80 137VS8 10 80 138 10 80 139 5 80 139B 5 80 140 10 81 140CH 10 81 143 20 83 143U 10 83 143/2 20 83 143/2V 1 83 143JM 20 83 143S3 1 83 148 5 80 149 5 80 150 10 81 156 10 81 170 5 81 192 5 81 239 10 81 243 20 83 246 100 84 247 100 84 248 100 84 250L 3 59 250LM 20 78 250T 3 59 250TM 20 78 300F 3 60 300FM 20 78 303/1F 10 89 310 10 89 310/10 10 89 326 10 82 333 10 88 333SK 10 89 359 10 89 359/10 10 89 360 10 88 360/W1 5 88 366 10 88 366BR 10 88 366LY 10 88 366S 10 88 366Y 10 88 368 10 88 375 10 111 380 40 111 381 40 111 382 40 111 388 40 111 390 40 111 391 40 111 392 40 111 400L 3 59 400LM 20 78 400T 3 59 400TM 20 78 401 100 84 401/1 1 84 401J 1 84 401L 100 84 402 50 84 402/1 1 84 404 10 83 405 10 83 406 10 83 413 10 83 413LA 10 91 413S 10 83 413SE 10 425S2 1 82 429/2 1 82 429R 1 81 435 1 81 435/2 1 81 450PM 20 78 450SM 20 78 475/1 3 60 475/2 3 60 475/2M 10 78 600 10 54 600N 10 54 600X 10 54 601 10 54 601X 10 54 616 1 50 616/1V 1 50 616DCL 1 50 630/3 1 91 630/3A 5 91 630/5 1 91 630/9-2W 20 91 630/9-3W 20 91 645/3 6 91 645A 1 91 650ET 3 60 650ET1 3 60 700L 3 59 700LM 20 78 700T 3 59 700TM 10 78 707M 10 77 147 1 Product Category Index 1 A 12V garden light accessories 109 12V garden lights 107 Q Quantum Range accessories 145 Quantum Range wallboxes and enclosures 145 Quantum Industrial switchgear 142 R RCBOs RCDs (RCCBs) 6 Render brackets 83 Rotary switch mechanisms 78 T Telephone leads and adaptors 136 Termination tool 136 Time switches 8 Timers 113 Travel plugs 118 TV mechanisms 137 V Vent-Axia low voltage exhaust fans 102 S Shrouds 83 Smoke alarms 91 Solar garden lights 111 Splitters 137 Spring return switch mechanism (bell press) 76 Standard Range dimmers and fan controllers 59 Standard Range outlets 60 Standard Range plates 60 Standard Range powerpoints 55 Standard Range switches 53 Starter Sockets 111 Surge Protection Devices (SPDs) 7 Surge protected adaptors 116 Surge protected powerboards 116 Switch mechanisms 75 K KeyLock assemblies 76 KeyTag mechanisms 76 M Main switches for surface mounting 7 MCBs -Miniature circuit breakers 5 Mechanism accessories 78 Moonglow night lights 118 Mounting blocks 80 Mounting brackets 83 Mounting clips 82 Movement sensors (PIR’s) 91 N Nursery plugs 117 P Patch leads 136 Plug bases 86 Plug-in curcuit breakers 240Va.c. 8 Plug tops 86 Powerboards 116 Push button mechanisms 76 L Lamp and light fittings 118 Lampholder accessories 89 Lampholders 88 LED garden lights 109 Linea Range dimmers and fan controllers 40 Linea Range grids and plates 41 Linea Range mounting accessories 41 Linea Range outlets 40 Linea Range powerpoints 39 Linea Range switches 39 AirBoss accessories 104 AirBoss ceiling sweep fans 104 Accessories 9 Antenna accessories 138 Aqua Range industrial isolation switches 48 Aqua Range powerpoints 49 Aqua Range switches 47 F Fan control mechanisms 78 FanLights 103 Fireboxes 81 Flexible ducting and finishing accessories 105 Flourescent accessories 111 Fuse Wire 118 H Halogen lighting 91 Hand dryers 103 Heavy-duty powerboards 117 Home Networks Kits and Modules 93 Heat Lamps 103 I Indicating light mechanisms 77 Inserts and adaptors 136 Instant heat 103 Insulated and earth connectors 84 J Junction boxes 83 B Battenholders 88 D C Cable clips and screws 84 Caravan leads 115 Ceiling roses 88 Changeover switches 7 Circuit identification & plain caps 61 Conduit entry fittings for weatherproof boxes 51 Connectors and terminal block 118 Connectors, plugs and sockets 137 Cordline switch 113 Cover plates and grids with cover plates 26 Dimmer knob 78 Dimmer mechanisms 78 Door chimes 113 DUO switch mechanism 76 E Electresafe ™ RCD Power Centre 91 Enclosures 8 Excel Range grids and cover plates 138 Excel range commercial and hospitality 14 Excel Range dimmers and fan controllers 24 Excel Range outlets 132 Excel Range permanent connection units 20 Excel Range powerpoints 20 Excel Range switches 16 Excel TV data and communication 11 Excel Weatherproof switches 47 Exhaust fans and mounting kits 101 Extension leads 114 Extension sockets 88 W Wall boxes 81 Weatherproof light fittings and accessories 50 Weatherproof light-sensitive switches 49 Weatherproof utility boxes and enclosures 50
Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Alpha-Numeric Trade Product List 711 50 82 712 50 82 712S3 1 83 716 20 82 717 1 124 717/1 1 124 718/8 20 124 718/13 20 124 719 1 124 719/1 1 124 738KL 10 56 738KL15 10 56 738KL20 10 56 738KLN 10 56 738KLN15 10 56 749 1 78,83 749S 1 78,83 751 20 83 768PM 10 75 769M 10 75 769P15M 10 75 769P20M 10 75 769PM 10 75 770/0 20 60 770/1 10 53 770/1CX 10 60,135 770/1CXPL 10 68,138 770/1D1PL 20 61,138 770/1D3PL 20 61,138 770/1FCX 10 60,135 770/1KLI 10 54 770/1KLIO 10 54 770/1KLO 10 54 770/1PL 20 60 770/1RJ2 10 60,135 770/2 10 53 770/2CXPL 10 138 770/2D3PL 20 68,138 770/2PL 20 60 770/2RJ2 10 60,135 770/3 10 53 770/3PL 20 60 770/4 10 53 770/4PL 20 60 770/5PL 10 60 770/6PL 10 60 770/15KTM 10 76,130 770/15M 10 75 770/20KMM 10 128 770/20KTM 10 76,130 770/20M 10 75 770/35M 10 75 770/202KTM 10 76,130 770/202M 10 75 770CXM 10 137 770DM 10 76 770IM 10 75 770KLIM 10 76 770KLIOM 10 76 770KLOM 10 76 770KT1 10 54,128 770KT2 10 54,128 770KT3 10 54,128 770KT4 10 54,128 770KT5 10 54,128 770KT8 10 54,129 770KT10 10 54,129 770KT11 10 54,129 770KT13 10 54,129 770KT14 10 54,129 770KT16 10 54,129 770KTM 10 76,130 770L12CX 10 137 770L16CX 10 137 770LL15M 10 75 770LL20M 10 75 770LLM 10 75 770M 10 75 770REL1 3 54 770REL8 3 54 770RM 10 75 770RS180M 10 78 770RS270M 10 78 770RS360M 10 78 770T3 10 19, 55, 127 770XM 10 76 777 10 56 777/15 10 56 777/15S 10 56 777/1015 10 56 777CH 10 59 777EL10 2 59 777EL10/1015 2 59 777EL10ES 2 59 777EL10N 2 59 777EL10N3 2 59 777EL30 2 58 777EL30/1015 2 58 777EL30ES 2 59 777EL30G 2 58 777EL30G1015 2 58 777EL30M 1 58 777ID 10 56 777IDCL 10 56 777NS 10 56 777P 10 56 777P15 10 56 777PLK 10 56 777R 10 56 777S 10 56 777X 10 56 777XS 10 56 778/0 5 57 787 10 55 787/2X 10 55 787/15 10 55 787/15S 10 55 787/15NS 10 55 787/20 10 55 787/25 10 55 787/32 10 55 787DIN 10 7,59 787DIN15 10 7,59 787NS 10 55 787P 10 55 787P15 10 55 787P20 10 55 787R 10 55 787S 10 55 787X 10 55 787XNV 5 56 787XNV15 5 56 787XS 10 55 788PX 5 58 788PXP 5 58 790 10 57 792 5 57 792/15 5 57 792/1015 5 57 792B 5 57 792B1015 5 57 792NS 5 57 798H 1 59,129 798V 1 59,129 10 28,61 800/2 50 28,61 800/2CL 50 28,61 800/2CL1 50 28,61 800/2CL3 1 28,61 800F 10 137 800ID 10 28,61 800LH 10 28,61 800RJ 10 136 800RJT 10 136 800RJU/H 10 136 801/1 1 124 808/1 4 8 870IM 10 76 870M 10 76 883M 10 76 920 20 82 920/1 1 82 930 20 82 940 20 82 950 20 82 954 20 83 954R 20 83 953S3 1 83 960 20 82 1000L 3 59 1000LM 1 78 1000T 3 66 1000TM 1 78 1310F6 10 137 1310F59 10 137 1310FL 10 137 1310FS 10 137 1311S2 10 137 1311S3 10 137 1311S4 10 137 1312S2 10 137 1312S3 10 137 1312S4 10 137 01491 1 9 14352 1 83 2000E 1 59 2400E 1 59 71252 1 83 74703 10 124 74704 10 124 74705 10 124 74706 10 124 95352 1 83 453746 1 102 601206 1 8 601207 1 8 601208 1 8 601209 1 8 AA100 1 105 A101 1 105 A102 1 105 A103 1 105 A200 1 105 A201 1 105 A501 1 105 A505 1 105 A601 1 105 A701 1 105 A770/1 10 53 A770/1PL 10 60 A770/2 10 53 800 Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Alpha-Numeric Trade Product List A770/2PL 10 60 A770/3PL 10 60 A770/4PL 10 60 A800 1 105 A801 1 105 AL770/11PL 20 61 AL770/12PL 20 61 AL770/21PL 10 61 AL770/22PL 20 61 AS770/1PL 10 61 AS770/2PL 10 61 BB135 10 7 B165 10 7 B180 10 7 B235 5 7 B265 5 7 B280 5 7 B335 5 7 B365 5 7 B380 5 7 CC20PS25P 25 51 C20S20P 25 51 C25S25P 25 51 CD107 5 115 CD401 10 118 CD402 10 118 CD1002 10 117 CD1002/1 10 117 CL3B 1 84 CL4B 1 84 DD2/2WE 5 115 D2LWE 5 115 D2PA 5 116 D2PAB 5 116 D2PARJ 5 116 D2WE 5 115 D5M 10 113 D35P6 10 118 D102WE 10 115 D104PAWE 5 116 D104PA6 5 116 D104WE 5 116 D105/1 5 116 D105/4TR 8 116 D105/4TRPA 8 116 D105/5TRPA 5 116 D105/12TRPA 8 116 D105/12TRPPCC 8 116 D105CONPA40 5 117 D105MSPA6PM 4 117 D105PA4RJ 5 117 D105PA6 5 116 D105PA6CC 5 116 D105PA6RJ 5 117 D105PA8 5 116 D105PA8CC 5 116 D105PBOSS5 5 117 D105PBOSSELPA8 4 117 D105PBOSSPA4 4 117 D105PBOSSPA6 4 117 D105POD4 8 117 D105POD6 8 117 D105PP4 5 116 D105PP4RJ 5 117 D105PP6 5 116 D105PP6RJ 5 117 D105SSPA4 8 117 D121 5 118 D121A 5 118 D121E 5 118 D121UK 5 118 D122 10 118 D420/1 10 136 D420/2 10 136 D420/3 10 136 D420/4 10 136 D420/5 10 136 D420/6 10 136 D420/7 5 136 D420/8 5 136 D420/9 5 136 D420/10 10 136 D420/11 10 137 D420/12 10 137 D420/14 10 137 D420/15 10 137 D420/16 10 137 D420/18 10 137 D420/19 10 137 D5M 10 113 D641/B 8 113 D641/BFL 5 113 D641/BLR 5 113 D641/BP 10 114 D641/PI 5 113 D641/PIFL 5 113 D641/PILR 5 113 D642/01 5 113 D642/05 5 113 D651 8 114 D770CXFP 10 138 D770CXP 10 138 D809/1 6 113 D809/1TWIN 6 113 D810/2 5 113 D810SLIM 6 113 D810SLIMTP 6 113 D812COUNT4 6 113 D817/2 5 113 D817SLIM 6 113 D818 4 113 D818OD 6 113 D819 5 113 D819/2 6 113 D1001/1 5 118 D1002/1 10 117 D1209/1.5 10 138 D1209/2.5 10 138 D1210/75 10 138 D1210/300 10 138 D1211 10 138 D1214/1 10 138 D9500 5 118 DCB108 5 8 DCB116 5 8 DCB120 5 8 DCB132 5 8 DF20 10 118 DF40 10 118 DGLS150 6 109 DGLWLED 8 111 DSLBAT4 20 111 DQ001 1 84 DQ002 1 84 DQ003 1 84 DQ004 1 84 DQ005 1 84 DQ006 1 84 DQ007 1 84 DQ008 1 84 DQ009 1 84 DQ010 1 84 DQ011 1 84 DQ105 1 84 DQ107 1 84 DQ108 1 84 DQ109 1 84 DQ110 1 84 DQ111 1 84 DQ201 1 84 EES3-2 1 121 ES3-3 1 121 ES4-2 1 121 ES4-3 1 121 ES6-2 1 121 ES6-3 1 121 ES9-2 1 121 ES12-2 1 121 ES15-2 1 121 ES18-2 1 121 ES21-2 1 121 ES24-2 1 121 FF20 25 111 F40 25 111 F135 10 7 F180 10 7 F265 5 7 F280 5 7 F380 5 7 F1036/3 10 53 F1036P 10 53 FLUSHCAPS 100 28,61 HH6SD 1 7 H6SDM 1 7 H55D4 1 145 H65L1 1 145 H65MC2/12 1 145 H66BA 1 145 H66H3 1 145 HA55SC320RC 1 144 HA55SC420RC 1 144 HA55SC432RC 1 144 HA55SC520RC 1 144 HA55SC532RC 1 144 HA66C310 1 143 HA66C320 1 143 HA66C332 1 143 HA66C410 1 143 HA66C420 1 143 HA66C432 1 143 HA66C510 1 143 HA66C520 1 143 HA66C532 1 134 HA66P310C 10 144 HA66P320C 10 144 HA66P332C 10 144 HA66P410C 10 145 HA66P420C 10 145 HA66P432C 10 145 HA66P510C 10 145 HA66P520C 10 145 HA66P532C 10 145 HB55C310RC 1 143
Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Alpha-Numeric Trade Product List 711 50 82 712 50 82 712S3 1 83 716 20 82 717 1 124 717/1 1 124 718/8 20 124 718/13 20 124 719 1 124 719/1 1 124 738KL 10 56 738KL15 10 56 738KL20 10 56 738KLN 10 56 738KLN15 10 56 749 1 78,83 749S 1 78,83 751 20 83 768PM 10 75 769M 10 75 769P15M 10 75 769P20M 10 75 769PM 10 75 770/0 20 60 770/1 10 53 770/1CX 10 60,135 770/1CXPL 10 68,138 770/1D1PL 20 61,138 770/1D3PL 20 61,138 770/1FCX 10 60,135 770/1KLI 10 54 770/1KLIO 10 54 770/1KLO 10 54 770/1PL 20 60 770/1RJ2 10 60,135 770/2 10 53 770/2CXPL 10 138 770/2D3PL 20 68,138 770/2PL 20 60 770/2RJ2 10 60,135 770/3 10 53 770/3PL 20 60 770/4 10 53 770/4PL 20 60 770/5PL 10 60 770/6PL 10 60 770/15KTM 10 76,130 770/15M 10 75 770/20KMM 10 128 770/20KTM 10 76,130 770/20M 10 75 770/35M 10 75 770/202KTM 10 76,130 770/202M 10 75 770CXM 10 137 770DM 10 76 770IM 10 75 770KLIM 10 76 770KLIOM 10 76 770KLOM 10 76 770KT1 10 54,128 770KT2 10 54,128 770KT3 10 54,128 770KT4 10 54,128 770KT5 10 54,128 770KT8 10 54,129 770KT10 10 54,129 770KT11 10 54,129 770KT13 10 54,129 770KT14 10 54,129 770KT16 10 54,129 770KTM 10 76,130 770L12CX 10 137 770L16CX 10 137 770LL15M 10 75 770LL20M 10 75 770LLM 10 75 770M 10 75 770REL1 3 54 770REL8 3 54 770RM 10 75 770RS180M 10 78 770RS270M 10 78 770RS360M 10 78 770T3 10 19, 55, 127 770XM 10 76 777 10 56 777/15 10 56 777/15S 10 56 777/1015 10 56 777CH 10 59 777EL10 2 59 777EL10/1015 2 59 777EL10ES 2 59 777EL10N 2 59 777EL10N3 2 59 777EL30 2 58 777EL30/1015 2 58 777EL30ES 2 59 777EL30G 2 58 777EL30G1015 2 58 777EL30M 1 58 777ID 10 56 777IDCL 10 56 777NS 10 56 777P 10 56 777P15 10 56 777PLK 10 56 777R 10 56 777S 10 56 777X 10 56 777XS 10 56 778/0 5 57 787 10 55 787/2X 10 55 787/15 10 55 787/15S 10 55 787/15NS 10 55 787/20 10 55 787/25 10 55 787/32 10 55 787DIN 10 7,59 787DIN15 10 7,59 787NS 10 55 787P 10 55 787P15 10 55 787P20 10 55 787R 10 55 787S 10 55 787X 10 55 787XNV 5 56 787XNV15 5 56 787XS 10 55 788PX 5 58 788PXP 5 58 790 10 57 792 5 57 792/15 5 57 792/1015 5 57 792B 5 57 792B1015 5 57 792NS 5 57 798H 1 59,129 798V 1 59,129 10 28,61 800/2 50 28,61 800/2CL 50 28,61 800/2CL1 50 28,61 800/2CL3 1 28,61 800F 10 137 800ID 10 28,61 800LH 10 28,61 800RJ 10 136 800RJT 10 136 800RJU/H 10 136 801/1 1 124 808/1 4 8 870IM 10 76 870M 10 76 883M 10 76 920 20 82 920/1 1 82 930 20 82 940 20 82 950 20 82 954 20 83 954R 20 83 953S3 1 83 960 20 82 1000L 3 59 1000LM 1 78 1000T 3 66 1000TM 1 78 1310F6 10 137 1310F59 10 137 1310FL 10 137 1310FS 10 137 1311S2 10 137 1311S3 10 137 1311S4 10 137 1312S2 10 137 1312S3 10 137 1312S4 10 137 01491 1 9 14352 1 83 2000E 1 59 2400E 1 59 71252 1 83 74703 10 124 74704 10 124 74705 10 124 74706 10 124 95352 1 83 453746 1 102 601206 1 8 601207 1 8 601208 1 8 601209 1 8 AA100 1 105 A101 1 105 A102 1 105 A103 1 105 A200 1 105 A201 1 105 A501 1 105 A505 1 105 A601 1 105 A701 1 105 A770/1 10 53 A770/1PL 10 60 A770/2 10 53 800 Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Alpha-Numeric Trade Product List A770/2PL 10 60 A770/3PL 10 60 A770/4PL 10 60 A800 1 105 A801 1 105 AL770/11PL 20 61 AL770/12PL 20 61 AL770/21PL 10 61 AL770/22PL 20 61 AS770/1PL 10 61 AS770/2PL 10 61 BB135 10 7 B165 10 7 B180 10 7 B235 5 7 B265 5 7 B280 5 7 B335 5 7 B365 5 7 B380 5 7 CC20PS25P 25 51 C20S20P 25 51 C25S25P 25 51 CD107 5 115 CD401 10 118 CD402 10 118 CD1002 10 117 CD1002/1 10 117 CL3B 1 84 CL4B 1 84 DD2/2WE 5 115 D2LWE 5 115 D2PA 5 116 D2PAB 5 116 D2PARJ 5 116 D2WE 5 115 D5M 10 113 D35P6 10 118 D102WE 10 115 D104PAWE 5 116 D104PA6 5 116 D104WE 5 116 D105/1 5 116 D105/4TR 8 116 D105/4TRPA 8 116 D105/5TRPA 5 116 D105/12TRPA 8 116 D105/12TRPPCC 8 116 D105CONPA40 5 117 D105MSPA6PM 4 117 D105PA4RJ 5 117 D105PA6 5 116 D105PA6CC 5 116 D105PA6RJ 5 117 D105PA8 5 116 D105PA8CC 5 116 D105PBOSS5 5 117 D105PBOSSELPA8 4 117 D105PBOSSPA4 4 117 D105PBOSSPA6 4 117 D105POD4 8 117 D105POD6 8 117 D105PP4 5 116 D105PP4RJ 5 117 D105PP6 5 116 D105PP6RJ 5 117 D105SSPA4 8 117 D121 5 118 D121A 5 118 D121E 5 118 D121UK 5 118 D122 10 118 D420/1 10 136 D420/2 10 136 D420/3 10 136 D420/4 10 136 D420/5 10 136 D420/6 10 136 D420/7 5 136 D420/8 5 136 D420/9 5 136 D420/10 10 136 D420/11 10 137 D420/12 10 137 D420/14 10 137 D420/15 10 137 D420/16 10 137 D420/18 10 137 D420/19 10 137 D5M 10 113 D641/B 8 113 D641/BFL 5 113 D641/BLR 5 113 D641/BP 10 114 D641/PI 5 113 D641/PIFL 5 113 D641/PILR 5 113 D642/01 5 113 D642/05 5 113 D651 8 114 D770CXFP 10 138 D770CXP 10 138 D809/1 6 113 D809/1TWIN 6 113 D810/2 5 113 D810SLIM 6 113 D810SLIMTP 6 113 D812COUNT4 6 113 D817/2 5 113 D817SLIM 6 113 D818 4 113 D818OD 6 113 D819 5 113 D819/2 6 113 D1001/1 5 118 D1002/1 10 117 D1209/1.5 10 138 D1209/2.5 10 138 D1210/75 10 138 D1210/300 10 138 D1211 10 138 D1214/1 10 138 D9500 5 118 DCB108 5 8 DCB116 5 8 DCB120 5 8 DCB132 5 8 DF20 10 118 DF40 10 118 DGLS150 6 109 DGLWLED 8 111 DSLBAT4 20 111 DQ001 1 84 DQ002 1 84 DQ003 1 84 DQ004 1 84 DQ005 1 84 DQ006 1 84 DQ007 1 84 DQ008 1 84 DQ009 1 84 DQ010 1 84 DQ011 1 84 DQ105 1 84 DQ107 1 84 DQ108 1 84 DQ109 1 84 DQ110 1 84 DQ111 1 84 DQ201 1 84 EES3-2 1 121 ES3-3 1 121 ES4-2 1 121 ES4-3 1 121 ES6-2 1 121 ES6-3 1 121 ES9-2 1 121 ES12-2 1 121 ES15-2 1 121 ES18-2 1 121 ES21-2 1 121 ES24-2 1 121 FF20 25 111 F40 25 111 F135 10 7 F180 10 7 F265 5 7 F280 5 7 F380 5 7 F1036/3 10 53 F1036P 10 53 FLUSHCAPS 100 28,61 HH6SD 1 7 H6SDM 1 7 H55D4 1 145 H65L1 1 145 H65MC2/12 1 145 H66BA 1 145 H66H3 1 145 HA55SC320RC 1 144 HA55SC420RC 1 144 HA55SC432RC 1 144 HA55SC520RC 1 144 HA55SC532RC 1 144 HA66C310 1 143 HA66C320 1 143 HA66C332 1 143 HA66C410 1 143 HA66C420 1 143 HA66C432 1 143 HA66C510 1 143 HA66C520 1 143 HA66C532 1 134 HA66P310C 10 144 HA66P320C 10 144 HA66P332C 10 144 HA66P410C 10 145 HA66P420C 10 145 HA66P432C 10 145 HA66P510C 10 145 HA66P520C 10 145 HA66P532C 10 145 HB55C310RC 1 143
Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Alpha-Numeric Trade Product List HB55C315RC 1 143 HB55SC310RC 1 142 HB55SC315RC 1 142 HB66C310 1 142 HB66C310A 1 142 HB66C310F 1 142 HB66C310L 1 142 HB66C315 1 142 HB66C315A 1 142 HB66C320A 1 142 HB66P310C 1 144 HB66P310LC 1 144 HB66P315C 1 144 HB66P320C 1 144 HB66SO310 1 142 HB66SO310L 1 142 HB66SO315 1 142 HB66SO320 1 142 HC01S 10 9 HC02S 6 9 HC03S 4 9 HC04S 4 9 HCS132 12 7 HCS232 12 7 HEE18F 1 8 HEE18S 1 8 HEEPF5 1 9 HL03705 1 8 HL03730 1 8 HL12F 1 8 HL12FS 1 8 HL12S 1 8 HL24F 1 8 HL24FS 1 8 HL24S 1 8 HL36F 1 8 HL36S 1 8 HL48F 1 8 HL48S 1 8 HL03705 1 8 HL03730 1 8 HL4106 12 5 HL4110 12 5 HL4116 12 5 HL4120 12 5 HL4125 12 5 HL4132 12 5 HL4140 12 5 HL4150 12 5 HL4163 12 5 HL6106 12 5 HL6110 12 5 HL6116 12 5 HL6120 12 5 HL6125 12 5 HL6132 12 5 HL6140 12 5 HL6150 12 5 HL6163 12 5 HL6210 6 5 HL6216 6 5 HL6220 6 5 HL6225 6 5 HL6232 6 5 HL6240 6 5 HL6250 6 5 HL6263 6 5 HL6310 4 5 HL6316 4 5 HL6320 4 5 HL6325 4 5 HL6332 4 5 HL6340 4 5 HL6350 4 5 HL6363 4 5 HLARCBO30-206 1 6 HLARCBO30-210 1 6 HLARCBO30-216 1 6 HLARCBO30-220 1 6 HLARCBO30-225 1 6 HLARCBO30-232 1 6 HLARCBO30-240 1 6 HLARCD30-225 1 6 HLARCD30-240 1 6 HLARCD30-263 1 6 HLRCBO30-206 1 6 HLRCBO30-210 1 6 HLRCBO30-216 1 6 HLRCBO30-220 1 6 HLRCBO30-225 1 6 HLRCBO30-232 1 6 HLRCBO30-240 1 6 HLRCD30-225 1 6 HLRCD30-240 1 6 HLRCD30-263 1 6 HLRCD30-280 1 6 HLRCD30-425 1 6 HLRCD30-440 1 6 HLRCD30-463 1 6 HLRCD30-480 1 6 HLS163 10 6 HLS263 5 6 HLS363 3 6 HLS1100 10 6 HLS2100 5 6 HLS3100 3 6 HMCBL 1 9 HNTM1475 1 93 HNTM1478 1 93 HNVA01 1 93 HNVM1000 1 93 HNVM1002 1 93 HN364597-01 1 95 HN364896-01 1 95 HN364904-01 1 95 HNAC1000 1 93 HNAC1013 1 93 HNAC1014 1 93 HNAC1015 1 93 HNAM02 1 94 HNAS01 1 94 HNDH05 1 94 HNEN1450 1 93 HNEN2050 1 93 HNEN2850 1 93 HNEN4250 1 93 HNFR1450 1 93 HNFR2050 1 93 HNFR2850 1 93 HNFR4250 1 93 HNIRE22 1 94 HNIRM88 1 94 HNIRR02 1 94 HNMD01 1 94 HNMD03 1 94 HNMKADV28 1 93 HNMKSTD14 1 93 HNPL02 1 95 HNPL5E200 1 95,136 HNPL5E300 1 95,136 HNPL6300 1 95,136 HNPS005 1 95 HNPS030 1 95 HNPSM01 1 95 HNRC01 1 94 HNSC01 1 94 HNSCIR01 1 94 HNVC03 1 94 HPF5 1 9 HPR10CL 10 144 HPR15CL 10 144 HSS10 1 145 JJ170 5 83 KKNOB1 10 78 LL275HLES 1 103 L375HLES 1 103 LM100L 1 102 LN3FC 9 40 LN3FCH 9 40 LN143 10 41 LN400L 9 40 LN400LH 9 40 LN400T 9 40 LN400TH 9 40 LN429 10 42 LN450P 9 40 LN711 10 41 LN712 10 42 LN751 10 42 LN770/1 10 39 LN770/1CX 10 40,135 LN770/1FCX 10 40,135 LN770/1GPL 40 41 LN770/1H 10 39 LN770/1PL 40 41 LN770/1RJ1 10 40,135 LN770/1RJ2E 10 40,135 LN770/2 10 39 LN770/2CX/FCX 1 40,135 LN770/2GPL 40 41 LN770/2H 10 39 LN770/2PL 40 41 LN770/2RJ1 10 40,135 LN770/2RJ2E 1 40,135 LN770/3 10 39 LN770/3GPL 40 41 LN770/3H 10 39 LN770/3PL 40 41 LN770/4 10 39 LN770/4GPL 40 41 LN770/4H 10 39 LN770/4PL 40 41 LN770/5 10 39 LN770/5GPL 40 41 LN770/5H 10 39 LN770/5PL 40 41 LN770/6 10 39 LN770/6GPL 40 41 LN770/6H 10 39 LN770/6PL 40 41 LN770/OGPL 40 41 LN770/OPL 40 41 LN777 10 39 LN777A 10 39 LN777AES 10 39 LN777AESPL 40 41 LN777APL 40 41 LN777ES 10 39 Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Alpha-Numeric Trade Product List R2710 5 114 R2715 5 114 R2720 4 114 R2805 5 114 R2810 5 114 R2810L 5 115 R2815 5 114 R2815L 5 115 R2820 5 114 R2820L 5 115 R2825 5 114 R2825L 5 115 R2915/15CV 3 115 R2920 5 115 R2920/15 5 115 R2920/15CV 3 115 R2930 3 115 R2935 3 115 R5102 1 91 R5102/1 5 91 REPC410 1 91 REPC415 1 91 RGL1 4 108 RGL2 4 108 RGL8 5 109 RGL9 5 109 RGL10 5 108 RGL11 4 108 RGL21 4 108 RGL22 4 109 RGL1209 1 109 RGL1215 1 109 RGLAPSP2 6 107 RGLBW2 1 110 RGLCL21/30 5 109 RGLCL33/30 5 109 RGLHSC15 10 109 RGLKMVBL4 1 108 RGLKRBRLD4 6 110 RGLKRSLD4 6 110 RGLKRSLD24 6 110 RGLKRSLDBL4 6 110 RGLKSSM4 4 107 RGLKVSPBL 1 109 RGLOSLD1 6 110 RGLPCTAW20 6 111 RGLPCTR10 6 111 RGLPSSW2 6 110 RGLSED2P 1 108 RGLSLM4WP 1 107 RGLSPBL1 6 110 RGLSPS1 6 110 RGLSSLD2 6 110 RGLSSP2 6 107 RGLSSW1 6 110 RGLSUP38 4 107 RGLTR60 8 109 RGLTR105 6 109 RGLTR220 4 109 RGLTR400 1 109 RGLVPLB 1 107 RGLVSBL 1 108 RGLVSPBL 1 108 RGL3BL2P 1 108 RHH01 32 115 RJ6P4C3/1 20 136 RJ6P4C3/2 20 136 RJ8P4C3/1 20 136 RJ8P4C3/2 20 136 RJ8P8C5E/1 20 136 RJ8P8C5E/2 20 136 LN777ESPL 40 41 LN777PL 40 41 LN777X 10 39 LN777XPL 40 41 LN787 10 39 LN787/15 10 39 LN787PL 40 41 LN787X 10 39 LN787XPL 40 41 LN953 10 42 LNA770/1 10 39 LNA770/2 10 39 LNPC 1 42 MM777M 1 123 M787/1 1 122 M787M 10 122 M788M 10 122 M787MNSM 10 122 M788NSM 10 122 M788PM 1 122 M788PNHM 1 122 M788PNSM 10 122 M788RM 1 122 M78815M 10 123 MA770/1PL 1 124 MA770/2PL 1 124 MG670 1 123 MG672 1 123 MG673 1 123 MS738/20 1 122 MS770/1CX 1 123 MS770/1GPOLP 1 121 MS770/1LP 1 121 MS770/1PL 1 124 MS770/2GPOLP 1 121 MS770/2LP 1 121 MS770/2PL 1 124 MS770/3GPOLP 1 121 MS770/3LP 1 121 MS770/3PL 1 124 MS770/4GPOLP 1 121 MS770/4LP 1 121 MS770/4PL 1 124 MS770/5GPOLP 1 121 MS770/5LP 1 121 MS770/5PL 1 124 MS770/6GPOLP 1 121 MS770/6LP 1 121 MS777LP 1 122 MS777NSLP 1 122 MS777XLP 1 122 MS788/2 1 123 MS788/4 1 123 MS788/6 1 123 MS788/15PLP 1 122 MS788LP 1 122 MS788NS2 1 123 MS788NS3 1 123 MS788RLP 1 122 MS791/15LP 1 122 MS791LP 1 122 MS798 1 123, 129 MS798EL30 1 123 MS798V 1 123, 129 MS798VEL30 1 123 MS798VEL30X 1 129 N NCH769NM 10 77 NCH769PM 10 77 NCH770/6M 10 77 NCH770M 10 77 NL770/4M 10 77 NL770ELV24 20 77 NL770M 10 77 NLC770/5M 10 77 NLC770/7M 10 77 NX770ELV24 20 77 NX770M 10 77 NXC770M 10 77 PP25 25 51 P32 25 51 PE170/10 1 49 PE170R 1 49 RR102WE 20 115 R105 1 116 R105/6 1 116 R401B 1 118 R402B 50 118 R605/3 1 91,107 R605/4 1 91,107 R605/5 1 91,107 R605/6 1 91,107 R615 1 103 R620 1 103 R621/1 4 101 R621/1A 1 102 R621/2 4 101 R621/2A 1 102 R621/3S 1 101 R621/3SC 1 101 R621/4A 1 101 R621/4D 10 101 R621/4S 1 101 R621/4SC 1 101 R621/4WA 1 101 R621/6D 10 101 R621/6L 1 102 R621/6WA 1 101 R621/8A 1 101 R621/8AL 1 110 R621/9A 1 101 R621/9AL 1 110 R621D1 1 102 R621D2 1 102 R621D2DA 1 105 R622/1AC 1 103 R622/2AC 1 103 R622D1 1 103 R622D2 1 103 R623/1000A 1 103 R1202 10 118 R1209/5 10 138 R1209/10 5 138 R2601 10 114 R2602 10 114 R2604 10 114 R2606 5 114 R2610 5 114 R2702 10 114 R2702EB 10 114 R2703 10 114 R2703EB 10 114 R2705 5 114 R2705EB 5 114 R2707 5 114
Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Alpha-Numeric Trade Product List HB55C315RC 1 143 HB55SC310RC 1 142 HB55SC315RC 1 142 HB66C310 1 142 HB66C310A 1 142 HB66C310F 1 142 HB66C310L 1 142 HB66C315 1 142 HB66C315A 1 142 HB66C320A 1 142 HB66P310C 1 144 HB66P310LC 1 144 HB66P315C 1 144 HB66P320C 1 144 HB66SO310 1 142 HB66SO310L 1 142 HB66SO315 1 142 HB66SO320 1 142 HC01S 10 9 HC02S 6 9 HC03S 4 9 HC04S 4 9 HCS132 12 7 HCS232 12 7 HEE18F 1 8 HEE18S 1 8 HEEPF5 1 9 HL03705 1 8 HL03730 1 8 HL12F 1 8 HL12FS 1 8 HL12S 1 8 HL24F 1 8 HL24FS 1 8 HL24S 1 8 HL36F 1 8 HL36S 1 8 HL48F 1 8 HL48S 1 8 HL03705 1 8 HL03730 1 8 HL4106 12 5 HL4110 12 5 HL4116 12 5 HL4120 12 5 HL4125 12 5 HL4132 12 5 HL4140 12 5 HL4150 12 5 HL4163 12 5 HL6106 12 5 HL6110 12 5 HL6116 12 5 HL6120 12 5 HL6125 12 5 HL6132 12 5 HL6140 12 5 HL6150 12 5 HL6163 12 5 HL6210 6 5 HL6216 6 5 HL6220 6 5 HL6225 6 5 HL6232 6 5 HL6240 6 5 HL6250 6 5 HL6263 6 5 HL6310 4 5 HL6316 4 5 HL6320 4 5 HL6325 4 5 HL6332 4 5 HL6340 4 5 HL6350 4 5 HL6363 4 5 HLARCBO30-206 1 6 HLARCBO30-210 1 6 HLARCBO30-216 1 6 HLARCBO30-220 1 6 HLARCBO30-225 1 6 HLARCBO30-232 1 6 HLARCBO30-240 1 6 HLARCD30-225 1 6 HLARCD30-240 1 6 HLARCD30-263 1 6 HLRCBO30-206 1 6 HLRCBO30-210 1 6 HLRCBO30-216 1 6 HLRCBO30-220 1 6 HLRCBO30-225 1 6 HLRCBO30-232 1 6 HLRCBO30-240 1 6 HLRCD30-225 1 6 HLRCD30-240 1 6 HLRCD30-263 1 6 HLRCD30-280 1 6 HLRCD30-425 1 6 HLRCD30-440 1 6 HLRCD30-463 1 6 HLRCD30-480 1 6 HLS163 10 6 HLS263 5 6 HLS363 3 6 HLS1100 10 6 HLS2100 5 6 HLS3100 3 6 HMCBL 1 9 HNTM1475 1 93 HNTM1478 1 93 HNVA01 1 93 HNVM1000 1 93 HNVM1002 1 93 HN364597-01 1 95 HN364896-01 1 95 HN364904-01 1 95 HNAC1000 1 93 HNAC1013 1 93 HNAC1014 1 93 HNAC1015 1 93 HNAM02 1 94 HNAS01 1 94 HNDH05 1 94 HNEN1450 1 93 HNEN2050 1 93 HNEN2850 1 93 HNEN4250 1 93 HNFR1450 1 93 HNFR2050 1 93 HNFR2850 1 93 HNFR4250 1 93 HNIRE22 1 94 HNIRM88 1 94 HNIRR02 1 94 HNMD01 1 94 HNMD03 1 94 HNMKADV28 1 93 HNMKSTD14 1 93 HNPL02 1 95 HNPL5E200 1 95,136 HNPL5E300 1 95,136 HNPL6300 1 95,136 HNPS005 1 95 HNPS030 1 95 HNPSM01 1 95 HNRC01 1 94 HNSC01 1 94 HNSCIR01 1 94 HNVC03 1 94 HPF5 1 9 HPR10CL 10 144 HPR15CL 10 144 HSS10 1 145 JJ170 5 83 KKNOB1 10 78 LL275HLES 1 103 L375HLES 1 103 LM100L 1 102 LN3FC 9 40 LN3FCH 9 40 LN143 10 41 LN400L 9 40 LN400LH 9 40 LN400T 9 40 LN400TH 9 40 LN429 10 42 LN450P 9 40 LN711 10 41 LN712 10 42 LN751 10 42 LN770/1 10 39 LN770/1CX 10 40,135 LN770/1FCX 10 40,135 LN770/1GPL 40 41 LN770/1H 10 39 LN770/1PL 40 41 LN770/1RJ1 10 40,135 LN770/1RJ2E 10 40,135 LN770/2 10 39 LN770/2CX/FCX 1 40,135 LN770/2GPL 40 41 LN770/2H 10 39 LN770/2PL 40 41 LN770/2RJ1 10 40,135 LN770/2RJ2E 1 40,135 LN770/3 10 39 LN770/3GPL 40 41 LN770/3H 10 39 LN770/3PL 40 41 LN770/4 10 39 LN770/4GPL 40 41 LN770/4H 10 39 LN770/4PL 40 41 LN770/5 10 39 LN770/5GPL 40 41 LN770/5H 10 39 LN770/5PL 40 41 LN770/6 10 39 LN770/6GPL 40 41 LN770/6H 10 39 LN770/6PL 40 41 LN770/OGPL 40 41 LN770/OPL 40 41 LN777 10 39 LN777A 10 39 LN777AES 10 39 LN777AESPL 40 41 LN777APL 40 41 LN777ES 10 39 Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Alpha-Numeric Trade Product List R2710 5 114 R2715 5 114 R2720 4 114 R2805 5 114 R2810 5 114 R2810L 5 115 R2815 5 114 R2815L 5 115 R2820 5 114 R2820L 5 115 R2825 5 114 R2825L 5 115 R2915/15CV 3 115 R2920 5 115 R2920/15 5 115 R2920/15CV 3 115 R2930 3 115 R2935 3 115 R5102 1 91 R5102/1 5 91 REPC410 1 91 REPC415 1 91 RGL1 4 108 RGL2 4 108 RGL8 5 109 RGL9 5 109 RGL10 5 108 RGL11 4 108 RGL21 4 108 RGL22 4 109 RGL1209 1 109 RGL1215 1 109 RGLAPSP2 6 107 RGLBW2 1 110 RGLCL21/30 5 109 RGLCL33/30 5 109 RGLHSC15 10 109 RGLKMVBL4 1 108 RGLKRBRLD4 6 110 RGLKRSLD4 6 110 RGLKRSLD24 6 110 RGLKRSLDBL4 6 110 RGLKSSM4 4 107 RGLKVSPBL 1 109 RGLOSLD1 6 110 RGLPCTAW20 6 111 RGLPCTR10 6 111 RGLPSSW2 6 110 RGLSED2P 1 108 RGLSLM4WP 1 107 RGLSPBL1 6 110 RGLSPS1 6 110 RGLSSLD2 6 110 RGLSSP2 6 107 RGLSSW1 6 110 RGLSUP38 4 107 RGLTR60 8 109 RGLTR105 6 109 RGLTR220 4 109 RGLTR400 1 109 RGLVPLB 1 107 RGLVSBL 1 108 RGLVSPBL 1 108 RGL3BL2P 1 108 RHH01 32 115 RJ6P4C3/1 20 136 RJ6P4C3/2 20 136 RJ8P4C3/1 20 136 RJ8P4C3/2 20 136 RJ8P8C5E/1 20 136 RJ8P8C5E/2 20 136 LN777ESPL 40 41 LN777PL 40 41 LN777X 10 39 LN777XPL 40 41 LN787 10 39 LN787/15 10 39 LN787PL 40 41 LN787X 10 39 LN787XPL 40 41 LN953 10 42 LNA770/1 10 39 LNA770/2 10 39 LNPC 1 42 MM777M 1 123 M787/1 1 122 M787M 10 122 M788M 10 122 M787MNSM 10 122 M788NSM 10 122 M788PM 1 122 M788PNHM 1 122 M788PNSM 10 122 M788RM 1 122 M78815M 10 123 MA770/1PL 1 124 MA770/2PL 1 124 MG670 1 123 MG672 1 123 MG673 1 123 MS738/20 1 122 MS770/1CX 1 123 MS770/1GPOLP 1 121 MS770/1LP 1 121 MS770/1PL 1 124 MS770/2GPOLP 1 121 MS770/2LP 1 121 MS770/2PL 1 124 MS770/3GPOLP 1 121 MS770/3LP 1 121 MS770/3PL 1 124 MS770/4GPOLP 1 121 MS770/4LP 1 121 MS770/4PL 1 124 MS770/5GPOLP 1 121 MS770/5LP 1 121 MS770/5PL 1 124 MS770/6GPOLP 1 121 MS770/6LP 1 121 MS777LP 1 122 MS777NSLP 1 122 MS777XLP 1 122 MS788/2 1 123 MS788/4 1 123 MS788/6 1 123 MS788/15PLP 1 122 MS788LP 1 122 MS788NS2 1 123 MS788NS3 1 123 MS788RLP 1 122 MS791/15LP 1 122 MS791LP 1 122 MS798 1 123, 129 MS798EL30 1 123 MS798V 1 123, 129 MS798VEL30 1 123 MS798VEL30X 1 129 N NCH769NM 10 77 NCH769PM 10 77 NCH770/6M 10 77 NCH770M 10 77 NL770/4M 10 77 NL770ELV24 20 77 NL770M 10 77 NLC770/5M 10 77 NLC770/7M 10 77 NX770ELV24 20 77 NX770M 10 77 NXC770M 10 77 PP25 25 51 P32 25 51 PE170/10 1 49 PE170R 1 49 RR102WE 20 115 R105 1 116 R105/6 1 116 R401B 1 118 R402B 50 118 R605/3 1 91,107 R605/4 1 91,107 R605/5 1 91,107 R605/6 1 91,107 R615 1 103 R620 1 103 R621/1 4 101 R621/1A 1 102 R621/2 4 101 R621/2A 1 102 R621/3S 1 101 R621/3SC 1 101 R621/4A 1 101 R621/4D 10 101 R621/4S 1 101 R621/4SC 1 101 R621/4WA 1 101 R621/6D 10 101 R621/6L 1 102 R621/6WA 1 101 R621/8A 1 101 R621/8AL 1 110 R621/9A 1 101 R621/9AL 1 110 R621D1 1 102 R621D2 1 102 R621D2DA 1 105 R622/1AC 1 103 R622/2AC 1 103 R622D1 1 103 R622D2 1 103 R623/1000A 1 103 R1202 10 118 R1209/5 10 138 R1209/10 5 138 R2601 10 114 R2602 10 114 R2604 10 114 R2606 5 114 R2610 5 114 R2702 10 114 R2702EB 10 114 R2703 10 114 R2703EB 10 114 R2705 5 114 R2705EB 5 114 R2707 5 114
Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Alpha-Numeric Trade Product List WATWM16W 1 104 WATWM20BS 1 104 WATWM20W 1 104 WS38 2 50 WS38/15 1 50 WS38P 2 50 WS38R 2 50 WS40 5 49 WS40/15 5 49 WS44 1 51 WS44B 1 51,81 WS44S 1 51 WS45 1 50 WS53/1 1 49 WS53/1/15 1 49 WS53/1/X 1 49 WS53/2 1 49 WS53/2/15 1 49 WS53F/1 1 49 WS53F/1/15 1 49 WS53F/2 1 49 WS54/1 5 49 WS170 5 47 WS170/15 5 47 WS170/20 5 47 WS170/20KLI 5 47 WS170/20KLIO 5 47 WS170/20P 5 47 WS170/35 5 47 WS170/202 5 47 WS170I 5 47 WS170KLI 5 48 WS170KLIO 5 48 WS170KLO 5 48 WS170N 5 47 WS170P 5 47 WS170X 5 47 WS171/1 3 47 WS171/1/15 3 47 WS171/1/20 3 47 WS171/2 3 47 WS171/4 3 47 WS303/1F 10 89 WS303/1R 10 89 WSR170 5 48 XXL1FB 1 28 XL222/2T 1 13,134 XL222PA/2T 1 13,134 XL250L 3 24 XL250T 3 25 XL300F 3 25 XL400L 3 24 XL400T 3 24 XL422PA/3T 1 13,135 XL475 3 25 XL475/1 3 25 XL475/2 3 25 XL632 10 18 XL650ET 3 25 XL700L 3 24 XL700T 3 24 XL770/0 10 16 XL770/0PL 10 26 XL770/1 10 16 XL770/1CX 10 14,135 XL770/1D1 10 28,138 XL770/1D2 10 28,138 XL770/1D3 10 28 XL770/1FCX 10 14,135 XL770/1GPL 10 26 XL770/1H 10 16 XL770/1KLIO 10 18 XL770/1KLO 10 18 XL770/1PL 10 26 XL770/1RJ1 10 13,134 XL770/1RJ2 10 13,134 XL770/2 10 16 XL770/2D1 10 28,138 XL770/2GPL 10 26 XL770/2H 10 16 XL770/2PL 10 26 XL770/2RJ1 10 13,134 XL770/2RJ2 10 13,134 XL770/2RX 3 18 XL770/3 10 16 XL770/3GPL 10 26 XL770/3H 10 16 XL770/3PL 10 26 XL770/4 10 16 XL770/4GPL 10 26 XL770/4H 10 16 XL770/4PL 10 26 XL770/5 10 16 XL770/5GPL 10 26 XL770/5H 10 16 XL770/5PL 10 26 XL770/6 10 16 XL770/6GPL 10 26 XL770/6H 10 16 XL770/6PL 10 26 XL770EL10 10 24 XL770EL30 10 24 XL770EL30WE 10 24 XL770EL10N1 10 24 XL770EL10N2 10 24 XL770F 10 14,134 XL770KM1 10 19,128 XL770KM2 10 19,128 XL770KM3 10 19,128 XL770KM7 10 19,128 XL770KM8 10 19,128 XL770KM9 10 19,128 XL770KT1 10 19,127 XL770KT2 10 19,127 XL770KT3 10 19,127 XL770KT4 10 19,127 XL770KT5 10 19,127 XL770KT6 10 19,127 XL770KT7 10 19,127 XL770KT8 10 19,127 XL770KT9 10 19,127 XL770KT10 10 19,127 XL770KT11 10 19,127 XL770KT12 10 19,127 XL770KT13 10 19,127 XL770KT14 10 19,127 XL770KT15 10 19,127 XL770KT16 10 19,127 XL770T 10 17 XL770TH 10 17 XL770TO 10 13,134 XL770TOPL 10 28 XL770U 10 27 XL770VCKT1 10 18,128 XL770VCKT3 10 18,128 XL770VCKT4 10 18,128 XL770VCKT5 10 18,128 XL770VCKT6 10 18,128 XL770VCKT7 10 18,128 XL770VCKT8 10 18,128 XL770VCKT9 10 18,128 RJ8P8C6/1 20 136 RJ8P8C6/2 20 136 RJT2 1 136 RSL1202 1 111 RSSL605/2 1 111 SSQ770/0 20 61 SQ770/1PL 20 61 SQ770/2PL 20 61 SQ770/3PL 20 61 SQ770/4PL 20 61 SQ770/5PL 1 61 SQ770/6PL 20 61 SQ770/7PL 1 61 SQ770/9PL 20 61 SQ777 5 58 SQ777X 5 58 SQ787 5 57 SWCBL01 1 95 SWFFC02 10 137 SWPS080 1 95 SWSPK01 1 94 SWSPK01WE 1 94 SWSPK02WE 1 94 SWSPK03WE 1 94 SWSPK04 1 94 SWSPK04WE 1 94 SWST04 1 95 TTD170/1 1 54 TF770/1RC 3 54 TX770/1RC 3 53 TX770/1RCNC 3 53 TX770/2RC 3 53 TX770/2RCNC 3 53 VV777 10 57 V777/15 10 57 V777LK 10 57 V777S 10 57 V777X 10 57 V787 10 55 VA100SVL12 1 102 VA100SVX12 1 102 V&S404 20 83 WWATCF9 1 104 WATCF9J 1 104 WATCF12 1 104 WATCF12BS 1 104 WATCF12BSJ 1 104 WATCF12J 1 104 WATCF13AW 1 104 WATCF14 1 104 WATCF14BS 1 104 WATCF14J 1 104 WATCFBRACK 1 104 WATCFBS12 1 104 WATCFBS13AW 1 104 WATCFBS14 1 104 WATCFDR750BS 1 104 WATCFDR750BSJ 1 104 WATCFDR750W 1 104 WATCFDR750WJ 1 104 WATCFDR1500W 1 104 WATCFDR1500WJ 1 104 WATCFFR3HS 1 104 WATWM16BS 1 104 Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Alpha-Numeric Trade Product List XLP770/2H 10 16 XLP770/2PC 5 20 XLP770/2PC15 5 20 XLP770/2PL 10 26 XLP770/2RJ1 10 13 XLP770/2RJ2 10 13 XLP770/3 10 16 XLP770/3GPL 10 26 XLP770/3H 10 16 XLP770/3PL 10 26 XLP770/4 10 16 XLP770/4GPL 10 26 XLP770/4H 10 16 XLP770/4PL 10 26 XLP770/5 10 16 XLP770/5GPL 10 26 XLP770/5H 10 16 XLP770/5PL 10 26 XLP770/6 10 16 XLP770/6GPL 10 26 XLP770/6H 10 16 XLP770/6PL 10 26 XLP770BT 10 134 XLP770F 10 14 XLP770T 10 17 XLP770TH 10 17 XLP770TO 10 13 XLP770TOPL 10 28 XLP770U 10 27 XLP777 10 21 XLP777/15 10 22 XLP777/15S 10 22 XLP777/1015 10 22 XLP777EL10 2 23 XLP777EL30 2 23 XLP777EL30/1015 2 24 XLP777EL30G 2 24 XLP777ES 10 21 XLP777IDCL 10 22 XLP777P15 10 22 XLP777PL 10 27 XLP777R 10 22 XLP777S 10 21 XLP777X 10 22 XLP777X35O 10 22 XLP777XPL 10 27 XLP777XS 10 22 XLP787 10 20 XLP787/2X 5 21 XLP787/2XS 1 21 XLP787/15 10 20 XLP787/15S 10 20 XLP787/20 10 20 XLP787/20PL 10 27 XLP787/25 10 20 XLP787/32 10 20 XLP787B 10 23 XLP787B15 10 23 XLP787IDCL 5 21 XLP787PL 10 27 XLP787R 10 20 XLP787S 10 20 XLP787X 5 20 XLP787XNV 5 20 XLP787XPL 10 27 XLP787XS 5 20 XLP900AUDWEWE 5 12,133 XLP900USBWEWE 5 12,133 XLP900WEWE 5 11,132 XLP901WEWE 5 11,132 XLP902WEWE 5 11,132 XL770VCKT10 10 18,128 XL770VCKT11 10 19,128 XL770VCKT12 10 19,128 XL770VCKT13 10 19,128 XL770VCKT14 10 19,128 XL770VCKT15 10 19,128 XL770VCKT16 10 19 XL777 10 21 XL777/15 10 22 XL777/15NS 10 22 XL777/15S 10 22 XL777/1015 10 22 XL777/1015NS 10 22 XL777/1015S 10 22 XL777CH 10 22 XL777EL10 2 23 XL777EL10N 2 23 XL777EL10N3 2 23 XL777EL30 2 23 XL777EL30/1015 2 23 XL777EL30G 2 24 XL777EL30G1015 1 24 XL777EL30N 2 23 XL777EL30N3 2 23 XL777ID 10 22 XL777IDCL 10 22 XL777NS 10 21 XL777NSPL 20 27 XL777PA 10 37 XL777PL 10 27 XL777R 10 21 XL777RS 10 22 XL777S 10 21 XL777X 10 22 XL777X3NS 10 22 XL777X15 10 22 XL777X35O 10 22 XL777XCH 1 22 XL777XNS 10 22 XL777XPL 5 27 XL777XS 10 22 XL787 10 20 XL787/2X 5 21 XL787/2XS 10 21 XL787/15 10 20 XL787/15NS 10 20 XL787/15S 10 20 XL787/20 10 20 XL787/20N 10 20 XL787/20PL 10 27 XL787/25 10 20 XL787/25N 10 20 XL787/32 10 20 XL787B 10 23 XL787B15 10 23 XL787ID 5 21 XL787IDCL 5 21 XL787NS 10 20 XL787NSPL 20 27 XL787P 10 20 XL787PL 10 27 XL787PN 10 20 XL787PR 10 20 XL787R 10 20 XL787RNS 10 20 XL787RS 10 20 XL787S 10 20 XL787X 5 20 XL787X15WE 10 20 XL787XNS 5 20 XL787XNV 5 20 XL787XNV15 5 20 XL787XPL 10 27 XL787XR 5 20 XL787XRS 10 20 XL787XS 5 20 XL792/4 10 27 XL792/15 5 23 XL792B 5 23 XL792B15 5 23 XL792NS 5 23 XL792/O2A 10 27 XL792/OA 1 23,27 XL798/777 1 24,129 XL798/777EL30 1 24,129 XL798/777X 1 24,129 XL798/O 10 24,129 XL1000ERC 1 24 XL1000L 1 24 XL1000T 3 25 XL1036 10 17 XL1036N 10 17 XL1036P 10 17 XL1036PL 20 27 XL1036PN 10 17 XL2000ERC 3 24 XL7774 5 23 XL7774PL 5 28 XL7775 10 23 XL7775/1 10 23 XL7775/2 10 23 XL7872XPL 10 27 XLA770/1 10 16 XLA770/1CX 10 14,134 XLA770/1GPL 20 27 XLA770/1PL 20 26 XLA770/2 10 16 XLA770/2GPL 20 27 XLA770/2PL 20 26 XLA770/3 10 16 XLA770/3GPL 10 27 XLA770/3PL 20 26 XLA770/4 10 16 XLA770/4GPL 10 27 XLA770/4PL 20 26 XLDC 10 28 XLP250L 3 24 XLP250T 3 25 XLP300F 3 25 XLP400L 3 24 XLP400T 3 25 XLP450P 3 25 XLP475 3 25 XLP475/1 3 25 XLP475/2 3 25 XLP632 10 18 XLP700L 3 24 XLP700T 3 25 XLP770/0 10 16 XLP770/0PL 10 26 XLP770/1 10 16 XLP770/1CX 10 14 XLP770/1FCX 10 14 XLP770/1GPL 10 26 XLP770/1H 10 16 XLP770/1KLIO 10 18 XLP770/1KLO 10 18 XLP770/1PL 10 26 XLP770/1RJ1 10 13 XLP770/1RJ2 10 13 XLP770/2 10 16 XLP770/2GPL 10 26
Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Alpha-Numeric Trade Product List WATWM16W 1 104 WATWM20BS 1 104 WATWM20W 1 104 WS38 2 50 WS38/15 1 50 WS38P 2 50 WS38R 2 50 WS40 5 49 WS40/15 5 49 WS44 1 51 WS44B 1 51,81 WS44S 1 51 WS45 1 50 WS53/1 1 49 WS53/1/15 1 49 WS53/1/X 1 49 WS53/2 1 49 WS53/2/15 1 49 WS53F/1 1 49 WS53F/1/15 1 49 WS53F/2 1 49 WS54/1 5 49 WS170 5 47 WS170/15 5 47 WS170/20 5 47 WS170/20KLI 5 47 WS170/20KLIO 5 47 WS170/20P 5 47 WS170/35 5 47 WS170/202 5 47 WS170I 5 47 WS170KLI 5 48 WS170KLIO 5 48 WS170KLO 5 48 WS170N 5 47 WS170P 5 47 WS170X 5 47 WS171/1 3 47 WS171/1/15 3 47 WS171/1/20 3 47 WS171/2 3 47 WS171/4 3 47 WS303/1F 10 89 WS303/1R 10 89 WSR170 5 48 XXL1FB 1 28 XL222/2T 1 13,134 XL222PA/2T 1 13,134 XL250L 3 24 XL250T 3 25 XL300F 3 25 XL400L 3 24 XL400T 3 24 XL422PA/3T 1 13,135 XL475 3 25 XL475/1 3 25 XL475/2 3 25 XL632 10 18 XL650ET 3 25 XL700L 3 24 XL700T 3 24 XL770/0 10 16 XL770/0PL 10 26 XL770/1 10 16 XL770/1CX 10 14,135 XL770/1D1 10 28,138 XL770/1D2 10 28,138 XL770/1D3 10 28 XL770/1FCX 10 14,135 XL770/1GPL 10 26 XL770/1H 10 16 XL770/1KLIO 10 18 XL770/1KLO 10 18 XL770/1PL 10 26 XL770/1RJ1 10 13,134 XL770/1RJ2 10 13,134 XL770/2 10 16 XL770/2D1 10 28,138 XL770/2GPL 10 26 XL770/2H 10 16 XL770/2PL 10 26 XL770/2RJ1 10 13,134 XL770/2RJ2 10 13,134 XL770/2RX 3 18 XL770/3 10 16 XL770/3GPL 10 26 XL770/3H 10 16 XL770/3PL 10 26 XL770/4 10 16 XL770/4GPL 10 26 XL770/4H 10 16 XL770/4PL 10 26 XL770/5 10 16 XL770/5GPL 10 26 XL770/5H 10 16 XL770/5PL 10 26 XL770/6 10 16 XL770/6GPL 10 26 XL770/6H 10 16 XL770/6PL 10 26 XL770EL10 10 24 XL770EL30 10 24 XL770EL30WE 10 24 XL770EL10N1 10 24 XL770EL10N2 10 24 XL770F 10 14,134 XL770KM1 10 19,128 XL770KM2 10 19,128 XL770KM3 10 19,128 XL770KM7 10 19,128 XL770KM8 10 19,128 XL770KM9 10 19,128 XL770KT1 10 19,127 XL770KT2 10 19,127 XL770KT3 10 19,127 XL770KT4 10 19,127 XL770KT5 10 19,127 XL770KT6 10 19,127 XL770KT7 10 19,127 XL770KT8 10 19,127 XL770KT9 10 19,127 XL770KT10 10 19,127 XL770KT11 10 19,127 XL770KT12 10 19,127 XL770KT13 10 19,127 XL770KT14 10 19,127 XL770KT15 10 19,127 XL770KT16 10 19,127 XL770T 10 17 XL770TH 10 17 XL770TO 10 13,134 XL770TOPL 10 28 XL770U 10 27 XL770VCKT1 10 18,128 XL770VCKT3 10 18,128 XL770VCKT4 10 18,128 XL770VCKT5 10 18,128 XL770VCKT6 10 18,128 XL770VCKT7 10 18,128 XL770VCKT8 10 18,128 XL770VCKT9 10 18,128 RJ8P8C6/1 20 136 RJ8P8C6/2 20 136 RJT2 1 136 RSL1202 1 111 RSSL605/2 1 111 SSQ770/0 20 61 SQ770/1PL 20 61 SQ770/2PL 20 61 SQ770/3PL 20 61 SQ770/4PL 20 61 SQ770/5PL 1 61 SQ770/6PL 20 61 SQ770/7PL 1 61 SQ770/9PL 20 61 SQ777 5 58 SQ777X 5 58 SQ787 5 57 SWCBL01 1 95 SWFFC02 10 137 SWPS080 1 95 SWSPK01 1 94 SWSPK01WE 1 94 SWSPK02WE 1 94 SWSPK03WE 1 94 SWSPK04 1 94 SWSPK04WE 1 94 SWST04 1 95 TTD170/1 1 54 TF770/1RC 3 54 TX770/1RC 3 53 TX770/1RCNC 3 53 TX770/2RC 3 53 TX770/2RCNC 3 53 VV777 10 57 V777/15 10 57 V777LK 10 57 V777S 10 57 V777X 10 57 V787 10 55 VA100SVL12 1 102 VA100SVX12 1 102 V&S404 20 83 WWATCF9 1 104 WATCF9J 1 104 WATCF12 1 104 WATCF12BS 1 104 WATCF12BSJ 1 104 WATCF12J 1 104 WATCF13AW 1 104 WATCF14 1 104 WATCF14BS 1 104 WATCF14J 1 104 WATCFBRACK 1 104 WATCFBS12 1 104 WATCFBS13AW 1 104 WATCFBS14 1 104 WATCFDR750BS 1 104 WATCFDR750BSJ 1 104 WATCFDR750W 1 104 WATCFDR750WJ 1 104 WATCFDR1500W 1 104 WATCFDR1500WJ 1 104 WATCFFR3HS 1 104 WATWM16BS 1 104 Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Alpha-Numeric Trade Product List XLP770/2H 10 16 XLP770/2PC 5 20 XLP770/2PC15 5 20 XLP770/2PL 10 26 XLP770/2RJ1 10 13 XLP770/2RJ2 10 13 XLP770/3 10 16 XLP770/3GPL 10 26 XLP770/3H 10 16 XLP770/3PL 10 26 XLP770/4 10 16 XLP770/4GPL 10 26 XLP770/4H 10 16 XLP770/4PL 10 26 XLP770/5 10 16 XLP770/5GPL 10 26 XLP770/5H 10 16 XLP770/5PL 10 26 XLP770/6 10 16 XLP770/6GPL 10 26 XLP770/6H 10 16 XLP770/6PL 10 26 XLP770BT 10 134 XLP770F 10 14 XLP770T 10 17 XLP770TH 10 17 XLP770TO 10 13 XLP770TOPL 10 28 XLP770U 10 27 XLP777 10 21 XLP777/15 10 22 XLP777/15S 10 22 XLP777/1015 10 22 XLP777EL10 2 23 XLP777EL30 2 23 XLP777EL30/1015 2 24 XLP777EL30G 2 24 XLP777ES 10 21 XLP777IDCL 10 22 XLP777P15 10 22 XLP777PL 10 27 XLP777R 10 22 XLP777S 10 21 XLP777X 10 22 XLP777X35O 10 22 XLP777XPL 10 27 XLP777XS 10 22 XLP787 10 20 XLP787/2X 5 21 XLP787/2XS 1 21 XLP787/15 10 20 XLP787/15S 10 20 XLP787/20 10 20 XLP787/20PL 10 27 XLP787/25 10 20 XLP787/32 10 20 XLP787B 10 23 XLP787B15 10 23 XLP787IDCL 5 21 XLP787PL 10 27 XLP787R 10 20 XLP787S 10 20 XLP787X 5 20 XLP787XNV 5 20 XLP787XPL 10 27 XLP787XS 5 20 XLP900AUDWEWE 5 12,133 XLP900USBWEWE 5 12,133 XLP900WEWE 5 11,132 XLP901WEWE 5 11,132 XLP902WEWE 5 11,132 XL770VCKT10 10 18,128 XL770VCKT11 10 19,128 XL770VCKT12 10 19,128 XL770VCKT13 10 19,128 XL770VCKT14 10 19,128 XL770VCKT15 10 19,128 XL770VCKT16 10 19 XL777 10 21 XL777/15 10 22 XL777/15NS 10 22 XL777/15S 10 22 XL777/1015 10 22 XL777/1015NS 10 22 XL777/1015S 10 22 XL777CH 10 22 XL777EL10 2 23 XL777EL10N 2 23 XL777EL10N3 2 23 XL777EL30 2 23 XL777EL30/1015 2 23 XL777EL30G 2 24 XL777EL30G1015 1 24 XL777EL30N 2 23 XL777EL30N3 2 23 XL777ID 10 22 XL777IDCL 10 22 XL777NS 10 21 XL777NSPL 20 27 XL777PA 10 37 XL777PL 10 27 XL777R 10 21 XL777RS 10 22 XL777S 10 21 XL777X 10 22 XL777X3NS 10 22 XL777X15 10 22 XL777X35O 10 22 XL777XCH 1 22 XL777XNS 10 22 XL777XPL 5 27 XL777XS 10 22 XL787 10 20 XL787/2X 5 21 XL787/2XS 10 21 XL787/15 10 20 XL787/15NS 10 20 XL787/15S 10 20 XL787/20 10 20 XL787/20N 10 20 XL787/20PL 10 27 XL787/25 10 20 XL787/25N 10 20 XL787/32 10 20 XL787B 10 23 XL787B15 10 23 XL787ID 5 21 XL787IDCL 5 21 XL787NS 10 20 XL787NSPL 20 27 XL787P 10 20 XL787PL 10 27 XL787PN 10 20 XL787PR 10 20 XL787R 10 20 XL787RNS 10 20 XL787RS 10 20 XL787S 10 20 XL787X 5 20 XL787X15WE 10 20 XL787XNS 5 20 XL787XNV 5 20 XL787XNV15 5 20 XL787XPL 10 27 XL787XR 5 20 XL787XRS 10 20 XL787XS 5 20 XL792/4 10 27 XL792/15 5 23 XL792B 5 23 XL792B15 5 23 XL792NS 5 23 XL792/O2A 10 27 XL792/OA 1 23,27 XL798/777 1 24,129 XL798/777EL30 1 24,129 XL798/777X 1 24,129 XL798/O 10 24,129 XL1000ERC 1 24 XL1000L 1 24 XL1000T 3 25 XL1036 10 17 XL1036N 10 17 XL1036P 10 17 XL1036PL 20 27 XL1036PN 10 17 XL2000ERC 3 24 XL7774 5 23 XL7774PL 5 28 XL7775 10 23 XL7775/1 10 23 XL7775/2 10 23 XL7872XPL 10 27 XLA770/1 10 16 XLA770/1CX 10 14,134 XLA770/1GPL 20 27 XLA770/1PL 20 26 XLA770/2 10 16 XLA770/2GPL 20 27 XLA770/2PL 20 26 XLA770/3 10 16 XLA770/3GPL 10 27 XLA770/3PL 20 26 XLA770/4 10 16 XLA770/4GPL 10 27 XLA770/4PL 20 26 XLDC 10 28 XLP250L 3 24 XLP250T 3 25 XLP300F 3 25 XLP400L 3 24 XLP400T 3 25 XLP450P 3 25 XLP475 3 25 XLP475/1 3 25 XLP475/2 3 25 XLP632 10 18 XLP700L 3 24 XLP700T 3 25 XLP770/0 10 16 XLP770/0PL 10 26 XLP770/1 10 16 XLP770/1CX 10 14 XLP770/1FCX 10 14 XLP770/1GPL 10 26 XLP770/1H 10 16 XLP770/1KLIO 10 18 XLP770/1KLO 10 18 XLP770/1PL 10 26 XLP770/1RJ1 10 13 XLP770/1RJ2 10 13 XLP770/2 10 16 XLP770/2GPL 10 26
Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Alpha-Numeric Trade Product List XLP903WEWE 5 11,132 XLP904/2WEWE 5 12,134 XLP904R2WEWE 5 12,133 XLP904R3WEWE 5 12,133 XLP904SVWEWE 5 13,134 XLP904USBWEWE 5 12,133 XLP904WEWE 5 11,132 XLP905WEWE 5 11,132 XLP906WEWE 5 11,132 XLP907/2WEWE 5 11,132 XLP907WEWE 5 11,132 XLP908WEWE 5 11,132 XLP909WEWE 5 11,132 XLP910WEWE 5 11,133 XLP911WEWE 5 11,133 XLP912WEWE 5 15,146 XLP913WEWE 5 15,146 XLP914WEWE 5 15,146 XLP915WEWE 5 15,126 XLP917WEWE 5 14,126 XLP918WEWE 5 14,126 XLP919WEWE 5 14,127 XLP920WEWE 5 14,127 XLP921WEWE 5 14,127 XLP924WEWE 5 14,127 XLP925WEWE 5 14,127 XLP926WEWE 5 15,126 XLP927WEWE 5 15,126 XLP928WEWE 5 15,126 XLP930WEWE 5 15,126 XLP931WEWE 5 15,126 XLP932WEWE 5 15,126 XLP933WEWE 5 15,126 XLP934WEWE 5 15,126 XLP935WEWE 5 15,126 XLP936WEWE 5 15,126 XLP937WEWE 5 15,126 XLP939WEWE 5 15,126 XLP940WEWE 5 15,126 XLP941WEWE 5 15,126 XLP943/2WEWE 5 12,133 XLP943WEWE 5 12,133 XLP945WEWE 5 13 XLP946WEWE 5 13 XLP947WEWE 5 13 XLP948WEWE 5 13 XLP949WB 5 13 XLP949WEWE 5 13 XLP950WEWE 5 12,133 XLP1000ERC 1 24 XLP1000L 1 24 XLP1000T 3 25 XLP1036 10 17 XLP1036N 10 17 XLP1036P 10 17 XLP1036PL 20 27 XLP2000ERC 3 24 XLP7774 5 23 XLPV777 10 22 XLPV777S 10 22 XLPV777XS 10 22 XLPV787 10 21 XLPV787/2X 10 21 XLPV787/2XS 10 21 XLPV787/15 5 21 XLPV787/15S 5 21 XLPV787S 10 21 XLPV787XS 5 21 XLPW770H1 3 16 XLPW770H2 3 16 XLPW770V1 3 16 XLPW770V2 3 16 XLTC 1 28 XLTD770/1 3 17 XLTF770/1 3 17 XLTX770/1 3 17 XLTX770/1A 3 17 XLTX770/1NC 3 17 XLTX770/2 3 17 XLTX770/2A 3 17 XLTX770/2NC 3 17 XLTX770/3 3 17 XLTX770/3A 3 17 XLV6/3W 1 13 XLV424/3W 1 13,135 XLV777 10 22 XLV777S 10 22 XLV777X 10 22 XLV777XS 10 22 XLV787 10 21 XLV787/2X 10 21 XLV787/2XS 10 21 XLV787/15 5 21 XLV787/15S 5 21 XLV787R 10 21 XLV787S 10 21 XLV787X 5 21 XLV787XS 5 21 XLW770H1 3 16,47 XLW770H2 3 16,47 XLW770V1 3 16,47 XLW770V2 3 16,47
Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Cat. No. Std. Pk. Page Alpha-Numeric Trade Product List XLP903WEWE 5 11,132 XLP904/2WEWE 5 12,134 XLP904R2WEWE 5 12,133 XLP904R3WEWE 5 12,133 XLP904SVWEWE 5 13,134 XLP904USBWEWE 5 12,133 XLP904WEWE 5 11,132 XLP905WEWE 5 11,132 XLP906WEWE 5 11,132 XLP907/2WEWE 5 11,132 XLP907WEWE 5 11,132 XLP908WEWE 5 11,132 XLP909WEWE 5 11,132 XLP910WEWE 5 11,133 XLP911WEWE 5 11,133 XLP912WEWE 5 15,146 XLP913WEWE 5 15,146 XLP914WEWE 5 15,146 XLP915WEWE 5 15,126 XLP917WEWE 5 14,126 XLP918WEWE 5 14,126 XLP919WEWE 5 14,127 XLP920WEWE 5 14,127 XLP921WEWE 5 14,127 XLP924WEWE 5 14,127 XLP925WEWE 5 14,127 XLP926WEWE 5 15,126 XLP927WEWE 5 15,126 XLP928WEWE 5 15,126 XLP930WEWE 5 15,126 XLP931WEWE 5 15,126 XLP932WEWE 5 15,126 XLP933WEWE 5 15,126 XLP934WEWE 5 15,126 XLP935WEWE 5 15,126 XLP936WEWE 5 15,126 XLP937WEWE 5 15,126 XLP939WEWE 5 15,126 XLP940WEWE 5 15,126 XLP941WEWE 5 15,126 XLP943/2WEWE 5 12,133 XLP943WEWE 5 12,133 XLP945WEWE 5 13 XLP946WEWE 5 13 XLP947WEWE 5 13 XLP948WEWE 5 13 XLP949WB 5 13 XLP949WEWE 5 13 XLP950WEWE 5 12,133 XLP1000ERC 1 24 XLP1000L 1 24 XLP1000T 3 25 XLP1036 10 17 XLP1036N 10 17 XLP1036P 10 17 XLP1036PL 20 27 XLP2000ERC 3 24 XLP7774 5 23 XLPV777 10 22 XLPV777S 10 22 XLPV777XS 10 22 XLPV787 10 21 XLPV787/2X 10 21 XLPV787/2XS 10 21 XLPV787/15 5 21 XLPV787/15S 5 21 XLPV787S 10 21 XLPV787XS 5 21 XLPW770H1 3 16 XLPW770H2 3 16 XLPW770V1 3 16 XLPW770V2 3 16 XLTC 1 28 XLTD770/1 3 17 XLTF770/1 3 17 XLTX770/1 3 17 XLTX770/1A 3 17 XLTX770/1NC 3 17 XLTX770/2 3 17 XLTX770/2A 3 17 XLTX770/2NC 3 17 XLTX770/3 3 17 XLTX770/3A 3 17 XLV6/3W 1 13 XLV424/3W 1 13,135 XLV777 10 22 XLV777S 10 22 XLV777X 10 22 XLV777XS 10 22 XLV787 10 21 XLV787/2X 10 21 XLV787/2XS 10 21 XLV787/15 5 21 XLV787/15S 5 21 XLV787R 10 21 XLV787S 10 21 XLV787X 5 21 XLV787XS 5 21 XLW770H1 3 16,47 XLW770H2 3 16,47 XLW770V1 3 16,47 XLW770V2 3 16,47 1 Definitions and interpretation 1.1 In these terms and conditions: Agreement means the agreement between HPM Legrand and the Purchaser comprising these terms and conditions and any other document which HPM Legrand provides to the Purchaser and which is expressed to include or be subject to these terms and conditions. Australian Consumer Law means Schedule 2 to the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth). Consumer means a “consumer” as that term is defined in section 3 of the Australian Consumer Law. Consumer Contract means a contract for the supply of goods or services to a Consumer. HPM Legrand means Legrand Australia Pty Limited (ABN 31 000 102 661) and, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise makes clear, includes its Related Bodies Corporate. Order has the meaning given in clause 3.1. Order Confirmation has the meaning given in clause 3.1. Products means all goods offered to or supplied to the Purchaser by HPM Legrand (including all products sold under the HPM, Legrand, Bticino, Cablofil and Nelson brands and trade marks). Purchaser means any person or entity to whom HPM Legrand supplies or offers to supply Products. Related Bodies Corporate has the same meaning as in section 50 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). Standard means an applicable standard or specification for a particular Product which is published by HPM Legrand or mandatory under applicable laws or both. Taxes has the meaning given in clause 4.2(b). Warranty Information Sheet means the document which forms part of these terms and conditions and which contains information HPM Legrand provides to Purchasers who are also Consumers under applicable provisions of the Australian Consumer Law. 2 Application of terms and conditions 2.1 These terms and conditions apply to all quotations, offers and purchase orders made or accepted by HPM Legrand and to all Products sold or otherwise supplied by HPM Legrand to a Purchaser. 2.2 So far as applicable, these terms and conditions also apply to the provision of any services accompanying the supply of, or provided in relation to, Products and, where the context allows, any reference to the sale or supply of Products includes the provision of such services. 2.3 These terms and conditions may not be varied or cancelled unless agreed in writing by HPM Legrand. 2.4 Other than these terms and conditions, any conditions or other terms which are set out in any offer, purchase order or other document submitted by or on behalf of the Purchaser are expressly excluded. 3 Orders 3.1 Each Purchaser’s order must be in writing (Order) and will be binding on HPM Legrand only if HPM Legrand gives written acknowledgement of its acceptance on these terms and conditions (Order Confirmation). 3.2 Despite clause 3.1, if Products are supplied by HPM Legrand without an Order Confirmation, HPM Legrand’s conduct in accepting and fulfilling an Order will be deemed to constitute the Order Confirmation and HPM Legrand’s invoice will constitute evidence of the Order Confirmation. 4 Prices and payment 4.1 The prices of the Products are those set out in HPM Legrand’s then-current applicable price list at the date of their dispatch, unless otherwise specified in the Order Confirmation. HPM Legrand also reserves the right to change prices for its Products and any applicable price list without notice to the Purchaser. 4.2 Unless otherwise specified, all prices are: (a) inclusive of delivery costs to the Purchaser’s nominated store or other delivery point in Australia; and (b) exclusive of all taxes, including goods and services tax (GST), sales, consumption and value added taxes, duties, excises, imposts and levies relating to the supply or use of the Products (Taxes). 4.3 Unless otherwise agreed or specified by HPM Legrand, payment is due in full within 30 days of the end of the month of the date of the invoice. 4.4 HPM Legrand may at its discretion charge a minimum order fee of $[20.00 or 10% of the value of any Order less than $400.00], whichever is the greater. 4.5 HPM Legrand may refuse, extend or withdraw credit to the Purchaser at any time and on such terms as it considers appropriate, in each case at its absolute discretion. 4.6 The Purchaser will pay all amounts due under these terms and conditions to HPM Legrand by direct transfer to HPM Legrand’s nominated bank account or in any other manner specified by HPM Legrand from time to time. 4.7 HPM Legrand may charge interest up to a rate which is 2% higher than that applied to commercial overdraft balances of over $100,000 by HPM Legrand’s principal bank, such rate to be compounded and calculated daily on the amount outstanding (including Taxes) after expiry of the due date for payment until it has been paid in full. 4.8 If payment is not made in accordance with clause 4.3, 4.4 or 4.6, or if at any time the credit standing of the Purchaser, in the opinion of HPM Legrand, is at risk or has been impaired HPM Legrand may suspend or cancel an Order or delivery of any Products until alternative arrangements as to payment or credit in terms satisfactory to HPM Legrand have been agreed. 4.9 Despite any other provision of this clause 4, the Purchaser must pay or reimburse HPM Legrand all Taxes. Without limiting that obligation, if GST is payable on any supply made by HPM Legrand under these terms and conditions, the Purchaser must pay HPM Legrand an additional amount equivalent to the GST at the time the relevant payment to HPM Legrand is due. HPM Legrand will provide the Purchaser with a tax invoice. 4.10 The Purchaser may not withhold or set off any payment or make deductions from any amount owing to HPM Legrand without HPM Legrand’s prior written consent. 5 Cancellation and variation of Orders 5.1 Notices of cancellation or variation of Orders submitted by the Purchaser must be in writing and may be accepted or rejected by HPM Legrand at its discretion. 5.2 If a Purchaser gives a notice under clause 5.1, without prejudice to its other rights, HPM Legrand reserves the right to charge for all work it has performed and will need to perform in fulfilling an Order or, if the work is substantially complete or the Products were made to order or are otherwise not immediately available for sale to another customer at an equivalent price, to charge for the full amount set out in the applicable Order Confirmation in addition to any other costs it incurs on the Purchaser’s behalf. 6 Delivery and return 6.1 HPM Legrand will deliver the Products to the Purchaser by means of HPM Legrand’s preferred carriers. If the Purchaser wishes the Products to be delivered by another carrier, that delivery will be at the Purchaser’s cost and risk. 6.2 Unless HPM Legrand otherwise agrees, and subject to any additional charges incurred in delivery and transport, delivery of Products will be made to the delivery point in Australia specified in the applicable Order. 6.3 Stated delivery times are no more than an estimate by HPM Legrand and will not be binding upon HPM Legrand. HPM Legrand is not liable for any costs or other loss caused by reason of any delay in delivery. 6.4 If the quantity of Products delivered does not correspond with the quantity stated in an Order the Purchaser will only be liable to pay for the quantity delivered in the case of short-delivery and for the contract price in the case of over-delivery (subject in the latter case to permitting HPM Legrand to collect the surplus Products) provided that in no event will such short or over-delivery entitle the Purchaser to damages or give the Purchaser a right to rescind the Agreement. 6.5 Any surplus Products delivered to the Purchaser will remain the property of HPM Legrand and the Purchaser will take all necessary precautions for the safe custody and protection of such surplus Products until the time of their collection by HPM Legrand. 6.6 If the Purchaser refuses or fails to take delivery of Products HPM Legrand may, at its discretion and without prejudice to any of its other rights, store those Products at the Purchaser’s risk and expense. 6.7 Except as specified in clause 6.5 Products may only be returned to HPM Legrand with its prior written consent and subject to the following: (a) all returned Products must be delivered to HPM Legrand at the Purchaser’s cost within 21 days of their receipt by the Purchaser in good order and condition, unused and in their original packaging together with a despatch note stating the original Order and invoice numbers and the date of purchase; (b) HPM Legrand may at its discretion charge the Purchaser a restocking fee of up to 20% of the original net invoice price of any Products returned to it pursuant to this clause 6.7; and (c) HPM Legrand will generally not accept for return Products which have been manufactured to order unless those Products do not conform to an applicable Standard, are otherwise proven to HPM Legrand’s satisfaction to be defective or are supplied under a Consumer Contract and the provisions of clause 10 apply. 7 Passing of risk and title 7.1 Risk in the Products will pass to the Purchaser when the Products are tendered for delivery at the delivery point specified in an Order or when the Products are collected by the Purchaser for loading into the vehicle of the Purchaser, its carrier or other agent. 7.2 Legal and beneficial title (ownership) in the Products will remain with HPM Legrand until: (a) all amounts in respect of the Products under an applicable Order; and (b) any other amounts the Purchaser may owe HPM Legrand, whether under these terms and conditions, under any other agreement or pursuant to any other Order, have been paid in full. 7.3 Until such time as ownership in the Products passes to the Purchaser, the Purchaser will: (a) store the Products in a manner which makes them readily identifiable as the property of HPM Legrand; (b) hold the Products as bailee of HPM Legrand; (c) keep, and provide HPM Legrand at any time on reasonable request, proper and complete stock records covering the receipt, identification, storage, location, sale and movement of the Products; and (d) keep the Products insured against theft, damage and destruction. 7.4 Despite clauses 7.2 and 7.3 the Purchaser is entitled, until notified by HPM Legrand or until the happening of any of the events set out in clause 7.7, to sell the Products in the normal course of its business, in which case the proceeds of resale must be held in trust for HPM Legrand in a separate account. 7.5 HPM Legrand is entitled, at any time while any debt remains outstanding by the Purchaser beyond its due date of payment in respect of the amounts referred to in clause 7.2(a) and clause 7.2(b), to notify the Purchaser of its intention to take possession of the Products and for this purpose to enter upon the land and buildings of the Purchaser with all necessary equipment to take possession of the Products. 7.6 On receipt of notice from HPM Legrand or on the happening of any of the events set out in clause 7.7, the Purchaser’s authority to sell or otherwise deal with the Products as set out in clause 7.4 is withdrawn. 7.7 The Purchaser will give immediate notice to HPM Legrand of: (a) any notice to the Purchaser that a receiver or manager is to be or has been appointed over its assets or any part of its business or undertakings; (b) any notice to the Purchaser that a petition to wind up the Purchaser is to be or has been presented or any notice of a resolution to wind up the Purchaser; (c) a decision by the Purchaser that it intends to make any arrangements with its creditors; or (d) any act of bankruptcy by the Purchaser as defined in section 40 of the Bankruptcy Act 1966 (Cth). 8 Personal Property Securities Act 2009 (Cth) (PPSA) 8.1 The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that: (a) by agreeing to these terms and conditions (in particular, by virtue of clause 7) the Purchaser grants a security interest pursuant to the PPSA to HPM Legrand in any Products supplied by HPM Legrand to the Purchaser and any proceeds of the sale of such Products; (b) HPM Legrand may register on the Personal Property Securities Register (“PPS Register”) a security interest or purchase money security interest (“PMSI”) in the Products; and (c) HPM Legrand may, on demand, obtain reimbursement from the Purchaser for all costs and expenses incurred by HPM Legrand in relation to registering, maintaining or releasing any financing statement or financing change statement (each as defined in the PPSA) in respect of any security interest or PMSI under these terms and conditions. 8.2 The Purchaser undertakes: (a) promptly to do all things, sign any further documents and provide any further information (which information the Purchaser warrants to be complete, accurate and up-to-date in all respects) which HPM Legrand may reasonably require to enable it to perfect, and maintain the perfection of, its security interest or PMSI (including by registration of a financing statement or financing change statement on the PPS Register); (b) not to register a financing statement or financing change statement in respect of the Products without HPM Legrand’s prior written consent; and (c) to give HPM Legrand no less than 14 days’ prior written notice of any proposed change in the Purchaser’s name or any other change in the Purchaser’s details (including, but not limited to, changes in its address, facsimile number or trading name). 8.3 The Purchaser waives its right under section 157 of the PPSA to receive notice of any verification of any registration pursuant to the PPSA. 8.4 The Purchaser agrees that pursuant to section 115(1) of the PPSA and to the maximum extent permitted by law the Purchaser waives its rights under, and with HPM Legrand’s agreement contracts out of, sections 95,118,121(4),125,129(2) and (3),130,132(3)(d),132(4), 135,142 and 143 of the PPSA. HPM Legrand Terms and Conditions of Sale
HPM Legrand Terms and Conditions of Sale 9 Warranty for defective Products 9.1 HPM Legrand undertakes that if Products are found upon inspection by or on behalf of HPM Legrand not to conform to a Standard or are otherwise defective in materials or workmanship, HPM Legrand will, at its option: (a) replace or repair the Products; (b) bring the Products into conformity with the Standard; (c) take back the Products found not to conform to the Standard or which are otherwise defective and refund the appropriate part of the purchase price; or (d) pay for the cost of replacement or repair of the Products. provided that: (e) the liability of HPM Legrand will never exceed the purchase price of the Products; and (f) the Purchaser has performed all its contractual obligations. 9.2 If any Products are damaged during transportation or delivery by HPM Legrand’s carrier or do not comply with the description on the relevant Order, HPM Legrand will accept return of those Products and will credit the Purchaser with any amount which it has paid for them. 9.3 Clauses 9.1 and 9.2 apply only if: (a) any alleged defect or damage to the Products occurred within 12 months of the date of their installation or 18 months from the date of their purchase from HPM Legrand, whichever is the earlier; (b) the Products have been properly handled, stored and maintained and any instructions by HPM Legrand in relation to the Products and their installation and use (including operating instructions which specify applicable operating and environmental conditions for particular Products) have been fully observed; (c) the Purchaser gives written notice to HPM Legrand of the alleged defect in respect of the Products, such notice to be received by HPM Legrand within 14 days of the date when such defect appeared or ought to have been discovered; (d) the Products, being Products of the kind referred to in clause 9.2, are unsoiled and returned unopened to HPM Legrand accompanied by an itemised list including the batch number and the relevant statement date and number; (e) the Purchaser gives HPM Legrand a reasonable opportunity to inspect the Products; and (f) the Purchaser makes no further use of the Products after the Purchaser discovers or ought to have discovered that they were defective. 9.4 Clause 9.1 does not apply: (a) to the extent the Products are damaged after risk passes to the Purchaser in accordance with clause 7.1; (b) to the extent the Products have been subjected to abnormal use (including excessive vibration, short circuiting, excessive voltage, interrupted or uneven power supply and negligent operation); (c) to the extent any Products have been repaired, altered or replaced by anyone other than HPM Legrand or its authorised representatives; (d) to the extent defects or damage to any Products are attributable to their installation or assembly by any third party; (e) to defects or damage arising from normal wear and tear; and (f) to any components of the Products which are not manufactured or supplied by HPM Legrand or any one of its Related Bodies Corporate. 9.5 Certain Products manufactured and supplied by HPM Legrand (including lamps) are specified to have a nominal life or rating. HPM Legrand does not warrant and will not in any circumstance be liable for defects or failures in any such Products or for any reduction in any such Products’ nominal life or rating attributable to external factors such as vibration, interrupted or uneven power supply or excessive voltage. 9.6 The warranty contained in this clause 9 is personal to the Purchaser and may not be assigned except with the prior written consent of HPM Legrand. In particular, it is hereby stated and acknowledged by the Purchaser that the warranty contained in this clause 9 confers no rights and is not intended to benefit end-users of Products who are Consumers. 9.7 HPM Legrand reserves the right to provide express warranties direct to end-users of Products. Such warranties may vary or extend the term of available warranty protection and may also be subject to different conditions than are set out in this clause 9. 10 Exclusion of liability 10.1 HPM Legrand acknowledges that certain legislation in Australia, including the Australian Consumer Law, provides Consumers with guarantees and rights which cannot be excluded, restricted or modified or which may in certain cases only be modified or restricted to a limited extent. Nothing in these terms and conditions excludes, restricts or modifies, or is intended to exclude, restrict or modify, any guarantee, condition, warranty, right or liability implied by law (including any guarantee, condition, right or liability imposed under the Australian Consumer Law) which cannot lawfully be excluded, restricted or modified. 10.2 To the extent permitted by the Australian Consumer Law, HPM Legrand’s liability for goods or services supplied under a Consumer Contract that are not of a kind ordinarily acquired for personal, domestic or household use or consumption is limited, at HPM Legrand’s option, to any one or more of the following: (a) in the case of goods, the replacement, repair or payment of the cost of replacement or repair of the goods; and (b) in the case of services, supplying the services again or payment of the cost of having the services supplied again. 10.3 In the case of goods or services which are not supplied by HPM Legrand under a Consumer Contract: (a) HPM Legrand accepts no liability for any economic, indirect or consequential loss, including loss of profit, loss of income, loss of contracts or business and loss of data; and (b) HPM Legrand’s maximum aggregate liability for any cause and under any head of liability will not in any circumstances exceed the total price paid by the Purchaser for those goods and services. 10.4 These terms and conditions describe the full extent of HPM Legrand’s obligations and liabilities in respect of the supply of the Products and, except as expressly stated or referred to in this Agreement or as otherwise specifically provided in writing by HPM Legrand, there are no guarantees, conditions, warranties or other terms that bind HPM Legrand nor will HPM Legrand otherwise be liable in contract, tort (including negligence) or for breach of statutory duty for any loss, damage, cost or expense of any kind. 11 Product specification and discontinuance HPM Legrand reserves the right to: (a) discontinue Products; (b) substitute comparable products; and (c) modify the design, specifications and Standards (other than mandatory Standards) applicable to any of its Products, at any time including during the currency of these terms and conditions and any current Order and, in each case, without incurring any liability or other obligation to the Purchaser. 12 Termination 12.1 HPM Legrand may terminate the Agreement, or suspend or cancel any current Order, by written notice to the Purchaser if the Purchaser does not pay any amount in accordance with these terms and conditions. 12.2 Either party may terminate this Agreement, or suspend or cancel any current Order, by written notice to the other if: (a) the other party commits or allows to be committed a material breach of these terms and conditions and does not within 21 days of receiving a written notice from the first mentioned party rectify that breach; (b) the other party commits a material breach of these terms and conditions which cannot be remedied; (c) the other party becomes, or resolves to become, subject to external administration or proceedings under Chapter 5 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth); or (d) an event of the kind described in clause 7.7 occurs in respect of the other party. 12.3 Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement or the suspension or cancellation of any Order for any reason, the Purchaser must promptly pay all amounts owing to HPM Legrand under this Agreement. 13 Force majeure Neither party will be liable for any loss or damage caused by delay in the performance or non-performance of any of its obligations occasioned by any cause whatsoever that is beyond its reasonable control including: Act of God; war; civil disturbance; requisitioning by governments or public authorities; governmental restrictions; prohibitions or enactments of any kind; import or export regulations; strikes; shipping and transport delays; lock-outs or other industrial disputes (whether involving its own employees or those of any other person); difficulties in obtaining materials; breakdown of machinery; fires; or accidents. If any such event occurs the affected party may to the extent necessary vary or suspend any Order, these terms and conditions or the Agreement, in each case at its discretion and without incurring any liability to the other party for any such loss or damage. 14 Intellectual property 14.1 HPM Legrand for and on behalf of itself, its Related Bodies Corporate and its licensees (if any) reserves ownership and intellectual property rights in all inventions, names, illustrations, drawings, plans, specifications, formulas and documents relating to the Products. Nothing in these terms and conditions operates or is intended to deny HPM Legrand, its Related Bodies Corporate or its licensees, or confer on the Purchaser, such rights or any other intellectual property rights in the Products. 14.2 If a third party asserts a claim for breach of its intellectual property rights arising from the supply or use of the Products the Purchaser will immediately inform HPM Legrand and HPM Legrand will be solely responsible for the defence, resolution and settlement of any such claim. The Purchaser will at HPM Legrand’s cost and request render such reasonable assistance as HPM Legrand requires in defending any such claim. In no circumstances will the Purchaser acknowledge or concede the validity of any such claim except with HPM Legrand’s express written consent. If any such claim against HPM Legrand succeeds, HPM Legrand will at its option use its best endeavours to obtain a right to use or license any such intellectual property rights or modify the Products or replace them at its cost. 14.3 The Purchaser will indemnify HPM Legrand for and in respect of claims by any third party in relation to the Products which arise from or can be attributed to the special processes, requirements or specifications of the Purchaser, including the use or transfer of designs, logos, trade marks and techniques, equipment and tools in the manufacture, production and labelling of the Products. 14.4 In this clause 14 a reference to intellectual property rights includes patents, trade marks, copyright, registered designs and licences and applications in respect of any of the above. 15 Assignment This Agreement is personal to HPM Legrand and the Purchaser and any rights and obligations under this Agreement may only be assigned by the Purchaser with the prior written consent of HPM Legrand. 16 Waiver No neglect, delay or indulgence on the part of HPM Legrand in enforcing these terms and conditions will prejudice the rights of HPM Legrand or be construed as a waiver of any such rights. 17 Severability If any part of these terms and conditions (including any provision, part, paragraph, phrase or word) is illegal, invalid or unenforceable it will be read down so far as necessary to give it a valid and enforceable operation or, if that is not possible, it will be severed from these terms and conditions, but in any event the remaining provisions will remain in full force and effect. 18 Governing law This Agreement and these terms and conditions are governed by and must be construed in accordance with the laws which apply in the State of New South Wales. The parties submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of that State and the Commonwealth of Australia in respect of all matters or things arising out of these terms and conditions and any other provision of this Agreement.
Index of protection (IPXX) against solid bodies and liquids 1. Protection against solid bodies and liquids: IP index of protection Degrees of protection for enclosures of electrical equipment according to standards: IEC 60529, BS EN 60529 and NF EN 60529 2. Protection IK, against mechanical impact. According to standards: IEC 62262, BS EN 62262 and NF EN 62262 0 Impact energy (in Joules) Tests IK IK 01 IK 02 IK 00 0.15 IK 03 2 1 5 0.7 0.2 10 0.35 0.5 IK 07 20 IK 06 IK 04 IK 05 IK 08 IK 09 IK 10 75 mm 0.2 kg 100 mm 0.2 kg 175 mm 0.2 kg 250 mm 0.2 kg 350 mm 0.2 kg 200 mm 0.5 kg 400 mm 0.5 kg 295 mm 1.7 kg 200 mm 5 kg 5 kg 400 mm 0 Impact energy (in Joules) Tests IK IK 01 IK 02 IK 00 0.15 IK 03 2 1 5 0.7 0.2 10 0.35 0.5 IK 07 20 IK 06 IK 04 IK 05 IK 08 IK 09 IK 10 75 mm 0.2 kg 100 mm 0.2 kg 175 mm 0.2 kg 250 mm 0.2 kg 350 mm 0.2 kg 200 mm 0.5 kg 400 mm 0.5 kg 295 mm 1.7 kg 200 mm 5 kg 5 kg 400 mm 0 Impact energy (in Joules) Tests IK IK 01 IK 02 IK 00 0.15 IK 03 2 1 5 0.7 0.2 10 0.35 0.5 IK 07 20 IK 06 IK 04 IK 05 IK 08 IK 09 IK 10 75 mm 0.2 kg 100 mm 0.2 kg 175 mm 0.2 kg 250 mm 0.2 kg 350 mm 0.2 kg 200 mm 0.5 kg 400 mm 0.5 kg 295 mm 1.7 kg 200 mm 5 kg 5 kg 400 mm • This table can be used to ascertain the resistance of a product to an impact given in Joules from the IK code (graduated from 00 to 10) 1 st digit: protection against solid bodies (See AS 1939, Clause 5) IP tests IP 0 No protection A 1 Ø 50 mm Protected against solid bodies larger than 50 mm (e.g.: accidental contact with the hand) 2 Ø 12.5 mm Protected against solid bodies larger than 12.5 mm (e.g.: finger) B 3 Ø 2.5 mm Protected against solid bodies larger than 2.5 mm (e.g.: tools, wires) C 4 Ø 1 mm Protected against solid bodies larger than 1 mm (e.g.: fine tools and small wires) D 5 Protected against dust (no harmful deposit) 6 Completely protected against dust 2 nd digit: protection of equipment against ingress of harmful liquids (See AS 1939, Clause 6) IP tests 0 No protection 1 Protected against vertically-falling drops of water (condensation) 2 Protected against drops of water falling at up to 15° from the vertical 3 60 Protected against drops of rain water at up to 60° from the vertical 4 Protected against projections of water from all directions 5 Protected against jets of water (from all directions) 6 Protected against jets of water of similar force to heavy seas 7 15 cm mini 1 m Protected against the effects of immersion 8 m Protected against prolonged effects of immersion
PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS AND INFORMATION NETWORKS CATALOguE 20 12 HPM Legrand Australia Building 4, Nexus Industry Park Lyn Parade, Prestons 2170 % : 1300 369 777 www.legrand.com.au www.hpm.com.au HPM Legrand New Zealand 106-124 Target Road glenfield, Auckland 0627 % : 0800 476 009 www.legrand.co.nz www.hpm.co.nz 20 12 CA TAL O g UE INCLUDINg :